Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 22, 2015.

Registration Statement No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware 7372 26-4247032

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

8150 Leesburg Pike Vienna, Virginia 22182

Tel: (877) 389-4033

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Stephen Trundle

President and Chief Executive Officer Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. 8150 Leesburg Pike Vienna, Virginia 22182

Tel: (877) 389-4033

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Eric Jensen

Nicole Brookshire

Peyton Worley

Cooley LLP

500 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

(617) 937-2300

 

Mark T. Bettencourt

Gregg L. Katz

Goodwin Procter LLP

Exchange Place

53 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

(617) 570-1000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large Accelerated Filer   ¨    Accelerated Filer   ¨    Non-accelerated Filer   x    Smaller Reporting Company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Securities Being Registered   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

 

$75,000,000

 

$8,715

 

 

 

(1) In accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the number of shares being registered and the proposed maximum offering price per share are not included in this table.
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we and the selling stockholders are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                     , 2015

                 Shares

 

LOGO

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of common stock of Alarm.com Holdings, Inc.

Alarm.com is offering                      shares of common stock to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering                  additional shares of common stock. Alarm.com will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the                  shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of the common stock is expected to be between $         and $         per share. We have applied for listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ALRM.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this and future filings.

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

  Per Share   Total  

Initial public offering price

$                 $                

Underwriting discount (1)

$      $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to Alarm.com

$      $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

$      $     

 

(1) See the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                  shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                  shares from Alarm.com at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2015.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. Credit Suisse BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Stifel Raymond James William Blair Imperial Capital

Prospectus dated                     , 2015


Table of Contents

LOGO

ALARM.COM®
The Platform for the Connected Home


Table of Contents

LOGO

Interactive Security
Intelligent Automation
Video Monitoring
Energy Management
2.3 MILLION
SUBSCRIBERS
25 MILLION
CONNECTED
SENSORS & DEVICES
20 BILLION
DATA POINTS
PROCESSED IN THE
LAST YEAR ALONE
powered by ALARM.COM®
Subscribers as of Dec 2014, other metrics as of Mar 2015


Table of Contents

LOGO

Alarm.com 12:42
Security Disarmed
Locks
All Locked
Video
72 Thermostats
iPad 12:42 PM 100%
The Smith Home
All
Tuesday Apr 2
12:30 pm
System Disarmed
Security
Video
Garage
Lights
Locks
Thermostats
System is Disarmed
DISARM
ARM (STAY)
ARM (AWAY)
Doors/Windows
Den Door OPEN
Kitchen Window OPEN
Motion Sensors
Living Room ACTIVATED
Basement ACTIVATED
View all Sensors
powered by ALARM.COM®
12:42 PM 85%
The Smith Home
Security System
System Disarmed
Thermostats
Living Room
72 F
Garage
Garage Closed
Video
powered by ALARM.COM®
ALARM.COM®
Revolutionizing the way people connect with their homes and businesses, making them safer, smarter and more efficient.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1   

RISK FACTORS

  16   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  44   

USE OF PROCEEDS

  46   

DIVIDEND POLICY

  47   

CAPITALIZATION

  48   

DILUTION

  50   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

  53   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  57   

BUSINESS

  95   

MANAGEMENT

  117   

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

  124   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  139   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

  144   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  147   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  153   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

  156   

UNDERWRITING

  160   

LEGAL MATTERS

  166   

EXPERTS

  166   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

  166   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1   

Through and including                 , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, nor the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering, or possession or distribution of this prospectus, in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth under the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Alarm.com,” “company,” “our,” “us,” and “we” in this prospectus to refer to Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. and, where appropriate, our consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

We are the leading platform solution for the connected home. Through our cloud-based services, Alarm.com makes connected home technology broadly accessible to millions of home and business owners. Our multi-tenant software-as-a-service, or SaaS, platform enables home and business owners to intelligently secure their properties and automate and control a broad array of connected devices through a single, intuitive user interface. Our connected home platform currently has more than 2.3 million residential and business subscribers and connects to more than 25 million devices. More than 20 billion data points were generated and processed by those subscribers and devices in the last year alone. This scale of subscribers, devices and data makes Alarm.com the largest connected home platform.

Our solutions are delivered through an established network of over 5,000 trusted service providers, who are experts at designing, selling, installing and supporting our solutions. Our technology platform was purpose-built for the entire connected home ecosystem, including the consumers who use it, the service providers who deliver it and the hardware partners whose devices are enabled by the platform. Our solutions are used by both home and business owners, and we refer to this market as the connected home market.

We invented solutions that connect people in new ways with their properties and devices, making them safer, smarter and more efficient. Our scalable, flexible platform is designed to meet a wide range of user needs with its breadth of services, depth of feature capability and broad support for the growing Internet of Things devices in the home. We power four primary solutions, which can be used individually or combined and integrated within a single user interface accessible through the web and mobile apps:

 

    Interactive Security .   Always-on intelligent security and awareness solution that operates through a dedicated, cellular connection to provide safe, reliable protection and withstand common vulnerabilities like line cuts, power outages and network connectivity issues. The solution includes a powerful mobile app, anytime alerts and customized triggers, and provides 24x7 emergency response through trusted and integrated service providers.

 

    Intelligent Automation.    Integrated home automation solution that allows users to easily and remotely connect and control devices and systems such as security systems, garage doors, lights, door locks, thermostats, electrical appliances, environmental sensors and other connected devices. The cloud-based platform uses data and sophisticated algorithms to learn activity patterns and recommend intelligent optimizations.

 

   

Video Monitoring .   Video-as-a-service solution delivering on demand viewing, cloud-based video storage and intelligently triggered recording with anytime access. The comprehensive

 

 

1


Table of Contents
 

suite of video services includes live streaming, smart clip capture, high definition continuous recording and instant video alerts delivered to users through the web and mobile apps.

 

    Energy Management.   Comprehensive energy monitoring and management solution for controlling energy consumption and comfort. Web and mobile apps integrate with connected thermostats, power meters, lights, shades, solar panels and appliances to control devices and manage temperature as well as provide real-time insights into home energy usage and efficiency. The intelligent platform delivers activity-based learning optimization as well as location-based adjustments for effortless energy management.

Homes and businesses are now ripe for reinvention, as most properties lack even basic automation or security monitoring. The intersection of four significant technology trends are making the intelligent, connected home now possible: broad adoption of mobile devices, the emergence of the Internet of Things, the power of big data and the extensibility of the cloud. Security systems, thermostats, door locks, video cameras, lights, garage doors, appliances and other devices that were once inert now have the potential to become sensor-enabled, intelligent and connected. The majority of broadband households are interested in smart home features. According to data from a 2014 survey from Parks Associates, 67% of all broadband households find smart home features very appealing.

Our innovative solutions offer a new experience for home and business owners. Here are some common examples of how subscribers can engage with our platform:

 

    A person driving to work gets an alert as soon as she is a mile away from home, notifying her that the garage door is open, and her security system is disarmed. With one click in the Alarm.com mobile app, the security system is armed and the garage door is automatically closed.

 

    As a person heads to bed, he arms the security system with his Alarm.com app and the doors automatically lock, the lights turn off, the thermostat goes into energy savings mode, the shades close and the garage door closes.

 

    A business owner receives an alert from Alarm.com that the security system was disarmed and the front door was opened at 8:00 a.m., letting her know the store opened on time. Later she receives an alert that the security system has not been armed by 10:00 p.m. and she glances at the Alarm.com app to see that her door is locked and there has been no activity for over two hours. She instantly arms the system from her mobile device.

 

    In the middle of the day, a house is empty, and both the husband and wife are at work. A would be intruder approaches the home and cuts the cable and phone lines from the outside in an attempt to disable the alarm. The intruder enters the home and locates the security panel using the entry delay beeps and smashes it to keep it from sending an alarm signal. Using the Alarm.com cellular communications and Crash and Smash technology, the central station is notified and police are dispatched to the home and capture the intruder. At the same time, the homeowners are notified via text message and phone call, the neighbor is notified via text message, a picture of the intruder is captured by the image sensor at the front door, and all the lights turn on to deter the intruder, ensuring full awareness and protection of the home.

 

    After a person leaves home, his thermostat is automatically set to an efficiency mode when he is a pre-defined distance away from his home. Later when he is returning and near home again, Alarm.com technology automatically adjusts the thermostat back to a comfort mode.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
    A homeowner creates a unique access code using Alarm.com to grant access to the dog walker during certain times of the day and specific days of the week. If the dog walker fails to arrive as scheduled, an alert is sent. When the dog walker arrives, Alarm.com automatically sends an alert with a short video clip to the dog’s owner.

 

    With smart schedules, Alarm.com learns activity patterns over time by analyzing the data provided by all the sensors within the home. Alarm.com considers these activity patterns along with other external information such as weather and humidity data to recommend adjustments to thermostat schedules that will reduce energy use without sacrificing comfort.

Our solutions are delivered through an extensive network of service providers, primarily comprised of security system dealers who are experts at delivering connected home solutions. Security and safety continue to be the top smart home features for consumers. According to a 2014 survey from Parks Associates, security and safety are the leading features driving smart home adoption. We believe that the combination of our solutions and our service providers, with their strong pedigree in security, is the most effective way to drive mass market adoption of the connected home.

We primarily generate revenue through our service providers who resell our services and pay us monthly fees. Our service providers have indicated that they typically have three to five year service contracts with home or business owners, whom we call subscribers. We believe that the length of these contracts, combined with our SaaS model and over a decade of operating experience, provides us with reasonable visibility into our future operating results. In addition, we generate hardware and other revenue primarily by selling our service providers and distributors an Alarm.com gateway module that enables cellular communications between the devices installed in the home or business and our cloud-based platform. We also sell other hardware devices such as video cameras as part of our video monitoring solution.

We have experienced significant growth since inception. As of the fourth quarter of 2014, we had significantly more subscribers than the next largest platform provider in North America. According to data from a fourth quarter 2014 Parks Associates report, Alarm.com had approximately 50% more subscribers than the next largest platform provider in North America. We have increased the number of homes and businesses we served from 0.5 million as of December 31, 2010 to 2.3 million as of December 31, 2014. Additionally, we grew revenue at a 46% compound annual growth rate from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2014.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our revenue was $167.3 million, representing year-over-year revenue growth of 28%. For the first quarter of 2015, our revenue was $46.0 million, representing year-over-year revenue growth of 25%. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our SaaS and license revenue was $111.5 million, representing year-over-year SaaS and license revenue growth of 35%. For the first quarter of 2015, our SaaS and license revenue was $32.0 million, representing year-over-year revenue growth of 27%. Our SaaS and license revenue represented 67% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 69% of our total revenue in the first quarter of 2015. Hardware and other revenue accounted for 33% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 31% of our total revenue in the first quarter of 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2014, and on a consolidated basis, we generated net income of $13.5 million and Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP metric, of $28.3 million. For the first quarter of 2015, we generated net income of $3.0 million and Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP metric, of $7.0 million. Please see footnote 5 to the table contained in the section of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards in the United States, or GAAP.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Key Trends Driving the Adoption of the Connected Home

The intersection of the following significant technology trends is driving mass adoption of connected home solutions.

 

    The Mobile Era.   The proliferation of smartphones, wearables and tablets has transformed the way people interact with applications and content in both their personal and professional lives, and consumers are increasingly demanding a similarly efficient and convenient mobile experience to monitor and control their homes and businesses.

 

    The Internet of Things.   There has been significant growth in the number of connected devices. According to Gartner reports dated January 2015 and March 2014, the Internet of Things is forecast to reach 25 billion installed units by 2020, up from 0.9 billion in 2009. This trend includes “things” in consumers’ homes and businesses such as security systems, thermostats, door locks, video cameras, lights, garage doors, water heaters and appliances. The ability to remotely manage, monitor and control these devices using cloud-based applications and wireless technology is creating a large and fast growing market.

 

    Big Data and Analytics Capabilities.   According to an IDC report dated April 2014, the volume of digital information created and replicated worldwide will grow approximately 39% annually from 4.4 trillion gigabytes in 2013 to 44 trillion gigabytes in 2020. As the network of physical objects accessed through the Internet continues to grow, there is an opportunity to harvest and analyze the data that these devices generate. We believe a platform solution is best positioned to collect, process and analyze this previously unused data to provide insights. These insights can transform the way consumers interact with their homes and businesses through real-time, adaptive and predictive analytics.

 

    Cloud Infrastructure.   Advances in cloud technologies have enabled efficient scale, making it possible to deliver home security and automation software as a service to the mass market. This has made it possible for consumers to afford such services without the requirement of expensive and quickly outdated physical hardware to be purchased and set up on location.

What Consumers Want

Consumers increasingly are seeking a connected home solution as a way to make their lives more convenient, efficient and secure. They expect:

 

    Persistent Awareness and Control.   Persistent awareness and control of everything that is happening inside and around their homes through one simple, easy-to-use mobile app on the device of their choice.

 

    Unified Experience.   A platform that seamlessly works with a broad range of connected devices that will enable those devices to integrate with each other to create a unified connected home experience that is also affordable and easy to acquire.

 

    Adaptive Learning.   An intelligent system that adapts to their behavior and recommends optimizations to improve the safety and efficiency of their home.

 

    Trusted Provider.   A professionally configured or installed solution, monitored by a service provider that they can trust, because when it comes to their homes, consumers place a premium on their security and privacy.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

What Connected Home Service Providers Want

Service providers are a critical part of allowing the benefits of the connected home to be rapidly and effectively delivered to consumers. They want:

 

    Integrated Solution.   To be able to market and sell comprehensive connected home solutions that are adaptable to varying consumer requirements.

 

    Compelling Return on Investment .  To distribute a solution that can expand their addressable market and increase customer revenue and retention.

 

    Low Delivery and Support Costs .  A solution that can be installed and maintained cost-effectively in any home or business with low ongoing support costs — for instance, by being able to service or update a solution remotely instead of having to send personnel onsite.

 

    Hardware Choice.   A flexible platform that can support multiple hardware devices and manufacturers and that is future-proof, integrating with new technologies.

 

    Enterprise Grade Solution.   A highly reliable platform provided by a proven partner with a trusted brand, first-class support and value-added services.

Limitations of Existing and Legacy Products

Existing and legacy approaches to home automation generally have several limitations:

 

    Point Products.   Home control products are highly fragmented and made up of multiple disparate devices which provide only a single function and, if connected at all, require separate mobile apps. These point products often lack support services and can be time consuming for a consumer to manage.

 

    Closed Ecosystem.    Closed ecosystems with products that do not scale to support the expanding Internet of Things limit the ability of a consumer to add new devices, as they are restricted to a small set of compatible options.

 

    Lack Intelligence.   These products are only able to respond to direct commands and lack the ability to apply any automated intelligence to create a more efficient and simplified experience.

 

    Not Future Proof.   Since most legacy products are not cloud-based, they cannot receive automatic updates of new software, and generally require physical hardware and software replacements once new features, devices or technologies are introduced. These replacements typically have to be done onsite.

 

    Overly Complex and Expensive.   Systems that attempt to integrate disparate point products in a closed network are highly complex and require a significant level of customization. As a result, these systems lack flexibility and are often cost prohibitive to acquire, service and update for most consumers.

Market Opportunity

Our addressable market consists of residential homes and businesses. Our residential subscribers are typically owners of single-family homes, while our business subscribers include retail businesses, restaurants, small-scale commercial facilities, offices of professional services providers and similar businesses. According to a Juniper Research report dated February 2014, the global opportunity for home automation and security, smart metering and smart health monitoring in the home is expected to

 

 

5


Table of Contents

grow from $5.8 billion in 2013 to $14.9 billion in 2018, representing a compound annual growth rate of 21%. Approximately 81% of the total market size in each period is attributable to the home automation and security market, which Juniper Research defines as a bundled solution, including camera, lighting, heating control, door locks and others. According to Parks Associates reports dated December 2013 and July 2014, there are approximately 124 million U.S. households, of which 95 million have broadband internet access, and 21% of U.S. households with broadband access, or approximately 20 million homes, have a professionally monitored home security system. However, according to April 2015 data from Parks Associates, smart home controller penetration was only at 7.8% of U.S. households in 2014. We believe there is an opportunity for penetration rates to significantly increase, largely driven by the mass market adoption of connected home solutions by households with no solution today. In addition, we believe there are commonalities between the residential and business markets for these services, and the business market therefore represents a sizable related opportunity.

Benefits of Our Solutions

Our platform powers the connected home through four primary solutions, which can be integrated within a single user experience: interactive security, intelligent automation, video monitoring and energy management. In addition, we provide a comprehensive suite of enterprise-grade business management solutions to our service providers.

Benefits to Consumers

 

    Intuitive Experience.   We have designed our platform and user interfaces to be intuitive, simple and easy to operate without training or significant support. Our platform can be accessed through any mobile device and provides secure, intelligent control through a single user interface.

 

    Single Connected Platform.   Our cloud-based platform can be easily upgraded to incorporate new functionality and can be personalized to suit the individual consumer’s needs.

 

    Reliable Network Communications .  Our platform utilizes a highly secure and reliable cellular connection, which avoids vulnerabilities of phone lines and wired networks, such as lines being cut, power outages or network connectivity issues.

 

    Persistent Awareness.   Our platform helps subscribers maintain an awareness of what is happening at their properties at all times. Whether or not the security system is armed, the platform continuously monitors activity on each sensor and analyzes that data to determine whether the subscriber should be notified.

 

    Intelligent and Actionable.   Our platform monitors all the sensor and device activity in the property aggregating real-time, multi-point data about activity in the home. Our proprietary algorithms and custom rules use this data to drive intelligent triggers, learning and responsive automation for the consumer.

 

    Broad Device Compatibility.   Our platform supports a wide variety of connected devices and communications protocols, allowing seamless integration and automation of many devices throughout their home, as well as the addition of new devices in the future.

 

    Accessible and Affordable.   Our platform provides an affordable alternative to expensive home automation systems, legacy home control products and disparate point product solutions with minimal upfront expense and installation and support services.

 

    Trusted Provider of a Security Platform .  We have built a reputation and brand as a trusted, reliable and innovative technology provider. Our reputation is strengthened through our network of over 5,000 service providers, who have significant expertise in delivery of our platform.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Benefits to Service Providers

 

    New Revenue Generation Opportunities.   Our solutions help broaden our service providers’ offerings beyond traditional home security and monitoring to include comprehensive connected home solutions, allowing the service providers to access new revenue streams and drive incremental recurring monthly revenue.

 

    Expanded Set of Value-Added Services .  We provide a set of value-added services to our service providers, including training, marketing, installation and support tools and business intelligence analytics.

 

    Improved Service Provider Economics .  Our cloud-based platform provides improved service provider economics by reducing delivery and support costs, allowing remote delivery of upgrades and increasing average monthly revenue. According to Parks Associates data released in April 2015, consumers are willing to pay a 25% premium over the cost of a basic security system for a professionally monitored system that includes an interactive security and home automation solution.

 

    Broad Device Interoperability .  We have an open platform supporting a wide range of communications protocols used in the home automation ecosystem, including Z-Wave, Wi-Fi and ZigBee, as well as cellular and broadband, allowing service providers to tailor their offerings to suit their customers now and in the future.

Competitive Advantages

We believe the benefits we deliver to our subscribers and our service providers create a significant competitive advantage for us in the connected home market. In addition, we believe there are a number of other factors that contribute to our competitive advantage:

 

    Scale of Subscriber Base and Service Provider Coverage.   We have over 2.3 million subscribers, over 5,000 service providers reselling Alarm.com solutions, and more than 25 million connected devices. We believe this combination of the size of our subscriber base and our established service provider network creates a competitive advantage for us and is challenging to replicate.

 

    Security Grade, Cloud-Based Architecture.   Our platform was built with life safety standards at the core, where the reliability standard is substantially higher than that required for home automation and energy management products. The cloud-based, multi-tenant architecture of our platform allows for reliable real-time updates and upgrades.

 

    Highly Scalable Data Analytics Engine.   We processed more than 20 billion data points in and out of properties last year alone. As consumer preferences shift towards more intelligence-based features, we believe the scale of our data combined with our proprietary analytics serve as a sustainable competitive advantage.

 

    Trusted Brand.   We believe that we have developed a trusted brand with both service providers and consumers for innovating and delivering connected home solutions. Our extensive service provider coverage enables us to utilize our marketing dollars efficiently nationwide to reinforce our brand and drive consumer referrals.

 

    Commitment to Innovation.   We are a pioneer in the connected home market and we continue to make significant investments in innovative research and development. Our investment has resulted in 35 patents which help ensure that our technology is competitively differentiated and protected.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Growth Strategy

We intend to maintain our leadership position in the connected home market while continuing to innovate, add advanced capabilities and increase penetration of our connected home solutions. Our key growth strategies include:

 

    Drive SaaS and License Revenue Growth and Add New Service Providers .  We will continue to invest in making our service providers successful in driving adoption of the connected home by building out our sales, marketing and training services for our service providers. In addition, we plan to continue to grow our SaaS and license revenue and network of service providers.

 

    Upgrade Traditional Security Customers to Our Connected Home Solutions.   We intend to leverage our status as a trusted provider and drive consumer interest in these services to enable our service providers to upgrade their legacy security customers to our connected home solutions.

 

    Continue to Invest in Our Platform.   As a pioneer in connected home solutions, we have made significant investments in building our platform over the last 15 years. We are investing in adding innovative solutions that take advantage of the growth of the Internet of Things and that will seamlessly connect devices such as appliances, wearable devices and automobiles to our platform.

 

    Expand International Presence.   We are investing in international expansion because we believe there is a significant global market opportunity for our solutions. We believe that the strengths of our cloud-based architecture and our capabilities with cellular communication technology will enable us to capitalize on opportunities worldwide.

 

    Expand Channels into the Home .  Today, most consumers purchase a connected home solution through a security or home automation service provider. As the connected home market continues to grow we believe other home services providers, such as heating, ventilation and air conditioning installers, property management companies and other services companies will be valuable complements to our current security service provider network.

 

    Pursue Selective Strategic Acquisitions .   We may selectively pursue future acquisitions that complement our platform, represent a strategic fit and are consistent with our overall growth strategy.

Selected Risks Affecting Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks you should be aware of before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 and include:

 

    Our quarterly results of operations have fluctuated and are likely to continue to fluctuate. As a result, we may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of investors or securities analysts, which could cause our stock price to decline.

 

    We may not sustain our growth rate and we may not be able to manage any future growth effectively.

 

    The proper and efficient functioning of our network operations centers and data back-up systems is central to our solutions.

 

    We rely on our service provider network to grow our SaaS and license revenue, and the inability of our service providers to attract additional subscribers or retain their current subscribers could adversely affect our operating results.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
    The markets in which we participate are highly competitive and many companies, including large technology companies, broadband and security service providers and other managed service providers, are actively targeting the home automation, security monitoring, video monitoring and energy management markets. If we are unable to compete effectively with these companies, our sales and profitability could be adversely affected.

 

    We have relatively limited visibility regarding the consumers that ultimately purchase our solutions, and we often rely on information from third-party service providers to help us manage our business. If these service providers fail to provide timely or accurate information, our ability to quickly react to market changes and effectively manage our business may be harmed.

 

    We operate in the emerging and evolving connected home market, which may develop more slowly or differently than we expect. If the connected home market does not grow as we expect, or if we cannot expand our platform and solutions to meet the demands of this market, our revenue may decline, fail to grow or fail to grow at an accelerated rate, and we may incur additional operating losses.

 

    Failure to maintain the security of our information and technology networks, including information relating to our service providers, subscribers and employees, could adversely affect us.

 

    An assertion by a third party that we are infringing its intellectual property could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses that could harm our business and results of operations.

 

    Our future depends in part on the interests and influence of key stockholders. Following this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, all of whom are represented on our board of directors, together with their affiliates will beneficially own         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.

Corporate Information

We were founded in 2000 as a business unit within MicroStrategy Incorporated. We were incorporated in 2003 as a majority-owned subsidiary of MicroStrategy. MicroStrategy sold all of its interests in Alarm.com Incorporated in 2009 and we established Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. in connection with the sale transaction. Our principal executive offices are located at 8150 Leesburg Pike, Vienna, Virginia. Our telephone number is (877) 389-4033. Our website address is www.alarm.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

“Alarm.com”, the Alarm.com logo, and other trademarks or service marks of Alarm.com Incorporated appearing in this prospectus are the property of Alarm.com Incorporated. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of others, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from specified disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

 

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our capital stock held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of some reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

                     shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                     shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                     shares

 

Over-allotment option

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional                      shares from us.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock, and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. We also expect to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for acquisitions or strategic investments in complementary businesses or technologies, although we do not currently have any plans for any such acquisitions or investments. These expectations are subject to change. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholders. See the section of this prospectus titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

See the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to                      of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to certain of our service providers and business associates as well as our directors, executive officers and other employees through a directed share program. If these service providers or business associates purchase shares through the directed share program, the number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced. Any reserved shares that are not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Proposed NASDAQ Global Select Market Trading Symbol              “ALRM”

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 37,846,440 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, and excludes:

 

    3,337,968 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.68 per share;

 

    482,276 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock that were granted on May 15, 2015 with an exercise price of $11.55 per share;

 

                         shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2015 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering and will include provisions that automatically increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance thereunder each year (including 141,222 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our previously existing Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2009 Plan, that will be added to the shares reserved under the 2015 Plan upon its effectiveness);

 

                         shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Program, which will become effective in connection with this offering and contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Executive and Director Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans”; and

 

    173,575 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of common stock warrants that were outstanding as of March 31, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $4.28 per share.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

    a nine-for-one stock split of our common stock that occurred in June 2013 and resulted in a proportional adjustment to the conversion ratio of our preferred stock;

 

    the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 35,017,884 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur upon the completion of this offering;

 

    no exercise of outstanding options or warrants after March 31, 2015; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

In the following tables, we provide our summary consolidated financial and other data. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and our summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, and the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and our operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2015. When you read this summary consolidated financial data, it is important that you read it together with the historical financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as the sections of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
  2012 (6)   2013   2014   2014   2015  
              (unaudited)  
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

Revenue:

SaaS and license revenue

$ 55,655    $ 82,620    $ 111,515    $ 25,204    $ 31,955   

Hardware and other revenue

  40,820      47,602      55,797      11,647      14,056   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  96,475      130,222      167,312      36,851      46,011   

Cost of revenue: (1)

Cost of SaaS and license revenue

  12,681      16,476      23,007      5,008      6,033   

Cost of hardware and other revenue

  28,773      38,482      44,172      8,993      10,776   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  41,454      54,958      67,179      14,001      16,809   

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing (2)

  13,232      21,467      25,836      5,096      7,916   

General and administrative (2)

  14,099      29,928      26,113      5,220      7,070   

Research and development (2)

  8,944      13,085      23,193      4,610      7,752   

Amortization and depreciation

  2,230      3,360      3,991      806      1,338   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  38,505      67,840      79,133      15,732      24,076   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

  16,516      7,424      21,000      7,118      5,126   

Interest expense

  (312   (269   (196   (58   (42

Other income / (expense), net

  5      57      (485   10      7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

  16,209      7,212      20,319      7,070      5,091   

Provision for income taxes

  7,280      2,688      6,817      2,797      2,050   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  8,929      4,524      13,502      4,273      3,041   

Dividends paid on redeemable convertible preferred stock

  (8,182   —        —        —        —     

Cumulative dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock

  (1,855   —        —        —        —     

Deemed dividend to redeemable convertible preferred stock upon recapitalization

  (138,727   —        —        —        —     

Income allocated to participating securities

  —        (4,402   (12,939   (4,125   (2,895
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common

stockholders

$ (139,835 $ 122    $ 563    $ 148    $ 146   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
  2012 (6)   2013   2014   2014   2015  
              (unaudited)  
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Per share information attributable to common stockholders:

Net (loss) income per share:

Basic

  $ (108.55)      $ 0.08      $ 0.25      $ 0.08      $ 0.06   

Diluted

  $ (108.55)      $ 0.04      $ 0.14      $ 0.04      $ 0.04   

Pro forma (unaudited): (3)

         

Basic

      $ 0.36        $ 0.08   

Diluted

      $ 0.34        $ 0.08   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    1,288,162        1,443,469        2,276,694        1,869,370        2,636,813   

Diluted

    1,288,162        2,795,345        3,890,121        3,467,288        4,172,787   

Pro forma (unaudited): (3)

         

Basic

        37,294,578          37,654,697   

Diluted

        38,908,005          39,190,671   

Other Financial and Operating Data:

         

SaaS and license revenue renewal rate (4)

    94%        93%        93%        92%        92%   

Adjusted EBITDA (5)

    $20,505        $28,259        $28,321        $8,775        $7,025   

 

    As of March 31, 2015  
    Actual         Pro Forma (7)          Pro forma as
adjusted (8)
 
   

(in thousands, except per share data)

 
    (unaudited)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 39,189        $ 39,189         $                        

Working capital, excluding deferred revenue

    48,992          48,992        

Total assets

    126,731          126,731        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    202,456                 

Total long-term obligations

    19,027          19,027        

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (118,255       84,201        

Cash dividends per common share

                    

 

(1) Excludes amortization and depreciation.

 

(2) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    

 

  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2012          2013           2014            2014           2015    
    (in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

  $ 196         $ 102          $ 338         $ 77          $ 60   

General and administrative

    418           495            1,862           480            294   

Research and development

    1,145           244            1,067           231            207   
 

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 1,759         $ 841          $ 3,267         $ 788          $ 561   
 

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(3) Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share represents net income divided by the pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding. Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding reflects the conversion of preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred as of the first day of the relevant period.

 

(4) We measure our SaaS and license revenue renewal rate on a trailing 12-month basis by dividing (a) the total SaaS and license revenue recognized during the trailing 12-month period from subscribers who were subscribers on the first day of the period, by (b) the total SaaS and license revenue we would have recognized during the period from those same subscribers assuming no terminations, or service level upgrades or downgrades. Our SaaS and license revenue renewal rate is expressed as an annualized percentage.

 

 

14


Table of Contents
(5) We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net income before interest and other expense / (income), income tax expense, amortization and depreciation expense, stock-based compensation expense, goodwill and intangible impairment charges, changes in fair value of acquisition-related contingent liabilities and legal costs incurred in connection with certain historical intellectual property litigation. We do not consider these items to be indicative of our core operating performance. The non-cash items include amortization and depreciation expense, stock-based compensation expense, goodwill and intangible impairment charges and gain from the release of an acquisition-related contingent liability. Please see footnote (5) to the table of the section of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for more information and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

(6) We conducted a recapitalization in July 2012. Please see Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding this transaction.

 

(7) Reflects, on a pro forma basis, the conversion described in footnote (3) above.

 

(8) Reflects, on a pro forma basis, the conversion described in footnote (3) above and, on an as adjusted basis as of the balance sheet date, our sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the summary balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each 1,000,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks is realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our quarterly results of operations have fluctuated and are likely to continue to fluctuate. As a result, we may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of investors or securities analysts, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our quarterly revenue and results of operations may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, including revenue related to the product mix that we sell, including the relative sales related to our platform and solutions and other factors which are outside of our control. If our quarterly revenue or results of operations fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Fluctuations in our results of operations may be due to a number of factors, including:

 

    the portion of our revenue attributable to software-as-a-service, or SaaS, and license versus hardware and other sales;

 

    fluctuations in demand, including due to seasonality, for our platform and solutions;

 

    changes in pricing by us in response to competitive pricing actions;

 

    our ability to increase, retain and incentivize the service providers that market, sell, install and support our platform and solutions;

 

    the ability of our hardware vendors to continue to manufacture high-quality products and to supply sufficient products to meet our demands;

 

    the timing and success of introductions of new solutions, products or upgrades by us or our competitors and the entrance of new competitors;

 

    changes in our business and pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

    the ability to accurately forecast revenue as we generally rely upon our service provider network to generate new revenue;

 

    our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses and the costs of the hardware we purchase;

 

    competition, including entry into the industry by new competitors and new offerings by existing competitors;

 

    our ability to successfully manage any future acquisitions of businesses;

 

    issues related to introductions of new or improved products such as shortages of prior generation products or short-term decreased demand for next generation products;

 

    the amount and timing of expenditures, including those related to expanding our operations, increasing research and development, introducing new solutions or paying litigation expenses;

 

    the ability to effectively manage growth within existing and new markets domestically and abroad;

 

16


Table of Contents
    changes in the payment terms for our platform and solutions;

 

    the strength of regional, national and global economies; and

 

    the impact of natural disasters or manmade problems such as terrorism.

Due to the foregoing factors and the other risks discussed in this prospectus, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations as an indication of our future performance. You should not consider our recent revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth or results of one quarter as indicative of our future performance.

We may not sustain our growth rate and we may not be able to manage any future growth effectively.

We have experienced significant growth in a short period of time. Our revenue increased from $37.2 million in 2010 to $167.3 million in 2014. We do not expect to achieve similar growth rates in future periods. You should not rely on our operating results for any prior quarterly or annual periods as an indication of our future operating performance. If we are unable to maintain expected revenue growth in both absolute dollars and as a percentage of prior period revenue, our financial results could suffer and our stock price could decline.

Our future operating results depend to a large extent on our ability to successfully manage our anticipated expansion and growth. To manage our growth successfully and handle the responsibilities of being a public company, we believe we must effectively, among other things:

 

    maintain our relationships with existing service providers and add new service providers;

 

    increase our subscriber base and cross-sell additional solutions to our existing subscribers;

 

    add sales and marketing personnel;

 

    expand our international operations; and

 

    implement and improve our administrative, financial and operational systems, procedures and controls.

We intend to increase our investment in research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative functions and other areas to grow our business. We are likely to recognize the costs associated with these increased investments earlier than some of the anticipated benefits and the return on these investments may be lower, or may develop more slowly, than we expect, which could adversely affect our operating results.

If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities or develop new solutions or enhancements to our existing solutions and we may fail to satisfy subscriber and service provider requirements, maintain the quality of our solutions, execute on our business plan or respond to competitive pressures, which could result in our financial results suffering and a decline in our stock price.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or address competitive challenges adequately.

We increased our number of full-time employees from 165 to 253 to 400 at December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Our revenue increased from $96.5 million in 2012 to $130.2 million in 2013 and to $167.3 million in 2014. Our growth has placed, and may continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. We intend to

 

17


Table of Contents

further expand our overall business, service provider network, subscriber base, headcount and operations. Creating a global organization and managing a geographically dispersed workforce will require substantial management effort and significant additional investment in our infrastructure. We will be required to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting procedures and we may not be able to do so effectively. As such, we may be unable to manage our expenses effectively in the future, which may negatively impact our gross profit or operating expenses in any particular quarter. If we fail to manage our anticipated growth and change in a manner that preserves the key aspects of our corporate culture, the quality of our solutions may suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract service providers and consumers.

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive and many companies, including large technology companies, broadband and security service providers and other managed service providers, are actively targeting the home automation, security monitoring, video monitoring and energy management markets. If we are unable to compete effectively with these companies, our sales and profitability could be adversely affected.

We compete in several markets, including home automation, security monitoring, video monitoring and energy management. The markets in which we participate are highly competitive and competition may intensify in the future.

Our ability to compete depends on a number of factors, including:

 

    our platform and solutions’ functionality, performance, ease of use, reliability, availability and cost effectiveness relative to that of our competitors’ products;

 

    our success in utilizing new and proprietary technologies to offer solutions and features previously not available in the marketplace;

 

    our success in identifying new markets, applications and technologies;

 

    our ability to attract and retain service providers;

 

    our name recognition and reputation;

 

    our ability to recruit software engineers and sales and marketing personnel; and

 

    our ability to protect our intellectual property.

Consumers may prefer to purchase from their existing suppliers rather than a new supplier regardless of product performance or features. In the event a consumer decides to evaluate a new home automation, security monitoring, video monitoring or energy management solution, the consumer may be more inclined to select one of our competitors whose product offerings are broader than those that we offer.

Our current primary competitors include providers of other technology platforms for the connected home, including iControl Networks, Inc. and Honeywell International Inc., that sell to service providers such as cable operators and other home automation providers. In addition, our service providers compete with managed service providers, such as cable television, telephone and security companies like Comcast Corporation, AT&T Inc. and Time Warner Cable Inc., and providers of point products, including Nest Labs, Inc. (acquired by Google Inc.), which offers a thermostat, and DropCam, Inc. (acquired by Nest Labs, Inc.), which offers video monitoring. Because our service providers compete with these entities, we consider them competitive. For example, several cable and telecommunications companies have introduced home automation and security services packages, including interactive security services, which are competitive with our platform and solutions. In addition, we may compete with other large technology companies that offer control capabilities among their products, applications

 

18


Table of Contents

and services, and have ongoing development efforts to address the broader connected home market. For example, Apple, Inc. introduced a feature in 2014 that allows some manufacturers’ devices to be controlled through a service in the iOS operating system.

Most of our competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical, sales, marketing, distribution and other resources than we have. We expect to encounter new competitors as we enter new markets as well as increased competition, both domestically and internationally, from other established and emerging home automation, security monitoring, video monitoring and energy management companies as well as large technology companies. In addition, there may be new technologies that are introduced that reduce demand for our solutions or make them obsolete. Our current and potential competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties and rapidly acquire significant market share. Increased competition could also result in price reductions and loss of market share, any of which could result in lower revenue and negatively affect our ability to grow our business.

Aggressive business tactics by our competitors may reduce our revenue.

Increased competition in the markets in which we compete may result in aggressive business tactics by our competitors, including:

 

    selling at a discount;

 

    offering products similar to our platform and solutions on a bundled basis at no charge;

 

    announcing competing products combined with extensive marketing efforts;

 

    providing financing incentives to consumers; and

 

    asserting intellectual property rights irrespective of the validity of the claims.

Our service providers may switch and offer the products and services of competing companies, which would adversely affect our sales and profitability. Competition from other companies may also adversely affect our negotiations with service providers and suppliers, including, in some cases, requiring us to lower our prices. Opportunities to take market share using innovative products, services and sales approaches may also attract new entrants to the field. We may not be able to compete successfully with the offerings and sales tactics of other companies, which could result in the loss of service providers offering our platform and solutions and, as a result, our revenue and profitability could be adversely affected.

If we fail to compete successfully against our current and future competitors, or if our current or future competitors employ aggressive business tactics, including those described above, demand for our platform and solutions could decline, we could experience cancellations of our services to consumers, or we could be required to reduce our prices or increase our expenses.

The proper and efficient functioning of our network operations centers and data back-up systems is central to our solutions.

Our solutions operate with a cloud-based architecture and we update our solutions regularly while our solutions are operating. If our solutions and/or upgrades fail to operate properly, our solutions could stop functioning for a period of time, which could put our users at risk. Our ability to keep our business operating is highly dependent on the proper and efficient operation of our network operations centers and data back-up systems. Although our network operations centers have back-up computer and power systems, if there is a catastrophic event, natural disaster, terrorist attacks, security breach or other extraordinary event, we may be unable to provide our subscribers with uninterrupted monitoring service. Furthermore, because data back-up systems are susceptible to malfunctions and interruptions

 

19


Table of Contents

(including those due to equipment damage, power outages, human error, computer viruses, computer hacking, data corruption and a range of other hardware, software and network problems), we cannot guarantee that we will not experience data back-up failures in the future. A significant or large-scale malfunction or interruption of our network operations centers or data back-up systems could adversely affect our ability to keep our operations running efficiently. If a malfunction results in a wider or sustained disruption, it could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

We sell security and life safety solutions and if our solutions fail for any reason, we could be subject to liability and our business could suffer.

We sell security and life safety solutions, which are designed to secure the safety of our subscribers and their residences or business. If these solutions fail for any reason, including due to defects in our software, a carrier outage, a failure of our network operating center, a failure on the part of our service providers or user error, we could be subject to liability for such failures and our business could suffer.

Our platform and solutions may contain undetected defects in the software, infrastructure, third-party components or processes. If our platform or solutions suffer from defects, we could experience harm to our branded reputation, claims by our subscribers or service providers or lost revenue during the period required to address the cause of the defects. We may find defects in new or upgraded solutions, resulting in loss of, or delay in, market acceptance of our platform and solutions, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Since solutions that enable our platform are installed by our service providers, if they do not install or maintain such solutions correctly, our platform and solutions may not function properly. If the improper installation or maintenance of our platform and solutions leads to service failures after introduction of, or an upgrade to, our platform or a solution, we could experience harm to our branded reputation, claims by our subscribers or service providers or lost revenue during the period required to address the cause of the problem. Further, we rely on our service providers to provide the primary source of support and ongoing service to our subscribers and, if our service providers fail to provide an adequate level of support and services to our subscribers, it could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations.

Any defect in, or disruption to, our platform and solutions could cause consumers not to purchase additional solutions from us, prevent potential consumers from purchasing our platform and solutions or harm our reputation. Although our contracts with our service providers limit our liability to our service providers for these defects, disruptions or errors, we nonetheless could be subject to litigation for actual or alleged losses to our service providers or our subscribers, which may require us to spend significant time and money in litigation or arbitration, or to pay significant settlements or damages. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, could be costly, divert management's attention and affect our ability to obtain or maintain liability insurance on acceptable terms and could harm our business. Although we currently maintain some warranty reserves, we cannot assure you that these warranty reserves will be sufficient to cover future liabilities.

We rely on our service provider network to acquire additional subscribers, and the inability of our service providers to attract additional subscribers or retain their current subscribers could adversely affect our operating results.

Substantially all of our revenue is generated through the sales of our platform and solutions by our service providers, and our service providers are responsible for subscriber acquisition, as well as providing customer service and technical support for our platform and solutions to the subscribers. We provide our service providers with specific training and programs to assist them in selling and providing

 

20


Table of Contents

support for our platform and solutions, but we cannot assure that these steps will be effective. In addition, we rely on our service providers to sell our platform and solutions into new markets in the intelligent and connected home space. If our service providers are unsuccessful in marketing, selling, and supporting our platform and solutions, our operating results could be adversely affected.

In order for us to maintain our current revenue sources and grow our revenues, we must effectively manage and grow relationships with our service providers. Recruiting and retaining qualified service providers and training them in our technology and solutions requires significant time and resources. If we fail to maintain existing service providers or develop relationships with new service providers, our revenue and operating results would be adversely affected. In addition, to execute on our strategy to expand our sales internationally, we must develop relationships with service providers that sell into these markets.

Any of our service providers may choose to offer a product from one of our competitors instead of our platform and solutions, elect to develop their own competing solutions or simply discontinue their operations with us. For example, we entered into a license agreement in November 2013 with one of our largest service providers who represented at least 10% of our revenue in 2012, 2013 and 2014, pursuant to which we granted a license to use the intellectual property associated with our connected home solutions. Under the terms of this arrangement, this service provider has transitioned from selling our solutions directly to its customers to selling its own home automation product to its new customers. We now generate revenue from a monthly fee charged to this service provider on a per customer basis from sales of this service provider’s product; however, these monthly fees are less on a per customer basis than fees from our SaaS solutions. Therefore, we receive less revenue on a per customer basis from this service provider as compared to our SaaS subscriber base, which may result in a lower revenue growth rate. We must also work to expand our network of service providers to ensure that we have sufficient geographic coverage and technical expertise to address new markets and technologies. While it is difficult to estimate the total number of available service providers in our markets, there are a finite number of service providers that are able to perform the types of technical installations required for our platform and solutions. In the event that we saturate the available service provider pool, or if market or other forces cause the available pool of service providers to decline, it may be increasingly difficult to grow our business. If we are unable to expand our network of service providers, our business could be harmed.

As the consumers’ product and service options grow, it is important that we enhance our service provider footprint by broadening the expertise of our service providers, working with larger and more sophisticated service providers and expanding the mainstream solutions our service providers offer. If we do not succeed in this effort, our current and potential future service providers may be unable or unwilling to broaden their offerings to include our connected home solution, resulting in harm to our business.

We receive a substantial portion of our revenue from a limited number of service providers, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in, orders from one or more of our major service providers would result in decreased revenue and profitability.

Our success is highly dependent upon establishing and maintaining successful relationships with a variety of service providers. We market and sell our platform and solutions through an all-channel assisted sales model and we derive substantially all of our revenue from these service providers. We generally enter into agreements with our service providers outlining the terms of our relationship, including service provider pricing commitments, installation, maintenance and support requirements, and our sales registration process for registering potential sales to subscribers. These contracts, including our contract with Monitronics International, Inc., typically have an initial term of one year, with subsequent renewal terms of one year, and are terminable at the end of the initial term or renewal

 

21


Table of Contents

terms without cause upon written notice to the other party. In some cases, these contracts provide the service provider with the right to terminate prior to the expiration of the term without cause upon 30 days written notice, or, in the case of certain termination events, the right to terminate the contract immediately. While we have developed a network of over 5,000 service providers to sell, install and support our platform and solutions, we receive a substantial portion of our revenue from a limited number of channel partners. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, our 10 largest revenue service providers accounted for approximately 71.2%, 65.7% and 64.7% of our revenue. Vivint, Inc. represented greater than 10% but not more than 15% of our revenue in 2012, 2013 and 2014. Monitronics International, Inc. represented greater than 10% but not more than 15% of our revenue in 2012 and greater than 15% but not more than 20% of our revenue in 2013 and 2014. United Technologies Corporation represented greater than 10% but not more than 15% of our revenue in 2014.

We anticipate that we will continue to be dependent upon a limited number of service providers for a significant portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future and, in some cases, a portion of our revenue attributable to individual service providers may increase in the future. The loss of one or more key service providers, a reduction in sales through any major service providers or the inability or unwillingness of any of our major service providers to pay for our platform and solutions would reduce our revenue and could impair our profitability.

We have relatively limited visibility regarding the consumers that ultimately purchase our solutions, and we often rely on information from third-party service providers to help us manage our business. If these service providers fail to provide timely or accurate information, our ability to quickly react to market changes and effectively manage our business may be harmed.

We sell our solutions through service providers. These service providers work with consumers to design, install, update and maintain their connected home installations and manage the relationship with our subscribers. While we are able to track orders from service providers and have access to certain information about the configurations of their Alarm.com systems that we receive through our platform, we also rely on service providers to provide us with information about consumer behavior, product and system feedback, consumer demographics and buying patterns. We use this channel sell-through data, along with other metrics, to forecast our revenue, assess consumer demand for our solution, develop new solutions, adjust pricing and make other strategic business decisions. Channel sell-through data is subject to limitations due to collection methods and the third-party nature of the data and thus may not be complete or accurate. If we do not receive consumer information on a timely or accurate basis, or if we do not properly interpret this information, our ability to quickly react to market changes and effectively manage our business may be harmed.

Consumers may choose to adopt point products that provide control of discrete home functions rather than adopting our connected home platform. If we are unable to increase market awareness of the benefits of our unified solutions, our revenue may not continue to grow, or it may decline.

Many vendors have emerged, and may continue to emerge, to provide point products with advanced functionality for use in the home, such as a thermostat that can be controlled by an application on a smartphone. We expect more and more consumer electronic and consumer appliance products to be network-aware and connected — each very likely to have its own smart device (phone or tablet) application. Consumers may be attracted to the relatively low costs of these point products and the ability to expand their home control solution over time with minimal upfront costs, despite some of the disadvantages of this approach, may reduce demand for our connected home solutions. If so, our service providers may switch and offer the point products and services of competing companies,

 

22


Table of Contents

which would adversely affect our sales and profitability. If a significant number of consumers in our target market choose to adopt point products rather than our connected home solutions, then our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed, and we may not be able to achieve sustained growth or our business may decline.

Mergers or other strategic transactions involving our competitors could weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively and harm our results of operations.

Our industry is highly fragmented, and we believe it is likely that some of our existing competitors will consolidate or be acquired. In addition, some of our competitors may enter into new alliances with each other or may establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with systems integrators, third-party consulting firms or other parties. Any such consolidation, acquisition, alliance or cooperative relationship could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively and lead to pricing pressure and our loss of market share and could result in a competitor with greater financial, technical, marketing, service and other resources, all of which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are dependent on our connected home solutions, and the lack of continued market acceptance of our connected home solutions would result in lower revenue.

Our connected home solutions account for substantially all of our revenue and will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. As a result, our revenue could be reduced by:

 

    any decline in demand for our connected home solutions;

 

    the failure of our connected home solutions to achieve continued market acceptance;

 

    the introduction of products and technologies that serve as a replacement or substitute for, or represent an improvement over, our connected home solutions;

 

    technological innovations or new communications standards that our connected home solutions does not address; and

 

    our inability to release enhanced versions of our connected home solutions on a timely basis.

We are vulnerable to fluctuations in demand for Internet-connected devices in general and interactive security systems in particular. If the market for connected home solutions grows more slowly than anticipated or if demand for connected home solutions does not grow as quickly as anticipated, whether as a result of competition, product obsolescence, technological change, unfavorable economic conditions, uncertain geopolitical environment, budgetary constraints of our consumers or other factors, we may not be able to continue to increase our revenue and earnings and our stock price would decline.

A significant decline in our SaaS and license revenue renewal rate would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We generally bill our service providers based on the number of subscribers they have on our platform and the features being utilized by subscribers on a monthly basis in advance. Subscribers could elect to terminate our services in any given month. If our efforts and our service providers’ efforts to satisfy our existing subscribers are not successful, we may not be able to retain them or sell additional functionality to them and, as a result, our revenue and ability to grow could be adversely affected. We track our SaaS and license revenue renewal rates on an annualized basis, as reflected in the section of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Key Metrics —SaaS and License Revenue Renewal Rate.” However, we may not be able to accurately predict future trends in

 

23


Table of Contents

renewals and the resulting churn. Subscribers may choose not to renew their contracts for many reasons, including the belief that our service is not required for their needs or is otherwise not cost-effective, a desire to reduce discretionary spending, or a belief that our competitors’ services provide better value. Additionally, our subscribers may not renew for reasons entirely out of our control, such as moving a residence or the dissolution of their business, which is particularly common for businesses. A significant increase in our churn would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

If we are unable to develop new solutions, sell our platform and solutions into new markets or further penetrate our existing markets, our revenue may not grow as expected.

Our ability to increase sales will depend in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our platform and solutions, introduce new solutions in a timely manner, sell into new markets and further penetrate our existing markets. The success of any enhancement or new solution or service depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of enhanced or new solutions, the ability to maintain and develop relationships with service providers, the ability to attract, retain and effectively train sales and marketing personnel and the effectiveness of our marketing programs. Any new product or service we develop or acquire may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, and may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue. Any new markets into which we attempt to sell our platform and solutions, including new vertical markets and new countries or regions, may not be receptive. Our ability to further penetrate our existing markets depends on the quality of our platform and solutions and our ability to design our platform and solutions to meet consumer demand.

We benefit from integration of our solutions with third-party security platform providers. If these developers choose not to partner with us, or are acquired by our competitors, our business and results of operations may be harmed.

Our solutions are incorporated into the hardware of our third-party security platform providers. For example, our hardware platform partners produce control devices that deliver our platform services to subscribers. It may be necessary in the future to renegotiate agreements relating to various aspects of these solutions or other third parties. The inability to easily integrate with, or any defects in, any third-party solutions could result in increased costs, or in delays in new product releases or updates to our existing solutions until such issues have been resolved, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and future prospects and could damage our reputation. In addition, if these third-party solution providers choose not to partner with us, choose to integrate their solutions with our competitors’ platforms, or are unable or unwilling to update their solutions, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Further, if third-party solution providers that we partner with or that we would benefit from partnering with are acquired by our competitors, they may choose not to offer their solutions on our platform, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on wireless carriers to provide access to wireless networks through which we provide our wireless alarm, notification and intelligent automation services, and any interruption of such access would impair our business.

We rely on wireless carriers to provide access to wireless networks for machine-to-machine data transmissions, which are an integral part of our services. Our wireless carriers may suspend wireless service to expand, maintain or improve their networks. Any suspension or other interruption of services would adversely affect our ability to provide our services to our service providers and subscribers and may adversely affect our reputation. In addition, the inability to maintain our existing contracts with our wireless carriers or enter into new contracts with such wireless carriers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

If we are unable to adapt to technological change, including maintaining compatibility with a wide range of devices, our ability to remain competitive could be impaired.

The market for connected home solutions is characterized by rapid technological change, frequent introductions of new products and evolving industry standards. Our ability to attract new subscribers and increase revenue from existing subscribers will depend in significant part on our ability to anticipate changes in industry standards, to continue to enhance our existing solutions or introduce new solutions on a timely basis to keep pace with technological developments, and to maintain compatibility with a wide range of connected devices in the home and business. We may change aspects of our operating system and may utilize open source technology in the future, which may cause difficulties including compatibility, stability and time to market. The success of this or any enhanced or new product or solution will depend on several factors, including the timely completion and market acceptance of the enhanced or new product or solution. Similarly, if any of our competitors implement new technologies before we are able to implement them, those competitors may be able to provide more effective products than ours, possibly at lower prices. Any delay or failure in the introduction of new or enhanced solutions could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The technology we employ may become obsolete, and we may need to incur significant capital expenditures to update our technology.

Our industry is characterized by rapid technological innovation. Our platform and solutions interact with the hardware and software technology of systems and devices located at our subscribers’ properties. We may be required to implement new technologies or adapt existing technologies in response to changing market conditions, consumer preferences or industry standards, which could require significant capital expenditures. For example, many of our service providers are currently working to upgrade our solutions that were installed using 2G wireless technology. It is also possible that one or more of our competitors could develop a significant technical advantage that allows them to provide additional or superior quality products or services, or to lower their price for similar products or services, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Our inability to adapt to changing technologies, market conditions or consumer preferences in a timely manner could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

We depend on our suppliers, and the loss of any key supplier could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our hardware products depend on the quality of components that we procure from third-party suppliers. Reliance on suppliers, as well as industry supply conditions, generally involves several risks, including the possibility of defective parts, which can adversely affect the reliability and reputation of our platform and solutions, and a shortage of components and reduced control over delivery schedules and increases in component costs, which can adversely affect our profitability. We have several large hardware suppliers from which we procure hardware on a purchase order basis, including one supplier that supplies products and components that accounted for 47% of our hardware and other revenue in 2014. If these suppliers are unable to continue to provide a timely and reliable supply, we could experience interruptions in delivery of our platform and solutions to service providers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we were required to find alternative sources of supply, qualification of alternative suppliers and the establishment of reliable supplies could result in delays and a possible loss of sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

Growth of our business will depend on market awareness and a strong brand, and any failure to develop, maintain, protect and enhance our brand would hurt our ability to retain or attract subscribers.

We believe that building and maintaining market awareness, brand recognition and goodwill in a cost-effective manner is critical to our overall success in achieving widespread acceptance of our existing and future solutions and is an important element in attracting new service providers and subscribers. An important part of our business strategy is to increase service provider and consumer awareness of our brand and to provide marketing leadership, services and support to our service provider network. This will depend largely on our ability to continue to provide high-quality solutions, and we may not be able to do so effectively. While we may choose to engage in a broader marketing campaign to further promote our brand, this effort may not be successful. Our efforts in developing our brand may be hindered by the marketing efforts of our competitors and our reliance on our service providers and strategic partners to promote our brand. If we are unable to cost-effectively maintain and increase awareness of our brand, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

We operate in the emerging and evolving connected home market, which may develop more slowly or differently than we expect. If the connected home market does not grow as we expect, or if we cannot expand our platform and solutions to meet the demands of this market, our revenue may decline, fail to grow or fail to grow at an accelerated rate, and we may incur additional operating losses.

The market for solutions that bring objects and systems not typically connected to the Internet, such as home automation, security monitoring, video monitoring and energy management solutions, into an Internet-like structure is in an early stage of development, and it is uncertain whether, how rapidly or how consistently this market will develop, and even if it does develop, whether our platform and solutions will be accepted into the markets in which we operate. Some consumers may be reluctant or unwilling to use our platform and solutions for a number of reasons, including satisfaction with traditional solutions, concerns about additional costs and lack of awareness of the benefits of our platform and solutions. Our ability to expand the sales of our platform and solutions into new markets depends on several factors, including the awareness of our platform and solutions, the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of our platform and solutions, the ability to attract, retain and effectively train sales and marketing personnel, the ability to develop relationships with service providers, the effectiveness of our marketing programs, the costs of our platform and solutions and the success of our competitors. If we are unsuccessful in developing and marketing our platform and solutions into new markets, or if consumers do not perceive or value the benefits of our platform and solutions, the market for our platform and solutions might not continue to develop or might develop more slowly than we expect, either of which would harm our revenue and growth prospects.

Risks of liability from our operations are significant.

The nature of the solutions we provide, including our interactive security solutions, potentially exposes us to greater risks of liability for employee acts or omissions or system failure than may be inherent in other businesses. Substantially all of our service provider agreements contain provisions limiting our liability to service providers and our subscribers in an attempt to reduce this risk. However, in the event of litigation with respect to these matters, we cannot assure you that these limitations will be enforced, and the costs of such litigation could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, there can be no assurance that we are adequately insured for these risks. Certain of our insurance policies and the laws of some states may limit or prohibit insurance coverage for punitive or certain other types of damages or liability arising from gross negligence.

 

26


Table of Contents

Failure to maintain the security of our information and technology networks, including information relating to our service providers, subscribers and employees, could adversely affect us.

We are dependent on information technology networks and systems, including the Internet, to process, transmit and store electronic information and, in the normal course of our business, we collect and retain certain information pertaining to our service providers, subscribers and employees, including credit card information for many of our service providers and certain of our subscribers. If security breaches in connection with the delivery of our solutions allow unauthorized third parties to access any of this data or obtain control of our subscribers’ systems, our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

The legal, regulatory and contractual environment surrounding information security, privacy and credit card fraud is constantly evolving and companies that collect and retain such information are under increasing attack by cyber-criminals around the world. A significant actual or potential theft, loss, fraudulent use or misuse of service provider, subscriber, employee or other personally identifiable data, whether by third parties or as a result of employee malfeasance or otherwise, non-compliance with our contractual or other legal obligations regarding such data or a violation of our privacy and security policies with respect to such data could result in loss of confidential information, damage to our reputation, early termination of our service provider contracts, significant costs, fines, litigation, regulatory investigations or actions and other liabilities or actions against us. Moreover, to the extent that any such exposure leads to credit card fraud or identity theft, we may experience a general decline in consumer confidence in our business, which may lead to an increase in attrition rates or may make it more difficult to attract new subscribers. Such an event could additionally result in adverse publicity and therefore adversely affect the market's perception of the security and reliability of our services. Security breaches of, or sustained attacks against, this infrastructure could create system disruptions and shutdowns that could result in disruptions to our operations. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. We cannot be certain that advances in cyber-capabilities or other developments will not compromise or breach the technology protecting the networks that access our platform and solutions. If any one of these risks materializes our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

Our strategy includes pursuing acquisitions, and our potential inability to successfully integrate newly-acquired technologies, assets or businesses may harm our financial results. Future acquisitions of technologies, assets or businesses, which are paid for partially or entirely through the issuance of stock or stock rights, could dilute the ownership of our existing stockholders.

We have acquired businesses in the past. For example, we acquired EnergyHub, Inc. in 2013 and we acquired the assets of Horizon Analog, Inc. and Secure-i, Inc. in December 2014, and of HiValley Technology Inc. in March 2015. We also believe part of our growth will be driven by acquisitions of other companies or their technologies, assets and businesses. Any acquisitions we complete will give rise to risks, including:

 

    incurring higher than anticipated capital expenditures and operating expenses;

 

    failing to assimilate the operations and personnel or failing to retain the key personnel of the acquired company or business;

 

    failing to integrate the acquired technologies, or incurring significant expense to integrate acquired technologies into our platform and solutions;

 

    disrupting our ongoing business;

 

    diverting our management’s attention and other company resources;

 

27


Table of Contents
    failing to maintain uniform standards, controls and policies;

 

    incurring significant accounting charges;

 

    impairing relationships with employees, service providers or subscribers;

 

    finding that the acquired technology, asset or business does not further our business strategy, that we overpaid for the technology, asset or business or that we may be required to write off acquired assets or investments partially or entirely;

 

    failing to realize the expected synergies of the transaction;

 

    being exposed to unforeseen liabilities and contingencies that were not identified prior to acquiring the company; and

 

    being unable to generate sufficient revenue and profits from acquisitions to offset the associated acquisition costs.

Fully integrating an acquired technology, asset or business into our operations may take a significant amount of time. We may not be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered with acquisitions. To the extent we do not successfully avoid or overcome the risks or problems related to any such acquisitions, our results of operations and financial condition could be harmed. Acquisitions also could impact our financial position and capital requirements, or could cause fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results of operations. Acquisitions could include significant goodwill and intangible assets, which may result in future impairment charges that would reduce our stated earnings. We may incur significant costs in our efforts to engage in strategic transactions and these expenditures may not result in successful acquisitions.

We expect that the consideration we might pay for any future acquisitions of technologies, assets or businesses could include stock, rights to purchase stock, cash or some combination of the foregoing. If we issue stock or rights to purchase stock in connection with future acquisitions, net income per share and then-existing holders of our common stock may experience dilution.

We may pursue business opportunities that diverge from our current business model, which may cause our business to suffer.

We may pursue business opportunities that diverge from our current business model, including expanding our platform and solutions and investing in new and unproven technologies. For example, in 2013 we entered the energy management market through our acquisition of EnergyHub, and in 2015 we have an initiative to develop smart home devices targeting the global retail market. We can offer no assurance that any such new business opportunities will prove to be successful. Among other negative effects, our pursuit of such business opportunities could reduce operating margins and require more working capital, materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Evolving government and industry regulation and changes in applicable laws relating to the Internet and data privacy may increase our expenditures related to compliance efforts or otherwise limit the solutions we can offer, which may harm our business and adversely affect our financial condition.

As Internet commerce continues to evolve, federal, state or foreign agencies have adopted and could in the future adopt regulations covering issues such as user privacy and content. We are particularly sensitive to these risks because the Internet is a critical component of our SaaS business model. In addition, taxation of products or services provided over the Internet or other charges imposed by government agencies or by private organizations for accessing the Internet may be imposed. Any

 

28


Table of Contents

regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting information exchange over the Internet could result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based services, which could harm our business.

Our platform and solutions enable us to collect, manage and store a wide range of data related to our subscribers’ interactive security, intelligent automation, video monitoring and energy management systems. A valuable component of our platform and solutions is our ability to analyze this data to present the user with actionable business intelligence. We obtain our data from a variety of sources, including our service providers, our subscribers and third-party providers. We cannot assure you that the data we require for our proprietary data sets will be available from these sources in the future or that the cost of such data will not increase. The United States federal government and various state governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution, storage and use of personal information. Several foreign jurisdictions, including the European Union and the United Kingdom, have adopted legislation (including directives or regulations) that is more rigorous governing data collection and storage than in the United States. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply, or are perceived to fail to comply, with current or future laws and regulations, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations or other liabilities. Further, in the event of a breach of personal information that we hold, we may be subject to governmental fines, individual claims, remediation expenses, and/or harm to our reputation. Moreover, if future laws and regulations limit our ability to use and share this data or our ability to store, process and share data over the Internet, demand for our platform and solutions could decrease, our costs could increase, and our results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Although we are not currently subject to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, and its implementing regulations, or HIPAA, which regulates the use, storage, and disclosure of personally identifiable health information, we may modify our platform and solutions to become HIPAA compliant. Becoming fully HIPAA compliant involves adopting and implementing privacy and security policies and procedures as well as administrative, physical and technical safeguards. Additionally, HIPAA compliance requires certain agreements with contracting partners to be in place and the appointment of a Privacy and Security Officer. Endeavoring to become HIPAA compliant may be costly both financially and in terms of administrative resources. It may take substantial time and require the assistance of external resources, such as attorneys, information technology, and/or other consultants. We would have to be HIPAA compliant to provide services for or on behalf of a health care provider or health plan pursuant to which patient information was exchanged. Thus, if we do not become fully HIPAA compliant, our expansion opportunities may be limited. Furthermore, it is possible that HIPAA may be expanded in the future to apply to certain of our platform and/or solutions as currently constituted.

We rely on the performance of our senior management and highly skilled personnel, and if we are unable to attract, retain and motivate well-qualified employees, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the efforts and talents of senior management and key personnel, including Stephen Trundle, our Chief Executive Officer, and our senior information technology managers. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract them. In addition, the loss of any of our senior management or key personnel could interrupt our ability to execute our business plan, as such individuals may be difficult to replace. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

 

29


Table of Contents

We provide minimum service level commitments to certain of our service providers, and our failure to meet them could cause us to issue credits for future services or pay penalties, which could harm our results of operations.

Certain of our service provider agreements currently, and may in the future, provide minimum service level commitments regarding items such as uptime, functionality or performance. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments for these service providers or suffer extended periods of service unavailability, we are or may be contractually obligated to provide these service providers with credits for future services, provide services at no cost or pay other penalties, which could adversely impact our revenue. We do not currently have any reserves on our balance sheet for these commitments.

We have already incurred and expect to incur a material amount of indebtedness, which could adversely affect our financial health.

We are party to a senior line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, and a syndicate of lenders, which we refer to as our Credit Facility, that allows us to draw down an aggregate amount equal to $50.0 million. As of March 31, 2015, we had an outstanding balance of $6.7 million under our Credit Facility. This indebtedness and certain covenants and obligations contained in the related documentation could adversely affect our financial health and business and future operations by, among other things:

 

    making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations, including with respect to our indebtedness;

 

    increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions; and

 

    limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate.

Furthermore, substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property, secure our Credit Facility. If an event of default under the credit agreement occurs and is continuing, SVB may request the acceleration of the related indebtedness and foreclose on the security interests.

In addition, our Credit Facility restricts our ability to make dividend payments and requires us to maintain a certain leverage ratio, which may restrict our ability to invest in future growth. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs.

In the future, we may require additional capital to respond to business opportunities, challenges, acquisitions or unforeseen circumstances and may determine to engage in equity or debt financings or enter into credit facilities for other reasons. In the future, we may not be able to timely secure debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all. Any debt financing obtained by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or other securities convertible into equity, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. If we are unable to obtain

 

30


Table of Contents

adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges could be limited.

Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets represent a significant portion of our total assets, and we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets.

As of March 31, 2015, we had $32.7 million of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. We review such assets for impairment at least annually. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in performance, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of or affect the solutions we offer, challenges to the validity of certain registered intellectual property, reduced sales of certain products or services incorporating registered intellectual property, increased attrition and a variety of other factors. The amount of any quantified impairment must be expensed immediately as a charge to results of operations. Depending on future circumstances, it is possible that we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets. Any future determination of impairment of goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

We may be subject to additional tax liabilities, which would harm our results of operations.

We are subject to income, sales, use, value added and other taxes in the United States and other countries in which we conduct business, which laws and rates vary greatly by jurisdiction. Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect sales, use, value added or other taxes on our sales may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. These determinations are highly complex and require detailed analysis of the available information and applicable statutes and regulatory materials. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be different from our historical tax practices, provisions and accruals. If we receive an adverse ruling as a result of an audit, or we unilaterally determine that we have misinterpreted provisions of the tax regulations to which we are subject, our tax provision, results of operations or cash flows could be harmed. In addition, liabilities associated with taxes are often subject to an extended or indefinite statute of limitations period. Therefore, we may be subject to additional tax liability (including penalties and interest) for a particular year for extended periods of time.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, power outages, floods and other catastrophic events, and to interruption by manmade problems such as terrorism or global or regional economic, political and social conditions.

A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or a flood, or a significant power outage could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Natural disasters could affect our hardware vendors, our wireless carriers or our network operations centers. Further, if a natural disaster occurs in a region from which we derive a significant portion of our revenue, such as metropolitan areas in North America, consumers in that region may delay or forego purchases of our platform and solutions from service providers in the region, which may harm our results of operations for a particular period. In addition, terrorist acts or acts of war could cause disruptions in our business or the business of our hardware vendors, service providers, subscribers or the economy as a whole. More generally, these geopolitical, social and economic conditions could result in increased volatility in worldwide financial markets and economies that could harm our sales. Given our concentration of

 

31


Table of Contents

sales during the second and third quarters, any disruption in the business of our hardware vendors, service providers or subscribers that impacts sales during the second or third quarter could have a greater impact on our annual results. All of the aforementioned risks may be augmented if the disaster recovery plans for us, our service providers and our suppliers prove to be inadequate. To the extent that any of the above results in delays or cancellations of orders, or delays in the manufacture, deployment or shipment of our platform and solutions, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

Downturns in general economic and market conditions and reductions in spending may reduce demand for our platform and solutions, which could harm our revenue, results of operations and cash flows.

Our revenue, results of operations and cash flows depend on the overall demand for our platform and solutions. Concerns about the systemic impact of a potential widespread recession, energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit and the global housing and mortgage markets have contributed to increased market volatility, decreased consumer confidence and diminished growth expectations in the U.S. economy and abroad. The current unstable general economic and market conditions have been characterized by a dramatic decline in consumer discretionary spending and have disproportionately affected providers of solutions that represent discretionary purchases. While the decline in consumer spending has recently moderated, these economic conditions could still lead to continued declines in consumer spending over the foreseeable future, and may have resulted in a resetting of consumer spending habits that may make it unlikely that such spending will return to prior levels for the foreseeable future.

During weak economic times, the available pool of service providers may decline as the prospects for home building and home renovation projects diminish, which may have a corresponding impact on our growth prospects. In addition, there is an increased risk during these periods that an increased percentage of our service providers will file for bankruptcy protection, which may harm our reputation, revenue, profitability and results of operations. In addition, we may determine that the cost of pursuing any claim may outweigh the recovery potential of such claim. Likewise, consumer bankruptcies can detrimentally affect the business stability of our service providers. Prolonged economic slowdowns and reductions in new home construction and renovation projects may result in diminished sales of our platform and solutions. Further worsening, broadening or protracted extension of the economic downturn could have a negative impact on our business, revenue, results of operations and cash flows.

Failure to comply with laws and regulations could harm our business.

We conduct our business in the United States and are expanding internationally in various other countries. We are subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including, but not limited to, agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety, product safety, environmental laws, consumer protection laws, federal securities laws and tax laws and regulations.

We are subject to the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.S. Travel Act, and possibly other anti-bribery laws, including those that comply with the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions and other international conventions. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit our company from authorizing, offering, or providing directly or indirectly improper payments or benefits to recipients in the public or private-sector. Certain laws could also prohibit us from soliciting or accepting bribes or kickbacks. Our company has direct government interactions and in several cases uses third-party representatives, including dealers, for regulatory compliance, sales and other purposes in a variety of countries. These factors increase our

 

32


Table of Contents

anti-corruption risk profile. We can be held liable for the corrupt activities of our employees, representatives, contractors, partners and agents, even if we did not explicitly authorize such activity. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with anti-corruption laws, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, and agents will comply with these laws and policies.

We are also subject to data privacy and security laws, anti-money laundering laws (such as the USA PATRIOT Act), and import/export laws and regulations in the United States and in other jurisdictions.

Our global operations require us to import from and export to several countries, which geographically stretches our compliance obligations. Our platform and solutions are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. Exports of our platform and solutions must be made in compliance with these laws and regulations. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we and certain of our employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges; fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers; and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. In addition, if our service providers fail to obtain appropriate import, export or re-export licenses or authorizations, we may also be adversely affected through reputational harm and penalties. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. In addition, changes in our platform or solutions or changes in applicable export or import laws and regulations may create delays in the introduction and sale of our platform and solutions in international markets, prevent our service providers with international operations from deploying our platform and solutions or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our platform and solutions to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import laws and regulations, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing laws and regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such laws and regulations, could also result in decreased use of our platform and solutions, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our platform and solutions to existing or potential service providers with international operations. Any decreased use of our platform and solutions or limitation on our ability to export or sell our platform and solutions would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, our software contains encryption technologies, certain types of which are subject to U.S. and foreign export control regulations and, in some foreign countries, restrictions on importation and/or use. Any failure on our part to comply with encryption or other applicable export control requirements could result in financial penalties or other sanctions under the U.S. export regulations, including restrictions on future export activities, which could harm our business and operating results. Regulatory restrictions could impair our access to technologies needed to improve our platform and solutions and may also limit or reduce the demand for our platform and solutions outside of the United States.

Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions programs prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to countries, governments and persons that are subject to U.S. economic embargoes and trade sanctions. Even though we take precautions to prevent our platform and solutions from being shipped or provided to U.S. sanctions targets, our platform and solutions could be shipped to those targets or provided by third-parties despite such precautions. Any such shipment could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm. Furthermore, any new embargo or sanctions program, or any change in the countries, governments, persons or activities targeted by such programs, could result in decreased use of our

 

33


Table of Contents

platform and solutions, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our platform and solutions to existing or potential service providers, which would likely adversely affect our business and our financial condition.

Changes in laws that apply to us could result in increased regulatory requirements and compliance costs which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In certain jurisdictions, regulatory requirements may be more stringent than in the United States. Noncompliance with applicable regulations or requirements could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, mandatory product recalls, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines, damages, civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension or debarment from contracting with certain governments or other customers, the loss of export privileges, multi-jurisdictional liability, reputational harm, and other collateral consequences. If any governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and an increase in defense costs and other professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could further harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings as to which we are unable to assess our exposure and which could become significant liabilities in the event of an adverse judgment.

We are involved and have been involved in the past in legal proceedings from time to time. Companies in our industry have been subject to claims related to patent infringement and product liability, as well as contract and employment-related claims. We may not be able to accurately assess the risks related to these suits, and we may be unable to accurately assess our level of exposure. As a result of these proceedings, we have, and may be required to seek, licenses under patents or intellectual property rights owned by third parties, including open-source software and other commercially available software, which can be costly. For example, we have initiated and been involved with intellectual property litigation as a result of which we have entered into cross-license agreements relating to our and third-party intellectual property, and in one such case we initiated in 2013 and settled in January 2014, we incurred $11.2 million of legal expense in 2013.

Our business operates in a regulated industry.

Our business, operations and service providers are subject to various U.S. federal, state and local consumer protection laws, licensing regulation and other laws and regulations, and, to a lesser extent, similar Canadian laws and regulations. Our advertising and sales practices and that of our service provider network are subject to regulation by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, in addition to state consumer protection laws. The FTC and the Federal Communications Commission have issued regulations that place restrictions on, among other things, unsolicited automated telephone calls to residential and wireless telephone subscribers by means of automatic telephone dialing systems and the use of prerecorded or artificial voice messages. If our service providers were to take actions in violation of these regulations, such as telemarketing to individuals on the “Do Not Call” registry, we could be subject to fines, penalties, private actions or enforcement actions by government regulators. Although we have taken steps to insulate ourselves from any such wrongful conduct by our service providers, and to require our service providers to comply with these laws and regulations, no assurance can be given that we will not be exposed to liability as result of our service providers’ conduct. Further, to the extent that any changes in law or regulation further restrict the lead generation activity of our service providers, these restrictions could result in a material reduction in subscriber acquisition opportunities, reducing the growth prospects of our business and adversely affecting our financial condition and future cash flows. In addition, most states in which we operate

 

34


Table of Contents

have licensing laws directed specifically toward the monitored security services industry. Our business relies heavily upon cellular telephone service to communicate signals. Cellular telephone companies are currently regulated by both federal and state governments. Changes in laws or regulations could require us to change the way we operate, which could increase costs or otherwise disrupt operations. In addition, failure to comply with any such applicable laws or regulations could result in substantial fines or revocation of our operating permits and licenses, including in geographic areas where our services have substantial penetration, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition. Further, if these laws and regulations were to change or if we fail to comply with such laws and regulations as they exist today or in the future, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

If the U.S. insurance industry were to change its practice of providing incentives to homeowners for the use of alarm monitoring services, we could experience a reduction in new subscriber growth or an increase in our subscriber attrition rate.

It has been common practice in the U.S. insurance industry to provide a reduction in rates for policies written on homes that have monitored alarm systems. There can be no assurance that insurance companies will continue to offer these rate reductions. If these incentives were reduced or eliminated, new homeowners who otherwise may not feel the need for alarm monitoring services would be removed from our potential subscriber pool, which could hinder the growth of our business, and existing subscribers may choose to disconnect or not renew their service contracts, which could increase our attrition rates. In either case, our results of operations and growth prospects could be adversely affected.

We face many risks associated with our plans to expand internationally, which could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We anticipate that our efforts to expand internationally will entail the marketing and advertising of our platform, solutions and brand. While our platform and solutions are designed for ease of localization, revenue in countries outside of the United States and Canada accounted for less than 1% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014. We also do not have substantial experience in selling our platform and solutions in international markets outside of the United States and Canada or in conforming to the local cultures, standards, or policies necessary to successfully compete in those markets, and we may be required to invest significant resources in order to do so. We may not succeed in these efforts or achieve our consumer acquisition, service provider expansion or other goals. In some international markets, consumer preferences and buying behaviors may be different, and we may use business or pricing models that are different from our traditional model to provide our platform and solutions to consumers in those markets or we may be unsuccessful in implementing the appropriate business model. Our revenue from new foreign markets may not exceed the costs of establishing, marketing, and maintaining our international offerings. In addition, the current instability in the eurozone could have many adverse consequences on our international expansion, including sovereign default, liquidity and capital pressures on eurozone financial institutions, reducing the availability of credit and increasing the risk of financial sector failures and the risk of one or more eurozone member states leaving the euro, resulting in the possibility of capital and exchange controls and uncertainty about the impact of contracts and currency exchange rates.

In addition, conducting expanded international operations subjects us to new risks that we have not generally faced in our current markets. These risks include:

 

    localization of our solutions, including the addition of foreign languages and adaptation to new local practices and regulatory requirements;

 

35


Table of Contents
    lack of experience in other geographic markets;

 

    strong local competitors;

 

    the cost and burden of complying with, lack of familiarity with, and unexpected changes in, foreign legal and regulatory requirements, including more stringent privacy regulations;

 

    difficulties in managing and staffing international operations;

 

    fluctuations in currency exchange rates or restrictions on foreign currency;

 

    potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of transfer pricing, value added or other tax systems, double taxation and restrictions and/or taxes on the repatriation of earnings;

 

    dependence on third parties, including commercial partners with whom we do not have extensive experience;

 

    increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

    political, social, and economic instability, terrorist attacks, and security concerns in general; and

 

    reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries.

Operating in international markets also requires significant management attention and financial resources. The investment and additional resources required to establish operations and manage growth in other countries may not produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.

Our software contains encryption technologies, certain types of which are subject to U.S. and foreign export control regulations and, in some foreign countries, restrictions on importation and/or use. Any failure on our part to comply with encryption or other applicable export control requirements could result in financial penalties or other sanctions under the U.S. export regulations, including restrictions on future export activities, which could harm our business and operating results. Regulatory restrictions could impair our access to technologies needed to improve our platform and solutions and may also limit or reduce the demand for our platform and solutions outside of the United States.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we fail to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights adequately, our business could be harmed.

We believe that our proprietary technology is essential to establishing and maintaining our leadership position. We seek to protect our intellectual property through trade secrets, copyrights, confidentiality, non-compete and nondisclosure agreements, patents, trademarks, domain names and other measures, some of which afford only limited protection. We also rely on patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright laws to protect our intellectual property. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our technology or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Our means of protecting our proprietary rights may not be adequate or our competitors may independently develop similar or superior technology, or design around our intellectual property. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as the laws of the United States. Intellectual property protections may also be unavailable, limited or difficult to enforce in some countries, which could make it easier for competitors to capture market share. Our failure or inability to adequately protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

36


Table of Contents

To prevent substantial unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights, it may be necessary to prosecute actions for infringement and/or misappropriation of our proprietary rights against third parties. Any such action could result in significant costs and diversion of our resources and management's attention, and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in such action. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights than we do. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

An assertion by a third party that we are infringing its intellectual property could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses that could harm our business and results of operations.

The industries in which we compete are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, and by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We have been involved with patent litigation suits in the past and we may be involved with and subject to similar litigation in the future to defend our intellectual property position. Given that our platform and solutions integrate with all aspects of the home, the risk that our platform and solutions may be subject to these allegations is exacerbated. As we seek to extend our platform and solutions, we could be constrained by the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, our service provider contracts may require us to indemnify them against certain liabilities they may incur as a result of our infringement of any third-party intellectual property.

We might not prevail in any intellectual property infringement litigation given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in such litigation. Defending such claims, regardless of their merit, could be time-consuming and distracting to management, result in costly litigation or settlement, cause development delays or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. For example, in 2013, we incurred $11.2 million in legal fees associated with intellectual property litigation that we asserted against a third party and the related counterclaims and in 2014, we incurred $1.4 million of costs related to intellectual property claims. In addition, we currently have a limited portfolio of issued patents compared to our larger competitors, and therefore may not be able to effectively utilize our intellectual property portfolio to assert defenses or counterclaims in response to patent infringement claims or litigation brought against us by third parties. Further, litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant products or revenues and against which our potential patents provide no deterrence, and many other potential litigants have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. If our platform and solutions exceed the scope of in-bound licenses or violate any third-party proprietary rights, we could be required to withdraw those solutions from the market, re-develop those solutions or seek to obtain licenses from third parties, which might not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Any efforts to re-develop our platform and solutions, obtain licenses from third parties on favorable terms or license a substitute technology might not be successful and, in any case, might substantially increase our costs and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we were compelled to withdraw any of our platform and solutions from the market, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

We have indemnity obligations to certain of our service providers for certain expenses and liabilities resulting from intellectual property infringement claims regarding our platform and solutions, which could force us to incur substantial costs.

We have indemnity obligations to certain of our service providers for intellectual property infringement claims regarding our platform and solutions. As a result, in the case of infringement claims

 

37


Table of Contents

against these service providers, we could be required to indemnify them for losses resulting from such claims or to refund amounts they have paid to us. We expect that some of our service providers may seek indemnification from us in connection with infringement claims brought against them. In addition, we may elect to indemnify service providers where we have no contractual obligation to indemnify them and we will evaluate each such request on a case-by-case basis. If a service provider elects to invest resources in enforcing a claim for indemnification against us, we could incur significant costs disputing it. If we do not succeed in disputing it, we could face substantial liability.

The use of open source software in our platform and solutions may expose us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property.

Some of our platform and solutions use or incorporate software that is subject to one or more open source licenses and we may incorporate open source software in the future. Open source software is typically freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open source software licenses require a user who intends to distribute the open source software as a component of the user's software to disclose publicly part or all of the source code to the user's software. In addition, certain open source software licenses require the user of such software to make any derivative works of the open source code available to others on potentially unfavorable terms or at no cost.

The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and accordingly there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our platform and solutions. In that event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our platform and solutions, to re-develop our platform and solutions, to discontinue sales of our platform and solutions or to release our proprietary software code under the terms of an open source license, any of which could harm our business. Further, given the nature of open source software, it may be more likely that third parties might assert copyright and other intellectual property infringement claims against us based on our use of these open source software programs. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our solutions.

Although we are not aware of any use of open source software in our platform and solutions that would require us to disclose all or a portion of the source code underlying our core solutions, it is possible that such use may have inadvertently occurred in deploying our platform and solutions. Additionally, if a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open source software into software we license from such third party for our platform and solutions without our knowledge, we could, under certain circumstances, be required to disclose the source code to our platform and solutions. This could harm our intellectual property position and our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Owning Our Common Stock and this Offering

Our share price may be volatile, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock following this offering. The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are related in complex ways, including:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

    variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts;

 

38


Table of Contents
    changes in the prices of our platform and solutions;

 

    changes in our projected operating and financial results;

 

    changes in laws or regulations applicable to our platform and solutions or marketing techniques;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions or new solutions;

 

    our involvement in any litigation;

 

    our sale of our common stock or other securities in the future;

 

    changes in senior management or key personnel;

 

    trading volume of our common stock;

 

    changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market; and

 

    general economic, regulatory and market conditions.

Recently, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory and market conditions, may negatively impact the market price of our common stock. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future, which could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention.

No public market for our common stock currently exists, and an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

No public market for our common stock currently exists. An active public trading market may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. It is possible that in one or more future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock may fall.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and any decision on our part to comply with certain reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding an

 

39


Table of Contents

annual non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and non-binding stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If we choose not to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our auditors will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, investors may become less comfortable with the effectiveness of our internal controls and the risk that material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal controls go undetected may increase. If we choose to provide reduced disclosures in our periodic reports and proxy statements while we are an emerging growth company, investors would have access to less information and analysis about our executive compensation, which may make it difficult for investors to evaluate our executive compensation practices. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions and provide reduced disclosure. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be harmed. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we have chosen to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain a system of effective internal controls over financial reporting. We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may harm investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in the second annual report we file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. However, our auditors will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act if we take advantage of the exemptions available to us through the JOBS Act.

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. As we transition to the requirements of reporting as a public

 

40


Table of Contents

company, we may need to add additional finance staff. We may not be able to remediate any future material weaknesses, or to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls when they are required to issue such opinion, investors could lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could harm our stock price.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If our financial performance fails to meet analyst estimates or one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

As a public company, we will incur increased legal, accounting and other costs not incurred as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and regulations of the SEC regulate the corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our expenses and make some activities more time-consuming than they have been in the past when we were a private company. Such additional costs going forward could negatively affect our financial results.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the development of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

Our future depends in part on the interests and influence of key stockholders.

Following this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, all of whom are represented on our board of directors, together with their affiliates will beneficially own             % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, these stockholders will, immediately following this offering, be able to determine the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval. This ownership could affect the value of your shares of common stock by, for example, these stockholders electing to delay, defer or prevent a change in corporate control, merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination. This concentration of ownership may also adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

41


Table of Contents

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

A portion of the net proceeds from this offering may be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have any agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be invested with a view towards long-term benefits for our stockholders and this may not increase our operating results or market value. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively may adversely affect the return on your investment.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock, without further stockholder action and with voting liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;

 

    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent, and limit the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings;

 

    establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for director nominees;

 

    establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with directors in each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

    require the approval of holders of two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or amend or repeal the provisions of our certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors and the ability of stockholders to take action by written consent or call a special meeting;

 

    prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors; and

 

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the vote of a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Any of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, and they could deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you would receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.

 

42


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our common stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provision. The forum selection clause in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our share price to decline.

After this offering, there will be                  shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Of our issued and outstanding shares of our common stock, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely transferrable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares acquired by our affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining                  shares outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws, lock-up agreements or other contractual restrictions that restrict transfers for 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares of common stock you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our common stock substantially exceeds the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock as of March 31, 2015. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of $         per share, or $         if the underwriters exercise their option in full, in net tangible book value after giving effect to the sale of common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If outstanding options to purchase our common stock are exercised in the future, you will experience additional dilution.

 

43


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” but are also contained elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “objective,” “ongoing,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “should,” “will,” or “would,” or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements include statements about:

 

    our ability to continue to increase revenue, maintain existing subscribers and sell new services to new and existing subscribers;

 

    our ability to add new service providers, maintain existing service provider relationships and increase the productivity of our service providers;

 

    the effects of increased competition as well as innovations by new and existing competitors in our market;

 

    our ability to adapt to technological change and effectively enhance, innovate and scale our solution;

 

    our ability to effectively manage or sustain our growth;

 

    potential acquisitions and integration of complementary business and technologies;

 

    our expected use of proceeds;

 

    our ability to maintain, or strengthen awareness of, our brand;

 

    perceived or actual security, integrity, reliability, quality or compatibility problems with our solutions, including related to security breaches in our subscribers’ systems, unscheduled downtime, or outages;

 

    statements regarding future revenue, hiring plans, expenses, capital expenditures, capital requirements and stock performance;

 

    our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel and further expand our overall headcount;

 

    our ability to develop relationships with service providers in order to expand internationally;

 

    our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business both in the United States and internationally;

 

    our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property;

 

    costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims; and

 

    the future trading prices of our common stock and the impact of securities analysts’ reports on these prices.

 

44


Table of Contents

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act do not protect any forward-looking statements that we make in connection with this offering.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

This prospectus contains market data and industry forecasts that were obtained from industry publications. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third-party information. We believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable.

 

45


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of                  shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with those sales.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each 1,000,000 share increase or decrease in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial price to the public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to the public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock, and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. We also expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for acquisitions or strategic investments in complementary businesses or technologies, although we do not currently have any plans for any such acquisitions or investments. We have not allocated specific amounts of net proceeds for any of these purposes.

The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the proceeds of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. Accordingly, our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. Pending their use, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in a variety of capital-preservation investments, including short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

 

46


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We declared dividends on our common and preferred stock in the amount of $0.3067 per share of common stock on an as-converted basis in October 2011 and $0.2944 per share of common stock on an as-converted basis in December 2011, totaling approximately $19.9 million. We also declared and paid dividends on our common and preferred stock in the amount of $0.2589 per share of common stock on an as-converted basis in June 2012, totaling approximately $8.6 million.

We cannot provide any assurance that we will declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock in the future. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our credit facility. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors the board of directors deems relevant.

 

47


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 31, 2015:

 

    on an actual basis; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 35,017,884 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (2) our sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (3) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to completion of this offering.

You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2015  
     Actual     Pro Forma as
adjusted (1)
 
    

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands, except share
and per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 39,189      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt

$ 6,700    $     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 6,991,090 shares authorized, 3,890,876 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

  202,456   

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;                                               shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

  —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 2,828,556 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                                               shares authorized,                      shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

  27   

Additional paid-in capital

  7,715   

Treasury stock

  (42

Accumulated other comprehensive income

  —     

Accumulated deficit

  (125,955
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  (118,255
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

$ 90,901    $                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each 1,000,000

 

48


Table of Contents
  share increase or decrease in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock shown as issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis in the table above is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015 and excludes:

 

    3,337,968 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.68 per share;

 

    482,276 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock that were granted on May 15, 2015 with an exercise price of $11.55 per share;

 

                         shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2015 Plan which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering and will include provisions that automatically increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance thereunder each year (including 141,222 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our previously existing 2009 Plan that will be added to the shares reserved under the 2015 Plan upon its effectiveness);

 

                         shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Program, which will become effective in connection with this offering and contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Executive and Director Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans”; and

 

    173,575 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of common stock warrants that were outstanding as of March 31, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $4.28 per share.

 

49


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less our total liabilities and redeemable convertible preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of outstanding common stock.

As of March 31, 2015, our net tangible book value was $(151.0) million, or $(53.37) per share of common stock. The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of March 31, 2015 was $51.5 million, or $1.36 per share, based on 37,846,440 shares of common stock outstanding. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of outstanding common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 35,017,884 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of                       shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $           per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $           per share to investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

$                    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015

$ 1.36   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributed to new investors purchasing shares from us in this offering

  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

$     
     

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $         per share and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each 1,000,000 share increase in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $         and decrease the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by $        , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Each 1,000,000 share decrease in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro

 

50


Table of Contents

forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $         and increase the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $        , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase an additional              shares of our common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would increase to $         per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $         per share and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors participating in this offering.

The following table summarizes as of March 31, 2015, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (1) paid to us by our existing stockholders and (2) to be paid by investors purchasing our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration   Weighted-
  Average Price  
Per Share
 
        Number             Percent               Amount               Percent        

Existing stockholders

  %    $        %    $     

New investors

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

          100.0%    $                             100.0%    $                
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The foregoing table does not reflect the sales by existing stockholders in connection with sales made by them in this offering. Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to              shares, or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to              shares, or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The tables and calculations above are based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015 and exclude:

 

    3,337,968 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.68 per share;

 

    482,276 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock that were granted on May 15, 2015 with an exercise price of $11.55 per share;

 

                 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2015 Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering and will include provisions that automatically increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance thereunder each year (including 141,222 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our previously existing 2009 Plan that will be added to the shares reserved under the 2015 Plan upon its effectiveness);

 

                 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Program, which will become effective in connection with this offering and contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Executive and Director Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans”; and

 

    173,575 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of common stock warrants that were outstanding as of March 31, 2015, at a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $4.28 per share.

 

51


Table of Contents

To the extent that options or warrants are exercised, new options or other securities are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

52


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial and other data. The following selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, and the unaudited consolidated financial data include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and our operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2015.

 

53


Table of Contents

The data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
  2010     2011     2012 (6)     2013     2014         2014             2015      
                                  (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

             

Revenue:

             

SaaS and license revenue

    $ 17,085        $ 32,161        $ 55,655        $ 82,620        $ 111,515      $ 25,204      $ 31,955   

Hardware and other revenue

    20,135        32,898        40,820        47,602        55,797        11,647        14,056   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    37,220        65,059        96,475        130,222        167,312        36,851        46,011   

Cost of revenue: (1)

             

Cost of SaaS and license revenue

    4,970        8,051        12,681        16,476        23,007        5,008        6,033   

Cost of hardware and other revenue

    12,115        21,102        28,773        38,482        44,172        8,993        10,776   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

        17,085            29,153            41,454            54,958            67,179        14,001        16,809   

Operating expenses :

             

Sales and marketing (2)

    2,482        5,819        13,232        21,467        25,836        5,096        7,916   

General and administrative (2)

    6,045        6,817        14,099        29,928        26,113        5,220        7,070   

Research and development (2)

    3,266        5,613        8,944        13,085        23,193        4,610        7,752   

Amortization and depreciation

    1,779        1,988        2,230        3,360        3,991        806        1,338   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    13,572        20,237        38,505        67,840        79,133        15,732        24,076   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    6,563        15,669        16,516        7,424        21,000        7,118        5,126   

Interest expense

           (9     (312     (269     (196     (58     (42

Other income / (expense), net

    15        10        5        57        (485     10        7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    6,578        15,670        16,209        7,212        20,319        7,070        5,091   

Provision for income taxes

    2,506        6,015        7,280        2,688        6,817        2,797        2,050   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    4,072        9,655        8,929        4,524        13,502        4,273        3,041   

Dividends paid on redeemable convertible preferred stock

           (18,998     (8,182                            

Cumulative dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (3,081     (3,317     (1,855                            

Deemed dividend to redeemable convertible preferred stock upon recapitalization

                  (138,727                            

Income allocated to participating securities

    (990                   (4,402     (12,939     (4,125     (2,895
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income / (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 1      $ (12,660   $ (139,835   $ 122      $ 563      $ 148      $ 146   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
  2010     2011     2012 (6)     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                                  (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Per share information attributable to common stockholders:

             

Net income (loss) per share:

             

Basic

    $ 0.03        $ (19.76)        $ (108.55)        $ 0.08        $ 0.25        $ 0.08        $ 0.06   

Diluted

    $        $ (19.76)        $ (108.55)        $ 0.04        $ 0.14        $ 0.04        $ 0.04   

Pro forma (unaudited): (3)

             

Basic

            $ 0.36          $ 0.08   

Diluted

            $ 0.34          $ 0.08   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    9,585        640,850        1,288,162        1,443,469        2,276,694        1,869,370        2,636,813   

Diluted

    218,664        640,850        1,288,162        2,795,345        3,890,121        3,467,288        4,172,787   

Pro forma (unaudited): (3)

             

Basic

            37,294,578          37,654,697   

Diluted

            38,908,005          39,190,671   

Other Financial and Operating Data:

             

SaaS and license revenue renewal rate (4)

    92%        94%        94%        93%        93%        92%        92%   

Adjusted EBITDA (5)

    $ 8,626        $ 17,839        $ 20,505        $ 28,259        $ 28,321        $ 8,775        $ 7,025   

 

     As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
 
     2010      2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  
                                    (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,474       $ 16,817      $ 41,920      $ 33,583      $ 42,572      $ 39,189   

Working capital, excluding deferred revenue

     14,398         15,747        40,739        33,821        50,795        48,992   

Total assets

       48,980           58,507          87,545          99,487        120,932        126,731   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     35,117         35,117        202,456        202,456        202,456        202,456   

Total long-term obligations

     2,884         14,377        15,352        14,923        17,572        19,027   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     6,015         (3,188     (147,051     (140,690     (121,844     (118,255

Cash dividends per common share

             0.60        0.26                        

 

  (1) Excludes amortization and depreciation.

 

  (2) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
   

(in thousands)

 

Sales and marketing

    $ 16        $ 39        $ 196        $ 102        $ 338        $ 77        $ 60   

General and administrative

    181        89        418        495        1,862        480        294   

Research and development

    87        54        1,145        244        1,067        231        207   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

    $         284        $         182        $         1,759        $         841        $         3,267        $         788        $         561   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (3) Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share represents net income divided by the pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding. Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding reflects the conversion of preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the first day of the relevant period.

 

  (4)

We measure our SaaS and license revenue renewal rate on a trailing 12-month basis by dividing (a) the total SaaS and license revenue recognized during the trailing 12-month period from subscribers who were subscribers on the first day of the period, by (b) total SaaS and license revenue we would have recognized during the period from those same

 

55


Table of Contents
  subscribers assuming no terminations, or service level upgrades or downgrades. Our SaaS and license revenue renewal rate is expressed as an annualized percentage.

 

  (5) We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net income before interest and other expense / (income), income tax expense, amortization and depreciation expense, stock-based compensation expense, goodwill and intangible impairment charges, changes in fair value of acquisition-related contingent liabilities and legal costs incurred in connection with certain historical intellectual property litigation. We do not consider these items to be indicative of our core operating performance. The non-cash items include amortization and depreciation expense, stock-based compensation expense, goodwill and intangible impairment charges and gain from the release of an acquisition-related contingent liability.

 

     We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends and generate future operating plans, make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital, and investments in initiatives that are focused on cultivating new markets for our solutions. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA facilitates comparisons of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis and, in the case of exclusion of acquisition-related adjustments and historical legal expenses, excludes items that we do not consider to be indicative of our core operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

 

     Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are: (a) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements; (b) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (c) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation; (d) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and (e) other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

     Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside our other GAAP-based financial performance measures, net income and our other GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
    (in thousands)  

Net income

    $       4,072        $ 9,655        $ 8,929        $ 4,524        $         13,502        $ 4,273        $ 3,041   

Adjustments:

             

Other expense / (income)

    (15     (1     307        212        681        48        35   

Income tax expense

            2,506        6,015        7,280        2,688        6,817        2,797        2,050   

Amortization and depreciation expense

    1,779        1,988        2,230        3,360        3,991        806        1,338   

Stock-based compensation expense

    284        182        1,759        841        3,267        788        561   

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment

                         11,266                        

Release of acquisition related contingent liability

                         (5,820                     

Litigation expense

                         11,188        63        63          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments

    4,554        8,184        11,576        23,735        14,819        4,502        3,984   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

    $ 8,626        $         17,839        $         20,505        $         28,259        $ 28,321        $         8,775        $         7,025   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (6) We conducted a recapitalization in July 2012. Please see Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding this transaction.

 

56


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are the leading platform solution for the connected home. Through our cloud-based services, Alarm.com makes connected home technology broadly accessible to millions of home and business owners. Our multi-tenant software-as-a-service, or SaaS, platform enables home and business owners to intelligently secure their properties and automate and control a broad array of connected devices through a single, intuitive user interface. Our connected home platform currently has more than 2.3 million residential and business subscribers and connects to more than 25 million devices . More than 20 billion data points were generated and processed by those subscribers and devices in the last year alone . This scale of subscribers, devices and data makes Alarm.com the largest connected home platform.

Our solutions are delivered through an established network of over 5,000 trusted service providers, who are experts at designing, selling, installing and supporting our solutions. Our technology platform was purpose-built for the entire connected home ecosystem, including the consumers who use it, the service providers who deliver it and the hardware partners whose devices are enabled by the platform. Our solutions are used by both home and business owners, and we refer to this market as the connected home market.

We primarily generate revenue through our service providers who resell our services and pay us monthly fees, which comprises our SaaS revenue. Our service providers sell, install and support Alarm.com solutions that enable home and business owners to intelligently secure, connect, control and automate their properties . Our service providers have indicated that they typically have three to five year service contracts with home or business owners, whom we refer to as our subscribers. We derive a small portion of our revenue from licensing our intellectual property to service providers on a per customer basis. SaaS and license revenue represented 58%, 63% and 67% of our revenue in 2012, 2013 and 2014, and 68% and 69% of our revenue in the first quarters of 2014 and 2015. Our comprehensive solution primarily includes interactive security, intelligent automation, video monitoring and energy management, which can be integrated together or provided on a standalone basis. As of December 31, 2014, we had 2.3 million subscribers, a substantial majority of which were residential.

We also generate revenue from the sale of hardware that enables our solutions, including cellular radio modules, video cameras, image sensors and peripherals. We have a rich history of innovation in cellular technology that enables our robust SaaS offering. Hardware and other revenue represented 42%, 37% and 33% of our revenue in 2012, 2013 and 2014, and 32% and 31% of our revenue in the first quarters of 2014 and 2015. We expect hardware and other revenue to continue to decline as a percentage of total revenue as we continue to grow our SaaS and license revenue.

We were founded in 2000 to revolutionize home security and improve the way people secure and interact with their homes and businesses. In the decade before we launched our first solution in 2003,

 

57


Table of Contents

the security industry had been slow to innovate or adopt emerging technologies. We identified an opportunity to apply new technology, in this case two-way wireless data transmission, cloud computing technologies, and the rapid growth of Internet usage, to disrupt legacy security applications . We built our technology platform to capitalize on the connected home opportunity. We believe we were the first company to launch a SaaS platform providing an interactive home security solution. In 2006, we transitioned our solution to the cellular wireless network to broaden our coverage footprint and utilize the most reliable communication channel available to enable our services. In 2010, we further expanded our intelligent, connected home and business platform to include our energy management and other home and business automation features. Over this period, we have established a robust cloud-based platform that connects a broad ecosystem of devices and supports a large variety of communications protocols . This enables continued scalability of our solutions and allows us to rapidly introduce new devices, features and capabilities as consumer preferences continue to evolve. We partner with experienced hardware manufacturers to enable a large ecosystem of devices on our platform to meet a wide range of consumer and service provider needs. We have also developed novel hardware components and devices where we have seen an opportunity to innovate. Our cellular communication module, image sensor and smart thermostat offer new and unique capabilities enabling our service providers to differentiate themselves in the market. Our extensive ecosystem of integrated hardware partners paired with our focused hardware devices offers a broad range of connected devices on our platform.

To date, nearly all of our revenue growth has been organic. As part of our development efforts, we make occasional investments in companies that are developing technology or services complementary to our offerings and we also invest in developing new offerings for markets adjacent to our current markets.

We have experienced significant revenue growth over the past three years. Our revenue increased from $96.5 million in 2012 to $130.2 million in 2013 and to $167.3 million in 2014. Our revenue increased from $36.9 million in the first quarter of 2014 to $46.0 million in the first quarter of 2015. Our SaaS and license revenue increased from $55.7 million in 2012 to $82.6 million in 2013 and to $111.5 million in 2014. Our SaaS and license revenue increased from $25.2 million in the first quarter of 2014 to $32.0 million in the first quarter of 2015. Our subscriber base increased from 0.9 million subscribers in 2011 to 2.3 million in 2014, representing a compound annual growth rate of 39%. We generated net income of $8.9 million in 2012, $4.5 million in 2013 and $13.5 million in 2014, and Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measurement of operating performance, of $20.5 million in 2012, $28.3 million in 2013 and $28.3 million in 2014. We generated net income of $4.3 million and Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measurement of operating performance, of $8.8 million in the first quarter of 2014. We generated net income of $3.0 million and Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measurement of operating performance, of $7.0 million in the first quarter of 2015. Please see footnote 5 to the table in the section of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a discussion of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most comparable GAAP measurement, for 2012, 2013 and 2014, and the first quarters of 2014 and 2015.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Our historical financial performance has been, and we expect our financial performance in the future to be, primarily driven by the following factors:

 

   

Service Provider Network.  We have developed a network of over 5,000 service providers that sell, install and service our solutions. Our existing base of service providers includes large national providers, super-regional providers and local providers that enable us to fully address the North American market. Our network includes experienced security service providers who have led the sale, installation and adoption of connected

 

58


Table of Contents
 

home services over the last decade. In order for us to maintain our current revenue sources and grow our revenues, we must effectively manage and grow relationships with our service providers. Over the last decade, we have built an infrastructure that supports our service providers with sales and marketing tools, training, technical support, and access to aggregated data that helps service providers improve the performance of their business through targeting new customers, improving customer retention rates, and upselling new features. Recruiting and retaining qualified service providers and training them in our technology and solutions requires significant time and resources. We intend to continue to invest in these technologies, solutions and other resources that we believe will assist our service providers in growing their businesses by driving the creation of new subscribers as the overall connected home market expands. Additionally, we intend to leverage our sales and marketing efforts to grow the base of our service providers who deploy the Alarm.com solutions.

 

    Subscriber Growth. Our subscriber base is a key indicator of our market penetration, growth and future revenue. We believe that we are positioned for future growth and that we have an opportunity to continue expanding our subscriber base in the coming years. According to Parks Associates reports dated December 2013 and July 2014, there are approximately 124 million U.S. households, of which 95 million have broadband internet access, and 21% of U.S. households with broadband access, or approximately 20 million homes, have a professionally monitored home security system. However, according to April 2015 data from Parks Associates, smart home controller penetration was only at 7.8% of U.S. households in 2014. We believe there is an opportunity for penetration rates to significantly increase, largely driven by the mass market adoption of connected home solutions by households with no solution today. The number of new subscribers signed may vary period to period for several reasons, including the effects of seasonality on our business due to a subset of our service providers who use a summer sales business model where they substantially increase the size of their sales force and execute the majority of their sales over the summer months. Our ability to continue to grow our subscriber base is also dependent upon our ability to compete within the increasingly competitive markets in which we participate, where large technology companies, broadband and security service providers, and other managed service providers, are actively targeting the connected home, security monitoring, video and energy management markets. We intend to continue to invest in enhancing and expanding our platform and solutions for both consumers and service providers, as well as introducing new, innovative products and services to further differentiate our solutions from our competitors’ products and services. Please see the section of this prospectus titled “Business—Subscribers” for a discussion of how we define and calculate our number of subscribers.

 

    Adoption of Connected Home Solutions.  We believe there is significant opportunity to increase the adoption rate of our intelligent home and business automation features. As of March 31, 2015, approximately one quarter of our subscribers have adopted two or more of our solutions, typically our interactive security solution combined with one of our other solutions. Our subscribers who have adopted these other solutions are more engaged, have lower churn rates and generate a higher lifetime value for our service providers and for us. We also expect to be able to develop new features for sale and cross-sale as more devices are connected through our platform and more data is captured by our platform.

 

   

Investing in Growth. We will continue to focus on long-term revenue growth. We believe that our market opportunity is large and underpenetrated and we will continue to invest

 

59


Table of Contents
 

significantly in sales and marketing to grow our service provider and subscriber base, drive additional revenue and grow internationally. We also expect to invest in research and development to enhance our platform and develop complementary solutions. To support our expected growth and our operation as a public company, we plan to invest in other operational and administrative functions. We expect to use some of the proceeds from this offering to fund these growth strategies.

Key Metrics

We use the following key business metrics to help us monitor the performance of our business and to identify trends affecting our business: our SaaS and license revenue, our Saas and license revenue renewal rate, and Adjusted EBITDA. We believe these metrics are useful to understanding the underlying trends in our business. The following table summarizes our key operating metrics for 2012, 2013 and 2014, and for the first quarters of 2014 and 2015.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (dollars in thousands)  

SaaS and license revenue

   $ 55,655      $ 82,620      $ 111,515      $ 25,204      $ 31,955   

SaaS and license revenue renewal rate

     94     93     93     92     92

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 20,505      $ 28,259      $ 28,321      $ 8,775      $ 7,025   

SaaS and License Revenue

We believe that increasing SaaS and license revenue is an indicator of the productivity of our existing service providers and their ability to increase the number of subscribers utilizing the Alarm.com connected home solutions, our ability to add new service providers reselling the Alarm.com solutions, the demand for our connected home solutions, and the pace at which the market for connected home solutions is growing.

SaaS and License Revenue Renewal Rate

We measure our SaaS and license revenue renewal rate on a trailing 12-month basis by dividing (a) the total SaaS and license revenue recognized during the trailing 12-month period from our subscribers who were subscribers on the first day of the period, by (b) total SaaS and license revenue we would have recognized during the period from those same subscribers assuming no terminations, or service level upgrades or downgrades. The SaaS and license revenue renewal rate represents both residential and commercial properties. Our SaaS and license revenue renewal rate is expressed as an annualized percentage. We believe that our SaaS and license revenue renewal rate allows us to measure our ability to retain and grow our SaaS and license revenue and serves as an indicator of the lifetime value of our subscriber base.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA represents our net income before interest and other expense / (income), income tax expense, amortization and depreciation expense, stock-based compensation expense, goodwill and intangible impairment charges, changes in fair value of acquisition-related contingent liabilities and legal costs incurred in connection with certain historical intellectual property litigation. We do not consider these items to be indicative of our core operating performance. The items which are non-cash include amortization and depreciation expense, stock-based compensation expense, goodwill and intangible impairment charges and gain from the release of an acquisition-related contingent liability.

 

60


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA is a key measure used by management to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends and generate future operating plans, make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital, and investments in initiatives that are focused on cultivating new markets for our solutions. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA facilitates comparisons of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis and, in the case of exclusion of acquisition-related adjustments and certain historical legal expenses, excludes items that we do not consider to be indicative of our core operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Please see footnote 5 to the table in the section of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a discussion of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most comparable GAAP measurement, for 2012, 2013 and 2014, and for the first quarters of 2014 and 2015.

Basis of Presentation

Our fiscal year ends December 31. The key elements of our operating results include:

Revenue

We generate revenue primarily through the sale of our software-as-a-service, or SaaS, over our cloud-based connected home platform through our service provider channel. We also generate revenue from the sale of hardware products that enable our solutions.

SaaS and License Revenue

We generate the majority of our SaaS and license revenue primarily from monthly recurring fees charged to our service providers sold on a per subscriber basis for access to our cloud-based connected home platform and related solutions. Our fees per subscriber vary based upon the service plan and features utilized. We enter into contracts with our service providers that establish our pricing as well as other business terms and conditions. These contracts typically have an initial term of one year, with subsequent annual renewal terms. Our service providers typically enter into underlying contracts with their end-user customers, which we refer to as our subscribers, for their engagement with our solutions. Our service providers have indicated that those contracts generally range from three to five years in length.

We offer multiple service level packages for our solutions, including integrated solutions and a range of a la carte add-ons for additional features . The price paid by our service providers each month for the delivery of our solutions is based on the combination of packages and add-ons enabled for each subscriber. We utilize tiered pricing plans where our service providers may receive prospective pricing discounts driven by volume. We recognize our SaaS and license revenue on a monthly basis as we deliver our solutions to our subscribers.

We also generate SaaS and license revenue from the fees paid to us when we license our intellectual property to service providers on a per customer basis for use of our patents. In November 2013, we entered into a license agreement with one of our largest service providers who represented at least 10% of our revenue in 2012, 2013 and 2014, and for the first quarter of 2014, pursuant to which we granted a license to use the intellectual property associated with our connected home solutions. This service provider began generating customers and began paying us license revenue in the second quarter of 2014. Pursuant to this arrangement, this service provider has transitioned from selling our SaaS solutions directly to its customers to selling its own home automation product to its new customers, and we receive less revenue from this service provider from license fees as compared to its subscribers that continue to utilize our SaaS platform. Additionally, in some markets, our EnergyHub subsidiary sells its demand response software with an annual service fee, with pricing

 

61


Table of Contents

based on the number of subscribers or amount of aggregate electricity demand made available for a utility’s or market’s control.

Hardware and Other Revenue

We generate hardware and other revenue primarily from the sale of cellular radio modules that provide access to our cloud-based platform, video cameras and the sale of other devices, including image sensors and other peripherals. We sell hardware to our service providers as well as distributors. The purchase of hardware occurs in a transaction that is separate and typically in advance of the purchase of our platform services. We recognize hardware and other revenue when the hardware is delivered to our service providers or distributors, net of a reserve for estimated returns. Our terms for hardware sales typically allow service providers to return hardware up to one year past the date of original sale. We expect our hardware and other revenue to remain flat in the short term but increase in the longer term as we expect the volume of sales of our cellular radio modules to increase as we support new lines of control panels as well as from the expected increase in the number of devices installed per home or business. We expect hardware and other revenue to decrease as a percentage of total revenue as we anticipate such revenue to grow at a lower rate than SaaS and license revenue.

Hardware and other revenue also includes activation fees charged to service providers for activation of a subscriber’s account on our platform. We record activation fees initially as deferred revenue and we recognize these fees on a straight-line basis over an estimated life of the subscriber relationship, which is currently ten years. Hardware and other revenue also includes fees paid by service providers for our marketing services.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of SaaS and license revenue primarily includes the amounts paid to wireless network providers and, to a lesser extent, the costs of running our network operating centers. Our cost of hardware and other revenue primarily includes cost of raw materials and amounts paid to our third-party manufacturer for production and fulfillment of our cellular radio modules and image sensors, and procurement costs for our video cameras, which we purchase from an original equipment manufacturer, and other devices.

We record the cost of SaaS and license revenue as expenses are incurred, which corresponds to the delivery period of our services to our subscribers. We record the cost of hardware and other revenue when the hardware and other services are delivered to the service provider, which is when title transfers. Our cost of revenue excludes amortization and depreciation.

To the extent that we are able to increase revenue without increasing cost of revenue on a percentage basis, we intend to invest those cost efficiencies back into growing our SaaS and license revenue.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, general and administrative, research and development, and amortization and depreciation expenses. Salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation, benefits and other personnel related costs are the most significant components of each of these expense categories. We include stock-based compensation expense in connection with the grant of stock options in the applicable operating expense category based on the respective equity award recipient’s function. We grew from 111 employees at January 1, 2012 to 437 employees at March 31, 2015, and we expect to continue to hire new employees to support future growth of our business.

 

62


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing Expense.   Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel and related expenses for our sales and marketing teams, including salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation, benefits, travel, and commissions. Our sales and marketing teams engage in sales, account management, service provider and sales support, advertising, promotion of our products and services and marketing.

The number of employees in sales and marketing functions grew from 43 at January 1, 2012 to 179 at March 31, 2015. We expect to continue to invest in our sales and marketing activities to expand our business both domestically and internationally and, as a result, expect our sales and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of our total revenue in the short term. We intend to increase the size of our sales force to provide additional support to our existing service provider base to drive their productivity in selling our solutions as well as to enroll new service providers in North America and in international markets. We also intend to increase our marketing investments to support our service providers’ efforts to enroll new subscribers and to enable our service providers to expand the adoption of our solutions.

General and Administrative Expense.   General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel and related expenses for our administrative, legal, information technology, human resources, finance and accounting personnel, including salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation, benefits and other personnel costs. Additional expenses included in this category are legal costs incurred to defend and license our intellectual property and non-personnel costs, such as travel related expenses, rent, subcontracting and professional fees, audit fees, tax services, as well as insurance expenses. Also included in general and administrative expenses are valuation gains or losses on acquisition related contingent liabilities and goodwill and intangible asset impairment.

The number of employees in general and administrative functions grew from 20 at January 1, 2012 to 55 at March 31, 2015. We expect our general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars and decrease as a percentage of our total revenue in 2015. We anticipate that we will incur additional costs for personnel and professional services related to preparation to become and operate as a public company. Such costs include increases in our finance and legal personnel, additional external legal and audit fees and expenses and costs associated with compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other regulations governing public companies. We also expect to incur increased costs for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and an enhanced investor relations function. In August 2014, we signed a lease for new office space for our headquarters with a lease term of 11.3 years. We expect to incur additional expenses in the near term as we move our headquarters to a new commercial space with a higher rental rate, and if we are unable to sublease our current headquarters office space.

Research and Development Expense .  Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel and related expenses for our employees working on our product development and software and device engineering teams, including salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation, benefits and other personnel costs. Also included are non-personnel costs such as consulting and professional fees to third-party development resources.

The number of employees in research and development functions grew from 48 at January 1, 2012 to 203 at March 31, 2015. Our research and development efforts are focused on innovating new features and enhancing the functionality of our platform and the solutions we offer to our service providers and subscribers. We will also continue to invest in efforts to extend our platform to adjacent markets and internationally. We expect research and development expenses to continue to increase on an absolute basis and as a percentage of revenue in the short term as our ability to continue to innovate is critical to maintaining our competitive position.

Amortization and Depreciation .  Amortization and depreciation consists of amortization of intangible assets originating from our acquisitions as well as our internally-developed

 

63


Table of Contents

capitalized software. Our depreciation expense is related to investments in property and equipment. Acquired intangible assets include developed technology, customer related intangibles, trademarks and trade names. We expect in the near term that amortization and depreciation may fluctuate based on our acquisition activity, development of our platform and capitalized expenditures.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest expense associated with our debt facilities.

Other Income / (Expense), Net

Other income / (expense), net consists of our portion of the income or loss with respect to minority investments by us in other businesses accounted for under the equity method, interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents and our notes receivable and gain or loss on the fair value of derivative instruments.

Provision for Income Taxes

We are subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes as well as foreign income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. As a result, we recognize tax liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate primarily due to the tax impact of state taxes, goodwill impairment, non-deductible transaction costs, and non-deductible meals and entertainment, non-taxable contingent consideration remeasurement gain and the impact of research and development tax credits.

 

64


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statements of operations data:

 

  Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
  2012        2013        2014            2014            2015     
                                      (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:        

Revenue:

                      

SaaS and license revenue

   $ 55,655         $ 82,620         $ 111,515         $ 25,204         $ 31,955   

Hardware and other revenue

     40,820           47,602           55,797           11,647           14,056   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenue

  96,475      130,222      167,312      36,851      46,011   

Cost of revenue: (1)

Cost of SaaS and license revenue

  12,681      16,476      23,007      5,008      6,033   

Cost of hardware and other revenue

  28,773      38,482      44,172      8,993      10,776   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  41,454      54,958      67,179      14,001      16,809   

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing (2)

  13,232      21,467      25,836      5,096      7,916   

General and administrative (2)

  14,099      29,928      26,113      5,220      7,070   

Research and development (2)

  8,944      13,085      23,193      4,610      7,752   

Amortization and depreciation

  2,230      3,360      3,991      806      1,338   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  38,505      67,840      79,133      15,732      24,076   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating income

  16,516      7,424      21,000      7,118      5,126   

Interest expense

  (312   (269   (196   (58   (42

Other income / (expense), net

  5      57      (485   10      7   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

  16,209      7,212      20,319      7,070      5,091   

Provision for income taxes

  7,280      2,688      6,817      2,797      2,050   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income

$ 8,929    $ 4,524    $ 13,502    $ 4,273    $ 3,041   
  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes amortization and depreciation.

 

(2) Operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,          Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012             2013             2014             2014             2015     
     (in thousands)  

Stock-based compensation expense data:

                      

Sales and marketing

   $ 196         $ 102         $ 338         $ 77         $ 60   

General and administrative

     418           495           1,862           480           294   

Research and development

     1,145           244           1,067           231           207   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $     1,759         $         841         $ 3,267         $ 788         $ 561   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue:

 

  Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2012        2013        2014        2014        2015     
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data
(as a percentage of total revenue):
   

Revenue:

SaaS and license revenue

  58   63   67   68   69

Hardware and other revenue

  42      37      33      32      31   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenue

  100      100      100      100      100   

Cost of revenue : (1)

Cost of SaaS and license revenue

  13      13      14      14      13   

Cost of hardware and other revenue

  30      30      26      24      23   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  43      42      40      38      37   

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing

  14      16      15      14      17   

General and administrative

  15      23      16      14      15   

Research and development

  9      10      14      13      17   

Amortization and depreciation

  2      3      2      2      3   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

      40          52          47      43      52   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating Income

  17      6      13      19      11   

Interest expense

                        

Other income / (expense), net

                        
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

  17      6      12      19      11   

Provision for income taxes

  8      2      4      8      4   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income

  9   3   8   12   7
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes amortization and depreciation.

The following table sets forth the components of cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue:

 

  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
  2012      2013      2014      2014      2015   

Cost of SaaS and license revenue as a percentage of SaaS and license revenue

23% 20% 21% 20% 19%

Cost of hardware and other revenue as a percentage of hardware and other revenue

70% 81% 79% 77% 77%

Total cost of revenue as a percentage of total revenue

43% 42% 40% 38% 37%

 

66


Table of Contents

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 to March 31, 2014

Revenue

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
         % Change  
     2014         2015         
     (in thousands)       

Revenue

           

SaaS and license revenue

   $     25,204        $     31,955           27

Hardware and other revenue

     11,647          14,056           21
  

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenue

$ 36,851    $ 46,011      25

The increase in total revenue for the first quarter of 2015 compared to the first quarter of 2014 was the result of a $6.8 million, or 27%, increase in our SaaS and license revenue and a $2.4 million, or 21%, increase in our hardware and other revenue. The increase in our SaaS and license revenue was primarily attributable to growth in our subscriber base, including the revenue impact from subscribers we added in 2014 as we increased our subscriber base from 2.0 million subscribers on March 31, 2014 to 2.4 million subscribers on March 31, 2015. Hardware and other revenue increased $0.4 million from a 25% increase in the volume of video cameras sold, $0.4 million from a 118% increase in the volume of image sensors sold and $0.6 million from an increase in the volume of peripherals sold, including our new thermostat, compared to the same period in the prior year. Our Other segment contributed $1.0 million of the increase in hardware and other revenue from sale of hardware for our solutions.

Cost of Revenue

 

  Three Months Ended
March 31,
    % Change  
  2014     2015    
     (in thousands)       

Cost of revenue (1)

            

Cost of SaaS and license revenue

   $ 5,008         $ 6,033           20

Cost of hardware and other revenue

     8,993           10,776           20
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

$     14,001    $     16,809      20

 

(1)   Excludes amortization and depreciation.

The increase in cost of revenue for the first quarter of 2015 compared to the first quarter of 2014 was the result of a $1.0 million, or 20%, increase in SaaS and license costs and a $1.8 million, or 20%, increase in hardware costs. The increase in SaaS and license costs related primarily to the growth in our subscribers driving an increase in the costs to make our SaaS platform available to our service providers and subscribers. The increase in hardware and other costs related primarily to our higher hardware and other revenue.

Sales and Marketing Expense

 

  Three Months Ended
March 31,
    % Change  
        2014                  2015             
    (in thousands)             

Sales and marketing

    5,096           7,916           55

% of total revenue

    14        17     

 

67


Table of Contents

The increase in sales and marketing expense for the first quarter of 2015 compared to the first quarter of 2014 was due to an increase in our sales force and our marketing team. Our personnel and related costs for our Alarm.com segment, including salary, benefits, stock-based compensation and travel expenses, increased by $1.5 million compared to the same period in the prior year. Our consulting fees increased $0.3 million to support our sales and marketing teams and for international expansion. Marketing and advertising expenses increased $0.3 million in the first quarter of 2015. Sales and marketing expense for 2015 also increased by $0.6 million primarily due to personnel and related expense for our Other segment. The number of employees in our sales and marketing teams increased from 111 at March 31, 2014 to 179 at March 31, 2015.

General and Administrative Expense

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
         % Change  
         2014                  2015             
     (in thousands)             

General and administrative

     5,220           7,070           35

% of total revenue

     14        15     

The increase in general and administrative expense for the first quarter of 2015 compared to the first quarter of 2014 was primarily due an increase in facilities and consultants to support our growth. Our rent expense increased $0.7 million in 2015 compared to 2014 due to new facilities. Professional services fees including accounting and audit services increased by $0.6 million. Our personnel and related costs for our Alarm.com segment, including salary, benefits and travel expenses, increased by $0.3 million compared to the same period in the prior year. These increases were partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in stock-based compensation. General and administrative expense from our Other segment decreased by $0.1 million compared to the same period in the prior year as a result of a decrease in personnel and related costs and professional services fees. The number of employees in general and administrative functions increased from 38 at March 31, 2014 to 55 at March 31, 2015.

Research and Development Expense

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    %
Change
 
        2014           2015       
     (in thousands)        

Research and development

     4,610        7,752        68

% of total revenue

     13     17  

The increase in research and development expense for the first quarter of 2015 compared to the first quarter of 2014 was due to an increase in employees in research and development functions. Our personnel and related costs for our Alarm.com segment, including salary, benefits, stock-based compensation and travel expenses, increased by $2.0 million compared to the same period in the prior year. In addition, research and development expenses including those performed by external consultants increased by $0.4 million compared to the first quarter of 2014. Research and development expense also increased by $0.7 million primarily due to personnel and related expense for our Other segment. The number of employees in research and development functions increased from 130 at March 31, 2014 to 203 at March 31, 2015.

 

68


Table of Contents

Amortization and Depreciation

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    %
Change
 
        2014           2015       
     (in thousands)        

Amortization and depreciation

     806        1,338        66

% of total revenue

     2     3  

The increase in amortization and depreciation for the first quarter of 2015 compared to the first quarter of 2014 was due to an increase in depreciation for additional computer equipment and from the expansion of our headquarters to accommodate our growth in headcount, as well as the purchase of equipment for our network operations centers.

Interest Expense

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    %
Change
 
        2014           2015       
     (in thousands)        

Interest expense

     (58     (42     NM % (1)  

% of total revenue

          

 

(1) Not meaningful.

The decrease in interest expense was due to lower average borrowings outstanding and a more favorable interest rate on our 2014 Facility than on our prior debt facility, which was replaced by our 2014 Facility in May 2014.

Other Income / (Expense), Net

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31,
   %
Change
 
       2014               2015            
    (in thousands)             

Other income / (expense), net

    10          7           NM % (1)  

% of total revenue

              

 

(1) Not meaningful.

Included in other income / (expense), net is interest income earned on notes receivable partially offset by losses of an equity method investment that is in the start-up phase of its operations. We expect that this investment will continue to incur losses in the near term.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
   

 

   %
Change
 
        2014                2015            
     (in thousands)             

Provision for income taxes

     2,797           2,050           (27 )% 

% of total revenue

     8        4     

Our effective tax rate increased from 39.6% in the first quarter of 2014 to 40.3% in the first quarter of 2015, primarily due to an increase in state income taxes.

 

69


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2012

Revenue

 

  Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
  2012     2013     2014     2013 vs.
    2012    
    2014 vs.
    2013    
 
     (in thousands)                        

Revenue

                     

SaaS and license revenue

   $     55,655         $ 82,620        $ 111,515           48        35

Hardware and other revenue

     40,820           47,602          55,797           17        17
  

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenue

$ 96,475    $     130,222    $     167,312      35   28

2014 Compared to 2013

The increase in total revenue from 2013 to 2014 was the result of a $28.9 million, or 35%, increase in our SaaS and license revenue and an $8.2 million, or 17%, increase in our hardware and other revenue. The increase in our SaaS and license revenue from 2013 to 2014 was primarily attributable to growth in our subscriber base, including the full year revenue impact from subscribers we added in 2013, as well as the increase of our subscriber base from 1.9 million subscribers on December 31, 2013 to 2.3 million subscribers on December 31, 2014. The increase in hardware and other revenue from 2013 to 2014 was primarily attributable to a $3.6 million increase in revenue from sales of our video cameras as a result of a 36% increase in the volume of video cameras sold and a $1.9 million increase in revenue from sales of our cellular radio modules as a result of an increase in volume.

2013 Compared to 2012

The increase in total revenue from 2012 to 2013 was primarily the result of a $27.0 million, or 48%, increase in our SaaS and license revenue and a $6.8 million, or 17%, increase in our hardware and other revenue. The increase in our SaaS and license revenue from 2012 to 2013 was primarily attributable to growth in our subscriber base, including the full year revenue impact from subscribers we added in 2012, as well as the increase of our subscriber base from 1.3 million subscribers on December 31, 2012 to 1.9 million subscribers on December 31, 2013. The increase in our hardware and other revenue from 2012 to 2013 was primarily attributable to a $4.6 million increase in revenue from sales of video cameras which resulted from a 48% increase in the volume of video cameras sold as well as an increase in the average price paid per video camera and to a lesser extent, an increase in the volume of sales of our cellular radio modules.

Cost of Revenue

 

  Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
  2012        2013        2014        2013 vs.
2012
    2014 vs.
2013
 
  (in thousands)              

Cost of revenue (1)

Cost of SaaS and license revenue

$ 12,681    $ 16,476    $ 23,007      30   40

Cost of hardware and other revenue

    28,773        38,482        44,172      34   15
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

$ 41,454    $ 54,958    $ 67,179      33   22

 

(1)   Excludes amortization and depreciation.

 

70


Table of Contents

2014 Compared to 2013

The increase in cost of revenue from 2013 to 2014 was the result of a $6.5 million, or 40%, increase in SaaS and license costs and a $5.7 million, or 15%, increase in hardware costs. The increase in SaaS and license costs from 2013 to 2014 related primarily to the growth in our subscribers driving an increase in the costs to make our SaaS platform available to our service providers and subscribers. The increase in hardware and other costs from 2013 to 2014 related primarily to our higher hardware and other revenue.

2013 Compared to 2012

The increase in cost of revenue from 2012 to 2013 was primarily the result of a $9.7 million, or 34%, increase in hardware costs and a $3.8 million, or 30%, increase in SaaS and license costs. The increase in SaaS and license costs from 2012 to 2013 related primarily to the growth in our subscribers driving an increase in the costs to make our SaaS platform available to our service providers and subscribers, partially offset by lower average carrier costs per subscriber. The increase in hardware and other costs from 2012 to 2013 related primarily to our higher hardware and other revenue as well as slightly higher average cost per unit for our cellular radio modules due to our release of our 3G enabled cellular radios.

Sales and Marketing Expense

 

    Year Ended December 31,          % Change  
        2012                  2013                  2014              2013 vs.
      2012      
         2014 vs.
      2013      
 
    (in thousands)                        

Sales and marketing

  $ 13,232         $ 21,467         $ 25,836           62        20

% of total revenue

    14%           16%           15%             

2014 Compared to 2013

The increase in sales and marketing expense from 2013 to 2014 was due to an increase in our sales force and our marketing team, partially offset by a $1.7 million decrease in marketing and advertising expenses. Our personnel and related costs for our Alarm.com segment, including salary, benefits, stock-based compensation and travel expenses, increased by $3.5 million compared to the same period in the prior year. Sales and marketing expense for 2014 also increased by $2.0 million primarily due to personnel and related expense for our Other segment. The number of employees in our sales and marketing teams increased from 102 at December 31, 2013 to 159 at December 31, 2014.

2013 Compared to 2012

The increase in sales and marketing expense from 2012 to 2013 was primarily due to a $4.6 million increase in advertising and marketing costs from increased consumer marketing activities and additional agency fees, as well as additional sales and marketing efforts to support our service providers, including costs associated with industry conferences. In addition, due to an increase in the number of employees in our sales force, service provider and sales support and marketing teams from 67 at December 31, 2012 to 102 at December 31, 2013 to support these initiatives, our personnel and related costs, including salary, benefits, stock-based compensation and employee travel expense, increased $4.2 million over the same period. Sales and marketing expense in 2013 also increased by $0.5 million primarily due to personnel and related expense for our Other segment.

 

71


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expense

 

  Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
      2012             2013             2014         2013 vs.
      2012      
    2014 vs.
      2013      
 
  (in thousands)              

General and administrative

$     14,099    $     29,928    $ 26,113      112   (13 )% 

% of total revenue

  15   23   16

2014 Compared to 2013

The decrease in general and administrative expense from 2013 to 2014 was primarily due to a decrease in legal expenses of $7.8 million compared to the prior year due to intellectual property litigation we initiated in 2013 and settled in early 2014. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in employees and consultants to support our growth. Our personnel and related costs for our Alarm.com segment, including salary, benefits, stock-based compensation and travel expenses, increased by $3.0 million compared to the same period in the prior year. Professional services fees including accounting and audit services increased by $1.4 million. Our rent expense increased $1.4 million in 2014 compared to 2013 due to new facilities to support our growth. General and administrative expense from our Other segment decreased by $3.2 million compared to the same period in the prior year as a result of a decrease in acquisition-related charges, offset by a $2.3 million increase in personnel and related costs. During the third quarter of 2013, we recorded a $11.3 million loss on goodwill and intangible asset impairment related to our EnergyHub acquisition, partially offset by a $5.8 million gain on the release of an acquisition related contingent liability. The number of employees in general and administrative functions increased from 34 at December 31, 2013 to 54 at December 31, 2014.

2013 Compared to 2012

The increase in general and administrative expense from 2012 to 2013 was primarily due to $11.2 million of legal expenses related to intellectual property litigation we initiated in 2013 and settled in early 2014 and a $11.3 million loss on goodwill and intangible asset impairment related to our EnergyHub acquisition, partially offset by a $5.8 million gain on the release of a contingent earn-out liability related to the acquisition. Exclusive of these amounts, general and administrative expense decreased by $0.8 million, from $14.1 million in 2012 to $13.3 million in 2013, primarily from decreases in fees to professionals to support our administrative functions and decreases in discretionary compensation. General and administrative expense in 2013 also increased by $1.9 million primarily due to personnel and related expense for our Other segment.

Research and Development Expense

 

  Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
  2012         2013     2014        2013 vs. 
2012   
    2014 vs. 
2013   
 
  (in thousands)              

Research and

development

$     8,944    $     13,085    $ 23,193      46   77

% of total revenue

  9   10   14

2014 Compared to 2013

The increase in research and development expense from 2013 to 2014 was primarily due to an increase in employees in research and development functions. Our personnel and related costs for our

 

72


Table of Contents

Alarm.com segment, including salary, benefits, stock-based compensation and travel expenses, increased by $5.7 million compared to the prior year. In addition, research and development performed by external consultants increased by $1.4 million compared to 2013. Research and development expense for 2014 also increased by $2.7 million primarily due to personnel and related expense for our Other segment. The number of employees in research and development functions increased from 117 at December 31, 2013 to 187 at December 31, 2014.

2013 Compared to 2012

The increase in research and development expense from 2012 to 2013 was primarily due to a $2.9 million increase in salary and related costs due to growth in the number of employees in research and development functions, which increased from 78 at December 31, 2012 to 117 at December 31, 2013. Research and development expense in 2013 also increased by $1.1 million primarily related to personnel and related expense for our Other segment.

Amortization and Depreciation Expense

 

    Year Ended December 31,         % Change  
        2012                 2013                 2014             2013 vs.
      2012      
        2014 vs.
      2013      
 
    (in thousands)                      
Amortization and depreciation   $     2,230        $     3,360        $     3,991          51       19

% of total revenue

    2%          3%          2%           

2014 Compared to 2013

The increase in amortization and depreciation expense from 2013 to 2014 was primarily due to a $1.1 million increase in depreciation expense primarily due to additional computer equipment and from the expansion of our headquarters to accommodate our growth in headcount, as well as the purchase of equipment for our network operations centers. This increase was partially offset by a $0.5 million decrease in amortization of intangibles.

2013 Compared to 2012

The increase in amortization and depreciation expense from 2012 to 2013 was primarily due to a $0.6 million increase in amortization expense related to customer related intangibles, developed technology and trade name intangibles arising from the acquisition of EnergyHub in May 2013, and a $0.4 million increase in leasehold improvement and computer depreciation from the expansion of our headquarters to accommodate our growth in headcount, as well as the purchase of equipment for our network operations centers.

Interest Expense

 

     Year Ended December 31,         % Change  
     2012          2013          2014         2013 vs.
      2012      
        2014 vs.
      2013      
 
     (in thousands)                      

Interest Expense

   $       (312)         $       (269      $       (196)          (14)%          (27 )% 

% of total revenue

                                   

 

73


Table of Contents

2014 Compared to 2013

The decrease in interest expense was due to lower average borrowings outstanding and a more favorable interest rate on our 2014 Facility.

2013 Compared to 2012

The decrease in interest expense was due to lower average borrowings outstanding during 2013.

Other Income / (Expense), Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,         % Change  
     2012          2013          2014         2013 vs.
      2012      
        2014 vs.
      2013      
 
     (in thousands)                      

Other Income / (Expense), Net

   $       5         $        57       $       (485)          NM % (1)         NM % (1)  

% of total revenue

                                   

 

  (1)   Not meaningful.

2014 Compared to 2013

The change in other income / (expense), net was due to $0.5 million in losses of an equity method investment that is in the start-up phase of its operations. We expect that this investment will continue to incur losses in the near term. We also recorded a $0.2 million impairment loss on a cost method investment and a $0.1 million loss on a derivative, which was offset by $0.3 million of interest income earned on note receivables.

2013 Compared to 2012

The increase in other income / (expense) was due to a minority investment by us in another business that is in the start-up phase of its operations. We expect that this investment will continue to incur losses. We did not have any such investments in 2012. In addition, we earned interest income of $0.1 million on notes receivable outstanding during 2013.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

    Year Ended December 31,         % Change  
        2012                 2013                 2014             2013 vs.
      2012      
        2014 vs.
      2013      
 
    (in thousands)                      

Provision for income taxes

  $     7,280        $     2,688        $     6,817          (63 )%        154

% of total revenue

    8%          2%          4%           

2014 Compared to 2013

Our effective tax rate decreased from 37% in 2013 to 34% in 2014, primarily due to the impact of research and development tax credits claimed for the current and prior years recorded in 2014. These decreases were partially offset by the non-recurring benefit provided by the net of the non-deductible goodwill impairment and the non-taxable gain on the release of an acquisition liability which were recorded in 2013.

 

74


Table of Contents

2013 Compared to 2012

Our effective tax rate decreased from 45% in 2012 to 37% in 2013, primarily due to non-deductible transaction costs incurred during 2012, accounting for approximately 6% of the 2012 effective tax rate. Items unfavorably impacting the 2013 rate included non-deductible goodwill impairment and non-deductible meals and entertainment, which were fully offset by a non-taxable gain on the release of an acquisition-related contingent liability.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables show unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for each of our eight most recently completed quarters, as well as the percentage of revenue for each line item. In the opinion of management, the information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for the fair statement of financial information in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be achieved in future periods, and operating results for quarterly periods are not necessarily indicative of operating results for a full year.

 

  Three Months Ended  
    June 30,  
2013
    September 30,  
2013
    December 31,  
2013
    March 31,  
2014
    June 30,  
2014
    September 30,  
2014
    December 31,  
2014
    March 31,  
2015
 
   

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

Revenue:

               

SaaS and license revenue

  $     19,442        $     21,863        $     23,736        $     25,204        $     26,975        $     28,473        $     30,863        $ 31,955    

Hardware and other revenue

    13,096          13,755          10,301          11,647          15,103          14,359          14,688          14,056    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    32,538          35,618          34,037          36,851          42,078          42,832          45,551          46,011    

Cost of revenue:

               

Cost of SaaS and license revenue

    3,851          4,595          4,340          5,008          5,669          6,002          6,328          6,033    

Cost of hardware and other revenue

    10,278          12,610          8,026          8,993          12,354          11,546          11,279          10,776    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    14,129          17,205          12,366          14,001          18,023          17,548          17,607          16,809    

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    6,100          6,256          5,473          5,096          6,670          8,107          5,963          7,916    

General and administrative

    3,806          11,786          11,978          5,220          7,209          6,746          6,938          7,070    

Research and development

    2,928          3,615          3,867          4,610          5,764          6,094          6,725          7,752    

Amortization and depreciation

    885          1,064          783          806          850          1,058          1,277          1,338    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    13,719          22,721          22,101          15,732          20,493          22,005          20,903          24,076    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    4,690          (4,308)         (430)         7,118          3,562          3,279          7,041          5,126    

Interest expense

    (69)         (66)         (63)         (58)         (55)         (40)         (43)         (42)   

Other income / (expense), net

    2          74          (20)         10          —          (80)         (415)           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    4,623          (4,300)         (513)         7,070          3,507          3,159          6,583          5,091    

Provision for income taxes

    2,018          (2,170)         (210)         2,797          1,431          492          2,097          2,050    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,605        $ (2,130)       $ (303)       $ 4,273        $ 2,076        $ 2,667        $ 4,486        $ 3,041    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents
  Three Months Ended  
  June 30,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  December 31,
2013
  March 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2014
  March 31,
2015
 
 

(as a percentage of revenue)

(unaudited)

 

Revenue:

SaaS and license revenue

    60%        61%         70%         68%        64%        66%         68%         69%    

Hardware and other revenue

    40            39            30            32            36            34            32            31       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

        100                100                100                100                100                100            100            100       

Cost of revenue:

               

Cost of SaaS and license revenue

    12            13            13            14            13            14            14            13       

Cost of hardware and other revenue

    32            35            24            24            29            27            25            23       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    43            48            36            38            43            41            39            37       

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    19            18            16            14            16            19            13            17       

General and administrative

    12            33            35            14            17            16            15            15       

Research and development

    9            10            11            13            14            14            15            17       

Amortization and depreciation

    3            3            2            2            2            2            3            3       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    42            64            65            43            49            51            46            52       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    14            (12)            (1)            19            8            8            15            11       

Interest expense

    —            —            —            —            —            —            —            —       

Other income / (expense), net

    —            —            —            —            —            —            —            —       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    14            (12)            (2)            19            8            7            14            11       

Provision for income taxes

    6            (6)            (1)            8            3            1            5            4       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    8%        (6)%        (1)%        12%        5%        6%         10%         7%    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends

Our quarterly SaaS and license revenue has increased sequentially for all periods presented driven by the effectiveness of our service providers’ ability to resell our services. We have historically experienced seasonality in our hardware and other revenue in the second and third quarters as a result of a small number of our largest service providers that use a summer sales business model where they substantially increase the size of their sales force and sell the majority of our services over the summer months.

The cost of hardware and other revenue relative to the cost of SaaS and license revenue is significantly higher and as a result total cost of revenue is higher during the second and third quarters due to higher sales volume in those quarters.

Our most significant operating expenses are employee-related costs of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation which have historically increased over time as our headcount increases in line with growth in our core operations, our business acquisitions and our start-up initiatives. Total operating expenses have fluctuated over time and have been negatively impacted by $11.2 million of legal expenses related to intellectual property litigation we initiated in 2013 and settled in early 2014 and a $11.3 million impairment charge on goodwill and intangible assets related to our EnergyHub acquisition, partially offset by a $5.8 million gain on the release of an acquisition related contingent liability. These discrete items are included in general and administrative expenses and were incurred primarily in the third and fourth quarters of 2013. In addition, general and administrative expenses have increased and will continue to increase as we prepare for this offering and to be a public company. Our marketing expenses can also fluctuate as we contract with outside marketing firms and direct consumer marketing efforts from time to time. Our research and development expenses have increased over time and are primarily driven by employee-related costs as we continue to increase our headcount to support our innovation and our platform solutions.

 

76


Table of Contents

Segment Information

We have two reportable segments: Alarm.com and Other, as determined by the information that our chief executive officer, who is our chief operating decision maker, uses to make strategic goals and operating decisions. Our Alarm.com segment represents our cloud-based platform for the connected home and related connected home solutions. Our Alarm.com segment also includes the results of Horizon Analog, a research company that focuses on cost-effective collection and analysis of data relating energy usage and consumer behavior and energy disaggregation, Secure-i, a commercial video as a service provider, and SecurityTrax, a provider of SaaS-based, customer relationship management software tailored for security system dealers. This segment contributed 99% of our revenue in each of 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the first quarter of 2014 and 96% of our revenue in the first quarter of 2015. Our Other segment is focused on researching and developing home and commercial automation and energy management products and services in adjacent markets. See Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information with respect to our reportable operating segments. The consolidated subsidiaries that make up our Other segment are in the investment stage and have incurred significant operating expenses relative to their revenue. Included in our Other segment in 2013 is an $11.3 million impairment of EnergyHub’s goodwill and intangible assets partially offset by a $5.8 million gain on the release of an acquisition-related contingent liability. Our Other segment grew from 9 employees at January 1, 2012 to 80 employees at March 31, 2015.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
Segment
Information
  2012     2013     2014  

(in thousands)

    Alarm.com         Other             Total           Alarm.com           Other             Total             Alarm.com           Other             Total          

Revenue

  $96,372     $103        $96,475        $129,014        $1,208        $130,222      $ 164,957      $ 2,355      $ 167,312   

Operating expenses

  35,529     2,976        38,505        55,340        12,500        67,840        65,566        13,567        79,133   

 

  Three Months Ended March 31,   

Segment

Information

  2014        2015   

(in thousands)

    Alarm.com           Other           
 
  Intersegment  
Alarm.com
  
  
        Total              Alarm.com              Other           
 
  Intersegment  
Alarm.com
  
  
   
 
  Intersegment  
Alarm.com
  
  
        Total           

Revenue

  $36,527     $458        $(134)        $36,851        $44,865        $2,061        $(390)        $(525)        $46,011   

Operating expenses

  12,778     2,954        —          15,732        19,941        4,135        —          —          24,076   

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Working Capital, Excluding Deferred Revenue

The following table summarizes our cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable and working capital, which we define as current assets minus current liabilities excluding deferred revenue, for the periods indicated:

 

    As of December 31,    

 

  As of March 31,  
    2013         2014         2015  
   

(in thousands)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $     33,583        $     42,572        $     39,189   

Accounts receivable, net

    16,579          17,259          16,790   

Working capital, excluding deferred revenue

    33,821          50,795          48,992   

Our cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2015 are available for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading purposes, and our investment policy is to invest any excess cash in short term, highly liquid investments that limit the risk of principal loss; therefore, our cash and cash equivalents are held in demand deposit accounts that generate very low returns.

 

77


Table of Contents

Working Capital and Capital Expenditure Requirements

We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents and our future cash flows from operating activities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Over the next twelve months, we expect our capital expenditure requirements to be approximately $10 million to $12 million, including approximately $6 million to $8 million anticipated for leasehold improvements related to the relocation of our corporate headquarters. Our future working capital and capital expenditure requirements will depend on many factors, including the rate of our revenue growth, the amount and timing of our investments in human resources and capital equipment, future acquisitions and investments, and the timing and extent of our introduction of new solutions and platform and solution enhancements. To the extent our cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from operating activities are insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to borrow additional funds through our bank credit arrangements or raise funds from public or private equity or debt financings. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would likely have rights that are senior to holders of our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Any additional equity financing would be dilutive to our stockholders.

Sources of Liquidity

As of March 31, 2015, we had $39.2 million in cash and cash equivalents. We consider all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity from the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

To date, we have principally financed our operations through cash generated by operating activities and, to a lesser extent, from the sale of capital stock. We have raised $27.9 million in net cash primarily from the sale of preferred stock and, to a lesser extent, from the proceeds of sales of common stock and stock option exercises.

In May 2014, we entered into a $50 million revolving credit facility, or the 2014 facility, with SVB, as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders to finance working capital and certain permitted acquisitions and investments. As of March 31, 2015, $6.7 million was outstanding, letters of credit in the amount of $2.0 million were utilized and $41.3 million remained available for borrowing under the 2014 facility. The 2014 facility contains various financial and other covenants that require us to maintain a maximum consolidated coverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio, and limit our capacity to incur other indebtedness, liens, make certain payments including dividends, and enter into other transactions. The 2014 facility is secured by substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property. As of March 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants under the 2014 facility. The 2014 facility is discussed in more detail below under “—Debt Obligations.”

Historical Cash Flows

The following table sets forth our cash flows for 2012, 2013 and 2014, and the first quarters of 2014 and 2015:

 

    Year Ended December 31,         Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2012         2013         2014         2014         2015  
    (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

  $     16,123        $ 10,654        $     15,635        $ 5,936        $ 3,463   

Cash flows (used in) investing activities

    (2,808       (18,431       (6,288       (726       (6,736

Cash flows from / (used in) financing activities

    11,788          (560       (358       2,070          (110

 

78


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

Cash flows from operating activities have typically been generated from our net income and by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, particularly from accounts receivable and accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, adjusted for non-cash expense items such as amortization of intangibles, and a reserve for hardware product returns.

For the first quarter of 2015, cash flows from operating activities were $3.5 million, a decrease of $2.5 million from the first quarter of 2014, as the result of a $1.2 million decrease in net income and a $1.1 million decrease in cash from operating assets and liabilities. Our inventory balance increased due to an increase in the quantity of video cameras needed to meet our fulfillment requirements and our other asset balance increased due to an increase in deposits for inventory and software licenses. The cash flows from operating activities consisted of cash generated by our $3.0 million of net income and $1.8 million of adjustments for non-cash items offset by $1.4 million of changes in operating assets and liabilities. Adjustments for non-cash items in the first quarter of 2015 included $1.3 million for amortization and depreciation, $0.9 million expense for deferred income taxes, $0.6 million for stock-based compensation, $0.4 million for reserve for product returns, and $0.3 million for provision for doubtful accounts. Adjustments for non-cash items in the first quarter of 2014 included $0.8 million for amortization and depreciation, $0.8 million for stock-based compensation, and $0.4 million for reserve for product returns.

For 2014, cash flows from operating activities were $15.6 million, an increase of $5.0 million from 2013, and resulted primarily from an increase in net income as adjusted for non-cash items. Our inventory balance increased due to an increase in the quantity of video cameras needed to meet our fulfillment requirements. As our revenue increased in 2014, our accounts receivable balance increased but to a lesser extent than accounts receivable balances grew in the prior period. The cash flows from operating activities consisted of cash generated by our $13.5 million of net income and $9.9 million of adjustments for non-cash items offset by $7.7 million of changes in operating assets and liabilities. Adjustments for non-cash items in 2014 included $4.0 million for amortization and depreciation, $1.9 million for reserve for product returns, $1.7 million benefit for deferred income taxes, $1.4 million for provision for doubtful accounts and $3.3 million for stock-based compensation.

For 2013, cash flows from operating activities were $10.7 million, a decrease of $5.5 million from 2012, and resulted primarily from cash generated by our $4.5 million of net income and $10.5 million of adjustments for non-cash items. This decrease in cash flows from operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of increases in accounts receivable due to an increase in sales and higher balances of inventory and other long-term assets at year end. Adjustments for non-cash items included $3.4 million for amortization and depreciation, $1.8 million for reserve for product returns and $11.3 million impairment for goodwill and intangible assets from our EnergyHub acquisition, partially offset by a $5.8 million gain from the release of the contingent liability from the EnergyHub acquisition related earn-out in 2013.

For 2012, cash flows from operating activities were $16.1 million, an increase of $2.5 million compared to 2011, and resulted primarily from cash generated by our $8.9 million net income and $3.7 million of adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of $2.2 million for amortization and depreciation, $1.5 million of reserve for product returns and $1.8 million for stock-based compensation. Included in stock-based compensation in 2012 was a $1.4 million charge for the repurchase of common shares held by employees for amounts in excess of fair value as part of the Series B preferred stock transaction and related tender offer where we offered to repurchase a certain number of shares owned by stockholders, including employees who owned shares as a result of option exercises. The increase in cash from operating assets and liabilities was primarily from the increase in cash provided by working capital as the result of an increase in cash collections from service provider receivables and lower balance of inventory at year end.

 

79


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Our investing activities include acquisitions, capital expenditures, minority equity investments in companies, notes receivable issued to companies with offerings complementary to ours, and payments made to license intellectual property. Our capital expenditures have primarily been for general business use, including leasehold improvements as we have expanded our office space to accommodate our growth in headcount, computer equipment used internally, and expansion of our network operations centers.

During the first quarter of 2015, our cash used in investing activities was $6.7 million primarily from the purchase of certain assets of HiValley Technology, Inc. for $5.6 million. Capital expenditures increased by $0.4 million, to $1.0 million in the first quarter of 2015 compared to the first quarter of 2014. We advanced $0.1 million for a loan to a service provider in each of the first quarters of 2014 and 2015 to provide capital to finance the creation of subscriber accounts.

During 2014, our cash used in investing activities totaled $6.3 million. Of that amount, we paid $6.9 million for capital expenditures and advanced $0.8 million in loans to a service provider and an installation partner to finance the creation of new subscriber accounts. We purchased certain assets of two businesses in 2014, Secure-i, Inc. and Horizon Analog, Inc., for $3.2 million. We also received a $2.0 million repayment of a note receivable from a platform partner and a $2.5 million distribution representing a partial return of a cost method investment.

During 2013, our cash used in investing activities totaled $18.4 million. Of that amount, we paid $8.1 million, net of cash received, to acquire EnergyHub. Additionally, we invested in companies that are complementary, consisting of $4.5 million in investments and $1.5 million in loans. We made these investments to create solutions that will leverage our cloud platform in adjacent markets, to invest in the development of devices that may connect to our cloud based platform, or in a service provider to finance the creation of new subscriber accounts. We also paid $2.3 million for capital expenditures.

During 2012, our cash used in investing activities totaled $2.8 million. Of that amount, we paid $1.3 million for capital expenditures, invested $0.3 million in a minority position in a company, used $0.3 million to advance a short-term loan to a company with offerings complementary to ours, net of repayments, and paid $1.0 million to acquire patent licenses.

Financing Activities

Cash generated by financing activities include proceeds from the sale of preferred stock and common stock, borrowings under credit facilities, and proceeds from the issuance of common stock from employee option exercises. Cash used in financing activities includes repurchases of preferred stock and common stock, dividends paid on our preferred stock and common stock, and repayments of debt under our credit facilities.

During the first quarter of 2015, our cash used in financing activities was $0.1 million. In connection with our preparation for our initial public offering, we paid $0.1 million of deferred offering costs, primarily for legal and accounting fees. During the first quarter of 2014, we received $1.5 million of proceeds from the early exercise of employee stock-based awards, received $0.4 million in proceeds from the exercise of vested employee stock options, recorded $0.7 million tax benefit from stock-based awards and repaid $0.5 million of borrowings under our term loan.

During 2014, our cash used in financing activities totaled $0.4 million. We utilized borrowings of $6.7 million under our new 2014 Facility to extinguish and repay $7.5 million of debt outstanding and paid $0.3 million of related debt issuance costs. In connection with our preparation for our initial public

 

80


Table of Contents

offering, we paid $2.4 million of deferred offering costs, primarily for legal and accounting fees. These payments were partially offset by $1.5 million of proceeds from the early exercise of employee stock-based awards. These proceeds are recorded as liabilities until the underlying equity award is vested as we have the ability to buy back unvested equity awards from employees that terminate service. We also received $0.6 million in proceeds from the exercise of vested employee stock options and recorded a $1.1 million tax windfall benefit from stock-based awards.

During 2013, net cash used in financing activities totaled $0.6 million, primarily consisting of $1.5 million in repayments on our prior credit facility, partially offset by $0.8 million in aggregate proceeds from sales of common stock and stock option exercises.

During 2012, net cash provided by financing activities totaled $11.8 million. We generated $136.5 million from the sale of Series B preferred stock. $113.7 million of the proceeds were used to repurchase preferred shares from existing stockholders, $2.2 million of the proceeds were used to repurchase common shares from existing stockholders, $2.6 million was used to pay transaction expenses and $18.0 million was used for general corporate purposes. Additional uses of cash for financing activities in 2012 principally included $8.6 million in dividends paid to holders of preferred stock and common stock, and $1.0 million for repayments on our prior credit facility, partially offset by $0.3 million in aggregate proceeds from sales of common stock and stock option exercises.

Debt Obligations

Prior Facility

In February 2010, we entered into a working line of credit through a loan and security agreement with SVB. The loan agreement was first amended in April 2011, and amended a second time in December 2011, which we refer to as the amended loan agreement. Under the terms of the amended loan agreement, we could borrow the lesser of 80% of the face value of our eligible accounts receivable plus 50% of our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, or $10.0 million. The line of credit accrued interest at a rate equal to SVB’s prime rate when our fixed charge coverage ratio was equal to or greater than 2.50 to 1.00, or SVB’s prime rate plus 0.50% when our fixed charge coverage ratio was less than 2.50 to 1.00. The amended loan agreement required us to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of 1.00:1.00, as well as a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.50:1.00. We have made no borrowing against the line of credit and we were in compliance with each of these covenants as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014. This facility was extinguished and repaid in May 2014.

In December 2011, when we entered into the amended loan agreement with SVB, we also put a term loan facility in place and borrowed $10.0 million under the term loan facility that is being repaid in 60 monthly installments of principal and accrued interest. The outstanding principal balance on the term loan accrued interest at a rate equal to either SVB’s prime rate when our fixed charge coverage ratio was equal to or greater than 2.50 to 1.00, or SVB’s prime rate plus 0.75% when our fixed charge coverage ratio was less than 2.50 to 1.00. The term loan facility had a maturity date of December 1, 2016. As of December 31, 2013, the outstanding balance under the term loan facility was $7.5 million. This facility was extinguished and repaid in May 2014.

The amended loan agreement required us to comply with certain financial and non-financial covenants, including a requirement to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of 1.00:1.00, as well as a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.50:1.00, and we were in compliance with each of these covenants as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014. Our line of credit and term loan facility with SVB was secured by substantially all of our assets, including intellectual property. This facility was extinguished and repaid in May 2014.

 

81


Table of Contents

2014 Facility

On May 8, 2014, we repaid all of the outstanding principal and interest under the amended loan agreement and replaced this facility with a $50.0 million revolving credit facility, or the 2014 Facility, with SVB, as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders. We utilized $6.7 million under this facility to repay in full our indebtedness under the prior facility. The 2014 Facility includes an option to increase the borrowing capacity to $75.0 million with the consent of the lenders. The 2014 Facility is available to us to finance working capital and certain permitted acquisitions and investments, and is secured by substantially all of our assets, including intellectual property. The 2014 Facility matures in May 2017.

The outstanding principal balance on the 2014 Facility accrues interest at a rate equal to either (1) the Eurodollar Base Rate, or LIBOR, plus an applicable margin based on our consolidated leverage ratio, or (2) the higher of (a) the Wall Street Journal prime rate and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% plus an applicable margin based on our consolidated leverage ratio, or ABR, at our option. Borrowings under LIBOR rates accrue interest at LIBOR plus 2.25%, LIBOR plus 2.5%, and LIBOR plus 2.75% when our consolidated leverage ratio is less than or equal to 1.00:1.00, greater than or equal to 1.00:1.00 but less than 2.00:1.00, and greater than 2.00:1.00, respectively. Borrowings under ABR rates accrue interest at ABR plus 1.25%, ABR plus 1.5%, and ABR plus 1.75% when our consolidated leverage ratio is less than or equal to 1.00:1.00, greater than or equal to 1.00:1.00 but less than 2.00:1.00, and greater than 2.00:1.00, respectively. The 2014 Facility also carries an unused line commitment fee of 0.20% to 0.25% depending on our consolidated leverage ratio. During the first quarter of 2015, the effective interest rate on the 2014 Facility was 2.47%.

The 2014 Facility contains various financial and other covenants that require us to maintain a maximum consolidated leverage ratio not to exceed 2.50:1.00 and a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.25:1.00. As of March 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants under the 2014 Facility.

Contractual Obligations

The following table discloses aggregate information about our material contractual obligations and periods in which payments were due as of December 31, 2014. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 

Contractual Obligations

Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 to 3 Years   3 to 5 Years   More Than
5 Years
 
Debt:   (in thousands)  

Principal payments

      $   6,700              $   —              $   6,700              $   —              $   —       

Interest payments

    391            166            225            —            —       

Unused line fee payments

    204            87            117            —            —       

Operating lease commitments

    33,511            2,220            6,313            5,863            19,115       

Other long-term liabilities

    577            —            508            69            —       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

    $   41,383            $   2,473            $   13,863            $   5,932            $   19,115       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts. The table does not include obligations under agreements that we can cancel without a significant penalty.

 

82


Table of Contents

As of May 22, 2015, we issued letters of credit under our 2014 Facility to our manufacturing partners in the amount of $2.8 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We do not engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements. In addition, we do not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts.

Seasonality

We have historically experienced seasonality in our revenue as a result of a subset of our service providers who use a summer sales business model where they substantially increase the size of their sales force and sell the majority of our connected home solutions over the summer months. Because a small number of our largest service providers have utilized a summer business model in the past, our revenue has generally been higher in the second and third quarters of the year. As we continue to expand our service provider base and add new service providers who do not rely heavily on a summer business model, we generally expect these seasonal trends to decline and become less prominent in the future.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates. Our most critical accounting policies are summarized below. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of our other significant accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

We derive our revenue from two primary sources: the sale of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, cloud-based connected home platform and the sale of hardware products that enable our solutions. We sell our hardware and platform solutions to service providers that resell our hardware and solutions to home and business owners, whom we refer to as our subscribers. We also sell our hardware to distributors who resell the hardware to service providers. We enter into contracts with our service providers that establish pricing for access to our connected home platform solutions and for the sale of hardware. These contracts typically have an initial term of one year, with subsequent renewal terms of one year. Our service providers typically enter into underlying contracts with our subscribers, which our service providers have indicated range from three to five years in length.

Our hardware includes cellular radio modules that enable access to our cloud-based platform, as well as video cameras, image sensors and other peripherals. Our service providers purchase our hardware in anticipation of installing the hardware in a home or business when they create a new subscriber account, or for use in an existing subscriber’s property. The purchase of hardware occurs in a transaction that is separate and typically in advance of the purchase of our platform services. Service

 

83


Table of Contents

providers transact with us to purchase our platform solutions and resell our solutions to a new subscriber, or to upgrade or downgrade the solutions of an existing subscriber, at which time the subscriber’s access to our platform solutions is enabled and the delivery of the services commences.

We recognize revenue with respect to our solutions when all of the following conditions are met:

 

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

    Delivery to the customer, which may be either a service provider, distributor or a subscriber; has occurred or service has been rendered;

 

    Fees are fixed or determinable; and

 

    Collection of the fees is reasonably assured.

We consider a signed contract with a service provider to be persuasive evidence that an agreement exists, and the fees to be fixed and determinable if the fees are contractually agreed to with our service providers. Collectability is evaluated based on a number of factors, including a credit review of new service providers, and the payment history of existing service providers. If collectability is not reasonably assured, revenue is deferred until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon the receipt of payment.

SaaS and License Revenue

We generate the majority of our SaaS and license revenue primarily from monthly fees charged to our service providers sold on a per subscriber basis for access to our cloud-based connected home platform and the related solutions. Our fees per subscriber vary based upon the service plan and features utilized. We enter into contracts with our service providers that establish our pricing as well as other business terms and conditions. These contracts typically have an initial term of one year, with subsequent renewal terms of one year.

Under negotiated terms in our contractual arrangements with our service providers, we are entitled to, and recognize revenue based on a monthly fee that is billed in advance of the month of service. We have demonstrated that we can sell our SaaS offering on a stand-alone basis, as it can be sold separately from hardware and activation services. As there is no minimum required initial service term nor is there a stated renewal term in our contractual arrangements, we recognize revenue over the period of service, which is monthly. Our service providers typically incur and pay the same monthly fee per subscriber account for the entire period a subscriber account is active.

We offer multiple service level packages for our solutions, including a range of solutions and a range of a la carte add-ons for additional features. The fee paid by our service providers each month for the delivery of our solutions is based on the combination of packages and add-ons enabled for each subscriber. We utilize tiered pricing plans where our service providers may receive prospective pricing discounts driven by volume.

We also generate SaaS and license revenue from the fees paid to us when we license our intellectual property to service providers on a per customer basis for use of our patents. In addition, in some markets, our EnergyHub subsidiary sells its demand response software with an annual service fee, with pricing based on the number of subscribers or amount of aggregate electricity demand made available for a utility’s or market’s control.

 

84


Table of Contents

Hardware and Other Revenue

We generate hardware and other revenue primarily from the sale of cellular radio modules that provide access to our cloud-based platform and, to a lesser extent, the sale of other devices, including video cameras, image sensors and peripherals. We recognize hardware and other revenue when the hardware is received by our service provider or distributor, net of a reserve for estimated returns. Our terms for hardware sales to our service providers and distributors typically allow for returns for up to one year. We apply our estimate as a percentage of sales monthly as a reserve against revenue and currently reserve approximately 3–4% of sales to account for this provision. We established this reserve estimate based on our historical data for actual hardware returns. We evaluate our hardware reserve on a quarterly basis or if there is an indication of a significant changes in the pattern of returns. Historically, our returns of hardware have not significantly differed from our estimated reserve.

Hardware and other revenue also includes activation fees charged to service providers for activation of a new subscriber account on our platform. Our service providers use services on our platform to assist in the installation of our solutions in a subscriber’s property. This installation marks the beginning of the service period on our platform and on occasion, we earn activation revenue for fees charged for this service. The activation fee is non-refundable, separately negotiated and specified in our contractual arrangements with our service providers and is charged to the service provider for each subscriber activated on our platform under such arrangement. Activation fees are not offered on a stand-alone basis separate from our SaaS offering and are billed and received at the beginning of the arrangement. We record activation fees initially as deferred revenue and we recognize these fees ratably over the expected term of the subscribers’ account which we estimate is ten years based on our annual attrition rate. The portion of these activation fees included in current and long-term deferred revenue as of our balance sheet date represents the amounts that will be recognized ratably as revenue over the following twelve months, or longer as appropriate, until the ten-year expected term is complete. Hardware and other revenue also includes fees paid by service providers for our marketing services.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock options awarded to employees, directors and non-employee third parties are measured at fair value at each grant date. We consider what we believe to be comparable publicly traded companies, discounted free cash flows, and an analysis of our enterprise value in estimating the fair value of our common stock. We account for stock-based compensation awards based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. We recognize stock-based compensation expense using the accelerated attribution method, net of estimated forfeitures, in which compensation cost for each vesting tranche in an award is recognized ratably from the service inception date to the vesting date for that tranche. Options subject to service-based vesting generally vest 20% one year from the date of the grant, and monthly thereafter, over a period of five years.

Stock-based compensation cost is measured on the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award using a Black-Scholes pricing model and recognized as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period on an accelerated attribution basis. We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.8 million, $0.8 million and $3.3 million for 2012, 2013 and 2014. We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $0.8 and $0.6 million for the first quarters of 2014 and 2015. At December 31, 2014, we had $3.1 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option grants that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years. At March 31, 2015, we had $2.6 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option grants that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1 years. We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and to the extent that we do, our stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

 

85


Table of Contents

We account for stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees using a fair value approach. The fair value of these options is measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model reflecting the same assumptions as applied to employee options in each of the reported periods, other than the expected life, which is assumed to be the remaining contractual life of the option. The compensation costs of these arrangements are subject to remeasurement over the vesting terms as earned.

Key Assumptions

Our Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, the expected term of the option, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

In determining the fair value of stock options granted, the following assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model for awards granted in the periods indicated. There were no stock options granted during the first quarter of 2015.

 

  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
          2012                   2013                   2014           2014   2015  

Volatility

  53.2 – 54.7   44.1 – 47.6   47.2 – 49.6   49.6  

Expected term (years)

  6.3      3.3 – 6.3      4.0 – 5.7      5.6        

Risk-free interest rate

  0.8 – 0.9 %   0.9 – 1.9   1.4 – 1.9   1.7  

Dividend rate

                        

Common Stock Valuations

The fair value of our common stock underlying stock options has historically been determined by our board of directors, with assistance from management, based upon information available at the time of grant. Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the Practice Aid, our board of directors has exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors included:

 

    contemporaneous third-party valuations of our company and our securities;

 

    our results of operations and other financial metrics;

 

    our stage of development and business strategy;

 

    the financial condition and operating results of publicly-owned companies with similar lines of business and their historical volatility;

 

    the prices of shares of our preferred stock sold to investors in arm’s length transactions, and the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to our common stock;

 

    external market conditions, both in the United States and globally, that could affect companies in the technology sector;

 

    the likelihood of a liquidity event such as an initial public offering, a merger or the sale of our company; and

 

    the current lack of marketability of our common stock as a private company.

 

86


Table of Contents

The per share estimated fair value of our common stock in the table below represents the determination by our board of directors of the fair value of our common stock as of the date of grant, taking into consideration the various objective and subjective factors described above, including the conclusions, if applicable, of valuations of our common stock. There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in these valuations. If we had made different assumptions than those described below, the fair value of the underlying common stock and amount of our stock-based compensation expense could have differed. Following the closing of this initial public offering, the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of determining stock-based compensation will be the closing price of our common stock as reported on the applicable grant date.

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at March 31, 2015 was $         million, of which $         million and $         million related to stock options that were vested and unvested, respectively, at that date.

The following table summarizes stock options granted from January 1, 2013 through the date of this prospectus:

 

Grant Date Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
Underlying
Options
Granted
  Exercise
Price
Per
Share of
Common
Stock
  Estimated
Fair
Value Per
Share of
Common
Stock (1)
 

May 15, 2015

  482,276    $ 11.55    $ 11.55   

December 3, 2014

  37,200      10.71      10.71   

August 27, 2014

  83,750      9.91      9.91   

August 27, 2014

  5,000      4.00      9.91   

April 22, 2014

  102,000      8.08      8.08   

February 26, 2014

  38,850      4.00      8.08   

December 30, 2013

  380,000      4.00      7.18   

December 23, 2013

  664,450      4.00      7.18   

May 22, 2013

  270,000      2.95      4.35   

 

  (1)   In the spring of 2014, we undertook retrospective valuations of the fair value of our common stock as of the grant dates and the values reflected in this column represent our estimated fair value per share of common stock in accordance with such retrospective valuations.

Contemporaneous Valuation Approaches

In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business by utilizing a combination of two valuation approaches, an income approach and a market approach.

The income approach estimates the fair value of a company based on the present value of the company’s future estimated cash flows and the value of the company beyond the forecast period. These future values are discounted to their present values to reflect the risks inherent in the company achieving these estimated cash flows. Significant inputs of the income approach (in addition to our estimated future cash flows themselves) include the discount rate, the long-term growth rate assumed in the terminal value and the normalized long-term operating margin. To estimate the value of cash flows after the defined projection period, a terminal value, which represents the value of the estimated perpetual cash flows, was also calculated. The horizon value is based upon a perpetuity growth model whereby it is assumed that free cash flows grow into perpetuity at varying declining rates over a set period before stabilizing at a long-term growth rate.

The market approach estimates the fair value of a company by applying market multiples of comparable publicly traded companies in the same industry or similar lines of business. The market multiples are based on key metrics implied by the price investors have paid for publicly traded companies. Given our significant focus on investing in and growing our business, we primarily utilized the

 

87


Table of Contents

revenue multiple and earnings before interest, taxes, amortization and depreciation expense, or EBITDA, multiple when performing valuation assessments under the market approach. When considering which companies to include in our comparable industry peer companies, we focused on U.S.-based publicly traded companies with businesses similar to ours. The selection of our comparable industry peer companies requires us to make judgments as to the comparability of these companies to us. We considered a number of factors including business description, business size, market share, revenue model, development stage and historical results of operations. We then analyzed the business and financial profiles of the selected companies for relative similarities to us and, based on this assessment, we selected our comparable industry peer companies. Several of the comparable industry peer companies are our competitors and are generally larger than us in terms of total revenue and assets.

Historically, the valuation reports prepared for us were based on the income approach. Due to the limited comparability with the guideline firms, a market approach was performed to assess the reasonableness of the income approach conclusions. For valuations starting in December 2013, the valuation reports were prepared using the market approach. For each valuation, the equity value was then allocated to the common stock using the either the Option Pricing Method, or OPM, or the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM.

The OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on a company’s enterprise value with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences of the convertible preferred stock. Under this method, the common stock only has value if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of an assumed liquidity event. The value assigned to the common stock is the remaining value after preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM prices the call option using the Black-Scholes model. The OPM model is used when the range of possible future outcomes is difficult to predict.

The PWERM relies on a forward-looking analysis to predict the possible future value of the company. Under this method, discrete future outcomes, including initial public offering, or IPO, and non-IPO scenarios, are weighted based on our estimate of the probability of each scenario. The PWERM is used when discrete future outcomes can be predicted with reasonable certainty based on a probability distribution.

For valuations starting in December 2013, we began using the Hybrid Method to determine the common stock value. The Hybrid Method uses similar discrete events as included in the PWERM, but in addition to these discrete events the OPM is also used. The Hybrid Method is useful when certain discrete future outcomes can be predicted but also accounts for less certainty than the OPM model.

May 2015 Grants

In estimating the fair market value of our common stock in May 2015 to set the exercise price of such options, our board of directors reviewed and considered a contemporaneous valuation analysis for our common stock prepared as of March 31, 2015. Our board of directors determined a fair market value of $11.55. The following considerations were used to complete the valuation using the Hybrid PWERM analysis, which determined an enterprise value: (1) liquidity events were weighted as 75% for an initial public offering and 25% to a merger, acquisition or continuation as a private company, (2) a discount rate of 13.6% based on an estimated cost of capital, (3) a lack of marketability discount of 10.0%, (4) a short term growth rate of 15.6%, (5) a terminal growth rate of 3.0%, (6) benchmark revenue and EBITDA multiples, and (7) an estimated initial public offering date of July 15, 2015. The increase in valuation from December 2014 was primarily driven by the greater proximity to the estimated initial public offering date and an increase in our revenue and EBITDA results and forecasts.

 

88


Table of Contents

December 2014 Grants

In estimating the fair market value of our common stock in December 2014 to set the exercise price of such options, our board of directors reviewed and considered a contemporaneous valuation analysis for our common stock prepared as of October 31, 2014. Our board of directors determined a fair market value of $10.71. The following considerations were used to complete the valuation using the Hybrid PWERM analysis, which determined an enterprise value: (1) liquidity events were weighted as 80% for an initial public offering and 20% to a merger, acquisition or continuation as a private company, (2) a discount rate of 13.5% based on an estimated cost of capital, (3) a lack of marketability discount of 10.0%, (4) a short term growth rate of 23.4%, (5) a terminal growth rate of 3.0%, (6) benchmark revenue and EBITDA multiples, and (7) an estimated initial public offering date of March 15, 2015. The increase in valuation from August 2014 was primarily driven by changes in management’s assumption regarding the probability of completing an initial public offering.

August 2014 Grants

In estimating the fair market value of our common stock in August 2014 to set the exercise price of such options, our board of directors reviewed and considered a contemporaneous valuation analysis for our common stock. Our board of directors determined a fair market value of $9.91. The following considerations were used to complete the valuation using the Hybrid PWERM analysis, which determined an enterprise value: (1) liquidity events were weighted as 70% for an initial public offering and 30% to a merger, acquisition or continuation as a private company, (2) a discount rate of 13.3% based on an estimated cost of capital, (3) a lack of marketability discount of 10.0%, (4) a short term growth rate of 23.4%, (5) a terminal growth rate of 3.0%, (6) benchmark revenue and EBITDA multiples, and (7) an estimated initial public offering date of September 30, 2014. The increase in valuation from April 2014 was primarily driven by changes in management’s assumption regarding the probability of completing an initial public offering, as well as a decrease in the lack of marketability discount.

February and April 2014 Grants

In estimating the fair market value of our common stock in April 2014 to set the exercise price of such options, our board of directors reviewed and considered a contemporaneous valuation analysis for our common stock. Our board of directors determined a fair market value of $8.08, which was retroactively applied to the February 2014 grants for financial reporting purposes, given the short period of time between the valuation dates. The following considerations were used to complete the retrospective valuation using the Hybrid PWERM analysis, which determined an enterprise value: (1) liquidity events were weighted as 60% for an initial public offering and 40% to a merger, acquisition or continuation as a private company, (2) a discount rate of 13.5% based on an estimated cost of capital, (3) a lack of marketability discount of 15.0%, (4) a short term growth rate of 23.4%, (5) a terminal growth rate of 3.0%, (6) benchmark revenue and EBITDA multiples, and (7) an estimated initial public offering date of September 30, 2014. The increase in valuation from December 2013 was primarily driven by changes in management’s assumption regarding the probability of completing an initial public offering.

Retrospective Valuations

In connection with the preparation of the financial statements necessary for the filing of the registration of which this prospectus forms a part, in the Spring of 2014 we undertook retrospective valuations of the fair market value of our common stock as of May 2013 and December 2013 for financial reporting purposes. In our retrospective analysis, we utilized the Hybrid Method approach to estimate the enterprise value of our company and the fair market value of our common stock in accordance with the Practice Aid.

 

89


Table of Contents

December 2013 Grants

At the time our board of directors approved the option grants, our board of directors reviewed and considered a contemporaneous valuation for our common stock and determined the estimated fair market value of $4.00 per common share. Subsequently, a retrospective valuation analysis was completed in early 2014 that indicated a fair market value per share of common stock of $7.18, which was retroactively applied to the December 2013 grants for financial reporting purposes. The following considerations were used to complete the retrospective valuation using the Hybrid PWERM analysis, which determined an enterprise value: (1) liquidity events were weighted as 40% for an initial public offering and 60% to a merger, acquisition or continuation as a private company, (2) a discount rate of 13.5% based on an estimated cost of capital, (3) a lack of marketability discount of 15.0%, (4) a short term growth rate of 23.4%, (5) a terminal growth rate of 3.0%, (6) benchmark revenue and EBITDA multiples, and (7) and an estimated initial public offering date of September 30, 2014. The increase in valuation from May 2013 was primarily driven by the company’s continued growth and strength of core operating performance, as well as the increase in valuations of peer group companies.

May 2013 Grants

At the time our board of directors approved the option grants, our board of directors reviewed and considered a contemporaneous valuation for our common stock and determined the estimated fair market value of $2.95 per common share. Subsequently, a retrospective valuation analysis was completed in early 2014 that indicated a fair market value per share of common stock of $4.35, which was retroactively applied to the May 2013 grants for financial reporting purposes. The following considerations were used to complete the retrospective valuation using the Hybrid PWERM analysis, which determined an enterprise value: (1) liquidity events were weighted as 15% for an initial public offering and 85% to a merger, acquisition or continuation as a private company, (2) a discount rate of 16.5% based on an estimated cost of capital, (3) a lack of marketability discount of 15.0%, (4) a short term growth rate of 23.4%, (5) a terminal growth rate of 3.0%, (6) benchmark revenue and EBITDA multiples, and (7) an estimated initial public offering date of September 30, 2014.

Business Combinations

We are required to allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date based upon their estimated fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date represents the excess of the purchase consideration of an acquired business over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and intangible assets acquired net of liabilities assumed. This allocation and valuation require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to long-lived and intangible assets.

Critical estimates in valuing intangible assets include but are not limited to estimates about future expected cash flows from customer contracts, customer lists, proprietary technology and non-competition agreements, the acquired company’s brand awareness and market position, assumptions about the period of time the brand will continue to be used in our solutions, as well as expected costs to develop the in-process research and development into commercially viable products and estimated cash flows from the projects when completed, and discount rates. Our estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions we believe to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Assumptions may be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur.

Other estimates associated with the accounting for these acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

 

90


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess of (1) the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business combination, over (2) the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to annual impairment tests. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually and is tested at the reporting unit level using a two-step approach. Under the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and step two is required to measure the amount of the impairment, if any. Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation and the residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment charge would be recorded to operating expenses in the period the determination is made. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed. We perform our annual impairment review of goodwill on October 1 and when a triggering event occurs between annual impairment tests.

In connection with our annual impairment testing, we performed a quantitative review of goodwill of our Alarm.com reporting unit. The estimated fair value of the Alarm.com reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by a margin in excess of 100%.

Accounting for Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method as required by accounting standards codification, or ASC 740, “ Income Taxes ,” which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that are included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. During 2013, in connection with the EnergyHub acquisition, we acquired significant net operating losses, a deferred tax asset, which we recorded at its expected realizable value. Based on our historical and expected future taxable earnings, we believe it is more likely than not that we will realize all of the benefit of the existing deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015. Accordingly, we have not recorded a valuation allowance in any of those years.

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and other foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating uncertain tax positions. We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740-10 on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position and (2) with respect to those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

 

91


Table of Contents

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of fluctuations in interest rates, as well as to a lesser extent, foreign exchange rates and inflation.

Interest Rate Risk

We are primarily exposed to changes in short-term interest rates with respect to our cost of borrowing under our credit facilities with SVB. We monitor our cost of borrowing under our various facilities, taking into account our funding requirements, and our expectation for short-term rates in the future. As of December 31, 2014, an increase or decrease in the interest rate on our SVB facilities by 100 basis points would increase or decrease our interest expense by $67,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2015, an increase or decrease in the interest rate on our SVB facility by 100 basis points would increase or decrease our interest expense by $67,000, respectively.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Substantially all of our revenue and operating expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars, therefore, we do not believe that our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk is material to our business, financial condition or results of operations. If a significant portion of our revenue and operating expenses were to become denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars, we may not be able to effectively manage this risk, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by translation and by transactional foreign currency conversions.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Adopted

On April 10, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, “ Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity,” which amends the definition of a discontinued operation in ASC 205-20 and requires entities to provide additional disclosures about discontinued operations as well as disposal transactions that do not meet the discontinued operations criteria. The guidance narrowed the definition of a discontinued operations for disposal of a component or group of components that represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major impact on an entity’s operations or financial results. The guidance also expands the scope to include equity method investments and businesses, that upon initial acquisition, qualify as held for sale. The expanded disclosure requirements include statement of financial position and statement of cash flows disclosures for all comparative periods. The ASU is effective prospectively for all disposals (or classifications as held for sale) in periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014 with early adoption permitted. We adopted this pronouncement in the first quarter of 2015, and it did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

92


Table of Contents

Not yet adopted

On April 15, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05, “ Intangibles Goodwill and Other — Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid i n a Cloud Computing Arrangement, which clarifies the accounting for fees paid by a customer in a cloud computing arrangement by providing guidance as to whether an arrangement includes the sale or license of software. The amendment requires a customer to determine whether a cloud computing arrangement contains a software license. If the arrangement contains a software license, the customer would account for the fees related to the software license element in a manner consistent with how the acquisition of other software licenses is accounted for under ASC 350-40; if the arrangement does not contain a software license, the customer would account for the arrangement as a service contract. The guidance will not change GAAP for a customer’s accounting for service contracts. The amendment is effective for annual periods, including periods within those annual periods beginning after December 31, 2015 with early adoption permitted. We can elect to adopt the amendments either prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date or retrospectively. We are required to adopt this pronouncement in the first quarter of 2016 and we are currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement on our financial statements.

On April 8, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “ Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs,” which requires debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the associated debt liability, consistent with the presentation of a debt discount. The guidance in the new standard is limited to the presentation of debt issuance costs. The ASU is effective retrospectively for the presentation of debt issuance costs in periods beginning after December 15, 2015 with early adoption permitted. We are required to adopt this pronouncement in the first quarter of 2016 and we do not anticipate that adoption of the pronouncement will have a material impact on our financial statements.

On February 18, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, “ Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis,” which requires an entity to evaluate whether it should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. The amendment modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are VIEs or voting interest entities. The amendment eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership. The amendment affects the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships. The amendment also provides a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities that comply with the requirements for registered money market funds. We are required to adopt ASU 2015-02 in the first quarter of 2016 and we do not anticipate that adoption of the pronouncement will have a material impact on our financial statements.

On August 27, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, “ Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40) ,” which requires management to perform interim and annual assessments regarding conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related disclosures, if applicable. We are required to adopt ASU 2014-15 in the first quarter of 2017, with early adoption permitted. We do not anticipate that the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on our financial statements.

On June 19, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, “ Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718),” which affects any entity that grants its employees share-based payments in which the terms of the award stipulate that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. The amendments require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award.

 

93


Table of Contents

Compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. If the performance target becomes probable of being achieved before the end of the requisite service period, the remaining unrecognized compensation cost should be recognized prospectively over the remaining requisite service period. We are required to adopt ASU 2014-12 in the first quarter of 2016 and the adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on our financial statements.

On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” which affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The guidance supersedes the revenue recognition guidance in Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition” , and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. The guidance also supersedes some cost guidance included in Subtopic 605-35, “ Revenue Recognition – Contract-Type and Production-Type Contracts” . On April 1, 2015, the FASB voted to propose to defer the effective date of the pronouncement by one year. ASU 2014-9, as amended, is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016, or December 31, 2017, if deferred. An entity is required to apply the amendments using one of the following two methods: i) retrospectively to each prior period presented with three possible expedients: a) for completed contracts that begin and end in the same reporting period no restatement is required, b) for completed contract with variable consideration an entity may use the transaction price at completion rather than restating estimated variable consideration amounts in comparable reporting periods and c) for comparable reporting periods before date of initial application reduced disclosure requirements related to transaction price; ii) retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the amendment recognized at the date of initial application with additional disclosures for the differences of the prior guidance to the reporting periods compared to the new guidance and an explanation of the reasons for significant changes. We are required to adopt ASU 2014-09 in the first quarter of 2017, or in the first quarter of 2018, if deferred, and we are currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement on our financial statements.

Emerging Growth Company Status

Section 107 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

94


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are the leading platform solution for the connected home. Through our cloud-based services, Alarm.com makes connected home technology broadly accessible to millions of home and business owners. Our multi-tenant software-as-a-service, or SaaS, platform enables home and business owners to intelligently secure their properties and automate and control a broad array of connected devices through a single, intuitive user interface. Our connected home platform currently has more than 2.3 million residential and business subscribers and connects to more than 25 million devices. More than 20 billion data points were generated and processed by those subscribers and devices in the last year alone. This scale of subscribers, devices and data makes Alarm.com the largest connected home platform.

Our solutions are delivered through an established network of over 5,000 trusted service providers, who are experts at designing, selling, installing and supporting our solutions. Our technology platform was purpose-built for the entire connected home ecosystem, including the consumers who use it, the service providers who deliver it and the hardware partners whose devices are enabled by the platform. Our solutions are used by both home and business owners, and we refer to this market as the connected home market.

We invented solutions that connect people in new ways with their properties and devices, making them safer, smarter and more efficient. Our scalable, flexible platform is designed to meet a wide range of user needs with its breadth of services, depth of feature capability and broad support for the growing Internet of Things devices in the home. We power four primary solutions, which can be used individually or combined and integrated within a single user interface accessible through the web and mobile apps:

 

    Interactive Security .   Always-on intelligent security and awareness solution that operates through a dedicated, cellular connection to provide safe, reliable protection and withstand common vulnerabilities like line cuts, power outages and network connectivity issues. The solution includes a powerful mobile app, anytime alerts and customized triggers, and provides 24x7 emergency response through trusted and integrated service providers.

 

    Intelligent Automation.    Integrated home automation solution that allows users to easily and remotely connect and control devices and systems such as security systems, garage doors, lights, door locks, thermostats, electrical appliances, environmental sensors and other connected devices. The cloud-based platform uses data and sophisticated algorithms to learn activity patterns and recommend intelligent optimizations.

 

    Video Monitoring .   Video-as-a-service solution delivering on demand viewing, cloud-based video storage and intelligently triggered recording with anytime access. The comprehensive suite of video services includes live streaming, smart clip capture, high definition continuous recording and instant video alerts delivered to users through the web and mobile apps.

 

    Energy Management.   Comprehensive energy monitoring and management solution for controlling energy consumption and comfort. Web and mobile apps integrate with connected thermostats, power meters, lights, shades, solar panels and appliances to control devices and manage temperature as well as provide real-time insights into home energy usage and efficiency. The intelligent platform delivers activity-based learning optimization as well as location-based adjustments for effortless energy management.

 

95


Table of Contents

Homes and businesses are now ripe for reinvention, as most properties lack even basic automation or security monitoring. The intersection of four significant technology trends is making the intelligent, connected home now possible: broad adoption of mobile devices, the emergence of the Internet of Things, the power of big data and the extensibility of the cloud. Security systems, thermostats, door locks, video cameras, lights, garage doors, appliances and other devices that were once inert now have the potential to become sensor-enabled, intelligent and connected. The majority of broadband households are interested in smart home features. According to data from a 2014 survey from Parks Associates, 67% of all broadband households find smart home features very appealing.

Our innovative solutions offer a new experience for home and business owners. Here are some common examples of how subscribers can engage with our platform:

 

    A person driving to work gets an alert as soon as she is a mile away from home, notifying her that the garage door is open, and her security system is disarmed. With one click in the Alarm.com mobile app, the security system is armed and the garage door is automatically closed.

 

    As a person heads to bed, he arms the security system with his Alarm.com app and the doors automatically lock, the lights turn off, the thermostat goes into energy savings mode, the shades close and the garage door closes.

 

    A business owner receives an alert from Alarm.com that the security system was disarmed and the front door was opened at 8:00 a.m., letting her know the store opened on time. Later she receives an alert that the security system has not been armed by 10:00 pm and she glances at the Alarm.com app to see that the door is locked and there has been no activity for over two hours. She instantly arms the system from her mobile device.

 

    In the middle of the day, a house is empty, and both the husband and wife are at work. A would be intruder approaches the home and cuts the cable and phone lines from the outside in an attempt to disable the alarm. The intruder enters the home and locates the security panel using the entry delay beeps and smashes it to keep it from sending an alarm signal. Using the Alarm.com cellular communications and Crash and Smash technology, the central station is notified and police are dispatched to the home and capture the intruder. At the same time, the homeowners are notified via text message and phone call, the neighbor is notified via text message, a picture of the intruder is captured by the image sensor at the front door, and all the lights turn on to deter the intruder, ensuring full awareness and protection of the home.

 

    After a person leaves home, his thermostat is automatically set to an efficiency mode when he is a pre-defined distance away from his home. Later when he is returning and near his home again, Alarm.com technology automatically adjusts the thermostat back to a comfort mode.

 

    A homeowner creates a unique access code using Alarm.com to grant access to the dog walker during certain times of the day and specific days of the week. If the dog walker fails to arrive as scheduled, an alert is sent. When the dog walker arrives, Alarm.com automatically sends an alert with a short video clip to the dog’s owner.

 

    With smart schedules, Alarm.com learns activity patterns over time by analyzing the data provided by all the sensors within the home. Alarm.com considers these activity patterns along with other external information such as weather and humidity data to recommend adjustments to thermostat schedules that will reduce energy use without sacrificing comfort.

Businesses have many of the same needs as residential subscribers. Security, energy management, awareness of activity in the property, video monitoring and the need to be connected anywhere at anytime are all highly applicable to the business market. The service provider who is delivering the solution often services both residential homes and businesses.

 

96


Table of Contents

Our solutions are delivered through an extensive network of service providers, primarily comprised of security system dealers who are experts at delivering connected home solutions. Security and safety continue to be the top smart home features for consumers. According to a 2014 survey from Parks Associates, security and safety are the leading features driving smart home adoption. To help drive adoption, we have developed powerful tools enabling our service providers to more effectively sell, install and manage our connected home solutions. We believe that the combination of our solutions and our service providers, with their strong pedigree in security, is the most effective way to drive mass market adoption of the connected home.

Our addressable market consists of residential homes and businesses. According to a Juniper Research report dated February 2014, the global opportunity for home automation and security, smart metering and smart health monitoring in the home is expected to be $14.9 billion in 2018. We believe that the major technology trends of cloud computing, the Internet of Things, Mobile Access and Big Data will dramatically change the ability for people to control and access their homes and businesses and provide new insights into the activity and efficiency of those properties. These trends have already made connected services and devices broadly available and affordable for households and businesses across North America. These large technology trends are also making these connected services and devices accessible and relevant to households and small businesses worldwide.

We primarily generate revenue through our service providers who resell our services and pay us monthly fees. Our service providers have indicated that they typically have three to five year service contracts with home or business owners, whom we call subscribers. We believe that the length of these contracts, combined with our SaaS model and over a decade of operating experience, provides us with reasonable visibility into our future operating results. In addition, we generate hardware and other revenue primarily by selling our service providers and distributors an Alarm.com gateway module that enables cellular communications between the devices installed in the home or business and our cloud-based platform. We also sell other hardware devices, such as video cameras as part of our video monitoring solution.

We have experienced significant growth since inception. As of the fourth quarter of 2014, we had significantly more subscribers than the next largest platform provider in North America. According to data from a fourth quarter 2014 Parks Associates report, Alarm.com had approximately 50% more subscribers than the next largest platform provider in North America. We have increased the number of homes and businesses we served from 0.5 million as of December 31, 2010 to 2.3 million as of December 31, 2014. Additionally, we grew revenue at a 46% compound annual growth rate from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2014.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our revenue was $167.3 million, representing year-over-year revenue growth of 28%. For the first quarter of 2015, our revenue was $46.0 million, representing year-over-year revenue growth of 25%. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our SaaS and license revenue was $111.5 million, representing year-over-year SaaS and license revenue growth of 35%. For the first quarter of 2015, our SaaS and license revenue was $32.0 million, representing year-over-year revenue growth of 27%. Our SaaS and license revenue represented 67% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 69% of our total revenue in the first quarter of 2015. Hardware and other revenue accounted for 33% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 31% of our total revenue in the first quarter of 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2014, and on a consolidated basis, we generated net income of $13.5 million and Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP metric, of $28.3 million. For the first quarter of 2015, we generated net income of $3.0 million and Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP metric, of $7.0 million. Please see footnote 5 to the table contained in the section of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

97


Table of Contents

Key Trends Driving the Adoption of the Connected Home

The intersection of the following significant technology trends is driving mass adoption of connected home solutions.

The Mobile Era.   The proliferation of smartphones, wearables and tablets has transformed the way people interact with applications and content in both their personal and professional lives. Today, mobile apps have become the preferred method for users to communicate and manage their lives. According to IDC reports dated December 2014 and March 2015, more than 1.7 billion smartphones and tablets are expected to be shipped in 2015. According to an IDC report dated June 2013, 88 billion mobile apps were downloaded worldwide in 2013, representing a 102% compound annual growth rate from 11 billion downloads in 2010. Having benefitted from this transformation, consumers are increasingly demanding a similarly efficient and convenient mobile experience to monitor and control their homes and businesses. The advancement in mobile access speeds allows for more sophisticated services in the property that can be conveniently managed through a mobile device.

The Internet of Things.   There has been significant growth in the number of connected devices. According to Gartner reports dated January 2015 and March 2014, the Internet of Things is forecast to reach 25 billion installed units by 2020, up from 0.9 billion in 2009. This trend includes “things” in consumers’ homes and businesses such as security systems, thermostats, door locks, video cameras, lights, garage doors, water heaters and appliances. The ability to remotely manage, monitor and control these devices using cloud-based applications and wireless technology is creating a large and fast growing market.

Big Data and Analytics Capabilities.   According to an IDC report dated April 2014, the volume of digital information created and replicated worldwide will grow approximately 39% annually from 4.4 trillion gigabytes in 2013 to 44 trillion gigabytes in 2020. As the network of physical objects accessed through the Internet continues to grow, there is an opportunity to harvest and analyze the data that these devices generate. We believe a platform solution is best positioned to collect, process and analyze this previously unused data to provide insights. These insights can transform the way consumers interact with their homes and businesses through real-time, adaptive and predictive analytics.

Cloud Infrastructure.   Advances in cloud technologies have enabled efficient scale, making it possible to deliver home security and automation software as a service to the mass market. This has made it possible for consumers to afford such services without the requirement of expensive and quickly outdated physical hardware to be purchased and set up on location. These advances have also made it possible for service providers to more easily install and support such services.

As a result of these technology advancements, it is now possible to offer an integrated connected home that can be managed anywhere and on any device at a price that makes it accessible to millions of consumers.

What Consumers Want

Consumers increasingly are seeking a connected home solution as a way to make their lives more convenient, efficient and secure. Consumers want to maintain a persistent awareness and control of everything that is happening inside and around their homes through one simple, easy-to-use mobile app on the device of their choice. Consumers want a platform that seamlessly works with a broad range of connected devices and that will enable those devices to integrate with each other to create a unified connected home experience. Consumers want a solution that is also affordable and easy to acquire. Consumers want a highly flexible and configurable solution that can automate their homes

 

98


Table of Contents

based on their individual lifestyle and preferences and that is designed to be seamlessly upgraded to incorporate new functionality as new technology comes on to the market. In addition, consumers seek an intelligent system that adapts to their behavior and recommends optimizations to improve the safety and efficiency of their home. Consumers generally want their connected home solution to be professionally installed and serviced. According to a Consumer Electronics Association report dated September 2013, over 70% of consumers preferred professional installation for home automation systems that include security or energy management, professionally monitored security systems and energy management systems. Consumers want their connected home solution to be monitored by a service provider that can be trusted to not compromise their privacy. Consumers demand that their service providers do not sell their data or use it to target them with advertisements.

What Connected Home Service Providers Want

Service providers are a critical part of allowing the benefits of the connected home to be rapidly and effectively delivered to consumers. Service providers expect to be able to market and upsell comprehensive connected home or business solutions that are adaptable to varying consumer requirements. Service providers seek to distribute a solution that can expand their addressable market and increase customer revenue and retention. Service providers demand a solution that can be installed and maintained cost-effectively in any home or business with low ongoing support costs. For example, service providers benefit from being able to service or update a solution remotely instead of having to send personnel onsite. Service providers want a flexible solution that can support multiple hardware devices and manufacturers and that is future proof, integrating with new technologies. As service providers integrate connected home or business solutions into their core business, it is critical that the platform they choose be highly reliable. As such, service providers prefer a platform provided by a proven partner with a trusted brand, first-class support and value-added services.

Limitations of Existing and Legacy Products

Existing and legacy approaches to home automation generally have several limitations:

 

    Point Products.   Home control products are highly fragmented and made up of multiple disparate devices which provide only a single function. In general, each device can only be controlled inside the home or, if it is connected at all, controlled by a separate mobile app, requiring the user to manage multiple, disconnected user interfaces. These point products often lack support services and can be time consuming for a consumer to manage. Often these products do not meet their needs and do not provide a way for service provider to remotely service their customers.

 

    Closed Ecosystem.    Closed ecosystems do not scale to support the expanding Internet of Things. These systems limit the ability of a consumer to add new devices as they are restricted to a small set of compatible options. Some product manufacturers have attempted to control the software solution that enables their products in the connected home environment and as a result are unable to partner with and include competitive products in their ecosystem.

 

    Lack Intelligence.   These products are only able to respond to direct commands and are not able to act independently on the user’s behalf based on activity happening in and around the home. Because devices in the home were historically unable to communicate with each other, the consumer lacked the ability to apply any automated intelligence to create a more efficient and simplified experience.

 

    Not Future Proof.   Since most legacy products are not cloud-based, they cannot receive automatic updates of new software, and risk becoming obsolete. These static offerings generally require physical hardware and software replacements once new features, devices or technologies are introduced. These replacements typically have to be done onsite.

 

99


Table of Contents
    Overly Complex and Expensive.   Systems that attempt to integrate disparate point products in a closed network are highly complex and require a significant level of customization. As a result, these systems lack flexibility and are often cost prohibitive to acquire, service and update for most consumers.

We believe that the combination of strong market trends, consumers’ and service providers’ requirements and the limitations of legacy products has created a significant market opportunity for Alarm.com. We believe that our platform positions us to capitalize on this market opportunity.

Market Opportunity

Our addressable market consists of residential homes and businesses. Our residential subscribers are typically owners of single-family homes, while our business subscribers include retail businesses, restaurants, small-scale commercial facilities, offices of professional services providers and similar businesses. According to a Juniper Research report dated February 2014, the global opportunity for home automation and security, smart metering and smart health monitoring in the home is expected to grow from $5.8 billion in 2013 to $14.9 billion in 2018, representing a compound annual growth rate of 21%. Approximately 81% of the total market size in each period is attributable to the home automation and security market, which Juniper Research defines as a bundled solution, including camera, lighting, heating control, door locks and others. According to Parks Associates reports dated December 2013 and July 2014, there are approximately 124 million U.S. households, of which 95 million have broadband internet access, and 21% of U.S. households with broadband access, or approximately 20 million homes, have a professionally monitored home security system. However, according to April 2015 data from Parks Associates, smart home controller penetration was only at 7.8% of U.S. households in 2014. We believe there is an opportunity for penetration rates to significantly increase, largely driven by the mass market adoption of connected home solutions by households with no solution today. In addition, we believe there are commonalities between the residential and business markets for these services, and the business market therefore represents a sizable related opportunity.

Benefits of Our Solutions

Our platform powers the connected home through four primary solutions, which can be integrated within a single user experience: interactive security, intelligent automation, video monitoring and energy management. In addition, we provide a comprehensive suite of enterprise-grade business management solutions to our service providers.

Benefits to Consumers

Our solutions offer consumers the following benefits:

 

    Intuitive Experience.   We have designed our platform and user interfaces to be intuitive, simple and easy to operate without training or significant support. Our platform can be accessed through any mobile device and provides secure, intelligent control through a single user interface.

 

    Single Connected Platform.   Our cloud-based platform provides consumers with a single point of integrated control that can be easily upgraded to incorporate new functionality and can be personalized to suit the individual consumer’s needs. For example, when we introduced our geo-services offering, our subscribers automatically received this new service.

 

    Reliable Network Communications.   Unlike competing products connected to the home by phone lines or wired networks, which can be susceptible to common vulnerabilities, such as lines being cut, power outages or network connectivity issues, our platform utilizes a highly secure, highly reliable and dedicated cellular connection.

 

100


Table of Contents
    Persistent Awareness.   Our platform helps subscribers maintain an awareness of what is happening at their properties at all times. Whether or not the security system is armed, the platform continuously monitors activity on each sensor and analyzes that data to determine whether the subscriber should be notified.

 

    Intelligent and Actionable.   Our platform monitors all the sensor and device activity in the property aggregating real-time, multi-point data about activity in the home. Our proprietary algorithms and custom rules use this data to drive intelligent triggers, learning and responsive automation for the consumer. For example, the adaptive learning capability of our platform leverages all of the data collected from activity in the home to understand activity patterns and recommend optimized thermostat schedules to optimize for comfort and efficiency.

 

    Broad Device Compatibility.   Our platform supports a wide variety of connected devices and communications protocols, allowing seamless integration and automation of many devices throughout their home, as well as the addition of new devices in the future.

 

    Accessible and Affordable.   Our platform provides an affordable alternative to expensive home automation systems, legacy home control products and disparate point product solutions with minimal upfront expense and installation and support services.

 

    Trusted Provider of a Security Platform .   We have built a reputation and brand as a trusted, reliable and innovative technology provider. We respect the privacy of our subscribers and do not sell their data. Our reputation is strengthened through our network of over 5,000 service providers, who have significant expertise in delivery of our platform.

Benefits to Service Providers

Our solutions offer service providers the following benefits:

 

    New Revenue Generation Opportunities.   Our solutions help broaden our service providers’ offerings beyond traditional home security and monitoring to include comprehensive connected home solutions, allowing the service providers to access new revenue streams and drive incremental recurring monthly revenue. We provide frequent training and development programs to ensure our service provider network is aware of our latest solutions.

 

    Expanded Set of Value-Added Services.   We provide a set of value-added services to our service providers, including training, marketing, installation, support tools and business intelligence analytics. This superior support helps service providers manage the changing technology landscape and allows them to more efficiently target, acquire, install and support their customers on our platform.

 

    Improved Service Provider Economics.   Our cloud-based platform provides improved service provider economics by reducing delivery and support costs, allowing remote delivery of upgrades and increasing average monthly revenue. For example, our AirFX tool enables our service providers to support and upgrade a subscriber’s hardware or software remotely eliminating the need to dispatch a technician to perform an in-person service call. In addition, our service providers are able to generate more revenue from each subscriber because, according to a Parks Associates report dated October 2013, consumers are willing to pay a 25% premium over the cost of a basic security system for a professionally monitored system that includes an interactive security and home automation solution.

 

   

Broad Device Interoperability.   We have an open platform which allows service providers to respond to consumer demands for new devices. Furthermore, our platform supports broadly adopted communications protocols used in the home automation ecosystem,

 

101


Table of Contents
 

including Z-Wave, Wi-Fi and ZigBee, as well as cellular and broadband, giving our service providers a wide device selection to tailor their offerings to suit their customers now and in the future.

Competitive Advantages

We believe the benefits we deliver to our subscribers and our service providers create a significant competitive advantage for us in the connected home market. In addition, we believe there are a number of other factors that contribute to our competitive advantage in the connected home market:

 

    Scale of Subscriber Base and Service Provider Coverage. We currently have over 2.3 million subscribers. As of the fourth quarter of 2014, we had significantly more subscribers than the next largest platform provider in North America. According to data from a fourth quarter 2014 Parks Associates report, Alarm.com had approximately 50% more subscribers than the next largest platform provider in North America. In addition to our large subscriber base, we have over 5,000 service providers reselling Alarm.com solutions, with comprehensive coverage throughout North America. In addition to our large service provider network and large subscriber base, we have more than 25 million connected devices managed by our platform. We believe the combination of the size of our subscriber base, service provider network and integrated devices creates a competitive advantage for us and is challenging to replicate.

 

    Security Grade, Cloud-Based Architecture.   We built our platform with a cloud-based, multi-tenant architecture that allows for real-time updates and upgrades. Our platform was built from the ground up with life safety standards at the core, where the reliability standard is substantially higher than that required for home automation and energy management systems.

 

    Highly Scalable Data Analytics Engine.   We processed more than 20 billion data points in and out of properties last year alone. As consumer preferences shift towards more intelligence-based features, we believe the scale of our data combined with our proprietary analytics serve as a sustainable competitive advantage.

 

    Trusted Brand.   Given our leading position in the connected home, we believe that we have developed a trusted brand with both service providers and consumers for innovating and delivering connected home solutions. We have developed considerable brand awareness and trust with our service providers. As of March 2015, our Alarm.com mobile app had been downloaded over two million times. The Alarm.com mobile apps for iOS and for Android had more than one million downloads each. The Alarm.com iOS and Android apps had exceptional app store ratings with an average rating above 4 out of 5 stars as of March 2015. Our extensive service provider coverage enables us to utilize our marketing dollars efficiently nationwide to reinforce our brand and drive consumer referrals to our service providers.

 

    Commitment to Innovation.   We are a pioneer in the connected home market and we continue to make significant investments in innovative research and development. Our investment has resulted in 35 patents which help ensure that our technology is competitively differentiated and protected.

Growth Strategy

We intend to maintain our leadership position in the connected home market while continuing to innovate, add advanced capabilities and increase penetration of our connected home solutions. Our key growth strategies include:

 

   

Drive SaaS and License Revenue Growth and Add New Service Providers.   We will continue to focus on making our service providers successful in driving adoption of the connected home. We have made significant investments in sales and marketing services and training for our service providers to promote the advantages and opportunities associated with the connected home.

 

102


Table of Contents
 

We will continue to invest in building out this infrastructure for our service providers to become more productive in selling our solutions to new customers. In addition, we plan to continue to grow our SaaS and license revenue and network of service providers.

 

    Upgrade Traditional Security Customers to Our Connected Home Solutions.   We believe there is a significant opportunity for our service providers to expand adoption of our connected home solutions within their customer base. We intend to leverage our status as a trusted provider and drive consumer interest in these services to enable our service providers to upgrade their legacy security customers to our connected home solutions.

 

    Continue to Invest in Our Platform.   As a pioneer in connected home solutions, we have made significant investments in building our platform over the last 15 years. We intend to invest heavily in developing our platform to add innovative offerings and broaden our solutions. As the Internet of Things grows and more devices become connected, such as appliances, wearable devices and automobiles, we are building technology and partnerships to connect these devices to our platform.

 

    Expand International Presence.   We are investing in international expansion because we believe there is a significant global market opportunity for our solutions. We recently initiated product launches and partnerships in Latin America, including Brazil, Chile, Colombia and Mexico, and intend to soon initiate launches in other countries such as New Zealand, South Africa and Turkey. According to a Telecommunication Development Bureau report dated April 2014, cellular is expected to have 96% global penetration versus 32% for broadband by the end of 2014. We believe our cloud-based architecture and our cellular communication technology will enable us to capitalize on opportunities worldwide.

 

    Expand Channels into the Home.   Today, most consumers purchase a connected home solution through a security or home automation service provider. As the connected home market continues to grow we believe other home services providers will seek to participate in the market and may complement our current partner ecosystem. We intend to partner with these other providers, which may include heating, ventilation and air conditioning installers, property management companies and other services companies.

 

    Pursue Selective Strategic Acquisitions. We may selectively pursue future acquisitions that complement our platform, represent a strategic fit and are consistent with our overall growth strategy. Such acquisitions could expand our technologies and teams which would allow us to add new features and functionalities to our connected home platform, accelerate the pace of our innovation or help us access new international markets.

Our Solutions and Integrated Platform

LOGO

 

103


Table of Contents

We offer a comprehensive platform to power the connected home that primarily includes the following solutions: interactive security, intelligent automation, video monitoring and energy management. These solutions are delivered through our cloud-based platform enabling a breadth of connected home solutions, which can be integrated together or provided on a standalone basis.

Consumer Solutions

Interactive Security

 

LOGO

Our interactive security solution provides an always-on intelligent security and awareness service through a dedicated, cellular, two-way connection to the home or business. This solution includes customized triggers and smart schedules to connect the system to door locks, garage doors and other connected security devices, and 24x7 emergency response through trusted and integrated service providers. The capabilities associated with this solution include:

 

  ¡     Alarm Transmission .   Transmission of alarm signals from the subscriber’s property through the Alarm.com platform to a third-party central monitoring station staffed 24/7 with live operators who can initiate emergency police/fire response. As of March 2015, our platform included connectivity to over 800 central stations.

 

  ¡     Persistent Awareness .  Always-on monitoring of sensors whether the security system is armed or disarmed.

 

  ¡     Mobile Control .   Remote security system management and control through the web and mobile apps for users.

 

  ¡     Instant Alerts .  Real-time system alerts for any type of system event activity through push notifications, SMS, email and voice.

 

  ¡     Managed Access .  User access tools to manage who can access the protected property through the local security system or through remote user interfaces.

 

104


Table of Contents

Intelligent Automation

LOGO

Our intelligent automation solution integrates the growing Internet of Things into a meaningful unified experience for our subscribers. It connects, integrates and controls the devices in the home or business such as security systems, garage doors, lights, door locks, thermostats, electrical appliances, environmental sensors and other connected devices. It learns activity patterns from all devices to recommend intelligent optimization that improve the safety and efficiency of the home. The capabilities associated with this solution include:

 

  ¡     Anywhere Access and Control .    Remote management and control of connected devices including security systems, thermostats, door locks, video cameras, lights, garage doors, water heaters, appliances and other connected devices.

 

  ¡     Intelligent Rules .  Intelligent rules running locally and in the cloud automatically control connected devices based on various triggers including security and sensor events, time/day schedules, user location and weather.

 

  ¡     Flexible and Personal .   Highly flexible rules, triggers and schedules allow customization and personalization of all the connected devices in the home or business. Subscribers can create automation rules by device, user, time of day and day of week to fit any schedule or lifestyle or have the system automatically make adjustments based on conditions like location and weather.

 

  ¡     Environmental Monitoring .  A variety of environmental sensors can be integrated into the solution to provide monitoring and remote control of key home or business systems such as water sensors, water valves, sump pumps and gas sensors. For example, integration with these devices enables early detection and curtailment of leaks that can lead to major water damage and waste. In addition, we provide remote monitoring and control of gas sensors, which can enable early detection of gas leaks (e.g. natural gas, or carbon monoxide) for life safety applications.

 

105


Table of Contents

Video Monitoring

 

LOGO

Our video monitoring solution provides live streaming, smart clip capture, high definition continuous recording and instant video alerts delivered through our mobile app or on the web. The capabilities associated with this solution include:

 

  ¡     Live Streaming .  Users can securely access live video of their property through the web and mobile apps.

 

  ¡     Smart Clip Capture .  Video clips can be automatically recorded when there is motion activity or when the security system reports an event (e.g. an alarm, door opening, etc.).

 

  ¡     Secure Cloud Storage .  Video clips are immediately uploaded to the platform for secure storage and access.

 

  ¡     Instant Video Alerts .  Smart clips can be automatically sent via SMS, push notifications or email the instant they are recorded.

 

  ¡     Continuous HD Recording .  24x7 onsite recording is enabled through our Stream Video Recorder, or SVR, and can be played back securely, from anywhere, through the web and mobile user interfaces.

 

  ¡     Location-Based Recording Schedules .  Location-based rules enable enhanced privacy settings through automatic adjustments to recording schedules based on the user’s location. For example, when everyone is out of the home, all cameras can record all activity, and when they return, certain cameras, like those in the living room or kitchen, can automatically pause recording for privacy purposes.

 

  ¡     Commercial Video Surveillance .  Our commercial video offering supports large scale, multi-camera installations with continuous recording, cloud based storage and mobile access. It integrates leading commercial grade network cameras to support a wide range of business solutions large and small.

 

106


Table of Contents

Energy Management

LOGO

Our energy management solution provides enhanced energy monitoring and management through increased awareness of energy usage at the whole home and individual device level, intelligent control of thermostats (which drive HVAC energy consumption), lights and sophisticated automation rules to sustain savings over time. Web and mobile apps integrate with connected thermostats, power meters, lights, shades and appliances to control devices and manage temperature as well as provide real-time insights into home energy usage and efficiency. The capabilities associated with this solution include:

 

  ¡     Smart Thermostat Schedules .   System activity patterns are analyzed over time to recommend a more energy efficient thermostat schedule that can maximize efficiency during periods when the property is not likely to be occupied.

 

  ¡     Responsive Savings .  The thermostats can respond to other devices and sensors in the home to reduce energy waste and improve efficiency. When the security system is armed away, an arming state used when the property is not occupied, the thermostat can automatically be set back to an energy saving mode. If a door or window is left open, after a pre-defined period of time, the HVAC system can automatically turn off to reduce energy waste.

 

  ¡     Energy Usage Monitoring .   Real-time and historical energy usage data at the whole-home or business and individual device level gives users greater insight into the property’s energy consumption profile to drive more efficient use of energy-consuming devices in and around the home or business.

 

  ¡     Thermodynamic Modeling .    Each home or business has a unique fingerprint with respect to energy usage for heating and cooling. Our algorithms analyze HVAC data, weather information and other factors to determine the unique heating and cooling attributes of a property and use this as a foundation for smarter thermostat programming and other energy efficiency recommendations.

 

107


Table of Contents
  ¡     Geo-Service .  The location of users further calibrates and optimizes thermostat settings, enabling effortless energy management with changes happening automatically without need for a user action or rigid schedule.

 

  ¡     Demand Response .  Homes and businesses with connected thermostats and other connected appliances can be accessed to reduce power consumption during peak demand periods. Our acquisition of EnergyHub in 2013 brought us an existing demand response software platform and relationships with energy utilities; these utilities can leverage connected thermostats across our platform to improve the results of their demand response events.

In addition to our primary solutions, we continue to add capabilities and functionality to our platform. For example, we launched a new solution, Wellness, in 2014. This solution gathers data from various types of sensors over time to learn the home patterns of daily living, and identify anomalies that may indicate a problem. Real-time alerts notify family members and other care providers when critical anomalies are detected or an emergency takes place. This enables people who are older or have disabilities to live at home safely and independently for a longer period of time. Our extensible cloud-based platform allows us to continue to innovate and integrate compelling new solutions.

Service Provider Solutions

In addition to the solutions we offer consumers, we also offer a comprehensive suite of enterprise-grade business management solutions to our service providers to help them grow their businesses and manage their customer base.

 

LOGO

 

    Service Provider Portal . Our permission-based online portal offers always-available access to a set of marketing, sales, training and support tools and information.

 

  ¡     Service Provider Website .  Our online resource provides a comprehensive set of tools for service providers to activate and manage their Alarm.com customer accounts, order equipment, access invoices and billing, remotely program customer systems using AirFX, obtain sales and marketing services, training, etc.

 

    Installation and Support. Our installation and support tools and apps help our service providers more efficiently install and service their connected home customers.

 

108


Table of Contents
  ¡     MobileTech Application.    Our installation resources include a mobile app designed for our service providers’ technicians to facilitate the successful installation and programming of equipment while on site at their customer’s property.

 

  ¡     AirFX Remote Programming .   This collection of remote system management tools available through the service provider website enables service providers to make changes to a subscriber’s system programming without the need to send a service technician to the property. This saves the subscriber and the service provider time and money, and greatly increases subscriber satisfaction because service requests can be handled immediately.

 

    Business Management.   Our services can be deeply integrated with a service provider’s and offers increased business insight into their customer base and key business health metrics.

 

  ¡     Web Services.   Our service providers are able to integrate their existing customer account management tools with our platform using our web services. This integration means service provider personnel can seamlessly perform functions like customer account creation, system status updates, system programming and service plan upgrades through a unified interface.

 

  ¡     Business Intelligence .   Our powerful business intelligence tools provide service providers with key insights into the performance of their Alarm.com subscriber account base. Service providers are able to access key operational metrics related to account plan adoption, attrition, and service quality to help them grow their business more and improve customer retention.

 

    Sales, Marketing & Training.   Our comprehensive customer lifecycle sales and marketing services are available to help effectively promote and sell the connected home.

 

  ¡     Marketing Portal.   Our online portal offers anytime access to a broad suite of marketing and sales tools. These include co-brandable assets like mobile optimized websites, landing pages, lead capture, social media, email, videos, image library, collateral, direct mail and event material as well as services like direct mail campaigns, email campaigns, CRM programs and print and ship services.

 

  ¡     Alarm.com Academy.   Our online training offers courses through a learning management system where service providers can access training on the full suite of Alarm.com solutions. This online option is offered in addition to our in-person, hands on training programs.

 

109


Table of Contents

Our Technology

LOGO

Cloud Services Platform

Since our inception, we have utilized a multi-tenant SaaS platform architecture to enable rapid innovation in a highly scalable environment that is designed to deliver our solutions as a hosted service for security and connected home applications. Our platform is architected to scale and leverages various proprietary cloud-based applications built by our technology team to support the needs of our service providers and subscribers. Because security and life safety are a key part of our service offering, our standards for reliability must be high and all of our solutions, not just those focused on security, are architected to meet these rigorous standards.

The Alarm.com Cloud Services Platform manages communication in and out of the property through the Communications Supervisor, intelligently directs alerts and notifications through the Notifications Engine, manages the user defined activity through the Rules Engine, and processes and stores video through our Video Processor and Video Storage. Additionally the platform enables device integration through the Partner APIs and offers service providers extensive services through our Enterprise Tools.

Our internal engineering teams have designed and developed our core technology. As a leader in the connected home industry, we believe we have the most capable and robust implementation of a connected home cloud service platform.

Operations

We operate our services platform through two fully redundant network operation centers located in Phoenix, Arizona and Ashburn, Virginia. Each is designed to run the entire platform independent of the other.

 

110


Table of Contents

Hardware and Manufacturing

 

LOGO

We are involved in the design and manufacturing of various types of hardware that are used to enable our solutions, including the following:

 

    Cellular Communication Modules.   We offer various cellular communication modules that are tightly integrated with the security system control panel and other automation control device in the subscriber’s home or business. These modules, designed by our device engineering team and manufactured in the United States by a contract manufacturing partner, provide a dedicated and fully managed two-way cellular connection from the subscriber’s property to our cloud platform modules. The modules run our proprietary firmware that enables:

 

  ¡     Real-time analysis of system events reported by security sensors and other devices at the property.

 

  ¡     Execution of automation rules at the property.

 

  ¡     Management of all the logic that determines whether a message should be transmitted to our cloud platform for further processing.

 

    Image Sensor .  Our image sensor is a wireless, battery-operated, passive infrared motion sensor that is capable of capturing images based on various system triggers to be transmitted via our dedicated cellular communication path to our cloud platform.

 

  ¡     Images can be viewed securely by the subscriber through web and mobile user interfaces, and can be sent automatically to the subscriber through SMS and email when triggered by an alarm or other high priority system event.

 

  ¡     Our image sensors are designed by our device engineering team and manufactured in the United States by a contract manufacturing partner.

 

   

Video Cameras .  We offer a suite of high definition, Internet protocol, or IP, video cameras to enable our video monitoring services. The cameras are available in various indoor and outdoor versions with optional night vision, wireless and power over Ethernet, or PoE, communication features. We also offer a network video recording device, the SVR, for on-premise, continuous video recording that is seamlessly connected to the cloud platform for remote playback through the user interfaces. Our video cameras and

 

111


Table of Contents
 

SVRs are specified for our platform by our product management and software engineering teams, and are developed and manufactured by an original design manufacturer, or ODM, in Taiwan. Our video service also enables third-party analog cameras to be integrated into our platform.

 

    Smart Thermostat .   Our Smart Thermostat combines elegant design, sophisticated cloud services and advanced energy management features. It was designed specifically for a multi-sensor connected home, tight integration with the Alarm.com cloud services and to work in concert with other sensors and devices in the home. It communicates with the Alarm.com Communications module via Z-wave and supports both battery power and common wire power installation.

 

  ¡     Remote temperature sensors can be paired with the Smart Thermostat to enable temperature set points for any room in the house, not just the room where the thermostat is installed. For example a sensor can be placed in a bedroom with a specific set point for more precise temperature control through out the home. Multiple sensors can be added to a single thermostat.

 

  ¡     Our Smart Thermostat is powered by the Alarm.com platform and offers advanced learning and automation energy management features including Adaptive Learning, Responsive Saving, Precision Comfort and Mobile Control.

 

  ¡     The Thermostat has been designed for better installation and remote support. The Mobile Tech app will assist in proper wiring and installation and AirFX enables remote access to the thermostat settings for easy troubleshooting and support.

Research and Development

We invest substantial resources in research and development to enhance our platform, solutions and technology infrastructure, develop new capabilities, conduct quality assurance testing and improve our core technology. We expect to continue to expand the capabilities of our technology in the future and to invest significantly in continued research and development efforts. Our research and development of new products and services is a multidisciplinary effort that requires the focus of our Product Management, Program Management, Software Engineering, Hardware Engineering, Quality Engineering, Configuration Management, and Network Operations teams, each of which is focused on the core research and development mission. As of March 31, 2015, we had a total of 203 employees engaged in research and development functions. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, our total research and development expenses were $8.9 million, $13.1 million and $23.2 million, respectively.

Service Provider Network

Our solutions are sold, installed and serviced by a network of professional, licensed service providers. We have developed an extensive professional service provider channel in North America consisting of over 5,000 service providers. Our service provider network is highly effective at account creation, installation and ongoing monitoring and has extended the traditional home security business model to include connected home and business services. We believe this highly trusted, established network is a core strategic strength that enables an efficient, scalable customer acquisition model and allows us to focus on technology innovation.

Our service providers today are primarily licensed and authorized security dealers ranging from small, local providers to larger regional providers to national service providers with thousands of employees. With a strong reputation for trust and established practice of in-home installation and ongoing professional monitoring, our service providers are driving the adoption of connected home solutions through their established businesses and now serve as connected home solution providers. Our channels increasingly include new providers in the intelligent automation, HVAC and property management markets as well as service providers in international markets.

 

112


Table of Contents

The traditional security and home automation market is highly fragmented with over 13,000 dealers nationally. According to the February 2015 Barnes Buchanan Conference Report, the top 5 service providers represented 36% of all industry recurring monthly revenue in 2014. The distribution of revenue among our service providers is reflective of the industry overall. Vivint, Inc. represented greater than 10% but not more than 15% of our revenue in 2012, 2013 and 2014. Monitronics International, Inc. represented greater than 10% but not more than 15% of our revenue in 2012 and greater than 15% but not more than 20% of our revenue in 2013 and 2014. United Technologies Corporation represented greater than 10% but not more than 15% of our revenue in 2014.

Subscribers

We define our subscribers as the number of residential or commercial properties to which we are delivering at least one of our solutions. A subscriber who subscribes to one of our service level packages as well as one or more of our a la carte add-ons is counted as one subscriber. The number of subscribers represents our number of subscribers, rounded to the nearest thousand, on the last day of the applicable year. Our number of subscribers does not include the customers of our service providers to whom we license our intellectual property as they do not utilize our SaaS platform. While fewer than 1% of subscribers utilize a commercial service plan, we do not have exact data regarding the actual number of commercial properties utilizing our services.

We classify our subscribers into two groups: standard subscribers, which represented approximately two-thirds of our total subscriber base as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, and other subscribers, which represented approximately one-third of our total subscriber base as of the same dates. For our standard subscribers, our service providers pay us on a per subscriber basis for access to our cloud-based connected home solution, to provide a supervised cellular network service to the home or business, and to deliver an enterprise back-end software service. Our other subscribers are comprised of carrier operated subscribers where the service provider utilizes its own cellular network or partners with a cellular network provider. As we continue to expand our business into new markets or acquire businesses with different business models as was the case with our acquisition of EnergyHub, in the future our other subscribers may include subscribers where we offer a basic service for no monthly fee with the option to upgrade the service for a monthly fee or where we generate revenue from the subscriber by other means.

As of December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, we had 0.5 million, 0.9 million, 1.3 million, 1.9 million and 2.3 million subscribers, respectively, representing a compound annual growth rate of 48% from 2010 to 2014.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales team is centrally organized with inside and outside regional account management teams responsible for territories across North America. The goal of our sales team is to help our service providers be successful in selling, installing and supporting the full suite of our solutions. Our sales team is also responsible for recruiting new service providers to Alarm.com. We also have a business development team dedicated to developing new service provider and distribution relationships in international markets.

Our marketing team is focused on empowering our service providers to most effectively promote and sell our connected home solutions. We have developed a high value, highly scalable marketing services platform to serve the breadth of our service providers both large and small. We design, develop and provide end-to-end marketing services through our integrated marketing solution, which includes tools and content for end-to-end lifecycle marketing to build awareness, create interest, drive trials, activate subscribers, develop the ongoing customer relationship and drive upsell. This solution is

 

113


Table of Contents

highly scalable and flexible with smaller service providers leveraging the full suite of marketing services and larger service providers adopting specific elements to enhance their existing marketing activities. We also provide comprehensive training through our Alarm.com Academy that includes sales and marketing and technical training courses through in-person classes and an always-available online learning management system.

Additionally, we manage targeted consumer marketing campaigns on behalf of our service provider network to increase awareness of the connected home, raise overall awareness and preference for Alarm.com solutions and drive prospective customers to our service providers.

We believe our sales and marketing approach enables us to expand our breadth of service providers, provide highly custom services and scale quickly with only incremental costs. As of March 31, 2015, we had a total of 179 employees engaged in sales and marketing functions.

Service Provider Support

We have a dedicated service operations team that strives to deliver an exceptional service experience to our service providers and our subscribers. We support the full suite of software and hardware on the Alarm.com platform through a highly trained and experienced team of United States based professionals using a tiered structure to efficiently escalate and resolve issues of varying complexity. This structure enables us to scale our organization in line with service provider and subscriber growth while building on our reputation as a source for answers in the connected home industry. We offer support via phone, web ticketing, and email for our service providers and maintain a commitment to industry-leading response times. While we primarily support our service providers and in turn the service providers provide support to their customers, who are our subscribers, we are committed to delivering a great end-user experience. To that end, subscribers may sometimes reach us directly with service concerns or questions, and we either assist the subscriber directly or, when appropriate, route the subscriber to his or her applicable service provider for additional assistance. Our staff is multilingual and we continue to grow our language capabilities to support our emerging international initiatives.

Our Competition

The market for connected home solutions is fragmented, highly competitive and constantly evolving. We expect competition to continue from existing competitors as well as potential new market entrants. Our current primary competitors include providers of other technology platforms for the connected home, including iControl Networks, Inc. and Honeywell International Inc. that sell to dealers such as cable operators and other home automation providers. In addition, our service providers compete with managed service providers, such as cable television, telephone and security companies like Comcast Corporation, AT&T Inc. and Time Warner Cable Inc., as well as providers of point products, including Nest Labs, Inc. (acquired by Google Inc.), which offers a thermostat, and DropCam, Inc. (acquired by Nest Labs, Inc.), which offers video monitoring. Because our service providers compete with these entities, we consider them competitive.

In addition, we may in the future compete with other large technology companies that offer control capabilities among their products, applications and services, and have ongoing development efforts to address the broader connected home market. Such companies may have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution or other resources and greater name recognition than we do. In some instances, we may have commercial partnerships with technology or services providers in the connected home market with whom we may otherwise compete and our relationships with both our competitors and partners may change through time.

We expect to encounter new competitors as we enter new markets as well as increased competition, both domestically and internationally, from other established and emerging security, home

 

114


Table of Contents

automation and energy management companies. Our current and potential competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties and rapidly acquire significant market share.

We believe the principal competitive factors in the connected home market include the following:

 

    simplicity and ease of use;

 

    ability to offer persistent awareness, control and intelligent automation;

 

    breadth of features and functionality provided on the connected home platform;

 

    flexibility of the solutions and ability to personalize for the individual consumer;

 

    compatibility with a wide selection of third-party devices;

 

    pricing, affordability and accessibility;

 

    sales reach and local installation and support capabilities; and

 

    brand awareness and reputation.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors. In addition, we believe that our cloud-based software platform, connected home solutions and proven scalability help further differentiate us from competitors. Nevertheless, our competitors may have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, greater name recognition, larger sales and marketing budgets and broader distribution channels than we do.

Our Intellectual Property

Our success and ability to compete effectively depend in part on our ability to protect our proprietary technology and to establish and adequately protect our intellectual property rights. To accomplish these objectives, we rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements, confidentiality agreements and other contractual protections.

As of March 31, 2015, we owned 35 issued United States patents that are scheduled to expire between 2021 and 2032. We continue to file patent applications and as of March 31, 2015, we had 40 pending utility patent applications and 18 provisional patent applications filed in the United States. We also had 5 pending patent applications in Canada. The claims for which we have sought patent protection apply to both our platform and solutions. Our patent and patent applications generally apply to the features and functions of our platform, and solutions and the applications associated with our platform. We also have, and may be required to seek, licenses under patents or intellectual property rights owned by third parties, including open-source software and other commercially available software.

We also rely on several registered and unregistered trademarks to protect our brand. We have nine registered trademarks in the United States, including Alarm.com and the Alarm.com logo and design, and three registered trademarks in Canada.

We seek to protect our intellectual property rights by requiring our employees and independent contractors involved in development to enter into agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments, concepts, processes, improvements and other works generated by them on our behalf are our intellectual property, and assigning to us any rights, including intellectual property rights, that they may claim in those works.

 

115


Table of Contents

We expect that products in our industry may be subject to third-party infringement lawsuits as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. We have brought infringement claims against third parties in the past and may do so in the future to defend our intellectual property position. In addition, from time to time, we may face claims by third parties that we infringe upon or misappropriate their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon or to have misappropriated such rights. We cannot assure you that we are not infringing or violating any third-party intellectual property rights. Such claims may be made by competitors or other entities. In the future, we, or our service providers or subscribers, may be the subject of legal proceedings alleging that our solutions or underlying technology infringe or violate the intellectual property rights of others.

Our Culture of Innovation and Our Employees

We believe having a strong company culture and our core values are critical to our success and they are fundamental strengths and strategic assets for the company . We continue to recruit and hire exceptionally talented employees and are proud of the company culture we have been able to cultivate. We are focused on constant technological innovation to change the way people interact with the things around them and to improve our solution for our service providers and subscribers. Our culture is built on a foundation that encourages creativity through entrepreneurship, empowerment and open dialogue to continually innovate and improve our technology, solutions, brand and partnerships. As of March 31, 2015, we had 437 full-time employees.

Our Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Vienna, Virginia, where we lease approximately 36,400 square feet of commercial space under a lease that expires in August 2016. We use this space for sales and marketing, research and development, customer service and administrative purposes. We also have offices in Bloomington, Minnesota; Centennial, Colorado; Brooklyn, New York; Boston and Needham, Massachusetts; Wilsonville, Oregon; Lawrence, Kansas and Fort Lauderdale, Florida, and own a demonstration home in Falls Church, Virginia. We and our subsidiaries use these properties for sales and training, research and development, technical support and administrative purposes.

In August 2014, we signed a lease for new office space for our headquarters in McLean, Virginia. The lease term ends in the second quarter of 2026.

Our Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, we believe would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

116


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Key Employees and Directors

The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers, key employees and directors as of March 31, 2015:

 

Name

  Age  

Position(s)

Executive Officers

Stephen Trundle

46 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Jennifer Moyer

44 Chief Financial Officer

Jeffrey Bedell

46 Chief Strategy and Innovation Officer

David Hutz

38 Chief Systems Architect

Daniel Kerzner

39 Chief Product Officer

Jean-Paul Martin

54 Chief Technology Officer and Co-Founder

Daniel Ramos

46 Senior Vice President of Corporate Development

Key Employees

Jason DaCosta

34 Vice President of Customer Operations

Reed Grothe

59 Senior Vice President of Business Development

Jay Kenny

42 Senior Vice President of Marketing

Donald Natale

51 Senior Vice President of Sales

Alison Slavin

36 Senior Vice President, Creation Lab and Co-Founder

Non-Employee Directors

Timothy McAdam (2)(3)

46

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Donald Clarke (1)

55 Director

Hugh Panero (1)

59 Director

Mayo Shattuck (3)

60 Director

Ralph Terkowitz (1)(2)

64 Director

 

  (1) Member of the audit committee.
  (2) Member of the compensation committee.
  (3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Stephen Trundle has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since May 2003 and as a member of our board of directors since October 2003. Previously, Mr. Trundle served in various positions with MicroStrategy Incorporated, including as Vice President of Technology and Chief Technology Officer. Mr. Trundle holds an A.B. in Engineering and an A.B. in Government from Dartmouth College. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Trundle’s extensive knowledge of our business and prior industry experience with technology companies qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Jennifer Moyer has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2009. Prior to joining us, Ms. Moyer served as Chief Operating Officer for Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Company, LLC (now Washingtonpost.com) from 2006 to 2008. Ms. Moyer also has served as the Assistant Controller of The Washington Post Company. Prior to that, Ms. Moyer worked at Price Waterhouse LLP as an auditor. Ms. Moyer holds a BBA in Accounting from Temple University.

Jeffrey Bedell has served as our Chief Strategy and Innovation Officer since April 2013. Mr. Bedell served as Chief Technology Officer at MicroStrategy Incorporated from 2001 to October 2012 as well as Executive Vice President of Technology from 2007 to March 2013. Mr. Bedell holds a B.A. in Religion from Dartmouth College.

 

117


Table of Contents

David Hutz has served as our Chief Systems Architect since February 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hutz served as Lead Architect at Thomson Financial Publishing Inc. from 2001 to 2004 and Chief Systems Architect at Strategy.com, a business unit of MicroStrategy Incorporated, from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Hutz holds a B.A. and M.S. in Applied Math and Economics from Harvard University.

Daniel Kerzner has served as our Chief Product Officer since December 2013. Prior to joining us, from April 2013 to December 2013, Mr. Kerzner served as the Chief Executive Officer of Emotive Communications Inc., a software company. From March 2010 to April 2013, Mr. Kerzner served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Mobile at MicroStrategy Incorporated. From July 2009 to February 2010, Mr. Kerzner was the Regional Director for PJM Interconnection at EnerNOC, Inc. Prior to this position, Mr. Kerzner was Vice President of Platform and Emerging Technologies at MicroStrategy. Mr. Kerzner holds a B.A. in Computer Engineering from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School.

Jean-Paul Martin , one of our founders, has served as our Chief Technology Officer since March 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Martin served as a Software Architect with MicroStrategy Incorporated. Mr. Martin has also served as Chief Technology Officer of Media Cybernetics Inc., which provided image processing and analysis software used in medical, industrial, forensic and remote sensing applications. Mr. Martin holds a B.Sc/M.Sc in Electrical Engineering and Robotics from the Universite Paul Sabatier (Toulouse III, France).

Daniel Ramos has served as our Senior Vice President of Corporate Development since June 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Ramos served as Principal Deputy General Counsel for the U.S. Air Force, Department of Defense. Prior to his service with the Air Force, Mr. Ramos was the Vice President of Legal and Business Planning at The Away Network, a business unit of Orbitz Worldwide, Inc. Before joining The Away Network, he was a senior transactional attorney with the law firm of Shaw Pittman LLP (now Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP). Mr. Ramos holds an A.B. in Government from Harvard University and a J.D. from Stanford Law School.

Key Employees

Jason DaCosta has served as our Vice President of Customer Operations since May 2014. Joining Alarm.com as a Sales Associate in 2004, Mr. DaCosta has served us in a variety of roles, currently overseeing Alarm.com’s customer service and support organization. Prior to working at Alarm.com, Mr. DaCosta started his career as a Marketing Associate with the Corporate Executive Board. Mr. DaCosta holds a B.A. in Psychology from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from the University of Minnesota’s Carlson School of Management.

Reed Grothe has served as our Senior Vice President of Business Development since April 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Grothe served as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing for the pro audio division of Harman International Industries, Incorporated from 2006 to 2010 and as the Chief Global Sales Officer of Gibson Guitar Corp. from 2004 to 2006. Prior to joining Gibson, Mr. Grothe served as Senior Vice President and General Manager as well as Vice President of Global Sales at GE Security, now under the umbrella of United Technologies Corporation. Mr. Grothe holds a B.S. in Business Administration from the Carlson School of Management at the University of Minnesota.

Jay Kenny has served as our Senior Vice President of Marketing since March 2015 and prior to that served as our Vice President of Marketing since October 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Kenny worked for Microsoft Corporation in the Windows, Bing and Corporate Marketing Groups from 2004 to 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Kenny worked for several start up technology companies including Trilogy Software, Inc, Openshelf.com, Inc. and Zygon Systems Ltd. from 1996 to 2001. Mr. Kenny holds a B.A. in Philosophy from Georgetown University and an M.B.A. from Goizueta Business School, Emory University.

 

118


Table of Contents

Donald Natale has served as our Senior Vice President of Sales since July 2014 and prior to that served as our Vice President of Sales since June 2006. Prior to us, Mr. Natale served as Vice President of Dealer Sales for GE Security, now under the umbrella of United Technologies Corporation. Mr. Natale also has served as Vice President of Sales for Sequel Technologies, LLC, Territory Manager for Interactive Technologies Incorporated, and Sales Manager for Rollins Protective Services Company. Mr. Natale holds a B.A. in Criminal Justice from Edinboro University.

Alison Slavin , one of our founders, has served as our Senior Vice President, Creation Lab since February 2014. Prior to that, from 2000 to January 2014 Ms. Slavin served as our Vice President of Product Management. Ms. Slavin holds a B.A. in Philosophy from Harvard University.

Non-Employee Directors

Timothy McAdam has served as chairman of our board of directors since April 2015 and has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2012. Mr. McAdam is a General Partner of Technology Crossover Ventures and has been in the venture capital industry since 1991. Mr. McAdam holds a B.A. in Classics from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Our board of directors believes Mr. McAdam’s experience in building technology companies and his expertise as an investor in such companies qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Donald Clarke has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2014. Mr. Clarke currently serves as the Chief Financial Officer for Plex Systems, Inc., a privately held cloud technology company. Prior to joining Plex, from March 2008 to March 2013, Mr. Clarke served as the Chief Financial Officer for Eloqua, Inc., a publicly-held marketing automation company. Prior to working at Eloqua, Mr. Clarke was Chief Financial Officer at both Cloakware, Inc., a privately-held security solutions company, from August 2006 to February 2008 and at Visual Networks, Inc., a publicly-held application and network management solutions company, from July 2004 to March 2006. Mr. Clarke is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and holds a B.A. in Accounting from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Clarke’s experience in operations, strategy, accounting and financial management at both publicly and privately held companies qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Hugh Panero has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2010. From February 2012 to February 2013, Mr. Panero served as the Chief Executive Officer of Popdust, Inc., a digital music-oriented platform. From 2008 to 2011, Mr. Panero was a Venture Partner with New Enterprise Associates, Inc. (NEA) where he focused on consumer technology opportunities. Mr. Panero was the co-founder of XM Satellite Radio Inc. and served as its Chief Executive Officer from 1998 to 2007. Mr. Panero holds a B.A. in Government and Sociology from Clark University and an M.B.A. from Baruch College. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Panero’s experience with entrepreneurial companies and executive management of technology companies qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Mayo Shattuck has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2014. Mr. Shattuck is currently the Chairman of the Board of Exelon Corporation and previously he served as the Executive Chairman of Exelon from March 2012 to February 2013. From 2001 until its acquisition by Exelon, Mr. Shattuck served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Constellation Energy Group, Inc. Mr. Shattuck was previously at Deutsche Bank AG, where he served as Chairman of the Board of Deutsche Bank Alex. Brown and, during his tenure, served as Global Head of Investment Banking and Global Head of Private Banking. From 1997 to 1999, he served as Vice Chairman of Bankers Trust Corporation, which merged with Deutsche Bank in June 1999. From 1991 until 1997, Mr. Shattuck was President and Chief Operating Officer and a Director of Alex. Brown Inc., which merged with Bankers Trust in September 1997. Mr. Shattuck currently serves on the board of directors of Gap Inc. and is

 

119


Table of Contents

chairman of its audit and finance committee. Mr. Shattuck also serves as a director for Capital One Financial Corporation, where he is chairman of its compensation committee. Mr. Shattuck holds a B.A. in Economics from Williams College and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Shattuck’s broad experience in operations and strategy at both publicly and privately held companies qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Ralph Terkowitz has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2009. Since 2004, Mr. Terkowitz has served as a general partner at ABS Capital Partners L.P., a venture capital firm. Prior to ABS Capital, Mr. Terkowitz was an officer of the The Washington Post Company, a diversified media and education company, and the founder and CEO of, among others, DigitalInk Co. (now Washingtonpost.com) and Kenexa BrassRing, Inc. From 1998 to 2004, Mr. Terkowitz served on the board of directors of MicroStrategy Incorporated, a publicly traded business intelligence software company. Mr. Terkowitz currently serves on the board of directors of several privately held companies. Mr. Terkowitz is also on the board of Cornell’s for-profit online education business, e-Cornell. Mr. Terkowitz serves on the not-for-profit Board of Governors of the Johns Hopkins Packard Center and Johns Hopkins Brain Science Institute. Mr. Terkowitz holds an A.B. in Chemistry from Cornell University and an M.S. in Chemical Physics from the University of California, Berkeley. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Terkowitz’s investment and operations experience and his service on the board of directors of public and private companies qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of six members. Each director is currently elected to the board of directors for a one-year term, to serve until the election and qualification of a successor director at our annual meeting of stockholders, or until the director’s earlier removal, resignation or death.

All of our directors currently serve on the board of directors pursuant to the voting provisions of a stockholders’ agreement between us and several of our stockholders. This agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. See the section of this prospectus titled “Related Party Transactions” for a description of this agreement.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    Class I, which will consist of                  and                 , and whose term will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering;

 

    Class II, which will consist of                  and                 , and whose term will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering; and

 

    Class III, which will consist of                  and                 , and whose term will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering.

 

120


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution approved by a majority of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning such director’s background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors determined that Messrs. Terkowitz, Clarke, McAdam, Panero and Shattuck, representing five of our six directors, are “independent directors” as defined under applicable stock exchange rules and the independence requirements contemplated by Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and the transactions involving them described in the section of this prospectus titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee and intends to form a nominating and corporate governance committee in connection with this offering, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below. From time to time, the board may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of three directors, Messrs. Clarke, Panero and Terkowitz. Each member of our audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Mr. Clarke is the chairman of the audit committee and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Clarke is an audit committee “financial expert” as defined by Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. Under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent audit committee requirements set forth in NASDAQ Rule 5605(c) and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act as follows: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Clarke and Panero are independent directors under NASDAQ listing rules and under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended, and we are relying on the independence phase-in with respect to Mr. Terkowitz. We intend to continue to evaluate the requirements applicable to us and we intend to comply with future requirements to the extent that they become applicable to our audit committee. The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

 

    selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

121


Table of Contents
    helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

    developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

    reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

    reviewing related party transactions;

 

    obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes our internal quality-control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

 

    approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of two directors, Messrs. Terkowitz and McAdam, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an outside director as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Mr. Terkowitz is the chairman of the compensation committee. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under current listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market and SEC rules and regulations. The principal duties and responsibilities of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the terms of compensatory arrangements with our executive officers;

 

    administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

    reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees and reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

122


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee consists of two directors, Messrs. McAdam and Shattuck. Mr. McAdam is the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition of our nominating and governance committee meets the requirements for independence under current listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market and SEC rules and regulations. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

    identifying, evaluating and selecting, or recommending that our board of directors approve, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

    evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

    considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

 

    evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting;

 

    developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

 

    overseeing an annual evaluation of the board’s performance.

Our nominating and governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. Following the completion of this offering, the Code of Conduct will be available on our website at www.alarm.com. The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company, nor have they ever been an officer or employee of our company.

 

123


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 by our named executive officers, which include our principal executive officer and the next four most highly compensated executive officers in 2014.

 

Name and Principal Position

     Year          Salary ($)          Bonus ($)        Option
Awards
($) (1)
     All Other
  Compensation  
($) (2)
     Total ($)  

Stephen Trundle (3)

     2014         210,059         237,500                 3,000         450,559   

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2013         210,000         237,500         1,688,575         3,000         2,139,075   

Jeffrey Bedell (4)

     2014         285,059         220,000                 1,425         506,484   

Chief Strategy and Innovation Officer

     2013         212,958         182,311         650,899                 1,046,168   

Daniel Kerzner (5)

     2014         250,000         190,000                 28,091         468,091   

Chief Product Officer

                 

David Hutz

     2014         285,059         33,250                 3,000         321,309   

Chief Systems Architect

     2013         285,313         35,000         156,045         3,000         479,358   

Jean-Paul Martin

     2014         260,000         22,500                 3,000         285,500   

Chief Technology Officer

     2013         250,000         25,000         133,752         3,000         411,752   

 

  (1) This column reflects the full grant date fair value for options granted during the year as measured pursuant to ASC Topic 718 as stock-based compensation in our consolidated financial statements. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the named executive officer will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

  (2) Represents match of contributions to our 401(k) savings plan, which we provide to all eligible employees. With respect to Mr. Kerzner, the amount also includes $25,091 of compensation related to reimbursement of relocation expenses.

 

  (3) Mr. Trundle is also a member of our board of directors but does not receive any additional compensation in his capacity as a director.

 

  (4) Mr. Bedell joined the Company in April 2013 and his 2013 cash compensation reflects a partial year of service.

 

  (5) Mr. Kerzner became an executive officer in 2014.

 

124


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2014

The following table sets forth certain information about outstanding equity awards granted to our named executive officers that remain outstanding as of December 31, 2014.

 

    Option Awards (1)     Stock Awards  

Name

  Grant Date     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price (2)
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)
    Market Value
of Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not

Vested ($)
 

Stephen Trundle

    12/30/2013        320,000        (3)       4.00        12/29/2023                 
    7/11/2012        37,309        39,884 (4)       3.89        7/10/2022                 
    6/30/2009        38,592        (4)       0.41        6/29/2019                 

Jeffrey Bedell

    5/22/2013        90,000        (5)       2.95        5/21/2023                 
                                       238,500        (6)   

Daniel Kerzner

    12/23/2013        82,500        (7)       4.00        12/22/2023                 

David Hutz

    12/23/2013        26,252        (8)       4.00        12/22/2023                 
    7/11/2012        3,865        11,984 (4)       3.89        7/10/2022                 
    9/26/2011        3,006        6,300 (4)       1.20        9/25/2021                 
    1/15/2010        4,287        429 (4)       0.41        1/14/2020                 
    6/30/2009        10,539        (4)       0.41        6/29/2019                 

Jean-Paul Martin

    12/23/2013        30,000        (9)       4.00        12/22/2023                 
    7/11/2012        57,202        61,148 (4)       3.89        7/10/2022                 
    6/30/2009        469,764        (4)       0.41        6/29/2019                 

 

  (1) All of the option awards listed in the table above were granted under our 2009 Plan, the terms of which are described below under “— Equity Incentive Plans.” We have a right to repurchase at the fair market value on the date of repurchase all shares of common stock acquired upon the exercise of a stock option, regardless of vesting, within 90 days of termination of the recipient’s continuous service with us.

 

  (2) All of the option awards listed in the table above were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors with the assistance of a third-party valuation expert.

 

  (3) The option is fully exercisable from the date of grant and vests with respect to 20% of the shares on the one year anniversary of the grant and with respect to 1/48th of the remaining shares on the first day of each month thereafter over the following four years, subject to the recipient’s continuous service with us through the vesting date. In the event of certain triggering events, including a change of control transaction or public offering of our common stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, the option shall accelerate and vest in full fifteen days prior to such triggering event. Any unvested shares acquired upon an “early exercise” are subject to our right to repurchase that lapses according to the vesting schedule of the option. As of December 31, 2014, 304,000 shares were unvested.

 

  (4) The option vests with respect to 20% of the shares on the one year anniversary of the grant and with respect to 1/48th of the remaining shares on the first day of each month thereafter over the following four years, subject to the recipient’s continuous service with us through the vesting date.

 

  (5) The option vests with respect to 20% of the shares on the one year anniversary of the grant and with respect to 1/48th of the remaining shares on the first day of each month thereafter over the following four years, subject to the recipient’s continuous service with us through the vesting date. In January 2014, the board of directors amended this award such that it became immediately exercisable. Any unvested shares acquired upon an “early exercise” are subject to our right to repurchase that lapses according to the vesting schedule of the option.

 

  (6) The market price of our common stock is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

  (7)

The option is fully exercisable from the date of grant and vests with respect to 25% of the shares on the one year anniversary of the grant and with respect to 1/36th of the remaining shares on the first day of each month thereafter over

 

125


Table of Contents
  the following three years, subject to the recipient’s continuous service with us through the vesting date. Any unvested shares acquired upon an “early exercise” are subject to our right to repurchase that lapses according to the vesting schedule of the option. As of December 31, 2014, 82,500 shares were unvested.

 

  (8) The option is fully exercisable from the date of grant and vests with respect to 20% of the shares on the one year anniversary of the grant and with respect to 1/48th of the remaining shares on the first day of each month thereafter over the following four years, subject to the recipient’s continuous service with us through the vesting date. Any unvested shares acquired upon an “early exercise” are subject to our right to repurchase that lapses according to the vesting schedule of the option. As of December 31, 2014, 26,252 shares were unvested.

 

  (9) The option is fully exercisable from the date of grant and vests with respect to 20% of the shares on the one year anniversary of the grant and with respect to 1/48th of the remaining shares on the first day of each month thereafter over the following four years, subject to the recipient’s continuous service with us through the vesting date. Any unvested shares acquired upon an “early exercise” are subject to our right to repurchase that lapses according to the vesting schedule of the option. As of December 31, 2014, 24,000 shares were unvested.

On May 15, 2015, we granted Messrs. Kerzner, Hutz and Martin options to purchase 62,000, 24,000 and 15,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, at an exercise price of $11.55 per share.

The options are fully exercisable from the date of grant and vest with respect to 20% of the shares on the one year anniversary of the grant and with respect to 1/48th of the remaining shares on the first day of each month thereafter over the following four years, subject to the recipient’s continuous service with us through the vesting date. Any unvested shares acquired upon an “early exercise” are subject to our right to repurchase that lapses according to the vesting schedule of the options.

Employment Arrangements

The initial terms and conditions of employment for each of our named executive officers are set forth in employee offer letters. Each of our named executive officers is an at will employee. The following table sets forth the current base salaries and fiscal year 2015 bonus target of our named executive officers:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Fiscal Year 2015

Salary ($)

     Fiscal Year 2015
Bonus Target ($)
 

Stephen Trundle

     210,000         250,000   

Jeffrey Bedell

     285,000         250,000   

Daniel Kerzner

     257,500         200,000   

David Hutz

     300,000         35,000   

Jean-Paul Martin

     287,500         35,000   

In addition, Stephen Trundle received a stock option for 380,000 shares of our common stock under our Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, or 2009 Plan, that provides for 100% acceleration of vesting and lapse of our repurchase right with respect to shares acquired by early exercising such option upon a triggering event which is the first to occur of the following (1) a change of control as defined in the 2009 Plan, (2) a transaction that results in any person other than existing stockholders owning more than 25% of the voting power of the company, (3) a public offering of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (4) the date on which the directors of the company as of January 1, 2014 no longer constitute a majority of the board of directors. Under the 2009 Plan, a change of control is defined as (a) the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, whether voluntary or involuntary, (b) a merger or consolidation of the company with or into another entity in which the company is not the surviving entity, (c) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the company to another person or entity, or (d) any transaction which results in any person or entity other than existing stockholders owning more than 50% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the company. This option, and any

 

126


Table of Contents

unvested shares acquired upon early exercise of this option, will accelerate and vest in full 15 days prior to the scheduled consummation of this offering.

In May 2013, Mr. Bedell purchased 238,500 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of approximately $2.95 per share. These shares are subject to our right of repurchase at the original purchase price in the event Mr. Bedell is terminated prior to April 2, 2017 for any reason other than death or disability. Our repurchase right with respect to the shares expires automatically upon a change of control or the initial public offering of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. Pursuant to the terms of the repurchase agreement, a change of control includes (i) the acquisition by any person of more than 50% of our then outstanding voting securities, (ii) a change in the composition of our board of directors within any twelve month period resulting in the persons who were directors immediately before the beginning of such period ceasing to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors, (iii) approval by our stockholders of a reorganization, merger or consolidation resulting in the stockholders immediately prior to such transaction ceasing to own at least 50% of our voting securities, (iv) the sale, transfer or assignment of all or substantially all of our assets to a third-party, (v) such time when Stephen Trundle is no longer a member of our board of directors and is no longer an employee of ours, or (vi) the acquisition by any person, other than a current stockholder of ours, of more voting securities than held at such time by any other stockholder.

Our named executive officers are not entitled to any severance benefits upon a termination of employment.

Equity Incentive Plans

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

We expect that our board of directors will adopt and our stockholders will approve prior to the completion of this offering our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2015 Plan. We do not expect to utilize our 2015 Plan until after the completion of this offering, at which point no further grants will be made under our 2009 Plan, as described below under “Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.” No awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under our 2015 Plan.

Stock Awards.     The 2015 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation (collectively, stock awards). Additionally, the 2015 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants.

Share Reserve.     Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2015 Plan after the 2015 Plan becomes effective is the sum of (1)                 shares, (2) the number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2009 Plan at the time our 2015 Plan becomes effective, and (3) any shares subject to stock options or other stock awards granted under our 2009 Plan that would have otherwise returned to our 2009 Plan (such as upon the expiration or termination of a stock award prior to vesting). Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2015 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2016 (assuming the 2015 Plan becomes effective before such date) and continuing through and including January 1, 2024, by         % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of

 

127


Table of Contents

shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options under our 2015 Plan is                  shares.

No person may be granted stock awards covering more than                  shares of our common stock under our 2015 Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value on the date the stock award is granted. Additionally, no person may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than                 shares or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $            . Such limitations are designed to help assure that any deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled with respect to such awards will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to any covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

If a stock award granted under the 2015 Plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2015 Plan. In addition, the following types of shares under the 2015 Plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2015 Plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a stock award. Shares issued under the 2015 Plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market. As of the date hereof, no awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under the 2015 Plan.

Administration.     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2015 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of the 2015 Plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under our 2015 Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2015 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options.     Incentive and nonstatutory stock options are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2015 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2015 Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2015 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an option holder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the option holder may generally exercise any vested

 

128


Table of Contents

options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an option holder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an nonqualified stock option, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the option holder’s death.

Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.     The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as nonqualified stock options. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards.     Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the plan administrator. Rights to acquire shares under a restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock unit awards that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards.     Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

 

129


Table of Contents

Stock Appreciation Rights.     Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2014 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2014 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provides otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards.     If certain material terms of the 2015 Plan are approved by our stockholders after we are publicly traded, the 2015 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to a covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To help assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based awards will so qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only after the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) total stockholder return; (5) return on equity or average stockholders’ equity; (6) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (7) stock price; (8) margin (including gross margin); (9) income (before or after taxes); (10) operating income; (11) operating income after taxes; (12) pre-tax profit; (13) operating cash flow; (14) sales or revenue targets; (15) increases in revenue or product revenue; (16) expenses and cost reduction goals; (17) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (18) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (19) market share; (20) cash flow; (21) cash flow per share; (22) share price performance; (23) debt reduction; (24) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (25) subscriber satisfaction; (26) stockholders’ equity; (27) capital expenditures; (28) debt levels; (29) operating profit or net operating profit; (30) workforce diversity; (31) growth of net income or operating income; (32) billings; and (33) to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by our board of directors.

The performance goals may be based on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant

 

130


Table of Contents

indices. Unless specified otherwise (1) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (2) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (a) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (b) to exclude exchange rate effects, as applicable, for non-U.S. dollar denominated goals; (c) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (d) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; and (e) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, we retain the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the goals. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Other Stock Awards.     The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to Capital Structure.     In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, (4) the class and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted in a calendar year (as established under the 2015 Plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code) and (5) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions.     In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

 

    arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

    arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

    accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

    arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;

 

    cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors may deem appropriate; or

 

    make a payment equal to the excess of (1) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (2) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Under the 2015 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

 

131


Table of Contents

Change in Control.     The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. Under the 2015 Plan, a change in control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction; (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity; or (3) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets.

Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2015 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2015 Plan.

Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan

Our board of directors approved our Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, or 2009 Plan, which became effective in July 2009. As of March 31, 2015, 3,576,024 shares of our common stock have been issued pursuant to the exercise of options granted under our 2009 Plan, options to purchase 3,337,968 shares of our common stock were outstanding at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.68 per share, and 623,498 shares remained available for future grant under our 2009 Plan. Following this offering, no further grants will be made under our 2009 Plan and all outstanding stock awards granted under our 2009 Plan will continue to be governed by the terms of our 2009 Plan.

Stock Awards .  Our 2009 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options and restricted stock, collectively stock awards, to our employees, including officers, non-employee directors and consultants.

Our 2009 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock awards to our employees, officers, directors or consultants or advisors currently providing services to us. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. All other stock awards may be granted to employees, officers, directors or consultants or advisors currently providing services to us.

Share Reserve .  The aggregate number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to stock awards under the 2009 Plan is 7,537,490 shares, subject to adjustment as provided in the 2009 Plan.

Administration .  Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, each referred to herein as the plan administrator, has the authority to administer the 2009 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2009 Plan, the plan administrator determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under our 2009 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2009 Plan, our board of directors has full authority and discretion to interpret the plan and prescribe and rescind rules and regulations related to it.

Stock Options .  Incentive and nonqualified stock options are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price

 

132


Table of Contents

for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2009 Plan, provided that the exercise price of an option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2009 Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2009 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an option holder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability or death, the option holder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 30 days following the cessation of service. If an option holder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, the option holder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include cash, cash equivalents or such other form as provided in the stock option agreement.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable or assignable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Nonqualified stock options may be transferred to certain family members and trusts as provided for by the stock option agreement.

Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options .  The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as nonqualified stock options. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Changes to Capital Structure .  In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the number of shares available for future grants under the 2009 Plan, and (2) the number of shares covered by, and the exercise price of, each outstanding option.

Corporate Transactions .  In the event of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the company that does not result in a change of control, the stock awards shall continue and shall pertain to that number of shares of common stock that a holder of the number of shares of common stock subject to the award would have been entitled to immediately following such reorganization, merger or consolidation, with a proportionate adjustment in the exercise price. In the event of a merger, consolidation, or sale of assets or stock of the company that results in a change of control, our board of directors may take either of the following two actions with respect to outstanding stock awards: (1) fifteen days prior to the consummation of the change in control, accelerate the date of exercise of all outstanding options or (2) cancel any outstanding awards and pay to the holder an amount in cash or securities equal to the excess of the price paid to the holders of shares of common stock over the exercise price of the award.

Change in Control .  The plan administrator may provide that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. Under the 2009 Plan, a change of control is defined as (1) the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, whether voluntary or involuntary, (2) a merger or consolidation of the company with or into another

 

133


Table of Contents

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We expect that our board of directors will adopt and our stockholders will approve prior to the completion of this offering our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP. We do not expect to commence any offering under the ESPP at the time of this offering. The maximum aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our ESPP is                  shares. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP will increase automatically each year, beginning on January 1, 2016 and continuing through and including January 1, 2026, by the lesser of (i)     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year; (ii)                      shares of common stock; or (iii) such lesser number as determined by our board of directors. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our ESPP.

Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, will administer our ESPP. Our board of directors has delegated concurrent authority to administer our ESPP to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter.

Our employees, including executive officers, or any of our designated affiliates may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (i) customary employment with us or one of our affiliates for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year, or (ii) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years, prior to the first date of an offering. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee (i) immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our common stock, or (ii) holds rights to purchase stock under our ESPP that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding.

Our ESPP includes both a component that is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code and a component that is not intended to so qualify. The purposes of the non-423 component of our ESPP is to authorize the grant of purchase rights that do not meet the requirements of an employee stock purchase plan because of deviations necessary or desirable to permit participation in our ESPP by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, while complying with applicable foreign laws.

The administrator may approve offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify one or more, shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. The administrator, in its discretion, will determine the terms of offerings under our ESPP including determining which of our designated affiliates will be eligible to participate in the 423 component of our ESPP and which of our designated affiliates will be eligible to participate in the non-423 component of our ESPP. An offering has been approved to commence on the date of the initial public offering.

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions or other methods, if required by law, with up to the lower of $15,000 per year or 10% of their salary. The purchase price of the shares will be not less than 90% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of purchase.

A participant may not transfer purchase rights under our ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

 

134


Table of Contents

In the event of a specified corporate transaction, such as our merger or change in control, a successor corporation may assume, continue or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation does not assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering in progress will be shortened and a new exercise date will be set. The participants’ purchase rights will be exercised on the new exercised date and such purchase rights will terminate immediately thereafter.

Our ESPP will remain in effect until terminated by the administrator in accordance with the terms of the ESPP. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, at any time and for any reason. entity in which the company is not the surviving entity, (3) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the company to another person or entity, or (4) any transaction which results in any person or entity other than existing stockholders owning more than 50% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the company.

Amendment and Termination .  The 2009 Plan will terminate in 2019. However, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2009 Plan. As noted above, in connection with this offering, our 2009 Plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards under the 2009 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. Our plan has a discretionary match and we have determined for 2014 that the company will match employee contributions at 100% up to 6% of earnings with an annual maximum employer contribution of $3,000. Employees’ pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their contributions. Employer match contributions vest over 6 years with a graded schedule of 0%, 20%, 40%, 60%, 80% and 100% per service year. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

 

135


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, we are required to advance expenses incurred by a director in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or executive officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or executive officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to 180 days after the date of this offering, subject to potential extension or early termination, the sale of any shares under such plan would be subject to the lock-up agreement that the director or executive officer has entered into with the underwriters.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Historically, we have provided a combination of annual cash and equity-based compensation to our independent directors who are not employees or affiliated with our largest venture capital investors for the time and effort necessary to serve as a member of our board of directors. We grant options to such independent directors upon joining our board of directors and from time to time thereafter, in each case subject to yearly vesting over one or three years. On November 23, 2010, our board of directors granted Hugh Panero an option for 73,494 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.47 per share. On July 11, 2012, our board of directors granted Mr. Panero an option for 9,801 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.89 per share. Each of the foregoing option grants vests, subject to continued service with us, as to one-third of the shares over three years, measured from the date of grant. On December 23, 2013, our board of directors granted Hugh Panero an option for 2,000 shares of

 

136


Table of Contents

our common stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share. This option grant vests in full one year from the date of grant. In addition, Mr. Panero receives an annual fee of $40,000 for service as a board member. On April 22, 2014, our board of directors granted Donald Clarke and Mayo Shattuck each an option for 30,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.08 per share. These option grants vest with respect to one-third of the shares on May 6, 2015 and with respect to 1/16th of the remaining shares on the first day of each of the 16 months thereafter. In addition, each of Mr. Clarke and Mr. Shattuck receives an annual fee of $25,000 for service as a board member, and Mr. Clarke also receives a $20,000 annual fee for his service as chair of our audit committee.

Other than the cash compensation and option grants listed above, our directors are not currently entitled to receive any compensation in connection with their service on our board of directors, except for reimbursement of direct expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board or committees thereof.

We expect that our board of directors will adopt a director compensation policy for non-employee directors to be effective upon the completion of this offering.

2014 Director Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned for service on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2014 by our directors who were not also our employees. Stephen Trundle, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is also a member of our board of directors, but does not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. Mr. Trundle’s compensation as an executive officer is set forth below under the section of this prospectus titled “Executive and Director Compensation — Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Name

     Fees Earned or  
Paid in Cash ($)  
      Option Awards  
($) (1)(2)   
     All Other
  Compensation  
($)
    Total ($)  

Timothy McAdam

                             

Donald Clarke

     28,333 (3)       93,993                122,326   

Hugh Panero

     40,000                       40,000   

Mayo Shattuck

     16,667 (4)       93,993                110,660   

Ralph Terkowitz

                    12,516 (5)       12,516   

 

 

  (1) This column reflects the full grant date fair value for options granted during the year as measured pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718 as stock-based compensation in our financial statements. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the director will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

  (2) The table below shows the aggregate number of option awards outstanding for each of our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2014:

 

Name

    Option Awards (#)     

Timothy McAdam

    —      

Donald Clarke

    30,000 (b)   

Hugh Panero

    6,534 (a)   

Mayo Shattuck

    30,000 (b)   

Ralph Terkowitz

    —      

 

 

  (a) Of the outstanding option awards, 3,267 shares are immediately exercisable and are fully vested. The 3,267 unvested shares shall vest on July 11, 2015.

 

  (b) Of the outstanding option award, 30,000 shares are immediately exercisable and no shares are fully vested. Of the 30,000 unvested shares, 10,000 shares shall vest on May 6, 2015 and 1/16th of the remaining shares shall vest on the first day of each of the 16 months thereafter.

 

137


Table of Contents
  (3) Represents a prorated $25,000 annual board fee and a prorated $20,000 annual audit committee chair fee.

 

  (4) Represents a prorated $25,000 annual board fee.

 

  (5) Represents reimbursement to Mr. Terkowitz for an Alarm.com home automation and security system that was designed and installed by one of our professional service providers in 2014.

On May 15, 2015, we granted each of Messrs. Clarke and Shattuck options to purchase 6,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $11.55 per share. The options are fully exercisable from the date of grant and vest with respect to 20% of the shares on the one year anniversary of the grant and with respect to 1/48th of the remaining shares on the first day of each month thereafter over the following four years, subject to the recipient’s continuous service with us through the vesting date. Any unvested shares acquired upon an “early exercise” are subject to our right to repurchase that lapses according to the vesting schedule of the options.

 

138


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our then directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock at the time of such transaction, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the section of this prospectus titled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Sales of Series B Preferred Stock

In July 2012, we sold an aggregate of 1,809,685 shares of our Series B preferred stock at a price of $75.44 per share, for an aggregate price of approximately $136.5 million. The following table summarizes purchases of shares of our Series B preferred stock by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transaction:

 

Related Party

   Series B
Preferred
Stock (#)
     As Converted
to Common
Stock (#) (2)
     Aggregate
Purchase Price ($)
 
                   (in thousands)  

Entities affiliated with TCV (1)

     1,803,057         16,227,513       $ 136,022   

 

  (1) Includes 1,179,416 shares purchased by TCV VII, L.P., 612,498 shares purchased by TCV VII (A), L.P. and 11,143 shares purchased by TCV Member Fund, L.P. Timothy McAdam, a member of our board of directors, is a Class A Director of Technology Crossover Management VII, Ltd. and a limited partner of Technology Crossover Management VII, L.P. and TCV Member Fund, L.P. Technology Crossover Management VII, Ltd. is a general partner of TCV Member Fund, L.P. and the general partner of Technology Crossover Management VII, L.P. which, in turn, is the general partner of TCV VII, L.P. and TCV VII (A), L.P.

 

  (2) In June 2013, we effected a nine-for-one stock split of our common stock that resulted in a proportional adjustment to the conversion ratio of our preferred stock.

Recapitalization Transaction

In July 2012, immediately prior to the closing of the Series B preferred stock financing described above, we implemented a recapitalization whereby each of our existing stockholders exchanged all of their shares of common stock for a combination of Series B-1 preferred stock and common stock and exchanged all of their shares of Series A preferred stock for a combination of Series B-1 preferred stock and Series A preferred stock. The following table summarizes exchanges made by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transaction:

 

    Before Exchange     After Exchange  

Related Party

    Common  
  Stock (#)  
        Series A    
    Preferred    
    Stock (#)    
      Common  
  Stock (#)  
      Series A  
  Preferred  
  Stock (#)  
      Series B-1  
  Preferred  
  Stock (#)  
 

Entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners (1)

           3,075,750               1,750,176        1,325,574   

Stephen Trundle (2)

    385,785        305,903        219,519        174,066        150,310   

Jennifer Moyer

    109,638               62,379               5,250   

David Hutz

    85,797        1,750        48,816        996        4,862   

Jean-Paul Martin

    180,000        4,000        102,420        2,276        10,343   

Hugh Panero

    24,498               13,932               1,173   

Daniel Ramos

    191,097        1,500        108,738        854        9,796   

 

  (1) Includes 2,764,043 shares of Series A preferred stock exchanged by ABS Capital Partners V, L.P., 143,065 shares of Series A preferred stock exchanged by ABS Capital Partners V-A, L.P. and 168,642 shares of Series A preferred stock exchanged by ABS Capital Partners V Offshore, L.P. Ralph Terkowitz, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of ABS Partners V L.L.C.

 

  (2) Includes 305,903 shares of Series A preferred exchanged by Backbone Partners, LLC. Mr. Trundle has voting and dispositive power over all of the outstanding membership interests of Backbone Partners, LLC.

 

 

139


Table of Contents

Repurchases of our Common and Preferred Stock

Between July and August 2012, we repurchased an aggregate of 1,507,111 shares of our Series B-1 preferred stock for $75.44 per share and 258,174 shares of our common stock from certain of our stockholders for $8.38 per share, for an aggregate price of approximately $115.9 million. The following table summarizes repurchases from our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transaction:

 

Related Party

    Common  
  Stock (#)  
    Series B-1
Preferred
Stock (#)
    Total as
Converted to
Common Stock
(#) (3)
    Aggregate
Purchase Price ($)
 
                      (in thousands)  

Entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners (1)

           1,325,574        11,930,166        100,001   

Stephen Trundle (2)

           86,461        778,149        6,523   

Jennifer Moyer

    9,810        5,250        57,060        478   

David Hutz

    9,243        4,862        53,001        444   

Jean-Paul Martin

    121,995        10,343        215,082        1,803   

Hugh Panero

           1,173        10,557        88   

Daniel Ramos

    16,470        9,796        104,634        877   

 

 

  (1) Includes 1,191,236 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock repurchased from ABS Capital Partners V, L.P., 61,657 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock repurchased from ABS Capital Partners V-A, L.P. and 72,681 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock repurchased from ABS Capital Partners V Offshore, L.P. Ralph Terkowitz, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of ABS Partners V L.L.C.

 

  (2) Includes 67,988 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock repurchased from Backbone Partners, LLC. Mr. Trundle has voting and dispositive power over all of the outstanding membership interests of Backbone Partners, LLC.

 

  (3) In June 2013, we effected a nine-for-one stock split of our common stock that resulted in a proportional adjustment to the conversion ratio of our preferred stock.

Common Stock Sale to Executive Officer

In May 2013, Jeffrey Bedell, Chief Strategy and Innovation Officer, purchased 238,500 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of approximately $2.95 per share. These shares are subject to our right of repurchase at the original purchase price in the event Mr. Bedell is terminated prior to April 2, 2017 for any reason other than death or disability. Our repurchase right with respect to the shares expires automatically upon a change of control or the initial public offering of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. Pursuant to the terms of the repurchase agreement, a change of control includes (i) the acquisition by any person of more than 50% of our then outstanding voting securities, (ii) a change in the composition of our board of directors within any twelve month period resulting in the persons who were directors immediately before the beginning of such period ceasing to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors, (iii) approval by our stockholders of a reorganization, merger or consolidation resulting in the stockholders immediately prior to such transaction ceasing to own at least 50% of our voting securities, (iv) the sale, transfer or assignment of all or substantially all of our assets to a third-party, (v) such time when Stephen Trundle is no longer a member of our board of directors and is no longer an employee of ours, or (vi) the acquisition by any person, other than a current stockholder of ours, of more voting securities than held at such time by any other stockholder.

Receivable from an Executive Officer

In connection with an option exercise in December 2013, we paid approximately $136,000 in payroll taxes on behalf of Stephen Trundle, our Chief Executive Officer. The payment was made by us because we calculate and process employee income tax and withholding through our normal payroll process and subsequently receive payment from the employee for tax. The $136,000 in taxes due was repaid by Mr. Trundle in full in January 2014.

 

140


Table of Contents

Stockholders’ Agreement

We are a party to an amended and restated stockholders’ agreement, or stockholders’ agreement, with certain holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, including entitles affiliated with ABS Capital Partners, entities affiliated with TCV, Backbone Partners, LLC, Stephen Trundle, Jennifer Moyer, David Hutz, Jean-Paul Martin, Hugh Panero and Daniel Ramos. The stockholders’ agreement, among other things:

 

    grants certain of these stockholders a right of first refusal with respect to sales of our shares by us;

 

    provides for the voting of shares with respect to the constituency of our board of directors;

 

    grants us rights of first refusal with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders;

 

    grants secondary rights of refusal and right of co-sale to certain of these stockholders with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders; and

 

    grants certain of these stockholders inspection and information rights.

The provisions of the stockholders’ agreement will terminate immediately before the completion of this offering.

Registration Rights Agreement

We are a party to an amended and restated registration rights agreement, or registration rights agreement, with certain holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, including entitles affiliated with ABS Capital Partners, entities affiliated with TCV, Backbone Partners, LLC, David Hutz, Jean-Paul Martin and Daniel Ramos. The registration rights agreement, among other things, grants these stockholders specified registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them. For more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement, please refer to the section of this prospectus titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Employment Offer Letters

We have entered into offer letters with our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements with our named executive officers, see the section of this prospectus titled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Stock Option Grants, Stock Awards and Warrants to Directors and Executive Officers

We have granted stock options and stock awards to our certain of our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding the stock options and stock awards granted to our directors and named executive officers see the section of this prospectus titled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

In September 2010, we issued Mr. Trundle a warrant to purchase 750,015 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $0.001 per share, which was amended in July 2012 to provide for certain cash payments if certain triggering events did not occur within a specific period of time. In January 2013, such triggering events had not yet occurred and we paid Mr. Trundle $3.1 million in connection with the termination of this warrant.

 

141


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements

We plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers in connection with this offering. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive and Director Compensation — Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Related Person Transaction Policy

Prior to this offering, we have not had a formal policy regarding approval of transactions with related parties. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a related person transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. The policy will become effective immediately upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants in which the amount involves exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors, for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer and, to the extent feasible, significant stockholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related-person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy.

In addition, under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which we intend to adopt in connection with this offering, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.

In considering related person transactions, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

 

    the risks, costs and benefits to us;

 

    the impact on a director’s independence in the event that the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

 

    the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

 

    the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from employees generally.

 

142


Table of Contents

The policy requires that, in determining whether to approve, ratify or reject a related person transaction, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, must consider, in light of known circumstances, whether the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of the written policy, but all were approved by our board of directors considering similar factors to those described above.

 

143


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2015, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders in this offering, for:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

    each of the selling stockholders.

The percentage ownership information shown in the table prior to this offering is based upon 37,846,440 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 35,017,884 shares of our common stock. The percentage ownership information shown in the table after this offering is based upon shares outstanding, assuming the sale of                  shares of our common stock by us in the offering and no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The percentage ownership information shown in the table after this offering if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full is based upon                  shares outstanding, assuming the sale of                  shares of our common stock by us pursuant to the underwriters’ option.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before May 30, 2015, which is 60 days after March 31, 2015. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

144


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Alarm.com Holdings, Inc., 8150 Leesburg Pike, Vienna, Virginia 22182.

 

  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to this
Offering
  Number of
Shares
Offered
Shares Beneficially
Owned After this
Offering
  Number of
Shares to be
Sold if
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
Shares Beneficially
Owned After this
Offering if
Underwriters’ Option
is Exercised in Full
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

Shares   Percentage   Shares Percentage   Shares Percentage  

5% or greater stockholders:

Entities affiliated with Technology Crossover Ventures (1)   16,227,513      42.9   %      %   
Entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners (2)   15,751,584      41.6   
Backbone Partners, LLC (3)   2,141,235      5.7   
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
Stephen Trundle (4)   3,170,470      8.3   
Jeffrey Bedell (5)   508,500      1.3   
Donald Clarke (6)(16)   30,000      *   
David Hutz (7) (16)   207,835      *   
Daniel Kerzner (8) (16)   165,000      *   
Jean-Paul Martin (9) (16)   689,733      1.8   
Timothy McAdam (10)   16,227,513      42.9   
Hugh Panero (11)   71,462      *   
Mayo Shattuck (12)(16)   30,000      *   
Ralph Terkowitz (13)   15,751,584      41.6   
All current executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (14)(16)   37,403,997      95.1   %      %   

Other Selling Stockholders: ( 15 )

 

 

  * Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

  (1) Includes (a) 10,614,744 shares of common stock held by TCV VII, L.P., (b) 5,512,482 shares of common stock held by TCV VII (A), L.P., and (c) 100,287 shares of common stock held by TCV Member Fund, L.P. Technology Crossover Management VII, Ltd., or TCM VII, as a general partner of TCV Member Fund, L.P. and the general partner of Technology Crossover Management VII, L.P., which is the direct general partner of each of TCV VII, L.P. and TCV VII (A), L.P., may be deemed to have the sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by TCV VII, L.P., TCV VII (A), L.P. and TCV Member Fund, L.P. Jay Hoag, Richard Kimball, Jon Reynolds, Jr., John Drew, Robert Trudeau, Christopher Marshall, Timothy McAdam, John Rosenberg, and David Yuan are the Class A Directors of TCM VII and limited partners of Technology Crossover Management VII, L.P. and TCV Member Fund, L.P. and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by TCV VII, L.P., TCV VII (A), L.P. and TCV Member Fund, L.P. The address of the entities affiliated with Technology Crossover Ventures, or TCV, is 528 Ramona Street, Palo Alto, California 94301.

 

  (2) Includes (a) 14,155,263 shares of common stock held by ABS Capital Partners V, L.P., (b) 732,672 shares of common stock held by ABS Capital Partners V-A, L.P., and (c) 863,649 shares of common stock held by ABS Capital Partners V Offshore, L.P. ABS Partners V L.L.C., or ABS Partners, is the general partner of ABS Partners V, L.P., or ABS Partners V, which is the general partner of ABS Capital Partners V, L.P., ABS Capital Partners V-A, L.P. and ABS Capital Partners V Offshore, L.P., collectively referred to as the ABS Funds. Donald Hebb, Jr., Phillip Clough, John Stobo, Jr., Mark Anderson, Stephanie Carter, Ashoke Goswami, James Stevenson, Ralph Terkowitz, Timothy Weglicki and Laura Witt, or the ABS Managers, are the managing members of ABS Partners. The ABS Managers, as the managing members of ABS Partners V, share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the ABS Funds. None of the ABS Managers acting alone have voting or dispositive power over the shares held by the ABS Funds. The address of the entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners is 400 East Pratt Street, Suite 910, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

 

145


Table of Contents
  (3) Stephen Trundle has voting and dispositive power over all of the outstanding membership interests of Backbone Partners, LLC and has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Backbone Partners, LLC.

 

  (4) Includes (a) 402,334 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015 and (b) the shares described in footnote (3) above.

 

  (5) Includes 90,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015.

 

  (6) Includes 30,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015.

 

  (7) Includes 51,811 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015.

 

  (8) Includes 82,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015.

 

  (9) Includes 566,829 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015.

 

  (10) Consists of shares of common stock held by the Technology Crossover Ventures entities describe in footnote (1) above.

 

  (11) Includes 3,267 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015.

 

  (12) Includes 30,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015.

 

  (13) Consists of shares of common stock held by the ABS Capital Partners entities described in footnote (2) above.

 

  (14) Includes 35,930,316 shares of common stock held by all current executive officers and directors as a group and 1,473,681 shares that all current executive officers and directors as a group have the right to acquire from us within 60 days of March 31, 2015 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.

 

  (15) Further information to be provided upon filing of an amendment to this registration statement.

 

  (16) Does not include shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that were granted after March 31, 2015 which are described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

 

146


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock, certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as each will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, and certain provisions of Delaware law are summaries. You should also refer to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that we intend to adopt in connection with this offering as our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, respectively.

General

Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to                                          shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and                                          shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated. Our board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time. As of March 31, 2015, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into shares of our common stock in connection with the completion of the offering, there would have been 37,846,440 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, held of record by 118 stockholders.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

 

147


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

All currently outstanding shares of preferred stock will be converted to common stock upon the completion of this offering.

Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to                      shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that preferred stock.

We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of March 31, 2015, options to purchase an aggregate of 3,337,968 shares of common stock were outstanding under our 2009 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $2.68 per share. For additional information regarding the terms of our 2009 Plan, see the section of this prospectus titled “Executive and Director Compensation — Equity Incentive Plans — Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.”

Warrants

As of March 31, 2015, four warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of 173,575 shares of our common stock were outstanding at a weighted average exercised price of $4.28 per share. Each of these warrants may become exercisable if certain performance requirements are met, and as of March 31, 2015 none of such performance requirements had been met.

The first performance-based warrant for 91,881 shares of our common stock was issued to an executive officer of ours and has an exercise price of $0.41 per share and becomes exercisable if we have a change in control or if we complete an initial public offering. If the warrant becomes exercisable, the number of shares that become exercisable is based upon the achievement of certain minimum annual revenue targets, not to exceed a maximum of 91,881 shares. This warrant expired in May 2015 upon the cessation of the holder of the warrant’s employment with us.

The second performance-based warrant for 27,000 shares of our common stock was issued to an executive officer of ours and has an exercise price of $3.89 per share and becomes exercisable if we have a change in control or if we complete an initial public offering. If the warrant becomes exercisable, the number of shares that become exercisable is based upon the achievement of certain minimum annual revenue and EBITDA targets, not to exceed a maximum of 27,000 shares. This warrant will expire upon the earliest to occur of (i) November 2022, (ii) a change in control, (iii) 30 days following

 

148


Table of Contents

the completion of this offering and (iv) the date upon which the holder of the warrant is no longer an employee of ours or an affiliate of ours.

The third and fourth performance-based warrants, each for 27,347 shares of our common stock, were issued to employees and have an exercise price of $10.97 per share and we may elect to terminate the warrants in exchange for a one-time cash settlement in the event of a change in control. If the warrants become exercisable, the number of shares that become exercisable is based upon the achievement of certain minimum annual revenue targets, not to exceed a maximum of 27,347 shares for each warrant. These warrants will expire upon the earlier of March 2025 and the date upon which the holder of the warrant is no longer an employee of ours or any of our affiliates.

Each of these warrants contains a provision for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the applicable warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

Registration Rights

After our initial public offering, certain holders of shares of our common stock, including those shares of our common stock that will be issued upon conversion of our preferred stock in connection with this offering, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement. These shares are collectively referred to herein as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement and are described in additional detail below.

The registration rights agreement provides the holders of registrable securities with demand, piggyback and S-3 registration rights as described more fully below. As of March 31, 2015, an aggregate of 35,645,284 registrable securities were entitled to these demand, piggyback and S-3 registration rights.

Demand Registration Rights

At any time beginning 180 days following the effective date of this registration statement, any holder of 5% or more of our registrable securities then outstanding has the right to demand that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering at least 5% of the then outstanding registrable securities (or such lesser percentage of registrable securities having an anticipated offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $15.0 million). These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. Each eligible holder has the right to make at least one such demand and certain holders have the right to make up to three such demands each. Upon such a request, we will be required to file a registration statement within 90 days covering all or such portion of the registrable securities as requested by all the holders of the registrable securities.

Piggyback Registration Rights

At any time after the completion of this offering, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of our securities, the holders of our registrable securities then outstanding will each be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in any such registration statement. These piggyback registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified

 

149


Table of Contents

circumstances, provided that such limitation does not reduce the amount of securities of such holders that are included in the offering below 30% of the total amount of securities included in such offering.

Registration on Form S-3

At any time we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, any holder of 5% or more of our registrable securities then outstanding has the right to demand that we file a registration statement on Form S-3 covering all or such portion of the registrable securities as requested by all the holders of the registrable securities, provided that such requested registration has an aggregate offering price, net of any underwriting discounts or commissions, of at least $15.0 million and we have not already effected two registrations on Form S-3 within the preceding 12-month period. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or Form S-3 registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights will terminate as to a particular holder of registrable securities when such holder, together with any affiliates, holds 1% or less of our outstanding common stock and such shares can be sold in any 3-month period without registration and without volume or manner of sale restrictions under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

    before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

150


Table of Contents

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

 

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

    any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

    subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

    any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this Offering

Our certificate of incorporation will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause upon the vote of 66  2 3 % or more of our outstanding common stock. Furthermore, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law or determined by the board, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board, even though less than a quorum.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and will eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. Our bylaws will also provide that only our chairman of the board, chief executive officer or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Our bylaws will also provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and, subject to applicable law, will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the stockholders cannot amend many of the provisions described above except by a vote of 66  2 3 % or more of our outstanding common stock.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these

 

151


Table of Contents

provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of Forum

Our certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by and of our directors, officers or employees to us or our stockholders; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Several lawsuits have been filed in Delaware challenging the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions and it is possible that a court determines such provisions are not enforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219.

Listing

We have applied for listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ALRM.”

 

152


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, we cannot assure investors that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Based on our shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015, upon completion of this offering,                  shares of our common stock will be outstanding, or                  shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.

All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares sold to our “affiliates,” as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining                 outstanding shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualifies for exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

As a result of lock-up agreements and market standoff provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

                     shares will be eligible for immediate sale upon the completion of this offering; and

 

    approximately                 shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of lock-up agreements and market standoff provisions described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in certain circumstances to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701.

We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options and warrants, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the common stock will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.

Rule 144

In general, persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, and any affiliate of the company who owns either restricted shares of our common stock, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

153


Table of Contents

Non-Affiliates

Any person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell an unlimited number of restricted securities under Rule 144 if:

 

    the restricted securities have been held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates;

 

    we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale; and

 

    we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

Any person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and has held the restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell an unlimited number of restricted securities without regard to the length of time we have been subject to Exchange Act periodic reporting or whether we are current in our Exchange Act reporting.

Affiliates

Persons seeking to sell restricted securities who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to the restrictions described above. They are also subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be required to comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 and would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only that number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                 shares immediately after the completion of this offering based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701. As of March 31, 2015, 1,055,706 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and issuance of restricted stock. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and in the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

As of March 31, 2015, options to purchase an aggregate 3,337,968 shares of our common stock were outstanding. As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file

 

154


Table of Contents

with the SEC one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our equity incentive plans. See the section of this prospectus titled “Executive and Director Compensation — Equity Incentive Plans” for a description of our equity incentive plans. These registration statements will become effective immediately upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our directors and officers, and substantially all of the holders of equity securities outstanding immediately prior to this offering, including all of the selling stockholders, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters.

The agreements do not contain any pre-established conditions to the waiver by Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters of any terms of the lock-up agreements. Any determination to release shares subject to the lock-up agreements would be based on a number of factors at the time of determination, including but not necessarily limited to the market price of the common stock, the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, general market conditions, the number of shares proposed to be sold, contractual obligations to release certain shares subject to the lock-up agreements in the event any such shares are released, subject to certain specific limitations and thresholds, and the timing, purpose and terms of the proposed sale.

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain of our security holders, including our registration rights agreement and our standard forms of option agreements under our equity incentive plans, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 35,645,284 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of the offer and sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See the section of this prospectus titled “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

155


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by “Non-U.S. Holders” (as defined below). This discussion is a summary for general information purposes only and does not consider all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their individual circumstances or to certain types of Non-U.S. Holders subject to special tax rules, including partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, banks, financial institutions or other financial services entities, broker-dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons who use or are required to use mark-to-market accounting, persons that hold our shares as part of a “straddle,” a “hedge” or a “conversion transaction,” certain former citizens or permanent residents of the United States, or investors in pass-through entities. In addition, this summary does not address, except to the extent discussed below, the effects of any applicable gift or estate tax, and this summary does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax, the alternative minimum tax, or any tax considerations that may apply to Non-U.S. Holders of our common stock under state, local or non-U.S. tax laws and any other U.S. federal tax laws.

This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and applicable Treasury Regulations, rulings, administrative pronouncements and decisions as of the date of this registration statement, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations at any time with possible retroactive effect. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the tax consequences discussed herein, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to the tax consequences discussed below or that any position taken by the IRS would not be sustained. This discussion assumes that a Non-U.S. Holder will hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of the Code (generally, property held for investment). For purposes of this discussion, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our shares that is not a partnership (or entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and is not:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if (1) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (or entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our shares, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

 

156


Table of Contents

Distributions on Our Common Stock

In general, distributions, if any, paid to a Non-U.S. Holder (to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) will constitute dividends and be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate equal to 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States. Any distribution not constituting a dividend (because such distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits) will be treated first as reducing the Non-U.S. Holder’s basis in its shares of common stock, but not below zero, and to the extent it exceeds the Non-U.S. Holder’s basis, as capital gain (see “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock” below).

A Non-U.S. Holder who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy certain certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Such Non-U.S. Holders must generally provide the withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. If tax is withheld in an amount in excess of the amount applicable under an income tax treaty, a refund of the excess amount may generally be obtained by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.

Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-U.S. Holder) generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder files the required forms, including IRS Form W-8ECI with the withholding agent, but instead generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a resident of the United States. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder that receives effectively connected dividends may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

(1) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base of the Non-U.S. Holder);

(2) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

(3) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the Non-U.S. Holder held the common stock, and, in the case where shares of our common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, the Non-U.S. Holder owns, or is treated as owning, more than five percent of our common stock at any time during the foregoing period.

Net gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (1) above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a resident of the United States.

 

157


Table of Contents

Any gains of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (1) above may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain realized by an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (2) above will be subject to a flat 30% tax, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

For purposes of clause (3) above, a corporation is a United States real property holding corporation if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not, and we do not anticipate that we will become, a United States real property holding corporation.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estate of an individual Non-U.S. Holder is generally subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property having a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of an individual Non-U.S. Holder decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States or withholding was reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. Under applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to the tax authorities in the Non-U.S. Holder’s country of residence.

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is not an exempt recipient generally will be subject to backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the payor as to its foreign status, which certification may generally be made on IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8.

Proceeds from the sale or other disposition of common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker will generally be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the withholding agent under penalties of perjury as to, among other things, its name, address and status as a Non-U.S. Holder or otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment of disposition proceeds effected outside the United States by or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding if the payment is not received in the United States. Information reporting, but generally not backup withholding, will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections with the United States unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner thereof is a Non-U.S. Holder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder that results in an overpayment of taxes generally will be refunded, or credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

158


Table of Contents

Foreign Accounts

A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply to dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply to payments of dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. The U.S. has entered into agreements with certain countries that modify these general rules for entities located in those countries. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

The withholding provisions described above will generally apply to payments of dividends made on or after July 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock on or after January 1, 2017.

 

159


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The company, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                 Incorporated

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

William Blair & Company, LLC

Imperial Capital, LLC

  

 

Total

  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares from the company to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                  additional shares of our common stock.

 

Paid by the Company   
       No Exercise           Full Exercise     

Per Share

$                     $                    

Total

$      $     
Paid by the Selling Stockholders   
  No Exercise   Full Exercise  

Per Share

$      $     

Total

$      $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

160


Table of Contents

We, our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our outstanding capital stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See the section of this prospectus titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied for listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ALRM.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on NYSE, NASDAQ NMS or relevant exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

161


Table of Contents

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $             million.

We have agreed to pay the filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with, any required review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, in connection with this offering in an amount not to exceed $            .

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to our assets, securities and/or instruments (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to                  of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to certain of our service providers and business associates as well as our directors, executive officers and other employees through a directed share program. If these service providers or business associates purchase shares through the directed share program, the number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced. Any reserved shares that are not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer

 

162


Table of Contents

of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  (a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  (c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act, or the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of

 

163


Table of Contents

issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

164


Table of Contents

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

165


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, is representing the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.alarm.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. However, the information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on such information in making a decision to purchase our common stock in this offering.

 

166


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the

years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

F-7

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

F-8
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) F-54
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) F-55
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited) F-56
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) F-57
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2015 (unaudited) F-58
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) F-59
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves F-81

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Alarm.com Holdings, Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

McLean, Virginia

April 23, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

  Year Ended December 31,  
  2012   2013   2014  

Revenue:

SaaS and license revenue

  $ 55,655        $ 82,620        $ 111,515     

Hardware and other revenue

  40,820        47,602        55,797     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  96,475        130,222        167,312     

Cost of revenue: (1)

Cost of SaaS and license revenue

  12,681        16,476        23,007     

Cost of hardware and other revenue

  28,773        38,482        44,172     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  41,454        54,958        67,179     

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing

  13,232        21,467        25,836     

General and administrative

  14,099        29,928        26,113     

Research and development

  8,944        13,085        23,193     

Amortization and depreciation

  2,230        3,360        3,991     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  38,505        67,840        79,133     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

  16,516        7,424        21,000     

Interest expense

  (312)       (269)       (196)    

Other income / (expense), net

  5        57        (485)    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

  16,209        7,212        20,319     

Provision for income taxes

  7,280        2,688        6,817     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  8,929        4,524        13,502     

Dividends paid on redeemable convertible preferred stock

  (8,182)       —        —     

Cumulative dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock

  (1,855)       —        —     

Deemed dividend to redeemable convertible preferred stock upon recapitalization

  (138,727)       —        —     

Income allocated to participating securities

  —        (4,402)       (12,939)    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) / income attributable to common

stockholders

$ (139,835)     $ 122      $ 563     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share information attributable to common

stockholders:

Net (loss) / income per share:

Basic

  $ (108.55)       $ 0.08        $ 0.25     

Diluted

  $ (108.55)       $ 0.04        $ 0.14     

Pro forma (unaudited):

Basic

  $ 0.36     

Diluted

  $ 0.34     

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

  1,288,162        1,443,469        2,276,694     

Diluted

  1,288,162        2,795,345        3,890,121     

Pro forma (unaudited):

Basic

  37,294,578     

Diluted

  38,908,005     

 

 

  (1) Exclusive of amortization and depreciation shown below.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(in thousands)

 

  Year Ended December 31,  
  2012   2013   2014  

Net income

  $ 8,929        $ 4,524        $ 13,502     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income / (loss), net of tax:

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities

  —        56        (56)    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $       8,929        $      4,580        $      13,446     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

  December 31,  
  2013   2014  
         
         
Assets        
Current assets:        

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 33,583      $ 42,572     

Accounts receivable, net

  16,579        17,259     

Inventory

  2,518        6,852     

Deferred tax assets

  1,059        3,242     

Other current assets

  1,717        1,919     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

  55,456        71,844     

Property and equipment, net

  3,586        8,130     

Intangible assets, net

  5,962        5,092     

Goodwill

  18,480        21,374     

Deferred tax assets

  5,546        5,121     

Marketable securities

  2,208        —     

Other assets

  8,249        9,371     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 99,487      $ 120,932     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities

$ 15,870      $ 15,233     

Accrued compensation

  3,765        5,816     

Deferred revenue

  1,163        1,699     

Current portion of long-term debt

  2,000        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  22,798        22,748     

Deferred revenue

  8,488        9,202     

Long-term debt

  5,500        6,700     

Other liabilities

  935        1,670     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  37,721        40,320     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 1,809,685 shares authorized, 1,809,685 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, liquidation preference of $191,132 as of December 31, 2014.

  136,523        136,523     

Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 1,669,680 shares authorized, 82,934 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, liquidation preference of $8,759 as of December 31, 2014.

  6,265        6,265     

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 3,511,725 shares authorized, 1,998,257 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, liquidation preference of $24,309 as of December 31, 2014.

  59,668        59,668     

Stockholders’ deficit

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 1,657,433 and 2,823,816 shares issued as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and 1,657,433 and 2,614,444 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.

  17        26     

Additional paid-in capital

  1,777        7,168     

Treasury stock (35,523 shares at cost of $1.20 per share)

  (42)       (42)    

Accumulated other comprehensive income

  56        —     

Accumulated deficit

  (142,498)       (128,996)    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Deficit

  (140,690)       (121,844)    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

$ 99,487      $ 120,932     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      2014  

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net income

     $ 8,929           $ 4,524           $ 13,502     

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

        

Provision for doubtful accounts

     107           592           1,371     

Reserve for product returns

     1,537           1,781           1,863     

Amortization on patent

     202           201           201     

Amortization and depreciation

     2,230           3,360           3,991     

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     —           —           70     

Deferred income taxes

     (2,147)          (2,164)          (1,735)    

Undistributed losses from equity investees

     —           112           514     

Stock-based compensation

     1,759           841           3,267     

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment

     —           11,266           —     

Gain on release of contingent liability

     —           (5,820)          —     

Impairment of cost method investment

     —           —           200     

Other, net

     —           330           129     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities (net of business acquisitions):

        

Accounts receivable

     (3,986)          (8,678)          (3,898)    

Inventory

     (22)          (1,412)          (4,334)    

Other assets

     (286)          (1,038)          (1,136)    

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     4,927           5,169           444     

Deferred revenue

     2,811           1,618           1,234     

Other liabilities

     62           (28)          (48)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

  16,123        10,654        15,635     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities:

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

  —        (8,148)       (3,186)    

Additions to property and equipment

  (1,322)       (2,275)       (6,892)    

Investments in cost and equity method investees

  (300)       (4,516)       —     

Distributions from cost method investees

  —        —        2,545     

Purchases of licenses to patents

  (1,000)       —        —     

Issuances of notes receivable

  (250)       (1,492)       (755)    

Payments received on notes receivable

  64        —        —     

Purchase of marketable securities

  —        (2,000)       —     

Disposition of marketable securities

  —        —        2,000     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities

  (2,808)       (18,431)       (6,288)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from / (used in) financing activities

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of debt issuance costs

  —        —        6,376     

Repayments of term loan

  (1,000)       (1,500)       (7,500)    

Dividends paid to common stockholders

  (414)       —        —     

Dividends paid to redeemable convertible preferred stockholders

  (8,182)       —        —     

Payments of deferred offering costs

  —        —        (2,399)    

Repurchases of common stock

  (2,209)       (5)       (7)    

Proceeds from early exercise of stock-based awards

  —        —        1,548     

Issuances of common stock from equity based plans

  255        785        554     

Tax windfall benefit from stock-based awards

  511        160        1,070     

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

  136,524        —        —     

Payment for repurchase of preferred stock

  (113,697)       —        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from / (used in) financing activities

  11,788        (560)       (358)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  25,103        (8,337)       8,989     

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

  16,817        41,920        33,583     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

  $ 41,920      $ 33,583        $ 42,572     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

Cash paid for interest

  $ 296        $ 274        $ 193     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds

  $ 9,201        $ 6,204        $ 6,490     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

Conversion of note receivable into cost method investment

  $ —        $ 250        $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cumulative dividend on participating securities

  $ 1,855        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deemed dividend to participating securities upon recapitalization

  $ 138,727        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $ —        $ —        $ 403     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash not yet paid for business acquisitions

  $ —        $ —        $ 434     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Equity

(in thousands)

 

    New Common Stock     Old
Common Stock
    Additional
Paid-In-
Capital
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            

Balance, January 1, 2012

    —          $ —          1,625          $         16          $ —          $ —          $ —          $ (3,204)         $ (3,188)    

Common stock issued in connection with equity based plans

    599          6          10          —          249          —          —          —          255     

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          1,759          —          —          —          1,759     

Tax benefit from stock-based awards

    —          —          —          —          511          —          —          —          511     

Cancellation of Old Common Stock and Conversion to Series B-1 Preferred and New Common Stock in recapitalization

    910          9          (1,600)         (16)         (354)         —          —          (5,424)         (5,785)    

New common stock repurchased

    (258)         (2)         —          —          (2,165)         —          —          —          (2,167)    

Cancellation of Old Series A Preferred and Conversion to Series B-1 Preferred and New Series A Preferred in recapitalization

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (138,727)         (138,727)    

Treasury stock repurchased

    —          —          (35)         —          —          (42)         —          —          (42)    

Dividends paid to Common Stockholders

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (414)         (414)    

Dividends paid to Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockholders

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (8,182)         (8,182)    

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          8,929          8,929     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

    1,251          $         13         —          $ —          $ —          $ (42)         $ —          $ (147,022)         $ (147,051)    

Common stock issued in connection with equity based plans

    408          4          —          —          781          —          —          —          785     

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          841          —          —          —          841     

Tax benefit from stock-based awards

    —          —          —          —          160          —          —          —          160     

Common stock repurchased

    (2)         —          —          —          (5)         —          —          —          (5)    

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          56          —          56     

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          4,524          4,524     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

    1,657          $ 17          —          $ —          $         1,777          $ (42)         $ 56          $  (142,498)         $ (140,690)    

Common stock issued in connection with equity based plans

    735          7          —          —          547          —          —          —          554     

Vesting of common stock subject to repurchase

    223          2          —          —          802          —          —          —          804     

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          3,267          —          —          —          3,267     

Tax benefit from stock-based awards, net

    —          —          —          —          782          —          —          —          782     

Common stock repurchased

    (1)         —          —          —          (7)         —          —          —          (7)    

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (56)         —          (56)    

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          13,502          13,502     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

            2,614          $ 26          —          $ —          $ 7,168          $         (42)         $                     —          $       (128,996)         $       (121,844)    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

Note 1. Company Overview

Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. (referred herein as “Alarm.com”, the “Company”, or “we”) is a cloud-based software platform solution for the connected home. Our multi-tenant software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) platform allows home and business owners to intelligently secure and manage their properties and remotely interact with a broad array of connected devices through a single, intuitive interface. Our solution is delivered through an established network of thousands of authorized and licensed service providers. Our four primary solutions are interactive security, intelligent automation, video monitoring and energy management, which can be used individually or integrated into a single user interface. We derive revenue from the sale of our software-as-a-service over our integrated platform, hardware, activation fees and other revenue. Our fiscal year ends on December 31st.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our majority-owned and controlled subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions. Equity investments over which we are able to exercise significant influence but do not control the investee are accounted for using the equity method.

We determine whether we have a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (“VIE”). Voting interest entities are entities that have sufficient equity and provide equity investor voting rights that give them power to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest in a voting interest entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. In VIEs, a controlling financial interest is attained through means other than voting rights and the entities lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting entity.

We account for our unconsolidated investments in businesses under the cost or equity method dependent on factors such as percent ownership and factors that would determine significant influence. Our cost method investments are recorded at cost. Equity method investments are recorded at cost and adjusted to record our share of the company’s undistributed gains and losses in our consolidated statements of operations. We evaluate our cost and equity method investments for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that carrying amount of such investments may not be recoverable.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Our estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated based on available information and experience. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used when accounting for revenue recognition, allowances for doubtful accounts receivable, allowance for hardware returns, estimates of obsolete inventory, long-term incentive compensation, stock-based compensation, income taxes, legal reserves and goodwill and intangible assets.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

In the event that an initial public offering of our common stock, or IPO, is completed, all shares of the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock.

The unaudited pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2014 assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 35,017,884 shares of common stock upon the completion of the IPO as of January 1, 2014 or at the time of issuance, if later.

The pro forma information does not give effect to any proceeds from a qualifying initial public offering of our common stock.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity from the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, we have invested approximately $29.6 million and $38.6 million in cash equivalents in the form of money market funds with one financial institution. We consider these money market funds to be Level 1 financial instruments.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are principally derived from sales to customers located in the United States and Canada. Our sales in Canada are transacted in U.S. dollars. Our accounts receivable are stated at estimated realizable value. We utilize the allowance method to provide for doubtful accounts based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the amounts due. Our estimate is based on historical collection experience and a review of the current status of accounts receivable. Each of our service providers are evaluated for creditworthiness through a credit review process at the inception of the arrangement or if risk indicators arise during our arrangement at such other time. Our terms for hardware sales to our service providers and distributors typically allow for returns for up to one year. We apply our estimate as a percentage of sales monthly, based on historical data, as a reserve against revenue to account for our provision for returns. We have not experienced write-offs for uncollectible accounts or sales returns that have differed significantly from our estimates.

Inventory

Our inventory, which is comprised of raw materials and finished goods, includes materials used to produce our wireless communications network enabled radios, video cameras, home automation system parts and peripherals, is stated at the lower of cost or market, and is charged to cost of sales on a first in, first out (“FIFO”) basis. We periodically evaluate our inventory quantities for obsolescence based on criteria such as customer demand and changing technology and record an obsolescence write down when necessary.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Marketable Securities

Our investments in marketable equity securities consist of available for sale securities, which are stated at fair value, with unrealized gains and temporary unrealized losses reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) net of tax, until realized. When realized, we recognize gains and losses on the sales of the securities on a specific identification method and include the realized gains or losses in other income / (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. We include interest, dividends, and amortization of premium or discount on securities classified as available for sale in other income / (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. We also evaluate our available for sale securities to determine whether a decline in fair value is other than temporary. Should the decline be considered other than temporary, we write down the cost of the security and include the loss in earnings. Available for sale securities are classified as either short-term or long-term based on management’s intention of when to sell the securities or maturity date, if applicable.

Internal-Use Software

We capitalize the costs related to the design of internal-use software related to the development of our platform during the application development stage of the projects. The costs are primarily comprised of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense of the projects’ engineers and product development teams. Our internally developed software is reported at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization begins once the project is ready for its intended use, which is usually when the code goes into production in weekly software builds on our platform. We amortize the asset on a straight-line basis over a period of three years, which is the estimated useful life. We utilize continuous agile development methods to update our software for our SaaS multi-tenant platform on a weekly basis, which primarily consists of bug-fixes and user interface changes. We evaluate whether a project should be capitalized if it adds significant functionality to our platform. Maintenance activities or minor upgrades are expensed in the period performed.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

We derive our revenue from two primary sources: the sale of our software-as-a-service, or SaaS, cloud-based connected home platform and the sale of hardware products that enable our solutions. We sell our hardware and platform solutions to service providers that resell our hardware and solutions to home and business owners, who are the service providers’ customers, and who we refer to as our subscribers. We also sell our hardware to distributors who resell the hardware to service providers. We enter into contracts with our service providers that establish pricing for access to our connected home platform solutions and for the sale of hardware. These contracts typically have an initial term of one year, with subsequent automatic renewal terms of one year. Our service providers typically enter into underlying contracts with our subscribers, which our service providers have indicated range from three to five years in length.

Our hardware includes cellular radio modules that enable access to our cloud-based platform, as well as video cameras, image sensors and other peripherals. Our service providers purchase our hardware in anticipation of installing the hardware in a home or business when they create a new subscriber account, or for use in an existing subscriber’s property. The purchase of hardware occurs in a transaction that is separate and typically in advance of the purchase of our platform services. Service providers transact with us to purchase our platform solutions and resell our solutions to a new

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

subscriber, or to upgrade or downgrade the solutions of an existing subscriber, at which time the subscriber’s access to our platform solutions is enabled and the delivery of the services commences. The purchase of hardware and the purchase of our platform solutions are separate transactions as, at the point of sale of the hardware, the service provider is not obligated to purchase a platform solution for the hardware sold, and the level and duration of platform solutions, if any, to be provided through the hardware sold cannot be determined.

We recognize revenue with respect to our solutions when all of the following conditions are met:

 

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

    Delivery to the customer, which may be either a service provider, distributor or subscriber; has occurred or service has been rendered;

 

    Fees are fixed or determinable; and

 

    Collection of the fees is reasonably assured.

We consider a signed contract with a service provider to be persuasive evidence that an agreement exists, and the fees to be fixed or determinable if the fees are contractually agreed to with our service providers. Collectability is evaluated based on a number of factors, including a credit review of new service providers, and the payment history of existing service providers. If collectability is not reasonably assured, revenue is deferred until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon the receipt of payment.

SaaS and license Revenue

We generate the majority of our SaaS and license revenue primarily from the monthly fees charged to our service providers sold on a per subscriber basis for access to our cloud-based connected home platform and the related solutions. Our fees per subscriber vary based upon the service plan and features utilized.

Under negotiated terms in the agreements with our service providers, we are entitled to receive and we recognize revenue based on a fee that is billed at the beginning of each month. We recognize SaaS and license revenue monthly as the services are delivered.

We offer multiple service level packages for our solutions and a range of a la carte add-ons for additional features. The fee paid by our service providers each month for the delivery of our solutions is based on the combination of packages and add-ons enabled for each subscriber. We utilize tiered pricing plans where our service providers may receive prospective pricing discounts driven by volume.

We also generate SaaS and license revenue from the fees paid to us when we license our intellectual property to service providers on a per customer basis for use of our patents. Additionally, in some markets our EnergyHub subsidiary sells its demand response software with an annual service fee, with pricing based on the number of subscribers or amount of aggregate electricity demand made available for a utility’s or market’s control.

Hardware and Other Revenue

We generate hardware and other revenue primarily from the sale of cellular radio modules that provide access to our cloud-based platform, video cameras and other devices. We recognize hardware

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

and other revenue when the hardware is delivered to our service provider or distributor, net of a reserve for estimated returns. Amounts due from the sale of hardware are payable in accordance with the terms of our agreements with our service providers or distributors, and are not contingent on resale to end-users, or to service providers in the case of sales of hardware to distributors. Our terms for hardware sales sold directly to either service providers or distributors typically allow for the return of hardware up to one year past the date of sale. Our distributors sell directly to our service providers under terms between the two parties. We record a percentage of hardware and other revenue based on historical returns, as a reserve against revenue for hardware returns. We evaluate our hardware reserve on a quarterly basis, or sooner if there is an indication of a change in return experience.

Hardware and other revenue also includes activation fees charged to service providers for activation of a new subscriber account on our platform, as well as fees paid by service providers for our marketing services. The activation fee is non-refundable, separately negotiated and specified in our contractual arrangements with our service providers and is charged to the service provider for each subscriber activated on our platform. Activation fees are not offered on a stand-alone basis separate from our SaaS offering. We record activation fees initially as deferred revenue and recognize these fees as revenue ratably over the expected life of the subscriber account, which we estimate to be ten years based on our historical annual attrition rates. The portion of these activation fees included in current and long-term deferred revenue as of our balance sheet date represents the amounts that will be recognized ratably as revenue over the following twelve months, or longer as appropriate, until the ten-year expected term is complete. The current and long-term balance for deferred revenue for activation fees was $9.3 million and $10.3 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of SaaS and license revenue primarily includes the amounts paid to wireless network providers and, to a lesser extent, the costs of running our network operation centers which are expensed as incurred. Our cost of hardware and other revenue primarily includes cost of raw materials and amounts paid to our third-party manufacturer for production and fulfillment of our cellular radio modules and image sensors, and procurement costs for our video cameras, which we purchase from an original equipment manufacturer, and other devices. We carry our inventory at lower cost or market and the cost is charged to cost of sales on a FIFO basis when the inventory is shipped from our manufacturer. Our cost of revenue excludes amortization and depreciation.

Fair Value Measurements

The accounting standard for fair value measurements provides a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or the exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. This accounting standard established a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs, where available. The following summarizes the three levels of inputs:

Level 1 — Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date;

Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for similar assets and liabilities, either directly or indirectly; quoted prices in markets that are not active; and

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity.

The carrying amount of financial assets, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates fair value because of the short maturity and liquidity of those instruments.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis — In 2013 and 2014, we had an available for sale investment and derivatives that were recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis — We measure certain assets, including property and equipment, goodwill, intangible assets, cost and equity method investments at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Service Providers

The financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consists principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivables. All of our cash and cash equivalents are held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. Our cash and cash equivalent accounts may exceed federally issued limits at times. We have not experienced any losses on cash and cash equivalents to date. To manage accounts receivable risk, we evaluate the credit worthiness of our service providers and maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts. The majority of our accounts receivable balance is made up of our service providers in North America. We assess the concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivables based on one industry and geographic region and feel that our reserve for uncollectible accounts is appropriate based on our history and this concentration.

Stock-Based Compensation

We compensate our executive officers, board of directors and our employees with incentive stock-based compensation plans. We grant equity awards under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended. We record stock-based compensation expense based upon the award’s grant date fair value and use an accelerated attribution method, net of estimated forfeitures, in which compensation cost for each vesting tranche in an award is recognized ratably from the service inception date to the vesting date for that tranche. Our equity awards generally vest over five years and are settled in Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. common stock. During 2012, 2013 and 2014, we recognized compensation expense of $1.8 million, $0.8 million and $3.3 million, and associated income tax benefit of $0.5 million, $0.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively, in connection with our stock-based compensation plans.

Business Combinations

The purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the assets acquired, including intangible assets, and liabilities assumed, based on their respective fair values at the acquisition date. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. The excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the net of the amounts assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill. The net assets and results of operations of an acquired entity are included in our consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets including finite lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of long-lived assets, including finite lived intangible assets, are measured by comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset.

Goodwill

We review goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets at least annually, as of October 1, for possible impairment. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for possible impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset below its carrying value. We test our goodwill at the reporting unit level. We review the goodwill for impairment using the two-step process and the indefinite-lived intangible assets using the quantitative process if, based on our assessment of the qualitative factors, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. We review the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets utilizing a discounted cash flow model and we use the guideline company method to assess the reasonableness of the method. We make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows, discount rates, long-term growth rates and market values to determine each reporting unit’s and indefinite-lived intangible asset’s estimated fair value. If these estimates or related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges.

Advertising Costs

We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs totaled $4.1 million, $8.2 million and $5.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014. Advertising costs are included within sales and marketing expenses on our consolidated statements of operations.

Accounting for Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method as required by accounting standards codification, or ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that are included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

We are subject to income taxes in the United States. Significant judgment is required in evaluating uncertain tax positions. We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740-10 on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position, and (2) with respect to those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. We record interest and penalties as a component of our income tax provision.

Earnings per Share (“EPS”)

Our basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.

Our diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated by giving effect to all potentially dilutive common stock when determining the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. For purposes of the diluted net income (loss) per share calculation, options to purchase common stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and unvested shares issued upon the early exercise of options that are subject to repurchase are considered to be potential common stock.

We have issued securities other than common stock that participate in dividends (“participating securities”), and therefore utilize the two-class method to calculate net income (loss) per share. These participating securities include redeemable convertible preferred stock and unvested shares issued upon the early exercise of options that are subject to repurchase, both of which have non-forfeitable rights to participate in any dividends declared on our common stock. The two-class method requires a portion of net income to be allocated to the participating securities to determine the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders. Net income (loss) attributable to the common stockholders is equal to the net income less dividends paid on preferred stock, assumed periodic cumulative preferred stock dividends and deemed dividends on preferred stock in the recapitalization with any remaining earnings allocated in accordance with the bylaws between the outstanding common and preferred stock as of the end of each period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Adopted

On July 18, 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, “ Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) ,” which requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss, or NOL, carryforward, or similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward, rather than as a liability when (1) the uncertain tax position would reduce the NOL or other carryforward under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction and (2) the entity intends to use the deferred tax asset for that purpose. The ASU does not require new recurring disclosures. ASU 2013-11 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The amendments are to be applied to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist as of the effective date and may be applied retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented. We adopted this pronouncement in the first quarter of 2014, and it did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Not yet adopted

On February 18, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, “ Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis,” which requires an entity to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. The amendment modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are VIEs or voting interest entities. The amendment eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership. The amendment affects the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships. The amendment also provides a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities that comply with registered money market funds. We are required to adopt ASU 2015-02 in the first quarter of 2016 and we do not anticipate that adoption of the pronouncement will have a material impact on our financial statements.

On August 27, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-4 0),” which requires management to perform interim and annual assessments regarding conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related disclosures, if applicable. We are required to adopt ASU 2014-15 in the first quarter of 2017, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

On June 19, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, “ Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718),” which affects any entity that grants its employees share-based payments in which the terms of the award stipulate that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. The amendments require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. If the performance target becomes probable of being achieved before the end of the requisite service period, the remaining unrecognized compensation cost should be recognized prospectively over the remaining requisite service period. We are required to adopt ASU 2014-12 in the first quarter of 2016 and the adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” which affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The guidance supersedes the revenue recognition guidance in Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition” , and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. The guidance also supersedes some cost guidance included in Subtopic 605-35, “ Revenue Recognition – Contract-Type and Production-Type Contracts” . ASU 2014-9 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early application is not permitted. An entity is required to apply the amendments using one of the following two methods: i) retrospectively to each prior period presented with three possible expedients: a) for completed contracts that begin and end in the same reporting period no restatement is required; b) for completed contract with variable consideration an entity may use the transaction price at completion rather than restating estimated variable consideration amounts in comparable reporting periods; and

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

c) for comparable reporting periods before date of initial application reduced disclosure requirements related to transaction price; ii) retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the amendment recognized at the date of initial application with additional disclosures for the differences of the prior guidance to the reporting periods compared to the new guidance and an explanation of the reasons for significant changes. We are required to adopt ASU 2014-09 in the first quarter of 2017 and we are currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement on our financial statements.

On April 10, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, “ Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity,” which amends the definition of a discontinued operation in ASC 205-20 and requires entities to provide additional disclosures about discontinued operations as well as disposal transactions that do not meet the discontinued operations criteria. The guidance narrowed the definition of a discontinued operations for disposal of a component or group of components that represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major impact on an entity’s operations or financial results. The guidance also expands the scope to include equity method investments and businesses, that upon initial acquisition, qualify as held for sale. The expanded disclosure requirements include statement of financial position and statement of cash flows disclosures for all comparative periods. The ASU is effective prospectively for all disposals (or classifications as held for sale) in periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014 with early adoption permitted. We are required to adopt ASU 2014-08 in the first quarter of 2015 and these provisions are not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

Note 3. Accounts Receivable, Net

The components of accounts receivable are as follows (in thousands):

 

  December 31,  
  2013   2014  

Accounts receivable

  $ 17,835        $ 20,494     

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  (304)       (1,397)    

Allowance for product returns

  (952)       (1,838)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

  $     16,579        $     17,259     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, we recorded a $1.5 million, $1.8 million and $1.9 million reserve for product returns in our hardware and other revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, we recorded a $0.1 million, $0.6 million and $1.4 million provision for doubtful accounts receivable. Historically, we have not experienced write-offs for uncollectible accounts or sales returns that have differed significantly from our estimates.

Note 4. Inventory

The components of inventory are as follows (in thousands):

 

  December 31,  
  2013   2014  

Raw materials

  $     2,420        $ 3,371     

Finished goods

  98        3,481     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventory

  $ 2,518        $     6,852     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded $0.4 million to write-down inventory to its net realizable value after it was determined to be impaired. There were no such charges in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2014.

Note 5. Investments in Other Entities

Cost Method Investment in Connected Home Service Provider

On September 4, 2012, we purchased 20,000 Series A Convertible Preferred Membership Units of a Brazilian connected home solutions provider for $15.00 per unit, or $300,000, for a 12.2% interest on a fully diluted basis in this entity. On June 26, 2013, we entered into an agreement with the same company to purchase 2,667 Series B Convertible Preferred Membership Units at $26.22 per unit, or $70,000, which brought our aggregate interest to 12.4% on a fully diluted basis. The entity will resell our products and services to residential and commercial customers in Brazil. Based upon the level of equity investment at risk, the connected home service provider is a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”). We do not control the marketing, sales, installation, or customer maintenance functions of the entity and therefore do not direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact its economic performance. We have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of the entity and do not consolidate the connected home services provider. We account for this investment using the cost method. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the fair value of this cost method investment was not estimated as there were no events or changes in circumstances that may have had a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. The $370,000 investment balance is included in other assets in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.

Loans to and Investments in an Installation Partner

On November 20, 2013, we paid $1.0 million to purchase 48,190 common units of an installation partner for a 48.2% interest on a fully diluted basis in this entity. The entity performs installation services for security dealers. Based upon the level of equity investment at risk, we determined that the installation partner is not a VIE. We account for this investment under the equity method because we have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the entity. Under the equity method, we recognize our share of the earnings or losses of the installation partner in other income / (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations in the periods they are reported by the installation partner. The loss in other income / (expense), net was $0.1 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. Our $1.0 million investment, net of equity losses, is included in other assets in our consolidated balance sheets and was $0.9 million and $0.4 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.

In September 2014, we loaned $315,000 to our installation partner under a secured promissory note that accrues interest at 8.0%. The note receivable is included in other assets in our consolidated balance sheets. Interest is payable monthly with the entire principal balance plus accrued but unpaid interest due at maturity in September 2016. This event did not cause us to reconsider our conclusion that the installation partner has sufficient equity investment at risk and therefore is not a VIE. We continue to account for the investment under the equity method.

Loans to and Investments in a Platform Partner

On October 31, 2012, we entered into an agreement with a platform partner to lend $250,000 in the form of a bridge loan secured by a convertible promissory note (the “2012 Note”). Our platform

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

partner produces connected devices that are integrated into our connected home platform, and we entered into the loan agreement and the subsequent investments described below to provide capital in order to bring our platform partner’s devices to market and integrate them onto our connected home platform. Under the terms of the 2012 Note, the entire principal balance becomes due on the earlier of October 31, 2013, or the date on which our platform partner completes a qualified financing event. Additionally, the 2012 Note automatically converts into the preferred stock of our platform partner if that entity completes a qualified financing event within 180 days of the 2012 Note issuance date. If the 2012 Note automatically converts into preferred stock, the conversion price will equal the lowest per-share selling price at which shares of preferred stock are issued in a qualified financing. Interest on the 2012 Note accrues at a rate of 8.0% per annum and all unpaid interest is payable upon the earlier of the maturity date or the conversion date.

On January 17, 2013, the 2012 Note plus accrued interest automatically converted in a qualified financing event whereby we paid $3.5 million in cash to purchase 3,548,820 shares of the platform partner’s Series A convertible preferred shares, or an 18.7% interest on an as-converted and fully diluted basis. The terms of our investment in the convertible preferred shares included a freestanding option to make an additional investment in the platform partner (“the 2013 Option”). Based upon the level of equity investment at risk, the platform partner is a VIE. We do not control the product design, software development, manufacturing, marketing, or sales functions of the platform partner and, therefore, we do not direct the activities of the platform partner that most significantly impact its economic performance. We have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of the platform partner and, therefore, we do not consolidate it.

We recorded the 2013 Option at its initial fair value of $0.2 million. The 2013 Option did not meet the definition of a derivative (i.e., the underlying is private company stock that is not readily convertible into cash) and, therefore it is not measured at fair value at each reporting period. We recorded the investment in the Series A convertible preferred shares at its initial fair value of $3.5 million and account for it as a cost method investment.

On July 24, 2013, we loaned the same platform partner $2.0 million in the form of a secured convertible note (the “2013 Note”). The 2013 Note bears interest at 6.0% per annum, and principal and any accrued but unpaid interest is due and payable on the earlier of (1) January 19, 2015 or (2) immediately prior to a change in control. The 2013 Note is accounted for as an available for sale security and is recorded at fair value in marketable securities on our consolidated balance sheet. The initial fair value of the 2013 Note was $1.9 million. The fair value of the 2013 Note at December 31, 2013 was $2.1 million, including $53,000 of accrued interest receivable, and for the year ended December 31, 2013 we recorded an unrealized gain of $92,000, net of tax of $36,000, in our consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

The 2013 Note converts automatically into equity at a 12.5% discount from the price per share at which new shares of capital stock are issued by the platform provider in a qualified financing (the “Automatic Conversion Feature”). The Automatic Conversion Feature is an embedded derivative that required bifurcation from the 2013 Note. It was recorded at its initial fair value of $0.1 million in other non-current assets as a marketable security and is remeasured at fair value each reporting period with changes recorded in other income / (expense), net. At December 31, 2013, the fair value of the Automatic Conversion Feature was $125,000, and for the year ended December 31, 2013 we recorded a gain of $63,000 in other income / (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Under the terms of the 2013 Note, if our platform partner repays the note before the maturity date and completes a qualified financing within 6 months of the repayment, we have the option to purchase capital stock at a 12.5% discount from the price per share in a qualified financing (the “Discount Option”). The Discount Option is a freestanding derivative that is remeasured at fair value each reporting period with changes recorded in other income / (expense), net. Additionally, if no qualified financing occurs, we can elect to convert the 2013 Note and any unpaid accrued interest into our platform partner’s preferred stock. As of December 31, 2013, we estimated the fair value of the Discount Option to be minimal because we consider the probability of our platform partner prepaying the 2013 Note and entering into a qualified financing to be remote.

During the fourth quarter of 2014, we entered into a Series 1 Preferred Stock purchase agreement with the platform partner and another investor. The other investor invested cash to purchase shares of the platform partner’s Series 1 Preferred Stock. As a result of the purchase, our 3,548,820 shares of Series A convertible preferred shares converted into 3,548,820 shares of common stock, and we hold an 8.6% interest in the platform partner on an as converted and fully diluted basis. In conjunction with the transaction, we received a $2.5 million dividend which we recorded as a return of investment as it was in excess of the accumulated earnings and profits of the investee since the date of the investment. In addition, the platform partner repaid the $2.0 million 2013 Note and accrued interest of $0.2 million. As a result of the transaction, we recorded a $62,000 realized gain on the 2013 Note, and our 2013 Option and Automatic Conversion Feature expired and we recognized $200,000 and $125,000 of impairment losses. These amounts are included in other income / (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014.

These events caused us to reconsider our conclusions regarding being the primary beneficiary of the platform partner VIE. We do not control the product design, software development, manufacturing, marketing, or sales functions of the platform partner and, therefore, we do not direct the activities the platform partner that most significantly impact its economic performance. We continued to conclude that we are not the primary beneficiary of our platform partner and, therefore, we do not consolidate it. We continue to account for the investment under the cost method.

As of December 31, 2014, the fair value of our cost method investment was not estimated as there were no events or changes in circumstances that may have had a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. As of December 31, 2014, the cost method investment is recorded in other long-term assets on our consolidated balance sheet.

Note 6. Acquisitions

Secure-i Acquisition

On December 8, 2014, in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement, we completed our purchase of certain assets of Secure-i, Inc. (“Secure-i”) that constituted a business. Secure-i is a provider of internet based remote video hosting services including off-site storage, viewing and management from web-based browsers and mobile applications. Total consideration included $2.6 million in cash and $0.3 million in cash not yet paid. We included the results of Secure-i’s operations since its acquisition date in the Alarm.com segment (see Note 19).

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

The table below sets forth the consideration paid to Secure-i’s sellers and the estimated fair value of the tangible and intangible net assets received in the acquisition (in thousands):

 

  2014  

Calculation of Consideration:

Cash paid, net of working capital adjustment

$     2,610     

Cash not yet paid

  290     
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

$ 2,900     
  

 

 

 

Estimated Tangible and Intangible Net Assets:

Current assets

$ 16     

Other long-term assets

  43     

Customer relationships

  208     

Developed technology

  228     

Other intangibles

  262     

Liabilities

  (59)    

Goodwill

  2,202     
  

 

 

 

Total estimated tangible and intangible net assets

$                 2,900     
  

 

 

 

Goodwill of $2.2 million reflects the value of acquired workforce and expected synergies from commercial video services with our offerings. The goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes. Our estimate of the fair value of tangible and intangible net assets was developed using a multi-period excess earnings method for customer relationships and the replacement cost method for developed technology. Included in other intangibles is a vendor relationship valued using the relief from royalty method and best practices materials valued using replacement cost method and a trade name valued using the relief from royalty method. The purchase price allocation presented above is preliminary as we are currently in the process of completing fair value estimates for the intangible assets.

Fair Value of Net Assets Acquired and Intangibles

In accordance with ASC 805, the assets and liabilities of Secure-i we acquired were recorded at their respective fair values as of December 8, 2014, the date of the acquisition.

Customer Relationships

The customer relationships intangible was recorded separate from goodwill based on determination of the length, strength and contractual nature of the relationship that Secure-i shared with its customers. We valued this customer relationship information using the multi-period excess earnings method, an income approach. We used several assumptions in the income approach, including revenue growth, a customer retention rate of 90 percent, operating expenses, charge for contributory assets, and a 20 percent discount rate used to calculate the present value of the cash flows. The customer relationships, valued at $0.2 million, are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of 12 years.

Developed Technology

Developed technology recorded separately from goodwill consists of intellectual property such as proprietary software used internally for revenue producing activities. Secure-i’s proprietary software is

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

offered for sale on a SaaS hosted basis to customers. The developed technology was valued by applying the replacement cost model, a cost approach. We used several assumptions in the replacement cost approach, which included analyzing costs that a company would expect to incur in order to recreate an asset of equivalent utility adjusted downward for by 20% to account for inflation and technical, functional or economic obsolescence. In addition, there was an adjustment for developer’s profit of 35% which brought the asset to fair value on an exit-price basis. The developed technology, valued at $0.2 million, is being amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of 3 years.

EnergyHub Acquisition

On May 7, 2013, in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, we completed our purchase of 100% of the stock of EnergyHub, Inc. (“EnergyHub”), a developer of software and hardware solutions focused on helping consumers, utilities, and service providers reduce energy consumption through EnergyHub’s demand response and energy efficiency platform. We paid $8.3 million in cash in initial consideration and established a contingent liability of $5.8 million for earn-out considerations to be paid to the former owners. We included the results of EnergyHub’s operations since its acquisition date in the Other segment (see Note 19). EnergyHub represented $0.4 million of revenue and $4.4 million of net loss for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The table below sets forth the consideration transferred to EnergyHub stockholders and the estimated fair value of tangible and intangible net assets received in the acquisition (in thousands):

 

  2013  

Calculation of Consideration :

Cash paid, net of working capital adjustment

  $ 8,263    

Estimated contingent consideration liability

  5,820    
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

  $ 14,083    
  

 

 

 

Estimated Tangible and Intangible Net Assets:

Current assets

  $ 173    

Other long-term assets

  32    

Customer relationships

  4,420    

Developed technology

  2,320    

Trade name

  860    

Deferred tax asset — long-term

  4,755    

Current liabilities

  (337)   

Deferred tax liability — long-term

  (2,949)   

Goodwill

  4,809    
  

 

 

 

Total estimated tangible and intangible net assets

  $               14,083    
  

 

 

 

Goodwill of $4.8 million represents the value of expected synergies between us and EnergyHub and is calculated as the total consideration less tangible and intangible net assets, including the value of acquired workforce. We estimate that goodwill will not be deductible for tax purposes. Our estimate of the fair value of tangible and intangible net assets was developed using a multi-period excess earnings method for customer relationships and the relief from royalty method for the developed technology intangible. Significant estimates used in the valuation included revenue growth rates, expense and contributory asset charges, royalty rates and the discount rate.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Management determined the estimated fair value of the contingent earn-out payments to be $5.8 million. Payment of the earn-out consideration is principally contingent upon EnergyHub achieving certain agreed upon revenue targets during 2013 through 2015 and, if EnergyHub achieves those targets, we would be required to make payments at the end of 2013, 2014 and 2015 up to a maximum amount of $16.8 million. See “Impairment” below for a discussion of the treatment of the earn-out in 2013 through 2015.

Fair Value of Net Assets Acquired and Intangibles

In accordance with ASC 805, the assets and liabilities of EnergyHub we acquired were recorded at their respective fair values as of May 7, 2013, the date of the acquisition.

Customer Relationships

The customer relationships intangible was recorded separate from goodwill based on determination of the length, strength and contractual nature of the relationship that EnergyHub shared with its customers. We valued this customer relationship information using the multi-period excess earnings method, an income approach. We used several assumptions in the income approach, including revenue growth, a customer retention rate of 75 percent, operating expenses, charge for contributory assets and trade name, and a 24 percent discount rate used to calculate the present value of the cash flows. The customer relationships, valued at $4.4 million, are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of 4.5 years.

Developed Technology

Developed technology recorded separately from goodwill consists of intellectual property such as proprietary software used internally for revenue producing activities. EnergyHub’s proprietary software, Mercury, is offered for sale on a SaaS hosted basis to customers and has an established revenue stream. The developed technology was valued by applying the relief from royalty method, an income approach. We used several assumptions in the relief from royalty method, including revenue growth, a royalty rate of 7 percent, and a 24 percent discount rate used to calculate the present value of cash flows. The developed technology, valued at $2.3 million, is being amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of 7.5 years.

Trade Name

The EnergyHub trade name was recorded separate from goodwill based on an evaluation of the importance of the trade name and the brand recognition in the market, the importance of the trade name to the EnergyHub’s customers, and the amount of revenue associated with the trade name. In developing the estimated fair value, we valued the trade name utilizing the relief from royalty method, an income approach. Significant assumptions used in the relief from royalty method were revenue growth, royalty rate, and the discount rate to calculate the present value of cash flows. The trade name, valued at $0.9 million, is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of 7 years.

Impairment and Earn-out Obligation

A triggering event occurred in September 2013 that indicated an impairment of intangibles and goodwill had occurred related to our EnergyHub reporting unit. We determined that a potential strategic

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

partnership agreement which was expected to contribute a material amount of revenue over the earn-out period was no longer expected to be executed. Therefore, EnergyHub’s revenue over the earn-out period was expected to be materially less than originally estimated at the time of the acquisition. Revenue from this potential strategic partnership represented a material percentage of the revenue growth assumptions included in the forecast used to assign fair value to the customer relationships, developed technology and trade name. As a result, we prepared an interim review of the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets. The business failed step one of the goodwill impairment test, and we performed step two to determine the amount of the impairments. Under step one of the impairment analysis, EnergyHub was valued using the discounted cash flow method. To estimate the value of our total invested capital, the debt-free after tax cash flows for EnergyHub were discounted by a 25 percent required rate of return. We used the guideline company method to assess the reasonableness of this value. The total invested capital was compared to our carrying value to determine whether goodwill was impaired as indicated when the carrying value of EnergyHub is higher than the estimated value. The carrying value of the finite lived intangible assets (customer relationships, developed technology and trade name intangibles) were compared to the sum of our pre-tax and undiscounted cash flows, and we determined that the goodwill and intangible assets were impaired. We recognized an impairment charge for goodwill of $4.8 million and intangible assets of $6.5 million, which are recorded in general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 in our consolidated statement of operations. Due to the triggering event, EnergyHub’s revenue results were expected to be materially less than the revenue targets established in the earn-out agreement. Therefore we determined that the earn-out fair value was zero for 2013 through 2015. We recorded a $5.8 million gain on the release of the contingent liability in general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 in our consolidated statement of operations. The earn-out had a fair value of $0 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.

Horizon Analog Acquisition

On December 10, 2014, in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement, we completed our purchase of certain assets of Horizon Analog, Inc. (“Horizon Analog”) that constituted a business. Horizon Analog is a producer of research that focuses on cost-effective collection and analysis of data relating to energy usage and consumer behavior and energy disaggregation. Total consideration included $0.6 million in cash and $0.1 million in cash not yet paid. We recorded less than $0.1 million of property and equipment and $0.7 million of goodwill in connection with the acquisition, which reflects the acquired workforce and synergies expected from combining our operations with those of Horizon Analog. The goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes. We included the results of Horizon Analog’s operations since its acquisition date in the Alarm.com segment (see Note 19).

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The following pro forma data is presented as if EnergyHub were included in our historical consolidated statements of operations beginning January 1, 2012 and as if Secure-i and Horizon Analog were included in our historical consolidated statements of operations beginning January 1, 2013. These pro forma results do not necessarily represent what would have occurred if all the business combinations had taken place on January 1, 2012 and 2013 as applicable, nor do they represent the results that may occur in the future.

This pro forma financial information includes our historical financial statements and those of our business combinations with the following adjustments: 1) we adjusted for amortization expense

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

assuming the fair value adjustments to intangible assets had been applied beginning January 1, 2012 and 2013, as applicable 2) we adjusted for transaction costs incurred in 2013 and 2014 and reclassified them to 2012 and 2013, respectively, as applicable, and 3) we included adjustments for income taxes associated with these pro forma adjustments.

The pro forma adjustments were based on available information and upon assumptions that we believe are reasonable to reflect the impact of these acquisitions on our historical financial information on a supplemental pro forma basis, as follows (in thousands):

 

     Pro forma
Year Ended December 31,
 
           2012                  2013                  2014        

Revenue

   $ 97,966       $ 131,295       $ 167,864   

Net Income

     6,128         4,794         12,871   

Consolidation of Business Combinations

The operations of each of the business combinations discussed above were included in the consolidated financial statements as of each of their respective acquisition dates. There were no business combinations in the year ended December 31, 2012. The following table presents the revenue and earnings of the business combinations in the year of acquisition as reported within the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 for EnergyHub and 2014 for Secure-i and Horizon Analog (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2013              2014      

Revenue

   $ 410       $ 41   

Net Loss

     (4,391      (140

Note 7. Property and Equipment

Furniture and fixtures, computer software and equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and presented net of depreciation. Furniture and fixtures and computer software and equipment are depreciated straight-line over lives ranging from three to five years. Internally developed internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over a three year period. During the application development phase we categorize capitalized costs in our construction in progress account until the build is put into production and we move the asset to internal-use software. We record land at historical cost. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease terms or the asset lives. Our building is depreciated on a straight-line basis over fifteen years.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

The components of property and equipment are as follows (in thousands):

 

  December 31,  
  2013   2014  

Furniture and fixtures

  $ 906       $ 1,097    

Computer software and equipment

  2,530       6,524    

Internal-use software

  135       555    

Construction in progress

  235       1,500    

Leasehold improvements

  2,811       2,983    

Land

  —        398     

Building

  —        502     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

  $ 6,617       $ 13,559    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

  (3,031)      (5,429)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

  $ 3,586       $ 8,130    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 was $0.8 million, $1.3 million and $2.4 million. Depreciation expense related to internal-use software was $0, $16,000 and $140,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

Note 8. Other Assets

Patent licenses

From time to time, we enter into agreements to license patents. We have $2.3 million in patent licenses related to such agreements, which are being amortized over 11 years, the estimated remaining lives of the United States patents licensed in the agreements from the date we acquired the license. The net balance as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $1.7 million and $1.5 million. Amortization expense on patent licenses was $0.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and is included in cost of SaaS and license revenue in our consolidated statements of operations.

Loan to a Distribution Partner

On July 25, 2013, we entered into a revolving loan agreement with a distribution partner. The distribution partner is also a service provider with whom we have a standard agreement to resell our connected home service and hardware. We evaluate the credit quality of our distribution partner for purposes of the revolving loan agreement using the same methods that we employ to evaluate its creditworthiness as a service provider, including a credit review at the inception of the arrangement and if risk indicators arise. At the inception of the loan agreement, we determined the credit quality of our distribution partner to be good. No risk indicators have arisen to cause us to change that assessment.

Under the terms of the revolving loan agreement, we agreed to loan our distribution partner up to $2.8 million, with the proceeds of the loan used to finance the creation of new customer accounts that use our products and services. The amount that our distribution partner may draw down on the loan is based on the number of its qualifying new customer accounts created each month. The loan bears

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

interest at a rate of 8.0% per annum, and requires monthly interest payments, with the entire principal balance due on the loan maturity date, July 24, 2018. The balance outstanding under the loan is collateralized by the customer accounts owned by our distribution partner, as well as all of the physical assets and accounts receivable associated with those customer accounts. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, our distribution partner has borrowed $1.5 million and $2.0 million under this loan agreement, and this note receivable is included in other assets on our consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs of $0 and $2.8 million, consisting primarily of legal and accounting fees, are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014. Upon the consummation of the IPO, these amounts will be offset against the proceeds of the offering and included in stockholders’ (deficit) equity. If the offering is terminated, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately.

Note 9. Marketable Securities

We disposed of our marketable securities during the year ended December 31, 2014, such that no amounts were outstanding as of December 31, 2014. Additional information on marketable security balances outstanding as of December 31, 2013 are provided in the following table (in thousands):

 

  December 31, 2013  
  Amortized
Cost
  Unrealized
Gains
  Unrealized
Losses
  Estimated
Fair Value
 

2013 Note from our platform partner

  $ 1,938       $ 92       $  —      $ 2,030    

Automatic Conversion Feature

  62       63       —       125    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $     2,000       $         155       $             —      $         2,155    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortized cost represents the cost basis of the investment as of the purchase date. There were no dispositions of marketable securities during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. In 2014, we received repayment of the 2013 Note (see Note 5) and recorded a $62,000 realized gain in other income / (expense), net. Consequently, the Automatic Conversion Feature expired and we recorded a $125,000 impairment loss in other income / (expense), net. There was no other-than-temporary impairment recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income in 2012, 2013, and 2014. There was approximately $53,000 of accrued interest included in marketable securities on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. All interest related to the 2013 Note was paid in 2014.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Note 10. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The components of goodwill by operating segment are outlined below for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

    Alarm.com     Other   Total  

Balance as of January 1, 2013

  $ 18,480        $ —        $     18,480     

Goodwill acquired

  —        4,809        4,809     

Goodwill impaired

  —        (4,809)       (4,809)    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  18,480        —        18,480     

Goodwill acquired

  2,894        —        2,894     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

  $ 21,374        $
 
          —
  
 
  
  $     21,374     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The $2.9 million of acquired goodwill in the Alarm.com segment was related to the acquisition of Horizon Analog and Secure-i in December 2014. The $4.8 million of acquired goodwill in the Other segment was related to the acquisition of EnergyHub in May 2013. See Note 6 for additional information regarding these acquisitions.

There were no impairments of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2014. In the third quarter of 2013, we experienced a triggering event related to EnergyHub, which resulted in testing goodwill for impairment and subsequently recording a $4.8 million impairment charge in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013. See Note 6 for additional information regarding the impairment.

The following table reflects changes in the net carrying amount of the components of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

  Customer
Relationships
  Developed
Technology
  Trade Name   Other   Total  

Balance as of January 1, 2013

  $ 5,234        $     1,577        $         112        $ —        $ 6,923     

Intangible assets acquired

  4,420        2,320        860        —        7,600     

Intangible assets impaired

  (3,794)       (1,970)       (693)       —        (6,457)    

Amortization

  (1,289)       (654)       (161)       —        (2,104)    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  4,571        1,273        118        —        5,962     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets acquired

  208        228        28        234        698     

Amortization

  (926)       (583)       (52)       (7)       (1,568)    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

  $         3,853        $ 918        $ 94        $     227        $ 5,092     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, we recorded $1.5 million, $2.1 million and $1.6 million of amortization related to our intangible assets. There were no impairments of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2014. During the third quarter of 2013, we experienced a triggering event related to EnergyHub and recorded an impairment charge to long-lived assets of $6.5 million classified within general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

The following tables reflect the weighted average remaining life and carrying value of finite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

  Year Ended December 31, 2013  
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Value
  Weighted-
average
Remaining Life
 

Customer relationships

  $   8,759      $     (4,188)       $     4,571        5.1     

Developed technology

  3,755        (2,482)       1,273        2.2     

Trade name

  615        (497)       118        2.5     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total intangible assets

  $   13,129          $    (7,167)       $     5,962     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
  Year Ended December 31, 2014  
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Value
  Weighted-
average
  Remaining Life  
 

Customer relationships

  $   8,967          $    (5,114)       $     3,853        4.4     

Developed technology

  3,983        (3,065)       918        1.6     

Trade name

  643        (549)       94        1.8     

Other

  234        (7)       227        1.9     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total intangible assets

  $   13,827          $    (8,735)       $     5,092     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

The following table reflects the future estimated amortization expense for intangible assets (in thousands):

 

 Year Ending December 31,              

Amortization  

2015

  $ 1,766     

2016

  1,269     

2017

  943     

2018

  872     

2019 and thereafter

  242     
  

 

 

 
  $         5,092     
  

 

 

 

Note 11. Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

The components of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

  December 31,  
  2013   2014  

Accounts payable

  $ 11,570       $ 11,179    

Accrued expenses

  3,746       1,911    

Other current liabilities

  554       2,143    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $     15,870       $     15,233    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Note 12. Fair Value Measurements

The following presents our assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

  Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis
December 31, 2013
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Money market account

    $     29,600          $               —          $ —          $ 29,600     

The 2013 Note from our platform partner

  —        —        2,030        2,030     

Automatic Conversion Feature

  —        —        125        125     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
    $     29,600          $ —          $     2,155          $     31,755     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis
December 31, 2014
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Money market account

  $       38,578          $               —          $           —          $     38,578     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  $       38,578          $ —          $ —          $     38,578     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The money market account is included in our cash and cash equivalents in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014. The Automatic Conversion Feature, the 2013 Note and related accrued interest are included in marketable securities in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 (see Notes 5 and 9).

In 2013, we recognized a gain of $63,000 on the change in fair value on the Automatic Conversion Feature, which is recorded in other income / (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations. We recorded an unrealized gain of $92,000, net of $36,000 taxes, on the change in fair value of the 2013 Note, which is included as a component of other comprehensive income. We valued the Automatic Conversion Feature at inception and year end using an option pricing model that considered the probability of conversion upon a qualified financing and conversion on maturity. The other inputs in this model included the strike price, enterprise value, asset volatility, and the risk-free interest rate. We valued the 2013 Note at inception and at each reporting period by discounting the principal plus accrued interest at maturity using a discount rate of 11.0% at inception and 10.4% at December 31, 2013.

At December 31, 2013, we estimated the fair value of the 2013 Note and the Automatic Conversion Feature using a 40% probability of conversion upon a qualified financing and a 60% probability of conversion upon maturity. For the sensitivity of the fair value measurement, a 10% change in the probability of either event would result in a $13,000 change in the estimated fair value of the 2013 Note and a $31,000 change in the fair value of the Automatic Conversion Feature, respectively.

We disposed of the 2014 Note from our platform partner and the Automatic Conversion Feature expired during the year ended December 31, 2014 (See Note 5).

We monitor the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy. Changes in economic conditions or model-based valuation techniques may require the transfer of financial instruments from one fair value level to another. In such instances, the transfer is reported at the beginning of the reporting period. There were

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

no transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014. We also monitor the value of the investments for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis. No other-than-temporary impairments occurred during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $4.8 million and other long-lived assets impairment charge of $6.5 million. The remeasurement of the goodwill and other long-lived assets is classified as a Level 3 fair value assessment due to the significance of unobservable inputs developed in the determination of fair value.

Note 13. Debt, Commitments and Contingencies

The debt, commitments and contingencies described below are currently in effect and would require us, or our subsidiaries, to make payments to third parties under certain circumstances.

Debt

Prior Line of Credit

We had access to a working line of credit through a one year Loan and Security Agreement (“the Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank (“the Bank”) that expires on December 1, 2016 at which time the principal amount of all advances, unpaid interest and all other obligations related to the line shall become due and payable. The amount of borrowings available under the Agreement is 80% of the face value of our eligible accounts receivable plus 50% of our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents maintained with the Bank or the Bank’s Affiliates, up to the credit limit of $10.0 million, and an interest rate either the Bank’s prime rate when our fixed charge coverage ratio is equal to or greater than 2.50 to 1.00, or the Bank’s prime rate plus 0.50% when our fixed charge coverage ratio is less than 2.50 to 1.00. Upon the event of our default, the line of credit will bear interest at a rate that is 4.00% above the otherwise applicable interest rate. The Agreement assesses a fee of 0.25% on the unused portion of the line of credit. The Agreement requires us to comply with certain financial and non-financial covenants including, a minimum liquidity ratio of 0.90:1.00 during the first three months of 2012 and a minimum liquidity ratio of 1.00:1.00 for all other periods, as well as a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.50:1.00. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we made no borrowings against the line of credit and were in compliance with all financial and non-financial covenants other than a covenant to provide the Bank with audited financial statements by June 30, 2013. The Bank waived this requirement and extended the reporting deadline to October 4, 2013. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we made no borrowings against the line of credit and were in compliance with all financial and non-financial covenants.

Prior Facility

We also had a Loan & Security Agreement with the Bank. We borrowed $10.0 million under a term loan (“Prior Facility”) to be repaid in sixty (60) monthly installments of principal and accrued interest. Principal payments were due as follows: twelve payments of $83,333 due monthly in 2012, followed by twelve payments of $125,000 due on the first day of each calendar month in 2013, followed by twelve payments of $166,667 due monthly in 2014, followed by twelve payments of $208,333 due monthly in 2015, followed by twelve payments of $250,000 due monthly in 2016. The outstanding principal balance on the Prior Facility accrued interest at a rate equal to either the Bank’s prime rate when our

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

fixed charge coverage ratio was equal to or greater than 2.50 to 1.00, or the Bank’s prime rate plus 0.75% when our fixed charge coverage ratio was less than 2.50 to 1.00. During 2012, 2013 and 2014, the effective interest rate on the Prior Facility was 3.25%. The Prior Facility included a variable interest rate that approximates market and, as such, we determined that the carrying amount of the Prior Facility approximates its fair value. Upon the event of our default, the Prior Facility would bear interest at a rate that is 4.00% above the otherwise applicable interest rate. We had the option to prepay the Prior Facility without penalty provided that the Prior Facility had been outstanding two or more years. Absent a prepayment, the Prior Facility would terminate on the date of the last required principal payment, which is December 1, 2016.

We were required to comply with certain financial and non-financial covenants, including a requirement to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of 0.90:1.00 during the first three months of 2012 and a minimum liquidity ratio of 1.00:1.00 for all other periods, as well as a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.50:1.00. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all financial and non-financial covenants other than a covenant to provide the Bank with audited financial statements by June 30, 2013. The Bank waived this requirement and extended the reporting deadline to October 4, 2013. The carrying value of our Prior Facility at December 31, 2013 approximates fair value, using Level 3 fair value inputs.

2014 Facility

On May 8, 2014, we repaid all of the outstanding principal and interest under the Prior Facility, which was accounted for as an extinguishment of debt, and replaced this facility with a $50.0 million revolving credit facility (the “2014 Facility”) with Silicon Valley Bank, as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders. We utilized $6.7 million under this facility to repay in full our indebtedness under the Prior Facility. The 2014 Facility includes an option to increase the borrowing capacity available under the 2014 Facility to $75.0 million with the consent of the lenders. The 2014 Facility is available to us to finance working capital and certain permitted acquisitions and investments, and is secured by substantially all of our assets, including intellectual property. The principal outstanding under the 2014 Facility is due upon maturity in May 2017.

The outstanding principal balance on the 2014 Facility accrues interest at a rate equal to either (1) the Eurodollar Base Rate, or LIBOR, plus an applicable margin based on our consolidated leverage ratio, or (2) the higher of (a) the Wall Street Journal prime rate and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% plus an applicable margin based on our consolidated leverage ratio, or ABR, at our option. Borrowings under LIBOR rates accrue interest at LIBOR plus 2.25%, LIBOR plus 2.5%, and LIBOR plus 2.75% when our consolidated leverage ratio is less than or equal to 1.00:1.00, greater than or equal to 1.00:1.00 but less than 2.00:1.00, and greater than 2.00:1.00, respectively. Borrowings under ABR rates accrue interest at ABR plus 1.25%, ABR plus 1.5%, and ABR plus 1.75% when our consolidated leverage ratio is less than or equal to 1.00:1.00, greater than or equal to 1.00:1.00 but less than 2.00:1.00, and greater than 2.00:1.00, respectively. The 2014 Facility also carries an unused line commitment fee of 0.20% to 0.25% depending on our consolidated leverage ratio. During 2014, the effective interest rate on the 2014 Facility was 2.62%. The carrying value of 2014 Facility was $6.7 million at December 31, 2014. The 2014 Facility includes a variable interest rate that approximates market and, as such, we determined that the carrying amount of the 2014 Facility approximates its fair value.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

The 2014 facility contains various financial and other covenants that require us to maintain a maximum consolidated leverage ratio not to exceed 2.50:1.00 and a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.25:1.00. During 2014 we were in compliance with all financial and non-financial covenants.

Commitments and Contingencies

Repurchase of Subsidiary Units

In September 2012, we formed a subsidiary to develop and market home and commercial energy management devices and services. We granted an award of subsidiary stock to the founder and president. The terms of the award for the founder, who is also our employee, require a payment in cash on either the third or the fourth anniversary from the date the subsidiary first makes its products and services commercially available, which was determined to be April 1, 2014. The liability related to this commitment was $0 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 as the subsidiary’s products and services were not yet commercially available as of December 31, 2013 and the calculation as of December 31, 2014, which is based on a trailing twelve months EBITDA performance measure, resulted in an estimated value of $0.

In February 2011, we formed a subsidiary to offer residential and commercial door access devices and services that can be remotely programmed and controlled. We granted an award of subsidiary stock awards to the founder and president. The terms of the award for the founder, who is our employee, require a payment in cash on between the fourth and sixth anniversary of the date that the subsidiary’s products and services first become commercially available, which was determined to be June 1, 2013. We have recorded a liability of $0.2 million and $0.2 million related to the commitment in other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.

Leases

We lease office space and office equipment under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through 2026. Rent expense was $0.7 million, $1.2 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014. In August 2014, we signed a lease for new office space for our headquarters in McLean, Virginia. The lease term ends in the second quarter of 2026 and the lease includes one five-year renewal option, a tenant improvement allowance, and scheduled rent increases.

The following table presents future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

Minimum Lease
        Payments        
 

  2015

  $              2,220     

  2016

  2,946     

  2017

  3,367     

  2018

  3,131     

  2019

  2,732     

  2020 and thereafter

  19,115     
    

 

 

 
  $              33,511     
    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Indemnification Agreements

We have various agreements where we may be obligated to indemnify the other party to the agreement with respect to certain matters. Generally, these indemnification provisions are included in contracts arising in the normal course of business. Although it is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments that may become due under these indemnification agreements, we do not believe any potential liability that might arise from such indemnity provisions is probable or material.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we and our subsidiaries are involved in various legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. In 2013, we incurred $11.2 million in legal fees associated with intellectual property litigation that we asserted against a third party and the related counterclaims. We settled the lawsuit in 2014. In 2014, we also settled and paid $1.4 million of intellectual property claims for four separate matters. Other than these matters, we are not a party to any lawsuit or proceeding that, in the opinion of management, is reasonably possible or probable of having a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We reserve for contingent liabilities based on ASC 450, “ Contingencies ,” when it is determined that a liability, inclusive of defense costs, is probable and reasonably estimable. Litigation is subject to many factors that are difficult to predict, so there can be no assurance that, in the event of a material unfavorable result in one or more claims, we will not incur material costs.

Note 14. 401(k) Defined Contribution Plan

We adopted the Alarm.com Holdings 401(k) Plan (“the Plan”) on April 30, 2009. All of our employees are eligible to participate in the Plan. Our discretionary match was 50% of employee contributions up to 6% of salary and up to a $3,000 maximum match for 2013. Our discretionary match for 2014 was 100% of employee contributions up to 6% of salary and up to a $3,000 maximum match. We recognized costs of $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 related to our matching contributions.

Note 15. Significant Service Providers

During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, our 10 largest revenue service providers accounted for approximately 71.2%, 65.7% and 64.7% of our revenue. Three of our service providers individually represented greater than 10% but not more than 20% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012. Two of our service providers individually represented greater than 10% but not more than 20% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. Three of our service providers individually represented greater than 10% but not more than 20% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Trade accounts receivable from three service providers totaled $1.8 million, $2.5 million and $3.2 million, as of December 31, 2013. No other individual service provider represented more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2013. Trade accounts receivable from three service providers totaled $3.1 million, $2.7 million and $1.1 million, as of December 31, 2014. No other individual service provider represented more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2014.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Note 16. Income Taxes

The components of our income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 

  Year Ended December 31,  
  2012      2013      2014   

Current

Federal

  $     8,163       $     3,965       $     7,266    

State

  1,290       878       1,286    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  9,453       4,843       8,552    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred

Federal

  (1.982)      (1,919)      (1,702)   

State

  (191)      (236)      (33)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  (2,173)      (2,155)      (1,735)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 7,280       $ 2,688       $ 6,817    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The difference between the income tax expense at the Federal statutory rate and income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

 

  Year Ended December 31,  
  2012   2013   2014  

Federal statutory rate

          35.0%              35.0%              35.0%   

State income tax expense, net of Federal benefit

  4.3         4.7        4.0      

Nondeductible transaction costs

  5.6         0.4         —      

Goodwill and intangible impairment

  —         23.3         —       

Release of acquisition related contingent liability

  —         (28.2)        —       

Nondeductible meals & entertainment

  0.5         2.2         0.9      

Research and development tax credits

  —          —          (6.2)      

Other

  (0.5)        (0.1)        (0.2)     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  44.9%      37.3%      33.5%   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

The components of our net deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows (in thousands):

 

  December 31,  
  2013   2014  

Deferred tax assets, current

Provision for doubtful accounts

  $ 615       $ 1,266    

Accrued expenses

  444       964    

Deferred revenue

  —        443     

Deferred rent

  —        61     

Net operating losses

  —        508     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  1,059       3,242    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, non-current

Deferred revenue

  2,586       2,655    

Deferred rent

  297       429    

Stock-based compensation

  576       1,334    

Acquisition costs

  106       117    

Subsidiary unit compensation

  —        88     

Equity investments

  —        29     

Net operating losses

  4,410       3,316    

Capital losses

  —        11     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  7,975       7,979    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

      9,034         11,221    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities, non-current

Intangible assets and prepaid patent licenses

  (1,485)      (1,799)   

Depreciation

  (891)      (1,059)   

Unrealized gains

  (53)      —      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  (2,429)      (2,858)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 6,605       $ 8,363    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (without related interest expense) is as follows (in thousands):

 

  Year Ended December 31,  
  2012   2013   2014  

Beginning balance

  $ —        $ —        $ —     

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

  —        —        69     

Additions for tax positions of prior year

  —        —        139     

Settlements

  —        —        —     

Reductions due to lapse of statutes of limitations

  —        —        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $             —        $             —        $             208     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We apply guidance for uncertainty in income taxes that requires the application of a more likely than not threshold to the recognition and de-recognition of uncertain tax positions. If the recognition threshold is met, this guidance permits us to recognize a tax benefit measured at the largest amount of

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

the tax benefit that, in our judgment, is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement. For the years ended December 31, 2012, and 2013, we had no unrecorded tax benefits for uncertain tax positions. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded an unrecognized tax benefit of $0.2 million related to research and development tax credits we claimed for tax years 2012, 2013 and 2014.

As of December 31, 2014, we had accrued approximately $2,000 of total interest and penalties payable related to unrecognized tax benefits. We recognize interest and penalties related to unrealized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

We are not aware of any events that make it reasonably possible that there would be a significant change in the unrecognized tax benefits recorded within the next 12 months. As of December 31, 2014, all of the $0.2 million of unrecognized tax benefit, if recognized, would reduce our income tax expense and effective tax rate.

We file income tax returns in the United States. We are no longer subject to U.S. Federal income tax examinations for years prior to 2011, with the exception that operating loss carryforwards generated prior to 2011 may be subject to tax audit adjustment. We are generally no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2010.

At December 31, 2014, we had U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $10.0 million, which are scheduled to begin to expire in 2030. The net operating loss carryforwards arose in connection with the EnergyHub acquisition (see Note 6). Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations due to the ownership change limitations as provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

A valuation allowance is recognized if, based on the weight of available evidence, both positive and negative, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on our historical and expected future taxable earnings, we believe it is more likely than not that we will realize all of the benefit of the existing deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2014. Accordingly, we have not recorded a valuation allowance as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.

Note 17. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

Series B Investment

On July 11, 2012 (the “Series B Investment Date”), we sold 1,803,057 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series B Preferred”) to investment funds associated with Technology Crossover Ventures (“TCV”) for $136.0 million, or $75.44 per share (the “Series B Transaction”). As a condition of the Series B Transaction, we agreed to repurchase and existing stockholders agreed to sell (the “Initial Selling Stockholders”), 1,470,720 shares of Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (see “Plan of Corporate Reorganization and Recapitalization,” below) for $75.44 per share and 25,713 shares of common stock for $8.38 per share. We used $111.2 million of the proceeds from the Series B Transaction to repurchase shares from the Initial Selling Stockholders on the Series B Investment Date; $4.7 million of the proceeds to repurchase shares from existing stockholders under the terms of an offer to repurchase stock (see “Repurchase Offer”, below); $2.6 million of the proceeds to pay transaction related expenses, including banking, legal and accounting fees; and $17.6 million of the proceeds were to be used for general corporate purposes.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

On July 31, 2012, we sold 6,628 shares of Series B Preferred for $0.5 million, or $75.44 per share, to another investor. All of the proceeds were to be used for general corporate purposes.

Plan of Corporate Reorganization and Recapitalization

On July 11, 2012, we amended our Certificate of Incorporation to create and authorize the issuance of four classes of stock, including 10,000,000 authorized shares of common stock (“New Common”) with a par value of $0.01 per share, 3,511,725 authorized shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock (“New Series A”) with a par value of $0.001 per share, 1,809,685 authorized shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock with a par value of $0.001, and 1,669,680 authorized shares of Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series B-1”) with a par value of $0.001 per share. Additionally, immediately prior to completing the Series B Transaction, we implemented a plan of corporate reorganization and recapitalized the company (the “Recapitalization”). On July 11, 2012, the Recapitalization Date, 100% of the then outstanding shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Old Series A”) were cancelled and 43.10% of the cancelled Old Series A shares were replaced by Series B-1 shares and 56.90% of the cancelled Old Series A shares were replaced with New Series A shares. Also on the Recapitalization Date, 100% of the then outstanding shares of common stock (“Old Common”) were cancelled and 43.10% of the cancelled Old Common shares were replaced by Series B-1 shares and 56.90% of the cancelled Old Common shares were replaced with New Common shares. In lieu of issuing any fractional shares, all new shares issued under the Recapitalization were rounded down and we paid $75.44, on a whole share basis, to cancel any fractional Old Series A shares and Series B-1 shares, and $3.33, on whole share basis, to cancel any fractional Old Common shares. On July 11, 2012, we issued 1,590,152 shares of Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with our reorganization and Recapitalization. Also on that date, we repurchased 1,470,720 shares of Series B-1 from stockholders for $111.0 million, or $75.44 per share, as a condition of closing the Series B Transaction. Immediately after our Repurchase Offer closed on July 31, 2012, we repurchased an additional 36,391 shares of Series B-1 from stockholders for $2.7 million, or $75.44 per share.

Deemed Dividend on Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As a result of the recapitalization, we transferred $138.7 million of value from the common stockholders to the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock as a deemed dividend. We calculated the deemed dividend as the difference between the fair value of the securities before and after Recapitalization, measured on the Recapitalization Date. The deemed dividend is included in net loss attributable to common stockholders used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2012 (see Note 20).

Repurchase Offer

On June 30, 2012, we initiated an offer to repurchase stock from existing stockholders (“Repurchase Offer”) whereby we offered to repurchase from each stockholder up to 43.10% of the total of the number of shares owned by each stockholder, plus 43.10% of the number of shares of common stock underlying vested stock options held by each stockholder, less any shares repurchased by the us on the Series B Investment Date. We offered to repurchase eligible shares of Series B-1 and New Series A for $75.44 per share and eligible shares of New Common for $8.38 per share. Stockholders who chose to participate in the Repurchase Offer were required to sell their shares in the following order: (1) Series B-1 shares, then (2) any combination of New Series A shares and New

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Common shares owned on June 30, 2012, and then (3) any New Common shares issued upon the exercise of vested stock options between June 30, 2012 and July 31, 2012. Immediately after the Repurchase Offer expired on July 31, 2012, we repurchased 268,852 total shares, including 36,391 shares of Series B-1 and 232,461 shares of New Common, for $4.7 million. We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.4 million for the amount paid to repurchase New Common shares from employees that was in excess of the fair value of the New Common shares. All repurchased shares were cancelled.

The following disclosures regarding the liquidation preferences, dividends, voting rights, redemption and conversion features of our equity securities are based upon the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated July 12, 2012 subsequent to the Company’s reorganization and Recapitalization.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Summary of Activity

The following table presents a summary of activity for our redeemable convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

    SERIES B
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    SERIES B-1
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    NEW SERIES A
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    OLD SERIES A
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Total
Amount
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount    

Balance, January 1, 2012

    —         $ —         —         $ —         —       $ —         3,512       $ 35,117       $ 35,117    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cancellation of Old Common Stock and Conversion to Series B-1 Preferred and New Common Stock in recapitalization

    —         —         77         5,785         —         —         —         —         5,785    

Cancellation of Old Series A Preferred and Conversion to Series B-1 Preferred and New Series A Preferred in recapitalization

    —         —         1,513         114,176         1,998         59,668         (3,512)        (35,117)        138,727    

Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock

    1,810         136,523         —         —         —         —               —         136,523    

Series B-1 Preferred Stock repurchased

    —         —         (1,507)        (113,696)        —         —         —         —         (113,696)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

        1,810         136,523         83         6,265             1,998         59,668         —         —         202,456    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

        1,810         136,523         83         6,265             1,998         59,668         —         —         202,456    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

        1,810         $   136,523         83         $ 6,265             1,998         $ 59,668         —         $ —         $ 202,456    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On February 13, 2009, we issued 3,166,212 shares of Old Series A in connection with the acquisition of Alarm.com. This included 336,725 shares of Old Series A issued to the sellers of Alarm.com and 2,829,487 shares of Old Series A issued to an investor in exchange for cash paid to the sellers of Alarm.com on behalf of us.

On February 13, 2009, we also issued 70,000 shares of Old Series A to an investor at a price of $10.00 per share, in exchange for $700,000 in cash. The proceeds were used to fund our general working capital requirements.

On March 7, 2009, we issued 275,513 additional shares of Old Series A at a price of $10.00 per share. The proceeds from the sale were used to fund our general working capital requirements.

On July 11, 2012, we cancelled 3,511,725 shares of Old Series A and issued 1,998,257 shares of New Series A in connection with our reorganization and Recapitalization.

Liquidation Preferences

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of New Series A shares will be paid out of the assets available before distribution or any payment is made to holders of New Common, but after satisfaction of the liquidation preferences of the Series B Preferred and Series B-1 stockholders. The liquidation preference is the greater of (1) the original issue price of the preferred stock plus a New Series A additional preference equal to 8.0% per annum on the original issue price accruing on a daily basis from the original issuance date and until the date such New Series A shares are liquidated, plus accrued and unpaid dividends, or (2) the amount that would have been paid had all the preferred stock holders been converted into New Common.

Voting Rights

New Series A stockholders are entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of New Common into which the New Series A shares are convertible as of the record date of the vote. Certain of our actions, including mergers and acquisitions, dissolution, issuance of stock, declaration of dividends, the origination of debt, or amendments to our governing documents, requires the consent of a majority of the New Series A stockholders, and Series B Preferred stockholders, voting as separate classes.

Conversion

Shares of New Series A are convertible at the option of the holder into shares of New Common at any time and without the payment of additional consideration. All outstanding shares of New Series A will automatically convert into shares of New Common immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering of stock in which aggregate gross proceeds from the offering exceed $75.0 million. Each share of New Series A will convert into the number of shares of New Common determined by dividing the original issuance price by the conversion price (“New Series A Conversion Price”). The initial New Series A Conversion Price was $10.00 per share. On June 14, 2013, in conjunction with a nine-for-one forward split of our New Common shares, we amended our Certificate of Incorporation and adjusted the New Series A Conversion Price to $1.11111111 per share. The New Series A Conversion Price will be further adjusted if we issue additional shares of our capital stock and the consideration per share is

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

less than the New Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of the additional shares.

Redemption

In the event of certain capital transactions deemed to be liquidation events, the New Series A stockholders may require the redemption of all outstanding New Series A shares, subject to and following payment in full of the amounts payable to Series B Preferred and Series B-1 stockholders. In the event that the available proceeds from a liquidation event, or other available funds, are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of New Series A, we shall redeem a pro rata portion of each stockholder’s New Series A and we shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as adequate funds are available.

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Dividend Preferences

In the event we declare a dividend, the Series B Preferred stockholders are entitled to receive dividends for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred on a pari passu basis with other stockholders, plus additional dividends equal to the declared dividend (the “Additional Dividends”). The Additional Dividends will be payable until such time as the Series B Preferred stockholders have been paid cumulative Additional Dividends in an aggregate amount equal to two fifths (0.40) times the original issue price of the Series B Preferred shares.

Liquidation Preferences

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of Series B Preferred shares, along with holders of Series B-1 shares, will be paid out of the assets available before distribution or any payment is made to holders of New Series A or New Common. The liquidation preference is the greater of (1) a per share amount equal to one and two fifths (1.4) times the original issue price per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, less any Series B Preferred Additional Dividends previously paid, or (2) the amount that would have been paid had all the preferred stockholders been converted into New Common.

Voting Rights

Series B Preferred stockholders are entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of New Common into which the Series B Preferred shares are convertible as of the record date of the vote. Certain actions of us, including mergers and acquisitions, dissolution, issuance of stock, declaration of dividends, the origination of debt, or amendments to our governing documents, requires the consent of a majority of the New Series A stockholders, and Series B Preferred stockholders, voting as separate classes.

Conversion

Shares of Series B Preferred are convertible at the option of the holder into shares of New Common at any time and without the payment of additional consideration. All outstanding shares of Series B Preferred shall be converted automatically into New Common immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering of stock in which aggregate gross proceeds from the offering exceed $75.0

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

million. Each share of Series B Preferred will convert into the number of shares of New Common determined by dividing the original issuance price by the conversion price (“Series B Preferred Conversion Price”). In the event Series B Preferred is converted to New Common in connection with an initial public offering of our stock, the number of New Common shares to be issued depends in part on the initial public offering price of our common stock (the “IPO Price”). If our IPO Price is less than the Series B Preferred per share liquidation preference, or $11.74, then the number of common shares issued upon conversion will be determined using a conversion price equal to the Series B Preferred Conversion Price multiplied by a fraction equal to the IPO Price divided by the Series B Preferred liquidation preference per share (the “IPO Conversion Price”). The initial Series B Preferred Conversion Price was $75.44 per share. On June 14, 2013, in conjunction with a nine-for-one forward split of the New Common, we amended our Certificate of Incorporation and adjusted the Series B Preferred Conversion Price to $8.38222222 per share. The Series B Preferred Conversion Price will be further adjusted if we issue additional shares of our capital stock and the consideration per share is less than the Series B Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of the additional shares.

Redemption

In the event of certain capital transactions deemed to be liquidation events, the Series B Preferred stockholders may require the redemption of all outstanding Series B Preferred shares. In the event that the available proceeds from a liquidation event, or other available funds, are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred, we shall redeem a pro rata portion of each stockholder’s Series B Preferred shares along with a pro rata portion of each stockholder’s Series B-1 shares, on a pari passu basis, and we shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as adequate funds are available.

Series B-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Dividend Preferences

In the event we declare a dividend, the Series B-1 stockholders are entitled to receive dividends for each outstanding share of Series B-1 on a pari passu basis with other stockholders, plus Additional Dividends equal to the declared dividend. The Additional Dividends will be payable until such time the Series B-1 stockholders have been paid cumulative Additional Dividends in an aggregate amount equal to two fifths (0.40) times the original issue price of the Series B-1 shares.

Liquidation Preferences

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of Series B-1 shares, along with holders of Series B Preferred shares, will be paid out of the assets available before distribution or any payment is made to holders of New Series A or New Common. The liquidation preference is the greater of (1) a per share amount equal to one and two fifths (1.4) times the original issue price per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, less any Series B-1 Additional Dividends previously paid, or (2) the amount that would have been paid had all the preferred stockholders been converted into New Common.

Conversion

Shares of Series B-1 are convertible at the option of the holder into shares of New Common at any time and without the payment of additional consideration. All outstanding shares of Series B-1 shall be

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

converted automatically into New Common immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering of stock in which aggregate gross proceeds from the offering exceed $75.0 million. Each share of Series B-1 will convert into the number of shares of New Common determined by dividing the original issuance price by the conversion price (“Series B-1 Conversion Price”). In the event Series B-1 is converted to New Common in connection with an initial public offering of our stock, the number of New Common shares to be issued depends in part on the initial public offering price of our common stock (the “IPO Price”). If our IPO Price is less than the Series B-1 per share liquidation preference, or $11.74, then the number of common shares issued upon conversion will be determined using a conversion price equal to the Series B-1 Conversion Price multiplied by a fraction equal to the IPO Price divided by the Series B-1 liquidation preference per share (the “IPO Conversion Price”). The initial Series B-1 Conversion Price was $75.44 per share. On June 14, 2013, in conjunction with a nine-for-one forward split of the New Common, we amended our Certificate of Incorporation and adjusted the Series B-1 Conversion Price to $8.38222222 per share. The Series B-1 Conversion Price will be further adjusted if we issue additional shares of our capital stock and the consideration per share is less than the Series B-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of the additional shares.

Redemption

In the event of certain capital transactions deemed to be liquidation events, the Series B-1 stockholders may require the redemption of all outstanding Series B-1 shares. In the event that the available proceeds from a liquidation event, or other available funds, are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series B-1 stock, we shall redeem a pro rata portion of each shareholder’s Series B-1 shares along with a pro rata portion of each stockholder’s Series B Preferred shares, on a pari passu basis, and we shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as adequate funds are available.

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, designated common stock and preferred stock. The Company is authorized to issue 106,991,090 total shares, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of common stock and 6,991,090 shares of preferred stock. At December 31, 2014, the Company had reserved authorized shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:

 

  Shares of
Common Stock
 

Conversion of New Series A Preferred

  17,984,313   

Conversion of Series B Preferred

  16,287,165   

Conversion of Series B-1 Preferred

  746,406   

Outstanding common stock warrants

  118,881   

Outstanding stock options

  3,345,993   

Possible future issuances under stock option plan

  620,213   
  

 

 

 

Total common shares reserved for future issuance

  39,102,971   
  

 

 

 

Dividends

On June 12, 2012, we declared a dividend of $0.26 per common share and $2.33 per preferred share payable to all common and preferred stockholders of record on June 12, 2012. The total dividend amount of $8.6 million was paid on June 14, 2012.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

We declared and paid two dividends in 2011. On October 28, 2011, we declared a dividend of $0.31 per common share and $2.76 per preferred share payable to all stockholders of record on November 9, 2011, which was paid on November 14, 2011. On December 20, 2011, we declared a dividend of $0.29 per common share and $2.65 per preferred share to all stockholders of record on December 22, 2011, which was paid on December 23, 2011. The Old Series A stockholders waived their right as it related to this dividend to receive payment of their cumulative accrued unpaid dividends and as such, common stockholders and Old Series A stockholders participated in each of the dividends on an equal per share basis and the cumulative unpaid dividend on New Series A remains outstanding and continues to accrue.

9-for-1 Stock Split

On June 14, 2013, we amended our Certificate of Incorporation increasing the number of authorized shares of New Common from 10,000,000 to 100,000,000, adjusting the conversion price of our New Series A to $1.11111111 per share, and adjusting the conversion price of our Series B Preferred and Series B-1 to $8.38222222 per share. Additionally, our board of directors approved a nine-for-one New Common stock split in which each share of New Common outstanding was split into nine shares of common stock, and the exercise price of each stock option issued and outstanding under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (see Note 18) was adjusted to reflect the effect of the nine-for-one stock split. All numbers of common shares and per common share data in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split for all periods presented.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the holders of common stock are entitled to the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution after the payment of the full liquidation preference for all series of outstanding preferred stock.

Dividends and Voting Rights

The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends if and when declared by the Company, but not until all dividends on preferred stock have been either (i) paid or (ii) declared and the Company has set aside funds to pay those dividends declared. Holders of common stock have the right to one vote per share.

Note 18. Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Options

We issue stock options through our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Incentive Plan”), under which stock options may be granted to our officers, directors, key employees, consultants and other persons performing services for us. Stock options have been granted at exercise prices as determined by the board of directors to officers and employees of the Company. These stock options generally vest over a five year period and each option, if not exercised or terminated, expires on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. In December 2014, our Incentive Plan was revised to increase the maximum number of shares issuable under the plan from 7,203,024 to 7,537,490. Of this amount, 620,213 shares were available to be issued under the Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2014.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

The Incentive Plan allows for the granting of options that may be exercised before the options have vested. Unvested shares issued as a result of early exercise are subject to repurchase by us upon termination of employment or services at the original exercise price. The proceeds from the early exercise of stock options are initially recorded as a current liability and are reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital as the awards vest and our repurchase right lapses. As of December 31, 2013, there were no such unvested shares of common stock outstanding subject to our right of repurchase. As of December 31, 2014, there were 209,372 unvested shares of common stock outstanding subject to our right of repurchase. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we did not repurchase any unvested shares of common stock related to early exercised stock options in connection with employee terminations. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, we recorded $0 and $0.7 million in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets for the proceeds from the early exercise of the unvested stock options.

We account for stock-based compensation awards based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. We recognize stock-based compensation expense using the accelerated attribution method, net of estimated forfeitures, in which compensation cost for each vesting tranche in an award is recognized ratably from the service inception date to the vesting date for that tranche.

The following table summarizes the components of non-cash stock-based compensation expense (in thousands):

 

  Year Ended December 31,  
  2012   2013   2014  

Stock options

  $                 310        $ 787        $             3,181     

Repurchase of common stock from employees

  1,449                      —        —     

Common stock subscription

  —        54        86     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity based compensation expense

  $ 1,759        $ 841        $ 3,267     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax benefit recognized

  $ 511        $ 160        $ 782     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense is included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

  Year Ended December 31,  
  2012   2013   2014  

Stock-based compensation expense data:

Sales and marketing

  $ 196        $ 102        $ 338     

General and administrative

  418        495        1,862     

Research and development

  1,145        244        1,067     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $         1,759        $       841        $         3,267     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We value our stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected term, expected stock price volatility and dividend yield. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected term of our stock options. The expected term represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be

 

F-45


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

outstanding and is based on the “simplified method.” Under the “simplified method,” the expected term of an option is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. We use the “simplified method” due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected term of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected term of the stock options. We paid approximately $8.6 million in dividends to holders of Old Series A and Old Common in 2012. The dividends declared and paid in 2012 were in anticipation of the sale of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series B Preferred”), which we completed in July 2012 (see Note 17). Subsequent to the sale of Series B Preferred, we have not declared, or paid, nor do we intend to pay a cash dividend. As such, we assume that the dividend rate is zero.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted for the years ended December 31:

 

              2012                         2013                           2014               

Volatility

53.2% - 54.7% 44.1% - 47.6% 47.2% - 49.6%

Expected term

6.3 years 3.3 years - 6.3 years 4.0 years - 5.7 years

Risk-free interest rate

0.8% - 0.9% 0.9% - 1.9% 1.4% - 1.9%

Dividend rate

0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2014:

  Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average Exercise
Price Per Share
  Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

  4,325,743       $    2.11       7.7         $21,929    

Granted

  266,800       8.35    

Exercised

  (1,167,571)      1.80       7,253    

Forfeited

  (67,815)      3.71    

Cancelled

  (11,164)      2.08    

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

      3,345,993       $    2.68       7.0         $27,725    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014

  3,302,304       $    2.66                           7.0         $27,440    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

  1,722,732       $    1.23       5.6         $16,782    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value for our stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 was $1.29, $4.02, and $4.20, respectively. The total fair value of stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 was $0.2 million, $0.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 was $1.5 million, $0.7 million and $7.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, the total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet recognized was $3.1 million, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.

Warrants

In 2010, we issued performance-based warrants to two of our executive officers that gives these individuals the right to purchase up to 841,896 shares of our common stock in the aggregate if certain performance targets and market conditions are achieved. In 2012, we issued an additional performance-based warrant to an executive officer that gives that executive officer the right to purchase up to 27,000 shares of our common stock if certain performance targets and market conditions are achieved.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

The first performance-based warrant for 750,015 shares of our common stock has an initial exercise price of $0.001 per share and two separate tranches of shares become exercisable upon the occurrence of a triggering event, which is defined as: (1) a change in control event that results in any person or entity (other than our stockholders immediately prior to the transaction) owning more than 50% of the combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, (2) a sale of substantially all of our assets, (3) an initial public offering, or (4) a liquidation or other dissolution of the Company. Upon the occurrence of a triggering event, the number of shares that become exercisable under the warrant is determined by the amount of cash consideration received by ABS Capital Partners, one of our stockholders, as a result of such triggering event. On July 11, 2012, we modified the terms of the performance-based warrant to provide for a $3.1 million cash payment in the event that a triggering event has not occurred on or before January 3, 2013. We considered this to be an equity to cash-settled liability modification and recorded $3.1 million in compensation expense, included within general and administrative expense, on the modification date. The award was settled for $3.1 million on January 3, 2013.

The second performance-based warrant for 91,881 shares of our common stock has an exercise price of $0.41 per share and becomes exercisable if there is a change in control of the Company or if we complete an initial public offering. If the warrant becomes exercisable, the number of shares that become exercisable is based upon the achievement of certain minimum annual revenue targets, not to exceed a maximum of 91,881 shares.

The third performance-based warrant for 27,000 shares of our common stock has an exercise price of $3.89 per share and becomes exercisable if there is a change in control of the Company or if we complete an initial public offering. If the warrant becomes exercisable, the number of shares that become exercisable is based upon the achievement of certain minimum annual revenue and EBITDA targets, not to exceed a maximum of 27,000 shares.

As of December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, none of the warrants which remained outstanding were exercisable as the performance requirements had not been met. In the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded $3.1 million, which is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations, related to a warrant termination payment that was paid to an executive officer in January 2013. We did not record expense associated with the performance-based warrants during the years ended December 31, 2013, and 2014.

Sale of Common Stock Subscriptions

On May 22, 2013, we sold 238,500 shares of our common stock to one of our executive officers for $0.7 million, or $2.95 per share, an amount below fair value. Under the terms of the sale, we have the right to repurchase all of the shares for $2.95 per share if the executive officer’s employment with us is terminated prior to April 2, 2017. The excess of the fair value over the sale price is recorded to stock-based compensation expense over the vesting period. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we recognized less than $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million in general and administrative expense in our consolidated statement of operations.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Note 19. Segment Information

We have two reportable segments:

 

    Alarm.com segment

 

    Other segment

Our chief operating decision maker is the chief executive officer. Management determined that the operational data used by the chief operating decision maker is that of the two reportable segments. Management bases strategic goals and decisions on these segments and the data presented below is used to measure financial results. Our Alarm.com segment represents our cloud-based platform for the connected home and related solutions. Our Alarm.com segment also includes the results of Horizon Analog, a research company that focuses on cost-effective collection and analysis of data relating energy usage and consumer behavior and energy disaggregation and Secure-i, a commercial video as a service provider, both of which were acquired in December 2014 (see Note 6). This segment contributed 99% of our revenue in 2012, 2013 and 2014. Our Other segment includes the results of EnergyHub, an energy efficiency and demand response service provider which we acquired in May 2013, as well as start-up initiatives focused on researching and developing home and commercial automation, energy management and independent living products and services in adjacent markets.

Management evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on operating income on a pre-tax basis. The reportable segment operational data is presented in the table below as of and for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

Segment Information Year Ended December 31, 2012  
  Alarm.com   Other   Total  

Revenue

  $ 96,372        $ 103        $ 96,475     

Operating income / (loss)

  19,489        (2,973)       16,516     

Total assets

  84,165        3,380        87,545     
  Year Ended December 31, 2013  
  Alarm.com   Other   Total  

Revenue

  $ 129,014        $ 1,208        $ 130,222     

Operating income / (loss)

  19,685        (12,261)       7,424     

Total assets

  89,334        9,553        99,487     
  Year Ended December 31, 2014  
  Alarm.com   Other   Total  

Revenue

  $ 164,957        $ 2,355       $ 167,312     

Operating income / (loss)

  34,117        (13,117)      21,000     

Total assets

  108,935        11,997       120,932     

We derived substantially all revenue from the United States for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014. Substantially all our long lived assets were in the United States as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Note 20. Earnings Per Share

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share

The components of basic and diluted EPS are as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

  Year Ended December 31,  
  2012   2013   2014  

Net income

  $ 8,929        $ 4,524        $ 13,502     

Less: dividends paid on participating securities

  (8,182)       —        —     

Less: cumulative dividends on participating securities

  (1,855)       —        —     

Less: deemed dividend to participating securities upon recapitalization

  (138,727)       —        —     

Less: income allocated to participating securities

  —        (4,402)        (12,939)     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders (A)

  $ (139,835)       $ 122        $ 563     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic (B)

     1,288,162           1,443,469          2,276,694     

Dilutive effect of stock options

  —        1,351,876        1,613,427     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted (C)

  1,288,162        2,795,345        3,890,121     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

Basic (A/B)

  $ (108.55)       $ 0.08        $ 0.25     

Diluted (A/C)

  $ (108.55)       $ 0.04        $ 0.14     

Diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for the year ended December 31, 2012 because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive due to our net loss attributable to common stockholders. The following securities have been excluded from the calculation of diluted weighted average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive:

 

  Year Ended December 31,  
          2012                   2013                   2014          

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

Series A

  1,998,257       1,998,257       1,998,257    

Series B

  1,809,685       1,809,685       1,809,685    

Series B-1

  82,934       82,934       82,934    

Stock options

  3,198,951       1,908,630       219,400    

Common stock subject to repurchase

  —       —       209,372    

 

F-50


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Pro Forma Net Income Per Share (unaudited)

The denominator used in computing pro forma net income per share for the year ended December 31, 2014 has been adjusted to assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock as of the beginning of the year or at the time of issuance, if later.

 

  Year Ended December 31, 2014  
          Basic                   Diluted          

Numerator (in thousands):

Net income

  $ 13,502        $ 13,502     

Less: Income allocated to participating securities

  (110)       (110)    
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 13,392        $ 13,392     
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

Weighted average common shares outstanding

  2,276,694        3,890,121     

Plus: Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

  35,017,884        35,017,884     
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common stock outstanding

    37,294,578        38,908,005     
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share

  $ 0.36        $ 0.34     
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

The 209,372 shares of common stock subject to repurchase and 219,400 stock options were excluded from the calculation of pro forma diluted weighted average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

Note 21. Other Comprehensive Income

The table below presents the tax effects related to other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassifications made to the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

  Unrealized
gain and
realized loss
on available
for sale
security
 

Balance January 1, 2012

  $ —     
  

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

  —     
  

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2012

  —     

Net current period other comprehensive income:

Increase (decrease)

  92     

Income tax impact

  (36)    
  

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

  56     

Balance December 31, 2013

  56     

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications:

Increase (decrease)

  (30)    

Income tax impact

  11     
  

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of income taxes

  (19)    

Amounts reclassified to other income / (expense), net:

Increase (decrease)

  (62)    

Income tax impact

  25     
  

 

 

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

  (37)    
  

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

                  (56)    
  

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2014

  $ —     
  

 

 

 

Note 22. Related Party Transactions

Our installation partner, in which we have a 48.2% ownership interest, performs installation services for security dealers and also provides installation services for us and certain of our subsidiaries. We account for this investment using the equity method (see Note 5). During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 we recorded $0, $0 and $0.3 million of cost of hardware and other revenue in connection with this installation partner and, as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 the accounts payable balance was $0 and $0.1 million. In September 2014, we loaned $315,000 to our installation partner under a secured promissory note that accrues interest at 8.0%. Interest is payable monthly with the entire principal balance plus accrued but unpaid interest due at maturity in September 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded $7,000 of interest income related to this note receivable.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

One of our executive officers exercised options in December 2013. We calculate and process the employee income tax and withholding through our normal payroll process and subsequently receive payment from the employee for tax. There was $0.1 million outstanding as of December 31, 2013 because of the timing of the processing. We subsequently received the tax owed to us by the executive officer.

Note 23. Subsequent Events

We evaluated subsequent events through April 23, 2015, the date on which our financial statements were issued.

On March 13, 2015, we executed an Asset Purchase Agreement for certain assets of HiValley Technologies, Inc. that constitute a business, a provider of a comprehensive web-based customer and lead management system called SecurityTrax created exclusively for security system dealers. The consideration included $5.6 million cash paid at closing and $0.4 million to be paid and contingent consideration with a maximum value of $2.0 million that will be subject to fair value measurement. The amount of contingent consideration paid will be determined by revenues and EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2017. We have determined that the acquisition will be accounted for as a business combination under ASC Topic 805. The purchase price will be allocated to the tangible net assets and the intangible assets, including those identified during the acquisition accounting such as customer relationships, developed technology, non-compete agreements, trade name and goodwill. The initial accounting for the business combination is not yet complete. The agreement also contains $2.0 million in potential payments associated with the continued employment of key employees through March 31, 2018 that will be accounted for as post-combination compensation expense.

As of April 23, 2015 we utilized letters of credit under our 2014 Facility for our manufacturing partners in the amount of $2.4 million.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2014      2015  

Revenue:

     

SaaS and license revenue

     $ 25,204           $ 31,955     

Hardware and other revenue

     11,647           14,056     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

  36,851        46,011     

Cost of revenue: (1)

Cost of SaaS and license revenue

  5,008        6,033     

Cost of hardware and other revenue

  8,993        10,776     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  14,001        16,809     

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing

  5,096        7,916     

General and administrative

  5,220        7,070     

Research and development

  4,610        7,752     

Amortization and depreciation

  806        1,338     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  15,732        24,076     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

  7,118        5,126     

Interest expense

  (58)       (42)    

Other income / (expense), net

  10        7     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

  7,070        5,091     

Provision for income taxes

  2,797        2,050     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

  4,273        3,041     

Income allocated to participating securities

  (4,125)       (2,895)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 148        $ 146     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per share information attributable to common stockholders:

Net income per share:

Basic

  $ 0.08        $ 0.06     

Diluted

  $ 0.04        $ 0.04     

Pro forma:

Basic

  $ 0.08     

Diluted

  $ 0.08     

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

  1,869,370        2,636,813     

Diluted

  3,467,288        4,172,787     

Pro forma:

Basic

  37,654,697     

Diluted

  39,190,671     

 

 

  (1) Exclusive of amortization and depreciation shown below.

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2014      2015  

Net income

     $ 4,273           $ 3,041     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

Change in unrealized gains on marketable securities

  32        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $     4,305        $     3,041     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

  As of December 31,   As of March 31,  
  2014   2015   2015  
          Pro forma
(Note 2)
 

Assets

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 42,572        $ 39,189        $ 39,189     

Accounts receivable, net

  17,259        16,790        16,790     

Inventory

  6,852        7,893        7,893     

Deferred tax assets

  3,242        3,575        3,575     

Other current assets

  1,919        3,201        3,201     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

  71,844        70,648        70,648     

Property and equipment, net

  8,130        8,278        8,278     

Intangible assets, net

  5,092        8,006        8,006     

Goodwill

  21,374        24,702        24,702     

Deferred tax assets

  5,121        5,672        5,672     

Other assets

  9,371        9,425        9,425     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 120,932        $     126,731        $     126,731     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $ 15,233        $ 17,669        $ 17,669     

Accrued compensation

  5,816        3,987        3,987     

Deferred revenue

  1,699        1,847        1,847     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  22,748        23,503        23,503     

Deferred revenue

  9,202        9,315        9,315     

Long-term debt

  6,700        6,700        6,700     

Other liabilities

  1,670        3,012        3,012     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

  40,320        42,530        42,530     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 1,809,685 shares authorized, 1,809,685 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 and no shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2015 pro forma, liquidation preference of $191,132 as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

  136,523        136,523        —     

Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 1,669,680 shares authorized, 82,934 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 and no shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2015 pro forma, liquidation preference of $8,759 as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

  6,265        6,265        —     

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 3,511,725 shares authorized, 1,998,257 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 and no shares issued and outstanding as March 31, 2015 pro forma, liquidation preference of $24,309 and $24,788 as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

  59,668        59,668        —     

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 2,823,816, 2,828,556 and 37,846,440 shares issued as of December 31, 2014, March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2015 pro forma and 2,614,444, 2,653,802 and 37,671,686 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014, March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2015 pro forma.

  26        27        377     

Additional paid-in capital

  7,168        7,715        209,821     

Treasury stock (35,523 shares at cost of $1.20 per share)

  (42)       (42)       (42)    

Accumulated other comprehensive income

  —        —        —     

Accumulated deficit

  (128,996)       (125,955)       (125,955)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

  (121,844)       (118,255)       84,201     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

    $ 120,932          $ 126,731          $ 126,731     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2014     2015  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

     $ 4,273        $ 3,041   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

    

Provision for doubtful accounts

     186        288   

Reserve for product returns

     434        380   

Amortization on patent

     50        50   

Amortization and depreciation

     806        1,338   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     —          28   

Deferred income taxes

     (369     (883

Undistributed losses from equity investees

     90        53   

Stock-based compensation

     788        561   

Other, net

     (29     —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities (net of business acquisitions):

    

Accounts receivable

     632        (186

Inventory

     19        (1,041

Other assets

     (331     (1,242

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (630     369   

Deferred revenue

     297        254   

Other liabilities

     (280     453   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

  5,936      3,463   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities:

Business acquisition, net of cash acquired

  —        (5,612

Additions to property and equipment

  (611   (1,026

Issuances of notes receivable

  (115   (98
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities

  (726   (6,736
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from / (used in) financing activities

Repayments of term loan

  (500   —     

Payments of deferred offering costs

  —        (138

Repurchases of common stock

  (3   —     

Proceeds from early exercise of stock-based awards

  1,480      9   

Issuances of common stock from equity based plans

  402      12   

Tax windfall benefit from stock-based awards

  691      7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from / (used in) financing activities

  2,070      (110
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  7,280      (3,383

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

      33,583          42,572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

  $ 40,863      $ 39,189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

Cash not yet paid for business acquisitions

  $ —        $ 834   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contingent liability from business acquisition

  $ —        $ 700   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $ —        $ 555   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Equity

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

 

  New
Common Stock
  Additional
Paid-In-
Capital
  Treasury
Stock
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit) Equity
 
  Shares   Amount  

Balance, January 1, 2015

    2,614        $ 26        $ 7,168        $ (42)       $ (128,996)       $ (121,844)    

Common stock issued in connection with equity based plans

    4          —          12          —          —          12     

Vesting of common stock subject to repurchase

    36          1          129          —          —          130     

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          561          —          —          561     

Tax expense from stock-based awards, net

    —          —          (155)         —          —          (155)    

Net income

    —          —          —          —          3,041          3,041     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2015

    2,654        $ 27        $ 7,715        $ (42)       $ (125,955)       $ (118,255)    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-58


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

Note 1. Company Overview

Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. (referred herein as “Alarm.com”, the “Company”, or “we”) is a cloud-based software platform solution for the connected home. Our multi-tenant software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) platform allows home and business owners to intelligently secure and manage their properties and remotely interact with a broad array of connected devices through a single, intuitive interface. Our solution is delivered through an established network of thousands of authorized and licensed service providers. Our four primary solutions are interactive security, intelligent automation, video monitoring and energy management, which can be used individually or integrated into a single user interface. We derive revenue from the sale of our software-as-a-service over our integrated platform, hardware, activation fees and other revenue. Our fiscal year ends on December 31st.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts and results of operations of the Company and its majority owned and controlled subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by GAAP for annual financial statements. They should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2014. The condensed balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 was derived from our audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP.

In the opinion of management, these condensed consolidated financial statements include all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations, financial position and cash flows. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that can be expected for the entire fiscal year ending December 31, 2015.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Our estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated based on available information and experience. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used when accounting for revenue recognition, allowances for doubtful accounts receivable, allowance for hardware returns, estimates of obsolete inventory, long-term incentive compensation, stock-based compensation, income taxes, legal reserves, contingent consideration, goodwill and intangible assets.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

In the event that an initial public offering of our common stock, or IPO, is completed in which aggregate gross proceeds from the offering exceed $75.0 million, all shares of the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock.

The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity as of March 31, 2015 and the unaudited pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended March 31, 2015 give effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 35,017,884 shares of common stock upon the completion of the IPO priced at or above $11.74 per share as of January 1, 2014 or at the time of issuance, if later.

The pro forma information does not give effect to any proceeds from a qualifying initial public offering of our common stock.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Service Providers

The financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consists principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivables. All of our cash and cash equivalents are held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. Our cash and cash equivalent accounts may exceed federally issued limits at times. We have not experienced any losses on cash and cash equivalents to date. To manage accounts receivable risk, we evaluate the credit worthiness of our service providers and maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts. The majority of our accounts receivable balance is made up of our service providers in North America. We assess the concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivables based on one industry and geographic region and feel that our reserve for uncollectible accounts is appropriate based on our history and this concentration.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, our 10 largest revenue service providers accounted for approximately 67.5% and 63.0% of our revenue. Three of our service providers individually represented greater than 10% but not more than 20% of our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2014. One service provider individually represented greater than 15% but not more than 20% of our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Trade accounts receivable from three service providers totaled $3.1 million, $2.7 million and $1.1 million, as of December 31, 2014. No other individual service provider represented more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2014. Trade accounts receivable from two service providers totaled $2.6 million and $2.3 million, as of March 31, 2015. No other individual service provider represented more than 10% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2015.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Adopted

On April 10, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, “ Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity,” which amends the definition of a discontinued operation in ASC 205-20 and requires entities to provide additional disclosures about discontinued operations as well as disposal transactions that do not meet the discontinued operations criteria. The guidance narrowed the definition of a discontinued operations for disposal of a component or group of

 

F-60


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

components that represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major impact on an entity’s operations or financial results. The guidance also expands the scope to include equity method investments and businesses, that upon initial acquisition, qualify as held for sale. The expanded disclosure requirements include statement of financial position and statement of cash flows disclosures for all comparative periods. The ASU is effective prospectively for all disposals (or classifications as held for sale) in periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014 with early adoption permitted. We adopted this pronouncement in the first quarter of 2015, and it did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Not yet adopted

On April 15, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05, “ Intangibles Goodwill and Other — Internal- Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid i n a Cloud Computing Arrangement, which clarifies the accounting for fees paid by a customer in a cloud computing arrangement by providing guidance as to whether an arrangement includes the sale or license of software. The amendment requires a customer to determine whether a cloud computing arrangement contains a software license. If the arrangement contains a software license, the customer would account for the fees related to the software license element in a manner consistent with how the acquisition of other software licenses is accounted for under ASC 350-40; if the arrangement does not contain a software license, the customer would account for the arrangement as a service contract. The guidance will not change GAAP for a customer’s accounting for service contracts. The amendment is effective for annual periods, including periods within those annual periods beginning after December 31, 2015 with early adoption permitted. We can elect to adopt the amendments either prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date or retrospectively. We are required to adopt this pronouncement in the first quarter of 2016 and we are currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement on our financial statements.

On April 8, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “ Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs,” which requires debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the associated debt liability, consistent with the presentation of a debt discount. The guidance in the new standard is limited to the presentation of debt issuance costs. The ASU is effective retrospectively for the presentation of debt issuance costs in periods beginning after December 15, 2015 with early adoption permitted. We are required to adopt this pronouncement in the first quarter of 2016 and we do not anticipate that adoption of the pronouncement will have a material impact on our financial statements.

On February 18, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, “ Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis,” which requires an entity to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. The amendment modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are VIEs or voting interest entities. The amendment eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership. The amendment affects the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships. The amendment also provides a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities that comply with the requirements for registered money market funds. We are required to adopt ASU 2015-02 in the first quarter of 2016 and we do not anticipate that adoption of the pronouncement will have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

On August 27, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-4 0),” which requires management to perform interim and annual assessments regarding conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related disclosures, if applicable. We are required to adopt ASU 2014-15 in the first quarter of 2017, with early adoption permitted. We do not anticipate that the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on our financial statements.

On June 19, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, “ Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718),” which affects any entity that grants its employees share-based payments in which the terms of the award stipulate that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. The amendments require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. If the performance target becomes probable of being achieved before the end of the requisite service period, the remaining unrecognized compensation cost should be recognized prospectively over the remaining requisite service period. We are required to adopt ASU 2014-12 in the first quarter of 2016 and the adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on our financial statements.

On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” which affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The guidance supersedes the revenue recognition guidance in Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition” , and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. The guidance also supersedes some cost guidance included in Subtopic 605-35, “ Revenue Recognition — Contract-Type and Production-Type Contracts” . On April 1, 2015, the FASB voted to propose to defer the effective date of the pronouncement by one year. ASU 2014-9, as amended, is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016, or December 31, 2017, if deferred. An entity is required to apply the amendments using one of the following two methods: i) retrospectively to each prior period presented with three possible expedients: a) for completed contracts that begin and end in the same reporting period no restatement is required; b) for completed contract with variable consideration an entity may use the transaction price at completion rather than restating estimated variable consideration amounts in comparable reporting periods; and c) for comparable reporting periods before date of initial application reduced disclosure requirements related to transaction price; ii) retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the amendment recognized at the date of initial application with additional disclosures for the differences of the prior guidance to the reporting periods compared to the new guidance and an explanation of the reasons for significant changes. We are required to adopt ASU 2014-09 in the first quarter of 2017, or in the first quarter of 2018, if deferred, and we are currently assessing the impact of this pronouncement on our financial statements.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

Note 3. Accounts Receivable, Net

The components of accounts receivable are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2014      March 31, 2015  

Accounts receivable

     $ 20,494           $ 20,409     

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (1,397)          (1,716)    

Allowance for product returns

     (1,838)          (1,903)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

  $ 17,259        $ 16,790     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For each of the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, we recorded a $0.4 million reserve for product returns in our hardware and other revenue. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, we recorded a $0.2 million and a $0.3 million provision for doubtful accounts receivable. Historically, we have not experienced write-offs for uncollectible accounts or sales returns that have differed significantly from our estimates.

Note 4. Inventory

The components of inventory are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2014      March 31, 2015  

Raw materials

       $ 3,371             $ 3,825     

Finished goods

     3,481           4,068    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventory

    $ 6,852          $     7,893     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no adjustments necessary to record inventory at net realizable value for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.

Note 5. Acquisitions

SecurityTrax Acquisition

On March 13, 2015, in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement, we completed our purchase of certain assets of HiValley Technology, Inc., (“SecurityTrax”) that constituted a business. SecurityTrax is a provider of SaaS-based, customer relationship management software tailored for security system dealers. The consideration included $5.6 million cash paid at closing and $0.4 million of cash not yet paid and established a contingent liability of $0.7 million for earn out considerations to be paid to the former owners. The agreement also contains $2.0 million in potential payments associated with the continued employment of key employees through March 31, 2018 that will be accounted for as compensation expense over the period. We included the results of SecurityTrax’s operations since its acquisition date, which were immaterial, in the Alarm.com segment (see Note 16).

 

F-63


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

The table below sets forth the consideration paid to SecurityTrax’s sellers and the estimated fair value of the tangible and intangible net assets acquired (in thousands):

 

     2015  

Calculation of Consideration:

  

Cash paid, net of working capital adjustment

       $ 5,612     

Cash not yet paid

     400     

Contingent consideration liability

     700     
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

    $ 6,712     
  

 

 

 

Estimated Tangible and Intangible Net Assets:

Current assets

    $ 14     

Customer relationships

  1,699     

Developed technology

  1,407     

Trade name

  271     

Current liabilities

  (7)    

Goodwill

      3,328     
  

 

 

 

Total estimated tangible and intangible net assets

    $ 6,712     
  

 

 

 

Goodwill of $3.3 million reflects the value of acquired workforce and expected synergies from pairing SecurityTrax solutions to security service providers with our offerings. The goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes. Our estimate of the fair value of intangible net assets was developed using a multi-period excess earnings method for customer relationships, the relief from royalty method for the developed technology, replacement cost method for the developed technology home page and the relief from royalty method for the trade name. The purchase price allocation presented above is preliminary as we are currently in the process of completing fair value estimates for the intangible assets and the contingent consideration liability.

Fair Value of Net Assets Acquired and Intangibles

In accordance with ASC 805, the assets and liabilities of SecurityTrax we acquired were recorded at their respective fair values as of March 13, 2015, the date of the acquisition.

Customer Relationships

The customer relationships intangible was recorded separate from goodwill based on determination of the length, strength and contractual nature of the relationship that SecurityTrax shared with its customers. We valued two groups of customer relationships using the multi-period excess earnings method, an income approach. We used several assumptions in the income approach, including revenue growth, operating expenses, charge for contributory assets, and a 22.5 percent discount rate used to calculate the present value of the cash flows. For the second group of customer relationships, we used the same assumptions in addition to a customer retention rate of 90 percent. The customer relationships, valued at $1.7 million, are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average estimated useful life of 7 years.

Developed Technology

Developed technology recorded separately from goodwill consists of intellectual property such as proprietary software used internally for revenue producing activities. SecurityTrax’s proprietary

 

F-64


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

software is offered for sale on a SaaS hosted basis to customers. The developed technology was valued by applying the relief from royalty method, an income approach. We used several assumptions in the relief from royalty method, which included revenue growth, a market royalty rate of 25 percent and a 22.5 percent discount rate used to the calculate the present value of the cash flows. There was also an additional component of the developed technology that we refer to as the home page that organized customer data and functioned as the billing and administration tool. The home page component was valued by applying the replacement cost model, a cost approach. We used several assumptions in the replacement cost approach, which included analyzing costs that a company would expect to incur in order to recreate an asset of equivalent utility. In addition, there was an adjustment for developer’s profit of 30.4 percent which brought the asset to fair value on an exit-price basis. The developed technology, valued at $1.4 million, is being amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average estimated useful life of 8 years.

Contingent Consideration Liability

The amount of contingent consideration liability to be paid, up to a maximum of $2.0 million, to the former owners will be determined based on revenue and EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2017. We estimated the fair value of the contingent consideration liability by using a Monte Carlo simulation model for determining projected revenue by using an expected distribution of potential outcomes. The fair value of contingent consideration liability is calculated with thousands of projected revenue outcomes, the results of which are averaged and then discounted to estimate the present value. We used several assumptions including an 8.45 percent discount rate and a 7.5% revenue risk adjustment. The contingent consideration, valued at $0.7 million, was recorded as a contingent consideration liability in other liabilities in our condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2015. The liability will be remeasured each reporting date with changes recorded in general and administrative expense until it is paid in the first quarter of 2018.

Secure-i Acquisition

On December 8, 2014, in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement, we completed our purchase of certain assets of Secure-i, Inc. (“Secure-i”) that constituted a business. Secure-i is a provider of internet based remote video hosting services including off-site storage, viewing and management from web-based browsers and mobile applications. Total consideration included $2.6 million in cash and $0.3 million in cash not yet paid. We included the results of Secure-i’s operations since its acquisition date in the Alarm.com segment.

Horizon Analog Acquisition

On December 10, 2014, in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement, we completed our purchase of certain assets of Horizon Analog, Inc. (“Horizon Analog”) that constituted a business. Horizon Analog is a producer of research that focuses on cost-effective collection and analysis of data relating to energy usage and consumer behavior and energy disaggregation. Total consideration included $0.6 million in cash and $0.1 million in cash not yet paid. We recorded less than $0.1 million of property and equipment and $0.7 million of goodwill in connection with the acquisition, which reflects the acquired workforce and synergies expected from combining our operations with those of Horizon Analog. The goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes. We included the results of Horizon Analog’s operations since its acquisition date in the Alarm.com segment.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The following pro forma data is presented as if Secure-i, Horizon Analog and SecurityTrax were included in our historical condensed consolidated statements of operations beginning January 1, 2014. These pro forma results do not necessarily represent what would have occurred if all the business combinations had taken place on January 1, 2014, nor do they represent the results that may occur in the future.

This pro forma financial information includes our historical financial statements and those of our business combinations with the following adjustments: 1) we adjusted for amortization expense assuming the fair value adjustments to intangible assets had been applied beginning January 1, 2014, 2) we adjusted for $0.1 million of transaction costs incurred in 2015 and reclassified them to 2014 and 3) we included adjustments for income taxes associated with these pro forma adjustments. The pro forma adjustments were based on available information and upon assumptions that we believe are reasonable to reflect the impact of these acquisitions on our historical financial information on a supplemental pro forma basis, as follows (in thousands):

 

     Pro forma
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014      2015  

Revenue

   $ 37,241       $ 46,281   

Net income

     4,072         3,004   

Note 6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

The changes in goodwill by operating segment are outlined below for the three months ended March 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Alarm.com      Other      Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2014

     $     21,374           $     —           $     21,374     

Goodwill acquired

     3,328           —           3,328     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2015

  $ 24,702        $ —       $ 24,702     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The $3.3 million of acquired goodwill in the Alarm.com segment was related to the acquisition of SecurityTrax in March 2015. See Note 5 for additional information regarding this acquisition.

There were no impairments of goodwill during the three months ended March 31, 2014 or 2015.

The following table reflects changes in the net carrying amount of the components of intangible assets for the three months ended March 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Customer
Relationships
     Developed
Technology
     Trade Name      Other      Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2014

       $     3,853             $     918             $     94             $     227             $     5,092     

Intangible assets acquired

     1,699           1,407           271           —          3,377     

Amortization

     (246)          (173)          (15)          (29)          (463)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2015

    $ 5,306          $ 2,152          $ 350          $ 198          $ 8,006     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-66


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, we recorded $0.4 million and $0.5 million of amortization related to our intangible assets.

The following tables reflect the weighted average remaining life and carrying value of finite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying

Value
     Weighted-
average
Remaining Life
 

Customer relationships

     $ 8,967           $ (5,114)         $ 3,853          4.4  

Developed technology

     3,983           (3,065)         918          1.6  

Trade name

     643           (549)         94          1.8  

Other

     234           (7)         227          1.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total intangible assets

  $   13,827        $ (8,735)      $ 5,092    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     March 31, 2015  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Value
     Weighted-
average
Remaining Life
 

Customer relationships

     $     10,666          $ (5,360)         $     5,306          5.1  

Developed technology

     5,390          (3,238)         2,152          5.7  

Trade name

     914          (564)         350          5.7  

Other

     234          (36)         198          1.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total intangible assets

  $ 17,204       $ (9,198)      $ 8,006    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

The following table reflects the future estimated amortization expense for intangible assets (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

   Amortization  

2015

   $ 1,665   

2016

     1,726   

2017

     1,400   

2018

     1,329   

2019 and thereafter

     1,886   

Note 7. Investments in Other Entities

Cost Method Investment in Connected Home Service Provider

On September 4, 2012, we purchased 20,000 Series A Convertible Preferred Membership Units of a Brazilian connected home solutions provider for $15.00 per unit, or $0.3 million, for a 12.2% interest on a fully diluted basis in this entity. On June 26, 2013, we entered into an agreement with the same company to purchase 2,667 Series B Convertible Preferred Membership Units at $26.22 per unit, or $0.1 million, which brought our aggregate interest to 12.4% on a fully diluted basis. The entity resells our products and services to residential and commercial customers in Brazil. Based upon the level of equity investment at risk, the connected home service provider is a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”). We

 

F-67


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

do not control the marketing, sales, installation, or customer maintenance functions of the entity and therefore do not direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact its economic performance. We have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of the entity and do not consolidate the connected home services provider. We account for this investment using the cost method. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the fair value of this cost method investment was not estimated as there were no events or changes in circumstances that may have had a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. The $0.4 million investment balance is included in other assets in our condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

Loans to and Investments in an Installation Partner

On November 20, 2013, we paid $1.0 million to purchase 48,190 common units of an installation partner for a 48.2% interest on a fully diluted basis in this entity. The entity performs installation services for security dealers. Based upon the level of equity investment at risk, we determined that the installation partner is not a VIE. We account for this investment under the equity method because we have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the entity. Under the equity method, we recognize our share of the earnings or losses of the installation partner in other income / (expense), net in our condensed consolidated statements of operations in the periods they are reported by the installation partner. The loss in other income / (expense), net was $0.1 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. Our $1.0 million investment, net of equity losses, is included in other assets in our condensed consolidated balance sheets and was $0.4 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

In September 2014, we loaned $315,000 to our installation partner under a secured promissory note that accrues interest at 8.0%. The note receivable is included in other assets in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. Interest is payable monthly with the entire principal balance plus accrued but unpaid interest due at maturity in September 2016. This event did not cause us to reconsider our conclusion that the installation partner has sufficient equity investment at risk and therefore is not a VIE. We continue to account for the investment under the equity method.

Loans to and Investments in a Platform Partner

A platform partner produces connected devices that are integrated into our connected home platform, and we entered into investments to provide capital in order to bring our platform partner’s devices to market and integrate them onto our connected home platform. In the first quarter of 2013, we paid $3.5 million in cash to purchase 3,548,820 shares of our platform partner’s Series A convertible preferred shares, or an 18.7% interest on as-converted and fully diluted basis. In the fourth quarter of 2014, we entered into a Series 1 Preferred Stock purchase agreement with the platform partner and another investor. The other investor invested cash to purchase shares of the platform partner’s Series 1 Preferred Stock. As a result of the purchase, our 3,548,820 shares of Series A convertible preferred shares converted into 3,548,820 shares of common stock, and we hold an 8.6% interest in the platform partner on an as converted and fully diluted basis. In conjunction with the transaction, we received a $2.5 million dividend which we recorded as a return of investment as it was in excess of the accumulated earnings and profits of the investee since the date of the investment. Based upon the level of equity investment at risk, the platform partner is a VIE. We have concluded that we are not the primary beneficiary of the platform partner VIE. We do not control the product

 

F-68


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

design, software development, manufacturing, marketing, or sales functions of the platform partner and, therefore, we do not direct the activities of the platform partner that most significantly impact its economic performance. We continue to conclude that we are not the primary beneficiary of our platform partner and, therefore, we do not consolidate it. We account for this investment under the cost method. As of March 31, 2015, the fair value of this cost method investment was not estimated as there were no events or changes in circumstances that may have had a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, our $1.0 million cost method investment in a platform partner was recorded in other assets in our condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Note 8. Other Assets

Patent Licenses

From time to time, we enter into agreements to license patents. We have $2.3 million in patent licenses related to such agreements, which are being amortized over 11 years, the estimated remaining lives of the United States patents licensed in the agreements from the date we acquired the license. The net balance as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 was $1.5 million and $1.5 million. Amortization expense on patent licenses was $0.1 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and is included in cost of SaaS and license revenue in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.

Loan to a Distribution Partner

On July 25, 2013, we entered into a revolving loan agreement with a distribution partner. The distribution partner is also a service provider with whom we have a standard agreement to resell our connected home service and hardware. We evaluate the credit quality of our distribution partner for purposes of the revolving loan agreement using the same methods that we employ to evaluate its creditworthiness as a service provider, including a credit review at the inception of the arrangement and if risk indicators arise. At the inception of the loan agreement, we determined the credit quality of our distribution partner to be good. No risk indicators have arisen to cause us to change that assessment.

Under the terms of the revolving loan agreement, we agreed to loan our distribution partner up to $2.8 million, with the proceeds of the loan used to finance the creation of new customer accounts that use our products and services. The amount that our distribution partner may draw down on the loan is based on the number of its qualifying new customer accounts created each month. The loan bears interest at a rate of 8.0% per annum, and requires monthly interest payments, with the entire principal balance due on the loan maturity date, July 24, 2018. The balance outstanding under the loan is collateralized by the customer accounts owned by our distribution partner, as well as all of the physical assets and accounts receivable associated with those customer accounts. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, our distribution partner has borrowed $2.0 million and $2.1 million under this loan agreement, and this note receivable is included in other assets on our condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs of $2.8 and $3.1 million, consisting primarily of legal and accounting fees, are included in other assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014

 

F-69


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

and March 31, 2015. Upon the consummation of the IPO, these amounts will be offset against the proceeds of the offering and included in stockholders’ (deficit) equity. If the offering is terminated, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately.

Note 9. Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

The components of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2014      March 31, 2015  

Accounts payable

     $ 11,179          $ 11,539    

Accrued expenses

     1,911          1,877    

Other current liabilities

     2,143          4,253    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $     15,233       $     17,669    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 10. Fair Value Measurements

The following presents our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis as of
December 31, 2014
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market account

     $ 38,578          $         —          $         —          $     38,578    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  $     38,578       $ —        $ —       $ 38,578     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis as of
March 31, 2015
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market account

     $ 33,725          $ —          $ —          $ 33,725    

Liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration liability from acquisition

     —          —          (700)         (700)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  $     33,725        $  —       $ (700)       $ 33,025     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes the change in fair value of the Level 3 liability for the three months ended March 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value
Measurements using
significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)
 

Beginning balance - December 31, 2014

     $                     —     

Obligations assumed

     700     

Transfers

     —     

Payments

     —     

Realized gain / (loss)

     —     

Unrealized gain / (loss)

     —     
  

 

 

 

Ending balance - March 31, 2015

  $ 700   
  

 

 

 

The money market account is included in our cash and cash equivalents in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. The amount of contingent consideration liability to be paid, up to a maximum of $2.0 million, from our acquisition of SecurityTrax in the first quarter of 2015, will be determined based on revenue and EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2017. We estimated the fair value of the contingent consideration liability by using a Monte Carlo simulation model for determining projected revenue by using an expected distribution of potential outcomes. The fair value of contingent consideration liability is calculated with thousands of projected revenue outcomes, the results of which are averaged and then discounted to estimate the present value. The contingent consideration liability will be remeasured each reporting date until payment in first quarter of 2018 with the same valuation approach using our subsidiary’s revenue, an unobservable input, with changes in general and administrative expense. The contingent consideration liability balance is included in our other liabilities in our condensed consolidated balance sheets.

We monitor the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy. Changes in economic conditions or model-based valuation techniques may require the transfer of financial instruments from one fair value level to another. In such instances, the transfer is reported at the beginning of the reporting period. There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. We also monitor the value of the investments for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis. No other-than-temporary impairments occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.

Note 11. Debt, Commitments and Contingencies

The debt, commitments and contingencies described below are currently in effect and would require us, or our subsidiaries, to make payments to third parties under certain circumstances.

Debt

Prior Facility

In December, 2011 we entered into a Loan & Security Agreement with SVB. We borrowed $10.0 million under a term loan (“Prior Facility”) to be repaid in sixty (60) monthly installments of principal and

 

F-71


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

accrued interest. We had the option to prepay the Prior Facility without penalty provided that the Prior Facility had been outstanding two or more years. Absent a prepayment, the Prior Facility would terminate on the date of the last required principal payment, which is December 1, 2016. The facility was extinguished and repaid in May 2014.

2014 Facility

On May 8, 2014, we repaid all of the outstanding principal and interest under our Prior Facility, which was accounted for as an extinguishment of debt, and replaced this facility with a $50.0 million revolving credit facility (the “2014 Facility”) with Silicon Valley Bank, as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders. We utilized $6.7 million under this facility to repay in full our indebtedness under the Prior Facility. The 2014 Facility includes an option to increase the borrowing capacity available under the 2014 Facility to $75.0 million with the consent of the lenders. The 2014 Facility is available to us to finance working capital and certain permitted acquisitions and investments, and is secured by substantially all of our assets, including intellectual property. The principal outstanding under the 2014 Facility is due upon maturity in May 2017.

The outstanding principal balance on the 2014 Facility accrues interest at a rate equal to either (1) the Eurodollar Base Rate, or LIBOR, plus an applicable margin based on our consolidated leverage ratio, or (2) the higher of (a) the Wall Street Journal prime rate and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% plus an applicable margin based on our consolidated leverage ratio, or ABR, at our option. Borrowings under LIBOR rates accrue interest at LIBOR plus 2.25%, LIBOR plus 2.5%, and LIBOR plus 2.75% when our consolidated leverage ratio is less than or equal to 1.00:1.00, greater than or equal to 1.00:1.00 but less than 2.00:1.00, and greater than 2.00:1.00, respectively. Borrowings under ABR rates accrue interest at ABR plus 1.25%, ABR plus 1.5%, and ABR plus 1.75% when our consolidated leverage ratio is less than or equal to 1.00:1.00, greater than or equal to 1.00:1.00 but less than 2.00:1.00, and greater than 2.00:1.00, respectively. The 2014 Facility also carries an unused line commitment fee of 0.20% to 0.25% depending on our consolidated leverage ratio. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the effective interest rate on the 2014 Facility was 2.47%. The carrying value of 2014 Facility was $6.7 million at March 31, 2015. The 2014 Facility includes a variable interest rate that approximates market and, as such, we determined that the carrying amount of the 2014 Facility approximates its fair value.

The 2014 facility contains various financial and other covenants that require us to maintain a maximum consolidated leverage ratio not to exceed 2.50:1.00 and a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.25:1.00. During the three months ended March 31, 2015 we were in compliance with all financial and non-financial covenants.

Commitments and Contingencies

Repurchase of Subsidiary Units

In September 2012, we formed a subsidiary to develop and market home and commercial energy management devices and services. We granted an award of subsidiary stock to the founder and president. The terms of the award for the founder, who is also our employee, require a payment in cash on either the third or the fourth anniversary from the date the subsidiary first makes its products and services commercially available, which was determined to be April 1, 2014. There was no liability

 

F-72


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

recorded related to this commitment as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 as the calculation of the repurchase liability based on a trailing twelve months EBITDA performance measure resulted in an estimated value of $0.

In February 2011, we formed a subsidiary that offers professional residential property management and vacation rental management companies technology solutions for remote monitoring and control of properties, including access control and energy management. We granted an award of subsidiary stock awards to the founder and president. The terms of the award for the founder, who is our employee, require a payment in cash on between the fourth and sixth anniversary of the date that the subsidiary’s products and services first become commercially available, which was determined to be June 1, 2013. We have recorded a liability of $0.2 million and $0.2 million related to the commitment in other liabilities in our condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

Leases

We lease office space and office equipment under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through 2026. Rent expense was $0.4 million and $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.

Indemnification Agreements

We have various agreements where we may be obligated to indemnify the other party to the agreement with respect to certain matters. Generally, these indemnification provisions are included in contracts arising in the normal course of business. Although it is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments that may become due under these indemnification agreements, we do not believe any potential liability that might arise from such indemnity provisions is probable or material.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we and our subsidiaries are involved in various legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. We are not a party to any lawsuit or proceeding that, in the opinion of management, is reasonably possible or probable of having a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We reserve for contingent liabilities based on ASC 450, “ Contingencies ,” when it is determined that a liability, inclusive of defense costs, is probable and reasonably estimable. Litigation is subject to many factors that are difficult to predict, so there can be no assurance that, in the event of a material unfavorable result in one or more claims, we will not incur material costs.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

Note 12. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Summary of Activity

The following table presents a summary of activity for our redeemable convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     SERIES B
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   SERIES B-1
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   NEW SERIES A
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   Total
Amount
     Shares    Amount    Shares    Amount    Shares    Amount   
Balance, December 31, 2014    1,810    $136,523    83    $6,265    1,998    $59,668    $202,456
Balance, March 31, 2015    1,810    $136,523    83    $6,265    1,998    $59,668    $202,456

Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Options

We issue stock options through our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Incentive Plan”), under which stock options may be granted to our officers, directors, key employees, consultants and other persons performing services for us. Stock options have been granted at exercise prices as determined by the board of directors to officers and employees of the Company. These stock options generally vest over a five year period and each option, if not exercised or terminated, expires on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. As of March 31, 2015 there were 7,537,490 common shares reserved for issuance and 623,498 shares available to be issued under the 2009 Incentive Plan.

The Incentive Plan allows for the granting of options that may be exercised before the options have vested. Unvested shares issued as a result of early exercise are subject to repurchase by us upon termination of employment or services at the original exercise price. The proceeds from the early exercise of stock options are initially recorded as a current liability and are reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital as the awards vest and our repurchase right lapses. As of December 31, 2014, there were 209,372 unvested shares of common stock outstanding subject to our right of repurchase. As of March 31, 2015 there were 174,754 unvested shares of common stock outstanding subject to our right of repurchase. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, we did not repurchase any unvested shares of common stock related to early exercised stock options in connection with employee terminations. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we recorded $0.7 and $0.6 million in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets for the proceeds from the early exercise of the unvested stock options.

We account for stock-based compensation awards based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. We recognize stock-based compensation expense using the accelerated attribution method, net of estimated forfeitures, in which compensation cost for each vesting tranche in an award is recognized ratably from the service inception date to the vesting date for that tranche.

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes the components of non-cash stock-based compensation expense (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
             2014                      2015          

Stock options

     $     767           $ 540     

Compensation related to the sale of common stock

     21           21     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity based compensation expense

  $ 788        $ 561     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax benefit / (expense) from stock-based awards

  $ 691        $     (155)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense is included in the following line items in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
             2014                      2015          

Sales and marketing

     $     77           $ 60     

General and administrative

     480           294     

Research and development

     231           207     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $     788        $     561     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no stock options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2015. The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014         2015      

Volatility

     49.6    

Expected term

     5.6 years          

Risk-free interest rate

     1.7    

Dividend rate

     0.0    

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the three months ended March 31, 2015:

 

     Number of
Options
     Weighted
Average Exercise
Price Per Share
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

     3,345,993          $     2.68          7.0          $     27,725    

Granted

     —             

Exercised

     (4,740)         4.55             30    

Forfeited

     (3,004)         3.98          

Cancelled

     (281)         3.38          
  

 

 

          

Outstanding at March 31, 2015

  3,337,968       $     2.68       6.7       $     27,671    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2015

  3,300,649       $     2.66       6.7       $     27,430    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at March 31, 2015

  1,834,825       $     1.32       5.5       $     17,707    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-75


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

The weighted average grant date fair value for our stock options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $5.31. There were no grants during the three months ended March 31, 2015. The total fair value of stock options vested during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 was $0.1 million and $0.4 million. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 was $6.3 million and $0.0 million. As of March 31, 2015, the total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet recognized was $2.6 million, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.1 years.

Warrants

In 2010, we issued a performance-based warrant to an executive officer that gives this individual the right to purchase up to 91,881 shares of our common stock in the aggregate if certain performance targets and market conditions are achieved. In 2012, we issued an additional performance-based warrant to an executive officer that gives that executive officer the right to purchase up to 27,000 shares of our common stock if certain performance targets and market conditions are achieved. On March 31, 2015, we issued performance-based warrants to two employees. These warrants give these individuals the right to purchase up to 54,694 shares of our common stock in the aggregate if certain performance targets are achieved.

The first performance-based warrant for 91,881 shares of our common stock has an exercise price of $0.41 per share and becomes exercisable if we have a change in control or if we complete an initial public offering. If the warrant becomes exercisable, the number of shares that become exercisable is based upon the achievement of certain minimum annual revenue targets, not to exceed a maximum of 91,881 shares.

The second performance-based warrant for 27,000 shares of our common stock has an exercise price of $3.89 per share and becomes exercisable if we have a change in control or if we complete an initial public offering. If the warrant becomes exercisable, the number of shares that become exercisable is based upon the achievement of certain minimum annual revenue and EBITDA targets, not to exceed a maximum of 27,000 shares. This warrant will expire upon the earliest to occur of (i) November 2022, (ii) a change in control, (iii) 30 days following the completion of this offering and (iv) the date upon which the holder of the warrant is no longer our employee or an employee of an affiliate of ours.

The third and fourth performance-based warrants, each for 27,347 shares of our common stock, have an exercise price of $10.97 per share and we may elect to terminate the warrants in exchange for a one-time cash settlement in the event of a change in control. If the warrants become exercisable, the number of shares that become exercisable is based upon the achievement of certain minimum annual revenue targets, not to exceed a maximum of 27,347 shares for each warrant. These warrants will expire upon the earlier of March 2025 and the date upon which the holder of the warrant is no longer our employee or an employee of an affiliate of ours.

As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, none of the warrants which remained outstanding were exercisable as the performance requirements had not been met. We did not record expense associated with the performance-based warrants during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

On May 1, 2015, subsequent to our first quarter, when the employee holder terminated their employment with us the first performance-based warrant for 91,881 shares of our common stock cancelled.

Note 14. Earnings Per Share

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share

The components of basic and diluted EPS are as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2014      2015  

Net income

     $ 4,273          $ 3,041    

Less: income allocated to participating securities

     (4,125)         (2,895)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available for common stockholders (A)

  $ 148       $ 146    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic (B)

  1,869,370       2,636,813    

Dilutive effect of stock options

  1,597,918       1,535,974    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted (C)

  3,467,288       4,172,787    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

Basic (A/B)

  $ 0.08       $ 0.06    

Diluted (A/C)

  $ 0.04       $ 0.04    

The following securities have been excluded from the calculation of diluted weighted average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2014      2015  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

     

Series A

     1,998,257          1,998,257    

Series B

     1,809,685          1,809,685    

Series B-1

     82,934          82,934    

Stock options

     815,277          116,500    

Common stock subject to repurchase

     417,273          174,754    

 

F-77


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

Pro Forma Net Income Per Share (unaudited)

The denominator used in computing pro forma net income per share for the three months ended March 31, 2015 has been adjusted to assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock as of the beginning of the year or at the time of issuance, if later.

 

     Three Months Ended March 31, 2015  
     Basic      Diluted  

Numerator (in thousands):

     

Net income

     $ 3,041          $ 3,041    

Less: Income allocated to participating securities

     (15)         (15)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 3,026       $ 3,026    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

Weighted average common shares outstanding

  2,636,813       4,172,787    

Plus: conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

  35,017,884       35,017,884    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding

  37,654,697       39,190,671    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share

  $ 0.08       $ 0.08    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The 174,754 shares of common stock subject to repurchase and 116,500 stock options were excluded from the calculation of pro forma diluted weighted average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Note 15. Income Taxes

For purposes of interim reporting, our annual effective income tax rate is estimated in accordance with ASC 740-270, Interim Reporting . This rate is applied to the pre-tax book income of the entities expected to be benefited during the year. Discrete items that impact the tax provision were recorded in the period incurred.

Our effective income tax rates were 39.6% and 40.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate primarily due to the impact of state taxes and nondeductible meal and entertainment expenses.

A valuation allowance is recognized if, based on the weight of available evidence, both positive and negative, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on our historical and expected future taxable earnings, we believe it is more likely than not that we will realize all of the benefit of the existing deferred tax assets at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015. Accordingly, we have not recorded a valuation allowance as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

We apply guidance for uncertainty in income taxes that requires the application of a more likely than not threshold to the recognition and de-recognition of uncertain tax positions. If the recognition threshold is met, this guidance permits us to recognize a tax benefit measured at the largest amount of the tax benefit that, in our judgment, is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we had no unrecorded tax benefits for uncertain tax positions. During 2014, we recorded an unrecognized tax benefit of $0.2 million related to research and development tax credits we claimed for tax years 2012, 2013 and 2014. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the only change to this year-end balance was the recording of additional interest for the quarter.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

Note 16. Segment Information

We have two reportable segments:

 

    Alarm.com segment

 

    Other segment

Our chief operating decision maker is the chief executive officer. Management determined that the operational data used by the chief operating decision maker is that of the two reportable segments. Management bases strategic goals and decisions on these segments and the data presented below is used to measure financial results. Our Alarm.com segment represents our cloud-based platform for the connected home and related solutions. Our Alarm.com segment also includes the results of Horizon Analog, a research company that focuses on cost-effective collection and analysis of data relating energy usage and consumer behavior and energy disaggregation, Secure-i, a commercial video as a service provider, and SecurityTrax, a provider of SaaS-based, customer relationship management software tailored for security system dealers. This segment contributed over 96% of our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. Our Other segment is focused on researching and developing home and commercial automation, and energy management products and services in adjacent markets.

Management evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on operating income on a pre-tax basis. The reportable segment operational data is presented in the table below as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
Segment
Information
  2014     2015  
    Alarm.com     Other     Intersegment
Alarm.com
    Intersegment
Other
    Total     Alarm.com     Other     Intersegment
Alarm.com
    Intersegment
Other
    Total  

Revenue

  $   36,527        $ 458        $   (134)           —        $   36,851        $   44,865        $ 2,061        $   (390)       $   (525)       $   46,011     

Operating income / (loss)

    10,057            (2,938)         (23)         22          7,118          8,960            (3,824)         (138)         128          5,126     

 

     As of December 31, 2014      As of March 31, 2015  
     Alarm.com      Other      Total      Alarm.com      Other      Total  

Total Assets

     108,935          11,997          120,932          114,360          12,371          126,731    

We derived substantially all revenue from the United States for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. Substantially all our long lived assets were in the United States as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

March 31, 2014 and 2015

(unaudited)

 

Note 17. Subsequent Events

We evaluated subsequent events through May 22, 2015, the date on which our financial statements were issued.

On April 28, 2015, we purchased 75,000 shares of common stock for $0.8 million from a terminated employee for the fair value of $10.97 per share. As a result, we retired 75,000 shares and recorded compensation expense related to this repurchase in the second quarter of 2015.

On May 15, 2015, we granted options to purchase 482,276 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $11.55 per share to our employees, officers and directors, under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended. The options are fully exercisable from the date of grant and vest over five years with 20% of the shares on the one year anniversary of the grant and 1/48th of the remaining shares on the first day of each month thereafter, subject to the recipient’s continuous service with us through the vesting date. Any unvested shares acquired upon an “early exercise” are subject to our right to repurchase that lapses according to the vesting schedule of the options.

As of May 22, 2015, we issued letters of credit under our 2014 Facility to our manufacturing partners in the amount of $2.8 million.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

Alarm.com Holdings, Inc.

Schedule II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

(In thousands)

 

Description

Balance at
Beginning of
Year
  Additions
Charged
Against
(Credited to)
Revenue
  Additions
Charged to
Other
Accounts
  Deductions   Balance at
End of Year
 

Year ended December 31, 2012

Allowance for doubtful accounts

      537          107          (64)          580   

Allowance for hardware returns

  550      1,537      (1,181)      906   

Year ended December 31, 2013

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  580      592      (868)      304   

Allowance for hardware returns

  906      1,781      (1,735)      952   

Year ended December 31, 2014

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  304      1,371      (278)      1,397   

Allowance for hardware returns

  952      1,863      (977)      1,838   

 

F-81


Table of Contents

LOGO

ALARM.COM®
Interactive Security
Intelligent Automation
Video Monitoring
Energy Management


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

       Amount to be
  Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 8,715   

FINRA filing fee

     11,750   

NASDAQ Stock Market initial listing fee

     *   

Blue sky fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

  *   
  

 

 

 

 

 * To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that: (1) we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; (2) we may, in our discretion, indemnify our officers, employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law; (3) we are required, upon

 

II-1


Table of Contents

satisfaction of certain conditions, to advance all expenses incurred by our directors in connection with certain legal proceedings; (4) the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive; and (5) we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents.

We have entered into agreements with our directors that require us to indemnify them against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts that any such person becomes legally obligated to pay (including with respect to a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of us or any of our affiliates, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. At present, no litigation or proceeding is pending that involves any of our directors or officers regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions.

In addition, the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise. Our registration rights agreement with certain stockholders also provides for cross-indemnification in connection with the registration of our common stock on behalf of such investors.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities issued by us since January 1, 2012 through the date of the prospectus that is a part of this registration statement:

Issuances of Common Stock and Options and Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

From January 1, 2012 through the date of this prospectus, we have granted under our 2009 Plan options to purchase an aggregate of 2,914,131 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants and directors, having exercise prices ranging from $2.95 to $11.55 per share. Of these, options to purchase an aggregate of 100,103 shares have been cancelled without being exercised. During the period from January 1, 2012 through the date of this registration statement, an aggregate of 2,040,039 shares of our common stock were issued upon the exercise of stock options under the 2009 Plan, at exercise prices between $0.41 and $10.71 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $2.5 million.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in the preceding paragraph were deemed to be exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, or Rule 701, in that the transactions were by an issuer not involving any public offering or under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or consultants and received the securities under our equity incentive plans. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

In November 2012, we issued a common stock warrant for 27,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of approximately $3.89 per share to an employee in reliance on Section 4(2) of

 

II-2


Table of Contents

the Securities Act. The recipient of the warrant represented his intention to acquire the warrant for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. The recipient had adequate access, through his relationship with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

In May 2013, we issued 238,500 shares of our common stock to an executive officer at a per share price of $2.95 in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The executive officer represented his intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in this transaction. The executive officer had adequate access, through his relationship with us, to information about us.

Issuances of Preferred Stock

In July 2012, we issued an aggregate of 1,809,685 shares of our Series B preferred stock to 5 accredited investors at a per share price of $75.44, for aggregate consideration of approximately $136.5 million. Upon the completion of this offering, these shares will convert into approximately 16,287,165 shares of common stock. Immediately prior to the closing of the Series B preferred stock financing, we exchanged an aggregate of 3,511,725 shares of outstanding Series A Preferred stock and 1,599,516 shares of outstanding common stock for 1,590,045 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock, 1,998,257 shares of Series A preferred stock and 910,323 shares of common stock.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in the preceding paragraph were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was either an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act or had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)    Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number
  

Description of Document

1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among the Registrant, Energyhub Holdings, Inc., EnergyHub, Inc. and Shareholder Representative Services LLC, as stockholder representative, dated May 3, 2013.
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Alarm.com Holdings, Inc., as amended and as currently in effect.
3.2†    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering.
3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Alarm.com Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect.
3.4†    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering.
4.1    Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.
4.2    Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated July 11, 2012.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Description of Document

5.1†    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1    Deed of Lease between Registrant and 8150 Leesburg Pike, L.L.C., dated April 21, 2009, as amended July 21, 2010, April 28, 2011, January 10, 2012, June 5, 2012, December 7, 2012, March 12, 2013 and May 29, 2013.
10.2    Deed of Office Lease Agreement between Registrant and Marshall Property LLC, dated August 8, 2014.
10.3 +    Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement and Form of Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement thereunder.
10.4 +†    Form of 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5 +†    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.6 +†    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7+†    2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.8 +†    Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.9 +†    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.10   

Senior Secured Credit Facilities Credit Agreement by and among the Registrant, Alarm.com Incorporated, Silicon Valley Bank, Bank of America, N.A. and the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, dated May 8, 2014.

10.11 ^    Alarm.com Dealer Program Agreement by and between the Registrant and Monitronics Funding LP, dated October 22, 2007, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated January 15, 2008 and the Second Amendment dated February 23, 2013.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2†    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

 

 

To be filed by amendment.

 

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

^ Indicates portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Vienna, Virginia, on the 22nd day of May, 2015.

 

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen Trundle

  Stephen Trundle
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Stephen Trundle and Jennifer Moyer, and each of them, his true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (1) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (2) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (3) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (4) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 Signature

  

 Title

 

 Date

/s/ Stephen Trundle

Stephen Trundle

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 22, 2015

/s/ Jennifer Moyer

Jennifer Moyer

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  May 22, 2015

/s/ Timothy McAdam

Timothy McAdam

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   May 22, 2015

/s/ Donald Clarke

Donald Clarke

   Director   May 22, 2015

/s/ Hugh Panero

Hugh Panero

   Director   May 22, 2015

/s/ Mayo Shattuck

Mayo Shattuck

   Director   May 22, 2015

/s/ Ralph Terkowitz

Ralph Terkowitz

   Director   May 22, 2015

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
  

Description of Document

1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among the Registrant, Energyhub Holdings, Inc. EnergyHub, Inc. and Shareholder Representative Services LLC, as stockholder representative, dated May 3, 2013.
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Alarm.com Holdings, Inc., as amended and as currently in effect.
3.2†    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering.
3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Alarm.com Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect.
3.4†    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering.
4.1    Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.
4.2    Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated July 11, 2012.
5.1†    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1    Deed of Lease between Registrant and 8150 Leesburg Pike, L.L.C., dated April 21, 2009, as amended July 21, 2010, April 28, 2011, January 10, 2012, June 5, 2012, December 7, 2012, March 12, 2013 and May 29, 2013.
10.2    Deed of Office Lease Agreement between Registrant and Marshall Property LLC, dated August 8, 2014.
10.3 +    Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement and Form of Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement thereunder.
10.4 +†    Form of 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5 +†    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.6 +†    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7+†    2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.8 +†    Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.9 +†    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.10   

Senior Secured Credit Facilities Credit Agreement by and among the Registrant, Alarm.com Incorporated, Silicon Valley Bank, Bank of America, N.A. and the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, dated May 8, 2014.

10.11 ^    Alarm.com Dealer Program Agreement by and between the Registrant and Monitronics Funding LP, dated October 22, 2007, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated January 15, 2008 and the Second Amendment dated February 23, 2013.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2†    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

 

To be filed by amendment.

 

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

^ Indicates portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 2.1

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

BY AND AMONG

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.,

ENERGYHUB HOLDINGS, INC.,

ENERGYHUB, INC.

AND

SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE SERVICES LLC,

AS STOCKHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE

MAY 3, 2013


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I MERGER

     2   

1.1

 

The Merger

     2   

1.2

 

Effective Time; Effect of the Merger

     3   

1.3

 

Certificate and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation

     3   

1.4

 

Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation

     3   

1.5

 

Conversion of Capital Stock

     3   

1.6

 

Exchange of Certificates

     4   

1.7

 

Dissenting Shares

     5   

ARTICLE II MERGER CONSIDERATION

     6   

2.1

 

Merger Consideration

     6   

2.2

 

Payments on the Closing Date

     6   

2.3

 

Merger Consideration Adjustment

     7   

2.4

 

Earn-Out Payments

     9   

2.5

 

Alarm Covenants/Vesting of Earnout Payment

     12   

2.6

 

Escrow Agreement

     14   

ARTICLE III CLOSING AND TERMINATION

     14   

3.1

 

Closing Date

     14   

3.2

 

Termination of Agreement

     14   

3.3

 

Procedure Upon Termination; Effect of Termination

     15   

3.4

 

Closing Deliveries

     15   

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

     17   

4.1

 

Organization and Good Standing

     17   

4.2

 

Authorization of Agreement

     18   

4.3

 

Conflicts; Consents of Third Parties

     18   

4.4

 

Capitalization

     18   

4.5

 

Subsidiaries

     19   

4.6

 

Financial Statements; Books and Records; Accounts Receivable

     19   

4.7

 

No Undisclosed Liabilities

     20   

4.8

 

Absence of Certain Developments

     20   

4.9

 

Taxes

     22   

4.10

 

Real Property

     23   

4.11

 

Title; Sufficiency

     24   

4.12

 

Intellectual Property

     24   

4.13

 

Contracts and Agreements

     27   

4.14

 

Employees; Compensation

     28   

4.15

 

Employee Benefits Plans

     29   

4.16

 

Labor

     31   

4.17

 

Litigation

     31   

4.18

 

Compliance with Laws; Permits

     31   

4.19

 

Environmental Matters

     32   

4.20

 

Insurance

     32   

 

-i-


4.21

 

Significant Customers and Suppliers

     32   

4.22

 

Certain Payments

     33   

4.23

 

Affiliate Transactions

     33   

4.24

 

Banking Facilities

     33   

4.25

 

Products Liability

     33   

4.26

 

Financial Advisors

     34   

4.27

 

Voting Requirements

     34   

4.28

 

Disclosure

     34   

4.29

 

No Limitation

     34   

ARTICLE V [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

     34   

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ALARM AND THE MERGER SUB

     34   

6.1

 

Organization and Good Standing

     34   

6.2

 

Authorization of Agreement

     35   

6.3

 

Conflicts; Consents of Third Parties

     35   

6.4

 

Litigation

     35   

6.5

 

Financial Advisors

     35   

6.6

 

Sufficiency of Funds

     36   

ARTICLE VII COVENANTS

     36   

7.1

 

Access to Information

     36   

7.2

 

Conduct of the Business Pending the Closing

     36   

7.3

 

Consents and Approvals

     37   

7.4

 

Further Assurances

     37   

7.5

 

Publicity

     37   

7.6

 

Tax Matters

     37   

7.7

 

Employee Stock Options

     40   

7.8

 

Continued Employment of Employees

     40   

7.9

 

Termination of Benefit Plans

     40   

7.10

 

Maintenance of Directors and Officers Liability Insurance

     40   

7.11

 

Stockholder Approval of the Merger

     41   

ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

     41   

8.1

 

Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Alarm and the Merger Sub

     41   

8.2

 

Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Company

     42   

8.3

 

Frustration of Closing Conditions

     42   

ARTICLE IX INDEMNIFICATION

     43   

9.1

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     43   

9.2

 

Indemnification of Alarm Indemnified Parties

     43   

9.3

 

Indemnification of Stockholders

     44   

9.4

 

Certain Limitations

     45   

9.5

 

Indemnification Procedures

     46   

9.6

 

Right of Setoff

     47   

9.7

 

Tax Treatment of Indemnity Payments

     48   

9.8

 

Exclusive Remedy

     48   

 

-ii-


ARTICLE X INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

     48   

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

     48   

11.1

 

Payment of Sales, Use, Transfer or Similar Taxes

     48   

11.2

 

Expenses

     48   

11.3

 

Submission to Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial

     48   

11.4

 

Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers

     49   

11.5

 

Governing Law

     50   

11.6

 

Notices

     50   

11.7

 

Severability

     51   

11.8

 

Binding Effect; Assignment

     51   

11.9

 

Counterparts

     51   

11.10

 

Intentionally Omitted

     51   

11.11

 

Other Definitional and Interpretive Matters

     51   

11.12

 

Intentionally Omitted

     53   

11.13

 

Non-recourse

     53   

11.14

 

Stockholder Representative

     53   

ANNEX A DEFINITIONS

     1   

 

-iii-


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

Agreement And Plan Of Merger, dated as of May 3, 2013 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Alarm.com Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Alarm ”), EnergyHub Holdings, Inc. (“ Merger Sub ”), EnergyHub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Shareholder Representative Services LLC, a Colorado limited liability company, solely in its capacity as Stockholder Representative.

WITNESSETH:

W HEREAS , the holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company identified on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Series B Holders ”) own all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company (the “ Series B Shares ”);

W HEREAS , the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company identified on Exhibit B hereto (the “ Series A Holders ”) own all of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company (the “ Series A Shares ”);

W HEREAS , the holders of Common Stock of the Company identified on Exhibit C hereto (the Common Holders ”, collectively with the Series A Holders and the Series B Holders, the “ Stockholders ” and each individually, a “ Stockholder ”) own all of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company (the “ Common Shares ”);

W HEREAS , the Company, as borrower, entered into those certain Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes effective as of November 16, 2012 in the aggregate principal amount of $500,000.00 (the “ 2012 Convertible Notes ”) with Point 406 Ventures I, L.P., Point 406 Ventures I-A, L.P., Physic Ventures, L.P., and Acadia Woods Partners, LLC (the “ 2012 Convertible Note Holders ”);

W HEREAS , as of the date hereof, the obligations outstanding under the 2012 Convertible Notes (including outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest) equals $518,520.55;

W HEREAS , the Company, as borrower, entered into that certain Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note effective as of December 10, 2012 in the aggregate principal amount of $1,802.67 and those certain Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes effective as of January 16, 2013 in the aggregate principal amount of $498,197.33 (collectively, the “ 2013 Convertible Notes ”) with Kate Gottfried, New York City Investment Fund, LLC, Point 406 Ventures I, L.P., Point 406 Ventures I-A, L.P., Physic Ventures, L.P., and Acadia Woods Partners, LLC (the “ 2013 Convertible Note Holders ”);

W HEREAS , as of the date hereof, the obligations outstanding under the 2013 Convertible Notes (including outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest) equals $511,850.24;

W HEREAS , on the date hereof, each of the 2012 Convertible Note Holders and 2013 Convertible Note Holders has entered into a Convertible Note Election, Termination and Release Agreement terminating each of the 2012 Convertible Notes and 2013 Convertible Notes and requiring payoff of the applicable convertible note at or immediately prior to the Closing (as

 

1.


defined below) of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon plus a premium equal to 200% of the sum the outstanding principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon;

W HEREAS , on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Alarm desires to cause Merger Sub to merge with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”) and an wholly-owned subsidiary of Alarm (the “ Merger ”);

W HEREAS , pursuant to the Merger, each issued and outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, other than certain Shares as provided in Section 1.7, will be converted into the right to receive its ratable portion of the Merger Consideration;

W HEREAS , the respective Boards of Directors of the Merger Sub and the Company have unanimously determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder, including the Merger, are advisable, fair to and in the best interest of their respective stockholders, and such Boards of Directors have unanimously approved this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereunder, including the Merger, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

W HEREAS , certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Annex A .

Now, Therefore, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

MERGER

1.1 The Merger.

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, on the Closing Date, the parties hereto shall cause the Merger to be consummated by the Company executing and delivering a Certificate of Merger, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Certificate of Merger ”), which shall be filed at Closing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the DGCL. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, the Merger Sub shall be merged with an into the Company in accordance with, and with the effects provided in, the applicable provisions of the DGCL, and the Company shall be the surviving corporation resulting from the Merger (sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Surviving Corporation ”) and, as a result, shall become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alarm, shall continue to be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and shall succeed to and assume all of the rights and obligations of the Merger Sub, and the separate corporate existence of the Merger Sub shall cease.

 

2.


1.2 Effective Time; Effect of the Merger.

(a) The Merger shall become effective upon the Certificate of Merger having been accepted for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”).

(b) The Merger shall have the effects set forth in this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, all the properties, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and the Merger Sub shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the Company and the Merger Sub shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation.

1.3 Certificate and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

(a) The certificate of incorporation of the Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Company until amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and applicable Law; provided, however, that as of the Effective Time the certificate of incorporation shall provide that the name of the Surviving Corporation is “EnergyHub, Inc.”.

(b) The bylaws of the Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Company until amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and applicable Law; provided, however, that as of the Effective Time the bylaws shall provide that the name of the Surviving Corporation is “EnergyHub, Inc.”.

1.4 Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation.

(a) The directors of the Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the directors of the Surviving Corporation immediately following the Effective Time, until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified or their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

(b) The officers of the Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation immediately following the Effective Time until their respective successors are duly appointed and qualified or their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

1.5 Conversion of Capital Stock.

At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holders of any securities of the Merger Sub or the Company:

(a) Each share of capital stock of the Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically converted into and become one (1) validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

 

3.


(b) All shares of capital stock that are owned by the Company as treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically canceled and shall cease to exist and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

(c) Each share of Series A Preferred Stock (other than (i) shares to be canceled pursuant Section 1.5(b) and (ii) any Dissenting Shares) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the Series A Preferred Per Share Merger Consideration. As of the Effective Time, all such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist.

(d) Each share of Series B Preferred Stock (other than (1) shares to be canceled pursuant Section 1.5(b) and (ii) any Dissenting Shares) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the Series B Preferred Per Share Merger Consideration applicable to such share. As of the Effective Time, all such shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist.

(e) Each share of Common Stock (other than (i) shares to be canceled pursuant Section 1.5(b) and (ii) any Dissenting Shares) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist. Common Holders will receive no consideration for such shares of Common Stock.

1.6 Exchange of Certificates.

(a) The Escrow Agent shall serve as the paying agent for the Merger. At or prior to the Closing, Alarm, the Company, the Stockholder Representative and the Escrow Agent shall enter into the Escrow Agreement. On the Closing Date, Alarm shall deliver to the Escrow Agent (i) that portion of the Merger Consideration payable pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof and (ii) the Escrow Amount.

(b) Prior to the Closing, the Company shall distribute to each Stockholder a letter of transmittal in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (each, a “ Letter of Transmittal ”). Each Stockholder may deliver an executed Letter of Transmittal, together with its certificates representing capital stock of the Company (the “ Certificates ”), to the Company no less than one (1) Business Day prior to Closing, to be held in escrow by the Company until the Closing. If such Stockholder has complied with the foregoing and the Company shall have delivered the same to the Escrow Agent prior to the Effective Time, the Escrow Agent shall deliver to each Stockholder who so delivers the Letter of Transmittal prior to the Closing and cause to be issued, without interest, the consideration payable in respect of such shares of capital stock in accordance with Section 1.5 promptly following the Closing Date and the Certificates so surrendered shall forthwith be canceled. If a Stockholder has not complied with the foregoing, the Escrow Agent shall deliver, and cause to be issued without interest, the consideration payable in respect of such shares of capital stock in accordance with Section 1.5 promptly upon receipt of an executed Letter of Transmittal and Certificates from such Stockholder and the Certificates so surrendered shall forthwith be canceled. Until so surrendered, outstanding Certificates shall be deemed from and after the Effective Time, for all corporate purposes, to evidence only the ownership of the consideration payable in respect of such shares of capital stock in accordance with Section 1.5 .

 

4.


(c) If any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the Person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and, if reasonably required by the Surviving Corporation, the posting by such Person of a bond, in such reasonable amount as the Surviving Corporation may direct, as indemnity against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such Certificate, the Surviving Corporation will pay, in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate, the applicable consideration to be paid in respect of the shares formerly represented by such Certificate, as contemplated herein.

(d) Neither Alarm nor the Surviving Corporation shall be liable to any Stockholder for any consideration delivered in respect of any share of the Company’s capital stock to a public official pursuant to any abandoned property, escheat or other similar law.

(e) The Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any amount otherwise payable to any Person pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as are required to be deducted and withheld with respect to the making of such payment under any Tax Law. To the extent such amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate taxing authority, the withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding were made.

1.7 Dissenting Shares.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if required by the DGCL, but only to the extent required thereby, shares of capital stock of the Company which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and which are held by holders of such shares of capital stock of the Company who have properly exercised appraisal rights with respect thereto in accordance with the DGCL (the “ Dissenting Shares ”) shall not be exchangeable for the right to receive the consideration set forth in Section 1.5 , and holders of such shares of capital stock shall be entitled to receive payment of the appraised value of such shares of capital stock in accordance with the provisions of the DGCL unless and until such holders fail to perfect or effectively withdraw or lose their rights to appraisal and payment under the DGCL, If, after the Effective Time, any such holder fails to perfect or effectively withdraws or loses such right, subject to the DGCL, such shares of capital stock shall thereupon be treated as if they had been converted into and to have become exchangeable for, at the Effective Time, the right to receive the applicable consideration set forth in Section 1.5 , without any interest thereon, in accordance with Article I . The Company shall give Alarm (i) prompt notice of any written demands for appraisal, withdrawals of demands for appraisal and any other related instruments received by the Company and (ii) the opportunity to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to demands for appraisal. The Company shall not, except with the prior written consent of Alarm, voluntarily make any payment with respect to any demands for appraisal or settle or offer to settle any such demand.

 

5.


ARTICLE II

MERGER CONSIDERATION

2.1 Merger Consideration.

The aggregate consideration for the shares of capital stock of the Company shall be an amount equal to (such total being referred to herein as the “ Merger Consideration ”):

(a) $8,500,000 (the “ Base Consideration ”), as adjusted pursuant to Section 2.3(a) ;

(b) plus , the Stockholder Earnout Payment (as defined below) that is payable to the Stockholders but only to the extent that such payments become due and payable in accordance with the terms of Section 2.4 or Section 2.5 hereof with respect to certain post-closing performance standards;

(c) as applicable, plus , the WC Underpayment, or minus , the WC Overpayment;

(d) minus , any amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.2(a) and (b)  and

(e) minus , any amounts paid to Alarm or withheld from the Earnout Payments to the Sellers in accordance with Article IX and the Escrow Agreement.

2.2 Payments on the Closing Date.

At the Closing, Alarm shall, or shall cause the Merger Sub to, pay:

(a) 11.18% of the Base Consideration, as adjusted pursuant to Section 2.3(a) but in no event less than $850,000 (the “ Base Escrow Amount ”), to the Escrow Agent to be held in accordance with the terms of Section 2.6 and the form of Escrow Agreement attached as Exhibit F ;

(b) to those Persons entitled thereto, as set forth on Schedule 2.2(b) (which such schedule shall also contain the wire instructions for each such Person):

(i) the amount of outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest and any pre-payment penalties, break fees or other fees owing under the Credit Agreement as of the Closing (assuming full repayment and termination of the Credit Agreement at the Closing);

(ii) the amount of outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest and an pre-payment penalties, break fees or other fees owing under the 2012 Convertible Notes and the 2013 Convertible Notes;

(iii) the amount of $1,000 to each holder of at least 2,000 shares of Common Stock in consideration for the releases provided in the Letter of Transmittal;

 

6.


(iv) to the extent not paid prior to the Closing Date and not reflected in the Net Working Capital calculation in Section 2.3 , or directly paid by the Stockholders, all of the fees and expenses of the Stockholders and the Company payable in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel and any financial advisors;

(v) amounts due and payable at Closing ,pursuant to the Company’s employee retention plan;

(vi) the amount of $10,317 to the Company to pay for the premiums related to the insurance policy purchased pursuant to Section 7.10 ; and

(vii) the amount to fund the Stockholder Representative Fund pursuant to Section 11.14(d) and the engagement fee to the Stockholder Representative in the amount of $45,000.

(c) the remaining amount of the Base Consideration, as adjusted pursuant to Section 2.3(a) , payable pursuant to Section 2.1 (after deduction pursuant to Sections 2.2(a) and (b) ) shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available United States funds to the Escrow Agent and which funds shall be disbursed by the Escrow Agent in accordance with Section 1.5 above, upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth in Section 1.6 above, to the Series A Holders and Series B Holders, as applicable.

2.3 Merger Consideration Adjustment.

(a) The Merger Consideration will be adjusted as of the Closing Date as follows:

(i) If on the Closing Date, the Company’s cash on hand exceeds the sum of the Company’s total debt outstanding under the Convertible Notes and Credit Agreement, the Base Consideration will be increased by the amount of such excess. If on the Closing Date, the Company’s cash on hand is less than the sum of the Company’s total debt outstanding under the Convertible Notes and Credit Agreement, the Base Consideration will be decreased by the amount of such shortfall; and

(ii) If on the Closing Date, the Estimated Net Working Capital (as defined below) of the Company, exclusive of the items covered in (i) above, exceeds the Target Net Working Capital (as defined below), the Base Consideration will be increased by the amount of the excess. If on the Closing Date, the Estimated Net Working Capital of the Company is less than the Target Net Working Capital, the Base Consideration will be decreased by the amount of such shortfall. The Company shall deliver to Alarm not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the anticipated Closing Date an estimated balance sheet of the Company prepared as of a date within three (3) Business Days of the anticipated Closing Date that sets forth a good faith estimate of the Closing Net Working Capital as of the anticipated Closing Date determined in accordance with the definition of “Net Working Capital” (the “ Estimated Net Working Capital ”) and which estimate is consented to by Alarm, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

7.


(b) Within ninety (90) days following the Closing Date, Alarm shall, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, prepare and deliver to the Stockholder Representative a statement of the Net Working Capital as of the end of the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date (the “ Closing Net Working Capital ”). “ Net Working Capital ” means the amount by which accounts receivable, pre-paid expenses, inventory and other current assets, calculated in accordance with GAAP, exceeds accounts payable, accrued expenses, warrant liability if such warrant liability exists post-Closing, deferred revenues to the extent the Company is obligated to provide services post-Closing and, to the extent not paid directly by Alarm pursuant to Section 2.2(b)(iii) hereof, the fees and expenses of the Stockholders and the Company payable in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel and any financial advisors) but excluding cash on hand and total debt outstanding under the Convertible Notes and Credit Agreement, calculated in accordance with GAAP.

(c) The Stockholder Representative shall, within thirty (30) days of Alarm’s delivery of the statement of Closing Net Working Capital, deliver a written notice to Alarm of any disagreement with Alarm’s calculation of Closing Net Working Capital, which notice shall specify those items or amounts as to which the Stockholder Representative disagrees, and the Stockholders shall be deemed to have agreed with all other items and amounts contained in Alarm’s statement of Closing Net Working Capital. If the Stockholder Representative fails to properly object in writing to the calculation of Closing Net Working Capital within that thirty (30) day period, the Stockholders will be deemed conclusively to have agreed to Alarm’s calculation, which shall be final and binding upon the Stockholders.

(d) If a notice of disagreement shall be duly delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(c) , Alarm and the Stockholder Representative shall, during the fifteen (15) days following such delivery, use their commercially reasonable, good faith efforts to reach agreement on the disputed items or amounts in order to determine, as may be required, the amount of Closing Net Working Capital, which amount shall not be less than the amount thereof shown in Alarm’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(b) nor more than the amount thereof shown in the Stockholder Representative’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(c) . If, during such period, the Stockholder Representative and Alarm are unable to reach such agreement, they shall promptly thereafter cause BDO Seidman (the “ Accounting Referee ”) to review this Agreement and the disputed items or amounts for the purpose of calculating Closing Net Working Capital. In making such calculation, the Accounting Referee shall consider only those still unresolved items or amounts in Alarm’s calculation of Closing Net Working Capital as to which the Stockholder Representative has duly objected in accordance with Section 2.3(c) . The Accounting Referee shall deliver to the Stockholder Representative and Alarm, as promptly as practicable (but in any case no later than thirty (30) days from the date of engagement of the Accounting Referee), a report setting forth such calculation. Such report shall be final and binding upon the Stockholders and Alarm. The cost of such review and report shall be borne by the party (in the case of the Stockholder Representative, solely on behalf of the Stockholders) whose determination of the Closing Net Working Capital (as set forth in the statement submitted by Alarm pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or in the Stockholder Representative’s notice of disagreement delivered in accordance with Section 2.3(c) ) was farthest from the determination of the Final Net Working Capital (as defined below) determined by the Accounting Referee or equally if the determination of the Final Net Working Capital by the Accounting Referee is equidistant between the determinations of the parties.

 

8.


(e) Each party hereto shall, and shall cause their respective representatives to, cooperate and assist, to the extent requested by another party hereto, in the preparation of the calculation of Closing Net Working Capital and in the conduct of the review referred to in this Section 2.3 , including the making available to the extent reasonably necessary of books, records, work papers and appropriate personnel.

(f) If Final Net Working Capital (as defined below) exceeds Estimated Net Working Capital: (i) the Merger Consideration shall be increased by such excess (the “ WC Underpayment ”), and (ii) Alarm shall pay, within ten (10) business days of the determination of the Final Net Working Capital, to the Escrow Agent the amount of the WC Underpayment, in the manner provided in Section 2.2(c) . If the Final Net Working Capital is less than the Estimated Net Working Capital (such deficiency being referred to as the “ WC Overpayment ”): (i) the Merger Consideration shall be decreased by the WC Overpayment; and (ii) the amount of the WC Overpayment shall be released from the Escrow Amount to Alarm pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. “ Final Net Working Capital ” means Closing Net Working Capital: (1) as shown in Alarm’s calculation thereof if no notice of disagreement with respect thereto is duly delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(c) ; or (2) if such a notice of disagreement is delivered, then: (A) as agreed by the Stockholder Representative and Alarm pursuant to Section 2.3(d) or (B) in the absence of such agreement, as shown in the Accounting Referee’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(d) ; provided , however , that in no event shall Final Net Working Capital be less than Alarm’s calculation of Closing Net Working Capital or more than the Stockholder Representative’s calculation of Closing Net Working Capital delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(c) .

2.4 Earn-Out Payments.

(a) Stockholders shall be entitled to receive additional payments which may be earned and become payable as follows (each, an “ Earnout Payment ”, and collectively, the “ Earnout Payments ”):

(i) $4.5 million (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 2.4(b) below) if (1) the Company exceeds $3.4 million in Total Revenue (as defined below) for the year ended December 31, 2013; and (2) the Company’s actual 2013 Software Revenue (as defined below) represents at least 37% of the Company’s Total Revenue for the same period; provided , however , if 2013 Software Revenue meets or exceeds the absolute dollar projections set forth in Schedule 2.4(e) , subject to the sliding scale adjustments provided for in Section 2.4(b) , for 2013 Software Revenue but falls below 37% of the Company’s 2013 Total Revenue due solely to an increase in Total Revenue above the projections for 2013 set forth on Schedule 2.4(e) then Section 2.4(a)(i) shall be satisfied.

(ii) $2.5 million (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 2.4(b) below) if (1) the Company exceeds $5.5 million in Total Revenue (as defined below) for the year ended December 31, 2014; and (2) the Company’s actual 2014 Software Revenue (as defined below) represents at least 63% of the Company’s Total Revenue for the same period; provided ,

 

9.


however , if 2014 Software Revenue meets or exceeds the absolute dollar projections set forth in Schedule 2.4(e) , subject to the sliding scale adjustments provided for in Section 2.4(b) , for 2014 Software Revenue but falls below 63% of the Company’s 2014 Total Revenue due solely to an increase in Total Revenue above the projections for 2014 set forth on Schedule 2.4(e) then Section 2.4(a)(ii) shall be satisfied.

(iii) $7.0 million (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 2.4(b) below) if (1) the Company exceeds $11.4 million in Total Revenue (as defined below) for the year ended December 31, 2015; (2) the Company’s actual 2015 Software Revenue (as defined below) represents at least 72% of the Company’s Total Revenue for the same period; and (3) each of the Company’s EBITDA and Cash Flow are positive for 2015 (the “ 2015 Earnout Payment ”); provided , however , if 2015 Software Revenue meets or exceeds the absolute dollar projections set forth in Schedule 2.4(e) , subject to the sliding scale adjustments provided for in Section 2.4(b) , for 2015 Software Revenue but falls below 72% of the Company’s 2015 Total Revenue due solely to an increase in Total Revenue above the projections for 2015 set forth on Schedule 2.4(e) then Section 2.4(a)(iii) shall be satisfied; provided , further , that the 2015 Earnout Payment, if any, shall be reduced dollar for dollar for each dollar of debt or cash funding actually provided to the Company by Alarm or an Affiliate of Alarm or any third party at the request of the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the Rolling Forecasts (as defined below) in excess of $3.0 million between the Closing Date and December 31, 2015; provided , further , that such reduction in the 2015 Earnout Payment calculated in this subsection (iii), if any, shall be offset dollar for dollar for each dollar the Company exceeds, on a cumulative basis, EBITDA targets for years 2013 through 2015, as set forth on Schedule 2.4(e) .

(iv) If the requirements of subsection (iii) above are met, the entire $14.0 million Earnout Payment (subject to any adjustments set forth in subsection (iii) above) will be considered earned less any amounts previously paid pursuant to subsections (i) and (ii).

(b) Each applicable Earnout Payment shall be adjusted on a sliding scale percentage basis pursuant to the methodology set forth on Schedule 2.4(b) ; provided , however , in no event shall the aggregate Earnout Payments exceed $16.8 million.

(c) The parties agree that (i) during the term of the Escrow Agreement, 10% of any Earnout Payment earned pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement; (ii) 15% of any Earnout Payment earned pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be paid to the Company to be allocated to the employees of the Company as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in consultation with the President of the Company; and (iii) 75% of any Earnout Payments earned pursuant to this Section 2.4 , or in the event the Escrow Agreement has been terminated, the remainder of the Earnout Payments not retained pursuant to subsection (ii) above (in either event, inclusive of any fees due to Ackrell Capital, LLC), shall be paid to the Escrow Agent for distribution to the Stockholders in accordance with the Escrow Agreement (the “ Stockholder Earnout Payment ”). Any delivery of funds to the Escrow Agent pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be made in immediately available funds within ten (10) Business Days following the determination of the applicable Final Earnout Payment. In the event that Alarm fails to deliver the Final Earnout Payment to the Escrow Agent when due, it shall also pay interest on the Final Earnout Payment at a rate of four (4)% per annum.

 

10.


(d) Within forty-five (45) days after the issuance of Alarm’s audited financial statements for the applicable fiscal year, Alarm shall prepare and deliver to the Stockholder Representative a calculation of the applicable Earnout Payment describing in reasonable detail the manner in which Alarm has calculated the Earnout Payment. The Stockholder Representative shall, within thirty (30) days of Alarm’s delivery of the calculation of the applicable Earnout Payment, deliver a written notice to Alarm of any disagreement with Alarm’s calculation of the applicable Earnout Payment, which notice shall specify those items or amounts as to which the Stockholder Representative disagrees, and the Stockholders shall be deemed to have agreed with all other items and amounts contained in Alarm’s calculation of the applicable Earnout Payment. If the Stockholder Representative fails to properly object in writing to the calculation of applicable Earnout Payment within that thirty (30) day period, the Stockholders will be deemed conclusively to have agreed to Alarm’s calculation, which shall be final and binding upon the Stockholders. If a notice of disagreement shall be duly delivered pursuant to this Section 2.4(d) , Alarm and the Stockholder Representative shall, during the fifteen (15) days following such delivery, use their commercially reasonable, good faith efforts to reach agreement on the disputed items or amounts in order to determine, as may be required, the amount of the applicable Earnout Payment, which amount shall not be less than the amount thereof shown in Alarm’s calculation more than the amount thereof shown in the Stockholder Representative’s calculation. If, during such period, the Stockholder Representative and Alarm are unable to reach such agreement, they shall promptly thereafter cause the Accounting Referee to review this Agreement and the disputed items or amounts for the purpose of calculating the applicable Earnout Payment. In making such calculation, the Accounting Referee shall consider only those still unresolved items or amounts in Alarm’s calculation of the applicable Earnout Payment as to which the Stockholder Representative has duly objected in accordance with Section 2.4(d) . The Accounting Referee shall deliver to the Stockholder Representative and Alarm, as promptly as practicable (but in any case no later than thirty (30) days from the date of engagement of the Accounting Referee), a report setting forth such calculation. Such report shall be final and binding upon the Stockholders and Alarm. The cost of such review and report shall be borne by the party (in the case of the Stockholder Representative, solely on behalf of the Stockholders) whose determination of the applicable Earnout Payment (as set forth in the statement delivered by Alarm pursuant to Section 2.4(d) or in the Stockholder Representative’s notice of disagreement) was farthest from the determination of the applicable Final Earnout Payment (as defined below) determined by the Accounting Referee or equally if the determination of the applicable Final Earnout Payment by the Accounting Referee is equidistant between the determinations of the parties.

(e) For purposes of this Section 2.4 , the following definitions shall apply: (i) “ Cash Flow ” shall mean cash flow generated from the Company’s operations, determined in accordance with GAAP, less cash used for capital expenditures; (ii) “ EBITDA ” shall mean the Company’s earnings from operations before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, calculated as if it were being operated as a separate and independent corporation and in accordance with GAAP as consistently applied by Alarm as determined by the firm of independent certified public accountants engaged by Alarm for purposes of its own audit but excluding any corporate overhead or other intercompany charges between the Company and

 

11.


Alarm (or any of its Affiliates) except those which have been agreed to in advance by the President of the Company pursuant to an intercompany services agreement and any costs associated with benefits directly attributable to the Company; (iii) “ Final Earnout Payment ” means with respect to each Earnout Payment, the Earnout Payment: (1) as shown in Alarm’s calculation thereof if no notice of disagreement with respect thereto is duly delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(d) ; or (2) if such a notice of disagreement is delivered, then: (A) as agreed by the Stockholder Representative and Alarm pursuant to Section 2.4(d) or (B) in the absence of such agreement, as shown in the Accounting Referee’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(d) ; provided , however , that in no event shall any Final Earnout Payment be less than Alarm’s calculation of the applicable Earnout Payment or more than the Stockholder Representative’s calculation of the applicable Earnout Payment delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(d) ; (iv) “ Software Revenue ” shall mean revenue, as determined in accordance with GAAP, derived from the Company’s energy management and demand response software platform only if such related software is hosted on servers controlled by the Company, including but not limited to: (A) platform and software service and license fees for use of Company’s platform, and (B) revenue received for demand response aggregation, energy efficiency, and grid stability services, and (C) premium and other service or subscription fees for customers with devices connected to or controlled by or with accounts on Company’s platform, and shall expressly exclude any revenue derived from non-core software, including consulting, advertising, promotion and one-time data services; (v) “ Total Revenue ” shall mean the total revenue of the Company for the applicable period as determined in accordance with GAAP; and (vi) “ Total Revenue Operating Projections ” shall mean the Total Revenue projections for the applicable year set forth in the projections attached as Schedule 2.4(e) .

(f) Each party hereto shall, and shall cause their respective representatives to, cooperate and assist, to the extent reasonably requested by another party hereto, including, without limitation, the Stockholder Representative, in the preparation of the calculation of Earnout Payment and in the conduct of the review referred to in this Section 2.4 , including the making available to the extent reasonably necessary of books, records, work papers and appropriate personnel. At the request of the Stockholder Representative, the Chief Financial Officer of Alarm shall be available for quarterly conference calls during which the Chief Financial Officer shall provide the Stockholder Representative with a report on the progress toward the achievement of the various thresholds set forth in this Section 2.4 .

2.5 Alarm Covenants/Vesting of Earnout Payment.

(a) The parties agree that they will work together in good faith and use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve the Earnout Payments and will not take or cause or require the Company to take any actions in bad faith in order to materially and adversely impact or obstruct the achievement of the thresholds necessary to earn the Earnout Payments; provided , however , that Alarm has no obligation to operate the Company in order to maximize the amount of any Earnout Payment. In furtherance thereof, Alarm agrees that the Company will be operated as an independent wholly-owned subsidiary of Alarm under the EnergyHub name during the Earnout Period.

 

12.


(b) From the Closing through the final determination of the Stockholders’ entitlement to the Earnout Payments and the payment thereof (the “ Earnout Period ”), Alarm will fund the working capital and cash flow needs of the Company in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the following: On a quarterly basis, the President of the Company will provide Alarm with six month rolling forecasts (the “ Rolling Forecasts ”) setting forth his good faith estimate of the anticipated funding requirements necessary to implement the business plan of the Company consistent with the projections attached as Schedule 2.4(e) and in such detail as agreed upon by the Company and Alarm. The initial six month Rolling Forecast is attached hereto as Exhibit G to this Agreement and Alarm shall fund such amount at the Closing. So long as the aggregate amount of cash funds provided by Alarm to the Company during the Earnout Period has not exceeded $3,000,000, Alarm agrees to fund the second six month period in amounts consistent with the Rolling Forecast applicable to such period. Thereafter, so long as the Company has achieved at least 70% of its Total Revenue projections as set forth on Schedule 2.4(e) for the prior twelve-month period and the aggregate amount of cash funds provided by Alarm to the Company during the Earnout Period has not exceeded $3,000,000, Alarm agrees to provide the anticipated funding requirements for the succeeding six month period as set forth in the Rolling Forecasts. For clarification purposes, in no event shall Alarm be obligated to fund the Company (i) if, after the initial twelve-month period, the Company fails to achieve at least 70% of its Total Revenue projections as set forth on Schedule 2.4(e) for the prior twelve-month period or (ii) if Alarm has provided, or as a result of the applicable funding request will provide, in excess of $3,000,000 in the aggregate to the Company.

(c) The parties agree that during the Earnout Period, Seth Frader-Thompson so long as he is the President of the Company, Stephen Trundle and an individual to be named by Alarm shall be members of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, in the event Stephen Trundle resigns from the board, Alarm shall be entitled to name his successor; provided, further, Alarm may increase the size of the board in its sole discretion with the vacancies created by any such increase in size to be filled by designees of Alarm.

(d) During the Earnout Period, Alarm shall cause the Company to retain Seth Frader-Thompson, Joshua Oberwetter, Andrew Martin and Matt Johnson (collectively, the “ Key Employees ”) as senior management of the Company unless the Company and Stockholder Representative, after consultation with Seth Frader-Thompson, mutually agree to terminate or remove such employees from their positions or the Board of Directors of the Company terminates such Key Employees for Cause. Alarm further agrees to cause the Company to use reasonable efforts to preserve the role and responsibility of the President; provided that if Seth Frader-Thompson leaves the Company or is otherwise unable to fulfill his responsibilities as President, Alarm shall be free to adjust the roles and responsibilities of the remaining employees as it determines in good faith to be necessary or advisable to carry out and increase the business of the Company.

(e) During the Earnout Period, subject to the funding limitations set forth in Section 2.5(b) , above, Alarm agrees to keep the products and business lines of the Company substantially as historically operated and as contemplated by the business plans as of the Closing Date.

 

13.


2.6 Escrow Agreement.

On the Closing Date, Alarm shall pay (or cause to be paid), by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the Base Escrow Amount to the Escrow Agent, to be held in escrow to satisfy any claims by (i) Alarm for satisfaction of any Merger Consideration Adjustment pursuant to Section 2.3 ; or (ii) Alarm Indemnified Persons pursuant to Section 9.2 . The Escrow Agreement shall direct the Escrow Agent to allocate the Escrow Amount among all of the Stockholders in accordance with the applicable respective percentages set forth on Schedule 2.6 (the “ Applicable Percentage ”) and, to the extent any amounts included in the Escrow Amount represent funds due to participants in the Employee Retention Plan pursuant to the schedule to the Employee Retention Plan, shall direct the Escrow Agent to allocate such funds to the Company and/or Alarm for payment through the Company’s or Alarm’s payroll processing service or system, subject to applicable withholding tax, if and when due, to such participants. If the Stockholders become obligated (whether through mutual agreement between Alarm and the Stockholder Representative, as a result of a final non-appealable judicial determination or otherwise finally determined in accordance with the terms hereof or the terms of the Escrow Agreement) to provide an adjustment payment, indemnification or another payment pursuant to or in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, Alarm and the Stockholder Representative shall, if necessary for the release of funds from the escrow, execute joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent to disburse the appropriate amounts from the Escrow Amount in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

ARTICLE III

CLOSING AND TERMINATION

3.1 Closing Date.

Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 (or waiver in writing by the party entitled to waive such conditions), the closing of the transactions contemplated hereunder, including the Merger (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP, 201 17th Street, Atlanta Georgia (or at such other place as the parties may designate in writing) at 10:00 a.m. (local time) on the third Business Day after the satisfaction or waiver of each condition to the Closing set forth in Article VIII (other than conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions), unless another time or date, or both, are agreed to in writing by the parties hereto. The date on which the Closing shall be held is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Closing Date ”.

3.2 Termination of Agreement.

This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing as follows:

(a) by mutual written consent of the Company, Alarm and the Merger Sub;

(b) the Company may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to Alarm and the Merger Sub at any time prior to the Closing if (i) Alarm and/or the Merger Sub has breached any covenant, representation or warranty in any material respect contained in this Agreement and such breach has not been cured within twenty (20) days following the delivery of

 

14.


notice of such breach to Alarm and the Merger Sub (so long the Company is then in material breach of any covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement); or (ii) if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before June 30, 2013 (the “ Expiration Date ”), by reason of the failure of any condition precedent under Section 8.2 (unless the failure results primarily from the Company’s breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement);

(c) Alarm and the Merger Sub may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Company at any time prior to the Closing: (i) if the Company has breached any covenant, representation or warranty in any material respect contained in this Agreement and such breach has not been cured within twenty (20) days following the delivery of notice of such breach to the Company (so long as Alarm and/or the Merger Sub is not then in material breach of any covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement); or (ii) if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the Expiration Date, by reason of the failure of any condition precedent under Section 8.1 (unless the failure results primarily from Alarm’s breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement); or

(d) by the Company, Alarm or the Merger Sub if there shall be in effect a final nonappealable Order of a Governmental Body of competent jurisdiction restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; it being agreed that the parties hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts to appeal any adverse determination which is not nonappealable (and pursue such appeal with reasonable diligence).

3.3 Procedure Upon Termination; Effect of Termination.

(a) In the event of termination and abandonment of this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.2 , written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the non-abandoning party, and subject to the notice and cure periods set forth in Section 3.2 , this Agreement shall terminate, and the transactions contemplated hereunder shall be abandoned, without further action by Alarm, the Merger Sub or the Company.

(b) In the event that this Agreement is validly terminated in accordance with Section 3.2 , then the parties shall be relieved of their duties and obligations arising under this Agreement after the date of such termination and such termination shall be without liability to the parties; provided , that no such termination shall relieve any party hereto from liability for any willful breach of this Agreement and, provided , further , that the obligations of the parties set forth in Section 7.5 (Confidentiality), Section 7.6 (Publicity) and Article XI (Miscellaneous) shall survive any such termination and shall be enforceable hereunder.

3.4 Closing Deliveries.

(a) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Alarm and/or the Merger Sub the following:

(i) intentionally omitted.

(ii) certificates referred to in Sections 8.1(a) and 8.1(b) ;

 

15.


(iii) written resignations of directors and officers of the Company, other than the individuals set forth on Schedule 3.4(a)(iii) ;

(iv) an appropriate receipt and release evidencing the termination of the Debt on Schedule 3.4(a)(iv) , together with evidence of arrangements to deliver UCC-3 termination statements or similar documents evidencing the termination of all Liens held by the lenders under the Debt on Schedule 3.4(a)(iv) , in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Alarm;

(v) evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Alarm and its counsel that all mortgages, security interests, collateral assignments and other Liens (other than Permitted Exceptions) on any of the properties or assets of the Company shall have been released, discharged and terminated;

(vi) a counterpart of the Escrow Agreement, duly executed by the Stockholder Representative;

(vii) evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Alarm and its counsel that the Series B Documents have been terminated in full;

(viii) evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Alarm and its counsel that all options and the Company’s stock option plan have been terminated in full, and each shall no longer have any force or effect;

(ix) evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Alarm and its counsel that all warrants to purchase capital stock of the Company have been terminated in full, and each shall no longer have any force or effect;

(x) evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Alarm and its counsel that the agreements identified on Schedule 3.4(a)(x) have been terminated in full and no longer have any force or effect;

(xi) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying as to the incumbency of any officer or representative executing any Company Document on behalf of the Company, the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors and the Stockholders approving the transactions contemplated by the Company Documents, and such other customary matters as Alarm and its counsel may reasonably request;

(xii) evidence that all of the Company’s employees have entered into Alarm’s standard Work Product Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement;

(xiii) a compact disc (Which shall be permanent and accessible, without the need for any password, with readily and commercially available software) containing in electronic format, all documents posted to the datasite maintained by Ackrell Capital, LLC on behalf of the Company as of the Closing;

 

16.


(xiv) the Stockholder Consent, executed and delivered in accordance with Section 7.11 , a copy of the Section 228(e) notice in connection therewith, a copy of which shall have been delivered to each Stockholder of the Company who has not signed the Stockholder Consent in accordance with the DGCL;

(xv) Letters of Transmittal executed by holders of at least 98% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, including the Holders of 100% of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, including affidavits from each Stockholder who is a U.S. person under Code Section 1445 and the regulations thereunder affirming that such Stockholder is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1.1445-2(b) of the Treasury Regulations and, on behalf of each Stockholder who is not a U.S. person under Code Section 1445 and the regulations thereunder, an affidavit from the Company pursuant to Code Section 1445 and Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h) and 1.145-2(c)(3) affirming that the Company is not a U.S. real property holding corporation;

(xvi) any other deliverable contemplated in Section 8.1 .

(b) At Closing, Alarm and the Merger Sub, as applicable, shall deliver, or cause to be delivered the following:

(i) evidence of the wire transfers referred to in Section 2.2 ;

(ii) the certificates referred to in Sections 8,2(a) and 8.2(b) ;

(iii) a counterpart of the Escrow Agreement, duly executed by Alarm; and

(iv) any other deliverable contemplated in Section 8.2 .

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company represents and warrants to Alarm and the Merger Sub, as of the date hereof and again as of the Closing Date, that:

4.1 Organization and Good Standing.

The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business as now conducted and to own and operate its assets as now owned and operated by it. The Company is duly qualified or authorized to do business as a foreign company and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property and each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the ownership of its assets requires such qualification or authorization (which jurisdictions are set forth on Schedule 4.1 ), except where the failure to be so qualified, authorized or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. True, correct and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of the Company, as currently in effect, have been delivered to Alarm.

 

17.


4.2 Authorization of Agreement.

The Company has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other agreement, document, instrument or certificate contemplated by this Agreement or to be executed by the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (collectively with this Agreement, the “ Company Documents ”), and to consummate the transactions and perform its obligations as contemplated thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of the Company Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Company (including the Stockholders), This Agreement has been, and each of the Company Documents will be at or prior to the Closing, duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and (assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Alarm) this Agreement constitutes, and each of the other Company Documents to which the Company is a party will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).

4.3 Conflicts; Consents of Third Parties.

(a) None of the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of the Company Documents, the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, or compliance by the Company with any of the provisions thereof will: (i) cause the Company to violate or breach any Law or Order; (ii) conflict with or result in a violation of the Organizational Documents of the Company; or (iii) except as set forth on Schedule 4.3(a) , conflict with or result in a breach or termination of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, accelerate any obligations arising under, trigger any payment under, require any Consent under or notice under, result in the creation of any Lien pursuant to, or otherwise adversely affect, any Material Contract to which the Company is a party or by which its assets may be bound.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3(b) , no waiver, Order, Permit or Consent of, any Person or Governmental Body is required on the part of the Company in connection with the execution and delivery of the Company Documents or the compliance by the Company with any of the provisions thereof, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, except for such consents, waivers, approvals, Orders, Permits, authorizations, declarations, filings, or notifications that are to be obtained prior to the Closing.

4.4 Capitalization.

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 27,293,362 shares, consisting of (i) 2,966,257 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding; (ii) 8,447,334 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, of which 8,265,710 are issued and outstanding; and (iii) 15,879,771 shares of Common Stock, of which 2,123,636 are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is held by the

 

18.


Stockholders as set forth on Schedule 4.4(a) . Schedule 4.4(a) also sets forth the names of the Company’s officers and directors or other governing persons. All of the issued and outstanding Shares were duly authorized for issuance and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and were issued in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act, any applicable state “blue sky” or securities law. Except for the Shares, there are no other equity securities of the Company outstanding. None of the Shares were issued in violation of any preemptive, preferential or similar rights of any Person.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.4(b) , there are not any authorized or outstanding: (i) options, warrants, calls, rights of first refusal or other rights of any character to acquire equity or debt interests from the Company or any phantom stock, stock appreciation rights or any other rights intended to provide an economic return based on changes in the value of any debt or equity securities of the Company; (ii) authorized or outstanding equity or debt securities of the Company convertible into or exchangeable for equity or debt securities of the Company; or (iii) rights or options pursuant to which the Company is required to or has the right to redeem, purchase or otherwise reacquire any equity securities, or other instrument convertible or exercisable into equity securities, of the Company. The Company is not a party to any voting trust or other Contract with respect to the voting, redemption, sale, transfer or other disposition of the Shares.

4.5 Subsidiaries.

The Company does not own any equity or debt securities or other ownership interest, directly or indirectly, in any other Person, nor is it party to any Contract to acquire any such securities or other ownership interest.

4.6 Financial Statements; Books and Records; Accounts Receivable.

(a) The Company has delivered to Alarm copies of: (i) the audited balance sheets of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and the related unaudited statements of income and of cash flows (ii) the unaudited balance sheets of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and the related unaudited statements of income and of cash flows (the “ Annual Financial Statements ”); (iii) the unaudited balance sheet of the Company at March 31, 2013 and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company for the three-month period then ended (the “ Interim Financial Statements ”, collectively with the Annual Financial Statements, the “ Financial Statements ”).

(b) Except in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of notes and subject to normal year-end adjustments, the Financial Statements: (i) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and fairly present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as at the dates and for the periods indicated therein, and (ii) are consistent with the books and records of the Company maintained in the ordinary course of business.

(c) The respective minute and corporate or company books of the Company, and the books of account and other business records of the Company, all of which have been previously delivered to Alarm and its representatives, are accurate and complete in all material respects.

 

19.


(d) All receivables reflected in the balance sheet in the Interim Financial Statements (the “ Reference Balance Sheet ”), or which have arisen from the conduct of the business of the Company since the date of the Reference Balance Sheet (the “ Reference Balance Sheet Date ”), are valid and have arisen only from bona fide, arms-length transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, are collectible in accordance with their terms and are not subject to defease, offset or any counterclaim. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.6(d) , such receivables, net of reserves, are fairly presented in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, in the Financial Statements. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.6(d) , the Company has not accepted any prepayment or other payment for products to be delivered or services to be performed on or after the Closing Date. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.6(d) , the Company does not have any issued and outstanding invoices for payments due in consideration for services not yet rendered or goods not yet delivered as of the Closing Date.

4.7 No Undisclosed Liabilities.

Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7 or to the extent reflected or provided for in the Reference Balance Sheet, the Company has no Liabilities other than: (i) accounts payable and accrued expenses incurred after the Reference Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, (ii) executory obligations or liabilities under Contracts listed on Schedule 4.13(a) or that are not required to be listed thereon (but not including any Liabilities or obligations arising out of any breach of Contract), (iii) Liabilities incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or (iv) that are immaterial to the Company.

4.8 Absence of Certain Developments.

Since December 31, 2012: (1) the Company has conducted its business only in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices; and (ii) there has not been any event, change, occurrence or circumstance that has had, or is reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth on Schedule 4.8 , since December 31, 2012, the Company has not:

(a) incurred any Debt, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

(b) changed any accounting principles, methods or practices, or the manner the Company keeps its books and records, or its practices with regard to the booking of sales, receivables, payables or accrued expenses or materially altered its payment or collection practices;

(c) (A) granted any severance, continuation or termination pay to any director, officer, shareholder or employee; (B) entered into any employment, deferred compensation or other similar agreement (or any amendment to any such existing agreement) with any director, officer, shareholder or employee; (C) increased, amended, or changed compensation, bonus or other benefits payable or potentially payable to current or former directors, officers, shareholders

 

20.


or employees, other than that as may be required by Law; (D) adopted any new or changed the terms of any existing bonus, pension, insurance, health or other benefit plan; or (E) represented to any employee or former employee that the Company, Alarm or any other Person would continue to maintain or implement any benefit or would continue to employ such employee after the Closing Date;

(d) suffered any damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to any of its material properties or assets or disposed of any assets other than inventory in the ordinary come of business consistent with past practices;

(e) except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and levels, granted customers of the business any rebates, price concessions, discounts or allowances, materially altered its pricing or payment terms or agreed to any material reduction in discounts received from suppliers;

(f) made any declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend or other distribution with respect to, or any repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of, any of its capital stock or other equity interests;

(g) purchased, leased or otherwise acquired (whether by merger, consolidation, or other business combination, purchase of securities, purchase of assets or otherwise) any material portion of the business or assets of any other Person;

(h) made, changed or revoked any material Tax election, elected or changed any material method of accounting for Tax purposes, settled any Legal Proceeding in respect of Taxes or entered into any Contract in respect of Taxes with any Governmental Body;

(i) cancelled, waived or compromised any Debt, right or claim having a value of more than $10,000 (individually) or an aggregate value in excess of $25,000;

(j) sold, assigned, transferred or granted any Intellectual Property, entered into any settlement regarding the breach or infringement of any Intellectual Property, or taken any action (or, to the Company’s Knowledge, failed to take any action) that has resulted in, or would reasonably be likely to result in, the loss, lapse, abandonment, invalidity or unenforceability of any of its Intellectual Property;

(k) made any capital expenditures or capital additions or betterments in excess of an aggregate of $25,000;

(l) made any purchase commitment outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or made any advances to any Person, other than to employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or

(m) committed or agreed to do any of the foregoing.

 

21.


4.9 Taxes.

Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9 :

(a) The Company has timely filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by it on or before the Closing Date, all of which were true, correct and complete in all material respects. The Company has provided Alarm with copies of such Tax Returns filed in each of the immediately preceding three (3) calendar years. All Taxes required to be paid by the Company have been timely reserved for or paid, whether or not shown on any such Tax Returns. There are no Liens as a result of any unpaid Taxes (other than for current Taxes not yet due and payable) upon any of the assets of the Company. The Company has set aside adequate reserves for any accrued but unpaid Taxes. The net operating losses and carryovers relating thereto reflected on those Tax Returns are not currently subject to any restrictions or limitations on their use by the Company under Sections 382, 383 or 384 of the Code, excluding any restrictions or limitations on their use attributable to the transactions contemplated pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) All Taxes required to be withheld or collected by the Company on or before the Closing Date have been withheld or collected and have been (or will be) duly and timely paid to the proper Taxing Authority. All Persons performing services on behalf of the Company have been properly classified by the Company for purposes of Tax reporting and Tax withholding as required by applicable Law. The Company has complied in all material respects with Tax recordkeeping requirements.

(c) No deficiencies for any Taxes have been proposed, asserted or assessed by any Taxing Authority against the Company that are still pending, and no Tax Return of the Company is under current examination by any Taxing Authority.

(d) No requests for waivers of the time to assess any Taxes have been made by the Company that are still pending.

(e) There is no pending claim by any Taxing Authority of a jurisdiction where the Company has not filed Tax Returns that the Company is subject to Taxation in that jurisdiction.

(f) The Company has not received a Tax ruling or entered into a closing or similar agreement with any Taxing Authority that will be binding on the Company after the Closing. The Company has not entered into any agreement with any Taxing Authority, including any Tax allocation, Tax abatement, Tax credit, or payment in lieu of Taxes agreements.

(g) The Company has not made any payments, and there is no Contract covering any Person that, individually or collectively, could give rise to the payment of any amount (individually or in the aggregate) that would not be deductible by Alarm or the Company by reason of Section 280G of the Code or would subject the recipient thereof to Section 4999 of the Code (or any corresponding provisions of state, local or foreign Tax Law), or that were or will not be deductible under Sections 162 or 404 of the Code (or any corresponding provisions of state, local or foreign Tax law).

(h) The Company has not participated in any “reportable transaction” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(1) or any transaction that is substantially similar to such a “reportable transaction.”

 

22.


(i) The Company will not be required to include in income during a portion of a Straddle Period commencing after the Closing Date and/or a Post-Closing Period any income that economically accrued and was accounted for on or prior to the Closing Date by reason of the installment method of accounting, the completion method of accounting or otherwise.

(j) The Company is not, and has not been during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code, a real property holding corporation under Section 897(c)(2)of the Code.

(k) The Company has not been a member of a consolidated group that has filed (or was required to file) a consolidated, unitary or combined Tax Return or which may result in the Company incurring Liability for the Taxes of another Person by reason of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any similar provision of Tax Law.

(l) The Company has no Knowledge indicating that a Taxing Authority intends to assert a claim against the Company for delinquent Taxes or that there are any applicable facts that would reasonably support such a claim by a Taxing Authority.

(m) The Company, its Company Benefit Plans (as defined below), and its fiduciaries have not (individually nor collectively) participated in any nonexempt “prohibited transaction” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) or Code Section 4975.

4.10 Real Property.

(a) Owned Real Property . The Company does not (i) own any real property (including ground leases); (ii) hold a freehold or other ownership interest (either directly or indirectly) in any real property; or (iii) hold any option or right of first refusal or first offer to acquire any real property.

(b) Leased Real Property . Schedule 4.10(b) contains an accurate and complete list of all real property leases, subleases, licenses or other occupancy agreements to which the Company (whether as lessor or lessee) is a party (such Contracts being referred to herein as the “ Real Properly Lease ”). Each Real Property Lease is valid and binding on the Company and is in full force and effect; all rents and additional rents and other sums, expenses and charges due thereunder to date on each such Real Property Lease have been timely paid; and the lessee has had quiet enjoyment thereof since the commencement of the original term of such Real Property Lease and no waiver of the lessee’s obligations thereunder has been granted by the lessor. There exists no material default or event of default by the Company or, to the Company’s Knowledge, by any other party to any Real Property Lease. The Company holds the leasehold estate on all the Real Property Leases free and clear of all Liens, except for any mortgagees’ liens on the real property in which such leasehold estate is located. The real property leased by the Company is in a state of good maintenance and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted), adequate and suitable for the purposes for which they are presently being used, and there are no material repair or restoration works likely to be required in connection with any of the leased real property. The Company is in physical possession and actual and exclusive occupation of the

 

23.


whole of each of its leased properties. To the Company’s Knowledge, no environmental claim has been made against the Company with respect to any Real Property Lease. The Company does not owe any brokerage commission with respect to any of the Real Property Leases.

4.11 Title; Sufficiency.

Except as noted on Schedule 4.11 : (i) all assets owned or leased by the Company are in the possession of the Company at one of the properties subject to a Real Property Lease; (ii) such assets are in good operating condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and are suitable for the use to which they are put; and (iii) with respect to any assets leased by the Company, such assets are in such condition as to permit the surrender thereof on the date hereof without any cost or expense for repair or restoration if the related leases were terminated on the date hereof in the ordinary course of business. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11 , the Company owns all right, title and interest in and to all of its properties and assets reflected as owned in the Reference Balance Sheet or acquired since the Reference Balance Sheet Date, free and clear of any and all Liens, other than Permitted Exceptions. The properties and assets (tangible and intangible) owned or leased by the Company constitute all of the properties and assets necessary to conduct its business as heretofore conducted.

4.12 Intellectual Property.

(a) Schedule 4.12(a) sets forth a complete and correct list of all Intellectual Property owned by the Company that is subject to any issuance, registration, application or other filing by, to or with any Governmental Authority or authorized private registrar in any jurisdiction (collectively, “ Intellectual Property Registrations ”), including registered trademarks, domain names and copyrights, issued and reissued patents and pending applications for any of the foregoing. All required filings and fees related to the Intellectual Property Registrations have been timely filed with and paid to the relevant Governmental Authorities and authorized registrars, including without limitation all application and maintenance fees. All Intellectual Property Registrations are otherwise in good standing (including without limitation that all assignments have been executed and recorded, and that all deadlines for responses or other submissions to the relevant Government Authorities and registrars have been timely made). No intellectual property rights, or potential intellectual property rights embodied in the Company’s patent applications set forth on Schedule 4.12(a) , have lapsed, and, except as set forth on Schedule 4.12(a) , no action is required within thirty (30) days following the Closing to maintain the validity and enforceability of such Intellectual Property Registrations (including without limitation any actions with respect to pending applications for intellectual property rights or registrations set forth on Schedule 4.12(a) ).

(b) The Company’s Intellectual Property includes the source code, system documentation, statements of principles of operation and schematics for the operation and maintenance of all Technology Assets, as well as any pertinent commentary or explanation, that is reasonably necessary to render such materials substantially understandable and usable by a trained computer programmer. The Documentation also includes any programs owned or licensed by the Company including software code compilers, software workbenches, development tools and proprietary development languages used for the development, maintenance and implementation of the Technology Assets other than shrink wrap software which has an initial or annual license or maintenance fee of less than $5,000.

 

24.


(c) Other than the rights of the Company’s customers to access the website located at www.energyhub.com (the “ Website ”) and the software, applications and services provided by the Company (the “ Applications ”) or as set forth on Schedule 4.12(c) , the Company has not granted, transferred or assigned any right or interest in the Intellectual Property to any Person. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.12(c) , there are no Contracts for consideration in excess of $10,000 per Contract or $100,000 in the aggregate in effect made by or on behalf of the Company with respect to the marketing, distribution, licensing or promotion of the Intellectual Property (including Contracts made by any salesperson, distributor, sublicensor or other remarketer or sales organization, but excluding shrink wrap and similar self-executing licenses). All such Contracts are valid, binding and enforceable between the Company and, to the Company’s Knowledge, the other parties thereto, and the Company and, to the Company’s Knowledge, such other parties are in compliance in all material respects with the terms and conditions of such agreements.

(d) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.12(d) : (i) the Company owns and possesses all right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property purported to be owned by the Company, free and clear of all Liens; and (ii) the Company has a valid, enforceable and transferable license to use, all non-owned Intellectual Property.

(e) The Intellectual Property constitutes all proprietary rights reasonably necessary or desirable for the operation of the Company’s businesses as presently conducted. No claim by any third party contesting the validity, enforceability, use or ownership of any of the Intellectual Property has been made or is currently outstanding, and, to the Knowledge of the Company there exists no basis for such claim. The Company has not received any written notices of and has no Knowledge of any facts that are reasonably likely to result in any claim by a third party that there has been any infringement or misappropriation by, or conflict with, any Person with respect to the Intellectual Property, including any demand or request that the Company license rights from, or make royalty payments to, any Person. To the Company’s Knowledge, the Intellectual Property has not infringed, misappropriated or otherwise conflicted with any proprietary tights of any third parties and the Company has no Knowledge of any infringement, misappropriation or conflict that will occur as a result of the continued operation of the Company’s business consistent with the manner that the Company has heretofore operated its business. To the Company’s Knowledge, no third party is infringing, misappropriating or diluting any intellectual property rights of the Company.

(f) Except as provided in Schedule 4.12(f) , the Company has taken all commercially reasonable actions, measures and precautions to maintain, safeguard and protect all of the Intellectual Property, the Company has taken all steps required by any applicable Law to protect and secure its trade secrets to the extent reasonably necessary pursuant to such Law and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there has been no unauthorized release, disclosure or dissemination of any such trade secrets. All personnel, including employees, agents, consultants and contractors, who have contributed to or participated in the conception and development of any Intellectual Property on behalf of the Company either: (i) have been party to a “work-for-hire” arrangement or agreement with the Company, in accordance with applicable Law, that has

 

25.


accorded the Company full, effective, exclusive and original ownership of all right, title and interest, including all intellectual property rights thereby arising; or (ii) have executed appropriate instruments of assignment in favor of the Company as assignee that are separately identified on Schedule 4.12(f) and that have conveyed to the Company full, effective and exclusive ownership of all right, title and interest, including all intellectual property rights thereby arising, the forms of which are substantially similar to the copies which have been previously provided to Alarm. The agreements with current and former employees and agreements with agents, consultants and contractors which are currently in effect include restrictive covenants with respect to non-competition and non-solicitation, the forms of which are substantially similar to the copies of which have been previously provided to Alarm.

(g) To the Company’s Knowledge, all software that is used by the Company is free from any material defect or programming or documentation error, including major bugs, logic errors or failures of such software to currently operate in all material respects as described in the related documentation, and substantially conforms to the specifications of such software. To the Company’s Knowledge, the software used by the Company does not contain any “back door,” “time bomb,” “Trojan horse,” “worm,” “drop dead device,” “virus” (as these terms are commonly used in the computer software industry), or other software routines or hardware components intentionally designed to permit unauthorized access, to disrupt, disable or erase software, hardware or data, or to perform any other similar type of unauthorized activities.

(h) All information or data of any kind possessed by the Company, including but not limited to, information that is individual and identifiable to any consumer and collected from consumers (“ PII ”), aggregate or anonymous information collected from consumers (“ Non - PIP ”) and employee data (together with the PII and Non-PII, “ Data ”), has been collected by the Company, or obtained from any other Person, in compliance with all applicable Laws. Further, all Data is being maintained, stored, processed and used by it in compliance with all Laws. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.12(h) the Company has at all times presented a privacy policy, as updated from time to time (“ Privacy Policy ”), to consumers at the time of its collection of any PH or Non-PII from consumers through its services offered as part of its businesses. The Company has operated its businesses consistent with the Privacy Policy and any other references to their respective Data collection and use practices contained in marketing materials and advertisements of the Company. All such references regarding its Data collection and use practices have accurately and, as applicable and required under the context, completely described the Company’s respective information collection practices and no such notices or disclosures have been inaccurate, misleading or deceptive under applicable Law. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.12(h) , the Company has not received any written notices from any Governmental Authority that its collection, possession or use of PII or Non-PII is inconsistent with or a violation of its applicable Privacy Policy or otherwise constitutes a deceptive or misleading trade practice. The Company uses commercially reasonable technical measures consistent with relevant industry practice to store and maintain all Data to protect against unauthorized access to or use of the Data. Subject to applicable Law and as set forth on Schedule 4.12(h) , the Company has the unrestricted right to use the Data, free and clear of all Liens.

(i) There has been no unauthorized use, access to or disclosure of any Data while in the possession of, or under the control of, the Company. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not result in any loss or impairment of the rights to own and use any Data, nor will such consummation require the consent of any third party in respect of any Data.

 

26.


(j) Schedule 4.12(j) sets forth a list of all third party intellectual property: (i) embodied in the Website, the Applications and the content and data embodied in, delivered through, or used to operate the Website and the Applications, including all data, databases, customer lists, healthcare provider information, forms, and textual, video, graphical and multimedia works (the “ Content ”); (ii) licensed for use by the Company; or (iii) used by the Company in the development, hosting or provision of the Website, Applications, or Content, other than shrink wrap software which has an initial or annual license or maintenance fee of less than $5,000. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.12(j) , the Company’s Intellectual Property does not contain any software subject to a GNU General Public License, a GNU Library (Lesser) General Public License, or any license containing terms substantially similar to the terms contained in either of the foregoing licenses in any material respect, specifically including the reciprocity terms applicable to source code for derivative works (each, an “ Open Source License ”). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.12(j) , neither the Website or the Applications, as a result of intermingling or integration of code owned by the Company with any “open source” software licensed under any Open Source License is, in whole or in part, subject to the provisions of any Open Source License.

(k) The Company is, and at all times has been, in compliance in all respects with that certain Confidential Patent License Agreement dated as of October 26, 2012 by and between SIPCO, LLC and the Company (the “ SIPCO License Agreement ”). No claims alleging a violation by the Company of the SIPCO License Agreement are pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened. Schedule 4.12(k) sets forth any payments currently due under the SIPCO License Agreement but which payments have not been made by the Company.

4.13 Contracts and Agreements.

(a) The applicable subpart of Schedule 4.13(a) sets forth all of the following Contracts currently in effect to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its assets is bound (collectively, with the Contracts set forth on Schedule 4.15(a) , the “ Material Contracts ”):

(i) Contracts entered into within the last three (3) years or otherwise having executory obligations on the part of the Company and relating to the acquisition or disposition by the Company of: (A) any business, real property or business segment (whether by merger, consolidation or other business combination, sale of assets or otherwise) or the capital stock of any Person, or (B) any of the assets of the Company (other than sales of inventory or the disposition of obsolete equipment, in each case in the ordinary course of business) for consideration in excess of $25,000;

(ii) Contracts relating to the incurrence, assumption or guarantee of any Debt;

(iii) any other Contracts (or groups of related Contracts) which involve the expenditure or receipt of more than $25,000 annually or more than $100,000 over the remaining term thereof (other than purchases of inventory in the ordinary course of business), or require performance by any party more than one year from the date hereof, that, in each case, are not terminable by the Company without penalty on notice of sixty (60) days or less;

 

27.


(iv) Contracts restricting the ability of the Company to operate any business;

(v) Contracts that require the Company to purchase minimum quantities (or pay any amount for failure to purchase any specific quantities) of goods or services, or to deal with any Person on an exclusive basis, or containing “most favored nations” or similar pricing arrangements;

(vi) Contracts that require the Company to indemnify or hold harmless any other Person;

(vii) Contracts that provide for any partnership, joint venture, strategic alliance, teaming or similar arrangement;

(viii) Contracts that provide for or relate to any employment or consulting relationship with any Person (other than at-will arrangements);

(ix) Contracts pursuant to which the Company grants or is granted a license of any Intellectual Property;

(x) Contracts granting a power of attorney;

(xi) Contracts relating to the sales or distributions of the Company’s products or services (excluding purchase and sales orders entered into in the ordinary course of business but including master sales contracts with the Company’s customers); and

(xii) Contracts that are otherwise material to the business, operations or financial condition of the Company and are outside the Company’s ordinary course of business.

(b) True, correct and complete copies of all Material Contracts as currently in effect have previously been delivered to Alarm. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13(b) , the Company is not in default under any Material Contract. To the Knowledge of the Company, no other party to a Material Contract has breached, violated or defaulted under any Material Contract and no circumstance exists that, with notice or lapse of time or both (including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement), would constitute such a default by any party thereto.

4.14 Employees; Compensation.

Schedule 4.14(a) lists the name of each employee (including leased employees) and independent contractors of the Company and the date of employment, position and the total current annual compensation payable to each such individual, including all wages, bonuses, commissions, allowances, and any other compensation forfeited or cancelled within the preceding 12 months. All wages, bonuses, commissions, and allowances with respect to any period prior to the Closing Date have been fully paid or accrued. All persons classified as non-employees and all individuals classified as exempt from overtime requirements were at all times properly classified as such. Seth Frader-Thompson is the only Stockholder who is also an employee of the Company.

 

28.


4.15 Employee Benefits Plans.

(a) Schedule 4.15(a) lists each “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) and any other plan, Contract or policy providing bonuses, profit sharing benefits, pension benefits, compensation, deferred compensation, stock options, phantom stock, stock appreciation rights, stock purchase rights, fringe benefits, severance payments, post-retirement benefits, scholarships, health and welfare benefits, disability benefits, sick leave pay, vacation pay, commissions, payroll practices, retention payments or other benefits (each such plan, Contract or policy is referred to herein as a “ Company Benefit Plan ”) that: (i) the Company sponsors or has or could have Liability with respect to, or has or could have any obligation to contribute to for the benefit of current or former employees, directors, or any other Person performing services for the Company. The Company has delivered to Alarm true, correct and complete copies of: (i) each Company Benefit Plan document, any amendments thereto, and all documents embodying and relating to such Company Benefit Plan, including third-party services agreements, investment management contracts, and any other administrative services agreement; (ii) annual reports including Forms 5500 (with schedules attached), 990 and 1041 for the preceding three (3) years for the plan and any related trust; (iii) the most recent summary plan description for each Company Benefit Plan for which such summary plan description is required; (iv) each trust agreement and insurance or group annuity contract relating to any Company Benefit Plan; (v) each communication within the preceding 12 months involving a plan or any related trust to or from the IRS, Department of Labor (“ DOL ”), Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) or any other Governmental Body; and (vi) the most recent determination letter received from the IRS pertaining to any Company Benefit Plan that is a Company Pension Plan (as defined below).

(b) Schedule 4.15(b) lists each voluntary benefit plan available to employees which is considered to be exempt from ERISA under DOL Regulation Section 2510.3-1(j).

(c) Each Company Benefit Plan maintained, contributed to or required to be contributed to by the Company has been administered in all respects in accordance with its terms and with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code (including the rules and regulations thereunder) and all other applicable Laws.

(d) Schedule 4.15(d) lists each Company Benefit Plan that is an “employee pension benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) that is intended to be tax qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (each, a “ Company Pension Plan ”). All Company Pension Plans that are maintained, contributed to or required to be contributed to by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate are so qualified. No event has occurred since the date of the most recent determination letter or application therefor relating to any such Company Pension Plan that would adversely affect the qualification of such Company Pension Plan. No Legal Proceeding (other than routine benefit claims) has been asserted or instituted or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any Company Benefit Plan, any trustee or fiduciaries thereof, the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, or any of the assets of any Company Benefit Plan or any related trust.

 

29.


(e) Schedule 4.15(e) lists each Company Benefit Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as defined in Code Section 409A(d)(1)). Each of the Company’s nonqualified deferred compensation plans has been, since January 1, 2005, in compliance with Code Section 409A, Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-1, and all applicable notices, guidance, and regulations as may be in effect from time to time. No stock option granted under any Company Benefit Plan has an exercise price that has been or may be less than the fair market value of the underlying stock as of the date such option was granted or has any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of exercise or disposition of such option.

(f) All contributions, deferrals, premiums and benefit payments under or in connection with the Company Benefit Plans that are required to have been made as of the Closing will have been (or will be) timely made or have been reflected on the Reference Balance Sheet. No Company Pension Plan has an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as such term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived.

(g) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15(g) , the Company and its ERISA Affiliates do not currently maintain, contribute to or participate in, nor at any time have any of them had an obligation to maintain, contribute to, or otherwise participate in any employee benefit plans that are “multiemployer plans ” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA or Code Section 414(f)), “ multiple employer plans ” (within the meaning of Code Section 413(c)), plans that are subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA, or a welfare plan that is a “ multiple employer welfare arrangement ” (within the meaning of Section 3(40) of ERISA). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15(g) , neither the Company nor any of their ERISA Affiliates (i) has withdrawn or partially withdrawn from any multiemployer plan, or (ii) has any withdrawal liabilities with respect to any such plans.

(h) Each of the Company and its ERISA Affiliates, each Company Benefit Plan and each Company Benefit Plan “sponsor” or “administrator” (within the meaning of Section 3(16) of ERISA) has complied in all respects with the applicable requirements of Section 4980B of the Code and Section 601 et seq. of ERISA (such statutory provisions and predecessors thereof are referred to herein collectively as “ COBRA ”) and any comparable state Law. Schedule 4.15(h) lists the name of each Covered Employee who has experienced a “ Qualifying Event ” (as defined in COBRA) with respect to any Company Benefit Plan for purposes of “ Continuation Coverage ” (as defined in COBRA) and whose maximum period for Continuation Coverage required by COBRA or state Law has not expired. Schedule 4.15(h) also lists the name of each Covered Employee who is on leave of absence (paid or unpaid) and whether such person is eligible for Continuation Coverage.

(i) The Company and each Company Benefit Plan are in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended (“ HIPAA ”) and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended (“ PPACA ”), including, but not limited to, any applicable notice and/or disclosure requirements thereunder.

 

30.


(j) The Company has the requisite power to amend and/or terminate each Company Benefit Plan without prior notice or approval. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not give rise to any Liability for any employee benefits payable by the Company. No Company Benefit Plan provides for post-employment benefits of any kind whatsoever (other than under COBRA, the Federal Social Security Act or any Company Benefit Plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code) to any former director or employee of, or other provider of services to, the Company or an ERISA Affiliate (or a beneficiary of any such Person), nor have any representations, agreements, covenants or commitments been made to provide such benefits.

4.16 Labor.

(a) No employee of the Company is represented by a labor union and there are no Contracts with any labor union or association representing any employees of the Company. To the Knowledge of the Company, no petition has been filed or other proceedings instituted by an employee or group of employees with any labor relations board seeking recognition of a bargaining representative; and to the Knowledge of the Company, there is no organizational effort currently being made or threatened by, or on behalf of, any labor union to organize any employees, and no demand for recognition of employees has been made by, or on behalf of; any labor union.

(b) The Company has previously delivered to Alarm true, correct and complete summaries of all: (i) workers’ compensation claims filed against the Company; and (ii) charges, grievances, complaints or notices of violation filed with, or otherwise made by, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration against the Company.

4.17 Litigation.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.17(a) , there are no Legal Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company, or to which the Company is otherwise a party, or to which any of their respective assets or businesses is subject.

(b) Except as described on Schedule 4.17(b) , there are not outstanding Orders that are applicable to, or otherwise affect, the Company or any of its assets. Schedule 4.17(b) lists any settlement agreements to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

(c) Schedule 4.17(c) describes all claims for indemnification or breach asserted by or against the Company at any time in the past five (5) years arising out of the acquisition of any business or business segment from any other Person.

(d) There is no Legal Proceeding pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, that in any manner challenges or seeks, or reasonably could be expected to prevent, enjoin, alter or delay any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.18 Compliance with Laws; Permits.

(a) The Company is, and at all times in the preceding five (5) years has been, in compliance in all material respects with all Laws. No claims or investigations alleging any material violation by the Company of any Laws are pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened. Schedule 4.18(a) sets forth any claims or investigations resolved or otherwise concluded within the past five (5) years alleging any violation of any Laws.

 

31.


(b) The Company currently has all material Permits which are required for the operation of its respective businesses (all of which: (i) are listed on Schedule 4.18(b) ; (ii) have been previously delivered to Alarm; and (iii) are in full force and effect). The Company has complied at all times in the preceding five (5) years, and is presently in compliance, in all material respects, with the terms and conditions of all Permits. No loss, non-renewal, suspension, modification or expiration of, nor any noncompliance with, any material Permit is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened.

4.19 Environmental Matters.

Seller has been, and has conducted the Business, in compliance with all Environmental Laws and has not received any notice of any noncompliance with any Environmental Law or any Liability or remedial or corrective obligation thereunder or any Proceeding relating thereto. No facts, events or circumstances with respect to the past or present operations by Seller or its Affiliates would prevent continued compliance in all material respects with, or give rise to any Liability (contingent or otherwise) under, any Environmental Law.

4.20 Insurance.

All insurance policies pertaining to the Company are listed on Schedule 4.20 and are in full force and effect on the date hereof. The Company has delivered to Alarm true, correct and complete copies of such insurance policies. Excluding insurance policies that have expired and been replaced in the ordinary course of business, no insurance policy has been cancelled or not renewed within the last two (2) years and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no threat has been made to cancel or not renew any insurance policy of the Company. Schedule 4.20 sets forth: (i) a complete insurance claims history during the three (3) years ending December 31, 2012 (including claims under former policies); and (ii) a list of all pending insurance claims (including such claims made under any former policies). None of the insurers under any such insurance policies has rejected the defense or coverage of any claim purported to be covered by such insurer or has reserved the right to reject the defense or coverage of any claim purported to be covered by such insurer. The Company has no Liability for retrospective premium adjustments under any insurance policies.

4.21 Significant Customers and Suppliers.

Schedule 4.21 sets forth a complete and accurate list of (a) the ten (10) largest customers of the Company (measured by aggregate billings) during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012; and (b) the ten (10) largest suppliers of materials, products or services to the Company (measured by the aggregate amount purchased by the Company) during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. Since January 1, 2012, no such customer or supplier has canceled, terminated or otherwise materially altered its business relationship with the Company, or notified the Company of any intent to do so. To the Knowledge of the Company, there exists no condition or state of facts or circumstances that: (a) adversely impacts such customer or suppliers; or (b) otherwise involves customers or suppliers of or to the Company that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

32.


4.22 Certain Payments.

Neither the Company nor any of its directors, officers, shareholders, agents, employees or any other Person acting for or on behalf of the Company, has directly or indirectly: (a) made any contribution, gift, bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback, or other payment to any Person, private or public, regardless of form, whether in money, property or services: (i) to obtain favorable treatment in securing business; (ii) to pay for favorable treatment for business secured; (iii) to obtain special concessions or for special concessions already obtained, for or in respect of the Company; or (iv) in violation of any Law; or (b) established or maintained any fund or asset that has not been recorded in the books and records of the Company.

4.23 Affiliate Transactions.

Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.23 , (i) no Stockholder who is an employee of the Company, nor any Affiliate of such Stockholder, is an officer, director, employee, consultant, competitor, creditor, debtor, customer, distributor, supplier or vendor of, or is a party to any Contract or transaction with the Company; (ii) no current officer or director of the Company who is an employee of the Company (or any person that has served as an officer or director of the Company and has been an employee of the Company in the past three (3) years), or any Affiliate of the foregoing, is a party to any Contract or transaction with the Company other than related to the provision of services in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) no Affiliate of the Company has any right, title or interest in any property or asset used in or necessary for the conduct of the businesses of the Company in the ordinary course consistent with past practices.

4.24 Banking Facilities.

Schedule 4.24 sets forth a true, correct and complete list of each bank, savings and loan or similar financial institution with which the Company has an account or safety deposit box or other arrangement, and any numbers or other identifying codes of such accounts, safety deposit boxes or such other arrangements maintained by the Company thereat.

4.25 Products Liability.

Schedule 4.25 sets forth all pending claims for product liability, warranty, material back charge, material additional work, or other claims by any third party (whether based on contract or tort and whether relating to personal injury, including death, property damage or economic loss) arising from services rendered by the Company. All services rendered and products sold by the Company have been in conformity with all contractual commitments and all express and implied warranties, and the Company has no Liability in connection therewith in excess of any warranty reserve reflected on the Reference Balance Sheet. No services provided by the Company are subject to any guaranty, warranty, or other indemnity beyond the Company’s standard written terms and conditions of sale, true, correct and complete copies of which have been delivered to Alarm.

 

33.


4.26 Financial Advisors.

Except for Ackrell Capital, LLC (whose fees and expenses shall be fully satisfied by the Stockholders), no Person has acted, directly or indirectly, as a broker, finder or financial advisor for the Stockholders or the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and no Person is entitled to any fee or commission or like payment from Alarm or the Company in respect thereof.

4.27 Voting Requirements.

The Board of Directors of the Company has by written consent (a) unanimously approved and declared advisable this Agreement and each of the other Company Documents to which the Company is a party, (b) resolved to recommend and has recommended the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the Merger to the stockholders of the Company and (c) directed that this Agreement and the Merger be submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their approval and adoption. The affirmative vote of (1) holders of a majority of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company, voting together as a single class and (2) 67% of the holders of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class (the “ Requisite Holders ”) are the only votes or approvals of the stockholders of the Company or any other security of the Company necessary to approve, authorize and adopt this Agreement and the Merger.

4.28 Disclosure.

Neither this Agreement, nor any of the Schedules or Exhibits hereto, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

4.29 No Limitation.

No investigation or due diligence conducted by, or knowledge obtained by, Alarm shall limit, modify or negate any of the foregoing representations and warranties.

ARTICLE V

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ALARM AND THE MERGER SUB

Alarm and Merger Sub hereby represent and warrant to the Company, as of the date hereof and again as of the Closing, that:

6.1 Organization and Good Standing.

Each of Alarm and the Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to conduct its business as heretofore conducted.

 

34.


6.2 Authorization of Agreement.

Each of Alarm and the Merger Sub has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other agreement, document, instrument or certificate contemplated by this Agreement or to be executed by such party in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (together with this Agreement, the “ Alarm Documents ”), and to consummate the transactions and perform its obligations contemplated thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by each of Alarm and the Merger Sub of each Alarm Document, as applicable, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on behalf of Alarm and the Merger Sub, as applicable. This Agreement has been, and each other Alarm Document will be at or prior to the Closing, duly executed and delivered by Alarm and the Merger Sub, as applicable, and (assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto) this Agreement constitutes, and each other Alarm Document when so executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of Alarm and the Merger Sub, as applicable, enforceable against Alarm and the Merger Sub, as applicable, in accordance with its terms.

6.3 Conflicts; Consents of Third Parties.

(a) None of the execution, delivery or performance by Alarm or the Merger Sub of the Alarm Documents, the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, or compliance by Alarm or the Merger Sub with any of the provisions thereof will: (i) cause Alarm or the Merger Sub, as applicable, to violate or breach any Law or Order; (ii) conflict with or result in a violation of the Organizational Documents of Alarm or the Merger Sub, as applicable; or (iii) conflict with or result in a breach or termination of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, accelerate any obligations arising under, trigger any payment under, require any Consent under or notice under, result in the creation of any Lien pursuant to, or otherwise adversely affect, any material Contract to which Alarm or the Merger Sub, as applicable, is a party or by which its assets may be bound.

(b) No waiver, Order, permit or Consent of, any Person or Governmental Body is required on the part of Alarm in connection with the execution and delivery of the Alarm Documents or the compliance by Alarm or the Merger Sub, as applicable, with any of the provisions thereof, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, except for such Consents, waivers, approvals, Orders, Permits, authorizations, declarations, filings or notifications that are to be obtained prior to the Closing.

6.4 Litigation.

There are no Legal Proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of Alarm threatened, that are reasonably likely to prohibit or restrain the ability of Alarm or the Merger Sub to enter into this Agreement or timely to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

6.5 Financial Advisors.

No Person has acted, directly or indirectly, as a broker, finder or financial advisor for Alarm or the Merger Sub in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and no Person is entitled to any fee or commission or like payment from Alarm or the Merger Sub in respect thereof.

 

35.


6.6 Sufficiency of Funds.

Alarm and/or the Merger Sub has sufficient cash on hand or other sources of immediately available funds to enable it to make payment of the Base Consideration, and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

COVENANTS

7.1 Access to Information.

Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Company shall give to Alarm and the Merger Sub, its officers, agents, employees, counsel, accountants, engineers and other representatives, reasonable access to the properties, businesses and operations relating to the Company and such examination of the books and records of the Company as it requests upon reasonable advance notice and provided that it does not cause material interference to the business of the Company. The Company shall cause the officers, employees, consultants, agents, accountants, attorneys and other representatives of the Company to cooperate with Alarm and Alarm’s representatives in connection with such investigation and examination.

7.2 Conduct of the Business Pending the Closing.

(a) Prior to the Closing, except: (1) as required by applicable Law; or (2) as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or (3) with the prior written consent of Alarm (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Company shall: (i) conduct its business only in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices; (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to: (A) preserve the present business operations, organization and goodwill of the Company; (B) preserve the present relationships with customers and suppliers of the Company; and (C) keep available the services of the present officers, employees, agents and other personnel of the Company; and (iii) not take or omit to take any action that would be required to be disclosed on Schedule 4.8 .

(b) Until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement, neither the Company nor any of its respective agents, Affiliates or representatives, shall, directly or indirectly, solicit, initiate, encourage or enter into any discussions or negotiations with, or provide any assistance or information to, or enter into any agreement with, any Person or group of Persons (other than Alarm or the Merger Sub) concerning any acquisition, directly or indirectly, of the capital stock of the Company in, or any merger, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction involving, or any purchase of all or a substantial portion of the assets of, the Company. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company shall, and shall cause its respective agents, Affiliates and representatives to, terminate any current discussions or negotiations with any Person or group of Persons (other than Alarm or the Merger Sub) concerning any acquisition, directly or indirectly, of the capital stock of the Company, or any merger, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction involving, or any purchase of all or a substantial portion of the assets of, the Company.

 

36.


7.3 Consents and Approvals.

Each of Alarm, the Merger Sub and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to: (1) take all actions necessary or appropriate to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (ii) cause the fulfillment at the earliest practicable date of all of the conditions to their respective obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

7.4 Further Assurances.

All deliveries, payments and other transactions and documents relating to the transactions contemplated herein shall be interdependent and none shall be effective unless and until all are effective (except to the extent that the party entitled to the benefit thereof has waived in writing satisfaction or performance thereof as a condition precedent to Closing). Each of Alarm, the Merger Sub and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to, from time to time (including after the Closing), execute and deliver such other documents, certificates, agreements and other writings, and take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary or requested by another party in order to consummate, evidence or implement expeditiously the transactions contemplated by any Company Document or Alarm Document, as applicable.

7.5 Publicity.

Neither the Company nor Alarm or the Merger Sub shall issue any press release or public announcement concerning this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without obtaining the prior written approval of Alarm and the Company; provided however that the Company may, subject to consultation with Alarm, provide advance notice of the Closing to its customers and suppliers.

7.6 Tax Matters.

(a) The Company shall prepare or cause to be prepared at its own expense and shall file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns of the Company for all taxable periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date (“ Pre-Closing Period ”) that are filed after the Closing Date. Such Tax Returns shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practice; provided , however , that in any event such Tax Returns shall be prepared in a manner that is consistent with applicable Law. The Company shall provide Alarm and the Stockholder Representative with a copy of the Tax Returns that it prepares under this Section 7.6(a) at least twenty (20) days prior to the filing of such Tax Returns, and the Company will incorporate any reasonable comments made by Alarm or the Stockholder Representative within such 20-day period; provided , that nothing herein shall require the Company to file any Tax Return that, in the opinion of its tax advisors, is not complete and accurate; provided , further , that the Company shall not take any position or apply any methodology in preparing any such Tax Return that is not consistent with the Tax practices and methodologies consistently applied in the ordinary course of business by the Company in the preparation of its Tax Returns relating to prior taxable periods (such as, for example and without limitation, practices with respect to the calculation of depreciation expense deductions), provided

 

37.


that such practices and methodologies comply with applicable Law. Alarm and the Stockholder Representative shall jointly instruct the Escrow Agent to remit to Alarm not less than five (5) days prior to the due date for filing such Tax Return, the portion of the Tax shown to be due on such Tax Return that is allocable to the Pre-Closing Period less any amounts reserved for payment of such taxes in the Final Net Working Capital calculation. Alarm and/or the Surviving Corporation shall have the right to handle, defend, conduct and control any claim for any Tax refund due the Company for the Pre-Closing Period and the portion of the Straddle Period (as defined below) ending on the Closing Date; provided , howeve r, that Alarm shall keep the Stockholder Representative informed of the progress of all claims for such Tax refunds and shall provide copies of all written communications with any Taxing Authority related to claims for such Tax refunds.

(b) Alarm and/or the Surviving Corporation shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) and file (or cause to be filed) when due (taking into account all extensions properly obtained) all Tax Returns required to be filed by or with respect to the Company relating to: (i) all taxable periods beginning after the Closing Date (“ Post-Closing Period ”), and (ii) taxable periods that begin before and end after the Closing Date (“ Straddle Period ”). Alarm and/or the Surviving Corporation shall deliver to the Stockholder Representative copies of such Tax Return relating to the Straddle Period, along with a statement (a “ Tax Statement ”) showing the portion of any Tax Liability required to be paid with such Tax Return, relating to the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date (computed in accordance with Section 7.6(c) ), at least twenty (20) days prior to the due date for filing such Tax Return, and shall permit the Stockholder Representative to review and comment on such Tax Return and Tax Statement prior to filing. Alarm and the Stockholder Representative shall jointly instruct the Escrow Agent to remit to Alarm not less than five (5) days prior to the due date for filing such Tax Return relating to a Straddle Period, the portion of the Tax shown to be due on such Tax Return that is allocable to the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date less any amounts reserved for payment of such taxes in the Final Net Working Capital calculation. The parties hereto agree that neither Alarm nor the Surviving Corporation shall take any position or apply any methodology in preparing any such Tax Return relating to a Straddle Period that is not consistent with the Tax practices and methodologies consistently applied in the ordinary course of business by the Company in the preparation of its Tax Returns relating to prior taxable periods (such as, for example and without limitation, practices with respect to the calculation of depreciation expense deductions), provided that such practices and methodologies comply with applicable Law.

(c) The parties hereto acknowledge that as a result of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement the Company will join in the filing of a consolidated return with Alarm for Federal income tax purposes pursuant to the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76 and by applying the methodology set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76(b)(1)(ii)(A). The Company will need to file a separate Federal income Tax Return for the current tax year for the period that ends on the Closing Date prior to joining the consolidated group that includes Alarm. For purposes of allocating Taxes between the Pre-Closing Period, the Post-Closing Period, and the Straddle Period, the Company will, unless prohibited by applicable Law, close the taxable year of the Company as of the close of business on the Closing Date. If applicable Law does not permit the Company to close its taxable year on the Closing Date, the Taxes, if any, attributable to the Straddle Period shall be allocated: (i) to the Company for the

 

38.


period up to and including the close of business on the Closing Date; and (ii) to Alarm for the period subsequent to the Closing Date, pursuant to the following methodology; (x) Taxes, other than those referred to in clause (y) below, shall be allocated by means of a deemed closing of the books and records of the Company as of the close of the Closing Date; provided that exemptions, allowances or deductions that are calculated on an annual basis (including, but not limited to, depreciation and amortization deductions) shall be allocated between the period ending on the Closing Date and the period after the Closing Date in proportion to the number of days in each such period; and (y) property Taxes and ad valorem Taxes shall be allocated between the period ending on the Closing Date and the period after the Closing Date in proportion to the number of days in each such period.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, if an audit or other proceeding is commenced, and an adjustment is proposed or any other claim is made by any Taxing Authority with respect to a Tax liability of the Company relating to a Pre-Closing Period, or the portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date (a “ Tax Claim ”), Alarm and/or the Surviving Corporation shall promptly notify the Stockholder Representative of such audit or other proceeding, proposed adjustment or claim. Alarm shall have the right to handle, defend, conduct and control any such Tax Claim. Alarm shall not have the right to compromise or settle any such Tax Claim which would result in an increased Tax liability or a decreased refund to the Stockholders without the prior written consent of the Stockholder Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and Alarm shall keep the Stockholder Representative informed of the progress of all such Tax Claims and shall provide copies of all written communications with any Taxing Authority related to such Tax Claims. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Section 7.6(d) , on the one hand, and the provisions of Section 9.4 , on the other, the provisions of this Section 7.6(d) shall control.

(e) Any refunds (and any interest received thereon) of any Tax imposed on the Company for any Pre-Closing Period, or the portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date (determined in accordance with Section 7.6(c) ) shall be payable to the Stockholders in accordance with their Applicable Percentage. Any other refunds of any Tax imposed on the Company (and any interest received thereon) shall be the property of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of Alarm and/or the Surviving Corporation.

(f) Following the Closing, Alarm, the Stockholder Representative and the Stockholders shall provide each other with such assistance as may reasonably be requested by any of them in connection with the preparation of any Tax Return, any audit or other examination by any Taxing Authority, or any judicial or administrative proceedings relating to Liability for Taxes of the Company. The party requesting assistance hereunder shall reimburse (in the case of the Stockholder Representative, solely on behalf of the Stockholders) the other for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing such assistance. Alarm and the Stockholders shall preserve and cause to be preserved all information, returns, books, records and documents relating to any Liabilities for Taxes of the Company with respect to a taxable period until the later of 60 days after the expiration of all applicable statutes of limitations and extensions thereof; or the conclusion of all litigation with respect to Taxes for such period.

(g) All Tax payments required under applicable Law to be made by the Company (including payment of withheld Taxes, estimated Taxes and prepaid Taxes) on or before the Closing Date shall be applied to the Pre-Closing Period or to the portion of the Straddle Period that ends on the Closing Date, as provided under applicable Law.

 

39.


(h) To the extent Section 6043A of the Code applies to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, the parties shall cooperate with each other and provide each other with such information as is necessary for the parties to satisfy the reporting obligations under such section.

(i) Any good faith disputes as to the interpretation or implementation of the requirements of this Section 7.6 under applicable Law shall be resolved by the Accounting Referee.

7.7 Employee Stock Options.

Prior to the Closing Date, the Company, and its board of directors, to take all necessary action to effectuate the termination of all options to purchase the Company’s common stock (“ Company Stock Options ”) outstanding, whether or not exercisable and whether or not vested (including any portion that may become vested or exercisable as a result of the transaction contemplated hereunder), as of the Closing Date and the holders of such Company Stock Options shall no longer have any right with respect thereto, Prior to the Closing Date, the Company, and its board of directors, shall take all actions necessary to terminate the “EnergyHub, Inc. 2007 Stock Option and Grant Plan”, as amended (the “ Company Stock Option Plan ”), effective as of the Closing Date, and that on the Closing Date, the Company Stock Option Plan shall terminate, in full, and shall no longer have any force or effect.

7.8 Continued Employment of Employees.

The Company, Alarm and the Merger Sub agree and acknowledge that the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not by the terms hereof alter or change the status of the Company’s employees and immediately after the Closing such employees will continue to be employed by the Company either on an at-will basis or subject to the terms of any written agreements between the Company and such employees. In addition, Alarm and the Merger Sub anticipate establishing management and key employee incentives for Company employees following the Closing.

7.9 Termination of Benefit Plans.

Alarm acknowledges and agrees that the Surviving Corporation shall maintain the Company Benefit Plans including, without limitation, the Company’s 401(k) Plan as of the Closing for a transition period to be determined solely in the discretion of Alarm.

7.10 Maintenance of Directors and Officers Liability Insurance.

On the Closing, Alarm agrees to cause the Company to purchase and maintain a tail Directors and Officers Liability Policy for the benefit of the officers and directors of the Company prior to the Closing for a period of five years following the Closing. The parties agree that, in the event that the amount set forth in Section 2.2(b)(vi) is insufficient to pay the applicable premiums in full, Physic Ventures, LLC and 406 Ventures, LLC agree, jointly and

 

40.


severally, to pay the Company the difference between the retained amount and the actual premiums incurred by the Company in the maintenance of such insurance policy. Additionally, to the extent that the retained amount exceeds the actual cost of the tail policy premium(s), the Company and/or Alarm shall pay such excess within five (5) Business Days of securing the tail policy to the Escrow Agent in accordance with the closing payment process set forth in Section 2.2 .

7.11 Stockholder Approval of the Merger.

On or prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall, in accordance with the Company’s Organizational Documents and the applicable requirements of the DGCL, use its best efforts to obtain and deliver to Alarm a Written Consent of its Stockholders, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “ Stockholder Consent ”). In soliciting such written consent, the Company’s Board of Directors shall recommend that the stockholders approve this Agreement, the Merger and related matters in accordance with the DGCL and the Company’s Organizational Documents. At the time the Company solicits the Stockholder Consent, the Company shall distribute to each stockholder of the Company a notice pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL of appraisal rights as required by the DGCL. The Company shall also prepare and deliver a written notice pursuant to Section 228(e) of the DGCL notifying any holder of capital stock who did not sign the Stockholder Consent of the actions taken by such Stockholder Consent.

ARTICLE VIII

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

8.1 Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Alarm and the Merger Sub.

The obligation of Alarm and the Merger Sub to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment, on or prior to the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:

(a) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties qualified by “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect”, which shall be true, correct and complete in all respects) at and as of the Closing, and Alarm and the Merger Sub shall have received a certificate signed by an authorized officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the foregoing effect;

(b) the Company shall have performed and complied in all respects with all obligations and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on or prior to the Closing Date, and Alarm and the Merger Sub shall have received a certificate signed by an authorized officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the foregoing effect;

(c) there shall not be in effect any Order by a Governmental Body of competent jurisdiction restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

41.


(d) the Company shall have obtained all consents or waivers set forth on Schedules 4.3(a) and 4.3(b) ;

(e) Alarm and the Merger Sub shall have received good standing certificates, dated as of a recent date, reflecting the Company’s good standing in each jurisdiction in which it is required to be duly qualified;

(f) Alarm and the Merger Sub shall have received all deliveries pursuant to Section 3.4 ;

(g) Alarm and the Merger Sub shall have received a signed Restrictive Covenants Agreement from Seth Frader-Thompson in the form reasonably acceptable to Alarm; and

(h) there shall not have occurred any event, change or circumstance that has had or which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

8.2 Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Company.

The obligations of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, prior to or on the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:

(a) the representations and warranties of Alarm and the Merger Sub set forth in this Agreement shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties qualified by “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect”, which shall be true, correct and complete in all respects) at and as of the Closing (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true, correct and complete on and as of such earlier date));

(b) Alarm and the Merger Sub shall have performed and complied in all respects with all obligations and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by Alarm and/or the Merger Sub on or prior to the Closing Date; and

(c) there shall not be in effect any Order by a Governmental Body of competent jurisdiction restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

8.3 Frustration of Closing Conditions.

None of the Company, Alarm or the Merger Sub may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 , as the case may be, if such failure was caused by such party’s failure to comply with any provision of this Agreement.

 

42.


ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

9.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties.

With the exception of the representations and warranties contained in: (a)  Sections 4.2 (Authorization of Agreement) , 4.4 (Capitalization) , 4.11 (Title; Sufficiency) , and 4.26 (Financial Advisors) which shall survive the Closing indefinitely; (b)  Section 4.12(d) (Intellectual Property) which shall survive the Closing until the sixth anniversary of the Closing (each of the representations described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) being the “ Fundamental Representations ”); and (c)  Sections 4.9 (Taxes) , 4.15 (Employee Benefits Plans) , and 4.19 (Environmental Matters) , which shall survive the Closing until the 90th day following the expiration of the respective statutes of limitations for such representations, the representations and warranties of the parties to this Agreement shall survive Closing for a period of two (2) years, after which the indemnification obligation of a party contained herein shall terminate (unless a party has made a written claim for indemnification in respect of such claim prior to such expiration date (in which ease the relevant survival period shall be extended automatically to include any time period necessary until such claim shall have been finally settled, decided or adjudicated)). The covenants contained in this Agreement shall survive Closing according to their terms.

9.2 Indemnification of Alarm Indemnified Parties.

(a) The Stockholders agree to, severally but not jointly, indemnify and hold Alarm, the Merger Sub, the Company, each of their Affiliates, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, stockholders, agents, representatives, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Alarm Indemnified Parties ”) harmless from and against any and all Losses that any of Alarm Indemnified Parties may sustain (whether or not instituted by a third party), or to which any of Alarm Indemnified Parties may be subjected, arising out of or in connection with:

(i) any inaccuracy or misrepresentation in or breach of the representations or warranties made by the Company in any Company Document or such Stockholder in any Stockholder Document;

(ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company set forth in any Company Document or of such Stockholder in any Stockholder Document;

(iii) any pending or threatened Legal Proceedings disclosed or required to be disclosed on Schedule 4.17(a) ;

(iv) any and all Taxes (or the nonpayment thereof) of the Company properly allocable to the Pre-Closing Period or the portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date (as calculated in accordance with Section 7.6 ) to the extent not reserved against and taken into account in the calculation of Final Net Working Capital;

 

43.


(v) any and all fees, costs and expenses, including legal, accounting, financial advisory, investment banking, consulting and other advisory fees, costs and expenses of third parties, incurred or payable by the Company in connection with the proposed sale of the Company to the extent not included in the calculation of Final Net Working Capital or paid pursuant to Section 2.2 ;

(vi) any amounts in respect of any Debt of the Company incurred and existing as of immediately prior to the Effective Time; and

(vii) any amounts in respect of those matters set forth on Schedule 9.2(a) .

(b) The right to indemnification, payment of Losses or other remedy based on such representations, warranties, covenants and obligations will not be affected by any investigation conducted or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty, or the compliance with any covenant or obligation. The waiver of any closing condition based on the accuracy of any representation or warranty, or on the performance of or compliance with any covenant or obligation, will not affect the right to indemnification, payment of Losses, or other remedy based on such representations, warranties, covenants and obligations.

9.3 Indemnification of Stockholders.

(a) Alarm hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Stockholders and their respective Affiliates, agents, attorneys, representatives, successors and assigns (the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”) harmless from and against any and all Losses that any of the Seller Indemnified Parties may sustain (whether or not instituted by a third party), or to which any of the Seller Indemnified Parties may be subjected, arising out of or in connection with:

(i) any inaccuracy or misrepresentation in or breach of any representation or warranty of Alarm or the Merger Sub in any Alarm Document;

(ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of Alarm or the Merger Sub in any Alarm Document; and

(iii) any and all Taxes (or the nonpayment thereof) of the Company properly allocable to the Post-Closing Period or the portion of the Straddle Period beginning after the Closing Date (as calculated in accordance with Section 7.6 and as required under applicable Law).

(b) Following the Closing, the Company shall not have any Liability to any Stockholder or any other Person as a result of any inaccuracy or misrepresentation in or breach of the representations or warranties made by, or a breach of any covenant or agreement made by, the Company or any Stockholder. No Stockholder shall have any right of indemnification or contribution against the Company on account of any event or condition occurring or existing prior to or on the date of the Closing.

 

44.


9.4 Certain Limitations.

The party making a claim under this Section 9 is referred to as the “ Indemnified Party ”, and the party against whom such claims are asserted under this Section 9 is referred to as the “ Indemnifying Party ”. The indemnification provided for in this Section 9 and shall be subject to the following limitations:

(a) The Stockholders shall not be liable to the Alarm Indemnified Parties for indemnification under Section 9(a)(i) until the aggregate amount of all Losses exceeds $175,000 (the “ Basket ”), in which event the Stockholders shall be liable for the full amount of such Losses.

(b) Except for claims arising out of fraud, willful breach or breach of the Fundamental Representations, the aggregate amount of all Losses for which all Stockholders in the aggregate shall be liable pursuant to this Section 9 shall not exceed the Escrow Amount and the recourse of the Alarm Indemnified Parties shall be solely to the Escrow Amount. With respect to claims arising out of fraud, willful breach or breach of the Fundamental Representations, (i) the aggregate amount of all Losses for which all Stockholders shall be liable shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the Merger Consideration actually received by the Stockholders, (ii) the indemnification obligation of each Stockholder shall in no event exceed the amount of the Merger Consideration actually received by such Stockholder, and (iii) in no event shall any Stockholder be liable for any indemnification obligations of any other Stockholder. Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement in the case of a breach of any representation or warranty made severally and not jointly by any Stockholder in such Stockholder’s Letter of Transmittal, the indemnification obligations of the Stockholders are several and no Stockholder shall be liable for any losses suffered by Alarm as a result of any breach of such representation by any other Stockholder. Further still, in no event shall any Common Holder who acquired his or her shares by virtue of exercise of stock options pursuant to the Company Stock Option Plan have any liability pursuant to the indemnification provisions of this Agreement or with respect to the Merger on account of such shares of common stock other than arising out of or with respect to his or her own representations, warranties and covenants expressly set forth in his or her Letter of Transmittal. To the extent a Common Holder also holds shares of Preferred Stock, such Common Holder also shall be subject to the indemnification provisions of this Agreement and other obligations of Holders of Preferred Stock set forth in this Agreement with respect to shares of Preferred Stock held by such Holder.

(c) Payments by an Indemnifying Party pursuant to this Section 9 in respect of any Loss shall be limited to the amount of any liability or damage that remains after deducting there from any insurance proceeds, and any indemnity, contribution or other similar payment received by the Indemnified Party (or the Company) in respect of any such claim.

(d) Except in the case of a breach of representation or warranty contained in the Letter of Transmittal of each applicable Stockholder for which the Indemnified Party may pursue the applicable Stockholder directly without first making a claim against the escrow, unless and until the assets remaining in the Escrow are insufficient to satisfy the outstanding indemnification claims, all claims for indemnification by the Alarm Indemnified Parties shall first be made against the Escrow Amount.

 

45.


(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no party shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article IX for any Losses to the extent such party has been indemnified or reimbursed for such Losses under any other provision of this Agreement including Section 2.3 hereof.

9.5 Indemnification Procedures.

(a) In the event an Indemnified Party seeks indemnification under Sections 9.2 or 9.3 (an “ Indemnification Claim ”), the Indemnified Party shall promptly provide written notice of such Indemnification Claim to the Indemnifying Party; provided, that no delay by the Indemnified Party will relieve the Indemnifying Party from any obligation hereunder, unless, and then solely to the extent that, the Indemnifying Party is actually and materially prejudiced thereby. The Indemnifying Party shall, with counsel of its choice (as long as such counsel is reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party), defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with such Indemnification Claim, subject to the provisions hereof. If the Indemnifying Party elects to defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with any Indemnification Claim, it shall, within thirty (30) days (or sooner, if the nature of the Indemnification Claim so requires), notify the Indemnified Party of its intent to do so; provided , however , that the Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume the control in any such defense (and the Indemnified Party shall control such defense at the expense of the Indemnifying Party) if: (i) the Indemnification Claim relates to or arises in connection with any criminal Legal Proceeding; (ii) the Indemnified Party reasonably believes that an adverse determination with respect to the Indemnification Claim would be materially detrimental to or materially injure the Indemnified Party’s reputation or business; (iii) the Indemnification Claim seeks an equitable relief; (iv) in the opinion of the Indemnified Party, a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party that would make such separate representation advisable; (v) the Indemnified Party has additional defenses to the Indemnification Claim not available to the Indemnifying Party; or (vi) the Indemnifying Party failed or is failing to actively prosecute or defend such Indemnification Claim. If the Indemnifying Party elects not to defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with any Indemnification Claim, the Indemnified Party may defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with such Indemnification Claim without prejudice to its rights to be indemnified hereunder. If the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense of any Indemnification Claim, the Indemnified Party may participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such Indemnification Claim; provided , however , that the fees and expenses of the Indemnified Party’s counsel that are incurred prior to the Indemnifying Party’s effective assumption of any Indemnification Claim shall be the responsibility of the Indemnifying Party. The parties hereto agree to cooperate fully with each other in connection with the defense, negotiation or settlement of any such Indemnification Claim.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in Section 9.5(a) to the contrary, the Indemnifying Party shall not, without the written consent of the Indemnified Party, settle or compromise any Indemnification Claim or permit a default or consent to entry of any judgment unless: (1) the sole relief is monetary damages that will be solely satisfied by the Indemnifying Party; and (ii) the claimant provides the Indemnified Party an unqualified release from all Liability in respect of the Indemnification Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a settlement offer solely for money damages, which includes a complete release of the Indemnified Party from all other liability in respect of the Indemnification Claim, is made by the applicable third

 

46.


party claimant, and the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party in writing of the Indemnifying Party’s willingness to accept the settlement offer and pay the amount called for by such offer (and offers evidence reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party of the Indemnifying Party’s ability to pay such amount), and the Indemnified Party declines to accept such offer, the Indemnified Party may continue to contest such Indemnification Claim, free of any participation by the Indemnifying Party, and the amount of any ultimate liability with respect to such Indemnification Claim that the Indemnifying Party has an obligation to pay hereunder shall be limited to the lesser of (A) the amount of the settlement offer that the Indemnified Party declined to accept plus any out-of-pocket expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ and other professional fees and disbursements which would not have been reimbursed by the settlement offer, of the Indemnified Party relating to such Indemnification Claim through the date of its rejection of the settlement offer; or (B) the aggregate actual Losses of the Indemnified Party with respect to such Indemnification Claim.

(c) In the event an Indemnified Party notifies the Indemnifying Party of any claim for indemnification hereunder that does not involve a third party claim, the Indemnifying Party shall, within thirty (30) days after the date of such notice, pay to the Indemnified Party the amount of all Losses payable pursuant to this Article IX and shall thereafter pay any other Losses payable pursuant to this Article IX arising out of the same matter on demand, unless the Indemnifying Party disputes in writing the Indemnifying Party’s liability for, or the amount of, any such Losses within such 30-day period, in which case such payment shall be made as provided above in respect of any matters not so disputed and any Losses in respect of the matters so disputed shall be paid within five (5) Business Days after any determination (by agreement of the Indemnified Party and Indemnifying Party or otherwise) that the Indemnifying Party is liable therefor, pursuant to this Article IX . The parties agree that prior to instituting any action pursuant and in accordance with Section 11.3 hereof with respect to any disputed claims under this Section 9.3(c) , the parties will attempt in good faith to resolve such disputes by mutual agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the provisions of this Section 9.5 conflict with the provisions of Section 7.6 with respect to the matters covered therein, the provisions of Section 7.6 shall govern.

9.6 Right of Setoff.

In the event that the assets remaining in the Escrow are insufficient to satisfy the outstanding indemnification claims, Alarm shall have the right to hold back from any Earnout Payment the amount of any indemnification claim made by an Alarm Indemnified Party. In the event Alarm holds back any claimed damages against any such payment due to the Stockholders, Alarm shall deliver a written notice to the Stockholder Representative specifying the Losses, to the extent then reasonably known or available, concurrent with such Earnout Payment. Upon final determination of such indemnification claim pursuant to Section 9.5 , Alarm shall have the right to set off the amount of such Losses determined to be due hereunder against any Earnout Payment, and any remaining amounts previously withheld shall be immediately payable to the Stockholders. The foregoing right of setoff is subject to the limitations set forth in this Article IX , including, without limitation, Section 9.4(b) .

 

47.


9.7 Tax Treatment of Indemnity Payments.

The parties agree to treat any indemnity payment made pursuant to this Article IX as an adjustment to the Merger Consideration for all Tax purposes.

9.8 Exclusive Remedy.

Except as set forth in Section 11.3(c) , the sole and exclusive remedy and recourse of the parties hereto for any Losses arising out of or incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except for claims based upon fraud or willful breach, shall be the indemnification provided for in Article IX and the parties waive all other rights and remedies provided at law or in equity, now or thereafter existing.

ARTICLE X

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Payment of Sales, Use, Transfer or Similar Taxes.

All sales, use, transfer, intangible, recordation, documentary stamp or similar Taxes or charges, of any nature whatsoever, applicable to, or resulting from, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be borne by the Stockholders.

11.2 Expenses.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each of the Company, Alarm and the Merger Sub shall bear its own expenses (and the Stockholders shall bear the expenses of the Company) incurred in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and each other agreement, document and instrument contemplated by this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

11.3 Submission to Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) The parties hereto hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court located within the State of Delaware over any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby and each party hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such dispute or any suit, action or proceeding related thereto shall be heard and determined solely in such courts. The parties hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such dispute brought in such court or any defense of inconvenient forum for the maintenance of such dispute. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.

 

48.


(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to process being served by any party to this Agreement in any suit, action or proceeding by delivery of a copy thereof in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6 .

(c) The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. Accordingly the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

(d) EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A ‘TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) NO REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER IN THE EVENT OF A LEGAL ACTION, (B) SUCH PARTY HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (C) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (D) SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.3 .

11.4 Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers.

This Agreement (including the schedules and exhibits hereto), the Company Documents, the Stockholder Documents and Alarm Documents represent the entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement can be amended, supplemented or changed, and any provision hereof can be waived, only by written instrument making specific reference to this Agreement signed by the Company, the Stockholder Representative and Alarm. No action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. No failure on the part of any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

49.


11.5 Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed in such state without regard to choice of law and conflicts of law rules.

11.6 Notices.

All notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications hereunder shall be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given: (a) if personally delivered, when so delivered; (b) if mailed, five (5) Business Days after having been sent by first class, registered or certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below; (c) if given by facsimile, once such notice or other communication is transmitted to the facsimile number specified below, provided , that: (i) the sending facsimile generates a transmission report showing successful completion of such transaction; and (ii) if such facsimile is sent after 5:00 p.m. local time at the location of the receiving facsimile, or is sent on a day other than a Business Day, such notice or communication shall be deemed given as of 9:00 a.m. local time at such location on the next succeeding Business Day; or (d) if sent through a nationally-recognized overnight delivery service that guarantees next day delivery, the Business Day following its delivery to such service in time for next day delivery:

If to the Stockholder Representative:

Shareholder Representative Services LLC

1614 15 th Street, Suite 200

Denver, CO 80202

Email: deals@shareholderrep.com

Facsimile: (303) 623-0294

Telephone: (303) 648-4085

Attention: Managing Director

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

White and Williams LLP

One Penn Plaza, 250 West 34 th Street, Suite 4110

New York, NY 10119

Facsimile: (212) 631-4428

Attention: Lori Smith, Esq.

If to Alarm, to:

Alarm.com Incorporated

8150 Leesburg Pike

Vienna, VA 22182

Facsimile: (404) 342-4352

Attention: Daniel J. Ramos

 

50.


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP

201 17 th Street, Suite 1700

Atlanta, GA 30363

Facsimile: (404) 322-6500

Attention: J. Brennan Ryan

Any party entitled to notice hereunder may change the address or facsimile number to which notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

11.7 Severability.

If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any Law or public policy, all other terms or provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

11.8 Binding Effect; Assignment.

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except for rights to indemnity under Article IX , nothing in this Agreement shall create or be deemed to create any third party beneficiary rights in any Person not a party to this Agreement. No assignment of this Agreement or of any rights or obligations hereunder may be made by the Company, directly or indirectly (by operation of law or otherwise), without the prior written consent of Alarm. Upon any such permitted assignment, the references in this Agreement to the assignor shall also apply to any such assignee unless the context otherwise requires.

11.9 Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of electronic transmission, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.

11.10 Intentionally Omitted.

11.11 Other Definitional and Interpretive Matters.

(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided, for purposes of this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation shall apply:

 

51.


(i) Exhibits/Schedules. The Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof and are an integral part of this Agreement. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Schedule or Exhibit but not otherwise defined therein shall be defined as set forth in this Agreement. Any matter set forth on any of the Schedules hereto shall be deemed set forth in all other Schedules to the extent there is a specific cross-reference or to the extent the relevance of such matter to another Schedule is readily apparent from the face of the disclosure. The information contained in this Agreement, the Schedules and Exhibits is disclosed solely for purposes of this Agreement, and no information contained herein or therein shall be deemed to be an admission by any party hereto to any third party of any matter whatsoever (including any violation of applicable Law or breach of contract).

(ii) Gender and Number. Any reference in this Agreement to gender shall include all genders, and words imparting the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa.

(iii) Headings. The provision of a Table of Contents, the division of this Agreement into Articles, Sections and other subdivisions and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect or be utilized in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to any “Section” are to the corresponding Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(iv) Herein . The words such as “herein,” “ hereinafter ,” “hereof;” and “ hereunder ” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise requires.

(v) Including . The word “ including ” or any variation thereof means “ including, without limitation ” and shall not be construed to limit any general statement that it follows to the specific or similar items or matters immediately following it.

(vi) Reflected On or Set Forth In. An item arising with respect to a specific representation, or warranty or other provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be “ reflected on ” or “ set forth in ” a balance sheet or financial statements, to the extent any such phrase appears in such provision, if (a) there is a reserve, accrual or other similar item underlying a number on such referenced balance sheet or financial statements that related to the subject matter of such representation, (b) such item is otherwise specifically set forth on the referenced balance sheet or financial statements or (c) such item is reflected on the referenced balance sheet or financial statements and is specifically set forth in the notes thereto.

(b) The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

 

52.


11.12 Intentionally Omitted.

11.13 Non-recourse. This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claim, action, suit or other legal proceeding based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement, may only be brought against the entities that are expressly named as parties hereto and then only with respect to the specific obligations set forth herein with respect to such party.

11.14 Stockholder Representative.

(a) Shareholder Representative Services LLC has been or will be appointed as the agent and attorney-in-fact for each Stockholder (such person, and any successor or replacement thereof as provided below, the “ Stockholder Representative ”) pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal. The Stockholder Representative shall be authorized, for and on behalf of all the Stockholders, to sign this Agreement, the Escrow Agreements and bind the Stockholders in respect of each provision hereof and thereof. The Stockholder Representative shall also be authorized, for and on behalf of all the Stockholders, to give and receive notices and communications, to authorize: (i) the payment of monies by the Stockholders, (ii) the distribution to Alarm of monies from the Escrow Agreement, in each case in satisfaction of claims for Losses by Alarm on behalf of the Alarm Indemnified Parties, and to object to such distributions, to agree to, negotiate, enter into settlements and compromises of, and demand arbitration or resolution by the Accounting Referee and comply with orders of courts and awards of arbitrators and/or the Accounting Referee with respect to the consideration adjustment pursuant to Section 2.3 and claims for Losses, as applicable, and to take all actions necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the Stockholder Representative to accomplish the foregoing. The Stockholder Representative may be changed by the holders of a majority of shares of Common Stock outstanding on an as converted basis immediately prior to the Closing (the “ Majority Stockholders ”) and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Alarm certifying that the Stockholder Representative has been removed by the requisite vote or consent of the Stockholders and specifying the substitute Stockholder Representative appointed by the Stockholders. The Stockholder Representative may resign at any time. Following the Closing, notices or communications to or from the Stockholder Representative shall constitute notice to or from each of the Stockholders.

(b) The Stockholder Representative shall not be liable for any act done or omitted hereunder or under the Escrow Agreement in its capacity as the Stockholder Representative while acting in good faith without gross negligence or willful misconduct or upon the advice of legal counsel. The Stockholders shall jointly and severally indemnify the Stockholder Representative and hold the Stockholder Representative harmless against any Losses incurred by the Stockholder Representative (including reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel retained by the Stockholder Representative) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Stockholder Representative’s duties hereunder or under the Escrow Agreement, in each case as such Loss is suffered or incurred; provided , that in the event that any such Loss is finally adjudicated to have been primarily caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Stockholder Representative, the Stockholder Representative will reimburse the Stockholders the amount of such indemnified Loss attributable to such gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. If not paid directly to the Stockholder Representative by the Stockholders, any such Losses may be recovered by the Stockholder Representative from the Stockholder Representative Fund. To the extent the Stockholder Representative Fund has been exhausted, such Losses may be recoverable with the prior written consent of the Majority Stockholders from (i) the Escrow Amount at such time as remaining

 

53.


amounts would otherwise be distributable to the Stockholders, and (ii) any Earnout Payments at such time as any such amounts would otherwise be distributable to the Stockholders; provided , that while this section may allow the Stockholder Representative to be paid from the Stockholder Representative Fund, the Escrow Amount and the Earnout Payments, this does not relieve the Stockholders from their obligation to promptly pay such Losses as they are suffered or incurred, nor does it prevent the Stockholder Representative from seeking any remedies available to it at law or otherwise.

(c) Any decision, act, consent or instruction of the Stockholder Representative shall constitute a decision of all of the Stockholders and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each of such Stockholders, and the Escrow Agent and Alarm may rely upon any such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Stockholder Representative as being the decision, act, consent or instruction of each and every Stockholder. The Escrow Agent and Alarm are hereby relieved from any Liability to any Person for any acts done by them accordance with such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Stockholder Representative.

(d) At Closing, Alarm shall cause the sum of $55,000 (the “ Stockholder Representative Fund ”) to be wired to the Stockholder Representative. The Stockholder Representative shall maintain the Stockholder Representative Fund on behalf of the Stockholders and, subject to the limitations set forth in the Engagement Letter by and among the Stockholder Representative and certain Stockholders dated as of the same date hereof (the “ Engagement Letter ”), shall be entitled to withdraw cash amounts from the Stockholder Representative Fund to pay directly or in reimbursement for out of pocket fees and expenses (including legal, accounting and other advisors’ fees and expenses, if applicable) incurred by the Stockholder Representative in performing its obligations under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement. The Stockholders will not receive any interest or earnings on the Stockholder Representative Fund and irrevocably transfer and assign to the Stockholder Representative any ownership right that they may otherwise have had in any such interest or earnings. For tax purposes, all interest and other income from investment of the Stockholder Representative Fund shall be reported as having been earned by the Stockholder Representative, whether or not such income was disbursed. The Stockholder Representative will not be liable for any loss of principal of the Stockholder Representative Fund other than as a result of its gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Upon the later to occur of (i) the distribution of the final Earnout Payment in 2015 or (ii) the date on which any and all disputes in connection with any indemnification payments pursuant to Section 9 have been resolved in accordance with Section 9 and the Escrow Agreement, the remaining amount of the Stockholder Representative Fund, if any, shall be distributed to the Stockholders on a pro rata basis in accordance with the applicable relative percentages set forth on Schedule 2.6 by wire transfer of immediately available funds, except in the case of payments to employees or former employees of the Company for which employment tax withholding is required, which such amounts shall be delivered to Alarm or the Company and paid through Alarm’s or the Company’s payroll processing service or system. For tax purposes, the Stockholder Representative Fund shall be treated as having been received and voluntarily set aside by the Stockholders at the time of Closing. The parties agree that the Stockholder Representative is not acting as a withholding agent or in any similar capacity in connection with the Stockholder Representative Fund. If any tax reporting is required with respect to the ultimate distribution of any balance of the Stockholder Representative Fund, then the Stockholder Representative will provide to Alarm or its designated agent, upon request,

 

54.


information regarding the amounts distributed to each Stockholder, to be used by Alarm or its agent in completing any required tax reporting. For tax purposes, the Stockholder Representative Fund shall be treated as having been received and voluntarily set aside by the Stockholders at the time of Closing. In the event that the Stockholder Representative Fund is insufficient to reimburse the Stockholder Representative pursuant to this Section 11.14(d) , the Stockholder Representative shall seek such amount directly from the Stockholders. For the avoidance of doubt, Alarm and the Company shall have no obligation to make any payments to the Stockholder Representative in its role as the Stockholder Representative except as specifically set forth in the first sentence of this Section 11.14(d) and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and shall have no liability for any actions taken by the Stockholder Representative with respect to the Stockholder Representative Fund.

** REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK **

 

55.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed and caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered on the date first written above.

 

ALARM:
A LARM .C OM H OLDINGS , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Stephen Trundle

Name: Stephen Trundle
Title: President and CEO
MERGER SUB:
E NERGY H UB H OLDINGS , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Jennifer Moyer

Name: Jennifer Moyer
Title: Secretary
THE COMPANY:
E NERGY H UB , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Seth Frader-Thompson

Name: Seth Frader-Thompson
Title: CEO
STOCKHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE:
S HAREHOLDER R EPRESENTATIVE S ERVICES LLC , solely in its capacity as Stockholder Representative
By:  

/s/ Mark B. Vogel

Name: Mark B. Vogel
Title: Managing Director


ANNEX A

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Annex A:

2012 Convertible Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

2012 Convertible Note Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

2013 Convertible Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

2013 Convertible Note Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

2015 Earnout Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a) .

Accounting Referee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(d) .

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, and the term “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. With respect to any natural person, “ Affiliate ” will include such person’s grandparents, any descendants of such person’s grandparents, such person’s spouse, the grandparents of such person’s spouse, and any descendants of the grandparents of such person’s spouse (in each case, whether by blood, adoption or marriage).

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Alarm” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Alarm Documents ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

“Alarm Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a) .

“Annual Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(a) .

“Applications ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(c) .

“Base Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

 

1.


“Business Day ” means any day of the year on which national banking institutions in Virginia are open to the public for conducting business and are not required or authorized to close.

“Cash ” means cash and cash equivalents.

Cash Flow ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(e) .

Cause ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following: (a) conviction of or being charged with any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty; (b) participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company, Alarm or any of their Affiliates; (c) threats or acts of violence in the workplace or in the course and scope of any business activity, unlawful harassment of any employee or independent contractor of the Company, Alarm or any Affiliate of Alarm, creation of any adversarial relationships with employees of the Company, Alarm or any of their Affiliates that Alarm determines to be detrimental to the Company, Alarm or any of their Affiliates, theft or unauthorized conversion or transfer of any opportunity of the Company, Alarm or any of their Affiliates to such individual or to any third party; (d) unlawful use of narcotics or other controlled substances, or use of alcohol or other drugs in a manner that the Company or Alarm reasonably determines to be adverse to the best interests of the Company, Alarm or any of their Affiliates; (e) gross negligence or intentional and willful refusal to follow the lawful directions of the Company or Alarm, that is not cured within fifteen (15) days following written notice from the Board of Directors stating, with reasonable specificity, the nature of such gross negligence or intentional and willful refusal, as applicable, and (if applicable) the acts to be taken to cure the same; (f) material nonperformance or breach of any contract between the Company, Alarm or any of their Affiliates and the applicable individual or any statutory duty owed by such individual to the Company, Alarm or any of their Affiliates, that is not cured within fifteen (15) days following written notice from the Board of Directors stating, with specificity, the nature of such material nonperformance or breach of contract, as applicable, and (if applicable) the acts to be taken to cure the same.

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .

Closing Net Working Capital ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) .

COBRA” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(h) .

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.


“Common Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Common Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Common Stock Holder ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Company Benefit Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a) .

Company Documents ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 .

Company Pension Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15 .

Consent ” means any approval, consent, ratification, waiver or other authorization of any Person.

Content ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(j) .

Continuation Coverage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(h) .

Contract ” means any contract, indenture, note, bond, lease, commitment, plan, arrangement, instrument or other agreement, in each case whether written or oral.

Credit Agreement” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 26, 2010 by and between the Company and Square 1 Bank, as may be amended from time to time, and the agreements and other documents issued in connection therewith.

Data ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(h) .

Debt ” means any indebtedness of a Person, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker’s acceptances or representing capitalized or synthetic lease obligations or the unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property or assets (including any earn out, whether or not contingent) or any outstanding checks or drafts, as well as the amount of all indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such indebtedness is assumed by such Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the amount of any indebtedness of any other Person guaranteed by such Person, and interest expense accrued but unpaid, and all prepayment premiums, on or relating to any of such indebtedness, but the term “ Debt ” does not include ordinary course accounts payable that are not yet overdue.

 

3.


Documentation ” means all technical and descriptive materials relating to the acquisition, design, development, use or maintenance of computer code and program documentation and materials used by the Company.

DOL ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a).

“Earnout Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 .

“Earnout Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b) .

“EBITDA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(e) .

“Environmental Law ” means any Law relating to the protection of human health, safety or the environment including (A) all requirements pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, controlling, investigating or remediating emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials, whether solid, liquid or gaseous in nature, into the air, surface water, groundwater or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials, whether solid, liquid or gaseous in nature; and (B) all requirements pertaining to the protection of the health and safety of employees or the public from exposure to Hazardous Materials.

ERISA” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(m) .

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business or Person, whether or not incorporated, that, together with Company would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 4001(b) of ERISA or Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

Escrow Agent ” means Capital One, N.A.

Escrow Agreement ” means the escrow agreement to be executed by the Stockholders, Alarm and the Escrow Agent, in the form of Exhibit F .

Escrow Amount ” means the Base Escrow Amount plus 10% of any Earnout Payments earned pursuant to Section 2.4 and in each case deposited and held in escrow pursuant to Article II hereof, together with all earnings, accretions or other income accruing thereon, net of Stockholders’ obligation to pay 50% of all fees, costs and expenses payable to the Escrow Agent from time to time.

 

4.


Expiration Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b) .

Final Earnout Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(e) .

Final Net Working Capital” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(f) .

Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6 .

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as of the date hereof.

Governmental Body” means any government or governmental or regulatory body hereof, or political subdivision thereof, whether federal, state, local or foreign, or any department, board, commission, agency, instrumentality or authority thereof; or any court or arbitrator (public or private).

Hazardous Material ” means any substance, material or waste: (i) that is regulated, classified, or otherwise characterized under or pursuant to any Environmental Law as “hazardous,” “toxic,” “pollutant,” “contaminant,” or “radioactive,” including, without limitation, petroleum and its by-products, including asbestos, gasoline or diesel fuel or other petroleum hydrocarbons or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); (ii) the presence of which requires investigation or remediation under any Environmental Laws; or (iii) that is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic or mutagenic or otherwise hazardous and is regulated under Environmental Laws.

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4 .

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4 .

Indemnification Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a) .

Intellectual Property ” means all of the following owned by or issued or licensed to or by, or otherwise used by, the Company: (a) all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures, together with all reissuances, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, extensions, and reexaminations thereof; (b) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade

 

5.


names, URL domain names and corporate names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations, and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith; (c) all software (including source code) and other copyrightable works, works of authorship and mask works, data, databases, data collections and related documentation, all copyrights, and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith; (d) all customer and subscriber lists; (e) all trade secrets and confidential business information (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions, technical data, specifications, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals); (f) all Documentation; (g) all Technology Assets; and (h) all rights in and to any of the foregoing, including the right to sue, recover damages, costs, and attorneys’ fees for past and present infringement or misappropriation of any of the foregoing.

Intellectual Property Registrations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(a) .

Interim Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(a) .

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service.

Knowledge ” means the knowledge of a specified Person after making such due inquiry of those officers, directors, key employees and professional advisors (including attorneys, accountants and consultants) of the Person who would reasonably be expected to have actual knowledge of the matters in question. The words “know , ” “knowing” and “known” shall be construed accordingly. In the case of the Company, “knowledge” means the knowledge of Seth Frader-Thompson, Andrew Martin, Joshua Oberwetter and David Weiner.

Law ” means any foreign, federal, state, local law, statute, code, ordinance, rule or regulation.

Legal Proceeding ” means any judicial, administrative or arbitral actions, investigations, suits, inquiries, hearings or proceedings (public or private) by or before a Governmental Body.

Letter of Transmittal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6 .

Liability ” means any debt, liability or obligation (whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, known or unknown or due or to become due) and including all costs and expenses relating thereto.

 

6.


Lien ” means any lien, encumbrance, pledge, mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, claim, lease, charge, option, right of first refusal, easement, servitude or transfer restriction.

Losses ” means losses, liabilities, obligations and damages and any and all notices, actions, suits, proceedings, claims, demands, assessments, judgments, costs, penalties and expenses, including defense costs, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable attorneys’ and other professionals’ fees and disbursements incident to any and all Losses with respect to which indemnification is provided hereunder, including costs of enforcing the right to indemnification provided herein and shall specifically exclude all punitive, consequential, special or indirect damages.

Material Adverse Effect ” means any change or effect that, individually or in the aggregate (i) is materially adverse to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, properties, assets or Liabilities of the Company (including, specifically, the termination or cancellation, or other materially adverse alteration of its business relationship with any customer or group of customers, representing revenues equal to or greater than 10% of the Company’s revenues (determined as of the 2012 fiscal year)), except for any change or effect that arises out of; results from or is attributable to: (A) any change in conditions in the global economy or regulatory or political conditions or changes, provided no such conditions or changes disproportionately affect the Company, (B) any change in the economic or business conditions affecting the industries in which the Company conducts its business (in each case that do not disproportionately affect the Company), (C) any change in applicable Law, (D) an act of god, act of war or terrorism or (E) any change resulting from any announcement of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (ii) materially and adversely affects the ability of the Stockholders or the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Material Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a) .

Merger Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Net Working Capital ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) .

Order ” means any order, injunction, judgment, decree, consent decree, ruling, writ, assessment or award of a Governmental Body.

 

7.


Organizational Documents ” means, as applicable, the certificate or articles of incorporation, certificate or articles of formation or organization, as applicable, and bylaws, shareholder agreements, operating agreements, partnership agreements and any similar governing or constitutive documents or agreements of any Person, each as currently in effect.

Permits ” means any approvals, authorizations, consents, licenses, permits or certificates of a Governmental Body necessary for the ownership or operation of the Company’s assets, or the conduct of its businesses as presently conducted.

Permitted Exceptions ” means (i) all defects, exceptions, restrictions, easements, rights of way and encumbrances disclosed in policies of title insurance which have been made available to Alarm or the Merger Sub by the Company, which currently affect title to such Company Property and which do not individually or in the aggregate interfere with or adversely affect the value, marketability or current use thereof in the business as conducted by the Company; (ii) statutory liens for current Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or the amount or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves under GAAP have been established in the books of account of the Company; (iii) mechanics’, carriers’, workers’, repairers’ and similar Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent; and (iv) title of a lessor under an operating lease with respect to leased property.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Body or other entity.

PII ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(h) .

Post-Closing Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(b) .

Pre-Closing Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a) .

Privacy Policy ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(h) .

Prohibited Territory ” means the Unites States of America.

Qualifying Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(h) .

Real Property Lease ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10(b) .

 

8.


Reference Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(d) .

Reference Balance Sheet Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(d) .

Series A Holder ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Series A Preferred Per Share Merger Consideration ” means an amount equal to $0.19, subject to decrease, if the Closing occurs after May 6, 2013, ns a result of additional accrued interest on indebtedness through the date of repayment and expenses of the transaction, plus the Applicable Percentage of any Stockholder Earnout Payment per share or funds released pursuant to the Escrow Agreement to Series A Holders on a per share basis.

Series A Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Series A Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Series B Documents ” means the documents executed by the Company and the Series B Holders including but not limited to the Voting Agreement, Investor Rights Agreement and Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement.

Series B Holder ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Series B Preferred Per Share Merger Consideration ” means the applicable amount payable with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Schedule B , which amount shall range from $0.25 to $0.30 per share (such range representing the impact on allocation of proceeds of differing amounts of accrued dividends applicable to each such share based upon the respective dates of issuance of each such share), subject to decrease, if the Closing occurs after May 6, 2013, as a result of additional accrued interest on indebtedness through the date of repayment and expenses of the transaction, plus the Applicable Percentage of any Stockholder Earnout Payment per share or funds released pursuant to the Escrow Agreement to Series B Holders on a per share basis.

Series B Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Series B Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

9.


Shares ” means Series A Shares, Series B Shares, and Common Shares.

Software Revenue ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(e) .

Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Stockholder Documents ” means the Letter of Transmittal executed by each Stockholder of the Company in connection with this Agreement.

Stockholder Earnout Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c) .

Stockholder Representative ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.14(a) .

Stockholder Representative Fund ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.14(d) .

“Straddle Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6 .

Target Net Working Capital ” means $0.00.

Taxes” means (i) all federal, state, local or foreign taxes, charges, fees, imposts, levies or other assessments, including, without limitation, all net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, adjusted gross income or gross receipts, capital, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits or excess profits, inventory, capital stock, license, withholding, payroll, employment (including employee withholding or employer payroll tax, FICA or FUTA), social security, unemployment, excise, severance, stamp, healthcare or health insurance, occupation, real or personal property and estimated taxes, prohibited transactions, premiums, occupation, customs duties, fees, assessments and charges of any kind whatsoever, (ii) all interest, penalties, fines, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any Taxing Authority in connection with any item described in clause (i), and (iii) any Liability with respect to any items described in clauses (i) or (ii) payable by reason of Contract, assumption, transferee liability, operation of law, Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any predecessor· or successor thereof or any analogous or similar provision of Law) or otherwise.

Taxing Authority ” means the IRS and any other Governmental Body responsible for the administration of any Tax.

 

10.


Tax Return ” means any return, report or statement required to be filed with respect to any Tax (including any elections, declarations, schedules or attachments thereto and any amendment thereof), including any information return, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated Tax, and including, where permitted or required, combined, consolidated or unitary returns for any group of entities that includes the Company or any of its Affiliates.

Technology Assets ” means: (a) all data and information, in any medium, including proprietary information, technical information, source code and object code; (b) all books, records, files, papers (including passcode sets for each of back-end provider and each customer of the Company); and (c) all delivery platforms, gateways, “on ramp” connections and access points relating to the Company.

Total Revenue ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(e) .

WC Overpayment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(f) .

WC Underpayment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(f) .

Website ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(c) .

 

11.


Below is a list of omitted schedules (or similar attachments) from the Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among Alarm.com Holdings, Inc., EnergyHub Holdings, Inc., EnergyHub, Inc., and Shareholder Representative Services LLC, as stockholder representative, dated May 3, 2013. The registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule to the SEC upon request.

 

Schedule B    Series B Per Share
Exhibit A    Series B Holders
Exhibit B    Series A Holders
Exhibit C    Common Holders
Exhibit D    Form of Certificate of Merger
Exhibit E    Form of Letter of Transmittal
Exhibit F    Form of Escrow Agreement
Exhibit G    Initial Six Month Rolling Forecast
Exhibit H    Form of Stockholder Consent
Schedule 2.2(b)    Payments on the Closing Date
Schedule 2.4(b)    Earn-Out Payments
Schedule 2.4(e)    Revenue Projections
Schedule 2.6    Escrow Allocations
Schedule 3.4(a)(iii)    Directors and Officers
Schedule 3.4(a)(iv)    Terminated Debt
Schedule 3.4(a)(x)    Terminated Agreements
Schedule 4.1    Organization and Good Standing
Schedule 4.3(a)    Conflicts
Schedule 4.3(b)    Consents of Third Parties
Schedule 4.4(a)    Capital Stock
Schedule 4.4(b)    Options and Warrants
Schedule 4.7    Undisclosed Liabilities
Schedule 4.8    Absence of Certain Developments
Schedule 4.9    Taxes
Schedule 4.10(b)    Leased Real Property
Schedule 4.11    Title; Sufficiency
Schedule 4.12(a)    Intellectual Property Registrations
Schedule 4.12(c)    Out-Bound Licenses
Schedule 4.12(d)    Liens
Schedule 4.12(f)    Intellectual Property Safeguards
Schedule 4.12(h)    Privacy
Schedule 4.12(j)    Third Party Intellectual Property

 

12.


Schedule 4.12(k)    Payments under SIPCO License Agreement
Schedule 4.13(a)    Material Contracts
Schedule 4.14(a)    Employees; Compensation
Schedule 4.15 (a)    Employee Benefit Plans under ERISA
Schedule 4.15 (b)    Employee Benefit Plans exempt from ERISA
Schedule 4.15(d)    Employee Pension Benefit Plans
Schedule 4.15(e)    Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans
Schedule 4.15(g)    Multiemployer Plans
Schedule 4.15(h)    Qualifying Events under COBRA
Schedule 4.17(a)    Legal Proceedings
Schedule 4.17(b)    Orders
Schedule 4.17(c)    Claims
Schedule 4.18(a)    Claims or Investigations
Schedule 4.18(b)    Permits
Schedule 4.20    Insurance
Schedule 4.21    Significant Customers and Suppliers
Schedule 4.23    Affiliate Transactions
Schedule 4.24    Banking Facilities
Schedule 4.25    Products Liability
Schedule 9.2(a)    Indemnification of Alarm Indemnified Parties

 

13.

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Alarm.com Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”) (the “ Corporation ”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. The name of the Corporation is Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 27, 2009.

2. The Corporation filed an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on March 3, 2009, which has not been amended prior to the date hereof.

3. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , which is incorporated herein by this reference, and which restates, integrates, supersedes and further amends the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation, has been duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and a majority of the stockholders in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, with the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.

 

Dated: July 11, 2012     Alarm.com Holdings, Inc.
    By:  

/s/ Stephen Trundle

    Name:   Stephen Trundle
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Article 1 NAME

The name of this corporation is Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

Article 2 REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The registered office of the Corporation shall be located at The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The registered agent of the Corporation at such address shall be The Corporation Trust Company.

Article 3 PURPOSE AND POWERS

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). The Corporation shall have all power necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of such acts and activities.

Article 4 CAPITAL STOCK

4.1. Authorized Shares

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Sixteen Million Nine Hundred Ninety-One Thousand Ninety (16,991,090). Ten Million (10,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of one cent ($0.01) (“ Common Stock ”) and Six Million Nine Hundred Ninety-One Thousand Ninety (6,991,090) shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($0.001) (“ Preferred Stock ”), of which Three Million Five Hundred Eleven Thousand Seven Hundred and Twenty-Five (3,511,725) shares shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” One Million Eight Hundred Nine Thousand Six Hundred and Eighty-Five (1,809,685) shares shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” and One Million Six Hundred Sixty-Nine Thousand Six Hundred and Eighty (1,669,680) shares shall be designated “ Series B-1 Preferred Stock .”


4.2. Designations and Powers

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A. COMMON STOCK

1. General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock (the “ Common Holders ”) are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein and as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors with respect to any series of Preferred Stock as authorized herein.

2. Voting . The Common Holders are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock (“ Common Share ”) held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, Common Holders, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the DGCL. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized Common Shares may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

B. PREFERRED STOCK

The Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock are entitled to the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “ Sections ” in this Part B of Section 4.2 of this Article 4 refer to sections of Part B of Section 4.2 of this Article 4 .

1. Dividends.

(a) Subject to Section 1(b) , any dividends or distributions shall be distributed among all holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock that would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted to Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate pursuant to Section 4 (collectively, “ Dividends ”); provided that any Dividends shall be when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors is under no obligation to declare Dividends. Payment of declared Dividends shall be made to the extent assets are legally available therefor and any amounts for which assets are not legally available shall be paid promptly as assets become legally available therefor.


(b) Subject to the following sentence, in the event that any Dividends are paid pursuant to Section 1(a) , each holder of Series B Preferred Stock and each holder of Series B-1 Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Series B Holders ”) will also be paid (on a pari passu basis with, and at the same time, in the same form and in the same manner as, such Dividends) additional dividends or distributions, as applicable, with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the applicable Dividends paid to such Series B Holder on each such share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock as applicable pursuant to Section 1(a) (the “ Additional Series B Dividends ”) such that each share of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall have received an amount equal to two times the applicable Dividend, The Additional Series B Dividends shall only be payable until such time as the Series B Holders have been paid Additional Series B Dividends pursuant to this Section 1(b) in an aggregate amount for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as the case may be, equal to two-fifths (0.4) of the Original Issue Price for such share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable (such aggregate amount, the “ Series B Dividend Preference ”); provided that notwithstanding payment of the full Series B Dividend Preference, the Series B Holders shall continue to be entitled to receive Dividends in accordance with Section 1(a) . “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean (i) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, $75.44 per share, (ii) in the case of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $75.44 per share, and (iii) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, ten dollars ($10.00) per share, each subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock Dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such series of Preferred Stock.

2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

(a) Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or any Deemed Liquidation Event (any such event, a “ Liquidation ”), the Series B Holders shall, subject to the last two sentences of this Section 2(a) , be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock (“ Series A Holders ”) or Common Holders by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Liquidation Preference (as hereinafter defined) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock held by them, as the case may be. Subject to and following payment in full of the amounts payable to Series B Holders above, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled, subject to the last two sentences of this Section 2(a) , to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the Common Holders by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Liquidation Preference for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by them. “ Liquidation Preference ” shall mean, (1) in the case of a share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, a per share amount equal to (i) one and two-fifths (1.4) times the Original Issue Price for such share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as the case may be, plus (ii) all declared and unpaid Dividends on each such share, less (iii) any portion of the Series B Dividend Preference previously paid (or any portion of the Series B Dividend Preference which constitutes part of any declared and unpaid Dividend at such time to the extent such Dividend is actually paid with respect to such share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series


B-1 Preferred Stock as part of the Liquidation) on such share, and (2) in the case of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, a per share amount equal to (i) the Original Issue Price, plus (ii) an amount for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock (such amount, the “ Series A Additional Preference ”) equal to eight percent (8.00%) per annum of the Original Issue Price of the Series A Preferred Stock plus compounded Series A Additional Preference thereon, with such Series A Additional Preference accruing on a daily basis from and including the date of issuance of such share of the Series A Preferred Stock (each such date, whether before or after the date of this Certificate of Incorporation, a “ Series A Issuance Date ”) to and including the date on which the Liquidation Preference of each such share of Series A Preferred Stock is paid to the holder thereof in connection with a Liquidation, and with such Series A Additional Preference compounding on each quarterly anniversary of the applicable Series A Issuance Date, plus (iii) all declared but unpaid Dividends on each such share if upon any such Liquidation the remaining assets available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled, then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among each series of Preferred Stock as follows: (i) first, to the Series B Holders with equal priority and pro rata among the Series B Holders at the time outstanding based upon the aggregate Liquidation Preference on Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding, until the full Liquidation Preference owed to all such holders has been paid, and (ii) second, to the extent funds remain available for distribution, to the Series A Holders with equal priority and pro rata among the Series A Holders at the time outstanding based upon the aggregate Liquidation Preference on Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, until the full Liquidation Preference owed to all Series A Holders has been paid. Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive with respect to a Liquidation, each such holder of shares of a series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the amount that such holder would have received had such holder converted such holder’s shares of such series of Preferred Stock into Common Shares pursuant to Section 4(a) immediately prior to the Liquidation if, after giving effect to all such hypothetical conversions pursuant to this sentence, such holder would have received, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder pursuant to this Section 2(a) if such hypothetical conversion had not occurred. If, in accordance with the preceding sentence, any such holder of Preferred Stock shall become entitled to receive an amount equal to the amount that such holder would have received had such holder converted such holder’s shares of such series of Preferred Stock into Common Shares pursuant to Section 4(a) immediately prior to the Liquidation, then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to the first two sentences of this Section 2(a) .

(b) Payments to Common Holders . In the event of any Liquidation, after the payment of the full amounts required by subsection (a) of this Section 2 , the remaining assets available for distribution to the Corporation’s stockholders shall be distributed among the Common Holders, pro rata based on the number of Common Shares held by each such holder.

(c) Deemed Liquidation Events .

(i) The following events (each, a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ”) shall be deemed to be a Liquidation of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 2 :


(A) a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is a constituent party or a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party, in each case in which the stockholders of record of the Corporation as constituted immediately prior to such transaction will immediately after such transaction (by virtue of securities issued in such transaction) fail to hold at least 50% of the equity value or voting power of the resulting or surviving corporation or entity or ultimate parent of such resulting or surviving corporation or entity following such transaction in substantially the same proportions as immediately prior to such transaction;

(B) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, except where such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition is to a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation;

(C) the grant by the Corporation or any subsidiary of an exclusive license of all or substantially all of the intellectual property of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; or

(D) any other transaction or a series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the equity value or voting power of the Corporation or its subsidiary, Alarm.com Incorporated, is transferred or issued to a person or group of affiliated persons.

(ii) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect any transaction constituting a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2(c)(i)(A) above unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation or other applicable definitive document provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with this Section 2(c) , Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above. The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Deemed Liquidation Event may be waived by the vote or written consent of both the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) (the “ Series B Majority Holders ”) and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) (the “ Series A Majority Holders ”).

(iii) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2(c)(i)(A) , (B) , (C)  or (D)  above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the DGCL within sixty (60) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then to the extent shares of Preferred Stock are then outstanding (A) the Corporation shall deliver a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the sixtieth (60th) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (B) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (B) unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise and the (i) Series A Majority Holders and (ii) Series B Majority Holders, in each case, request otherwise in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than seventy-five (75) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received


by the Corporation and its subsidiaries for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”) to redeem, to the extent such Available Proceeds are legally available therefor, on the ninetieth (90th) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “ Liquidation Redemption Date ”), all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share determined pursuant to Section 2(a) above as if a dissolution of the Corporation had occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis in proportion to the number of Common Shares that would be held by each such holder if all shares of such Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate on the applicable record date for such distribution, to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares and, where such redemption is limited by the amount of lawfully available funds, the Corporation shall redeem the remaining shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock on such basis as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. Subject to and following payment in full of the amounts payable to Series B Holders above, the Corporation shall then redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such remaining Available Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the remaining Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares and, where such redemption is limited by the amount of lawfully available funds, the Corporation shall redeem the remaining shares of Series A Preferred Stock as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Section 2(c)(iii) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business.

(iv) The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any Liquidation shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be its fair market value as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that any securities shall be valued as follows:

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (B) below:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange, including without limitation the Nasdaq Stock Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Deemed Liquidation Event;


(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Deemed Liquidation Event; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall he the fair market value thereof, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including without limitation at least one (1) Series B Director and one (1) Series A Director).

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including without limitation at least one (I) Series B Director and one (1) Series A Director).

(v) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2(e)(i) , if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation subject to contingencies, the agreement or agreements governing such transaction shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2(a) and (b)  as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any additional consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2(a) and (b)  after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

3. Voting .

(a) General Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Section 3(b) , on any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole Common Shares into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of this Certificate of incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the Common Holders as a single class.

(b) Special Voting Rights . In addition to the voting rights set forth in Section 3(a) , the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly, take or permit any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries to take, including by amendment of this Certificate of Incorporation, merger, consolidation or otherwise, any of the following actions without the prior


consent of the Series A Majority Holders and the Series B Majority Holders, voting as separate classes: (i) amend, alter, modify, repeal, eliminate, nullify, waive or change, directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, pursuant to any amendment, waiver or other change (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), any rights, powers, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock or the Series A Holders or the Series B Holders under this Certificate of Incorporation, respectively; (ii) authorize, create or issue any class or series of capital stock or other equity security (including by reclassification of any existing security) that is senior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, respectively, including in each case securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities and any equity securities issued in connection with debt securities; (iii) pay any dividend or other distribution on any equity securities or redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire any equity securities of the Corporation; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to (1) the repurchase of Common Shares from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at the lower of cost or fair market value upon the termination of employment or service, provided that such repurchase has been approved by the Board of Directors (including at least one (1) Series B Director and one (1) Series A Director) or (2) the repurchase of up to an aggregate of 1,537,942 Common Shares and shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to a tender offer commenced by the Corporation as contemplated by that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2012, among the Corporation and the investors party thereto; (iv) effect (1) any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation, including, without limitation, any stock split or stock combination, or (2) other than a merger, consolidation or similar transaction that is a Deemed Liquidation Event, any merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, respectively, are exchanged or cancelled in return for cash, property or securities; (v) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, other than by redemption or conversion of Preferred Stock; (vi) change the number or method of election, nomination or appointment of members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (vii) incur or guarantee, without duplication, indebtedness for borrowed money or long term capital obligations at any time outstanding in excess, in the aggregate, of $10,000,000; or (viii) enter into any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument or commitment (whether oral or written) with any of the Corporation’s officers or directors (other than any compensation or benefit arrangement) or holders of 5% of the outstanding shares of the Corporation, or any of their affiliates, members of their immediate families, spouses or children, or with an entity in which any such individual or entity has, directly or indirectly, any material interest.

4. Optional Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof (the “ Electing Stockholder ” and such option, the “ Conversion Option ”), at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares (i) at, in connection with, or following an IPO (as defined below), with respect to a share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as the case may be, as is determined


by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, by the IPO Conversion Price, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion (such conversion rate is referred to herein as the “ IPO Conversion Rate ”) and (ii) with respect to a share of Series A Preferred Stock, or (to the extent that clause (i) is not applicable) with respect to a share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price (as hereinafter defined) in effect at the time of conversion. Such conversion shall be effective as of the close of business on the date of receipt by the Corporation of a conversion election notice (a “ Conversion Notice ”) from the Electing Stockholders (the “ Voluntary Conversion Date ”) (unless the Conversion Notice describes the occurrence of an event upon which the exercise of the Conversion Option is contingent, in which case, the Voluntary Conversion Date shall be the date of such event). The Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock covered by the Conversion Notice shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of the Voluntary Conversion Date. That number of shares of Preferred Stock elected to be converted by the Electing Stockholders shall be referred to as the “ Conversion Number .” The “ Conversion Price ” shall initially mean (i) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, $75.44 per share, (ii) in the case of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $75.44 per share, and (iii) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, ten dollars ($10.00) per share. Such initial Conversion Price (or 1PO Conversion Price, if applicable), and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into Common Shares, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

(b) Fractional Shares . No fractional Common Shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a Common Share as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including without limitation at least one (1) Series B Director and one (1) Series A Director). Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of Common Shares issuable upon such conversion.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion .

(i) Each Electing Stockholder shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for the shares of Preferred Stock covered by the Conversion Notice (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation. On the Voluntary Conversion Date, all shares of Preferred Stock covered by the Conversion Notice shall be deemed to have been converted into Common Shares, which shall he deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a Common Holder), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor, to receive certificates for the number of Common Shares into which such Preferred Stock has been converted. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or


accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Voluntary Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall, as applicable, cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, (i) a certificate or certificates for the number of Common Shares issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, (ii) a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Preferred Stock not otherwise converted but represented by the certificates surrendered to the Corporation, and (iii) cash in lieu of any fraction of a Common Share otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

(d) The Shares of Preferred Stock which are surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Voluntary Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Preferred Stock may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the number of shares of Preferred Stock designated as Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, accordingly.

(i) The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized Common Shares as shall from time to time he sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Common Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Common Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) below the then par value of the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares at such adjusted Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable).

(ii) All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate as of the Voluntary Conversion Date, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive Common Shares in exchange therefor.

(iii) The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of Common Shares upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 or Section 5 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer


involved in the issuance and delivery of Common Shares in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

(e) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

(i) Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4 , the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(B) “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued.

(C) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(D) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all Common Shares issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(e)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than the following (“ Exempted Securities ”):

I. Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

II. Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on Common Shares that is covered by Sections 4(f) , (g) , (h)  and (i) ;

III. Common Shares or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of the Corporation’s business and approved by the Board of Directors;

IV. Common Shares or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or Common Shares actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security; or

V. Common Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors.


(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if: (a) the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4(e)(v) ) for such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is equal to or greater than the Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) in effect immediately prior to the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, or (b) prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, the Corporation receives written notice from the Series A Majority Holders, with respect to the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, or the Series B Majority Holders, with respect to the Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) for the Series B Preferred Stock, in each case, agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

(A) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of Common Shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date; provided that, in any such case in which there is deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued, no further adjustment in any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or Common Shares upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(B) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) pursuant to the terms of Section 4(e)(iv) below, are revised either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (B) shall have the effect


of increasing any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) such Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) on the original adjustment date, or (ii) such Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(C) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) pursuant to the terms of Section 4(e)(iv) (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4(e)(iv) ) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Section 4(e)(iii)(A) ) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(D) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) pursuant to the terms of Section 4(e)(iv) , such Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued.

(E) If the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) provided for in this Section 4(e)(iii) shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (B) and (C) of this Section 4(e)(iii) ). If the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) that would result under the terms of this Section 4(e)(iii) at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to such Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.


(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(e)(iii) ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) in effect immediately prior to such issue, then such Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1 * (A + B) / (A + C)

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

CP2 shall mean the new Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

CP1 shall mean the Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

“A” shall mean the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

“B” shall mean the number of Common Shares that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CPI (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

“C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

(v) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 4(e), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

I. insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

II. insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including without limitation at least one (1) Series B Director and one (1) Series A Director); provided that any such property consisting of securities shall be valued in accordance with Subsection 2(c)(iv) ; and


III. in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (I) and (II) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including without limitation at least one (1) Series B Director and one (1) Series A Director).

(B) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(iii) , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

I. the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

II. the maximum number of Common Shares (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(vi) Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) pursuant to the terms of Section 4(e)(iv) above, then, upon the final such issuance, such Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any subsequent issuances within such period).

(f) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be increased proportionately. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding Common Shares any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price,


if applicable) in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of Common Shares issuable on conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be decreased proportionately. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(g) Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of Common Holders entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional Common Shares, then and in each such event any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying such Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) then in effect by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of Common Shares issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

provided , however , that if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and provided , further , however , that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of such series of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive (i) a dividend or other distribution of Common Shares in a number equal to the number of Common Shares as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event or (ii) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Preferred Stock which are convertible, as of the date of such event, into such number of Common Shares as is equal to the number of additional Common Shares being issued with respect to each Common Share in such dividend or distribution.

(h) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of Common Holders entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of Common Shares in respect of outstanding Common Shares) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of each series of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the Common Holders, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property, if any, as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.


(i) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Section 2(c) , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not any outstanding series of Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Section 4(f) , (g)  or (h) ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of such series of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of Common Shares of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the applicable Conversion Price or IPO Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.

(j) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of any Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which each series of Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) each Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) then in effect, and (ii) the number of Common Shares and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of each series of Preferred Stock.

(k) Notice of Record Date . In the event the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock) for the purpose of:

(i) entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right; or


(ii) any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(iii) any Liquidation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their Common Shares (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, Liquidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice. Any notice required by the provisions hereof to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed sent to such holder if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such holder at his, her or its address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

(l) IPO Conversion Price . The IPO Conversion Price applicable to the Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be established in the event the Corporation offers stock to the public in its initial underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act (an “ IPO ”). If a proposed IPO is offered at a price (as reflected on the cover of the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the IPO as the price being offered to the public) per Common Share (the “ IPO Price ”) that would result in (i) the product of (A) the IPO Price multiplied by (B) the number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of one (1) share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at the rate of conversion then in effect (and assuming no application of this Section 4(l) ) (such product, the “ Converted IPO Price ”) being less than the Liquidation Preference for the Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, then (ii) immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO (and in any event prior to any mandatory or voluntary conversion of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock in connection with such IPO pursuant to this Section 4 or Section 5 ), the “ IPO Conversion Price ” applicable to the Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall equal the product of (A) the Conversion Price then in effect with respect to a share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, multiplied by (B) a fraction equal to the Converted IPO Price divided by the Liquidation Preference for the Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, at such time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Converted IPO Price is equal to or greater than the Liquidation Preference for the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, at such time, the IPO Conversion Price applicable to such series shall be established to equal the Conversion Price then in effect for such series. After the establishment of the IPO Conversion Price, the IPO Conversion Price shall be subject to additional adjustment pursuant to this Section 4 . For avoidance of doubt, the Series A Preferred Stock is not entitled to any adjustment of its conversion rate in connection with an IPO pursuant to this Section 4(l) .


(m) Waiver of Adjustment to Conversion Price . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable) of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class). Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

5. Mandatory Conversion .

(a) Subject to Section 5(b) , upon the closing of the sale of Common Shares to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of not less than seventy-five million dollars ($75,000,000) after deducting underwriter’s commissions and expenses (a “ Qualified IPO ”), (A) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into Common Shares, at the then effective conversion rate or IPO Conversion Rate (as determined pursuant to Section 4 above), as applicable, and (B) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series; provided further, that upon the affirmative consent or vote of the (A) Series A Majority Holders or (B) Series B Majority Holders, as applicable then, in each such case, (1) all outstanding shares of such applicable series of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into Common Shares, at the then effective conversion rate or IPO Conversion Rate (as determined pursuant to Section 4 above) , as applicable, and (2) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series (such date of conversion pursuant to this Section 5(a) , a “ Mandatory Conversion Date ”).

(b) All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of a Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 , as applicable. Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of a Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, to each record holder of Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock for which mandatory conversion had been triggered pursuant to this Section 5 shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of Common Shares to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 . On a Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock for which mandatory conversion had been triggered pursuant to this Section 5 shall be deemed to have been converted into Common Shares, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to such Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a Common Holder), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor, to receive certificates for the number of Common Shares into which such Preferred Stock has been converted. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly


executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after a Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Common Shares issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Section 4(b) in lieu of any fraction of a Common Share otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

(c) All certificates evidencing shares of Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after a Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Preferred Stock may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock accordingly.

6. Waiver . Any of the rights, powers or preferences of the Series A Holders set forth herein may be waived or defeased by the affirmative consent or vote of the Series A Majority Holders. Any of the rights, powers or preferences of the Series B Holders set forth herein may be waived or defeased by the affirmative consent or vote of the Series B Majority Holders.

Article 5 BOARD OF DIRECTORS

5.1. Number; Election

(a) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be such number as from time to time shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the bylaws of the Corporation. Unless and except to the extent that the bylaws of the Corporation shall otherwise require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, each director of the Corporation shall be entitled to one vote per director on all matters voted or acted upon by the Board of Directors.

(b) As long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors (the “ Series B Directors ”). As long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, Series A Holders, voting as a separate class, shall also be entitled to elect two directors (the “ Series A Directors ,” and together with the Series B Directors, the “ Preferred Directors ”). The Common Holders and the holders of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class shall be entitled to elect all other directors of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the DGCL, any vacancy, including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of this Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a


quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or series may override the Board of Director’s action to fill such vacancy by (i) voting for their own designee to fill such vacancy at a meeting of this Corporation’s stockholders or (ii) written consent, if the consenting stockholders hold a sufficient number of shares to elect their designee at a meeting of the stockholders. Any director may be removed during his or her term of office, either with or without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by a majority vote of the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent.

 

  5.2. Management of Business and Affairs of the Corporation; Location of Stockholders Meetings and Books and Records

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide.

The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

5.3. Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which DGCL permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such directors, officers, agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, subject only to limits created by applicable DGCL (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to the Corporation, its stockholders, and others.

No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director; provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL; or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article 5.3 shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of or any limitation of the liability of, or increase the liability of, a director, officer or agent of the Corporation existing at, or arising out of any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent or other facts or incidents occurring prior to, the effective date of such amendment, repeal or modification.


Article 6 AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the DGCL, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend, alter, change and repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

Article 7 RESERVATION OF RIGHT TO AMEND CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, change, or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences, and privileges of any nature conferred upon stockholders, directors, or any other persons by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights reserved in this Article 7.

Article 8 EXEMPTED PERSONS

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the Corporation acknowledges that: (i) each stockholder (subject to the proviso below) and each Preferred Director (each, an “ Exempted Person ”) shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly, engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, including those deemed to be competing with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; and (ii) in the event that any Exempted Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for the Corporation, then such Exempted Person shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, as the case may be, and shall not be liable to the Corporation or its affiliates or stockholders for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Exempted Person, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person, or does not present such opportunity to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; provided, however, that this Article 8 shall not apply to Backbone Partners, LLC or stockholders who are also officers or employees of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation (other than officers affiliated with any Preferred Director) or who are permitted transferees of any such person.


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), does hereby certify as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. The date of filing of the Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was January 27, 2009.

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended by deleting Section 4.1 of Article 4 thereof in its entirety and by substituting in lieu of said Section the following new Section 4.1:

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Six Million Nine Hundred Ninety-One Thousand Ninety (106,991,090). One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of one cent ($0.01) (“ Common Stock ”) and Six Million Nine Hundred Ninety-One Thousand Ninety (6,991,090) shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($0.001) (“ Preferred Stock ”), of which Three Million Five Hundred Eleven Thousand Seven Hundred and Twenty-Five (3,511,725) shares shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” One Million Eight Hundred Nine Thousand Six Hundred and Eighty-Five (1,809,685) shares shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” and One Million Six Hundred Sixty-Nine Thousand Six Hundred and Eighty (1,669,680) shares shall be designated “ Series B-1 Preferred Stock .”

Upon the filing and effectiveness (the “ Effective Time ”) pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware of this Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, each share of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be converted into nine (9) shares of Common Stock (the “ Stock Split ”). No fractional shares shall be issued in connection with the Stock Split. Each certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Common Stock (“ Old Certificates ”), shall thereafter represent that number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Common Stock represented by the Old Certificate shall have been converted, subject to the elimination of fractional share interests as described above.”

3. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended by deleting Section 4.2.4(a) of Article 4 thereof in its entirety and by substituting in lieu of said Section the following new Section 4.2.4(a):


(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof (the “ Electing Stockholder ” and such option, the “ Conversion Option ”), at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares (i) at, in connection with, or following an IPO (as defined below), with respect to a share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as the case may be, as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, by the IPO Conversion Price, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion (such conversion rate is referred to herein as the “ IPO Conversion Rate ”) and (ii) with respect to a share of Series A Preferred Stock, or (to the extent that clause (i) is not applicable) with respect to a share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price (as hereinafter defined) in effect at the time of conversion. Such conversion shall be effective as of the close of business on the date of receipt by the Corporation of a conversion election notice (a “ Conversion Notice ”) from the Electing Stockholders (the “ Voluntary Conversion Date ”) (unless the Conversion Notice describes the occurrence of an event upon which the exercise of the Conversion Option is contingent, in which case, the Voluntary Conversion Date shall be the date of such event). The Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock covered by the Conversion Notice shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of the Voluntary Conversion Date. That number of shares of Preferred Stock elected to be converted by the Electing Stockholders shall be referred to as the “ Conversion Number .” The “ Conversion Price ” shall initially mean (i) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, $8.38222222 per share, (ii) in the case of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $8.38222222 per share, and (iii) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.11111111 per share. Such initial Conversion Price (or IPO Conversion Price, if applicable), and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into Common Shares, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. The Conversion Prices set forth above reflect, and include the effect of, the Stock Split,

4. This Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

5. All other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall remain in full force and effect

Signed on June 12, 2013

 

By:  

/s/ Stephen Trundle

Name:   Stephen Trundle
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.3

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

Adopted as of March 6, 2009

Amended and Restated as of July 11, 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

1.

 

OFFICES

     1   
 

1.1

  

Registered Office

     1   
 

1.2

  

Other Offices

     1   

2.

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   
 

2.1

  

Place of Meetings

     1   
 

2.2

  

Annual Meetings

     1   
 

2.3

  

Special Meetings

     1   
 

2.4

  

Notice of Meetings

     1   
 

2.5

  

Waivers of Notice

     2   
 

2.6

  

Business at Special Meetings

     2   
 

2.7

  

List of Stockholders

     2   
 

2.8

  

Quorum at Meetings

     2   
 

2.9

  

Voting and Proxies

     3   
 

2.10

  

Required Vote

     3   
 

2.11

  

Action Without a Meeting

     4   

3.

 

DIRECTORS

     4   
 

3.1

  

Powers

     4   
 

3.2

  

Number and Election

     5   
 

3.3

  

Nomination of Directors

     5   
 

3.4

  

Vacancies

     5   
 

3.5

  

Meetings

     6   
 

3.6

  

Quorum and Vote at Meetings

     7   
 

3.7

  

Committees of Directors

     7   
 

3.8

  

Compensation of Directors

     8   

4.

 

CHAIRPERSON AND OFFICERS

     8   
 

4.1

  

Positions

     8   
 

4.2

  

Chairperson

     8   
 

4.3

  

President

     8   
 

4.4

  

Vice President

     9   
 

4.5

  

Secretary

     9   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page  
 

4.6

  

Assistant Secretary

     9   
 

4.7

  

Treasurer

     9   
 

4.8

  

Assistant Treasurer

     9   
 

4.9

  

Term of Office

     10   
 

4.10

  

Compensation

     10   
 

4.11

  

Fidelity Bonds

     10   

5.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

     10   
 

5.1

  

Certificates of Stock; Uncertificated Shares

     10   
 

5.2

  

Lost Certificates

     10   
 

5.3

  

Record Date

     11   
 

5.4

  

Stockholders of Record

     12   

6.

 

INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE

     12   
 

6.1

  

Authorization of Indemnification

     12   
 

6.2

  

Right of Claimant to Bring Action Against the Corporation

     13   
 

6.3

  

Non-exclusivity

     13   
 

6.4

  

Survival of Indemnification

     13   
 

6.5

  

Insurance

     13   

7.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     14   
 

7.1

  

Inspection of Books and Records

     14   
 

7.2

  

Dividends

     14   
 

7.3

  

Reserves

     14   
 

7.4

  

Execution of Instruments

     14   
 

7.5

  

Fiscal Year

     14   
 

7.6

  

Seal

     14   

 

-ii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

1. OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office

The initial registered office of Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be in Wilmington, Delaware, and the initial registered agent in charge thereof shall be The Corporation Trust Company.

1.2 Other Offices

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as may be necessary or useful in connection with the business of the Corporation.

2. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Place of Meetings

All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson or the President. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held by means of remote communication.

2.2 Annual Meetings

The Corporation shall hold annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 2009, on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson or the President, at which stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

2.3 Special Meetings

Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors.

2.4 Notice of Meetings

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting (except to the extent that such notice is waived as provided in these Bylaws). Such notice shall be given in accordance with, and shall be deemed effective as set forth in, Sections 222 and 232 (or any successor section or sections) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware General Corporation Law”).


2.5 Waivers of Notice

Whenever the giving of any notice of a stockholders meeting is required by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver thereof by electronic transmission by the person entitled to said notice, delivered to the Corporation, whether before or after the event as to which such notice is required, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice (1) of such meeting, except when the stockholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (2) (if it is a special meeting) of consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the stockholder objects to considering the matter at the meeting.

2.6 Business at Special Meetings

Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

2.7 List of Stockholders

After the record date for a meeting of stockholders has been fixed, at least ten days before such meeting, the officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall make a list of all stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder (but not the electronic mail address or other electronic contact information, unless the Board of Directors so directs) and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (1) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (2) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then such list shall also, for the duration of the meeting, be produced and kept open to the examination of any stockholder who is present at the time and place of the meeting. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

2.8 Quorum at Meetings

Stockholders may take action on a matter at a meeting only if a quorum exists with respect to that matter. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting, and who are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes

 

2.


or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting (other than (1) solely to object to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, or (2) (if it is a special meeting) to object to the consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice), it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for the adjourned meeting. The holders of a majority of the voting shares represented at a meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn such meeting from time to time.

2.9 Voting and Proxies

Unless otherwise provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law or in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the other provisions of these Bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote on each matter, in person or by proxy, for each share of the Corporation’s capital stock that has voting power and that is held by such stockholder. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed appointment of proxy shall be irrevocable if the appointment form states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in a meeting of stockholders and be deemed present in person and vote at such meeting whether such meeting is held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (1) the Corporation implements reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (2) the Corporation implements reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (3) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action is maintained by the Corporation.

2.10 Required Vote

When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, all matters shall be determined, adopted and approved by the affirmative vote (which need not be by ballot) of the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote with respect to the matter, unless the proposed action is one upon which, by express provision of statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is specified and required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control with respect to that vote on that matter. If the Certificate of Incorporation provides for more or less than one vote for any share, on any matter, every reference in these Bylaws to a majority or other proportion of stock, voting stock or shares shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of such stock, voting stock or shares. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or a series or series is required, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or classes or a series or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such

 

3.


class or series. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and that certain Stockholders’ Agreement of the Corporation dated as of July 11, 2012, as amended from time to time, among the Corporation and certain of its stockholders (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

2.11 Action Without a Meeting

Any action required or permitted to be taken at a stockholders’ meeting may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if the action is taken by persons who would be entitled to vote at a meeting with respect to such action and who hold shares having voting power equal to not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote with respect to such action were present and voted. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by the stockholders entitled to take action without a meeting, and delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by the Delaware General Corporation Law for inclusion in the minute book. No consent shall be effective to take the corporate action specified unless the number of consents required to take such action are delivered to the Corporation within sixty days of the delivery of the earliest-dated consent. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to such action and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section 2.11, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (1) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (2) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Written notice of the action taken shall be given in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law to all stockholders who do not participate in taking the action who would have been entitled to notice if such action had been taken at a meeting having a record date on the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

3. DIRECTORS

3.1 Powers

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things, subject to any limitation set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or as otherwise may be provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

4.


3.2 Number and Election

The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall not be fewer than two members nor more than nine and shall be that number of members that the Board of Directors determines shall be serving on the Board of Directors from time to time. Until such time as the Board of Directors adopts resolutions changing the number of directors in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders’ Agreement, the number of directors shall be seven (7).

3.3 Nomination of Directors

The Board of Directors shall nominate candidates to stand for election as directors as so provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement and other candidates also may be nominated by any Corporation stockholder, provided such other nomination(s) are submitted in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation no later than ninety days prior to the meeting of stockholders at which such directors are to be elected, together with the identity of the nominator and the number of shares of the Corporation’s stock owned, directly or indirectly, by the nominator, or by any such Corporation stockholder or stockholders pursuant to rights granted to such stockholder or stockholders in the Certificate of Incorporation or the Stockholders’ Agreement. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.4 hereof, and each director elected shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.4 Vacancies

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may only be filled in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders’ Agreement. Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Stockholders’ Agreement, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may only be filled by the requisite vote of such class or classes of stock or series thereof, in each case in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders’ Agreement. In the event that one or more directors resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof that are entitled to elect such resigning director or directors in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Stockholders’ Agreement may elect a replacement for such director or directors in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Stockholders’ Agreement, with such election or elections to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective. Each director so chosen pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall hold office until the next election of directors of the class to which such director was appointed, and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

5.


3.5 Meetings

3.5.1 Regular Meetings

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that no action may be taken at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors unless (i) such action was included in an agenda of actions scheduled to be taken at the meeting, which shall be provided to each director not less than one day prior to such meeting, if delivered either personally or by telephone, express delivery service (so that the scheduled delivery date of the notice is at least one day in advance of the meeting), telegram, facsimile transmission, electronic mail (effective when directed to an electronic mail address of the director), or other electronic transmission, as defined in Section 232(c) (or any successor section) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (effective when received by the director), and five days prior to such meeting if by mail (effective upon deposit of such notice in the mail); or (ii) all of the members of the Board of Directors are present at such meeting at the time such action is taken and such action receives unanimous approval on behalf of all such members.

3.5.2 Special Meetings

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairperson or President or at the request of at least one-third of the number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors, including the Series A Director and Series B Director (as such terms are defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement), on one day’s notice to each director, either personally or by telephone, express delivery service (so that the scheduled delivery date of the notice is at least one day in advance of the meeting), telegram, facsimile transmission, electronic mail (effective when directed to an electronic mail address of the director), or other electronic transmission, as defined in Section 232(c) (or any successor section) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (effective when received by the director), and on five days’ notice by mail (effective upon deposit of such notice in the mail). However, 110 action may be taken at any special meeting of the Board of Directors unless (i) such action was included in an agenda of actions scheduled to be taken at the meeting, which shall be provided to each director with the notice of such meeting in accordance with this Section 3.5.2; or (ii) all of the members of the Board of Directors are present at such meeting at the time such action is taken and such action receives unanimous approval on behalf of all such members.

3.5.3 Telephone Meetings

Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the board by any communication by means of which all participating directors can simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

3.5.4 Action Without Meeting

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all members of the Board of Directors. The action must be evidenced by one or more consents in writing or by electronic transmission describing the action taken, signed by each director, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minute book.

 

6.


3.5.5 Waiver of Notice of Meeting

A director may waive any notice required by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws before or after the date and time stated in the notice. Except as set forth below, the waiver must be in writing, signed by the director entitled to the notice, or made by electronic transmission by the director entitled to the notice, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minute book. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to the director of the meeting unless the director at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting; provided, however, that no action may be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors unless (i) such action was included in an agenda of actions scheduled to be taken at the meeting, which shall be provided to each director in accordance with the terms of Sections 3.5.1 or 3.5.2, as applicable; or (ii) all of the members of the Board of Directors are present g such meeting at the time such action is taken and such action receives unanimous approval on behalf of all such members.

3.6 Quorum and Vote at Meetings

At all meetings of the board, a quorum of the Board of Directors consists of a majority of the total number of directors prescribed pursuant to Section 3.2 of these Bylaws. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.

3.7 Committees of Directors

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors and to be comprised in accordance with any applicable terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement. Subject to the rights of any stockholder or stockholders under the Stockholders’ Agreement, the Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation; and unless the resolution designating the committee, these bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the

 

7.


same to the Board of Directors, when required. Unless otherwise specified in the Board of Directors resolution appointing the Committee, all provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and these Bylaws relating to meetings, action without meetings, notice (and waiver thereof), and quorum and voting requirements of the Board of Directors apply, as well, to such committees and their members. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or the resolution of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, which shall be considered a committee of the Board for purposes of these Bylaws and the Stockholders’ Agreement, with each subcommittee to consist of members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

3.8 Compensation of Directors

The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

4. CHAIRPERSON AND OFFICERS

4.1 Positions

The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such other officers as the Board of Directors (or an officer authorized by the Board of Directors) from time to time may appoint, including one or more Vice Chairmen, Executive Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Each such officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be set forth below and such other powers and duties as from time to time may be specified by the Board of Directors or by any officer(s) authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the duties of such other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. As set forth below, each of the President and/or any Vice President may execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts under the seal of the Corporation, if required, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise executed and except where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

4.2 Chairperson

The Chairperson, if one is chosen, shall be chosen from among the members of the Board of Directors and shall (when present) preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders. The Chairperson shall perform such additional duties and shall have such additional powers as may be assigned or granted to the Chairperson by the Board of Directors.

4.3 President

The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have full responsibility and authority for management of the operations of the Corporation, subject to the authority of the Board of Directors. The President may execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts, under the seal of the Corporation, if required, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

 

8.


4.4 Vice President

In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President.

4.5 Secretary

The Secretary shall have responsibility for preparation of minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders and for authenticating records of the Corporation. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may also attest all instruments signed by any other officer of the Corporation.

4.6 Assistant Secretary

The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there shall have been no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

4.7 Treasurer

The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall have responsibility for the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall see to it that full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements are kept in books belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall render to the Chairperson, the President, and the Board of Directors, upon request, an account of all financial transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

4.8 Assistant Treasurer

The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there shall have been no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

 

9.


4.9 Term of Office

The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

4.10 Compensation

The compensation of officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or by any officer(s) authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the compensation of such other officers.

4.11 Fidelity Bonds

The Corporation may secure the fidelity of any or all of its officers or agents by bond or otherwise.

5. CAPITAL STOCK

5.1 Certificates of Stock; Uncertificated Shares

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate (representing the number of shares registered in certificate form) signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairperson, President or any Vice President, and by the Treasurer, Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose signature or facsimile signature appears on a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

5.2 Lost Certificates

The Board of Directors, Chairperson, President or Secretary may direct a new certificate of stock to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming that the certificate of stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate, the board or any such officer may, as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the board or such officer shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond or indemnity, in such sum or on such terms and conditions as the board or such officer may direct, as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or on account of the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

10.


5.3 Record Date

5.3.1 Actions by Stockholders

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by Section 213(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

5.3.2 Payments

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

11.


5.4 Stockholders of Record

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to receive notifications, to vote as such owner, and to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise may be provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

6. INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE

6.1 Authorization of Indemnification

Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether by or in the right of the Corporation or otherwise (a “proceeding”), by mason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, partner (limited or general) or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, shall be (and shall be deemed to have a contractual right to be) indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation (and any successor to the Corporation by merger or otherwise) to the fullest extent authorized by, and subject to the conditions and (except as provided herein) procedures set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but any such amendment shall not be deemed to limit or prohibit the rights of indemnification hereunder for past acts or omissions of any such person insofar as such amendment limits or prohibits the indemnification rights that said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liabilities and losses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith; provided, however, that the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person (except for a suit or action pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof) only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Persons who are not directors or officers of the Corporation and are not so serving at the request of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in respect of such service to the extent authorized at any time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The indemnification conferred in this Section 6.1 also shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation (and such successor) the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in the defense of or other involvement in any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if and to the extent the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay all amounts so paid in advance if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 6.1 or otherwise; and provided further, that, such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid in advance upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

 

12.


6.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Action Against the Corporation

If a claim under Section 6.1 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring an action against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such action. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in connection with any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed or is otherwise not entitled to indemnification under Section 6.1, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. The failure of the Corporation (in the manner provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law) to have made a determination prior to or after the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall not be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Unless otherwise specified in an agreement with the claimant, an actual determination by the Corporation (in the manner provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law) after the commencement of such action that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct shall not be a defense to the action, but shall create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

6.3 Non-exclusivity

The rights to indemnification and advance payment of expenses provided by Section 6.1 hereof shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advance payment of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

6.4 Survival of Indemnification

The indemnification and advance payment of expenses and rights thereto provided by, or granted pursuant to, Section 6.1 hereof shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, partner or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the personal representatives, heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

6.5 Insurance

The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, partner (limited or general) or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person or incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, and related expenses, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

13.


7. GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Inspection of Books and Records

Any stockholder, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies or extracts from: (1) the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records; and (2) other documents as required by law. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office or at its principal place of business.

7.2 Dividends

The Board of Directors may declare dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the laws of the State of Delaware.

7.3 Reserves

The directors of the Corporation may set apart, out of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends, a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

7.4 Execution of Instruments

All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

7.5 Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.6 Seal

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall approve. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

 

14.

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

SPECIMEN SPECIMEN
NUMBER
SHARES
COMMON STOCK
ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
CUSIP 011642 10 5
THIS CERTIFIES THAT:
SPECIMEN
IS THE OWNER OF
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF $.01 PAR VALUE EACH OF ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC. transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by attorney upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed or assigned. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are subject to the laws of the State of Delaware, and to the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Corporation, as now or hereafter amended. This certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent.
WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
DATED:
SECRETARY
ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
CORPORATE
SEAL
2009
DELAWARE
PRESIDENT
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC
BROOKLYN, NY
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
BY:
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


LOGO

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -
Custodian
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties (Cust) (Minor)
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of under Uniform Gifts to Minors
survivorship and not as tenants in common Act (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
For Value Received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
Shares of the stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated
NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE
OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.
Signature(s) Guaranteed
By
The Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution
(Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions with membership in an approved Signature Guarantee Medallion Program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.
THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO ANY STOCKHOLDER, UPON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE, A FULL STATEMENT OF THE DESIGNATIONS, RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS AND SERIES AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED, SO FAR AS THE SAME HAVE BEEN DETERMINED, AND OF THE AUTHORITY, IF ANY, OF THE BOARD TO DIVIDE THE SHARES INTO CLASSES OR SERIES AND TO DETERMINE AND CHANGE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF ANY CLASS OR SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT NAMED ON THIS CERTIFICATE.
COLUMBIA PRINTING SERVICES, LLC - www.stockinformation.com

Exhibit 4.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

OF

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

DATED AS OF Jury 11, 2012


Table of Contents

 

             Page  

1.

  DEFINITIONS      2   

2.

  REGISTRATION RIGHTS      5   
  2.1   Demand Registration      5   
  2.2   Company Registration      8   
  2.3   Obligations of the Company      8   
  2.4   Furnish Information      11   
  2.5   Expenses of Demand Registration      11   
  2.6   Expenses of Company Registration      12   
  2.7   Underwriting Requirements      12   
  2.8   Delay of Registration      13   
  2.9   Indemnification      13   
  2.10   Reports Under Exchange Act      15   
  2.11   Form S-3 Registration      15   
  2.12   Assignment of Registration Rights      18   
  2.13   Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      18   
  2.14   “Market Stand Off” Agreement      19   
  2.15   Termination of Registration Rights      19   

3.

  LEGEND ON SHARE CERTIFICATES      20   

4.

  MISCELLANEOUS      20   
  4.1   Transfers, Successors and Assigns      20   
  4.2   Governing Law      20   
  4.3   Jurisdiction      20   
  4.4   Counterparts: Facsimile      21   
  4.5   Titles and Subtitles      21   
  4.6   Notices      21   
  4.7   Amendments and Waivers      21   
  4.8   Severability      22   
  4.9   Delays or Omissions      22   
  4.10   Entire Agreement      22   
  4.11   Aggregation of Stock      23   
  4.12   Costs of Enforcement      23   
  4.13   References      23   
  4.14   WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL      23   
  4.15   Specific Enforcement      23   

Schedule A Schedule of Stockholders

 

-i-


AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended And Restated Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of July 11, 2012, by and among Alarm.com Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the stockholders party hereto (the “ Stockholders ”).

W HEREAS , in connection with the acquisition by the Company of all of the equity interests of Alarm.com Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“ Alarm.com ”), certain of the Stockholders purchased from the Company shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, par value one-tenth of one cent ($0.001) per share (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), and in connection therewith entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2009 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

W HEREAS , the Company desires to sell to certain new Stockholders (collectively, the “ Series B Stockholders ”) shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value one-tenth of one cent ($0.001) per share (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” and together with the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, the “ Preferred Stock ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2012, by and among the Company and the Series B Stockholders (the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”);

W HEREAS , in connection with and prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company has effectuated a recapitalization and entered into a Recapitalization Agreement with each of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock pursuant to which such stockholders received, in exchange for all such shares, a mix, determined on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, of 56.90% shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 43.10% shares of the Company’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock, or a mix, determined on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, of 56.90% shares of Common Stock and 43.10% shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, respectively;

W HEREAS , pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company has initiated a self tender offer with respect to its outstanding shares of capital stock such that each stockholder of the Company was entitled to tender up to a number of shares equal to 43.10% of the shares of the Company’s outstanding capital stock owned of record by such holder plus shares of Common Stock underlying vested options held by such holder, at a repurchase price of $75.44 per share for an aggregate purchase price of up to approximately $116,000,000, from the purchase price received by the Company pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement;

W HEREAS , contemporaneous with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company will repurchase from certain existing holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Common Stock an aggregate of not less than 1,470,720 shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and 2,857 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Common Stock at a purchase price of $75.44 per share, from the purchase price received by the Company pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Repurchase Transaction ”);

 

1.


W HEREAS , as an inducement to the Series B Stockholders to execute the Stock Purchase Agreement and acquire the Series B Preferred Stock, and as an inducement to the Company to enter into and consummate the Repurchase Transaction, the undersigned Stockholders who are party to the Prior Agreement and the Company desire to enter into this Agreement to amend, restate, supersede and replace the rights and obligations described in the Prior Agreement with those set forth herein and to add the Series B Stockholders as Stockholders hereunder;

W HEREAS , Section 4.7 of the Prior Agreement provides that any term of the Prior Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of the Prior Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company, the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding and each Eligible Stockholder; and

W HEREAS , the Stockholders and the Company desire to establish rights of certain Stockholders to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to them.

Now, Therefore, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending legally to be bound hereby, amend, restate, supersede and replace the Prior Agreement in its entirety to read as follows:

1. Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the meanings set forth or referenced below:

1.1 ABS Capital Partners ” means any or all of ABS Capital Partners V, L.P., ABS Capital Partners V-A, L.P., and ABS Capital Partners V Offshore, L.P.

1.2 Affiliate ” means with respect to any individual, corporation, partnership, association, trust, or any other entity (in each case, a “Person”), any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, including any general partner, officer or director of such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing which is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or shares the same management company with such Person.

1.3 Backbone ” means Backbone Partners, LLC.

1.4 Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

1.5 Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended from time to time.

1.6 Common Stock ” means the issued and outstanding common stock of the Company, par value one cent ($0.01) per share.

1.7 Egis ” means Egis Security Fund, LP.

1.8 Eligible Stockholder ” means any Person owning or having the right to acquire five percent (5%) or more of the Registrable Securities.

 

2.


1.9 Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.10 Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

1.11 Immediate Family Member ” means in the case of a Stockholder that is a natural person, siblings, lineal antecedents or descendents, children, grandchildren, spouse or any other relatives ( provided that such other relatives are approved by the Board of Directors), or any custodian or trustee for the account of a Stockholder or a Stockholder’s siblings, lineal antecedents or descendents, children, grandchildren, spouse or any other relatives ( provided such other relatives are approved by the Board of Directors).

1.12 Initiating Stockholders ” means, collectively, any Stockholders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.13 IPO ” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

1.14 register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” means and refers to a registration effected by preparing and filing with the SEC a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

1.15 Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) any Common Stock held by a Stockholder party hereto; and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in clause (i) or (ii) above or this clause (iii), excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which his, her or its rights under Section 2 are not assigned or any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.15 .

1.16 Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities.

1.17 SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.18 SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.19 SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

3.


1.20 SEC Rule 405 ” means Rule 405 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.21 Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.22 Series B-1 Preferred Stock ” means the issued and outstanding Series B-1 Preferred Stock of the Company, par value one-tenth of one cent ($0.001) per share.

1.23 Sherwood ” means David B. Sherwood, Jr.

1.24 Stockholders Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, by and among the Company and the stockholders party thereto, dated on or around the date hereof, as may be amended from time to time.

1.25 TCV ” means any or all of TCV VII, L.P., TCV VII (A), L.P., and TCV Member Fund, L.P.

1.26 Violation ” means losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which a party hereto or any other Person who may be indemnified pursuant to Section 2.9 may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement (including any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto) or any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any other document incident to such registration prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by any other party hereto, of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law.

1.27 The following terms are defined in the Section of this Agreement opposite such terms:

 

Agreement    Preamble
Alarm.com    Recitals
Automatic Shelf Registration Statement    2.3.13
Company    Preamble
Deemed Liquidation Event    2.15
Free Writing Prospectus    2.3.3
Person    1.2
Preferred Stock    Recitals
Prior Agreement    Recitals
Repurchase Transaction    Recitals

 

4.


Series A Preferred. Stock

   Recitals

Series B Preferred Stock

   Recitals

Series B Stockholders

   Recitals

Stock Purchase Agreement

   Recitals

Stockholders

   Preamble

TCV Majority

   4.7

WKSI

   2.3.13

2. Registration Rights. The Company covenants as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration.

2.1.1 If the Company shall receive at any time after one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a registration statement relating to a SEC Rule 145 transaction ) a written request from an Eligible Stockholder that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least five percent (5%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000), then the Company shall: (i) within ten (10) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Stockholders; (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within ninety (90) days of the receipt of such request, file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities which the Stockholders (including Stockholders other than the Initiating Stockholders) request to be registered within twenty (20) days of the mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 4.6 ; and (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable but in no event later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such request.

2.1.2 If the Initiating Stockholders intend to sell the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1.1 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.1.1(i) . The managing underwriter will be reasonably selected by the Board of Directors (which managing underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered by the Initiating Stockholders). In such event, the right of any Stockholder to include such Stockholder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Stockholder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Stockholder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Stockholders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.3.5 ) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1 , if the managing underwriter advises Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then Company shall so advise all Stockholders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the

 

5.


underwriting shall be allocated among all Stockholders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Stockholders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Stockholder; provided, however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by the Stockholders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.1.2 , the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Stockholder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

2.1.3 The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration:

2.1.3.1 pursuant to this Section 2.1 :

2.1.3.1.1 In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Securities Act;

2.1.3.1.2 In the case of a registration request by ABS Capital Partners, after the Company has effected three (3) registrations requested by ABS Capital Partners pursuant to this Section 2.1 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and remained effective until ABS Capital Partners or the Stockholders have completed the distribution related thereto;

2.1.3.1.3 In the case of a registration request by TCV, after the Company has effected three (3) registrations requested by TCV pursuant to this Section 2.1 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and remained effective until TCV or the Stockholders have completed the distribution related thereto;

2.1.3.1.4 In the case of a registration request by an Eligible Stockholder, other than ABS Capital Partners or TCV, after the Company has effected one (1) registration requested by such Eligible Stockholder pursuant to this Section 2.1 and such registration has been declared or ordered effective and remained effective until the Stockholder or Stockholders have completed the distribution related thereto;

2.1.3.1.5 In the case of Stockholders other than ABS Capital Partners, TCV and an Eligible Stockholder, the Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 ;

2.1.3.1.6 If the Initiating Stockholders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.11 ;

2.1.3.1.7 If the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration statement could be sold without any volume or manner of sale restriction under SEC Rule 144 (it being understood that for purposes of determining eligibility for resale under this provision, no securities held by any Stockholder shall be considered salable without restriction under SEC Rule 144 to the extent such Stockholder reasonably determines that it is an Affiliate of the Company); or

 

6.


2.1.3.1.8 If, within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request pursuant to Section 2.1.1 , the Company gives notice to the Stockholders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within ninety (90) days following receipt of such written request and the Company continues diligently to pursue such an offering, provided that such right shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period and provided , further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself (other than the securities to be registered in such offering) or any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered); or

2.1.3.2 pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 2.11 ):

2.1.3.2.1 In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Securities Act; or

2.1.3.2.2 If the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration statement could be sold without any volume or manner of sale restriction under SEC Rule 144 (it being understood that for purposes of determining eligibility for resale under this provision, no securities held by any Stockholder shall be considered salable without restriction under SEC Rule 144 to the extent such Stockholder reasonably determines that it is an Affiliate of the Company).

2.1.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Stockholders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to become effective or to remain effective as long as such registration statement would otherwise be required to remain effective because such action (x) would materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Company, (y) would require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (z) would render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Stockholders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in

 

7.


any twelve (12) month period; and, provided , further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

2.1.5 A registration shall not be counted as “effected” under Section 2.1.3 until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC (unless the Initiating Stockholders withdraw their request for such registration (except as a result of information concerning the business or financial condition of the Company which is made known to the Initiating Stockholders after the date on which such registration was requested) and elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor pursuant to Section 2.5 ). A registration shall not be counted as “effected” under Section 2.1.3 if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cut-back provisions, fewer than forty percent (40%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Stockholders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

2.2 Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Stockholders) any of its stock or other securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities (other than (i) a registration made pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.11 or (ii) a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Stockholder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Stockholder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 4.6 , the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.7 , cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Stockholder has requested to be registered. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Stockholder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6 .

2.3 Obligations of the Company.

Whenever required under this Section 2 , including Section 2.1 or Section 2.11 , to effect the registration and sale of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

8.


2.3.1 prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Stockholders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period any Stockholder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, including any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to be continuously effective and usable until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

2.3.2 prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement or as otherwise reasonably requested by the Stockholders covered by such registration statement;

2.3.3 furnish to the Stockholders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus and any free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405 (a “ Free Writing Prospectus ”), in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

2.3.4 use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Stockholders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

2.3.5 in the event of any underwritten public offering, including an offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering (each Stockholder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement), and cause its appropriate officers to attend and participate in presentations to and meetings with prospective purchasers of the Registrable Securities, or a “roadshow”, as reasonably requested by the underwriters, if any, or the Initiating Stockholders;

2.3.6 notify each Stockholder holding Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent prepared by or on behalf of the Company) relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus

 

9.


included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and, at the request of any such Stockholder, the Company will, as soon as reasonably practicable, file and furnish to all such Stockholders a supplement or amendment to such prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent prepared by or on behalf of the Company) so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made;

2.3.7 cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

2.3.8 provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

2.3.9 take all reasonable actions to ensure that any prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any registration effected pursuant to this Agreement complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

2.3.10 use all reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, and, in the event of such issuance, the Company shall immediately notify the Stockholders holding Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement of the receipt by the Company of such notification and shall use all reasonable efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order, and, in the event of the withdrawal of such order, the Company shall immediately notify such Stockholders thereof;

2.3.11 use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain one or more “cold comfort” letters, dated the effective date of the related registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), signed by the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the Stockholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold reasonably request;

2.3.12 use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide, at the request of any Stockholder participating in such registration, on the date such securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes

 

10.


effective, a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature;

2.3.13 to the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405) (a “ WKSI ”) at the time any request for registration is submitted to the Company in accordance with Section 2.11 , (i) if so requested, file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405) (an “ Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ”) to effect such registration, and (ii) remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective in accordance with this Agreement;

2.3.14 if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status for purposes of an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement used to effect a request for registration in accordance with Section 2.11 (i) the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, (ii) the registration statement is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement and (iii) the registration rights of the applicable Stockholders have not terminated, promptly amend the registration statement onto a form the Company is then eligible to use or file a new registration statement on such form, and keep such registration statement effective in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under this Agreement; and

2.3.15 if (A) a registration made pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement after the third anniversary of the initial effective date of the shelf registration statement and (B) the registration rights of the applicable Stockholders have not terminated, file a new registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC with respect to any unsold Registrable Securities subject to the original request for registration and cause such registration statement to become effective prior to the end of the three (3) year period after the initial effective date of the shelf registration statement, and keep such registration statement effective in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable to the initial registration statement on Form S-3 under this Agreement.

2.4 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Stockholder that such Stockholder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Stockholder’s Registrable Securities.

2.5 Expenses of Demand Registration. All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 2.1 , including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements actually incurred of one counsel for the selling Stockholders shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to

 

11.


pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Initiating Stockholders (in which case all participating Stockholders who request such withdrawal shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Initiating Stockholders agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1 ; provided , further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Initiating Stockholders have learned of a material adverse change in general market conditions, the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Initiating Stockholders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information, then the Stockholders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 2.1 ).

2.6 Expenses of Company Registration. The Company shall bear and pay all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Securities with respect to the registrations pursuant to Section 2.2 for each Stockholder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 2.12 ), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto and the reasonable fees and disbursements actually incurred of one counsel for the selling Stockholders selected by them, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions relating to Registrable Securities.

2.7 Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Stockholders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by Stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities to be sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their reasonable discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering. Unless otherwise permitted pursuant to a consent granted in accordance with Section 2.13 , in no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such offering unless all other stockholders’ securities have been first excluded. In the event that the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling Stockholders based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all selling Stockholders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Stockholders, in the aggregate, included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the Company’s IPO, in which case the selling Stockholders may be excluded beyond this amount if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the preceding sentence in this Section 2.7 concerning apportionment, for any selling Stockholder which is a holder of Registrable Securities and which

 

12.


is an investment fund, partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders and Affiliates of such Stockholder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Stockholder”, and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling Stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling Stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

2.8 Delay of Registration.

No Stockholder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

2.9 Indemnification.

In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

2.9.1 To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Stockholder, the partners, members, officers, directors and stockholders of each Stockholder, legal counsel and accountants for each Stockholder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Stockholder and each Person, if any, who controls such Stockholder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Violation and the Company will pay to each such Stockholder, underwriter, controlling Person or other aforementioned Person, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9.1 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Stockholder, underwriter, controlling Person or other aforementioned Person.

2.9.2 To the extent permitted by law, each selling Stockholder will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter, any other Stockholder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Stockholder, against any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Stockholder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Stockholder will pay, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any Person intended to be indemnified pursuant to

 

13.


this Section 2.9.2 , in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9.2 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Stockholder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , further , that, in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.9.2 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Stockholder.

2.9.3 Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.9 , deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one (1) separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding (as determined by an independent special counsel selected by the Board of Directors). The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.9.3 to the extent of such prejudice, but the omission to so deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.9.3 .

2.9.4 In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any Stockholder exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling Person of any such Stockholder, makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.9 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.9 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any such selling Stockholder or any such controlling Person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.9 , then, and in each such case, the Company and such Stockholder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that, in any such case, (x) no

 

14.


such Stockholder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Stockholder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; provided , further , that in no event shall a Stockholder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.9.4 , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Stockholder pursuant to Section 2.9.2 , exceed the proceeds from the offering (net of any underwriting discounts or commissions) received by such Stockholder.

2.9.5 Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Stockholders under this Section 2.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 2 , and otherwise and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.10 Reports Under Exchange Act.

With a view to making available to the Stockholders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Stockholder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

2.10.1 make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public so long as the Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

2.10.2 file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

2.10.3 furnish to any Stockholder, so long as the Stockholder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Stockholder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

2.11 Form S-3 Registration.

2.11.1 In case the Company shall receive from an Eligible Stockholder a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Stockholder or Stockholders, the Company shall:

 

15.


(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Stockholders; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Stockholder’s or Stockholders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Stockholder or Stockholders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 2.11 : (i) if Form S-3 is not then available for such offering by the Stockholders; (ii) if the Stockholders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000); (iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Stockholders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request of the Stockholder or Stockholders under this Section 2.11 ; provided , however , that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided , further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such sixty (60) day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered); (iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.11 ; (v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance; or (vi) during the period ending ninety (90) days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 2.2 .

2.11.2 Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement on Form S-3 covering the sale or distribution from time to time by the Initiating Stockholders and any other Stockholders participating in such registration, on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act, including without limitation, by way of underwritten offering, block sale or other distribution plan designated by the Initiating Holders, of the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Stockholders, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC as promptly as possible after the filing thereof, and cause such registration statement to be continuously effective and usable in accordance with Section 2.3.1(ii) . If any registration statement on Form S-3 ceases to

 

16.


be effective under the Securities Act for any reason at any time until all Registrable Securities covered thereby have been sold, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly cause such registration statement to again become effective under the Securities Act (including obtaining the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement), and in any event shall within 30 days of such cessation of effectiveness, amend such registration statement in a manner reasonably expected to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or, file an additional registration statement for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act registering the resale from time to time by the applicable Stockholders thereof of all securities subject to such initial registration statement on Form S-3 as of the time of such filing. Any such subsequent registration statement shall also be on Form S-3 to the extent that the Company is eligible to use such form. All expenses incurred in connection with a registration requested pursuant to Section 2.11 , including (without limitation) all registration, filing, qualification, printers’ and accounting fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Stockholder or Stockholders and counsel for the Company, but excluding any underwriters’ discounts or commissions associated with Registrable Securities, shall be borne by the Company. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1 .

2.11.3 If a Person becomes a Stockholder of Registrable Securities registered pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to this Section 2.11 after such registration statement becomes effective, the Company shall, as promptly as is reasonably practicable following delivery of written notice to the Company of such Person becoming a Stockholder and requesting for its name to be included as a selling securityholder in the prospectus related to such registration statement, and in any event within 15 days after such date:

(a) if required and permitted by applicable law, file with the SEC a supplement to the related prospectus or a post-effective amendment to such registration statement and any necessary supplement or amendment to any document incorporated therein by reference and file any other required document with the SEC so that such Stockholder is named as a selling securityholder in such registration statement and the related prospectus in such a manner as to permit such Stockholder to deliver a prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law; provided , however , that if a post-effective amendment is required by the rules and regulations of the SEC in order to permit resales by such Stockholder, the Company shall not be required to file more than one post-effective amendment or a supplement to the related prospectus for such purpose in any 45-day period;

(b) if, pursuant to Section 2.11.3(a) , the Company shall have filed a post-effective amendment to such registration statement, use its reasonable best efforts to cause such post-effective amendment to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is reasonably practicable, but in any event by the date that is 60 days after the date such post-effective amendment is required to be filed; and

(c) notify such Stockholder as promptly as is reasonably practicable after the effectiveness under the Securities Act of any post-effective amendment filed pursuant to clause (a) above.

 

17.


2.11.4 If, following the effectiveness of a registration statement filed pursuant to this Section 2.11 , the Initiating Stockholders intend to distribute Registrable Securities covered by a registration effected pursuant to this Section 2.11 by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company and the provisions of Section 2.1.2 (other than the first sentence and with the substitution of Section 2.11 for references to Section 2.1 ) and Section 2.3 shall be applicable.

2.11.5 In the event any Stockholder requests to participate in a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.11 in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, such registration statement shall in the event such distribution and subsequent resale is permitted by applicable law provide for resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Stockholder.

2.12 Assignment of Registration Rights.

The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Stockholder to a transferee or assignee of such securities that (i) is a subsidiary, Affiliate, parent, partner, member, limited partner, retired partner, retired member or stockholder of, or venture capital or private equity fund under common investment management with, such Stockholder, (ii) is such Stockholder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Stockholder, or (iii) after such assignment or transfer, holds at least five percent (5%) of the shares of Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided : (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Section 2.14 ; and (c) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act.

2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights.

Except as set forth below, from and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Stockholders owning (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities that are issued or issuable as a result of conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, and (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities that are issued or issuable as a result of conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Stockholders that are included in such registration, or (b) to demand registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder.

 

18.


2.14 Market Stand Off” Agreement .

No Stockholder shall, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed, subject to the final sentence of this Section, one hundred eighty (180) days) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock held immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement for such offering, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.14 shall apply only to the Company’s IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement or shares purchased in the Company’s IPO or on the open market thereafter, and shall only be applicable to the Stockholders if all officers, directors and greater than one percent (1%) stockholders of the Company enter into similar agreements. The managing underwriters in connection with the Company’s IPO are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 2.14 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Stockholder shall execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriters in the Company’s IPO that are consistent with this Section 2.14 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the managing underwriters shall apply to all Stockholders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Stockholder (and the shares or securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) during the last seventeen (17) days of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period (or any shorter period, if applicable), the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (y) prior to the expiration of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period (or any shorter period, if applicable), the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16)-day period beginning on the last day of the one hundred eighty (180)-day period (or any shorter period, if applicable), the restrictions imposed by this Section 2.14 shall continue to apply until the expiration of the eighteen (18)-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

2.15 Termination of Registration Rights .

The rights and obligations set forth in this Section 2 (other than Sections 2.5 , 2.6 and 2.9 and the second sentence of Section 2.11.2 , which shall survive until fully performed) shall terminate (i) upon a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ,” as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation and (ii) as to any Stockholder, such earlier time after the IPO at which such Stockholder (together with any Affiliate of such Stockholder with whom such Stockholder must aggregate its sales under SEC Rule 144) holds one percent (1%) or less of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and such shares can be sold in any three (3)-month period without registration and without volume or manner of sale restrictions in compliance with SEC Rule 144.

 

19.


3. Legend on Share Certificates.

Each certificate representing any Preferred Stock issued to the Stockholders and any Registrable Securities issued to the Stockholders shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to other legends required pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF THE COMPANY’S INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, WHICH ARE SET FORTH IN THE COMPANY’S AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FROM THE COMPANY).”

4. Miscellaneous.

4.1 Transfers, Successors and Assigns.

The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and, subject to Section 2.12 , permitted assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. In the event that after the date of this Agreement, the Company issues shares of Capital Stock to Bain & Co., Inc. and its affiliates (collectively, “ Bain ”), Bain shall be entitled to become a party to this Agreement by execution of a signature page hereto, and Bain shall be deemed to be included in the definition of “ TCV ” for all purposes hereunder; provided , that Bain shall not have any demand registration rights separate and apart from TCV under Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

4.2 Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

4.3 Jurisdiction.

Each of the parties submits to the jurisdiction of all state and federal courts sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York in the State of New York, and all actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be heard and determined in a state or federal court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York in the State of New York, and any direct appellate courts therefrom.

 

20.


4.4 Counterparts; Facsimile.

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature.

4.5 Titles and Subtitles.

The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

4.6 Notices.

All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during such normal business hours, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address or facsimile number as set forth on the signature page or Schedule A hereto, or to such facsimile number or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 4.6 . If notice is given to the Company, ABS Capital Partners, TCV, or Backbone a copy shall also be sent to each of (i) for the Company, J. Brennan Ryan, Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP, 201 17th Street, Suite 1700, Atlanta, GA 30363, (ii) for ABS, David A. Gibbons, Hogan Lovells US LLP, 100 International Drive, Suite 2000, Baltimore, MD 21202, (iii) for TCV, Joshua M. Dubofsky, Latham & Watkins LLP, 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, CA 94025, and (iv) for Backbone, Gregory M. Giammittorio, Morrison & Foerster LLP, 1650 Tysons Blvd, Suite 400, McLean, VA 22102.

4.7 Amendments and Waivers.

This Agreement may be terminated, and any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of (i) the Company, (ii) Stockholders owning more than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities that are issued or issuable as a result of conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, and (iii) Stockholders owning more than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities that are issued or issuable as a result of conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock. Any amendment, termination or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities then outstanding, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended and the observance of any term hereunder may not be waived with respect to any Eligible Stockholder without the written consent of such Eligible Stockholder if such amendment or waiver would treat such Eligible Stockholder adversely and in a manner disproportionate with respect to such Eligible Stockholder as compared to either ABS Capital Partners or TCV as

 

21.


holders of Registrable Securities. The Company shall give prompt written notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination or waiver. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision, unless they otherwise so expressly provide. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any actions to be taken with respect to notices, consents, approvals or waivers required or contemplated to be given by TCV hereunder shall be effective if given by Stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock then held by TCV on an as-converted to Common Stock basis (the “ TCV Majority ”), and any such action by such TCV Majority shall bind all of TCV.

4.8 Severability.

Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

4.9 Delays or Omissions.

No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party hereto, upon any breach or default of any other party hereto, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party hereto of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must comply with the provisions of Section 4.7 hereof, and must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party hereto, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

4.10 Entire Agreement.

This Agreement (including the Schedule hereto), the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement), the Indemnification Agreement (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement), the Stockholders Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation and the other agreements referred to herein and therein constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing among the parties hereto is expressly canceled. Pursuant to Section 4.7 of the Prior Agreement, the undersigned parties who are parties to such Prior Agreement hereby amend and restate the Prior Agreement to read in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement, all with the intent and effect that the Prior Agreement shall hereby be terminated and entirely replaced and superseded by this Agreement.

 

22.


4.11 Aggregation of Stock.

All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by a Person or its Affiliates (including entities under common investment management and, in the case of TCV, Bain if Bain becomes a party to this Agreement) shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability to such Person of any rights under this Agreement.

4.12 Costs of Enforcement.

If any party hereto seeks to enforce his, her or its rights under this Agreement by legal proceedings, the substantially non-prevailing party shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the substantially prevailing party, including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and all fees, costs, or disbursements incurred to collect fees, costs and disbursements.

4.13 References.

All references in this Agreement to Sections and Subsections are to Sections and Subsections contained in this Agreement unless a different document is expressly specified. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

4.14 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL.

BY EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES HERETO KNOWINGLY AND WILLINGLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY HAVE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ISSUES RAISED BY THAT DISPUTE.

4.15 Specific Enforcement.

Subject to Section 2.8 , it is agreed and understood that monetary damages may not adequately compensate an injured party for the breach of this Agreement by any other party, that this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable, and that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement shall be the proper subject of a temporary or permanent injunction or restraining order. Further, each party hereto waives any claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach and waives any requirement of the posting of any bond in connection with any proceeding to enforce the terms of this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

23.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
A LARM .C OM H OLDINGS , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Stephen Trundle

  Name: Stephen Trundle
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
  Address: 8150 Leesburg Pike
                  Vienna, VA 22182
STOCKHOLDERS:
ABS C APITAL P ARTNERS , V, L.P.
By:   ABS Partners V, L.P., its General Partner
By:   ABS Partners V, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Ralph Terkowitz

  Name: Ralph Terkowitz
  Title: Managing Member
ABS C APITAL P ARTNERS , V-A, L.P.
By:   ABS Partners V, L.P., its General Partner
By:   ABS Partners V, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Ralph Terkowitz

  Name: Ralph Terkowitz
  Title: Managing Member
ABS C APITAL P ARTNERS , V OFFSHORE, L.P.
By:   ABS Partners V, L.P., its General Partner
By:   ABS Partners V, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Ralph Terkowitz

  Name: Ralph Terkowitz
  Title: Managing Member

S IGNATURE P AGE T O A MENDED A ND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT


TCV VII, L.P.
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner
Technology Crossover Management VII, L.P.a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner
Technology Crossover Management VII, Ltd. a Cayman Islands exempted company
By:  

/s/ Ric Fenton

Name:   Ric Fenton
Title:   Authorized Signatory
TCV VII (A), L.P.
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner
Technology Crossover Management VII, L.P.a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner
Technology Crossover Management VII, Ltd. a Cayman Islands exempted company
By:  

/s/ Ric Fenton

Name:   Ric Fenton
Title:   Authorized Signatory
TCV M EMBER F UND , L.P.
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, acting by its general partner
Technology Crossover Management VII, Ltd. a Cayman Islands exempted company
By:  

/s/ Ric Fenton

Name:   Ric Fenton
Title:   Authorized Signatory

S IGNATURE P AGE T O A MENDED A ND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT


E GIS S ECURITY F UND , LP
By:  

/s/ Robert Chefitz

  Name: Robert Chefitz
  Title: Managing Member
B ACKBONE P ARTNERS , LLC
By:  

/s/ Stephen Trundle

  Name: Stephen Trundle
  Title: Member
D AVID B. S HERWOOD , J R .

/s/ David B. Sherwood, Jr.

S IGNATURE P AGE T O A MENDED A ND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT


/s/ Daniel Ramos
Daniel Ramos

/s/ Alison Slavin

Alison Slavin

/s/ Jean-Paul Martin

Jean-Paul Martin

/s/ David Hutz

David Hutz

S IGNATURE P AGE T O A MENDED A ND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT


S QUAM L AKE I NVESTORS IX, L.P.
By: BGPI, Inc., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Bill Doherty

Name:   Bill Doherty
Title:   V.P. of the General Partner
B AIN  & C OMPANY , I NC .

By:

 

/s/ James P. Spoto

Name:

 

James P. Spoto

Title:

 

Director of Accounting

S IGNATURE P AGE T O A MENDED A ND R ESTATED R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.1

DEED OF LEASE

T HIS D EED O F L EASE (this “Lease”) is made as of April 21, 2009, between 8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C., a Virginia limited liability company (“Landlord”), and A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED , a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Building : a thirteen (13) story building containing approximately one hundred ninety-eight thousand two hundred fifty (198,250) square feet of rentable area and located on approximately 2.06 acres of land at 8150 Leesburg Pike, Vienna, Virginia.

1.2 Premises: approximately eleven thousand seventy-two (11,072) square feet of rentable area located on the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building and outlined on Exhibit A.

1.3 Lease Term: eighty-four (84) months.

1.4 Anticipated Occupancy Date: upon execution of this Lease by the last to execute of Landlord and Tenant.

1.5 Base Rent: two hundred eighty-seven thousand eight hundred seventy-two dollars and no cents ($287,872.00) for the first Lease Year (which amount is based on twenty-six dollars and no cents ($26.00) per square foot of rentable area), subject, however, to increase as provided in Section 4.1.

1.6 Base Rent Annual Escalation Percentage: two and one-half percent (2.5%).

1.7 Base Year: 2009.

1.8 Security Deposit: forty-seven thousand nine hundred seventy-eight dollars and sixty-seven cents ($47,978.67).

1.9 Broker(s): Atlantic Realty Associates, Inc. and Thomas and Company.

1.10 Tenant Address for Notices: Daniel Ramos, Alarm.com Incorporated, 1861 International Drive, McLean, VA 22102, until Tenant has commenced beneficial use of the Premises, and 8150 Leesburg Pike, Vienna, Virginia 22182 after Tenant has commenced beneficial use of the Premises.

1.11 Guarantor(s): None.

ARTICLE II

PREMISES

2.1 Tenant leases the Premises from Landlord upon the terms herein. Tenant shall have the right, together with all rights in common with other tenants of the Building, to use all sidewalks, paved areas and parking areas appurtenant thereto, and all elevators, hallways, restrooms and other common areas therein and thereon.


ARTICLE III

TERM

3.1 The term of this Lease (the “Lease Term”) shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date specified in Section 3.2 and continue through the Rent Commencement Date and then after the Rent Commencement Date for the period specified in Section 1.3 (plus if the Rent Commencement Date is not the first day of a month, the partial month in which the Rent Commencement Date occurs). The Lease Term shall also include any renewal or extension of the term of this Lease.

3.2 The Lease Commencement Date shall be the Anticipated Occupancy Date. The Rent Commencement Date means the later of (a) the date the Tenant’s Work described in Section 9.6 is deemed substantially complete as certified by Landlord’s construction manager, or (b) August 1, 2009, or (c) the date Tenant commences beneficial use of the Premises but in all events the Rent Commencement Date shall not be later than September 1, 2009. Tenant shall be deemed to have commenced beneficial use of the Premises when Tenant begins normal business operations in the Premises. If Tenant is in material breach of any obligation hereunder, then Tenant shall not have any right to commence beneficial use of the Premises.

3.3 Delivery of the Premises is anticipated on or about the Anticipated Occupancy Date. If the Premises are not delivered by such date, then Landlord shall not have any liability whatsoever, and this Lease shall not be rendered voidable, on account thereof.

3.4 Lease Year means a period of one year commencing on the first day of the month in which the Rent Commencement Date occurs and each successive one year period.

3.5 Tenant shall have the right to renew the term of this Lease for one period of five years (the “Renewal Term”) commencing immediately after expiration of the initial term of this Lease. Tenant may exercise such right only by written notice not later than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial term of this Lease. If such notice is not received timely by Landlord, then Tenant’s rights pursuant to this Section shall be of no further force or effect. The parties shall have thirty days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice in which to agree on the base rent and additional rent which shall be payable during the Renewal Term. Among the factors to be considered by the parties during such negotiations are the general office rental market in Tysons Corner, Virginia and the rental rates being quoted by Landlord to comparable tenants for comparable space in the Building. In no event shall the Base Rent payable during the first year of the Renewal Term be less than one hundred three percent (103%) of the Base Rent payable during the last year of the initial term. If during such thirty day period the parties agree on such rent, then during such period they shall execute an amendment to this Lease stating the rent so agreed upon. If during such period the parties do not for any reason whatsoever agree in writing upon such rent, then the Renewal Term shall not commence and the Lease Term shall expire at the expiration of the initial term. If Tenant is in material default when the renewal notice is given or any time thereafter prior to the commencement of the Renewal Term, then at Landlord’s written election the Renewal Term shall not commence and the Lease Term shall expire at the expiration of the initial term. If Tenant subleases or assigns more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises, then at Landlord’s written election Tenant’s rights under this Section shall be of no further force or effect.

 

2.


ARTICLE IV

BASE RENT

4.1 Tenant shall pay the Base Rent in equal installments in advance on the first day of each month during a Lease Year. On the first day of the second and subsequent Lease Years, the Base Rent in effect shall be increased by the product of (a) the Base Rent Annual Escalation Percentage, multiplied by (b) the Base Rent in effect. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Base Rent for the first four (4) full calendar months following the Rent Commencement Date shall be abated. When Tenant executes this Lease, Tenant shall pay an amount equal to one (1) monthly installment of the Base Rent, which amount shall be credited toward the installment of the Base Rent payable for the fifth full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date. If the Rent Commencement Date is not the first day of a month, then on the Rent Commencement Date Tenant shall pay the Base Rent for the month in which the Rent Commencement Date occurs, calculated at a daily rate of one-thirtieth (l/30th) of an installment of the Base Rent.

ARTICLE V

OPERATING CHARGES AND REAL ESTATE TAXES

5.1 (a) Tenant shall pay Tenant’s proportionate share of the amount by which Operating Charges (defined in Section 5.l(b)) during each calendar year falling entirely or partly within the Lease Term exceed a base amount (the “Operating Charges Base Amount”) equal to the Operating Charges incurred during the Base Year. For purposes of this Section, Tenant’s proportionate share shall be that percentage which is equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable area of the Premises, and the denominator of which is the rentable area of the Building.

(b) Operating Charges mean the following expenses incurred by Landlord in the ownership and operation of the Building and the land upon which the Building is located (the “Land”) to the extent such expenses do not relate solely to space leased by, property of, or the use and occupancy by another tenant of a portion of the Building: (1) water, sewer and other utility charges and electricity charges to the extent such are not billed separately and directly to other Tenants by the applicable utility; (2) insurance premiums; (3) reasonable and customary management fees; (4) costs of service and maintenance contracts; (5) maintenance, repair and replacement expenses (to the extent not previously reserved as provided in subsection (b)(8); (6) amortization (on a straight-line basis over the useful life (not to exceed ten years), with interest at two percentage points over the Wall Street Journal prime rate specified in the Money Rates Section of the Wall Street Journal at the time the expenditure was made) of capital expenditures made by Landlord to (A) reduce operating expenses if Landlord reasonably estimates that the annual reduction in operating expenses shall exceed such amortization, or (B) comply with laws or insurance requirements enacted or imposed after the date hereof; (7) charges for janitorial services; (8) reasonable reserves for replacements, repairs and contingencies; and (9) any other expense incurred by Landlord in owning, maintaining, repairing or operating the Building and

 

3.


the Land unless such expense was incurred due to the intentional misconduct or gross negligence of the Landlord or other tenants. Operating Charges do not include: principal or interest payments on any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease; leasing commissions; depreciation of the Building except as specified above; and the costs of special services or utilities separately charged to particular tenants of the Building.

(c) If the average occupancy rate for the Building during any year is less than ninety-five percent (95%), or if any tenant is paying separately for electricity or janitorial services furnished to its premises, then Operating Charges for such year shall be deemed to include all additional expenses, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, which would have been incurred during such year if such average occupancy rate had been ninety-five percent (95%) and if Landlord paid for electricity and janitorial services furnished to such premises. For example, if the janitorial charges for a year were one dollar ($1.00) per square foot of occupied rentable area, then it would be reasonable for Landlord to estimate that if the Building had been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during such year, then janitorial charges for such year would have been $188,337.50.

(d) At the beginning of calendar year 2010 and each calendar year thereafter, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a written statement indicating the amount by which Operating Charges that Landlord reasonably expects to be incurred during such year exceed the Operating Charges Base Amount and Tenant’s proportionate share of such excess. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month after receipt of such statement, until Tenant’s receipt of a succeeding statement, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of such share. Landlord reserves the right to submit a revised statement if Landlord reasonably expects such share to differ from the prior estimation. If a statement is submitted after the beginning of a year, then the first payment thereafter shall be adjusted to account for any underpayment or overpayment based on the prior statement and subsequent payments shall be based on the latest statement.

(e) Within approximately one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of calendar year 2010 and each calendar year thereafter, Landlord shall submit a statement indicating (1) Tenant’s proportionate share of the amount by which actual Operating Charges incurred during such year exceeded the Operating Charges Base Amount, and (2) the sum of Tenant’s estimated payments for such year. If such statement indicates that such sum exceeds Tenant’s actual obligation, then Tenant shall deduct the overpayment from its next payment(s) pursuant to this Article or if no further sums are due hereunder because the Lease Term has expired, then such excess shall be returned to Tenant. If such statement indicates that Tenant’s actual obligation exceeds such sum, then Tenant shall pay the excess. If Tenant does not notify Landlord in writing of any objection to such statement within ninety (90) days after receipt, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived such objection.

(f) If the Lease Term expires on a day other than January 1 or December 31, then Tenant’s liability pursuant to this Section shall be proportionately reduced based on the number of days in the Lease Term falling within such year.

5.2 (a) Tenant shall pay Tenant’s proportionate share of the amount by which Real Estate Taxes (defined in Section 5.2 (b)) during each calendar year falling entirely or partly within the Lease Term exceed a base amount (the “Real Estate Taxes Base Amount”) equal to

 

4.


the Real Estate Taxes incurred during the Base Year. For purposes of this Section, Tenant’s proportionate share shall be that percentage which is equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable area of the Premises, and the denominator of which is the rentable area of the Building.

(b) Real Estate Taxes mean (1) real estate taxes (including special assessments) imposed upon Landlord or assessed against the Building or the Land, (2) future taxes or charges imposed upon Landlord or assessed against the Building or the Land which are in the nature of or in substitution for real estate taxes, including any tax levied on or measured by rents payable, and (3) reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in reviewing or seeking a reduction of real estate taxes on the Building or the Land (only to the extent that the reduction in Real Estate Taxes exceed the amount of expenses incurred). Real Estate Taxes shall be deemed to include any taxes abated due to Landlord’s substantial renovation, rehabilitation or replacement of the Building.

(c) At the beginning of calendar year 2010 and each calendar year thereafter, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a written statement indicating the amount by which Real Estate Taxes that Landlord reasonably expects to be incurred during such year exceed the Real Estate Taxes Base Amount and Tenant’s proportionate share of such excess. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month after receipt of such statement, until Tenant’s receipt of a succeeding statement, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of such share. Landlord reserves the right to submit a revised statement if Landlord reasonably expects such share to differ from the prior estimation. If a statement is submitted after the beginning of a year, then the first payment thereafter shall be adjusted to account for any underpayment or overpayment based on the prior statement and subsequent payments shall be based on the latest statement.

(d) Within approximately one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of calendar year 2010 and each calendar year thereafter, Landlord shall submit a statement indicating (1) Tenant’s proportionate share of the amount by which actual Real Estate Taxes incurred during such year exceeded the Real Estate Taxes Base Amount, and (2) the sum of Tenant’s estimated payments for such year. If such statement indicates that such sum exceeds Tenant’s actual obligation, then Tenant shall deduct the overpayment from its next payment(s) pursuant to this Article or if no further payments are due hereunder because the Lease Term has expired, then such excess shall be returned to Tenant. If such statement indicates that Tenant’s actual obligation exceeds such sum, then Tenant shall pay the excess. If Tenant does not notify Landlord in writing of any objection to such statement with in ninety (90) days after receipt, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived such objection.

(e) If the Lease Term expires on a day other than January 1 or December 31, then Tenant’s liability pursuant to this Section shall be proportionately reduced based on the number of days in the Lease Term falling within such year.

 

5.


ARTICLE VI

USE OF PREMISES

6.1 Tenant shall use the Premises solely for office and customer service, call center activities, technology development and services and related uses. Tenant shall not use the Premises for any unlawful purpose, or in any manner that in Landlord’s opinion will constitute waste, nuisance or unreasonable annoyance to Landlord or any tenant of the Building, or in any manner that will increase the number of parking spaces required for the Building or its full occupancy pursuant to present and future laws (including the Americans with Disabilities Act), ordinances, regulations and orders (collectively “Laws”). Tenant shall comply with all Laws concerning Tenant’s use, occupancy and condition of the Premises and all machinery, equipment and furnishings therein. If any Law requires an occupancy or use permit for Tenant’s use of the Premises, then Tenant shall obtain and keep current such permit at Tenant’s expense and promptly deliver a copy thereof to Landlord. Tenant shall not use the Premises in a manner that would (a) violate the terms of any occupancy or use permit, (b) impair or interfere with any base building system or facility, or (c) adversely affect the Building’s appearance, character or reputation.

6.2 Tenant shall pay timely any business, rent or other tax or fee that is now or hereafter assessed or imposed upon Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises or Tenant’s fixtures, furnishings, inventory or personal property. If any such tax or fee is imposed upon Landlord or Landlord is responsible for collection or payment thereof, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such tax or fee.

6.3 Tenant shall not generate, use, release, store or dispose of any Hazardous Materials in or about the Building except in the ordinary course of its business and in compliance with all applicable Laws. Hazardous Materials mean (a) “hazardous wastes” as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, (b) “hazardous substances” as defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, (c) “toxic substances” as defined by the Toxic Substances Control Act, (d) “hazardous materials” as defined by the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (as any of such Acts may be amended from time to time), (e) petroleum products, (f) chlorofluorocarbons, and (g) substances whose presence could be detrimental or hazardous to health or the environment.

ARTICLE VII

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

7.1 Tenant shall not sublet or permit occupancy of (collectively “sublease”) the Premises or part thereof, or assign or otherwise transfer (collectively “assign”) this Lease or any of Tenant’s rights or obligations, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No assignment of this Lease may be effected by operation of law without Landlord’s prior written consent. Any assignment or sublease, Landlord’s consent thereto or Landlord’s collection of rent from any assignee or subtenant shall not be construed as (a) a waiver or release of Tenant from liability hereunder, or (b) relieving Tenant, any assignee or subtenant from the obligation of obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent to any other assignment or sublease. Tenant assigns to Landlord any amount due from any assignee or subtenant as security for performance of Tenant’s obligations pursuant to this Lease. Tenant directs each such assignee or subtenant to pay such amount directly to Landlord if such assignee or subtenant receives written notice from Landlord specifying that Tenant is in default under this Lease and that such amount shall be paid directly to Landlord. Each assignee and subtenant shall pay as so directed. Landlord’s collection of such amount shall not be construed as an acceptance of such assignee or subtenant as a tenant or as a permitted assignee or subtenant. Tenant’s

 

6.


obligations pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed to extend to any subtenant or assignee. Tenant shall cause each subtenant or assignee to comply with such obligations. Any assignee shall be deemed to have assumed obligations as if such assignee had originally executed this Lease and at Landlord’s request shall execute promptly a document confirming such assumption. Each sublease is subject to the condition that if the Lease Term is terminated or Landlord succeeds to Tenant’s interest in the Premises by voluntary surrender or otherwise, at Landlord’s option the subtenant shall be bound to Landlord for the balance of the term of such sublease and shall attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under the then executory terms of such sublease. Tenant shall not mortgage this Lease without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall pay the costs (including reasonable and customary attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s request for Landlord to consent to any assignment, sublease or mortgage.

7.2 If Tenant is a partnership, then any event(s) (whether or not voluntary, concurrent or related) which results in a dissolution of Tenant or a withdrawal or change of partners who, on the date of this Lease, own a controlling interest, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of this Lease. Each general partner shall be deemed to own a controlling interest. If Tenant is a corporation, then any event(s) (whether or not voluntary, concurrent or related) which results in a dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or sale, transfer or relinquishment of the interest of shareholders who, on the date of this Lease, own a controlling interest, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of this Lease, provided however, such voluntary assignment shall require Landlord’s prior consent only if the event or events giving rise to the deemed voluntary assignment result in a change of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the beneficial or controlling ownership interests in Tenant (a “Change in Control”). If there is such a Change in Control, then Landlord’s consent shall be required for such voluntary assignment, but Landlord agrees that it will not unreasonably withhold its consent to such voluntary assignment of this Lease resulting from such Change in Control so long as (i) no Event of Default exists under this Lease, (ii) the assignee will utilize the Premises for the use as set forth herein , (iii) the assignee has a net worth and liquidity at least equal to the net worth and liquidity of Tenant as of the date of this Lease, (iv) the assignee executes a written assumption of the obligations of Tenant under the Lease, a copy of which is delivered to Landlord at the time of such Change in Control. In the event of any deemed voluntary assignment, Landlord shall receive prior written notice from Tenant. The preceding sentence shall not apply to corporations whose stock is traded through a national or regional exchange or an over-the-counter market.

7.3 If Tenant wants to assign or sublet all or part of the Premises or this Lease, then Tenant shall give Landlord written notice (“Tenant’s Request Notice”) specifying the proposed assignee or subtenant and its business, the commencement date of the proposed assignment or sublease (the “Proposed Sublease Commencement Date”), the area proposed to be assigned or sublet (the “Proposed Sublet Space”), any premium or other consideration being paid for the proposed assignment or sublease and all other terms of the proposed assignment or sublease, and including the most recent financial statement and Dun and Bradstreet report of such assignee or subtenant and reasonably detailed information regarding such assignee or subtenant’s reputation and business experience.

 

7.


7.4 Landlord reserves the right to terminate the Lease Term with respect to the Proposed Sublet Space by sending Tenant written notice within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Request Notice, provided, however if there is a voluntary assignment due to Change in Control which meets the requirements for Landlord’s consent set forth in Section 7.2 above, then Landlord shall not by reason of such voluntary assignment have a right to terminate the Lease Term. If Landlord exercises such right, then (a) Tenant shall tender the Proposed Sublet Space to Landlord on the Proposed Sublease Commencement Date as if the Proposed Sublease Commencement Date had been originally set forth in this Lease as the expiration date of the Lease Term with respect to the Proposed Sublet Space, (b) if the Proposed Sublet Space is not the entire Premises, then as to all portions of the Premises other than the Proposed Sublet Space, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect except that the rent shall be reduced proportionately, and (c) if the Proposed Sublet Space is the entire Premises, then the Lease Term shall terminate on the Proposed Sublease Commencement Date.

7.5 If pursuant to any agreement effecting or relating to any sublease or assignment the subtenant or assignee is to pay any amount in excess of the rent and other amounts due under this Lease, then, whether such excess is in the form of an increased rental, lump sum payment, payment for the sale or lease of fixtures or other leasehold improvements or any other form (and if the applicable space does not constitute the entire Premises, then such excess shall be determined on a pro rata basis), Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty (50%) of any such excess after deducting all commercially reasonable fees, payments or expenses relating to said assignment or sublease. Landlord shall have the right to inspect Tenant’s books and records relating to any sublease or assignment.

ARTICLE VIII

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

8.1 Tenant shall maintain the Premises and all fixtures and equipment located therein or exclusively serving the Premises (but excluding base building fixtures and equipment) in clean, safe and sanitary condition, take good care thereof, make all repairs and replacements thereto and suffer no waste or injury thereto. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt written notice of any defect in or damage to the Building or any part thereof. Except as otherwise provided in Article XVII, all damage to the Premises or to any other part of the Building or the Land caused by any act or omission of any invitee, agent, employee, subtenant, assignee, contractor, client, family member, licensee, customer or guest of Tenant (collectively “Invitees”) or Tenant, shall be repaired by and at Tenant’s expense, except that Landlord shall have the right to make any such repair at Tenant’s expense. Base building fixtures and equipment shall be deemed to exclude without limitation special tenant equipment such as air conditioning equipment serving only the Premises, telecommunications and computer equipment, and kitchen equipment. At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall surrender the Premises broom clean and in good order, condition and repair, except for ordinary wear and tear and as otherwise provided in Article XVII. Landlord shall provide and install replacement tubes for building standard fluorescent light fixtures (subject to reimbursement per Article V); all other bulbs and tubes for the Premises shall be provided and installed at Tenant’s expense. Landlord shall maintain all common areas in the Building and on the Land in good condition and repair, including, without limitation, keeping grass, shrubbery and trees properly cut and trimmed and keeping all sidewalks, driveways and parking lots reasonably free of ice and snow.

 

8.


In addition, Landlord shall, at its cost and expense (but subject to inclusion in Operating Charges), be responsible for the maintenance, repair and replacement of the entire roofing system (including repair of leaks), Building structural components, including, but not limited to, extension walls, load bearing columns, foundation and floor slab, and all walls and structures, interior or exterior, separating the Premises from the rest of the Building (other than the exterior surface of the Premises’ demising walls (not the structural elements thereof which shall be the responsibility of Landlord), which shall be Tenant’s responsibility), the common mechanical systems in the Building existing outside any leased premises, electrical service, and water, gas, sewer, plumbing and telephone lines, and the HVAC systems in the Building, and all latent defects in the Building. For the avoidance of doubt, this obligation of Landlord includes initial repairing and painting all HVAC units in the Premises, at Landlord’s expense prior to the Rent Commencement Date.

ARTICLE IX

ALTERATIONS

9.1 Landlord is under no obligation to make any alterations, decorations, additions, improvements or other changes (collectively “ Alterations ”) in or to the Premises except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

9.2 Tenant may make improvements, changes or alterations in or to the Premises (“ Alterations ”) without Landlord’s consent; provided , however , that Tenant shall not make any Material Alteration without Landlord’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall have thirty (30) days following Tenant’s written request for such consent (such request to be provided in the same manner as notices hereunder) to consent or disapprove, provided that such thirty (30) day period shall not commence until and unless Landlord receives from Tenant a reasonably detailed description of such Material Alteration. At the time of Landlord’s consent to any Material Alteration, Landlord will specify if such Material Alteration must be removed by Tenant at the termination or expiration of the Lease; if Landlord specifies that such removal is required and Tenant makes such Material Alteration, Tenant agrees to restore the area of the Premises affected by such Material Alteration to its condition as existed prior to such Material Alteration at the time of the removal of the same. “ Material Alteration ” means an Alteration that (i) affects in a material respect the structural integrity of the Building or the structural components of the Building, (ii) affects in a material respect the building systems, (iii) requires a change to the Building’s certificate of occupancy, or (iv) materially affects the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding the preceding, “ Material Alteration ” does not include any of Tenant’s Work.

9.3 Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost and expense, to install trade fixtures and equipment that it may deem necessary to the conduct of Tenant’s business. All such installations of trade fixtures and equipment shall be at the cost of Tenant, and Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and save harmless Landlord from any and all costs or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, that Landlord may incur by reason of any claim for labor performed or material furnished that may arise by reason of the installation of any fixtures or equipment or the installation of partitions by Tenant as herein provided or any Tenant Alterations. Any and all trade fixtures and equipment installed by Tenant shall be removed by it at the termination of this Lease, provided that Tenant shall repair any and all damage caused to the Premises by the removal of any such trade fixtures and equipment.

 

9.


9.4 Any Alteration made by Tenant (including any initial tenant improvements to the Premises) shall be made: (a) in a good, workmanlike, first-class and prompt manner; (b) using new materials only; (c) by a contractor, on days and at times and under the supervision of an architect approved in writing by Landlord (Tenant’s contractors shall comply with the Landlord’s construction rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit C); (d) in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by an engineer or architect approved by Landlord and reviewed by Landlord; (e) in accordance with Laws, requirements of any firm insuring the Building and Building standards; (f) after obtaining a worker’s compensation insurance policy approved in writing by Landlord and any bonds or insurance as mutually agreed between Landlord and Tenant; and (g) with respect to electrical and mechanical work, by a contractor selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord. If a lien (or a petition to establish a lien) is filed in connection with any Alteration, then such lien (or petition) shall be discharged by Tenant at Tenant’s expense within thirty (30) days thereafter by the payment thereof or filing of a bond acceptable to Landlord. Landlord’s consent to an Alteration shall be deemed not to constitute Landlord’s consent to subjecting its interest in the Premises or the Building to liens which may be filed in connection therewith. Promptly after the completion of an Alteration, Tenant at its expense shall deliver to Landlord three (3) sets of accurate as-built drawings showing such Alteration.

9.5 If a Material Alteration is made without Landlord’s prior written consent, then Landlord shall have the right at Tenant’s expense to remove such Material Alteration and restore the Premises and the Building to their condition immediately prior thereto or to require Tenant to do the same. All Alterations to the Premises or the Building made by either party shall immediately become Landlord’s property and shall be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, except that (a) if Tenant is not in default under this Lease, then Tenant shall have the right to remove, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, movable furniture, movable furnishings and movable trade fixtures installed in the Premises by Tenant solely at Tenant’s expense pursuant to Section 9.3, and (b) Tenant shall be required to remove all Material Alterations to the Premises or the Building only in accordance with Section 9.2. Movable furniture, furnishings and trade fixtures shall be deemed to exclude without limitation any item the removal of which might cause damage to the Premises or the Building or which would normally be removed from the Premises with the assistance of any tool or machinery other than a dolly. If any such item is not removed prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, then such item shall become Landlord’s property and shall be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right to remove such item from the Premises at Tenant’s expense.

9.6 Landlord shall provide Tenant an allowance (the “Improvements Allowance”) of twenty-five dollars ($25.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises. The Improvements Allowance is provided in order to help Tenant finance the cost of tenant improvements to the Premises including, without limitation, renovation of the restrooms located in the common area of the 14 th floor of the Building (“Tenant’s Work”). Landlord shall have no duty to advance any portion of the Improvements Allowance until Landlord has approved final working drawings for

 

10.


such tenant improvements, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Improvements Allowance may be used for any portion of Tenant’s Work, including, but not limited to, build-out, design, drawings, and CD’s and a reasonable and customary construction management fee of one percent (1%) of total construction costs payable to Landlord, and up to $5.00 per rentable square foot of the Improvements Allowance may be used to pay the costs of furniture, telecommunications equipment, cabling and wiring. Within thirty (30) days after the written request of Tenant, provided that at the time of Tenant’s written request the Tenant’s Work is fifty percent (50%) complete, as certified by Tenant’s architect and verified by Landlord’s construction manager, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant to date in constructing such tenant improvements to the extent of fifty percent (50%) of the Improvements Allowance, provided: (i) such request is accompanied by a copy of the invoice for such expenses; (ii) copies of all contracts, bills, vouchers, change orders and other information relating to the expenses for which reimbursement is being sought as may be reasonably requested by Landlord shall be made available to Landlord by Tenant; (iii) the work and materials for which payment is requested are substantially in accordance with the final working drawings approved by Landlord; (iv) the work and materials for which payment is requested have been physically incorporated in to the Premises, free of any security interest, lien or encumbrance; and (vi ) Tenant has delivered to Landlord written, unconditional partial waivers of mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens against the Premises and the Building from all con tractors, subcontractors, laborers and material suppliers. Upon full completion of the Tenant’s Work, as certified by Tenant’s architect and verified by Landlord’s construction manager, provided Tenant shall deliver a written request to Landlord for reimbursement, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant, within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives Tenant’s written request, for the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant in completing the tenant improvements to the extent of the remaining fifty percent (50%) of the Improvements Allowance, provided: (i) such request is accompanied by a copy of the invoice for such expenses; (ii) copies of all contracts, bills, vouchers, change orders and other information relating to the expenses for which reimbursement is being sought as may be reasonably requested by Landlord shall be made available to Landlord by Tenant; (iii) the work and materials for which payment is requested are substantially in accordance with the final working drawings approved by Landlord; (iv) the work and materials for which payment is requested have been physically incorporated into the Premises, free of any security interest, lien or encumbrance; and (vi) Tenant has delivered to Landlord written, unconditional final waivers of mechanics’ and material men’s liens against the Premises and the Building from all contractors, subcontractors, laborers and material suppliers. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, Landlord shall not be required to reimburse Tenant for any invoice received later than six months following the Rent Commencement Date. Any Improvements Allowance not spent or used by Tenant as provided herein for tenant improvements shall be applied to Base Rent, beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, and each month thereafter until used in full except that no amount of the increase in the Improvements Allowance described below may be applied to Base Rent. Any increase in the Improvements Allowance must be used for work and materials physically incorporated into the Premises. Tenant shall have the right to request, in a writing to Landlord delivered prior to the Rent Commencement Date, an increase in the Improvements Allowance up to $5.00 per rentable square foot and Landlord shall provide the same, and any amount so requested by Tenant shall be repaid to Landlord, together with interest at ten (10) percent per annum, in equal monthly installments over the initial Lease Term as Additional Rent.

 

11.


9.7 Throughout the Lease Term, at no additional cost to Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to install and maintain in a designated location on the roof of the Building a satellite dish and other telecommunications equipment integral to Tenant’s primary business in the Premises, subject to the rights of other tenants in the Building. The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant shall not have the right to use more than its prorata share of the area of the Building’s roof made available for use by tenants. All aspects of such items and their installation shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Not later than the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove such items and repair all damage associated therewith all at Tenant’s sole cost and risk.

9.8 Subject to Landlord’s approval and the rights of other tenants in the Building, Landlord shall grant access to the Building to telecommunications companies (approved in advance by Landlord) providing services to Tenant for the purpose of installing and operating telecommunications lines for Tenant’s operations in the Premises, including, without limitation communications cables and conduit (“Communications Installations”) in locations to be determined by Landlord in its sole discretion. All such Communications Installations shall be installed at Tenant’s sole cost and risk and Tenant shall be responsible at the termination or expiration of the Lease for removal of all such Communications Installations from the Building and the restoration of the Building to the condition it was in prior to the installation of such Communications Installations. In the event that Tenant’s Communications Installations interfere with the communications lines and/or equipment of Landlord or any other tenant of the Building, Tenant shall immediately take all actions reasonably required to stop such interference and shall reconfigure or remove any Communications Installations installed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Building which create or are related to such interference.

ARTICLE X

SIGNS

10.1 Landlord will list Tenant’s name in the Building directory. Tenant shall not paint, affix or otherwise display on any part of the exterior or interior of the Building any sign, advertisement or notice except as provided herein. Tenant may install, at Tenant’s sole cost and risk, a Tenant identification sign of no more than fifty (50) square feet on the fourth (4 th ) floor exterior wall of the Building on the side of the Building facing Route 7. All aspects of such signage, including without limitation the exact physical location of the sign on the exterior and the lettering thereof, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior review and approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and any such sign must comply in all aspects with all applicable governmental laws, rules, ordinances and regulations. Tenant shall install such sign, if at all, not later than six months following the Rent Commencement Date. Tenant shall remove such exterior sign at Tenant’s cost and risk if required by Landlord during any maintenance or remodeling of the Building. Tenant shall insure, maintain in good condition and repair (and replace as reasonably determined by Landlord) such sign. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove such exterior sign and repair any damage attributable to such sign or its removal, all at Tenant’s cost. Tenant shall illuminate such exterior sign 24 hours a day, 7 days per week.

 

12.


ARTICLE XI

SECURITY DEPOSIT

11.1 Tenant shall deliver the Security Deposit when Tenant executes this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to pay interest on the Security Deposit or to maintain the Security Deposit in a separate account. Within three (3) days after notice of Landlord’s use of the Security Deposit to pay any delinquent amounts payable by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall restore the Security Deposit to its prior amount. Within forty-five (45) days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Landlord shall return the Security Deposit less such portion thereof as Landlord may have used to satisfy Tenant’s obligations. If Landlord transfers the Security Deposit to a transferee of the Building or Landlord’s interest therein, then such transferee (and not Landlord) shall be liable for its return.

ARTICLE XII

HOLDING OVER

12.1 Tenant acknowledges that it is extremely important that Landlord have substantial advance notice of the date Tenant will vacate the Premises because Landlord will (a) require an extensive period to secure a replacement tenant, and (b) plan its entire leasing and renovation program for the Building in reliance on its lease expiration dates. If the Premises are not surrendered at the expiration or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, then it will be conclusively presumed that the value of possession, and the resulting loss that will be suffered by Landlord, far exceed the Base Rent and additional rent that would have been payable had the Lease Term continued during such holdover period. Therefore if upon the expiration or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession Tenant (or anyone claiming through Tenant) does not surrender immediately the Premises (or portion thereof), then the rent shall be increased to 125% of the Base Rent, additional rent and other sums that would have been payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease (assuming the Lease Term for the entire Premises had continued during such holdover period) for the first month of such holdover period, 150% of the Base Rent, additional rent and other sums that would have been payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease (assuming the Lease Term for the entire Premises had continued during such holdover period) for each of the second and third months of such holdover period, and 200% of the Base Rent, additional rent and other sums that would have been payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease (assuming the Lease Term for the entire Premises had continued during such holdover period) for each month thereafter. Such rent shall be computed on a monthly basis and shall be payable on the first day of such holdover period and the first day of each calendar month thereafter during such holdover period until the Premises have been vacated.

ARTICLE XIII

INSURANCE

13.1 Tenant shall not conduct any activity or place any item in or about the Building which may violate the requirements or increase the rate of any insurance covering the Building. If any increase in such rate is due to any such activity or item, then (whether or not Landlord has consented to such activity or item) Tenant shall pay such increase. The statement of any insurance company or insurance rating or similar organization that such an increase is due to any such activity or item shall be conclusive evidence thereof.

 

13.


13.2 Tenant shall maintain throughout the Lease Term with a company licensed to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Building is located, approved in writing by Landlord and having a rating equal to or exceeding A:Xl in Best’s Insurance Guide (a) broad form commercial general liability insurance (written on an occurrence basis and including contractual liability coverage insuring Tenant’s obligations pursuant to Section 15.2, premises and operations, broad form property damage and independent contractors coverages, and an endorsement for personal injury), and (b) special form property insurance. Such liability insurance shall be in minimum amounts typically carried by prudent tenants engaged in similar operations, but in no event shall be in an amount less than two million dollars ($2,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence. Such property insurance shall be in an amount not less than that required to replace all Alterations and all other contents of the Premises. All such insurance (except for coverage of Tenant’s personal property contents in the Premises) shall name Landlord (and, at Landlord’s option, its partners, members, employees and building manager) and the holder of any Mortgage as additional insureds, contain an endorsement that such insurance shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding that the insured may have waived its claims against any person prior to the occurrence of a loss, provide that the insurer waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against Landlord, its partners, agents and employees, be primary and noncontributory, and contain a provision prohibiting cancellation, failure to renew, reduction in amount or a material change of coverage (1) as to the interests of Landlord or the holder of any Mortgage by reason of any act or omission of Tenant, and (2) without the insurer’s giving Landlord thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such action. Tenant shall deliver a certificate of such insurance and receipts evidencing payment of the premium for such insurance (and, upon request, copies of all required insurance policies, including endorsements and declarations) to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least annually thereafter. Landlord reserves the right to reasonably increase from time to time the minimum amounts of insurance Tenant is required to maintain, provided, however, that any such increase shall conform to then existing generally-accepted market practices for leases of the type, size, term and location of this Lease.

13.3 Landlord shall procure and maintain throughout the Lease Term (a) “all risk” insurance for the Building, including the Premises, which insurance shall be written on a replacement cost basis, if obtainable and practical; otherwise, in an amount equal to the full reasonable insurable value of the Building, including the Premises (but excluding coverage for Tenant’s business personal property and excluding general liability insurance coverage for the Premises, each of which coverages shall be maintained by Tenant), which insurance shall be adjusted annually to reflect any increases in such insurable value; (b) rent or use and occupancy insurance against loss of rents to Landlord or damage resulting from a casualty in an amount equal to six (6) months’ requirement of the rent; and (c) general public liability insurance against claims for personal injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Building and all common areas, with limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in respect to injury or death of a single person, Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in respect of any one occurrence, and One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in respect of property damage. The cost of premiums for the insurance coverage required under this subsection shall be included in Operating Charges under Article V of this Lease.

 

14.


ARTICLE XIV

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

14.1 Landlord will furnish to the Premises air-conditioning and heating during the seasons they are required in Landlord’s reasonable judgment. Landlord will provide: janitorial service on Monday through Friday (excluding holidays); electricity; water; elevator service; and exterior window-cleaning service. The Building’s normal operating hours are 8:00a.m. to 6:00p.m. on Monday through Friday (excluding holidays) and 9:00a.m. to noon on Saturday (excluding holidays) and such other hours as Landlord determines. Except as otherwise specified herein, Landlord shall not be required to furnish services and utilities beyond such hours. If Tenant requires air-conditioning or heating beyond such hours, then Landlord will furnish the same, provided Tenant gives sufficient advance notice of such requirement (not less than 24 hours advance notice) and pays for same in accordance with Landlord’s then current schedule. Upon execution of this Lease, the current schedule is $50.00 per hour for the first hour and $35.00 per hour for each additional hour.

14.2 Any piece of equipment existing or installed in the Premises having a name plate rating in excess of two kilowatts shall be deemed as requiring excess electric current. Landlord shall have the right to either install submeters or check meters to record the electrical consumption by such piece of equipment, or cause an independent engineer to survey and determine such consumption. Tenant shall pay the cost of any such survey and metering and installation, maintenance and repair thereof. Tenant shall pay Landlord (or the utility company, if direct service is provided by such company) for such consumption as shown by such metering (or a flat monthly charge determined by the survey) based on the rates charged for such service by such company. This Section shall not apply to normal office equipment such as personal computers, copiers, televisions, refrigerators, microwaves, VAV boxes with reheat coils and similar items but shall apply to supplemental air conditioning units.

ARTICLE XV

LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

15.1 Landlord, its employees and agents shall not be liable to Tenant, Invitees or any other person or entity for any damage (including indirect and consequential damage), injury, loss or claim (including claims for the interruption of or loss to business) based on or arising out of any cause whatsoever (except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees and agents) for damages, including without limitation: repair to any portion of the Premises or the Building; interruption in the use of the Premises or any equipment therein; accident or damage resulting from any use or operation (by Landlord, Tenant or any other person or entity) of elevators or heating, cooling, electrical, sewerage or plumbing equipment; termination of this Lease by reason of damage to or condemnation of the Premises or the Building; fire, robbery, theft, vandalism, mysterious disappearance or any other casualty; actions of any other tenant of the Building or other person or entity; failure or inability to furnish or interruption in any utility or service specified in this Lease; and leakage in any part of the Premises or the Building. If a condition exists which may be the basis of a claim of constructive eviction, then Tenant shall give Landlord written notice thereof and a reasonable opportunity to correct such condition, and in the interim Tenant shall not claim that it has been constructively evicted but Tenant shall be entitled to a rent abatement in proportion to the portion of the

 

15.


Premises rendered unusable thereby. Any property placed by Tenant or Invitees in or about the Premises or the Building shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and (except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees and agents) Landlord shall not in any manner be responsible therefor. Any person receiving an article delivered for Tenant shall be acting as Tenant’s (not Landlord’s) agent. For purposes of this Article, the term “Building” shall be deemed to include the Land.

15.2 Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, its employees and agents for, and shall indemnify, defend upon request and hold them harmless from and against, all costs, damages, claims, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), losses and court costs suffered by or claimed against them, directly or indirectly, based on or arising out of, in whole or in part, (a) use and occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or the business conducted by Tenant therein, (b) any act or omission of Tenant or any Invitee, (c) any material breach of Tenant’s obligations or warranties under this Lease, including failure to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term or (c) entry by Tenant or Invitees upon the Land prior to the Lease Commencement Date.

15.3 Neither Landlord nor any successors or assigns of Landlord shall be liable for any obligation or liability based on or arising out of any event or condition occurring during any period Landlord or such successor/assign was not the owner of the Building. If Landlord or such successor/assign transfers its interest in the Building, then Tenant shall attorn to the transferee and execute, acknowledge and deliver within ten (10) business days after request any reasonable document submitted to Tenant to confirm the attornment.

15.4 Tenant shall not have the right to offset, deduct or assert a counterclaim for any amount owed or allegedly owed to it, against any payment to Landlord. Tenant’s sole remedy for recovery of such amount is to institute an independent action.

15.5 If Tenant is awarded a money judgment against Landlord or with respect to any breach of Landlord’s obligations, then recourse for satisfaction of such judgment shall be limited to execution against Landlord’s estate and interest in the Building. No other asset of Landlord, any officer, director, partner or member of Landlord (collectively “Officer”) or any other person or entity shall be available to satisfy or subject to such judgment, nor shall any Officer or other person or entity have personal liability for satisfaction of any claim or judgment against Landlord or any Officer.

ARTICLE XVI

RULES

16.1 Tenant shall observe: the rules specified in Exhibit B; and any other reasonable and customary rule that Landlord may promulgate for the Building, provided notice thereof is given and such rule is not inconsistent with this Lease. Landlord shall have no duty to enforce any provision of any other lease against any other tenant. Landlord shall not enforce the rules in a manner that unreasonably discriminates against Tenant.

 

16.


ARTICLE XVII

DESTRUCTION

17.1 If the Premises are rendered totally or partially inaccessible or unusable by fire or other casualty, then Landlord shall, at its sole expense, diligently restore the Premises and the Building to substantially the same condition they were in prior to such casualty, except that if in Landlord’s reasonable judgment such restoration cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the occurrence of such casualty (taking into account the time needed for effecting a settlement with any insurance company, removal of debris, preparation of plans and issuance of all required governmental permits), then either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease Term upon sixty (60) days prior written notice provided: (i) by Landlord, within forty-five (45) days after the occurrence of such casualty, or (ii) by Tenant, within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that the restoration cannot be completed with one hundred eighty (180) days (which notice shall be provided by Landlord within thirty (30) days following the date of such casualty). If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to this Article, then until such restoration of the Premises are substantially complete Tenant shall be required to pay the Base Rent for only the portion of the Premises that in Landlord’s reasonable judgment is usable for Tenant’s purposes while such restoration is being made, except that if such casualty was caused by the act or omission of Tenant or an Invitee, then Tenant shall not be entitled to any rent reduction. After receipt of the insurance proceeds (including proceeds of any insurance maintained by Tenant), Landlord shall restore the Premises and the Building, except that (a) if such casualty was caused by the act or omission of Tenant or an Invitee, then Tenant shall pay the amount by which such expenses exceed any property insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord on account of such casualty, and (b) Landlord shall not be required to repair or restore any Alteration previously made by Tenant or any of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment or personal property. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease if (l) insurance proceeds are insufficient to pay the full cost of such restoration, (2) any Mortgage holder does not make such proceeds available for such restoration, (3) zoning or other Laws do not permit such restoration, or (4) restoration costs exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the Building’s replacement value.

ARTICLE XVIII

CONDEMNATION

18.1 If one-third or more of the Premises or occupancy thereof is condemned or sold under threat of condemnation (collectively “condemned”), then this Lease shall terminate on the day prior to the date title vests in the condemnor (the “Vesting Date”). If less than such one-third is condemned, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as to the part of the Premises not condemned, except that as of the Vesting Date rent shall be reduced proportionately.

18.2 All awards, damages and compensation paid on account of such condemnation shall belong to Landlord. Tenant assigns to Landlord all rights thereto. Tenant shall not make any claim against Landlord or the condemnor for any portion thereof attributable to damage to the Premises, value of the unexpired portion of the Lease Term, leasehold improvements or severance damages. The foregoing shall not prevent Tenant from pursuing a separate claim

 

17.


against the condemnor for the value of movable furnishings and movable trade fixtures installed in the Premises solely at Tenant’s expense, relocation expenses and loss of tenant ‘s goodwill, provided that such claim in no way diminishes any award, damages or compensation payable to Landlord.

ARTICLE XIX

DEFAULT

19.1 An Event of Default is (a) Tenant’s failure to make when due any payment of the Base Rent, additional rent or other amount, which failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord, (b) Tenant’s breach of any other covenant or warranty, which breach continues for thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord or such longer period as may be reasonably necessary to cure the same if the breach is not capable of cure within thirty (30) days, provided that such longer period shall not exceed a total of sixty (60) days following Landlord’s written notice, (c) an Event of Bankruptcy as specified in Article XX, or (d) Tenant’s dissolution or liquidation.

19.2 This Lease is on the express condition that if an Event of Default occurs (even if prior to the Lease Commencement Date), then this Section shall apply. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, Landlord’s obligations pursuant to this Lease shall cease and failure to perform such obligations shall not relieve Tenant from any obligation. If an Event of Default occurs, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, with or without terminating this Lease, Landlord may re-enter, terminate Tenant’s right of possession and take possession of the Premises. The provisions of this Article shall operate as a notice to quit. Tenant waives any other notice to quit or of Landlord’s intention to re-enter the Premises or terminate this Lease. If necessary, Landlord may proceed to recover possession of the Premises under applicable law, or by such proceedings, including re-entry and possession, as may be applicable and permitted by applicable law. Anything to the contrary in the foregoing notwithstanding, Landlord shall not exercise its remedies set forth herein following an Event of Default until the matter of Tenant’s default has been Finally Determined by judicial proceeding. As used in this Section 19.2, a matter has been “Finally Determined” when a judgment has been rendered by a court having jurisdiction that Tenant was in default of its obligations under this Lease and the time for appeal thereof has passed without an appeal having been taken. Landlord may relet the Premises or any part thereof, alone or together with other space, for such term(s) (which may extend beyond the date on which the Lease Term would have expired but for any termination thereof) and on such terms and conditions (which may include concessions) as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may determine, but Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations be diminished by reason of, Landlord’s failure to relet all or any portion of the Premises or collect any rent due upon such reletting so long as Landlord’s failure to relet or collect rents is reasonable under the circumstances. Whether or not this Lease is terminated or any suit is instituted, Tenant shall be liable for: (a) the Base Rent, additional rent, damages or other sums which may be due or sustained prior to such default, and for all costs, fees and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, brokerage fees, advertising expenses, expenses incurred in placing the Premises in first-class rentable condition and reasonable concessions (based on then existing market conditions for leases with similar terms as those herein) granted by Landlord) incurred by Landlord in pursuit of its remedies and in renting the Premises to others from time to time; and

 

18.


(b) additional damages which at Landlord’s election shall be either: (1) an amount equal to the Base Rent and additional rent which would have become due from the date of Tenant’s default through the expiration (or what but for any termination thereof would have been such expiration), less the amount of rental, if any, which Landlord receives during such period from others to whom the Premises may be rented (other than any additional rent received as a result of any failure of such other person to perform any of its obligations), which amount shall be computed and payable in monthly installments, in advance, on the first day of each calendar month following Tenant’s default and continuing until the expiration of the Lease Term (or what but for any termination thereof would have been such expiration); provided, however, that if at the time of any reletting of the Premises there exists other space in the Building available for leasing, then the Premises shall be deemed the last space rented, even though the Premises may be relet prior to the date such other space is leased. Separate suits may be brought from time to time to collect any such damages for any month(s) (and any such suit shall not in any manner prejudice Landlord’s right to collect any such damages for any subsequent month(s)) or Landlord may defer initiating any such suit until after the expiration of the Lease Term (in which event such deferral shall not be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s rights as set forth herein and Landlord’s cause of action shall be deemed not to have accrued until the expiration of the Lease Term); or (2) an amount equal to the present value (as of the date of Tenant’s default) of the Base Rent and additional rent due or which would have become due from time to time through the expiration of the Lease Term (or what but for any termination thereof would have been such expiration), which liquidated and agreed final damages shall be payable to Landlord in a lump sum on demand. For purpose of this Section, present value shall be computed by discounting at a rate equal to one (1) whole percentage point above the discount rate in effect (as of the date of payment) at the Federal Reserve Bank located in Richmond , Virginia. Landlord may bring suit to collect any such damages at any time after an Event of Default. Tenant waives any right of redemption, re-entry or restoration of the operation of this Lease under any present or future law, including any such right which Tenant would otherwise have if Landlord obtains possession of the Premises after an Event of Default. Whether or not the Lease Term and/or Tenant’s right of possession is terminated, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any renewal or expansion right and to withhold any consent or approval in its sole and absolute discretion. If Landlord is entitled, or Tenant is required, pursuant to any provision hereof to take any action upon the termination of the Lease Term, then Landlord shall be entitled, and Tenant shall be required, to take such action also upon the termination of Tenant’s right of possession.

19.3 The various rights and remedies reserved to Landlord, including those not specifically described herein, shall, to the extent that the exercise of such right and/or remedy does not result in a duplicative recovery, be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right or remedy provided for in this Lease or (except to the extent contrary to an express term hereof) now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, and the exercise of the rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Landlord of any or all other rights and remedies. Landlord’s delay or failure to exercise or enforce any of Landlord’s rights or remedies or Tenant’s obligations shall not constitute a waiver of any such rights, remedies or obligations. Landlord’s acceptance of any payment with knowledge of a breach shall not constitute a waiver of such breach. Landlord shall be deemed not to have granted any waiver unless such waiver is set forth expressly in an instrument signed by Landlord. Any such waiver shall not be construed as a waiver of any matter except as specified therein. Neither Tenant’s payment of an amount less

 

19.


than a sum due nor Tenant’s endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying such payment shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Notwithstanding any request or designation by Tenant, Landlord may apply any payment received from Tenant to any payment then due. Landlord’s acceptance of any payment (including any payment pursuant to Section 12.1) shall be deemed not to constitute a waiver of any breach or prejudice Landlord’s rights and remedies. Re-entry and acceptance of keys shall not be considered an acceptance of a surrender of this Lease.

19.4 If more than one natural person and/or entity shall constitute Tenant, then the liability of each such person or entity shall be joint and several. If Tenant is a general partnership or other entity the partners or members of which are subject to personal liability, then the liability of each such partner or member shall be joint and several.

19.5 If Tenant fails to make any payment to any third party or to do any act required hereby to be made or done by Tenant, then Landlord may, but shall not be required to, make such payment or do such act after reasonable prior notice to Tenant. Landlord’s taking such action shall not be considered a cure of such failure by Tenant or prevent Landlord from pursuing any remedy it is otherwise entitled to in connection with such failure. If Landlord elects to take such action, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such amounts together with interest at the Default Rate immediately upon demand.

19.6 If Tenant fails to pay the Base Rent, additional rent or any other payment due Landlord by the date such payment is due (without regard to any grace period specified in this Lease), then (without limiting Landlord’s rights and remedies) Tenant shall pay a late fee of five percent (5%) of the amount of such payment. Such payment shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date such payment was due to the date of payment. The Default Rate shall equal the rate per annum which is the greater of eighteen percent (18%) or five (5) whole percentage points above the prime rate published from time to time in the Money Rates section of the Wall Street Journal or substitute prime rate reasonably designated by Landlord.

19.7 Intentionally Deleted.

19.8 If Landlord shall be in default hereunder, and if such default materially impairs Tenant’s use of or operations in the Premises, Tenant shall so notify Landlord in writing and Landlord shall have a period of thirty (30) days following the date of receipt of such written notice to cure the default, or if such default is of a nature that it cannot be cured in thirty (30) days, then Landlord shall have a reasonable period of time beyond such thirty day period to cure the default provided that Landlord is diligently pursuing such cure. In the event that Landlord does not cure the default within the applicable cure period, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing that Tenant intends to cure such default and Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cure such default for the account of Landlord, and any reasonable amount paid by Tenant in so doing shall be deemed paid for the account of Landlord, Landlord agreeing to reimburse Tenant therefrom. If Landlord shall fail to reimburse Tenant within thirty (30) days of written demand for any amount paid for the account of Landlord hereunder, such amount may be deducted by Tenant from the next or any succeeding payments of Base Rent provided, however, that Tenant shall not deduct any amount until the matter of Landlord’s default has been Finally Determined by judicial proceeding. As used in this Lease, a matter has been “Finally

 

20.


Determined” when a judgment has been rendered by a court having jurisdiction that Landlord was in default of those obligations of Landlord under this Lease for which Tenant claims reimbursement and the time for appeal thereof has passed without an appeal having been taken.

ARTICLE XX

BANKRUPTCY

20.1 An Event of Bankruptcy is the occurrence with respect to Tenant, Guarantor or any other person liable for Tenant’s obligations hereunder, including without limitation any general partner of Tenant (“General Partner”) if Tenant is now or hereafter a partnership, of any of the following: (a) such person’s becoming insolvent, as that term is defined in Title II of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”), or under the insolvency laws of any state (the “Insolvency Laws”); (b) appointment of a receiver or custodian for any property of such person, or the institution of a foreclosure or attachment action upon any property of any such person which is not discharged within sixty (60) days; (c) filing by such person of a voluntary petition under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws; (d) filing of an involuntary petition against such person as the subject debtor under the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws, which either (1) is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after filing, or (2) results in the issuance of an order for relief against the debtor; (e) such person’s making or consenting to an assignment for the benefit of creditors or a composition of creditors; (f) such person’s submitting (either before or after execution hereof) to Landlord any financial statement containing any intentional material inaccuracy or omission; or (g) decrease by fifty percent (50%) or more of such person’s net worth below the net worth of such person as of the date hereof.

20.2 After the commencement of a case (the “Case”) in which Tenant is the subject debtor under the Bankruptcy Code, (a) Tenant or its trustee in bankruptcy (collectively “Trustee”) shall perform all of Tenant’s post-petition obligations under this Lease, and (b) if Landlord is entitled to damages (including without limitation unpaid rent), then all such damages shall be entitled to administrative expense priority pursuant to Section 507(a)(l) of the Bankruptcy Code. If the Lease is assigned pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, then the assignee shall be deemed without further act to have assumed all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease arising from and after such assignment and at Landlord’s request shall execute an instrument confirming such assumption. Trustee shall not have the right to assume or assume and assign this Lease unless Trustee promptly (a) cures all defaults under this Lease, (b) compensates Landlord for damages incurred as a result of such defaults, (c) provides adequate assurance of future performance on the part of Trustee as debtor in possession or Trustee’s assignee, and (d) complies with all other requirements of the Bankruptcy Code. If Trustee fails to assume or assign this Lease in accordance with the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code within sixty (60) days after the initiation of the Case (or, if shorter, the shortest period of time in which Trustee may be required to so act), then Trustee shall be deemed to have rejected this Lease. If this Lease is rejected or deemed rejected, then Landlord may exercise all rights and remedies available pursuant to Article XIX. Adequate assurance of future performance shall require (among other things) that the following minimum criteria be met: (1) Tenant’s gross receipts in the ordinary course of business during the thirty (30) days preceding the Case must be greater than ten (10) times the next monthly installment of the Base Rent and additional rent; (2) Both the average and median of Tenant’s monthly gross receipts in the ordinary course of business during the seven (7) months preceding the Case must be greater than ten (10) times the next

 

21.


monthly installment of the Base Rent and additional rent; (3) Trustee must pay its estimated pro rata share of the cost of all services performed or provided by Landlord (whether directly or through agents or contractors and whether or not previously included as part of the Base Rent) in advance of the performance or provision of such services; (4) Trustee must agree that Tenant’s business shall be conducted in a first-class manner, and that no liquidating sale, auction or other non-first-class business operation shall be conducted in the Premises; (5) Trustee must agree that the use of the Premises as stated in this Lease shall remain unchanged and that no prohibited use shall be permitted; (6) Trustee must agree that the assumption or assumption or assignment of this Lease shall not violate or affect the rights of other tenants in the Building; (7) Trustee must pay at the time the next monthly installment of the Base Rent is due, in addition to such installment, an amount equal to the monthly installments of the Base Rent and additional rent due for the next six (6) months thereafter, such amount to be held as a security deposit; (8) Trustee must agree to pay immediately after Landlord draws on such security deposit the amount drawn; (9) Trustee must comply with all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; and (10) All assurances of future performance specified in the Bankruptcy Code must be provided.

ARTICLE XXI

SUBORDINATION

21.1 This Lease is subject and subordinate to the lien, provisions, operation and effect of all mortgages, deeds of trust, ground leases or other security instruments which may now or hereafter encumber the Building or the Land (collectively “Mortgages”), to all funds and indebtedness intended to be secured thereby, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, recastings or refinancings thereof, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from the Mortgagee under such Mortgage(s) a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) on such Mortgagee’s standard form. The holder of a Mortgage to which this Lease is subordinate shall have the right (subject to any required approval of the holder of any other Mortgage) at any time to declare this Lease to be superior to the lien, provisions, operation and effect of such Mortgage.

21.2 At Landlord’s request Tenant shall execute promptly any requisite or appropriate document confirming such subordination. Tenant waives the provisions of any statute or rule of law now or hereafter in effect which may give Tenant any right to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease or Tenant’s obligations in the event any such foreclosure proceeding is prosecuted or completed or in the event the Land, the Building or Landlord’s interest therein is transferred by foreclosure sale or by deed in lieu of foreclosure. If this Lease is not extinguished upon such transfer or by the transferee following such transfer, then, at the request of such transferee, Tenant shall attorn to such transferee and shall recognize such transferee as landlord under this Lease. Upon such attornment such transferee shall not be (a) bound by any payment of the Base Rent or additional rent more than one (1) month in advance, (b) bound by any amendment of this Lease made without the consent of the holder of each Mortgage existing as of the date of such amendment, (c) liable for any breach, act or omission of any prior landlord, (d) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior landlord, or (c) liable for return of the Security Deposit unless such transferee actually receives the Security Deposit. Within ten (10) days after receipt, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any requisite or appropriate document submitted to Tenant confirming such attornment.

 

22.


21.3 If a (prospective or current) holder of a Mortgage requires that modifications to this Lease be obtained, and provided that such modifications (a) are reasonable, (b) do not adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises as herein permitted, and (c) do not increase the rent and other sums to be paid by Tenant after the Term hereof, or impose any additional monetary obligations upon Tenant or eliminate any rights or lease extension or expansion options of Tenant hereunder, then Landlord may submit to Tenant an amendment to this Lease incorporating such modifications. Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and return such amendment within ten (10) days after receipt.

ARTICLE XXII

QUIET ENJOYMENT

22.1 If Tenant shall perform timely all of its obligations, then, subject to the provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall during the Lease Term peaceably and quietly occupy and enjoy possession of the Premises without hindrance by Landlord, any successor in interest to Landlord, or anyone claiming through Landlord.

22.2 Landlord reserves the right, subject to Tenant’s rights hereunder, to: (a) change the street address and name of the Building; (b) change the arrangement and location of entrances, passageways, doors, doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, restrooms or other public parts of the Building; (c) erect, use and maintain pipes, conduits and other equipment in and through the Premises; (d) grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any particular business in the Building not inconsistent with the permitted use of the Premises; (e) use or lease exclusively the roof, sidewalks and other exterior areas so long as such use or lease does not materially interfere with Tenant’s rights to use the roof; (f) resubdivide the Land or to combine the Land with other lands; (g) construct improvements on the Land and in the public and common areas of the Building; (h) relocate any parking area designated for Tenant’s use and charge for permits to park in the underground garage (except to the extent Tenant is entitled to free parking permits as set forth herein); (i) display signs, advertisements and notices on any part of the exterior or interior of the Building; and (ii) make alterations to the Premises after Tenant vacates the Premises or portion thereof and without relieving Tenant of its obligation to pay rent through the expiration of the Lease Term. Exercise of any such right shall not be considered a constructive eviction or a disturbance of Tenant’s business or occupancy. In exercising such rights, Landlord shall make commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the disturbance of Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises.

ARTICLE XXIII

PARKING

23.1 At Tenant’s request Landlord shall make available to Tenant and its employees, at no additional cost or expense, monthly parking permits at a ratio of three permits for each 1,000 square feet of rentable area in the Premises for the parking of a standard-sized automobiles on the P1 and P2 levels of the garage in the Building (the “Garage”). In addition, Tenant will be entitled to use three reserved spaces on the third floor exterior parking deck at no cost to Tenant during the initial Lease Term except that Tenant will pay the cost of reserved signage for such spaces. Tenant shall be permitted to purchase additional parking permits to the extent parking space is available in the Building. The charge for such additional permits shall be the prevailing

 

23.


rate charged from time to time by Landlord or the Garage operator (currently $55.00 per permit on the P1 and P2 levels, $45.00 per permit on the deck level, and $75.00 per permit on the lobby level). Monthly permits for the parking of automobiles in reserved or unreserved spaces in the Garage or third floor parking deck may be purchased on a monthly basis based on availability. The foregoing notwithstanding, Landlord does not guarantee the availability of any permits to Tenant during the second or any subsequent month of the Lease Term if and to the extent that Tenant docs not purchase such monthly permits during the first month and each subsequent month of the Lease Term.

ARTICLE XXIV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

24.1 Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any broker, agent or employee of Landlord has made any representation or promise with respect to the Premises or the Building except as expressly set forth herein, and no right is being acquired by Tenant except as expressly set forth herein. This Lease contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, negotiations, letters of intent, proposals, representations, warranties and discussions between the parties. This Lease may be changed in any manner only by an instrument signed by both parties.

24.2 Nothing contained herein shall be construed as creating a relationship between the parties other than that of landlord and tenant.

24.3 Each party warrants that in connection with this Lease it has not employed or dealt with any broker, agent or finder other than the Broker(s) whose commissions shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement.

24.4 From time to time but not more than two (2) times per year upon ten (10) business days’ prior written notice, Tenant and each subtenant and assignee of Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord and its designees a written statement certifying: (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications); (b) the dates to which rent and any other charges have been paid; (c) that, to Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord is not in default in the performance of any obligation (or specifying the nature of any default); (d) the address to which notices are to be sent; (e) that this Lease is subordinate to all Mortgages of which Tenant has knowledge; (f) that Tenant has accepted the Premises and all work therefor has been completed (or specifying the incomplete work); and (g) such other matters as Landlord may reasonably request. Any such statement may be relied upon by any owner of the Building or the Land, any prospective purchaser of the Building or the Land, any holder or prospective holder of a Mortgage or any other person or entity. Time is of the essence to the delivery of such statements. Tenant’s failure to deliver timely such statements may cause substantial damages resulting from, for example, delays in obtaining financing secured by the Building. If any such statement is not delivered timely by Tenant, then all matters contained in such statement shall be deemed true.

24.5 LANDLORD, TENANT, GUARANTORS AND GENERAL PARTNERS WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED

 

24.


WITH THIS LEASE, THE LANDLORD-TENANT RELATIONSHIP, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE. Tenant, Guarantors and General Partners consent to service of process relating to any such action at the Premises; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed as requiring such service at the Premises. Landlord, Tenant, all Guarantors and all General Partners waive any objection to the venue of any action filed in any court situated in the jurisdiction in which the Building is located and waive any right under the doctrine of forum non conveniens or otherwise to transfer any such action to any other court.

24.6 Any notice or other required communication shall be in writing and deemed duly given when delivered in person (with receipt therefor) or sent (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) by Federal Express, other overnight courier, or certified mail, to the following addresses: (a) if to Landlord, 8150 Leesburg Pike, Suite 1100, Vienna, Virginia 22182; or (b) if to Tenant, at the Tenant Address for Notices. A party may change its address by notice given in accordance with this Section. If Landlord or the holder of any Mortgage notifies Tenant that a copy of each notice to Landlord shall be sent to such holder at a specified address, then Tenant shall give (in the manner specified in this Section and at the same time such notice is given to Landlord) a copy of each such notice to such holder, and no such notice shall be considered duly given unless such copy is so given to such holder. If Tenant claims that Landlord has breached any obligation, then Tenant shall give such holder notice specifying the breach and permit such holder a reasonable opportunity (not less than sixty (60) days) to cure the breach. Such holder’s curing of Landlord’s default shall be deemed performance by Landlord.

24.7 Each provision shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any provision or its application to any person or circumstance shall be in valid or unenforceable to any extent (e.g., an interest rate is usurious), then such provision shall be deemed to be replaced by the valid and enforceable provision most substantively similar thereto (e.g., the highest non-usurious interest rate) and the remainder of this Lease and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected.

24.8 Headings are used for convenience and shall not be considered in construing this Lease. Gender appropriate pronouns and plural or singular forms shall be substituted as the context may require. This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is deemed an original and all of which constitute one and the same document.

24.9 This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each party and its successors and assigns, subject to the provisions restricting assignment or subletting.

24.10 Tenant shall permit Landlord and its designees to enter the Premises upon reasonable prior notice (except in case of an emergency), without rent abatement, to inspect and exhibit the Premises and make such alterations and repairs as Landlord deems necessary.

24.11 This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

24.12 The submission to Tenant of correspondence or an unsigned copy of this document shall not constitute an offer or option to lease. This Lease shall become effective only upon execution and delivery by both parties.

 

25.


24.13 Time is of the essence with respect to each obligation of Tenant.

24.14 Landlord reserves the right to make changes to the Building’s plans and specifications, provided such changes do not alter the Building’s character or materially, adversely affect Tenant’s rights hereunder and quiet enjoyment of the Premises.

24.15 All amounts payable by Tenant shall be paid to Landlord by check (subject to collection) and delivered to the address to which notices to Landlord are to be given or to such other party or such other address as Landlord may designate in writing. Except as otherwise specified, any amount owed by Tenant to Landlord, and any cost, expense, damage or liability incurred by Landlord for which Tenant is liable, shall be considered additional rent payable pursuant to this Lease and paid by Tenant within ten (10) days after the date Landlord notifies Tenant of the amount thereof.

24.16 Tenant’s liabilities existing as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term shall survive such expiration or termination.

24.17 [Intentionally Deleted]

24.18 If either party hereto is delayed or prevented from performing any obligation due to fire, act of God, governmental act or failure to act, labor dispute, inability to procure materials or any cause beyond such party’s reasonable control (whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing), then the time for performance shall be excused for the period of such delay or prevention and extended for a period equal to the period of such delay or prevention. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Section shall not excuse any late payment or extend the Lease Term.

24.19 Landlord’s review, approval and consent powers (including the right to review plans and specifications) are for its benefit only. Such review, approval or consent (or conditions imposed in connection therewith) shall be deemed not to constitute a representation concerning legality, safety or any other matter. Tenant waives any right to damages based upon Landlord’s actually or allegedly wrongfully withholding or delaying any approval or consent. Tenant’s sole remedy therefor shall be a proceeding for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment.

24.20 From time to time but not more than two (2) times per year upon ten (10) business days’ prior written notice, Tenant shall submit such information regarding the financial condition of Tenant, each Guarantor and each General Partner as Landlord may reasonably request. Tenant warrants that all such information heretofore or hereafter submitted is and shall be correct and complete.

24.21 Deletion of any printed, typed or other portion of this Lease shall not evidence an intention to contradict such deleted portion. Such deleted portion shall be deemed not to have been inserted in this Lease. Interpretation of this Lease shall not be affected by any claim that this Lease has been prepared by either party.

24.22 The person executing on Tenant’s behalf warrants due authorization to so act.

 

26.


24.23 Tenant shall receive sixty (60) access cards for entry to the Building and parking garage at no cost. Replacement access cards or additional access cards may be provided by Landlord upon Tenant’s request and at Landlord’s standard charge.

24.24 Upon the expiration of the lease by and between Landlord and Mary Ann Choby, DMD, MS (“Existing Tenant”), dated October 27, 1999, for Suite 1401 (the “Suite 1401 Lease”) which is anticipated to occur on December 31, 2009 and subject to the vacation of such space by Existing Tenant, Tenant shall lease such space, consisting of approximately 1,071 square feet of rentable area (“Suite 1401”) and such space shall become a part of the Premises subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Lease as modified by this Section 24.24. The following terms and conditions shall apply to the leasing of Suite 1401:

1. Base Rent per square foot of Suite 1401 for the period from the Suite 1401 Rent Commencement Date through the end of the then current Lease Year for the Premises shall be the per square foot Base Rent then payable by Tenant for the Premises. Thereafter Base Rent for Suite 1401 shall be increased on the same day, in the same manner and using the same percentage for increases in Base Rent as applicable to the Premises.

2. Payment of Base Rent for Suite 1401 shall commence on a date which is the later of: (a) February 1, 2010, (b) the date the tenant improvements to Suite 1401 are substantially complete as certified by Landlord’s construction manager, and (c) the date Tenant commences beneficial use of Suite 140, but in no event shall the payment of Base Rent for Suite 1401 commence later than sixty (60) days following the date Landlord notifies Tenant that the Existing Tenant has vacated Suite 1401 (the “Suite 1401 Rent Commencement Date”) and shall terminate on the date the Lease Term otherwise terminates or expires by normal business operations therefrom. If the Suite 1401 Rent Commencement Date is not the first day of a month, then on the Suite 1401 Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay the Base Rent for the month in which the Suite 1401 Rent Commencement Date occurs, calculated at a daily rate of one-thirtieth (l/30 th ) of an installment of the monthly Base Rent for such space. Anything to the contrary in the foregoing notwithstanding, Base Rent for the first four full calendar months following the Suite 1401 Rent Commencement Date shall be abated.

3. Tenant shall construct such improvements to Suite 1401 as Tenant may require, including without limitation, the installation of bathrooms and showers in Suite 1401 (“Suite 1401 Tenant Work”) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the provisions of Article IX hereof.

4. The improvements allowance for Suite 1401 (“Suite 1401 Allowance”) shall be equal to $26,775.00 (the product of the square footage of rentable area of Suite 1401 times $25.00). If Tenant notifies Landlord not later than the Suite 1401 Rent Commencement Date that Tenant wishes to increase the Suite 1401 Allowance, then Landlord shall increase the Suite 1401 Allowance by $5.00 per rentable square foot of Suite 1401 provided that the Base Rent for Suite 1401 shall be increased by an amount equal to the product of $5.00 times the rentable square foot of Suite 1401 amortized at 10% over the remaining initial Lease Term. The Suite 1401 Allowance shall be used for construction of improvements to Suite 1401, including, without limitation, design fees, construction management fees and permitting fees and a construction management fee paid to Landlord. Up to $5.00 per rentable square foot of the Suite

 

27.


1401 Allowance may be used for cabling, telephone, furniture and fixtures. Any Suite 1401 Allowance not spent or used by Tenant for the Suite 1401 Tenant Work by a date six months after the Suite 1401 Rent Commencement Date shall be applied to the payments of Base Rent next coming due under the Lease until used in full except that no portion of the increase in the Suite 1401 Allowance may be applied to Base Rent. If Tenant requests the increase as provided above, the entire increased amount of the Improvements Allowance must be used for work and materials physically incorporated into the Premises.

5. Upon the termination or expiration of the Lease Term, Tenant shall restore Suite 1401 to building shell condition, including without limitation, the removal of all showers and bathrooms installed by or on behalf of Tenant in Suite 1401, and the restoration of such areas to shell condition.

24.25 If Suite 1402 on the fourteenth (14th) floor of the Building and contiguous to the Premises (“Expansion Space”) becomes available for lease, then Tenant shall have a first right to lease such space on the following terms and conditions. At such time as Landlord has received a letter of intent for the Expansion Space satisfactory to Landlord and the potential tenant named therein which is executed by Landlord and such potential tenant (the “LOI”), Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such LOI and shall provide a copy of the LOI to Tenant (“Landlord’s Notice of LOI”). Tenant shall have a period of five (5) days after receipt of Landlord’s Notice of LOI to give Landlord written notice that Tenant will lease such Expansion Space. If Landlord provides the Landlord’s Notice of LOI and Tenant properly and timely gives Landlord notice that Tenant will lease such space during the initial eighteen (18) months of the Lease Term, then the terms and conditions upon which Tenant shall lease such Expansion Space shall be the terms and conditions of this Lease modified as follows: (i) Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space for the period from the Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date through the end of the then current Lease Year for the Premises shall be the then current Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Premises being paid by Tenant (thereafter Base Rent for the Expansion Space shall be increased on the same day, in the same manner and using the same percentage for increases in Base Rent as applicable to the Premises), (ii) Tenant will receive an improvements allowance of $25.00 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space, and (iii) the first four (4) months of Base Rent due for the Expansion Space only shall be abated. If following the last day of the eighteenth (18 th ) month of the initial Lease Term but prior to the first day of the thirty-sixth (36 th ) month of the initial Lease Term Landlord provides the Landlord’s Notice of LOI and Tenant properly and timely gives Landlord notice that Tenant will lease such Expansion Space, then the terms and conditions upon which Tenant shall lease such Expansion Space shall be the terms and conditions of this Lease modified as follows: (i) Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space for the period from the Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date through the end of the then current Lease Year for the Premises shall be the then current Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Premises being paid by Tenant (thereafter Base Rent for the Expansion Space shall be increased on the same day, in the same manner and using the same percentage for increases in Base Rent as applicable to the Premises (ii) Tenant shall receive an improvements allowance of twenty dollars ($20.00) per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space, and (iii) only the first two (2) months of Base Rent due for the Expansion Space shall be abated. With respect to the Improvements Allowance payable under (ii) above, Tenant may request an additional $5.00 per square foot of Improvements Allowance, and Landlord shall provide the same provided, however, that the Base Rent

 

28.


otherwise payable for the Expansion Space shall increase by an amount equal to the product of (a) $5.00 times (b) the total rentable square footage of the Expansion Space amortized at 10% over the remaining initial Lease Term. No portion of an increase in the Improvements Allowance requested by Tenant under this Section 24.25 may be applied to Base Rent. All of the increase in the Improvements Allowance shall be used for work and materials physically to the first day of the sixtieth (60 th ) month of the initial Lease Term, Landlord provides the Landlord’s Notice of LOI and Tenant properly and timely gives Landlord notice that Tenant will lease the Expansion Space, then the terms and conditions upon which Tenant shall lease such Expansion Space shall be the terms and conditions of this Lease modified as follows: the Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space for the period from the Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date through the end of the then current Lease Year for the Premises shall be the Base Rent per rentable square foot that is then payable for the Premises (thereafter Base Rent for the Expansion Space shall be increased on the same day, in the same manner and using the same percentage for increases in Base Rent as applicable to the Premises), there will be no improvement allowance paid to Tenant and there will be no abatement of Base Rent. If Landlord provides the Landlord’s Notice of LOI and Tenant does not properly or timely give Landlord notice that Tenant will lease such Expansion Space or Tenant gives Landlord notice that Tenant will not lease such Expansion Space, then Tenant shall have no further right hereunder to lease the Expansion Space, provided, however, that if Landlord and the prospective tenant (or an affiliate thereof) under the LOI do not execute a lease for the Expansion Space on the terms set forth in such LOI or the economic equivalent of such terms within ninety (90) days following the date of Landlord’s Notice of LOI, then Tenant shall have one additional opportunity to exercise Tenant’s right to lease the Expansion Space on the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Expansion Space is hereby agreed to be approximately 2,841 rentable square feet. The commencement of the Lease Term as to the Expansion Space (“Expansion Space Commencement Date”) shall be the date Landlord receives Tenant’s written notice that Tenant elects to lease the Expansion Space and upon such date the Expansion Space shall become a part of the Premises. The Rent Commencement Date for the Expansion Space shall be the earlier of (a) ninety (90) days after the Expansion Space Commencement Date and (b) the date Tenant commences beneficial use of the Expansion Space. If the Rent Commencement Date for the Expansion Space is not the first day of a month, then on the Rent Commencement Date for the Expansion Space, Tenant shall pay the Base Rent for the month in which such Rent Commencement Date occurs, calculated at a daily rate of one-thirtieth (l/30 th ) of an installment of the monthly Base Rent for such Expansion Space. Within ten (10) days after Tenant’s notice to Landlord that Tenant is leasing the Expansion Space, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an appropriate amendment to this Lease setting forth the terms and conditions of the lease of the Expansion Space. If an uncured Event of Default (i.e., a breach which has not been cured within the applicable grace period specified in Section 19.1) exists on the date written notice is given to Tenant by Landlord that Tenant is leasing the Expansion Space or at any time thereafter prior to the date the Expansion Space is occupied by Tenant, then, at Landlord’s written election, Tenant’s rights pursuant to this Section shall be of no further force or effect. Tenant shall receive an additional fifteen (15) access cards for entry to the Building and Parking Garage at no cost on the Expansion Space Commencement Date. Replacement access cards or additional access cards shall be provided by Landlord upon Tenant’s request and at Landlord’s standard charge. If at any time thirty percent (30%) or more of the square feet of rentable area of the Premises has been subleased or assigned, then at Landlord’s written election Tenant’s rights

 

29.


pursuant to this Section shall be of no further force or effect. In the event Tenant leases the Expansion Space then Landlord agrees that Tenant will be permitted to eliminate all demising walls on the 14 th floor so that all space leased by Tenant is contiguous, and further in such event Tenant shall be permitted to renovate the rest rooms located on the 14 th floor, in each case subject to Landlord’s approval of the design for such renovations, such approval not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed.

24.26 No Consequential or Indirect Damages. No party shall be liable hereunder for any consequential, indirect or punitive damages and any claim therefor is hereby waived.

* * * *

 

30.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

WITNESS:     LANDLORD:
    8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C.
    By:   8150 Leesburg Pike Manager, Inc.,
    Its:   Manager

/s/

    By:  

/s/ David A. Ross

    Title:   President
    Date:   4/23/2009
WITNESS:     TENANT:
    A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED

/s/ Daniel Ramos

    By:  

/s/ Stephen Trundle

    Title:   President & CEO
    Date:   4/21/2009

 

31.


E XHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN

 

LOGO


E XHIBIT B

RULES

This Exhibit is a part of that certain Deed of Lease dated as of April 21, 2009 (the “Lease”), between 8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED (“Tenant”).

1. Tenant shall not obstruct or use for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises any sidewalk, entrance, passage, court, elevator, vestibule, stairway, corridor, hall or other part of the Building not exclusively occupied by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building and the facilities furnished for common use of the tenants, in such manner as Landlord deems best for the benefit of the tenants generally. Tenant shall not permit the visit to the Premises of persons in such numbers or under such conditions as to interfere with the use and enjoyment of the entrances, corridors, elevators and other public portions or facilities of the Building by other tenants. Tenant shall coordinate in advance with Landlord’s property management department all move-ins, move-outs and deliveries to the Building so that arrangements can be made to minimize such interference. Tenant and its employees shall not use any of the parking spaces designated for use by visitors only or the roof.

2. Tenant shall not place any showcase, mat or other article in any common or public area of the Building.

3. Tenant shall not use any water and wash closet or other plumbing fixture for any purpose other than that for which it was constructed. Tenant shall not place any debris, rubbish, rag or other substance therein.

4. Tenant shall not use any loudspeaker or sound system which may be heard outside the Premises.

5. Tenant shall not bring any bicycle, vehicle, animal, bird or pet of any kind in to the Building. Tenant shall not do or perm it any cooking on the Premises, except for microwave cooking, hot dog and /or popcorn machine and use of coffee and/or soft drink machines by Tenant’s employees for their own consumption. Tenant shall not install any microwave oven or coffee machine in the Premises without Landlord’s prior written approval of such equipment and its location within the Premises. Tenant shall not cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odor to be produced upon or permeate from the Premises.

6. Tenant shall not use any space in the Building for the sale of goods to the public at large or for the sale at auction of goods or property of any kind.

7. Tenant shall not place on a floor a load exceeding the load which such floor was designed to carry. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, position and manner of installation of safes and other heavy items. Landlord shall have the right to repair at Tenant’s expense any damage caused by Tenant’s moving property into or out of the Premises or due to the same being in or upon the Premises or to require Tenant to do the same. Tenant shall not receive into the Building or carry in the elevators any furniture, equipment or bulky item except


as approved by Landlord, and any such furniture, equipment and bulky item shall be delivered only through the designated delivery entrance of the Building and the designated freight elevator. Tenant shall remove promptly from sidewalks adjacent to the Building items delivered for Tenant.

8. Tenant shall not place additional locks or bolts of any kind on any door or window or make any change in any lock or locking mechanism without Landlord’s prior written approval. Tenant shall keep doors leading to common area closed (except for ingress or egress). Upon the termination of its tenancy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all keys furnished to or procured by Tenant, and if any key so furnished is not delivered, then Tenant shall pay the replacement cost thereof. Tenant’s key system shall be separate from that for the rest of the Building.

9. Tenant shall not install or operate in the Premises any equipment that operates on greater than 2 kilowatt power without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent which approval will not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord may condition such consent upon Tenant’s payment of additional rent in compensation for the excess consumption of electricity or other utilities and for the cost of any additional wiring or apparatus that may be occasioned by such equipment in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Lease. Tenant shall not install any equipment of any type or nature that will or may necessitate any changes, replacements or additions to, or changes in the use of, the water system, heating system, plumbing system, air-conditioning system or electrical system of the Premises or the Building, without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. If any equipment of Tenant causes noise or vibration that may be transmitted to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or any tenant in the Building, then Landlord shall have the right to install at Tenant’s expense vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to reduce such noise and vibration to a level satisfactory to Landlord or to require Tenant to do the same.

10. Landlord may exclude from the Building any person who does not properly identify himself to the Building manager on duty. Landlord may require any person admitted to or leaving the Building to register.

11. Tenant shall not use the Premises for lodging.

12. Before closing and leaving the Premises at any time, Tenant shall turn off all lights.

13. Tenant shall not request any employee of the building manager or Landlord to do anything outside of such employee’s regular duties without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant’s special requirements will be attended to only upon application to Landlord. Tenant shall pay for any such special requirements in accordance with the schedule of charges maintained by Landlord from time to time. Tenant shall not employ any employee of the building manager or Landlord for any purpose whatsoever without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

2.


14. Canvassing, soliciting, peddling and loitering in or about the Building are prohibited. Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

15. Only hand trucks equipped with rubber tires and side guards may be used in the Building. Tenant shall be responsible for loss or damage resulting from any delivery made by or for Tenant.

16. Tenant shall comply with standards prescribed by Landlord for curtains, drapes, blinds, shades, screens, lights and ceilings, including standards designed to give the Building a uniform, attractive appearance.

17. Drapes (whether installed by Landlord or Tenant) which are visible from the exterior of the Building shall be cleaned by Tenant at least once a year at Tenant’s expense.

18. Landlord may, upon request of Tenant, waive Tenant’s compliance with any of the rules. A waiver shall not (a) be effective unless signed by Landlord and delivered to Tenant, (b) relieve Tenant from the obligation to comply with such rule in the future unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord, or (c) relieve Tenant from any liability for any loss or damage resulting from Tenant’s failure to comply with any rule.

 

3.


E XHIBIT C

CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS

8150 Leesburg Pike

Vienna, VA 22182

1) General Notes—Tenants must submit the following to 8150 Leesburg Pike, LLC c/o ARC Management LLC, 8150 Leesburg Pike, Suite 1100, Vienna, VA 22182:

Prior to submission for building permit

Tenant must submit a full set of construction drawings including Architectural, Mechanical, Electrical, & Plumbing sheets to ARC Management for review and approval. Modifications to any base building architectural, electrical, mechanical, or plumbing systems will not be permitted unless approved by ARC Management in writing prior to the commencement of any work.

Prior to start of construction activity

General contractor’s contact information including name of project superintendent

Copy of the general contractor’s Virginia state license and bonding capacity.

Subcontractor list including licensing information

Certificate of Insurance issued by the general contractor’s insurer, naming 8150 Leesburg Pike, LLC, Inc. and ARC Management, LLC as additional “insured” with regards to the referenced job.

Copy of Building Permit and approved plans issued Fairfax County and all subsequent trade permits, Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, and Sprinkler.

2) A pre-construction meeting between ARC Management, the Tenant and the general contractor will be required prior to construction. Please call ARC Management to schedule. ARC Management contacts are:

Building Engineer/ Dispatch—Felipe 703-761-9000

Construction Project Manager—Lita Miller 703-760-9500 x151

Property Manager—Randi Halavazis 703-761-9000 x125

3) Tenant is responsible for activities conducted in and around the building on the Tenant’s behalf by contractors, laborers, third party vendors or others. Such activities shall include but not be limited to access to the building, parking, storage, deliveries, trash removal, protection of common areas, loitering and securing the unit and common area doors and windows.

Tenant is responsible for the adherence to these rules, regulations, and procedures by all personnel performing work on its behalf and any violations of these policies shall be enforced by the ARC Management at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant.


Violation of any of the following policies, by any Tenant or his representative, will be a violation and will result in the removal of the offending parties or companies from the premises.

4) Operating Hours

Normal business hours for the building are from 8:00AM to 5:00PM, Monday through Friday and 8:00AM to 1:00 PM, Saturday. No loud or disruptive construction activity will be allowed in the building during these hours. Core drilling must be scheduled before 7:00AM or after 6:00PM and in advance with ARC Management.

5) Elevator Use

Elevator use for construction purposes, i.e. transporting personnel, tools and materials, shall be limited to non-business hours and only with prior written approval of ARC Management. It will be the Tenant’s responsibility to ensure that adequate protection for the elevator is installed including floor, wall and ceiling protection to preserve interior finishes, doors, lighting and calls stations. Any damage to the elevator will be repaired at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

6) Protection of Existing Installations

Tenant is responsible for providing and maintaining adequate protection for all building common area including the parking lot, sidewalks, interior and exterior walls, stairwells, floors, carpets, furniture, fixtures, etc. Protection must be in place prior to start of construction and subject to acceptance by the ARC Management.

7) Roof Penetration & HVAC installation, maintenance and repairs

No roof work or access to the roof to install, maintain or repair HVAC equipment shall be performed without the prior written approval of ARC Management. All work involving roof penetrations shall be performed by the base building roofing subcontractor . Please coordinate with ARC Management. Roof penetrations performed without the approval of ARC Management may result in voiding of the base building warranty. If the roof warranty is voided due to negligence of the tenant the tenant shall be responsible for the sole cost and expense to reinstate or obtain a new warranty. Roof work, including the use of a crane to lift equipment and/or materials to the roof shall be limited to non-business hours or as authorized by ARC Management.

8) Housekeeping

Tenant is responsible for the removal of trash and debris generated by the interior construction of their premises. A haul off dumpster may be used only with the prior written approval of ARC Management for such use and onsite placement.

The Tenant is responsible for maintaining both O.S.H.A. standards for the job site and the cleanliness of the building.

 

2.


No debris will be left in the building or in areas surrounding it. All miscellaneous waste items such as sandwich wrappers, waste foods, milk and soft drink containers, etc. are to be removed from the project immediately.

Under no circumstance is the building’s housekeeping dumpster to be used for construction debris.

ARC Management reserves the right to charge the Tenant for day porter and trash removal expenses as a result of Tenant’s failure to follow these housekeeping rules.

9) Facilities

Tenant is responsible for providing lavatory facilities for all personnel involved in the construction of their interiors.

10) Interruption of Building Services

Tenant will provide a minimum of two (2) days prior notice to ARC Management of any work requiring either the temporary or permanent outage of any of the buildings utilities, such as water, gas, electric, telephone, etc.

Tenant or their representatives will advise ARC Management of any testing or inspections of building systems such as fire alarm and sprinkler systems in their unit.

ARC Management reserves the right to require re-scheduling of such work (including off hour performance) if it presents an undue burden on either the building or its occupants. Additionally, Tenant is responsible for the notification and coordination of any Public Utility entities necessary to secure such an outage.

11) Safety

It is the Tenant’s responsibility to assure that the entire job site and all personnel working there maintain strict compliance with all O.S.H.A., Federal, State, and local regulations concerning worker safety. The Tenant or their representative is responsible for the notification of the proper authorities and supervising organizations for the shut-down of the building’s fire alarm, sprinkler, or other “life safety” service. In no case will such “life safety” systems be left out-of-service over night without the prior written approval of ARC

Management and any shut-down is subject to the requirements outlined in item 8 above.

The storage or staging of equipment, tools or materials in common areas is strictly prohibited.

12) Supervision

Tenant is responsible for providing an on-site general supervisor. This person will be in attendance at all times when work is being performed. The supervisor will be able to answer questions pertaining to the project and be responsible for the compliance with the regulations outlined in this document. Contact information for the Tenant’s established supervisor (including after-hours) will be furnished to ARC Management at the pre-construction meeting (item 2).

 

3.


13) Security

Tenant is responsible for controlling access to the building and the behavior of all personnel operating on their behalf. The Tenant will be responsible for providing access to and securing the building and unit. Access to the electric room, telephone closet, sprinkler room or another unit will be allowed only with prior written approval of ARC Management and subject to accompaniment by an ARC representative.

Tenant is responsible for the security and protection of all materials stored on the job site. ARC Management and its representative are not responsible for loss of equipment and material from the jobsite.

14) Conduct

Tenant is responsible for the conduct of all individuals associated with the construction of their unit. Workmen are not to congregate in any occupied or common area of the property for any reason other than the performance of work related to the construction of the unit.

15) Parking & Deliveries

Tenant is responsible for minimizing the number of vehicles parked onsite by its general contractor and subcontractors. On-site parking will be allowed with prior written approval and only in areas designated by Landlord. Overnight parking is strictly prohibited. Deliveries will be made to the rear lobby entrances or rear suite entry, if applicable. Deliveries are limited to drop off and pick up only. Idling, extended blocking or obstruction of the building’s entrances and drive aisles is strictly prohibited. Delivery of construction materials such as drywall, metal studs, metal ductwork to upper floor units shall be made through a window opening. The use of cranes and scissor lifts are allowed with the prior written approval of Landlord. All materials shall be delivered to the unit. Storage or staging of materials in common areas or outside the building is strictly prohibited.

16) Tie-Ins

Access for utility & life safety systems connection including sanitary, water, fire alarm, venting or fresh air tie in is allowed with prior written approval by ARC Management and work shall take place during non-business hours or as mutually agreed to by the adjacent tenants affected by the work. Tie-ins to the base building fire alarm system must be contracted with Alarm Tech and coordinated with ARC Management.

 

4.


FIRST AMENDMENT TO DEED OR LEASE

T HIS F IRST A MENDMENT T O D EED O F L EASE (this “First Amendment”) is made as of July 21, 2010, between 8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED (“Tenant”).

W HEREAS , by Deed of Lease dated as of April 21, 2009 (the “Lease”), Tenant leased from Landlord certain space in the building located at 8150 Leesburg Pike, Vienna, Virginia (the “Building”), as more particularly described in the Lease.

N OW T HEREFORE , the parties agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms used in this First Amendment that are not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Lease.

2. Expansion Space.

(a) Pursuant to and in accordance with Section 24.25 of the Lease, Tenant has previously exercised its right to lease the Expansion Space (i.e., Suite 1402 consisting of approximately 2,841 rentable square feet).

(b) The term “Expansion Space Commencement Date” is the date of this First Amendment, and effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date: (i) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby lenses from Landlord the Expansion Space; and (ii) the term “Premises” shall include the Expansion Space, and Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease, as modified hereby.

(c) The Lease Term for the Expansion Space shall commence on the Expansion Space Commencement Date and shall expire as and when the Lease Term for the initial Premises expires.

(d) The Rent Commencement Date for the Expansion Space shall be the earlier of (a) ninety (90) days after the Expansion Space Commencement Date, and (b) the date Tenant commences beneficial use of the Expansion Space. Tenant shall be deemed to have commenced beneficial use of the Expansion Space when Tenant begins normal business operations in the Expansion Space. If Tenant is in material breach of any obligation under the Lease or this Amendment, then at Landlord’s written election, Tenant shall not have any right to commence beneficial use of the Expansion Space and Tenant’s rights pursuant to this Paragraph 2 (and Section 24.25 of the Lease) shall be of no further force or effect. If the Rent Commencement Date for the Expansion Space is not the first day of a month, then on the Rent Commencement Date for the Expansion Space, Tenant shall pay the Base Rent for the month in which such Rent Commencement Date occurs, calculated at a daily rate of one-thirtieth (1/30th) of an installment of the monthly Base Rent for such Expansion Space.

(e) Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space for the period from the Rent Commencement Date for the Expansion Space through the end of the then current Lease Year for the Premises shall be the then current Base Rent per rentable square foot of the


Premises being paid by Tenant (thereafter Base Rent for the Expansion Space shall be increased on the same day, in the same manner and using the same percentage for increases in Base Rent as applicable to the Premises), except that the first four (4) full calendar months of Base Rent due for the Expansion Space only shall be abated.

(f) Landlord shall deliver and Tenant shall accept the Expansion Space in its “as is” condition as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, and Landlord is under no obligation to make any Alterations in or to the Expansion Space except as otherwise expressly provided in the Lease.

(g) Landlord shall provide Tenant an allowance (the “Expansion Space Allowance”) of twenty-five dollars ($25.00) per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space. The Expansion Space Allowance is provided in order to help Tenant finance the cost of tenant improvements to the Expansion Space (“Expansion Space Work”). As part of the Expansion Space Work, Tenant shall be permitted: (i) to eliminate all demising walls on the 14th floor of the Building so that all space leased by Tenant on the 14th floor of the Building is contiguous; and (ii) to renovate the restrooms located on the 14th floor of the Building; in each case subject to Landlord’s approval of the design for such renovations, such approval not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed. Landlord shall have no duty to advance any portion of the Expansion Space Allowance until Landlord has approved final working drawings for such Expansion Space Work, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Expansion Space Allowance may be used for any portion of the Expansion Space Work, including, but not limited to, build-out, design, drawings, and CD’s and a reasonable and customary construction management fee of one percent (1%) of total construction costs payable to Landlord, and up to $5.00 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space Allowance may be used to pay the costs of furniture, telecommunications equipment, cabling and wiring. Within thirty (30) days after the written request of Tenant, provided that at the time of Tenant’s written request the Expansion Space Work is substantially complete, as certified by Tenant’s architect and verified by Landlord’s construction manager, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant to date in constructing such Expansion Space Work to the extent of the Expansion Space Allowance, provided: (i) such request is accompanied by a copy of the invoice for such expenses; (ii) copies of all contracts, bills, vouchers, change orders and other information relating to the expenses for which reimbursement is being sought as may be reasonably requested by Landlord shall be made available to Landlord by Tenant; (iii) the work and materials for which payment is requested are substantially in accordance with the final working drawings approved by Landlord; (iv) the work and materials for which payment is requested have been physically incorporated into the Expansion Space, free of any security interest, lien or encumbrance; and (v) Tenant has delivered to Landlord written, unconditional final waivers of mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens against the Expansion Space, the Premises and the Building from all contractors, subcontractors, laborers and material suppliers. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, Landlord shall not be required to reimburse Tenant for any invoice received later than six (6) months following the Rent Commencement Date for the Expansion Space, and any Expansion Space Allowance not spent for the Expansion Space Work or for which payment is not requested by such date by Tenant as aforesaid shall remain the property of Landlord. The Expansion Space Allowance must be used for work and materials physically incorporated into the Expansion Space.

 

2.


(h) Tenant shall receive an additional fifteen (15) access cards for entry to the Building and Garage at no cost within ten (10) days of the Expansion Space Commencement Date. Replacement access cards or additional access cards may be provided by Landlord upon Tenant’s request and at Landlord’s standard charge.

3. Section 24.25 of the Lease is hereby deleted and shall be of no further force or effect.

4. Each party represents and warrants that in connection with this Amendment it has not employed, hired, or dealt with any broker, agent or finder other than Atlantic Realty Associates, Inc. and THOMAS & CO. REALTY ADVISORS LLC d/b/a Thomas & Co.

5. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

6. This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which, together, shall constitute one and the same document. Faxed or emailed signatures will have the same binding effect as original signatures.

[Signatures appear on the following page.]

 

3.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have caused this First Amendment to Deed of Lease to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C.
By:   8150 Leesburg Pike Manager, Inc.,
Manager
By:  

/s/ Stanley M. Barg

Name:   Stanley M. Barg
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Daniel Ramos

Name:   Daniel Ramos
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

4.


SECOND AMENDMENT TO DEED OF LEASE

T HIS S ECOND A MENDMENT T O D EED O F L EASE (this “Second Amendment”) is made as of April 28, 2011, between 8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED (“Tenant”).

W HEREAS , by Deed of Lease dated as of April 21, 2009, as amended by First Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of July 21, 2010 (collectively, the “Lease”), Tenant leased from Landlord certain space in the building located at 8150 Leesburg Pike, Vienna, Virginia (the “Building”), as more particularly described in the Lease.

N OW T HEREFORE , the parties agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms used in this Second Amendment that are not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Lease.

2. Expansion Space.

(a) Suite 1000 is that certain suite of approximately five thousand five hundred forty-four (5,544) square feet of rentable area shown on Exhibit 1. Suite 1020 is that certain suite of approximately one thousand nine hundred thirty-seven (1,937) square feet of rentable area shown on Exhibit 1.

(b) The term “Suites 1000/1020 Commencement Date” is the date of this Second Amendment, and effective as of the Suite 1000/1020 Commencement Date: (i) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord Suites 1000 and 1020; and (ii) the term “Premises” shall include Suites 1000 and 1020, and Tenant’s lease of Suites 1000 and 1020 shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease, as modified hereby.

(c) The Lease Term for Suites 1000 and 1020 shall commence on the Suites 1000/1020 Commencement Date and shall expire as and when the Lease Term for the initial Premises expires.

(d) The Rent Commencement Date for Suites 1000 and 1020 shall be the earlier of (a) ninety (90) days after the Suites 1000/1020 Commencement Date, and (b) the date Tenant commences beneficial use of Suites 1000 and 1020. Tenant shall be deemed to have commenced beneficial use of Suites 1000 and 1020 when Tenant begins normal business operations in Suites 1000 and 1020. If Tenant is in material breach of any obligation under the Lease or this Amendment, then at Landlord’s written election, Tenant shall not have any right to commence beneficial use of Suites 1000 and 1020 and Tenant’s rights pursuant to this Paragraph 2 shall be of no further force or effect. If the Rent Commencement Date for Suites 1000 and 1020 is not the first day of a month, then on the Rent Commencement Date for Suites 1000 and 1020, Tenant shall pay the Base Rent for the month in which such Rent Commencement Date occurs, calculated at a daily rate of one-thirtieth (1/30th) of an installment of the monthly Base Rent for Suites 1000 and 1020.


(e) Base Rent per rentable square foot of Suites 1000 and 1020 for the period from the Rent Commencement Date for Suites 1000 and 1020 through the end of the then current Lease Year for the Premises shall be the then current Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Premises being paid by Tenant (thereafter Base Rent for Suites 1000 and 1020 shall be increased on the same day, in the same manner and using the same percentage for increases in Base Rent as applicable to the Premises), except that the first four (4) full calendar months of Base Rent due for Suites 1000 and 1020 only shall be abated.

(f) Landlord shall deliver and Tenant shall accept Suites 1000 and 1020 in its “as is” condition as of Suites 1000/1020 Commencement Date, and Landlord is under no obligation to make any Alterations in or to Suites 1000 and 1020 except as otherwise expressly provided in the Lease.

(g) Landlord shall provide Tenant an allowance (the “Suites 1000/1020 Allowance”) of twenty-five dollars ($25.00) per rentable square foot of Suites 1000 and 1020. The Suites 1000/1020 Allowance is provided in order to help Tenant finance the cost of tenant improvements to Suites 1000 and 1020 (“Suites 1000/1020 Work”). As part of the Suites 1000/1020 Work, Tenant shall be permitted to eliminate all demising walls in Suites 1000/1020 so that all space leased by Tenant in Suites 1000/1020 is contiguous; in each case subject to Landlord’s approval of the design for such renovations, such approval not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed. Landlord shall have no duty to advance any portion of the Suites 1000/1020 Allowance until Landlord has approved final working drawings for such Suites 1000/1020 Work, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Suites 1000/1020 Allowance may be used for any portion of the Suites 1000/1020 Work, including, but not limited to, build-out, design, drawings, and CD’s and a reasonable and customary construction management fee of one percent (1%) of total construction costs payable to Landlord, and up to $5.00 per rentable square foot of the Suites 1000/1020 Allowance may be used to pay the costs of furniture, telecommunications equipment, ca bling and wiring. Within thirty (30) days after the written request of Tenant, provided that at the time of Tenant’s written request the Suites 1000/1020 Work is substantially complete, as certified by Tenant’s architect and verified by Landlord’s construction manager, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant to date in constructing such Suites 1000/1020 Work to the extent of the Suites 1000/1020 Allowance, provided: (i) such request is accompanied by a copy of the invoice for such expenses; (ii) copies of all contracts, bills, vouchers, change orders and other information relating to the expenses for which reimbursement is being sought as may be reasonably requested by Landlord shall be made available to Landlord by Tenant; (iii) the work and materials for which payment is requested are substantially in accordance with the final working drawings approved by Landlord; (iv) the work and materials for which payment is requested have been physically incorporated into Suites 1000 and 1020, free of any security interest, lien or encumbrance; and (v) Tenant has delivered to Landlord written, unconditional final waivers of mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens against Suites 1000 and 1020, the Premises and the Building from all contractors, subcontractors, laborers and material suppliers. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, Landlord shall not be required to reimburse Tenant for any invoice received later than six (6) months following the Rent Commencement Date for Suites 1000 and 1020, and any Suites 1000/1020 Allowance not spent for the Suites 1000/1020 Work or for which payment is not requested by such date by Tenant as aforesaid shall remain the property of Landlord. The Suites 1000/1020 Allowance must be used for work and materials physically incorporated into Suites 1000 and 1020.

 

2.


(h) Tenant shall receive an additional thirty (30) access cards for entry to the Building and Garage at no cost within ten (10) days of the Suites 1000/1020 Commencement Date. Replacement access cards or additional access cards may be provided by Landlord upon Tenant’s request and at Landlord’s standard charge.

3. Expansion Space.

(a) Suite 1040 is that certain suite of approximately two thousand eight hundred twenty-seven (2,827) square feet of rentable area shown on Exhibit 1. Suite 1050 is that certain suite of approximately one thousand seven hundred forty (1,740) square feet of rentable area shown on Exhibit 1. Suite 1070 is that certain suite of approximately two thousand nine hundred twenty-nine (2,929) square feet of rentable area shown on Exhibit 1.

(b) Each of Suites 1040, 1050 and 1070 shall be leased to Tenant on the same terms and conditions applicable to Suites 1000/1020 except that (1) delivery of such Suites shall not be prior to February 1, 2012, (2) the Rent Commencement Date for each such Suite shall be seventy-five (75) days after the delivery of such Suite (or earlier if Tenant commences beneficial use earlier), (3) the abatement with respect to such Suites shall be two months, (4) the per square foot allowance with respect to such Suites shall be twenty dollars ($20.00), (5) the total access cards for entry to the Building and Garage for such Suites shall be thirty (30), and (6) as part of the improvements to be performed by Tenant, Tenant shall also be allowed to renovate the rest rooms located on the 10 th floor of the building (subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval).

4. Each party represents and warrants that in connection with this Amendment it has not employed, hired, or dealt with any broker, agent or finder other than Atlantic Realty Associates, Inc. and UGL Equis.

5. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

6. This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which, together, shall constitute one and the same document. Faxed or emailed signatures will have the same binding effect as original signatures.

[Signatures appear on the following page.]

 

3.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have caused this Second Amendment to Deed of Lease to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C.
By:   8150 Leesburg Pike Manager, Inc.,
Manager
By:  

/s/ Stanley M. Barg

Name:   Stanley M. Barg
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Daniel Ramos

Name:   Daniel Ramos
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

4.


THIRD AMENDMENT TO DEED OF LEASE

T HIS T HIRD A MENDMENT T O D EED O F L EASE (this “Third Amendment”) is made as of January 10, 2012, between 8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED (“Tenant”).

W HEREAS , by Deed of Lease dated as of April 21, 2009, as amended by First Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of July 21, 2010, and as amended by Second Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of April 28, 2011 (collectively, the “Lease”), Tenant leases from Landlord certain space in the building located at 8150 Leesburg Pike, Vienna, Virginia (the “Building”), as more particularly described in the Lease.

N OW T HEREFORE , the patties agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms used in this Third Amendment that are not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Lease.

2. Tenant shall be permitted, at Tenant’s cost, to remove the existing carpet in the elevator lobby area located on the 14 th floor of the Building and install floor tile or carpet containing the Tenant’s name and logo, substantially in accordance with Exhibit 1 attached to this Amendment. If Tenant has not performed such removal and installation within six (6) months after the date of this Amendment, then at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to perform such removal and installation shall be void and of no further force and effect. The provisions of Sections 8.1 and 9.4 of the Lease (including without limitation Tenant’s obligations to: maintain, repair and replace; perform in a good, work manlike manner; use new materials; discharge liens; etc.) shall be applicable to such removal and installation. Prior to the earlier of: (a) the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, or (b) the date Tenant fails to lease or occupy the entire 14 th floor of the Building: Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense restore the elevator lobby area to a condition similar to the other elevator lobby areas located within the Building as of the date of such restoration, as reasonably determined by Landlord (or, at Landlord’s option, Landlord may perform such restoration at Tenant’s expense). Tenant’s aforesaid duty to restore shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

3. Each party represents and warrants that in connection with this Third Amendment it has not employed, hired, or dealt with any broker, agent or finder.

4. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Third Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which, together, shall constitute one and the same document. Faxed or emailed signatures will have the same binding effect as original signatures.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have caused this Third Amendment to Deed of Lease to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C.
By:   8150 Leesburg Pike Manager, Inc.,
Manager
By:  

/s/ Stanley M. Barg

Name:   Stanley M. Barg
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Daniel Ramos

Name:   Daniel Ramos
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

2.


E XHIBIT 1

Plans for Renovations

 

 

LOGO


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO DEED OF LEASE

T HIS F OURTH A MENDMENT T O D EED O F L EASE (this “Fourth Amendment”) is made as of June 5, 2012, between 8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED (“Tenant”).

W HEREAS , by Deed of Lease dated as of April 21, 2009, as amended by First Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of July 21, 2010, and as amended by Second Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of April 28, 2011, and as amended by Third Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of January 10, 2012 (the “Third Amendment,” and all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Lease”), Tenant leases from Landlord certain space in the building located at 8150 Leesburg Pike, Vienna, Virginia (the “Building”), as more particularly described in the Lease.

N OW T HEREFORE , the parties agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms used in this Fourth Amendment that are not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Lease.

2. (a) For purposes of Paragraph 3.b(1) of the Third Amendment, delivery of each of Suites 1040, 1050 and 1070 shall be deemed to have occurred on February 1, 2012.

(b) For purposes of Paragraph 3.b(2) of the Third Amendment, the Rent Commencement Date for each of Suites 1040, 1050 and 1070 shall be deemed to have occurred on April 16, 2012.

3. Each party represents and warrants that in connection with this Fourth Amendment it has not employed, hired, or dealt with any broker, agent or finder other than UGL Services – Equis Operations.

4. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Fourth Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which, together, shall constitute one and the same document. Faxed or emailed signatures will have the same binding effect as original signatures.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have caused this Fourth Amendment to Deed of Lease to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C.
By:   8150 Leesburg Pike Manager, Inc.,
Manager
By:  

/s/ Stanley M. Barg

Name:   Stanley M. Barg
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Daniel Ramos

Name:   Daniel Ramos
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

2.


FIFTH AMENDMENT TO DEE D OF LEASE

T HIS F IFTH A MENDMENT T O D EED O F L EASE (this “Fifth Amendment”) is made as of December 7, 2012, between 8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED (“Tenant”).

W HEREAS , by Deed of Lease dated as of April 21, 2009, as amended by First Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of July 21, 2010, and as amended by Second Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of April 28, 2011, and as amended by Third Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of January 10, 2012, and as amended by Fourth Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of June 5, 2012 (the “Fourth Amendment,” and all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Lease”), Tenant leased from Landlord certain space in the building located at 8150 Leesburg Pike, Vienna, Virginia (the “Building”), as more particularly described in the Lease.

N OW T HEREFORE , the parties agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms used in this Fifth Amendment that are not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Lease.

2. Expansion Space.

(a) Commencing on the Suite 1210 Commencement Date (defined below), Landlord shall lease to Tenant and Tenant shall lease from Landlord additional space on the twelfth (12 th ) floor of the Building containing approximately two thousand seven hundred twenty-three (2,723) square feet of rentable area shown on Exhibit 1 (“Suite 1210”). From and after the Suite 1210 Commencement Date, the term “Premises” shall include Suite 1210 (and shall contain a total of thirty-two thousand six hundred eighty-four [32,684] square feet of rentable area), and Suite 1210 shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Lease, as modified hereby. The Lease Term for Suite 1210 shall expire as and when the current Lease Term for the remainder of the Premises expires (i.e., August 31, 2016).

(b) The “Suite 1210 Commencement Date” means the earlier of (i) the date the Landlord’s Suite 1210 Work (defined below) is deemed substantially complete as reasonably determined by Landlord or Landlord’s architect, or (ii) the date Tenant commences beneficial use of Suite 1210. Tenant shall be deemed to have commenced beneficial use of Suite 1210 when Tenant begins normal business operations in Suite 1210. If Tenant is in material breach of any obligation under the Lease or this Fifth Amendment, then at Landlord’s written election until such breach has been cured, Tenant shall not have any right to commence beneficial use of Suite 1210 and Tenant’s rights pursuant to this Paragraph 2 shall be of no further force or effect. Anything to the contrary contained in this Lease notwithstanding: (A) the substantial completion of Landlord’s Suite 1210 Work and the delivery of Suite 1210 to Tenant is anticipated to occur on or about December 31 , 2012; provided, however, if Suite 1210 is not delivered by such date, then Landlord shall not have any liability whatsoever, and this Fifth Amendment shall not be rendered voidable, on account thereof; (B) Tenant acknowledges that a portion of Suite 1210 (for the egress corridor referenced in Paragraph 2(c) below) is presently leased or otherwise occupied by a tenant/occupant whose term has not expired or who has not yet vacated Suite 1210 (as may be applicable); (C) the delivery of Suite 1210 and the Suite 1210 Commencement Date are


expressly subject to and contingent upon such tenant/occupant in fact vacating such portion of Suite 1210 and Landlord regaining lawful possession of the entirety of Suite 1210; and (D) if any Law requires an occupancy or use permit for Suite 1210, then Landlord shall initially obtain such permit at Landlord’s cost and deliver a copy thereof to Tenant, and thereafter Tenant shall keep current such permit at Tenant’s cost. The foregoing in this Section notwithstanding, if Suite 1210 is not delivered to Tenant in the condition required by this Amendment on or before April 30, 2013, then any time thereafter, Tenant and Landlord shall each have the right to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the non-terminating party (“Termination Notice”), and such right to terminate shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy; provided, however, if Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant prior to the expiration of the aforesaid thirty (30) day period, then any such Termination Notice (whether delivered by Landlord or Tenant) shall be deemed withdrawn, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

(c) Suite 1210 shall be delivered by Landlord and accepted by Tenant in “as is” condition, and Landlord is under no obligation to make any Alterations in or to Suite 1210; except that prior to the Suite 1210 Commencement Date, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense (all of the following in this sentence, collectively, “Landlord’s Suite 1210 Work”), construct a slab-to-slab egress corridor within Suite 1210 for improved access to the common areas of the twelfth (12 th ) floor of the Building, and make any lighting relocation, HVAC redistribution including smoke/fire dampers and any other Building system adjustment that may be required by applicable Laws as a result of building the new corridor. The foregoing Landlord’s Suite 1210 Work shall be accomplished using Building standard methods, materials and finishes. Within two (2) business days after Landlord’s request from time to time, Tenant shall provide any additional information and decisions pertaining to Landlord’s Suite 1210 Work requested by Landlord, and if Tenant fails to respond within the time required, then Landlord may make such decisions pertaining to Landlord’s Suite 1210 Work on behalf of Tenant. Tenant’s taking possession of Suite 1210 shall constitute acknowledgment that Suite 1210 is in good condition and that all Landlord’s Suite 1210 Work is satisfactory, except as to any defective or incomplete item that is described in a written notice given by Tenant to Landlord not later than five (5) days after the day Tenant takes possession. Tenant shall have no right to make any Alteration in Suite 1210 until Tenant submits such notice. Within thirty (30) days after receiving Tenant’s notice (to the extent reasonably practical in light of the defective or incomplete item), Landlord will correct and complete any defective or incomplete item described in such notice which Landlord’s architect or engineer confirms is in fact defective or incomplete.

(d) From and after the Suite 1210 Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Base Rent for Suite 1210 based on the then current Base Rent rate per square foot applicable to the remainder of the Premises (which, as of the date of this Fifth Amendment, is twenty-eight dollars [$28.00] per square foot of rentable area), and thereafter Base Rent for Suite 1210 shall be increased as and when Base Rent for the remainder of the Premises is increased. If the Suite 1210 Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a month, then the first installment of Base Rent for Suite 1210 shall be prorated at a daily rate, using as the numerator the number of days in the month containing the Suite 1210 Commencement Date from and after (i.e., including) the Suite 1210 Commencement Date, and using as the denominator thirty (30) days. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Base Rent for Suite 1210 for the first two (2) full calendar months after the Suite 1210 Commencement Date only shall be abated.

 

2.


(e) On the Suite 1210 Commencement Date, Tenant’s proportionate share (and all charges based upon the rentable square footage of the Premises) shall be adjusted upward as provided for in the Lease (including, without limitation, as provided for in Sections 5.1(a) and 5.2(a) of the Lease). The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s proportionate share of Operating Charges and Real Estate Taxes with respect to Suite 1210 shall not commence until January 1, 2014 (and such obligation from the date of this Amendment through December 31, 2013 shall be abated, but only with respect to Suite 1210).

(f) Tenant shall receive an additional twenty (20) access cards for entry to the Building and Garage at no cost within ten (10) days of the Suite 1210 Commencement Date. Replacement access cards or additional access cards may be provided by Landlord upon Tenant’s request and at Landlord’s standard charge. The foregoing and anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Fifth Amendment notwithstanding: (i) Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has received from Landlord access cards in excess of the three (3) per one thousand (1,000) ratio set forth in the first sentence of Section 23.1 of the Lease (“Ratio”); and (ii) Landlord reserves the right, upon no less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, and only if required to provide adequate parking at the same Ratio to other tenants and occupants of the Building, to recapture access cards from Tenant that are in excess of the Ratio, and Tenant shall return such excess cards to Landlord within ten (10) business days after receipt of such notice from Landlord.

3. Each party represents and warrants that in connection with this Amendment it has not employed, hired, or dealt with any broker, agent or finder other than Atlantic Realty Associates, Inc. (representing Landlord) and DTZ (representing Tenant) (collectively, the “Amendment Brokers”). Landlord agrees to pay the Amendment Brokers their respective commissions and/or fees in connection with this Amendment pursuant to one or more separate agreement(s) by and between Landlord and the Amendment Brokers.

4. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which, together, shall constitute one and the same document. Faxed or emailed signatures will have the same binding effect as original signatures.

[Signatures appear on the following page.]

 

3.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have caused this Fifth Amendment to Deed of Lease to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C.
By:   8150 Leesburg Pike Manager, Inc.,
Its:   Manager
By:  

/s/ Stanley M. Barg

Name:   Stanley M. Barg
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Daniel Ramos

Name:   Daniel Ramos
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

4.


E XHIBIT 1

Suite 1210


 

LOGO


SIXTH AMENDMENT TO DEED OF LEASE

T HIS S IXTH A MENDMENT T O D EED O F L EASE (this “Sixth Amendment”) is made as of March 12, 2013, between 8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED (“Tenant”).

W HEREAS , by Deed of Lease dated as of April 21, 2009, as amended by First Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of July 21, 2010, and as amended by Second Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of April 28, 2011, and as amended by Third Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of January 10, 2012, and as amended by Fourth Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of June 5, 2012, and as amended by Fifth Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of December 7, 2012 (collectively, the “Lease”), Tenant leases from Landlord certain space in the building located at 8150 Leesburg Pike, Vienna, Virginia (the “Building”), as more particularly described in the Lease.

N OW T HEREFORE , the parties agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms used in this Sixth Amendment that are not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Lease.

2. Tenant shall be permitted, at Tenant’s cost, to remove the existing carpet in the elevator lobby area located on the 10 th floor of the Building and install floor tile or carpet containing the Tenant’s name and logo, substantially in accordance with Exhibit 1 attached to this Sixth Amendment. If Tenant has not performed such removal and installation within six (6) months after the date of this Sixth Amendment, then at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to perform such removal and installation shall be void and of no further force and effect. The provisions of Sections 8.1 and 9.4 of the Lease (including without limitation Tenant’s obligations to: maintain, repair and replace; perform in a good, workmanlike manner; use new materials; discharge liens; etc.) shall be applicable to such removal and installation. Prior to the earlier of: (a) the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, or (b) the date Tenant fails to lease or occupy the entire 10 th floor of the Building; Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense restore the elevator lobby area to a condition similar to the other elevator lobby areas located within the Building as of the date of such restoration, as reasonably determined by Landlord (or, at Landlord’s option, Landlord may perform such restoration at Tenant’s expense). Tenant’s aforesaid duty to restore shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

3. Each party represents and warrants that in connection with this Sixth Amendment it has not employed, hired, or dealt with any broker, agent or finder.

4. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Sixth Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which, together, shall constitute one and the same document. Faxed or emailed signatures will have the same binding effect as original signatures.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have caused this Sixth Amendment to Deed of Lease to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C.
By:   8150 Leesburg Pike Manager, Inc.,
Manager
By:  

/s/ Stanley M. Barg

Name:   Stanley M. Barg
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Daniel Ramos

Name:   Daniel Ramos
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

2.


E XHIBIT 1

Plans for Renovations

 

 

LOGO


SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO DEED OF LEASE

T HIS S EVENTH A MENDMENT T O D EED O F L EASE (this “Amendment”) is made as of May 29, 2013, between 8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED (“Tenant”).

W HEREAS , by Deed of Lease dated as of April 21, 2009, as amended by First Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of July 21, 2010, and as amended by Second Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of April 28, 2011, and as amended by Third Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of January 10, 2012, and as amended by Fourth Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of June 5, 2012, and as amended by Fifth Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of December 7, 2012 (the “Fifth Amendment”), and as amended by Sixth Amendment to Deed of Lease dated as of March 12, 2013 (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Lease”), Tenant leases from Landlord certain space in the building located at 8150 Leesburg Pike, Vienna, Virginia (the “Building”), as more particularly described in the Lease.

N OW T HEREFORE , the parties agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms used in this Amendment that are not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Lease.

2. The Fifth Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety and shall be of no further force and effect.

3. Expansion Space.

(a) Commencing on the Suite 1210/1230 Commencement Date (defined below), Landlord shall lease to Tenant and Tenant shall lease from Landlord additional space on the twelfth (12 th ) floor of the Building containing approximately: (i) three thousand six hundred sixty-six (3,666) square feet of rentable area shown on Exhibit 1 (“Suite 1230”); and (ii ) two thousand seven hundred twenty-three (2,723) square feet of rentable area shown on Exhibit 1 (“Suite 1210,” and together with Suite 1230, collectively, “Suite 1210/1230”). From and after the Suite 1210/1230 Commencement Date, the term “Premises” shall include Suite 1210/1230 (and shall contain a total of thirty-six thousand three hundred fifty [36,350] square feet of rentable area), and Suite 1210/1230 shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Lease, as modified hereby. The Lease Term for Suite 1210/1230 shall expire as and when the current Lease Term for the remainder of the Premises expires (i.e., August 31, 2016).

(b) The “Suite 1210/1230 Commencement Date” means the earlier of (i) the date possession of Suite 1210/1230 is delivered to (or refused by) Tenant, or (ii) the date Tenant commences beneficial use of Suite 1210/1230. Tenant shall be deemed to have commenced beneficial use of Suite 1210/1230 when Tenant begins normal business operations in Suite 1210/1230. If Tenant is in material breach of any obligation under the Lease or this Amendment, then at Landlord’s written election until such breach has been cured, Tenants hall not have any right to commence beneficial use of Suite 1210/1230 and Tenant’s rights pursuant to this Paragraph 3 shall be of no further force or effect. Anything to the contrary contained in this Lease notwithstanding, if any Law requires an occupancy or use permit for Suite 1210/1230, then Tenant shall initially obtain such permit at Tenant’s cost and deliver a copy thereof to Landlord, and thereafter Tenant shall keep current such permit at Tenant’s cost.


(c) Suite 1210/1230 shall be delivered by Landlord and accepted by Tenant in “as is” condition, and Landlord is under no obligation to make or pay for any Alterations in or to Suite 1210/1230; except that prior to the Suite 1210/1230 Commencement Date, Landlord shall remove from Suite 1210/1230 all of the prior occupant’s moveable personal property (e.g., tables, chairs and other furnishings). At the end of the Lease Term, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove any Alterations from Suite 1210/1230 that exist at the time Landlord initially delivers possession of Suite 1210/1230 to Tenant.

(d) From and after the Suite 1210/1230 Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Base Rent for Suite 1210/1230 based on the then current Base Rent rate per square foot applicable to the remainder of the Premises (which, as of the date of this Amendment, is twenty-eight dollars [$28.00] per square foot of rentable area), and thereafter Base Rent for Suite 1210/1230 shall be increased as and when Base Rent for the remainder of the Premises is increased. If the Suite 1210/1230 Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a month, then the first installment of Base Rent for Suite 1210/1230 shall be prorated at a daily rate, using as the numerator the number of days in the month containing the Suite 1210/1230 Commencement Date from and after (i.e., including) the Suite 1210/1230 Commencement Date, and using as the denominator thirty (30) days. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Base Rent for Suite 1210/1230 for the first two (2) full calendar months after the Suite 1210/1230 Commencement Date only shall be abated.

(e) On the Suite 1210/1230 Commencement Date, Tenant’s proportionate share (and all charges based upon the rentable square footage of the Premises) shall be adjusted upward as provided for in the Lease (including, without limitation, as provided for in Sections 5.1(a) and 5.2(a) of the Lease). The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s proportionate share of Operating Charges and Real Estate Taxes with respect to Suite 1210/1230 shall not commence until January 1, 2014 (and such obligation from the date of this Amendment through December 31, 2013 shall be abated, but only with respect to Suite 1210/1230).

(f) Tenant shall receive an additional forty (40) access cards for entry to the Building and Garage at no cost within ten (10) days of the Suite 1210/1230 Commencement Date. Replacement access cards or additional access cards may be provided by Landlord upon Tenant’s request and at Landlord’s standard charge. The foregoing and anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Amendment notwithstanding: (i) Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has received from Landlord access cards in excess of the three (3) per one thousand (1,000) ratio set forth in the first sentence of Section 23.1 of the Lease (“Ratio”); and (ii) Landlord reserves the right, upon no less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, and only if required to provide adequate parking at the same Ratio to other tenants and occupants of the Building, to recapture access cards from Tenant that are in excess of the Ratio, and Tenant shall return such excess cards to Landlord within ten (10) business days after receipt of such notice from Landlord.

 

2.


4. Each party represents and warrants that in connection with this Amendment it has not employed, hired, or dealt with any broker, agent or finder other than Atlantic Realty Associates, Inc. (representing Landlord) and DTZ (representing Tenant) (collectively, the “Amendment Brokers”). Landlord agrees to pay the Amendment Brokers their respective commissions and/or fees in connection with this Amendment pursuant to one or more separate agreement(s) by and between Landlord and the Amendment Brokers.

5. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

6. This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which, together, shall constitute one and the same document. Faxed or emailed signatures will have the same binding effect as original signatures.

[Signatures appear on the following page.]

 

3.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have caused this Seventh Amendment to Deed of Lease to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

8150 L EESBURG P IKE , L.L.C.
By:   8150 Leesburg Pike Manager, Inc.,
Its:   Manager
By:  

/s/ Stanley M. Barg

Name:   Stanley M. Barg
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Daniel Ramos

Name:   Daniel Ramos
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

4.


E XHIBIT 1

Suite 1230

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.2

EXECUTION

DEED OF OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

MARSHALL PROPERTY LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

(“LANDLORD”)

AND

ALARM.COM INCORPORATED , a Delaware corporation

(“TENANT”)


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

1.

  BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND LIST OF EXHIBITS      1   

2.

  LEASE GRANT      5   

3.

  TERM      5   

4.

  ADJUSTMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE; POSSESSION      5   

5.

  RENT      6   

6.

  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]      14   

7.

  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; USE      14   

8.

  BUILDING SERVICES:      16   

9.

  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING:      18   

10.

  LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS      21   

11.

  REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS      22   

12.

  LIENS      23   

13.

  ENTRY BY LANDLORD      23   

14.

  INDEMNITY AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS      24   

15.

  INSURANCE      25   

16.

  SUBROGATION      26   

17.

  CASUALTY DAMAGE      27   

18.

  CONDEMNATION      28   

19.

  EVENTS OF DEFAULT      28   

20.

  REMEDIES:      29   

21.

  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY:      30   

22.

  SUBORDINATION TO MORTGAGES; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE      31   

23.

  NOTICES      32   

24.

  SURRENDER OF PREMISES      32   

25.

  HOLDING OVER      32   

26.

  MISCELLANEOUS      33   

27.

  OFAC COMPLIANCE      35   

28.

  PARKING      36   

29.

  SECTION 55-218.1 DESIGNATION      38   


DEED OF OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS INSTRUMENT IS AN INDENTURE OF LEASE in which the Landlord and the Tenant are the parties hereinafter named, and which relates to space in the building known as 8281 Greensboro Drive, Tysons, Virginia 22102.

The parties to this instrument hereby agree with each other as follows:

1. Basic Lease Provisions and List of Exhibits.

1.01 Introduction

The following sets forth the basic terms of this Lease, and, where appropriate, constitutes definitions of certain terms used in this Lease.

1.02 Basic Data

 

Execution Date:    August 8, 2014
Landlord:    MARSHALL PROPERTY LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
Landlord’s Notice Address(es):   

c/o Beacon Capital Partners, LLC

200 State Street, 5th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

 

with a copy to:

 

Spartin Planning, PLLC

1421 Prince Street, Suite 200 Alexandria, VA 22314

Tenant:    ALARM.COM INCORPORATED , a Delaware corporation
Tenant’s Notice Addresses:   

Prior to occupancy of the Premises:

8150 Leesburg Pike, Suite 1400

Vienna, VA 22182,

Attention: Karen Mills

 

After occupancy of the Premises:

8281 Greensboro Drive Tysons, Virginia 22102

Attention: Karen Mills

Premises:    A portion of the rentable area on the first (1st) floor (known as Suites 100 and 150), and the entire rentable area on each of the ninth (9th), tenth (10th), and eleventh (11th) floors, of the Building (known as Suite 1100), in accordance with the floor plans annexed hereto as Exhibit A (two pages) and incorporated herein by reference. The Premises shall be known as Suite 1100.
Total Rentable Area of the Premises:    An aggregate of an “agreed upon” and stipulated eighty-two thousand seven hundred fifty-eight (82,758) rentable square feet, comprised of twelve thousand two hundred


   seventy-nine (12,279) rentable square feet on the first (1st) floor (the “First Floor Space” ), and twenty-three thousand four hundred ninety-three (23,493) rentable square feet on each of the ninth (9th), tenth (10th), and eleventh (11th) floors.
Building:    For the purposes of this Lease, the “Building” shall mean the building commonly known as 8281 Greensboro Drive, Tysons, Virginia, 22102 as the same may be altered, expanded, reduced or otherwise changed by Landlord from time to time.
Total Rentable Area of the Building:    257,824 square feet
Property:    The parcel(s) of land on which the Building is located and the other improvements thereon (including the Building, Garage, driveways and landscaping).
Term or Lease Term:    A period of one hundred thirty-five (135) calendar months commencing on the Commencement Date (plus the partial month, if any, immediately following the Commencement Date), and terminating on the Expiration Date, unless extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.
Delivery Date:   

Subject to Section 4.01 of the Lease, the date on which the Premises are made available to Tenant in their “as-is where-is” condition, broom clean and free of personal property. Landlord shall be responsible to ensure that the Base Building Systems (as hereinafter defined) serving the Premises are in good working order as of the Delivery Date.

 

The estimated Delivery Date is one (1) business day following the date this Lease is fully executed and delivered.

Commencement Date:    The later to occur of (a) the date the Initial Alterations are substantially complete (as hereafter defined), and (b) March 1, 2015, but in no event later than April 1, 2015 (the “Outside Commencement Date” ).
Expiration Date:    The date that is one hundred thirty-five (135) months (plus the partial month, if any, if the Commencement Date occurs on other than the first day of a month) after the Commencement Date.
Lease Year:    A twelve-(12)-month period beginning on the Commencement Date or an anniversary of the Commencement Date, except that if the Commencement Date does not fall on the first day of a calendar month, then the first Lease Year shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of the month containing the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and each succeeding Lease Year shall begin on the day following the last day of the prior Lease Year. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the last Lease Year shall end on the Expiration Date.

 

2.


Base Rent:    An amount equal to the product of (a) the number of square feet of rentable area in the Premises, multiplied by (b) the Base Rent Per Rentable Square Foot of the Premises in effect from time to time {as defined below).

 

Lease Year

   Base Rent Per Rentable
Square Foot of Premises
     Monthly Installment of
Base Rent
     Annual Base Rent  

Commencement Date - end of Lease Year 1*

   $ 30.50       $ 210,343.25       $ 2,524,119.00   

2*

   $ 31.11       $ 214,550.12       $ 2,574,601.38   

3

   $ 31.73       $ 218,825.95       $ 2,625,911.34   

4

   $ 32.36       $ 223,170.74       $ 2,678,048.88   

5

   $ 33.01       $ 227,653.47       $ 2,731,841.58   

6

   $ 33.67       $ 232,205.16       $ 2,786,461.86   

7

   $ 34.34       $ 236,825.81       $ 2,841,909.72   

8

   $ 35.03       $ 241,584.40       $ 2,899,012.74   

9

   $ 35.73       $ 246,411.95       $ 2,956,943.34   

10

   $ 36.44       $ 251,308.46       $ 3,015,701.52   

11

   $ 37.17       $ 256,342.91       $ 3,076,114.86   

12 (partial)

   $ 37.91       $ 261,446.32       $ 3,137,355.78   

 

* subject to abatement as provided below

 

   Provided no Default then exists, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the Base Rent for the first ten (10) full calendar months following the Commencement Date (the Full Base Rent Abatement Period ), and (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the Base Rent for the eleventh (11th) through and including the twentieth (20th) full calendar months following the Commencement Date (the Partial Base Rent Abatement Period ) (the Full Base Rent Abatement Period and the Partial Base Rent Abatement Period collectively referred to as the Rent Abatement Periods ). The total amount of Base Rent abated during the Rent Abatement Periods is referred to as the “Abated Base Rent.” During the Rent Abatement Periods, only Base Rent shall be abated, and all Additional Rent and other costs and charges specified in the Lease shall remain as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of the Lease.

 

3.


Base Years:   

For Expenses: Calendar Year 2016

For Taxes: Calendar Year 2016

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share:   

For Expenses: a fraction, the numerator of which is the Total Rentable Area of the Premises (82,758) and the denominator of which is the Total Rentable Area of the Building (257,824), which is equal to 32.10%

 

For Taxes: a fraction, the numerator of which is the Total Rentable Area of the Premises (82,758) and the denominator of which is the Total Rentable Area of the Building (257,824), which is equal to 32.10%

Allowance:    Up to an amount equal to the product of (a) Seventy-Five Dollars ($75.00), multiplied by (b) the number of square feet of rentable area in the Premises (82,758), the product of which equals Six Million Two Hundred Six Thousand Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($6,206,850.00).
Guarantor:    BCSP V U.S. INVESTMENTS, L.P. guarantees Landlord’s obligation to pay the Allowance pursuant to that certain Guaranty of Lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit N.
Initial Alterations:    See attached Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C .
Permitted Use:    General office purposes, including ancillary equipment support functions, customer service support, light assembly and testing and related lawful uses that are consistent with comparable quality office buildings located in the Tysons, Virginia submarket in close proximity to a metro station (the “Market Area” ).
Broker:   

Landlord’s Broker: Cassidy Turley

Tenant’s Broker: DTZ Americas, Inc., an Illinois corporation

Security Deposit:    None.
Landlord’s Service Partner:   

CT Corporation System

4701 Cox Road, Suite 301

Glen Allen, VA 23060

Guarantor of Tenant’s Obligations under this Lease:    None.

1.03 List of Exhibits

The following Exhibits attached hereto are a part of this Lease, are incorporated herein by reference, and are to be treated as a part of this Lease for all purposes.

 

Exhibit A    Outline and Location of Premises
Exhibit B    Location of Tenant’s Reserved Parking Spaces

 

4.


Exhibit C    Work Letter
Exhibit C-1    Building Shell Description
Exhibit D    Commencement Date Agreement
Exhibit E    Building Rules and Regulations
Exhibit F    Additional Provisions
Exhibit G    HVAC Specifications
Exhibit H    Locations for Generator
Exhibit I    Current Mortgagee’s form of SNDA
Exhibit J    Janitorial Specifications
Exhibit K    Dog Policy Guidelines
Exhibit L    Approved Logo for Signage
Exhibit M    Location of Storage Space
Exhibit N    Form of Guaranty of Lease (Landlord’s obligation to pay Allowance)

2. Lease Grant. The Premises are hereby leased to Tenant from Landlord, together with the right to use any portions of the Property that are from time to time designated by Landlord for the common use of tenants and others (the “Common Areas” ). Nothing contained herein shall affect Landlord’s right to add to, subtract from, or alter the Common Areas, so long as the same does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s access to the Premises or increase Tenant’s Pro Rata Share as set forth in Section 1.02. The parties acknowledge and stipulate that the total rentable square footage of the Premises and the Building is eighty-two thousand seven hundred fifty-eight (82,758) rentable square feet and Two Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand and Eight Hundred Twenty-Four (257,824) rentable square feet, respectively, as determined by Landlord’s architect in accordance with the Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA) Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, Z65.1 - 1996 as approved June, 1996.

3. Term. The “Term” of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the Expiration Date as stated in Section 1.02, unless extended or terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. Once the Commencement Date has been determined, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, in which shall be stated the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date.

4. Adjustment of Commencement Date; Possession.

4.01 The Premises shall be made available to Tenant on or about the estimated Delivery Date so that Tenant may begin to complete the Initial Alterations (as defined in Exhibit C) in accordance with this Lease. All access to the Building shall be coordinated through the property manager and/or the Building engineer. All of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply from and after the Delivery Date, except that Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any utility, service or other item in excess of those customarily provided to or for the benefit of a premises as necessary to perform initial improvement work thereto. The Initial Alterations shall be performed by Tenant pursuant to Exhibit C attached hereto and shall be deemed to be “Substantially Complete” on the date that all of the Initial Alterations have been performed, other than any details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any other similar matter, the non-completion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. If the Delivery Date does not occur within ten (10) business days after the date this Lease is fully executed and delivered (the “Abatement Trigger Date” ), then, as its sole and

 

5.


exclusive remedy therefor (except as provided in the following paragraph) Landlord shall grant to Tenant a rent abatement equal to the per diem Base Rent, Tax Excess and Expense Excess payable during the first Lease Year for each day during the period commencing on the day following the Abatement Trigger Date and continuing through the day preceding the Delivery Date (to be applied immediately following the Rent Abatement Periods). For the purposes of this Lease, Landlord shall be deemed to have given Tenant possession to the Premises at such time as Landlord provides Tenant with full and unencumbered access to the entire Premises (by making access devices available to Tenant), the Premises are in broom-clean condition, vacant and free of all tenancies or other occupants.

To the extent that Tenant is delayed in causing the Initial Alterations to be Substantially Complete solely and directly because of a Landlord Delay (as hereinafter defined), the date set forth in clause (b) of the definition of Commencement Date (and the Outside Commencement Date, as applicable) shall be extended on a day for day basis for each day of such Landlord Delay. The term “Landlord Delay” shall mean a delay in Tenant’s ability to Substantially Complete the Initial Alterations, which delay is caused solely and directly by: (i) the failure by Landlord to deliver the Premises by the Abatement Trigger Date; (ii) the failure of by Landlord to deliver the Premises in the condition required under this Lease; or (iii) the failure by Landlord to deliver the required written authorizations, approvals or disapprovals required of Landlord within the time periods specified in Exhibit C (except to the extent such approvals are deemed granted). Tenant shall use good faith efforts to mitigate the effect of any Landlord Delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Landlord Delay shall occur until (i) Tenant shall have given Landlord written notice of such Landlord Delay, which notice shall state with particularity the nature of the delay, and (ii) such delay is not cured by Landlord within two (2) business days following Landlord’s receipt of such notice.

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Premises are currently in “shell condition” as defined on Schedule I to Exhibit C attached hereto. The Premises are accepted by Tenant in “as-is” condition and configuration without any representations or warranties by Landlord, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease; provided, however, that all cabling and telecom wiring from prior tenants of the Premises shall have been removed. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant agrees that the Premises are in good order and satisfactory condition. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, all of the provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, all insurance, indemnity and utility provisions) shall apply during such early access period prior to the Commencement Date, except that during such period (a) Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Rent, and (b) Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any utility, service or other item in excess of those customarily provided to or for the benefit of a premises in order for Tenant to perform the Initial Alterations.

5. Rent.

5.01 Tenant shall pay Landlord, without any setoff or deduction, unless expressly set forth in this Lease, all Base Rent, Storage Space Rent (as hereinafter defined), and Additional Rent (as hereinafter defined) due for the Term (collectively referred to as “Rent” ). Tenant shall pay to Landlord along with each monthly installment of Base Rent an amount equal to the Storage Space Rent as defined in Paragraph 8 of Exhibit F hereto. “Additional Rent” means all sums (exclusive of Base Rent) that Tenant is required to pay Landlord under this

 

6.


Lease. Tenant shall pay and be liable for all rental, sales and use taxes (but excluding income taxes), if any, imposed upon or measured by Rent. Base Rent and recurring monthly charges of Additional Rent shall be due and payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month without notice or demand, provided that the installment of Base Rent for the first full calendar month of the Term shall be payable upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant. All other items of Rent shall be due and payable by Tenant on or before thirty (30) days after billing by Landlord. Rent shall be paid pursuant to instructions delivered by Landlord to Tenant from time to time, and shall be made by good and sufficient check or by other means acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall pay Landlord an administration fee equal to five percent (5%) of all past due Rent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on two (2) occasions in any twelve (12) month period, Tenant shall have five (5) business days after receipt of written notice from Landlord to make such payment to Landlord before such administration fees are charged to Tenant with respect thereto. Landlord’s acceptance of less than the correct amount of Rent shall be considered a payment on account of Rent due. Rent for any partial month during the Term shall be prorated. No endorsement or statement on a check or letter accompanying payment shall be considered an accord and satisfaction. Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent is independent of every other covenant in this Lease. If any Rent or other charge is payable for a partial calendar month or partial calendar year during the Term, such amount shall be prorated on a per diem basis for such partial calendar month or partial calendar year during the Term.

5.02 Payment of Expenses and Taxes .

A. From and after the first anniversary of the Commencement Date Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the amount, if any, by which Expenses (as hereinafter defined) for each calendar year during the Term exceed Expenses for the Base Year (the Expense Excess” ) and also the amount, if any, by which Taxes (as hereinafter defined) for each calendar year during the Term exceed Taxes for the Base Year (the “Tax Excess” ). If Expenses or Taxes in any calendar year decrease below the amount of Expenses or Taxes for the Base Year, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses or Taxes, as the case may be, for that calendar year shall be $0. Landlord shall provide Tenant with a good faith estimate of the Expense Excess and of the Tax Excess for each calendar year during the Term based on generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied from one year to the next. On or before the first day of each month, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a monthly installment equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Landlord’s estimate of both the Expense Excess and Tax Excess. After its receipt of any revised estimate, Tenant’s monthly payments shall be based upon the revised estimate. If Landlord does not provide Tenant with an estimate of the Expense Excess or the Tax Excess by January 1 of a calendar year, Tenant shall continue to pay monthly installments based on the previous year’s estimate(s) until Landlord provides Tenant with the new estimate.

B. Within approximately 150 days following the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a statement of the actual Expenses and Expense Excess and the actual Taxes and Tax Excess for the prior calendar year, which statement shall be broken down into categories of expenses. If the estimated Expense Excess or estimated Tax Excess for the prior calendar year is more than the actual Expense Excess or actual Tax Excess for the prior calendar year, Landlord shall either provide Tenant with a refund or apply any overpayment by Tenant against Additional Rent due or next becoming due, provided that, if the Term expires

 

7.


before the determination of the overpayment, Landlord shall refund any overpayment to Tenant after first deducting the amount of Rent due. If the estimated Expense Excess or estimated Tax Excess for the prior calendar year is less than the actual Expense Excess or actual Tax Excess for such prior calendar year, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the statement of actual Expenses or actual Taxes, any underpayment for the prior calendar year. At Landlord’s reasonable discretion (in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied), Landlord may amortize any Expense that is not incurred on an annual basis over a reasonable number of calendar years, rather than passing through the entire cost of such Expense in the calendar year in which such Expense was incurred.

5.03 Expenses .

A. “Expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred in each calendar year in connection with operating, maintaining, repairing, and managing the Building and the Property. Expenses include, without limitation: (a) all labor and labor-related costs; (b) commercially reasonable management fees as compared with Comparable Buildings for comparable services (but during the initial Lease Term in no event more than three percent (3%) of the gross revenue of the Building); (c) the cost of equipping, staffing and operating an on-site and/or off-site management office for the Building (up to a maximum of 2,000 rentable square feet), provided that, if the management office services one or more other buildings or properties, the shared costs and expenses of equipping, staffing and operating such management office(s) shall be equitably prorated and apportioned between the Building and the other buildings or properties, and the fair market rental value of any Building conference room available for use by the office tenants of the Building; (d) accounting costs; (e) the cost of services and amenities, including, without limitation the fitness facility and rooftop terrace; (f) rental and purchase cost of parts, supplies, tools and equipment; (g) insurance premiums and deductibles; (h) electricity, gas and other utility costs; (i) all costs incurred by Landlord to comply with Laws first applicable to the Building after the Execution Date hereof; and (j) the Annual Charge Off Amount of capital expenditures made by Landlord for repairs and maintenance and other capital expenditures which other capital expenditures either (1) are required to comply with Laws first applicable to the Building after the Execution Date hereof, or (2) in Landlord’s reasonable business judgment, are projected to reduce Expenses after taking into account the amortization thereof permitted to be included in Expenses hereunder. “Annual Charge-Off” shall be defined as the annual amount of principal and interest payments which would be required to repay a loan ( “Capital Loan” ) in equal monthly installments over the Useful Life, as hereinafter defined, of the capital item in question on a level payment direct reduction basis at an annual interest rate equal to the Capital Interest Rate, as hereinafter defined, where the initial principal balance is the cost of the capital item in question. However, if Landlord reasonably concludes on the basis of engineering estimates that a particular capital expenditure will effect savings in Building operating costs including, without limitation, energy-related costs, and that such projected savings will, on an annual basis ( “Projected Annual Savings” ), exceed the Annual Charge-Off of such capital expenditure computed as aforesaid, then and in such event, the Annual Charge-Off shall be increased to an amount equal to the Projected Annual Savings; and in such circumstances, the increased Annual Charge-Off (in the amount of the Projected Annual Savings) shall be made for such period of time as it would take to fully amortize the cost of the capital item in question, together with interest thereon at the Capital Interest Rate as aforesaid, in equal monthly payments, each in the amount of one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Projected Annual Savings, with

 

8.


such payments being applied first to interest and the balance to principal. “Useful Life” shall be reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices in effect at the time of acquisition of the capital item. “Capital Interest Rate” shall be defined as an annual rate of either three percentage points over the so-called Wall Street Journal prime rate at the time the capital expenditure is made or, if the capital item is acquired through third-party financing, then the actual (including fluctuating) rate paid by Landlord in financing the acquisition of such capital item. Landlord, by itself or through an affiliate, shall have the right to directly perform, provide and be compensated for any services under this Lease. If Landlord incurs Expenses for the Building or Property together with one or more other buildings or properties, whether pursuant to a reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or otherwise, the shared costs and expenses shall be equitably prorated and apportioned between the Building and Property and the other buildings or properties.

B. Expenses shall not include:

(a) principal and interest payments (including, without limitation, points, fees and reserves) of any mortgage and other non-operating debts of Landlord and rental under any ground lease;

(b) costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Building (including, without limitation, brokerage commissions, transfer taxes, recording costs and taxes, title insurance premiums, fees and costs, and escrow fees and costs);

(c) costs of renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating space for tenants or other occupants of the Building;

(d) costs in connection with leasing space in the Building, including brokerage commissions, advertising and promotional expenditures; and lease concessions, rental abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants; or

(e) attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with prospective tenants or tenants or other occupants of the Building;

(f) the cost or expense of any services or benefits provided generally to other tenants in the Building and not provided or available to Tenant;

(g) depreciation or amortization (except as set forth above with respect to capital expenditures);

(h) sums (other than management fees, it being agreed that the management fees included in Expenses are as described in Section 2.A above) paid to subsidiaries or other affiliates of Landlord for services on or to the Property, Building and/or Premises, but only to the extent that the costs of such services exceed the competitive cost for such services rendered by persons or entities of similar skill, competence and experience;

 

9.


(i) replacement or contingency reserves or any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

(j) wages, salaries, or other compensation paid to any executive employees above the grade of general manager, except that if any such employee performs a service which would have been performed by an outside consultant, the compensation paid to such employee for performing such service shall be included in Expenses, to the extent only that the cost of such service does not exceed competitive cost of such service had such service been rendered by an outside consultant;

(k) Landlord’s charitable and political contributions;

(l) all costs of purchasing major sculptures, paintings or other major works or objects of art (as opposed to decorations purchased or leased by Landlord for display in the Common Areas of the Building);

(m) any expenses for which Landlord has received actual reimbursement (other than through Expenses);

(n) advertising and promotional expenditures;

(o) costs incurred (less costs of recovery) for any items to the extent such amounts are, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, recoverable by Landlord under a manufacturer’s, materialman’s, vendor’s or contractor’s warranty, indemnity or surety bonds, guaranties or insurance proceeds from Landlord’s insurance policies (or, if Landlord failed to maintain the insurance required to be maintained by Landlord hereunder, such proceeds as Landlord would have received had Landlord maintained the requisite insurance);

(p) costs of a capital nature except as expressly permitted herein;

(q) the cost of testing, remediation, removal, transportation or storage of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 7.02) in, on or under the Building required by environmental Laws, provided however, that with respect to the testing, remediation or removal of (i) any material or substance located in, on or under the Building on the Execution Date and which, as of the Execution Date, is not considered, as a matter of law, to be a Hazardous Material, but which is subsequently determined to be a Hazardous Material as a matter of law, and (ii) any material or substance located in, on or under the Building after the Execution Date and which, when placed in, on or under the Building was not considered, as a matter of law, to be a Hazardous Material, but which is subsequently determined to be a Hazardous Material as a matter of law, the costs thereof may be included in Expenses, subject, however, to the limitations on capital expenditures as provided herein;

 

10.


(r) costs incurred for operation and maintenance of any retail areas of the Building, or compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord;

(s) costs incurred solely and directly on account of the violation by Landlord or any other tenant or occupant in the Building of the terms and conditions of any lease or occupancy agreement with Landlord, which costs would not otherwise constitute Expenses;

(t) costs and expenses incurred by Landlord to correct any noncompliance with Laws applicable to the common and public areas of the Building which are in effect and applicable to the Building as of the date hereof; and

(u) general corporate overhead and administrative expenses of Landlord or its managing agent that are unrelated to the operation, management, repair or maintenance of the Building.

C. If at any time during a calendar year (including the Base Year) the Building is not at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied or Landlord is not supplying services to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Total Rentable Area of the Building, Expenses that vary with occupancy shall be determined as if the Building had been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied and Expenses shall be determined as if Landlord had been supplying services to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Total Rentable Area of the Building.

D. For purposes of determining Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses, the amount of Controllable Expenses (hereinafter defined) included in Expenses for any calendar year shall not exceed the lesser of (a) the actual amount of such Controllable Expenses for the calendar year in question, or (b) the Controllable Expenses Cap, as hereinafter defined, for such calendar year. The “Controllable Expenses Cap” for each calendar year shall be calculated by multiplying the actual amount of Controllable Expenses for the prior calendar year times one hundred five percent (105%). In the event that in any calendar year the increase in Controllable Expenses over the Controllable Expenses for the immediately preceding calendar year is less than the Controllable Expenses Cap for such year, any shortfall shall be carried forward to later calendar years allowing Landlord to raise the Controllable Expenses Cap for such years (provided that the average increase during the Term does not exceed 5% per year). “Controllable Expenses” shall be defined as all Expenses excluding the following expenses, premiums for Landlord’s insurance, snow and ice control and removal, Taxes or any other tax or governmental or quasi-governmental assessment, costs of repairs and maintenance incurred to comply with Laws first applicable to the Building after the Execution Date hereof, and electricity, water and other utility costs.

5.04 Taxes. “Taxes” shall mean: (a) all real property taxes and other assessments on the Building and/or Property, including, but not limited to, vault taxes, gross

 

11.


receipts taxes, assessments for special improvement districts and building improvement districts, governmental charges, fees and assessments for police, fire, traffic mitigation or other governmental service of purported benefit to the Property, taxes and assessments levied in substitution or supplementation in whole or in part of any such taxes and assessments and the Property’s share of any real estate taxes and assessments under any reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or similar agreement as to the Property; (b) all personal property taxes for property that is owned by Landlord and used in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Property; (c) all taxes, or similar charges, imposed upon Landlord or the Building related to the metro rail system and/or as the result of any transportation assessment or district created by any governmental or quasi-governmental entity; (d) all costs and fees incurred in connection with seeking reductions in or appeals of any tax liabilities described in (a) and (b). Without limitation, Taxes shall not include any income, rental, excess profits or revenue, capital levy, transfer, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance tax. If a change in Taxes is obtained for any year of the Term during which Tenant paid Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any Tax Excess, then Taxes for that year will be retroactively adjusted, and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit, if any, based on the adjustment. Likewise, if a change is obtained for Taxes for the Base Year, Taxes for the Base Year shall be restated, and the Tax Excess for all subsequent years shall be recomputed. Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any such increase in the Tax Excess within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of a statement from Landlord.

5.05 Tenant’s Right to Examine Records. Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.05, provided there does not then exist a Default by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost and expense, to examine all documentation and calculations prepared in the determination of Expense Excess:

(i) Tenant shall have the right to make such examination no more than once in respect of any period in which Landlord has given Tenant a statement of the actual amount of Expenses (the “Expenses Statement” ). Tenant shall have no right to examine all documentation and calculations pursuant to this Section unless Tenant has paid the amount shown on the Expenses Statement. Tenant shall exercise such right by giving Landlord written notice (the “Documentation Request” ) no more than two hundred seventy (270) days after Landlord gives Tenant an Expenses Statement in respect of such period (the “Documentation Request Due Date” ). If Tenant has not objected to any Expenses Statement within two hundred seventy (270) days after Landlord has given it to Tenant, then Tenant shall have no further rights under this Section 5.05 with respect to such Expenses Statement.

(ii) Such documentation and calculations shall be made available to Tenant at the offices where Landlord keeps such records during normal Business Hours within a reasonable time after Landlord receives a Documentation Request. Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “Documentation Availability Notice” ) when such documents and calculations are available for examination.

(iii) Such examination (the “Examination” ) may be made only by a nationally or regionally recognized independent certified public accounting firm (a “Major CPA Firm” ), or by another certified public accounting firm reasonably approved by Landlord, in either case licensed to do business in the jurisdiction where the Building is located. Without limiting

 

12.


Landlord’s approval rights with respect to an examiner that is not a Major CPA Firm, Landlord may withhold its approval of any examiner of Tenant who is representing, or in the case of an examiner other than a Major CPA Firm has within the last two (2) years prior to Tenant’s request represented, any other tenant in the Building or in other buildings owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord. In no event shall Tenant use any examiner who is being paid by Tenant on a contingent fee basis.

(iv) As a condition to performing any such Examination, Tenant and its examiner(s) shall be required to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, agreeing to keep confidential any information which it discovers about Landlord or the Building in connection with such examination. Without limiting the foregoing in the case of an examiner other than a Major CPA Firm, such examiner(s) shall be required to agree that it will not represent any other tenant in the Building or in other buildings owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord.

(v) The Examination shall be commenced within thirty (30) days after Landlord delivers the Documentation Availability Notice and shall be concluded within sixty (60) days of its commencement. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written report (the “Report” ) from its examiner summarizing the results of the Examination not later than the earlier to occur of (a) five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Report and (b) ninety-five (95) days after Landlord delivers the Documentation Availability Notice (the earlier of such dates, the “Report Due Date” ).

(vi) If Tenant delivers the Report to Landlord on or before the Report Due Date, and if Tenant disagrees with the Expenses Statement, Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith for thirty (30) days (the “Expenses Negotiation Period” ) to agree on a resolution.

(vii) If Landlord and Tenant have not agreed on a resolution within the Expenses Negotiation Period, then Tenant may request that the matter be determined by arbitration by giving Landlord written notice (the “Expenses Arbitration Request” ) within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Expenses Negotiation Period ( “Arbitration Request Due Date” ), in which case the matter shall be submitted to arbitration.

(viii) If, after the Examination with respect to any calendar year, it is finally determined that: (a) Tenant has made an overpayment on account of Expense Excess, Landlord shall promptly refund such overpayment (less any amount then due to Landlord from Tenant) directly to Tenant. If such overpayment is determined after the termination or expiration of the Term, Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant the amount of such overpayment less any amounts then due from Tenant to Landlord; or (b) Tenant has made an underpayment on account of Expense Excess, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of such determination, pay such underpayment to Landlord; and (c) if the amount of Expenses was overstated by more than five percent (5%), Landlord shall pay Tenant’s reasonable out-of-pocket cost for such audit within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of paid invoices evidencing direct third party costs actually incurred in connection with such audit, up to a maximum of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) per year.

 

13.


(ix) Time is of the essence of the provisions of this Section 5.05. Should Tenant fail to give Landlord the Documentation Request by the Documentation Request Due Date, or the Report by the Report Due Date, or the Expenses Arbitration Request by the Arbitration Request Due Date, then in any such case Tenant shall have no further right to question said Expenses, and the amounts shown on Landlord’s Expenses Statement shall be final as between the parties.

5.06 Landlord shall not recover from Tenant increases in Expenses and Taxes for any calendar year which, when added to the total amount of additional rent payable by all tenants of the Building on account of Expenses and Taxes for such year, will exceed the actual amount of Expenses incurred by and Taxes assessed to Landlord for such year. Expenses shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied from year to year as such principles are generally applied in the real estate industry. Landlord agrees to retain its books and records with respect to Expenses for a period of at least three (3) years from the date Landlord submits an Expense Statement to Tenant.

6. [Intentionally Omitted].

7. Compliance with Laws; Use.

7.01 The Premises shall be used for the Permitted Use and for no other use whatsoever. Tenant shall comply with all federal, state and municipal statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any governmental authority, quasi-governmental authority, or association body which has the authority to regulate the Premises, the Building or the Property, whether in effect now or later, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (collectively, “Law(s)” ), regarding the operation of Tenant’s business and the use, condition, configuration and occupancy of the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with any Laws that relate to the Base Building (as hereinafter defined), but only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Tenant’s use of the Premises, other than for general office use, or Alterations (defined in Section 11.03) or improvements in the Premises performed or requested by Tenant (however Tenant shall not be responsible for such compliance if the requirement is triggered solely because it had been grandfathered until future improvements were made). “Base Building” shall include the structural portions of the Building, the public restrooms, public corridors, public water fountains, and public Building entrances, and the Building mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located. Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with copies of any notices it receives regarding an alleged violation of Law. It shall be Landlord’s responsibility at Landlord’s expense (subject to reimbursement if and to the extent permitted pursuant to Article 5 above) to comply at all times with all applicable provisions of Laws, including without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereto as well as any American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ( “ASHRAE” ) standards or guidelines that have been adopted as local code requirements with respect to the Base Building HVAC systems that enter or serve the Premises but not including the normal HVAC distribution within the Premises (which compliance shall be Tenant’s responsibility), with respect to the Common Areas and the Base Building which are not Tenant’s responsibility, as aforesaid. Tenant shall, comply with the rules and regulations of the Building

 

14.


attached as Exhibit E (the “Rules and Regulations” ) and such other reasonable rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time, including rules and regulations for the performance of Alterations; provided that prior written notice of any amendment or modification to the Rules and Regulations is given to Tenant and such amendment or modification (i) does not materially interfere with the Tenant’s right to use the Premises in accordance with the Permitted Use, and (ii) does not materially increase Tenant’s cost of operations or Tenant’s monetary obligations to Landlord under this Lease. Landlord shall not be obligated to enforce the Rules and Regulations against any person, provided, however, that Landlord shall not discriminate against Tenant in the enforcement thereof. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Lease and the Rules and Regulations, the terms of this Lease shall prevail.

7.02 (a) The term “Hazardous Materials” means any substance, material, or waste which is now or hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous, toxic, or dangerous under any Law relating to pollution or the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment, or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or in the Building.

(b) Tenant shall not use, generate, store, or dispose of, or permit the use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises or the Building except in a manner and quantity necessary for the ordinary performance of Tenant’s business for the Permitted Use, and then in compliance with all Laws. If Tenant breaches its obligations under this Article 7, Landlord may immediately take any and all action reasonably appropriate to remedy the same if and to the extent required by applicable Laws, including taking all appropriate action to clean up or remediate any contamination resulting from Tenant’s use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord and its representatives and agents from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and cost of cleanup and remediation) caused by Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article 7; provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant be liable for consequential, indirect or punitive damages on account of any such failure, nor for matters for which Landlord is insured or required to be insured. This indemnity provision shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease for a period of two (2) years.

(c) Landlord represents that as of the Execution Date hereof it has not received any notice of violation of any environmental Laws with respect to the Building (including the Premises) which remains uncured. Landlord shall remove or remediate (or cause the responsible party to remove and/or remediate) all Hazardous Materials either (i) existing in the Building (including the Premises) on the Delivery Date if and to the extent required by applicable Laws in effect as of the Delivery Date, or (ii) used, stored or disposed of on or about the Building during the Term by any party other than Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties if and to the extent required by applicable Laws. Tenant shall not be required to bear any portion of Landlord’s remediation expenses except that if such Hazardous Materials were not in violation of applicable Laws at the time they were placed in the Building, then the cost of such remediation shall be included as an Expense (subject to the limitation on capital expenses as provided in Article 5 above). Landlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from and against any and all claims, suits, liabilities, expenses, attorneys’ fees, damages, costs, fines and penalties, including without limitation actual and reasonable remediation costs incurred or

 

15.


suffered by Tenant due to Landlord’s violation of its obligations under this Section 7.02(c) or the presence of Hazardous Materials used, stored or released by Landlord in or about the Building in violation of applicable environmental Laws; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be liable for consequential, indirect or punitive damages, nor for matters for which Tenant is insured or required to be insured. This indemnity provision shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease for a period of two (2) years.

7.03 Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall maintain the exterior, interior and image of the business being operated in the test house that may be included in the First Floor Space pursuant to Exhibit C attached hereto, to be used as a demonstration area, and all merchandise, presentation and window treatments, in a manner consistent with the first class image and use of the Building by Landlord for professional offices and retail. Tenant at all times shall (i) operate the Test House in a manner so as not to cause annoyance or interference to other tenants or occupants of the Building; (ii) maintain a decor, physical layout, and displays in the Test House in conformance with Tenant’s conceptual design plans, which are subject to Landlord’s approval pursuant to Exhibit C hereto; (iii) subject to Tenant’s rights in Paragraph 9 of Exhibit F attached hereto, ensure that no signage whatsoever is affixed to or visible from the glass doors, windows or any other surface that is visible from the exterior of the Test House; and (v) maintain a high standard of cleanliness throughout the Test House. Following Landlord’s approval thereof in accordance with this Lease, any proposed change in the signage or decor that is visible from the exterior of the Test House shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold consent to any such proposed change that Landlord determines is not in keeping with the first class nature of the Building.

(b) Tenant shall not place or maintain any merchandise or other articles in any area outside of the Premises, or on the sidewalks, corridors or other common areas of the Building.

8. Building Services:

8.01 Landlord shall manage and operate the Building at a level commensurate with other similar first class office buildings of comparable age, size, location and quality in the Market Area ( Comparable Buildings ), and in doing so shall furnish Tenant with the following services: (a) water for use in the Base Building lavatories; (b) heat and air conditioning ( HVAC ) in accordance with the specifications attached hereto as Exhibit G in season on Mondays-Fridays (excluding Building Holidays) during Business Hours, as hereinafter defined; provided that (1) if Tenant requests the same in writing by noon on the preceding Friday Landlord shall provide HVAC on Saturdays (excluding Building Holidays) during Business Hours at no additional charge, other than including such costs in Expenses), and (2) Tenant shall have the right to receive HVAC service during other hours by paying Landlord’s then standard charge (without markup for profit) for additional HVAC service so long as Tenant requests same by notice to Landlord (via email or such other electronic means as Landlord may direct) not later than noon. on the day of such overtime usage (for after-hours use on weekdays that are not Building Holidays) or noon on Friday (for after-hours use on weekends); (c) standard janitorial service in accordance with the specifications attached hereto as Exhibit J to the Premises and the Common Areas on business days (provided, however, that unless approved or otherwise

 

16.


requested by Tenant, Landlord shall not permit its cleaning and janitorial personnel to access the Premises prior to 7:00 p.m. on any business day); (d) elevator service (with at least one (1) elevator in operation at all times, except in the event of an emergency or as otherwise required by applicable law); (e) electricity in accordance with the terms and conditions in Section 8.02; and (f) such other services as Landlord reasonably determines are necessary or appropriate for the Property and are consistent with the services being provided by Comparable Buildings (collectively, Building Services ). Landlord hereby represents to Tenant that, as of the Execution Date of this Lease, the charge for additional HVAC service is $70.00 per hour per floor, or $35.00 per hour per wing on any particular floor (in all events subject to Landlord’s right, from time to time, to increase such charge to reflect direct increases in the cost of providing such services). Business Hours shall be defined as Mondays-Fridays (other than Building Holidays, as hereinafter defined) during the hours between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m. and on Saturdays (other than Building Holidays) during the hours between 9:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m. Building Holidays shall include New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans’ Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

8.02 Landlord shall provide electric current at all times (except in the event of emergency or force majeure events or conditions or as otherwise required by applicable law) at no charge (except for inclusion in Expenses as set forth in Article 5 hereof) to Tenant in the following quantities: 4 watts per rentable square foot for plugs and hardwired equipment (excluding Base Building HVAC loads) and 1 watt per rentable square foot for lights, for a total of 5 watts per rentable square foot.

8.03 Tenant agrees that it will not make any material change or addition to the electrical equipment in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

8.04 Tenant shall not use electrical service in excess (whether in voltage, rated capacity, use beyond Business Hours or overall load) of the amounts set forth in Section 8.02. Landlord shall have the right to measure electrical usage by commonly accepted methods. If it is determined that Tenant is using excess electricity, Tenant will pay Landlord for the actual cost of such excess. If Tenant is unable to take curative measures to eliminate such excess electricity usage within thirty (30) days after Landlord notifies Tenant of such excess usage, Tenant will be responsible for any cost to meter or submeter Tenant’s electrical consumption.

8.05 Landlord’s failure to furnish any utility, or any interruption, diminishment or termination of utility services (collectively, a Service Failure ) shall not render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant, entitle Tenant to an abatement of Rent, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease. However, if, as a result of a Service Failure that is reasonably within the control of Landlord to correct, the Premises (or any portion thereof) are made untenantable for a period longer than three (3) consecutive business days after Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of such failure, then Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall be entitled to receive an abatement of Rent payable hereunder during the period beginning on the day Tenant notified Landlord in writing and ending on the day the service has been restored. If the entire Premises are not made untenantable by the Service Failure, the amount of abatement shall be equitably prorated.

 

17.


8.06 So long as Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable security program for the Building, Tenant shall have access to the Premises and (for monthly pass holders) the Garage twenty-four (24) hours per day, three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year, during the Term of this Lease, except in an emergency. The Building is currently accessed by an electronic access system wherein tenants are permitted access to the Building by presenting electronic access cards at the electronic card readers. Landlord shall initially provide access cards to Tenant without charge in an amount equal to five (5) cards for each 1,000 rentable square feet in the Premises; additional cards (or replacements for lost cards) are available on Tenant’s request at Landlord’s standard charge therefor (currently $12 per card).

9. Assignment and Subletting:

9.01 Tenant shall not assign, sublease, transfer or encumber any interest in this Lease or allow any third party to use or occupy any portion of the Premises (collectively or individually, a “Transfer” ) without Landlord’s prior written consent in accordance with this Article 9, which consent shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the approval standards set forth in this Article 9. Any attempted Transfer in violation of this Article is voidable by Landlord. In no event shall any Transfer release or relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Lease.

9.02 Tenant shall provide Landlord with financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for the last (2) years for any proposed transferee, a fully executed copy of the proposed assignment, sublease or other Transfer documentation, and a description of the proposed use and business of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and, with respect to assignees, such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the required information and documentation, Landlord shall either: (a) consent to the Transfer (by executing a consent agreement in a form reasonably designated by Landlord); or (b) reasonably refuse to consent to the Transfer in writing. Landlord agrees to approve or disapprove any proposed sublease or assignment (the reasons for which disapproval shall be explained in reasonable detail in Landlord’s disapproval notice to Tenant) within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s request therefor and all other documentation required to be delivered to Landlord in connection therewith. If Landlord fails to respond to Tenant within such twenty (20) day period and Landlord also fails to respond to Tenant within five (5) days after Landlord’s receipt of a second written request for Landlord’s approval, which second request is delivered after the expiration of the aforesaid twenty (20) day period and states in bold capital letters that the request will be deemed approved in accordance with Article 9 of the Lease if Landlord fails to respond in five (5) business days, then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such sublease or assignment in accordance with the Landlord’s standard consent form. Tenant shall pay Landlord a review fee of One Thousand Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($1,500.00) for Landlord’s review of any requested Transfer provided Tenant executes Landlord’s standard form of consent to sublease or consent to assignment, as applicable. Such review fee shall be deemed to be Additional Rent under this Lease. The review fee shall not apply in connection with a sublease or assignment pursuant to Section 9.05 below.

9.03 Except for an assignment or sublease to a Permitted Successor or to an Affiliated Entity, as defined in Section 9.05 below, Tenant shall pay Landlord fifty percent

 

18.


(50%) of all rent and other consideration which Tenant receives as a result of a Transfer that is in excess of the Rent payable to Landlord for the portion of the Premises and Term covered by the Transfer. Tenant shall pay Landlord for Landlord’s share of the excess within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the excess. Tenant may first deduct from the excess all reasonable and customary out-of-pocket third party transaction costs directly incurred by Tenant attributable to the Transfer, excluding the cost of any vacancy period or “downtime” , but specifically including construction costs, marketing costs, tenant allowances, free or abated rent, attorneys’ fees and brokerage commissions. If Tenant is in Default, Landlord may require that all sublease payments be made directly to Landlord, in which case Tenant shall receive a credit against Rent in the amount of Tenant’s share of payments received by Landlord, The provisions of this Section 9.03 shall not apply in connection with a sublease or assignment pursuant to Section 9.05 below.

9.04 Except for an assignment or sublease to a Permitted Successor or to an Affiliated Entity, as defined in Section 9.05 below, and provided that in the case of a proposed sublease, the proposed sublease (together with all other subleases then in effect) is for fifty percent (50%) or more of the Premises then demised to Tenant under the Lease and is for a term that is for substantially all or all of the then-remaining term of the Term of the Lease (a “Triggering Sublease” ), then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease contained:

(a) Tenant shall, prior to offering or advertising the Premises for a Triggering Sublease or this Lease for assignment give Landlord a Recapture Offer, as hereinafter defined.

(b) For the purposes hereof, a “Recapture Offer” shall be defined as a notice in writing from Tenant to Landlord which:

 

  (i) States that Tenant desires to enter into a Triggering Sublease or to assign its interest in this Lease.

 

  (ii) Offers to Landlord to terminate this Lease.

(c) Landlord shall have thirty (30) days to accept a Recapture Offer. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, if Landlord accepts a Recapture Offer, then Tenant shall have the right, for a period of five (5) business days after receipt of such notice, to withdraw (by written notice to Landlord) Tenant’s Recapture Offer. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Landlord does not timely give written notice to Tenant accepting a Recapture Offer, or if Tenant was not obligated to give Landlord a Recapture Offer, in the case of a sublease that is not a Triggering Sublease, then Landlord agrees that it will not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to a sublease of all or a portion of the Premises, or an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, as the case may be, to a Qualified Transferee, as hereinafter defined.

(d) For the purposes hereof, a “Qualified Transferee” shall be defined as a person, firm or corporation which, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion:

(i) is financially responsible and of good reputation; and

(ii) is engaged in a business, the functional aspects of which, with respect to the Premises, are similar to the use of other premises made by other office space tenants in the Building.

 

19.


(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.04 contained:

(i) If Tenant is in Default of its obligations under this Lease at the time that it makes the aforesaid offer to Landlord, such default shall be deemed to be a “reasonable” reason for Landlord withholding its consent to any proposed subletting or assignment; and

(ii) If Tenant does not enter into a sublease with a subtenant (or an assignment to an assignee, as the case may be) approved by Landlord, as aforesaid, on or before the date which is two hundred forty (240) days after the earlier of: (x) the expiration of said sixty (60) day period, or (y) the date that Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord will not accept Tenant’s offer to terminate or suspend this Lease, then Landlord shall have the right arbitrarily to withhold its consent to any subletting or assignment proposed to be entered into by Tenant after the expiration of said two hundred forty (240) day period unless Tenant again offers, in accordance with this Section 9.04, either to terminate or to suspend this Lease in respect of the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet (or in respect of the entirety of the Premises in the event of a proposed assignment, as the case may be). If Tenant shall make any subsequent offers to terminate or suspend this Lease pursuant to this Section 9.04, any such subsequent offers shall be treated in all respects as if it is Tenant’s first offer to suspend or terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 9.04, provided that the period of time Landlord shall have in which to accept or reject such subsequent offer shall be fifteen (15) days.

9.05 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, provided there does not exist a Default by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall have the right, to assign its interest in this Lease or to sublease the Premises, or any portion thereof, to an Affiliated Entity, as hereinafter defined, so long as such entity is of a financial condition comparable to that of Tenant as of the Execution Date of this Lease and provided such entity remains in such relationship to Tenant, and provided that prior to or simultaneously with such assignment or sublease, such Affiliated Entity executes and delivers to Landlord an Assumption Agreement, as defined below. For the purposes hereof, an “Affiliated Entity” shall be defined as any entity which is controlled by, is under common control with, or which controls Tenant. For the purposes hereof, control shall mean the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty (50%) percent of the beneficial interest of the entity in question. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is hereby expressly understood and agreed however, provided there does not exist a default by Tenant under this Lease, if Tenant is a business entity, that the assignment or transfer of this Lease, and the Term and estate hereby granted, to any business entity into which Tenant is merged or with which Tenant is consolidated, which business entity shall have a financial condition comparable to that of Tenant as of the Execution Date of this Lease (such business entity being hereinafter called “Permitted Successor” ), shall not be deemed to be prohibited hereby if, and upon the express condition that Permitted Successor and Tenant shall promptly

 

20.


execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an agreement ( “Assumption Agreement” ) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord whereby Permitted Successor shall agree to be independently bound by and upon all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed, and whereby Permitted Successor shall expressly agree that the provisions of this Article shall, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, continue to be binding upon it with respect to all future assignments and transfers.

9.06 Without violating the provisions of this Article 9, provided there does not exist a Default by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant may (in a nonexclusive manner) share part of the Premises ( “Office Sharing” ) with an Affiliated Entity or Permitted Successor or clients, customers, teammates, and business partners of Tenant ( “Permitted User” ) while such Permitted User is working on a project with Tenant at the Premises, provided (i) with respect to any Office Sharing that involves more than twenty-five (25) people or is for a period of more than twelve (12) months, Tenant delivers prior written notice thereof to Landlord, (ii) Tenant does not physically subdivide the space so shared to provide separate access for such space to the elevator lobby, and (iii) the percentage of the Premises subject to Office Sharing shall not exceed fifteen thousand (15,000) rentable square feet of the Premises at any one time. The foregoing Office Sharing arrangement shall not be considered an assignment of this Lease or a sublet of the Premises. Any default of any provision hereunder caused by any such Permitted User shall be deemed a default of such provision by Tenant. Nothing contained in this Lease (including the provisions of this Article 9) or otherwise (including the provision of any services to the Premises) shall be deemed to (a) create any landlord-tenant or other relationship between Landlord and any Permitted User, or (b) create any contractual liability or duty on the part of Landlord to any Permitted User.

10. Leasehold Improvements. All improvements in and to the Premises, including any Alterations (defined in Section 11.03) (collectively, “Leasehold Improvements” ) shall remain upon the Premises at the end of the Term without compensation to Tenant. However, Landlord may require Tenant, at its expense, to remove (a) any Cable (defined in Section 11.01), and (b) any Initial Alterations or subsequent Alterations that constitute Required Removables (as defined below). Landlord agrees to indicate whether any Alterations are Required Removables at the time that it approves the final plans therefor (and if Landlord fails to do so, Landlord shall not have the right to require such removal), except with respect to Additional Alterations (defined in Exhibit C hereto), for which no such prior notice is required. “Required Removables” shall mean improvements that (I) are Specialty Alterations, or (II) are materially more expensive than standard office buildout to remove and restore. “Specialty Alterations” shall mean the Additional Alterations (defined in Exhibit C hereto), and any other improvements such as kitchens (other than a pantry installed for the use of Tenant’s employees only and of the type normally found in the space of office tenants in comparable buildings), executive bathrooms, raised computer floors, computer room installations, supplemental HVAC equipment and components, safe deposit boxes, vaults, libraries or file rooms, reinforcement of floors, internal staircases, slab penetrations, conveyors, dumbwaiters, non-Building standard life safety systems, security systems or lighting and other improvements of a similar character. The designated Required Removables shall be removed by Tenant before the Expiration Date. Tenant shall repair damage caused by the installation or removal of Required Removables, reasonable wear and tear and damage caused by casualty excepted. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and whether or not so designated by Landlord, all Cable (as defined below) and telecommunications wiring installed by or on behalf of Tenant shall be Required Removables.

 

21.


11. Repairs and Alterations.

11.01 Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, perform all maintenance and repairs to the Premises that are not Landlord’s express responsibility under this Lease, and keep the Premises in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and damage due to casualty (which shall be governed by Article 17 hereof) excepted. Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations include, without limitation, repairs to and maintenance of: (a) floor covering; (b) interior partitions; (c) doors; (d) the interior side of demising walls; (e) electronic, phone and data cabling and related equipment that is installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant (collectively, “Cable” ); (f) supplemental air conditioning units, kitchens, including hot water heaters, plumbing, and similar facilities exclusively serving Tenant; and (g) Alterations. To the extent Landlord is not reimbursed by insurance proceeds (or if Landlord fails to carry the insurance required hereunder, to the extent Landlord would not have been reimbursed had Landlord carried the required insurance), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of repairing damage to the Building caused by the negligence or willful malfeasance of Tenant, Tenant Related Parties and their respective contractors and vendors. If Tenant fails to make any repairs to the Premises within fifteen (15) days after notice from Landlord (although notice shall not be required in an emergency, and Landlord shall be permitted to act immediately in such case), Landlord may make the repairs, and Tenant shall pay the reasonable cost of the repairs, together with an administrative charge in an amount equal to six percent (6%) of the cost of the repairs.

11.02 Landlord shall deliver the Premises with Base Building Systems in good working order. Landlord shall keep and maintain in good repair and working order in a manner consistent with Comparable Buildings in the Market Area, reasonable wear and tear and damage due to casualty (which shall be governed by Article 17 hereof) excepted, and perform maintenance upon the: (a) foundation and structural elements of the Building; (b) base Building mechanical (including FIVAC), electrical, plumbing and fire/life safety systems serving the Building in general ( “Base Building Systems” ); (c) Common Areas; (d) roof of the Building; (e) exterior windows and walls of the Building; (f) elevators serving the Building; and (g) the sidewalks and parking areas immediately adjacent to and serving the Building. Landlord shall promptly make repairs for which Landlord is responsible subject to reimbursement therefor to the extent permitted pursuant to Article 5 and other applicable provisions of this Lease.

11.03 Tenant shall not make alterations, repairs, additions or improvements to the Premises or install any Cable (collectively referred to as “Alterations” ) without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. However, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any Alteration that satisfies all of the following criteria (a “Cosmetic Alteration” ): (a) is of a cosmetic nature such as painting, wallpapering, hanging pictures and installing carpeting and does not require issuance of a building permit; (b) is not visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building; (c) will not affect the Base Building; (d) does not require work to be performed inside the walls, below the floor, or above the ceiling of the Premises; and (e) the cost therefor does not exceed One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($100,000.00). Cosmetic

 

22.


Alterations shall be subject to all the other provisions of this Section 11.03. Prior to starting work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with plans and specifications; names of contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord (provided that Landlord may designate specific contractors with respect to Alterations affecting the Base Building so long as such contractors charge competitive rates); required permits and approvals; evidence of contractors’ and subcontractors’ insurance in amounts reasonably required by Landlord and naming Landlord as an additional insured. Changes to the plans and specifications must also be submitted to Landlord for its approval in accordance with this Section 11.03. Alterations shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner using materials reasonably approved by Landlord and in accordance with all applicable Laws and reasonable construction rules and regulations established by Landlord from time to time provided Tenant has been notified in writing of said rules. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any sums paid by Landlord for third party examination of Tenant’s plans for non-Cosmetic Alterations. In addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord a construction management fee equal to one percent (1.0%) of the “hard” cost of any such work, however the fee specified in this sentence shall not apply with respect to the Initial Alterations. Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish “as-built” plans prepared by a licensed design professional for all Alterations other than Cosmetic Alterations, completion affidavits from a licensed design professional and full and final waivers of lien from all contractors. Landlord’s approval of an Alteration shall not be deemed a representation by Landlord that the Alteration complies with Law.

11.04 Tenant agrees that it will not, either directly or indirectly, use any contractors and/or materials if their use will create any difficulty, whether by a labor dispute or otherwise, with other contractors and/or labor engaged in the construction, maintenance and/or operation of the Building or Property or any part thereof.

12. Liens. Tenant shall not permit mechanics’ or other liens to be placed upon the Property, Premises or Tenant’s leasehold interest in connection with any work or service done or purportedly done by or for the benefit of Tenant or its transferees. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least ten (10) days prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises to afford Landlord the opportunity, where applicable, to post and record notices of non-responsibility. Tenant, within ten (10) business days of notice from Landlord, shall fully discharge any lien by settlement, by bonding or by insuring over the lien in the manner prescribed by the applicable lien Law. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may bond, insure over or otherwise discharge the lien. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any amount paid by Landlord, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees. In connection with any Alterations affecting the structure of the Building or materially affecting the Base Building Systems or costing in excess of $500,000, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to post a performance or payment bond in connection with any work or service done or purportedly done by or for the benefit of Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all such work or service is being performed for the sole benefit of Tenant and not for the benefit of Landlord.

13. Entry by Landlord. Landlord may enter the Premises to inspect, show or clean the Premises or to perform or facilitate the performance of repairs, alterations or additions to the Premises or any portion of the Building. Except in emergencies or to provide Building Services, Landlord shall provide Tenant with approximately 24 hours prior written or e-mail notice of entry and shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises. If reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close all or a portion of the

 

23.


Premises to perform repairs, alterations and additions. However, except in emergencies, Landlord will not close the Premises if the work can reasonably be completed on weekends and after Business Hours (whether or not such work entails additional expenses, such as payment of overtime wages). Entry by Landlord shall not constitute a constructive eviction or entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction of Rent except that in the event that Landlord or any of its agents, employees, or contractors enters into the Premises under non-emergency situations in order to perform alterations, improvements and/or repairs thereto or to any other portion of the Building, or if Landlord fails to comply with its maintenance and repair obligations under this Lease, and as a direct result thereof, the Premises (or a portion thereof) is rendered untenantable and Tenant does not in fact use the Premises (or such portion) for a period longer than three (3) consecutive business days after Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of such untenantability (it being agreed that incidental access to the Premises such as to obtain or secure files or other materials shall not constitute use of the Premises (or such portion) for purposes of the preceding clause), then Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall be entitled to receive an abatement of Rent payable hereunder during the period beginning on the business day immediately following such second 3-business day period and ending on the day the untenantability has ended (or such earlier date as Tenant may commence use of the Premises (or such portion). If the entire Premises are not made untenantable by such entry, the amount of abatement shall be equitably prorated.

14. Indemnity and Waiver of Claims. Tenant hereby waives all claims against and releases Landlord and its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, Mortgagees (defined in Article 22 ) and agents (collectively, the “Landlord Related Parties” ) from all claims for any injury to or death of persons, damage to property or business loss in any manner related to (a) Force Majeure (defined in Section 21.01), (b) acts of third parties, (c) the bursting or leaking of any tank, water closet, drain or other pipe, (d) the inadequacy or failure of any security services, personnel or equipment, or (e) any matter not within the reasonable control of Landlord. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, Landlord shall not be released from liability to Tenant for any physical injury to any natural person or damage to Tenant’s property caused by the negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors, to the extent such injury is not covered by insurance (a) carried by Tenant or such person, or (b) required by this Lease to be carried by Tenant; provided, however, that Landlord shall not under any circumstances be liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect damages. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability whatsoever for any loss or damage, however caused, to furnishings, fixtures, equipment, or other personal property of Tenant or of any persons claiming by, through, or under Tenant except that Landlord shall not be released from liability to Tenant for any physical injury to any natural person or damage to Tenant’s property caused by the negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors, to the extent such injury is not covered by insurance (a) carried by Tenant or such person, or (b) required by this Lease to be carried by Tenant; provided, however, that Landlord shall not under any circumstances be liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect damages. Except to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Related Parties, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord Related Parties harmless against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, actions, costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other professional fees (if and to the extent permitted by Law) (collectively referred to as “Losses” ), which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted

 

24.


against Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties by any third party and arising out of or in connection with any damage or injury occurring in the Premises or any negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct (including violations of Law) of Tenant, the Tenant Related Parties or any of Tenant’s transferees, contractors or licensees. Except to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties (as defined below), Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “Tenant Related Parties” ) harmless against and from all Losses which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against Tenant or any of the Tenant Related Parties by any third party and arising out of or in connection with the negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct (including violations of Law) of Landlord or the Landlord Related Parties. This indemnity provision shall survive for a period of two (2) years after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

Tenant’s obligations under this Article 14 shall be insured either under the Commercial General Liability Insurance required under Section 15.01 below or by a contractual insurance rider or other coverage; and certificates of insurance in respect thereof shall be provided by Tenant to Landlord upon request.

15. Insurance.

15.01 Tenant shall procure, keep in force, and pay for primary and noncontributory Commercial General Liability Insurance in accordance with the terms and in the amounts set forth in Section 15.03 below.

15.02 Such insurance shall be effected with insurers reasonably approved by Landlord, authorized to do business in the State or Commonwealth where the Building is located, under valid and enforceable policies which shall name Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and any ground lessor as additional insureds on the Commercial General Liability Insurance Policy and Umbrella Liability Policy, if any, for premises liability and products/completed operations coverages for the full limits and the full coverage term required. Such insurance shall provide that it will not be canceled or modified without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to each insured named therein. On or before the time Tenant and/or its contractors enter the Premises in accordance with Articles 4 and 11 and Exhibit C of this Lease, and thereafter not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration date of each expiring policy, original copies of the policies required pursuant to Section 15.03 (a) and (b) below issued by the respective insurers, or certificates of such policies setting forth in full the provisions thereof and issued by such insurers together with evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the payment of all premiums for such policies, shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord.

15.03 Required Insurance Coverage

(a) Tenant Insurance

(i) General Liability Insurance . Tenant shall procure, keep in force, and pay for primary and non-contributory Commercial General Liability Insurance (including, without limitation, coverage for products/completed operations, and coverage against all matters related

 

25.


to bringing dogs into the Building and the Premises) insuring Tenant on an occurrence basis against all claims and demands for personal injury liability (including, without limitation, bodily injury, sickness, disease, and death) or damage to property which may be claimed to have occurred from and after the time Tenant and/or its contractors enter the Premises in accordance with Exhibit C of this Lease, of not less than Three Million and 00/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00) in the event of personal injury to any number of persons or damage to property, arising out of any one occurrence, and from time to time thereafter shall be not less than such higher amounts, if procurable, as may be reasonably required by Landlord and are customarily carried by responsible similar tenants in the Market Area. In the event Tenant subleases all or any part of the Premises, Tenant shall require its subtenant(s) to also carry and maintain the foregoing insurance coverages.

(ii) Property Insurance . During the entire Term of this Lease, and adjusting insurance coverages to reflect current values from time to time, Tenant shall keep Tenant’s Property in and about the Premises and the Alterations (as defined in Article 11) insured against loss or damage caused by any peril covered under fire, extended coverage and all risk insurance in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) replacement cost value. Such Tenant’s insurance shall insure the interests of both Landlord and Tenant as their respective interests may appear from time to time and shall name Landlord (and Landlord’s lender, if requested by Landlord) as an additional insured; and the proceeds thereof shall be used only for the replacement or restoration of Tenant’s Property and the Alterations. In the event Tenant subleases all or any part of the Premises, Tenant shall require its subtenant(s) to also carry and maintain the foregoing insurance coverages.

(b) Tenant Contractor Insurance. Tenant shall cause contractors employed by Tenant to (i) carry Worker’s Compensation Insurance in accordance with statutory requirements, (ii) carry Automobile Liability Insurance, and (iii) carry primary and noncontributory Commercial General Liability Insurance covering such contractors on or about the Premises in the amount stated in Section 15.03(a)(i) above or in such other reasonable amount as Landlord shall require, naming Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, and any lessor of the ground upon which the Building is located on each contractor’s Commercial General Liability Insurance Policy and Umbrella Liability Policy, if any, for premises liability and products/completed operations coverages for the full limits and the full coverage term required, and (iv) submit certificates evidencing such coverage to Landlord prior to the commencement of any Alterations in or to the Premises. Tenant shall cause each of Tenant’s contractors to require its subcontractors to maintain the foregoing insurance requirements.

(c) Landlord Insurance. During the entire Term of this Lease, and adjusting insurance coverages to reflect current values from time to time, Landlord shall keep the Building (excluding work, installations, improvements and betterments installed in the Premises after the Commencement Date and any personal property or trade fixtures installed by or at the expense of Tenant) insured against loss or damage caused by any peril covered under fire, extended coverage and all risk insurance in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) replacement cost value above foundation walls.

16. Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and shall cause their respective insurance carriers to waive any and all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of action

 

26.


against the other for any loss or damage with respect to Tenant’s Property, Leasehold Improvements, the Property, the Building, the Premises, or any contents thereof, including rights, claims, actions and causes of action based on negligence, which loss or damage is (or would have been, had the insurance required by this Lease been carried) covered by insurance.

17. Casualty Damage.

17.01 If all or any portion of the Premises becomes untenantable by fire or other casualty to the Premises (collectively a “Casualty” ), Landlord, with reasonable promptness, shall cause a general contractor selected by Landlord to provide Landlord and Tenant with a good faith written estimate of the amount of time required using standard working methods to substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises and any Common Areas necessary to provide access to the Premises (the “Completion Estimate” ). If the Completion Estimate indicates that the Premises or any Common Areas necessary to provide access to the Premises cannot be made tenantable within two hundred ten (210) days from the date of such casualty, then either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other within ten (10) days after receipt of the Completion Estimate. In addition, Landlord or Tenant, by notice to the other within ten (10) business days after receipt of the Completion Estimate, shall have the right to terminate this Lease if there is less than eighteen (18) months remaining in the Lease Term as of the date of the Casualty, and the Completion Estimate indicates that it will require more than the lesser of (a) 180 days or (b) half of the remaining Lease Term (as of the date of the Completion Estimate) to cause the Premises to be made tenantable. Tenant, however, shall not have the right to terminate this Lease if the Casualty was caused by the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties. In addition, Landlord, by notice to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the date of the Casualty, shall have the right to terminate this Lease if: (1) any Mortgagee requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to the payment of the mortgage debt; or (2) a material uninsured loss to the Building occurs.

17.02 If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, restore the Premises and Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition that existed prior to the Casualty, except for modifications required by Law or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord. Upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all property insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance with respect to any Leasehold Improvements performed by or for the benefit of Tenant; provided if the estimated cost to repair such Leasehold Improvements exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, the excess cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repairs within the Premises. Within fifteen (15) days of demand, Tenant shall also pay Landlord for any additional excess costs that are determined during the performance of the repairs. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience to Tenant, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from the Casualty or the repair thereof. During any period of time that all or a material portion of the Premises (or any portion of the Premises if untenantability of such portion adversely affects Tenant’s business operations) is rendered untenantable as a result of a Casualty and provided the Casualty was not caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents or employees, the Rent shall abate for the portion of the Premises that is untenantable and not used by Tenant.

 

27.


17.03 If neither party terminates this Lease and Landlord fails to substantially complete Landlord’s restoration obligations hereunder within sixty (60) days after the time period specified in the Completion Estimate (as the same shall be extended for delays in substantial completion caused by the causes or conditions of Force Majeure or by Tenant) ( “Termination Trigger Date” ), then Tenant shall again have the right to terminate this Lease by providing written notice to Landlord within the five (5) business day period following the Termination Trigger Date, except that if Landlord substantially completes its restoration obligations within such five (5) business day period, then Tenant’s termination notice shall be void and of no force or effect.

18. Condemnation. Either party may terminate this Lease if any material part of the Premises is taken or condemned for any public or quasi public use under Law, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking” ). For purposes hereof, the term “material part” shall mean that: (i) twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the rentable area in the Premises is subject to the Taking, (ii) less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable area in the Premises is subject to the Taking but such Taking has a material adverse effect on Tenant’s ability to continue the normal operation of its business in the remaining usable area of Premises, or (iii) whether or not the Premises is subject to the Taking, Tenant’s Parking Share (as hereinafter defined) is reduced by twenty-five percent (25%) or Tenant’s employees are deprived of any means of reasonable access to the Premises. Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or Property which would have a material adverse effect on Landlord’s ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building. The terminating party shall provide written notice of termination to the other party within forty-five (45) days after it first receives notice of the Taking. The termination shall be effective on the date the physical taking occurs. If this Lease is not terminated, Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be appropriately adjusted to account for any reduction in the square footage of the Building or Premises. All compensation awarded for a Taking shall be the property of Landlord. The right to receive compensation or proceeds is expressly waived by Tenant; however, Tenant may file a separate claim for Tenant’s Property and Tenant’s reasonable relocation expenses, provided the filing of the claim does not diminish the amount of Landlord’s award. If only a part of the Premises is subject to a Taking and this Lease is not terminated, Landlord, with reasonable diligence, will restore the remaining portion of the Premises as nearly as practicable to the condition immediately prior to the Taking.

19. Events of Default. The occurrence of each of the following (and continuance for any specified notice, grace or cure period) shall be a “Default” : (a) Tenant’s failure to pay any portion of Rent when due, if the failure continues for five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord or Landlord Parties ( “Monetary Default” ); (b) Tenant’s failure (other than a Monetary Default) to comply with any term, provision, condition or covenant of this Lease, if the failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice to Tenant; provided, however, if Tenant’s failure to comply cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days, Tenant shall be allowed additional time (not to exceed 120 days) as is reasonably necessary to cure the failure so long as Tenant begins the cure within ten (10) days after such notice to Tenant and diligently pursues the cure to completion; (c) Tenant becomes insolvent, makes a

 

28.


transfer in fraud of creditors, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts when due or forfeits or loses its right to conduct business; (d) the leasehold estate is taken by process or operation of Law; (e) in the case of any ground floor or retail Tenant, Tenant does not take possession of or abandons or vacates all or any portion of the Premises; or (f) Tenant is in default beyond any notice and cure period under any other lease or agreement with Landlord at the Building or Property. If Landlord provides Tenant with notice of Tenant’s failure to comply with any specific provision of this Lease on two (2) separate occasions during any twelve-(12)-month period, Tenant’s subsequent violation of such provision during such twelve (12) month period shall, at Landlord’s option, be an incurable Default by Tenant. All notices sent under this Article 19 shall be in satisfaction of, and not in addition to, notice required by Law.

20. Remedies:

20.01 Upon Default, Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or more of the following remedies:

(a) Terminate this Lease, in which case Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises, Landlord, in compliance with Law, may enter upon and take possession of the Premises and remove Tenant, Tenant’s Property and any party occupying the Premises. Tenant shall pay Landlord, on demand, all past due Rent and other losses and damages Landlord suffers as a direct result of Tenant’s Default, including, without limitation, all Costs of Reletting (as hereinafter defined) and any deficiency that may arise from reletting or the failure to relet the Premises. “Costs of Reletting” shall include all reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in reletting or attempting to relet the Premises, including, without limitation, legal fees, brokerage commissions, the cost of alterations and the value of other concessions or allowances granted to a new tenant.

(b) Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises in an effort to mitigate its damages on such terms as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine (including a term different from the Term, rental concessions, and alterations to, and improvement of, the Premises); however, Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises before leasing other portions of the Building. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or to collect rent due for such reletting.

(c) Except in connection with Tenant’s obligation to vacate and surrender the Premises as more fully set forth in Article 25 hereof, in no event shall Tenant or Tenant Related Parties be liable for consequential or incidental damages or for lost profits of Landlord.

(d) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall the members, managers, employees, shareholders, officers, directors, agents, or the like of Tenant have any personal liability under this Lease whatsoever.

20.02 In lieu of calculating damages under Section 20.01, Landlord may elect to receive as damages (x) the sum of (a) all Rent accrued through the date of termination of this

 

29.


Lease, and (b) an amount equal to the total Rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term discounted to present value, minus (y) the then present fair rental value of the Premises for the remainder of the Term, similarly discounted, after deducting all anticipated Costs of Reletting. The present value of the amounts described above shall be determined using a discount factor equal to the yield of the Treasury Note or Bill, as appropriate, having a maturity period approximately commensurate to the remainder of the Term.

20.03 If Tenant is in Default of any of its non-monetary obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to perform such obligations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such performance upon demand together with an administrative charge equal to ten percent (10%) of the cost of the work performed by Landlord. The repossession or re-entering of all or any part of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of its liabilities and obligations under this Lease. No right or remedy of Landlord shall be exclusive of any other right or remedy. Each right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right and remedy now or subsequently available to Landlord at Law or in equity.

21. Limitation of Liability:

21.01 Except for Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective payment obligations under this Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent and Landlord’s obligation to make disbursements of the Allowance pursuant to Exhibit C), neither Landlord not Tenant shall be liable hereunder for being unable to fulfill (or is delayed in fulfilling) any of its obligations under this Lease if such party is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of Force Majeure, as hereinafter defined. In each such case, Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, shall exercise reasonable diligence to eliminate the cause of such inability to perform. For purposes of this Lease, “Force Majeure” shall mean any prevention, delay or stoppage due to governmental regulation, strikes, lockouts, acts of God, acts of war, terrorist acts, civil commotions, unusual scarcity of or inability to obtain labor or materials, labor difficulties, casualty or other causes reasonably beyond a party’s control.

21.02 Tenant shall not assert or seek to enforce any claim against Landlord, or Landlord’s agents or employees, or the assets of any of them, other than against Landlord’s interest in the Building of which the Premises are a part and the uncollected rents, issues and profits thereof, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such interest for the satisfaction of any liability of Landlord under this Lease. Tenant specifically agrees that in no event shall Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees (or any of the officers, trustees, directors, partners, beneficiaries, joint venturers, members, stockholders or other principals or representatives, and the like, disclosed or undisclosed, thereof) ever be personally liable for any such liability. In no event shall Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties ever be liable for consequential or incidental damages or for lost profits of Tenant.

21.03 Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default of its obligations under this Lease unless Tenant has given Landlord written notice of such default, and Landlord has failed to cure such default within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives such notice (or such longer period of time as may be reasonably required to cure such default so long as Landlord begins such cure promptly after such notice to Landlord and diligently pursues the cure to completion). Except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, in no event shall Tenant have the

 

30.


right to terminate this Lease nor shall Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent, Additional Rent, or other charges under this Lease abate. If Tenant has not objected to any statement of Additional Rent within one hundred eighty (180) days after Landlord has given it to Tenant, then such statement shall be deemed to be final and not subject to any dispute.

22. Subordination to Mortgages; Estoppel Certificate. Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage(s), deed(s) of trust, ground lease(s) or other lien(s) now or subsequently arising upon the Premises, the Building or the Property, and to renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof (collectively referred to as a “Mortgage” ). The party having the benefit of a Mortgage, whether now or hereafter existing, shall be referred to as a “Mortgagee” . Any Mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease. Upon request, Tenant, without charge, shall attorn to any successor to Landlord’s interest in this Lease provided such successor assumes the obligations of Landlord under this Lease arising from and after the date such successor becomes the Landlord hereunder.

Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after receipt of a written request from Landlord, execute and deliver a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate to such parties as Landlord requests. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver any estoppel certificate within ten (10) business days, then Landlord may send Tenant a second (2nd) notice requesting Tenant to execute and deliver the estoppel certificate (the “Second Notice” ). If Tenant fails to execute and deliver the estoppel certificate within five (5) business days after the Second Notice, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee in the amount of Two Hundred Fifty and 00/100 Dollars ($250.00) per day for each day beyond such fifth business day that Tenant fails to execute and deliver the estoppel certificate. Such fee shall be in addition to Landlord’s other remedies hereunder.

Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to secure for Tenant, within thirty (30) days after the full execution and delivery of this Lease and Landlord’s receipt of a subordination, nondisturbance, and attornment agreement ( “SNDA” ) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I executed by Tenant, a non-disturbance agreement from the holder of each Mortgage now encumbering the Building and/or the Land on the form of SNDA attached hereto as Exhibit I. If Landlord does not obtain such an SNDA from the current Mortgage holder within such 30-day period, then as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by providing written notice thereof to Landlord within five (5) business days after the expiration of such 30-day period. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Landlord, obtains the SNDA signed by the Mortgage holder within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s termination notice, then Tenant’s termination notice shall be null and void and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 22 to the contrary, the subordination of this Lease to the lien of any Mortgage hereafter placed upon the Premises, the Building or the Land and Tenant’s agreement to attorn to the holder of any such Mortgage shall be conditioned upon Tenant’s receipt of a commercially reasonable SNDA protecting Tenant and its material rights under this Lease in the event of any future sale or foreclosure from such Mortgagee (it being agreed that an SNDA substantially similar in substance to the form attached hereto as Exhibit I is deemed to be commercially reasonable). Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to secure for Tenant an SNDA from the holder of each Mortgage hereafter encumbering the Building and/or the Land on such holder’s standard form SNDA. Landlord shall pay any

 

31.


standard fee charged by the holder of such Mortgage for issuance of its standard form SNDA, however, Tenant shall pay as additional rent under this Lease any additional actual, out-of-pocket costs (including attorneys’ fees that may be charged by such holder) incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s efforts to secure such SNDA to the extent due to the fact that Tenant negotiated changes to such Mortgage holder’s standard form SNDA. Each party shall bear the cost of its own attorneys’ fees.

23. Notices. All demands, approvals, consents or notices (collectively referred to as a “Notice” ) shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested or sent by overnight or same day courier service at the party’s respective Notice Address(es) set forth in Article 1. Each Notice shall be deemed to have been received on the earlier to occur of actual delivery or the date on which delivery is refused, or, if Tenant has vacated the Premises or any other Notice Address of Tenant without providing a new Notice Address, three (3) days after Notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or with a courier service in the manner described above. Either party may, at any time, change its Notice Address (other than to a post office box address) by giving the other party written Notice of the new address in the manner set forth in this Article 23.

24. Surrender of Premises. At the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Property from the Premises, and quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, broom clean, and in good order, condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty and which Landlord is obligated to repair hereunder excepted. If Tenant fails to remove any of Tenant’s Property within five (5) days after termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, such Tenant’s Property shall be deemed abandoned, and Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be entitled (but not obligated) to dispose of Tenant’s Property in any manner permitted by law, or to store the same. Landlord shall not be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping of Tenant’s Property. Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the expenses and (if applicable) storage charges incurred. If Tenant fails to timely remove Tenant’s Property from the Premises or fails to remove Tenant’s Property from storage, if Landlord has elected to store Tenant’s Property, within thirty (30) days after notice, Landlord may deem all or any part of Tenant’s Property to be abandoned and title to Tenant’s Property shall vest in Landlord.

25. Holding Over. If Tenant fails to surrender all or any part of the Premises at the expiration or termination of this Lease, occupancy of the Premises after termination shall be that of a tenancy at sufferance. Tenant’s occupancy shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Lease, and Tenant shall pay an amount (on a per diem basis) equal to the greater of (i) fair market rent for the entire Premises, or (2) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent and one hundred percent (100%) of Additional Rent, as due for the period immediately preceding the holdover; provided, however, that on a one time basis if (a) no Default exists under the Lease (other than Tenant’s holding over in the Premises), (b) Tenant shall have provided Landlord with at least six (6) months prior written notice of Tenant’s desire to holdover in the Premises (which notice shall specify the number of months, up to a total of six, that Tenant desires to hold over), and (c) Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall have consented to such holdover, then the Base Rent payable during the approved holdover period of up to six (6) months shall be one hundred five percent (105%) of the Base Rent in effect during the last month of the Lease Term. No holdover by Tenant or payment by Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall be construed to extend

 

32.


the Term or prevent Landlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise. In addition, Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord, its agents and employees from and against any and all damages which Landlord may suffer on account of Tenant’s holdover in the Premises after the expiration or prior termination of the Term of this Lease. Except to the extent incurred in connection with a holdover by Tenant for more than sixty (60) days after the expiration or any earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall not be liable for consequential damages for failure timely to vacate the Premises.

26. Miscellaneous.

26.01 This Lease shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State or Commonwealth in which the Building is located, and Landlord and Tenant hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction and proper venue of such State or Commonwealth. If any term or provision of this Lease shall to any extent be void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected. If there is more than one Tenant or if Tenant is comprised of more than one party or entity, the obligations imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several obligations of all the parties and entities, and requests or demands from any one person or entity comprising Tenant shall be deemed to have been made by all such persons or entities. Notices to any one person or entity shall be deemed to have been given to all persons and entities. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so on behalf of Tenant.

26.02 If either party institutes a suit against the other for violation of or to enforce any covenant, term or condition of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to all of its costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any proceeding based upon a breach of this Lease. Either party’s failure to declare a default immediately upon its occurrence, or delay in taking action for a default, shall not constitute a waiver of the default, nor shall it constitute an estoppel.

26.03 Whenever a period of time is prescribed for the taking of an action by Landlord or Tenant (other than the payment of Rent or disbursement of the Allowance, or Tenant’s obligation to vacate the Premises at the expiration or termination of this Lease), the period of time for the performance of such action shall be extended by the number of days that the performance is actually delayed due to Force Majeure.

26.04 Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all of its rights and obligations under this Lease and in the Building and Property. Upon transfer and assumption in writing by the transferee of all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder arising from and after the date of the transfer, Landlord shall be released from any further obligations hereunder. Tenant agrees that each party which is landlord hereunder shall only be liable for the obligations of Landlord accruing during its period of ownership.

26.05 Tenant represents that it has dealt directly with and only with the broker(s) named in Section 1.02 (if any) as a broker in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord and the Landlord Related Parties harmless from all claims of any other brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall

 

33.


indemnify and hold Tenant and the Tenant Related Parties harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment of a brokerage commission to Landlord’s Broker pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker. Landlord’s Broker shall pay a brokerage commission to Tenant’s Broker, pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker.

26.06 Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s exercise of any expansion or extension rights granted to Tenant.

26.07 Landlord hereby covenants and agrees that Tenant may peacefully have quiet enjoyment of the Premises, subject to the terms of this Lease, including Tenant’s obligation to fully perform all of its covenants and agreements, without interference by anyone claiming by or through Landlord. This covenant shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors only during its or their respective periods of ownership of the Building.

26.08 Landlord excepts and reserves exclusively to itself any and all rights not specifically granted to Tenant under this Lease. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings related to the Premises, including all lease proposals, letters of intent and other documents. This Lease may be modified only by a written agreement signed by an authorized representative of Landlord and Tenant.

26.09 Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum or notice without Landlord’s prior written consent.

26.10 Within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s request (but not more than once in any calendar year during the Term, except in connection with a sale or finance of the Building), Tenant will furnish Tenant’s most recent audited financial statements (including any notes to them) to Landlord, or, if no such audited statements have been prepared, such other financial statements (and notes to them) as may have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or, failing those, Tenant’s internally prepared financial statements certified by an officer of Tenant. Landlord will not disclose any aspect of Tenant’s financial statements that Tenant designates to Landlord as confidential except (1) to Landlord’s lenders or prospective purchasers of the Building, (2) in litigation between Landlord and Tenant, or (3) if required by court order or Law.

26.11 Landlord hereby waives any statutory or common law lien rights Landlord may have with respect to Tenant’s personal property which shall or may be brought or put on or into the Premises, other than such lien rights as may be applicable with respect to the enforcement or collection of any judicial judgment or decree which Landlord may obtain in the enforcement of this Lease.

26.12 Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has no obligation to permit any particular telecommunications provider to have access to the Building or the Premises. Subject to entering into an access agreement with Landlord, Verizon, Cox Communication, Zayo and Level 3 Communications are approved telecomm providers.

 

34.


26.13 As of the Execution Date hereof, Landlord represents to Tenant that to its actual knowledge (a) the Premises (in their current condition) and the common areas of the Building (including the core restrooms on the floor on which the Premises are located) comply with applicable Law (including, without limitation, the ADA and environmental laws), (b) all Base Building Systems serving the Premises are in good working order, (c) legal and actual vehicular and pedestrian access is available directly from and to one or more public streets or from valid and perpetual private easements which may be freely used by Tenant for purposes of vehicular and pedestrian access to and from the Building.

27. OFAC Compliance.

27.01 Tenant represents and warrants that (a) Tenant and each person or entity owning an interest in Tenant is (i) not currently identified on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury ( “OFAC” ) and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation (collectively, the “List” ), and (ii) not a person or entity with whom a citizen of the United States is prohibited to engage in transactions by any trade embargo, economic sanction, or other prohibition of United States Law, regulation, or Executive Order of the President of the United States, (b) none of the funds or other assets of Tenant constitute property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Embargoed Person (as hereinafter defined), (c) no Embargoed Person has any interest of any nature whatsoever in Tenant (whether directly or indirectly), (d) none of the funds of Tenant have been derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by Law or that this Lease is in violation of Law, and (e) Tenant has implemented procedures, and will consistently apply those procedures, to ensure the foregoing representations and warranties remain true and correct at all times. The term “Embargoed Person” means any person, entity or government subject to trade restrictions under U.S. Law, including but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §1701 et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq., and any Executive Orders or regulations promulgated thereunder with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by Law or Tenant is in violation of Law.

27.02 Tenant covenants and agrees (a) to comply with all requirements of Law relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargoes and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (b) to immediately notify Landlord in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this paragraph or the preceding paragraph are no longer true or have been breached or if Tenant has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (c) not to use funds from any “Prohibited Person” (as such term is defined in the September 24, 2001 Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) to make any payment due to Landlord under the Lease and (d) at the request of Landlord, to provide such information as may be requested by Landlord to determine Tenant’s compliance with the terms hereof.

 

35.


28. Parking.

A. During the term of the Lease, the Landlord will make available to Tenant 3.5 monthly parking passes ( “Parking Permits” ) for each 1,000 square feet of rentable office area leased by Tenant ( “Parking Share” ), for use in the garage ( “Garage” ) adjacent to the Building on an unassigned, non-reserved, first come first served basis. Except to the extent costs related to the Garage constitute Additional Rent pursuant to Article 5, there shall be no additional charge for such parking passes during the initial Lease Term. During any renewal or extension of the Lease Term, Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant for such passes at the then-current prevailing market charge therefor, if any, in the Market Area. If for any reason Tenant shall cease to use any of such parking passes, then it shall notify Landlord thereof in writing. If Tenant later elects to use all or any portion of the unused allocation, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing thereof and Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice, ensure that the entire unreserved allocation (or portion thereof that Tenant is electing to use) is again available to Tenant. In addition, (a) Landlord shall provide Tenant with one (1) reserved parking space on the surface lot in close proximity to the main entrance of the Building, for use by Tenant’s CEO, at no charge during the initial Lease Term and any renewal thereof, and (b) Tenant shall have the priority option to purchase, on a month-to-month basis, additional unreserved parking permits in the Garage (up to a maximum of 80 permits in the aggregate) ( “Excess Permits” ), if any are available and subject to Landlord’s right to recapture any such Excess Permits, on forty-five (45) days prior written notice to Tenant. Tenant shall pay for any such Excess Permits leased by Tenant at the then current market rate therefor; provided, however, that Landlord shall waive the monthly fee for any such Excess Permits leased during the first two (2) Lease Years only. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant has elected to convert ten (10) of the Parking Permits comprising Tenant’s Parking Share to permits for reserved parking spaces in the Garage, in the location designated on Exhibit B attached hereto. Such reserved parking shall be from within Tenant’s Parking Share as specified above, and not in addition thereto. Landlord may relocate the reserved spaces from time to time to other locations designated by Landlord in comparable proximity to the Building entrance, by providing at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant. Tenant shall pay for such reserved spaces at Landlord’s then-current market rate charge therefor (which as of the date hereof is $50 per space per month), which rate is subject to increase from time to time. Tenant’s reserved spaces, if any, shall be marked, at no cost to Tenant, by Landlord (or the Operator, as hereinafter defined) as reserved for Tenant comparable to the manner in which other reserved spaces in the Garage are designated as reserved. Landlord shall have no responsibility for monitoring the use of Tenant’s reserved spaces (including, without limitation, no obligation to tow vehicles impermissibly parked in such spaces; provided, however, that if Tenant notifies Landlord in writing or by such other contact system which Landlord may have established for tenants to use to register complaints about reserved parking matters that other vehicles are parking in Tenant’s reserved spaces, Landlord shall, or shall cause the Operator to, follow Landlord’s then-current standard enforcement procedures, which procedures shall be comparable to the procedures followed in comparable buildings).

B. Landlord shall not be responsible for money, jewelry, automobiles or other personal property lost in or stolen from the Garage regardless of whether such loss or theft occurs when the Garage or other areas therein are locked or otherwise secured against entry. Landlord shall not be liable for any loss, injury or damage to persons using the Garage or automobiles or other property therein, it being agreed that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the use of the Garage shall be at the sole risk of Tenant and its employees.

 

36.


C. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to promulgate reasonable rules and regulations regarding the Garage, the parking spaces and the use thereof, including, but not limited to, rules and regulations controlling the flow of traffic to and from various parking areas, the angle and direction of parking and the like provided the same do not reduce Tenant’s Parking Share or Tenant’s reserved parking rights set forth in Section 28.A. Tenant shall comply with and cause its employees to comply with all such rules and regulations as well as all reasonable additions and amendments thereto provided the same do not reduce Tenant’s Parking Share or Tenant’s reserved parking rights set forth in Section 28.A. All such rules and regulations (including additional and amendments thereto) shall be delivered to Tenant in writing.

D. Tenant shall not store or permit its employees to store any automobiles in the Garage for more than three (3) days without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed in emergency circumstances. In no event shall more than three (3) cars be stored in the Garage for more than three (3) days. Except for emergency repairs, Tenant and its employees shall not perform any work on any automobiles while located in the Garage or on the Property. If it is necessary for Tenant or its employees to leave an automobile in the Garage overnight, Tenant shall provide Landlord with prior notice thereof designating the license plate number and model of such automobile.

E. Landlord shall have the right to temporarily close the Garage or certain areas therein in order to perform necessary repairs, maintenance and improvements to the Garage, provided however that except in emergencies, Landlord will not close the Garage if such repairs, maintenance and improvements can be reasonably completed on weekends and after Business Hours. If Tenant’s Parking Permits are unavailable for use by Tenant for more than thirty (30) days due to the redevelopment of the Building or other portion of the Complex, then Landlord shall provide substitute parking areas for Tenant’s use which shall be within a reasonable proximity to the Building.

F. Other than to an Affiliated Entity, Permitted Successor, or Permitted User (as such terms are defined in Section 9.03 above), Tenant shall have no right to sublet, assign, or otherwise transfer Tenant’s Excess Permits. Landlord shall have the right to terminate Tenant’s parking rights with respect .to any Excess Permits that Tenant desires to sublet or assign in violation of the foregoing sentence. Tenant shall have no right to sublet, assign or otherwise transfer Tenant’s standard parking passes except on a pro rata basis in connection with an assignment or this Lease or a subletting of the Premises approved or permitted under this Lease.

G. Landlord shall provide parking cards or keys to control access to the Garage in an amount equal to one card or key for each pass hereunder, provided that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant or its employees to pay a reasonable fee for any lost or damaged cards or keys.

H. Landlord hereby reserves the right to enter into a management agreement or lease with an entity for the Garage ( “Operator” ). In such event, Tenant, upon request of Landlord, shall enter into a parking agreement with the Operator and pay the Operator the monthly charge established hereunder during any renewal or extension of the Lease Term, if any, and Landlord shall have no liability for claims arising through acts or omissions of the Operator.

 

37.


It is understood and agreed that the identity of the Operator may change from time to time during the Term. In connection therewith, any parking lease or agreement entered into between Tenant and an Operator shall be freely assignable by such Operator or any successors thereto.

I. During the Lease Term, Landlord shall not rent, lease, or otherwise grant the following parking rights if the same would cause Tenant’s Parking Share to be unavailable for Tenant’s use: (a) during Business Hours, any parking spaces in the Building surface parking lot or Garage to any third party or other entity that is not leasing office or retail space in the Building under a prime lease agreement with Landlord, or (b) any parking spaces in the Building surface parking lot or Garage to any third party or other entity in excess of such party or entity’s pro rata share of rentable square footage in the Building. In the event Tenant notifies Landlord in writing that Tenant’s Parking Share is not available for Tenant’s use as provided above, then Landlord shall meet with Tenant to discuss the situation and shall promptly take all reasonable and necessary action to ensure that Tenant’s Parking Share is available to Tenant.

29. Section 55-218.1 Designation.

Pursuant to Section 55-218.1 of the Code of Virginia, Landlord hereby designates Landlord’s Service Partner, as defined in Section 1.02, to accept service of any notice, consent, request, bill, demand or statement hereunder by Landlord and any service of process in any judicial proceeding with respect to this Lease on behalf of Landlord.

For purposes of Section 55-2 of the Code of Virginia (1950), as amended, this Lease is and shall be deemed to be a deed of lease.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

38.


Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease under seal as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
MARSHALL PROPERTY LLC , a     ALARM.COM INCORPORATED , a
Delaware limited liability company     Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey L. Kovach

    By:  

/s/ Daniel Ramos

  Name:  

Jeffrey L. Kovach

      Name:  

Daniel Ramos

  Title:  

Managing Director

      Title:  

Senior Vice President of Corporate Development

          Hereunto Duly Authorized


EXHIBIT A

OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

LOCATION OF TENANT’S RESERVED PARKING SPACES

 

LOGO

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

WORK LETTER

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Office Lease Agreement ( “Lease” ) by and between MARSHALL PROPERTY LLC ( “Landlord” ) and ALARM.COM INCORPORATED ( “Tenant” ) for space in the Building located at 8281 Greensboro Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102.

As used in this Work Letter, the “Premises” shall be deemed to mean the Premises, as initially defined in the attached. The provisions of Articles 10 and 11 of the Lease shall apply with respect to the Initial Alterations except that to the extent of any conflict between such Articles and this Exhibit C, the terms and conditions of this Exhibit C shall govern.

 

  A. Alterations and Allowance.

1. Tenant, following the delivery of the Premises by Landlord in the condition required by Section 4 of the Lease and the full and final execution and delivery of the Lease to which this Exhibit is attached and receipt by Landlord of all prepaid rental and security required under the Lease, shall have the right to perform alterations and improvements in the Premises (the “Initial Alterations” ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant and its contractors shall not have the right to perform Initial Alterations in the Premises unless and until Tenant has complied with all of the terms and conditions of Articles 10 and 11 of the Lease, including, without limitation, approval by Landlord of (a) the architects and engineers to be retained by Tenant to design the Initial Alterations (b) the final plans for the Initial Alterations and (c) the contractors to be retained by Tenant to perform such Initial Alterations. Landlord’s consent is solely for the benefit of Landlord, and neither Tenant nor any third party shall have the right to rely on Landlord’s consent, or its approval of Tenant’s plans, for any purpose whatsoever. Tenant shall be responsible for all elements of the design of Tenant’s plans (including, without limitation, compliance with law, functionality of design, the structural integrity of the design, the configuration of the Premises and the placement of Tenant’s furniture, appliances and equipment), and Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans shall in no event relieve Tenant of the responsibility for such design. Landlord’s approval of the architect and engineers to design the Initial Alterations and the contractors to perform the Initial Alterations shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall be required to ensure that Tenant’s general contractor shall require a 10% retainage in all subcontracts. The parties agree that Landlord’s approval of the general contractor to perform the Initial Alterations shall not be considered to be unreasonably withheld if any such general contractor (i) does not have trade references reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (ii) does not maintain insurance as required pursuant to the terms of the Lease, (iii) does not have the ability to be bonded for the work in an amount of no less than 150% of the total estimated cost of the Initial Alterations, (iv) does not provide current financial statements reasonably acceptable to Landlord, or (v) is not licensed as a contractor in the state/municipality in which the Premises is located, Landlord hereby approves the following general contractors: EE Reed Construction, Hitt Contracting, Davis Construction, Rand Construction, Kalmia Construction, DPR Construction, and Sigal Construction. Tenant acknowledges the foregoing is not intended to be an exclusive list of the reasons why Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent to a general contractor. Tenant shall be solely responsible to obtain all permits, certificates (including the non-residential

 

Exhibit C-1


use permit) and other inspections and approvals from all governmental and quasi-governmental authorities necessary for the construction of the Initial Alterations and Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, provided that Landlord will reasonably cooperate (at no out of pocket cost to Landlord) with Tenant’s efforts to obtain the same.

2. Provided Tenant is not in Default, Landlord agrees to contribute the Allowance (as defined in Article I of the Lease) toward the cost of designing, demising the Premises and performing the Initial Alterations in preparation for Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises. The Allowance may only be used for the cost of preparing design and construction documents and mechanical and electrical plans, and construction management and specialty consultant fees for the Initial Alterations and for hard costs in connection with the Initial Alterations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to apply up to $30.00 per rentable square foot of the Allowance (i.e., 40%) in the aggregate toward the following costs: (a) architectural and engineering services, (b) signage, (c) project management fees, (d) cabling and wiring, (e) security, (f) costs of telecommunications equipment and installation, (g) costs of furniture, fixtures and equipment, (h) moving costs, and (i) up to fifty percent (50%) of each of the next installment(s) of Base Rent due under the Lease (after the Rent Abatement Periods set forth in the Lease) (the “Rent Credit” ). The Allowance shall be paid to Tenant or, at Tenant’s written election, to the order of the general contractor that performs the Initial Alterations or any other consultant or contractor employed by Tenant in connection with the Initial Alterations, in periodic disbursements within 30 days after receipt of the following documentation: (i) an application for payment and sworn statement of contractor substantially in the form of AIA Document G-702 covering all work for which disbursement is to be made to a date specified therein; (ii) a certification from an AIA architect substantially in the form of the Architect’s Certificate for Payment which is located on AIA Document G702, Application and Certificate of Payment; (iii) Contractor’s, subcontractor’s and material supplier’s waivers of liens which shall cover all Initial Alterations for which disbursement is being requested (contingent only on payment of the amount being requisitioned, but noncontingent as to all prior work) and all other statements and forms required for compliance with the mechanics’ lien laws of the state in which the Premises is located, together with all such invoices, contracts, or other supporting data as Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee may reasonably require; (iv) a cost breakdown for each trade or subcontractor performing the Initial Alterations [applicable to initial requisition only, except in the event of a change order]; (v) plans and specifications for the Initial Alterations, together with a certificate from an AIA architect that such plans and specifications comply in all material respects with all laws affecting the Building, Property and Premises [applicable to initial requisition only, except in the event of a change order]; (vi) copies of the general contract for the Initial Alterations, together with copies of all change orders, if any; and (vii) a request to disburse from Tenant containing an approval by Tenant of the work done and a good faith estimate of the cost to complete the Initial Alterations. Upon completion of the Initial Alterations, and prior to final disbursement of the Allowance, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with: (I) certificates of substantial completion in AIA format from the general contractor and architect, (2) full and final waivers of lien (contingent only on the final amount being requisitioned, and within twenty (20) days after Landlord makes such payment, Tenant shall obtain full, final and unconditional waivers of lien), (3) receipted bills covering all labor and materials expended and used, (4) as-built plans of the Initial Alterations, (5) the certification of Tenant and its architect that the Initial Alterations have been installed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the approved plans, and in accordance with applicable

 

Exhibit C-1


laws, codes and ordinances, and (6) such other “close out” requirements as Landlord may reasonably impose. In no event shall Landlord be required to disburse the Allowance more than one time per month and in no event shall Landlord be required to disburse any installment of the Allowance prior to the date Tenant has no right to terminate this Lease pursuant to Article 22 of the Lease. If the cost of the Initial Alterations exceeds the Allowance, Tenant shall be entitled to the Allowance in accordance with the terms hereof, but each individual disbursement of the Allowance shall be disbursed in the proportion that the Allowance bears to the total cost for the Initial Alterations, less the 10% retainage referenced above (if and to the extent applicable). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall not be obligated to disburse any portion of the Allowance during the continuance of an uncured Default under the Lease, and Landlord’s obligation to disburse shall only resume if and when such Default is cured. Landlord shall be entitled to deduct from the Allowance and pay Landlord’s property manager a construction administration fee for Landlord’s oversight of the performance of the Initial Alterations (including qualification of contractors, review of plans and construction schedules, coordination of building services and base building tie-in) in an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the “hard” costs of the Initial Alterations, not to exceed a maximum of Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00) in the aggregate. A Landlord representative shall participate in weekly progress meetings as requested by Tenant if necessary to address identified issues. In addition, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Exhibit, Landlord may deduct from the Allowance any reasonable third party out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the Initial Alterations. In addition to the Allowance, Landlord shall provide a “test fit” allowance of up to Twelve Cents per rentable foot in the Premises to reimburse Tenant’s architect for an initial test fit plan.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in the event that Landlord fails to timely make a disbursement of the Allowance, and such disbursement (or portion thereof) is not subject to a legitimate good-faith dispute by Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to offset the subject disbursement of the Allowance against the Rent next payable by Tenant under the Lease (after the Rent Abatement Periods set forth in this Lease and application of any Rent Credit as provided herein); provided, however, that Tenant first provides Landlord with an additional notice which shall set forth in bold capital letters the following statement: “IF LANDLORD FAILS TO DISBURSE FUNDS FOR THE ALLOWANCE WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE, THEN TENANT SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO OFFSET THE SUBJECT DISBURSEMENT OF THE ALLOWANCE AGAINST RENT” and such failure by Landlord to make such disbursement of the Allowance continues for more than ten (10) days after Landlord receives such additional notice. The foregoing provision shall be deemed null and void and shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement upon the full disbursement of the Improvement Allowance as provided herein. In no event however shall Tenant offset an amount more than twenty percent (20%) of the payment due to Landlord, but Tenant may carry forward any excess to apply toward future payments until fully applied. Any portion of the Allowance that is offset as aforesaid is deemed to have been funded, and in all events Tenant must use the amount offset for the items to which the Allowance may be applied.

3. If Tenant does not submit a request for payment of the entire Allowance to Landlord in accordance with the provisions contained in this Exhibit by the 240th day after the Commencement Date, any unused amount shall accrue to the sole benefit of Landlord, it being

 

Exhibit C-1


understood that Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit, abatement or other concession in connection therewith; provided, if and to the extent Tenant has not exhausted the portion of the Allowance applicable to the Rent Credit, any unused amount of the Allowance shall be automatically converted to the Rent Credit to be applied after expiration of the Rent Abatement Periods (subject to the limitations set forth in A.2 above). Tenant shall be responsible for all applicable state sales or use taxes, if any, payable in connection with the Initial Alterations and/or Allowance.

4. Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in the condition required by Section 4 of the Lease, it being agreed that Landlord shall not be required to perform any work or, except as provided above with respect to the Allowance, incur any costs in connection with the construction or demolition of any improvements in the Premises.

5. Landlord shall respond to any request for approval of Tenant’s plans, drawings or construction documents within seven (7) business days after Tenant’s submission of a complete set thereof. In the event Tenant is required to resubmit plans, drawings or documents for approval, Landlord shall respond to such resubmitted plans, drawings or documents within five (5) business days after Tenant’s submission of a complete set thereof. If Landlord fails to respond to a submission of plans, drawings or construction documents within the time frames set forth above, and Landlord also fails to respond to Tenant within three (3) business days after Landlord’s receipt of a second written request for Landlord’s approval (which second request states in bold capital letters that the request will be deemed approved if Landlord fails to respond within the three (3) business day period) then, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the same as submitted, however such “deemed approval” concept shall not apply with respect to improvements affecting the Base Building Systems.

6. Tenant shall have the right to engage Orr Partners as Tenant’s construction manager to assist Tenant in connection with the Initial Alterations. The cost of such construction manager shall be borne by Tenant, subject to application of the Allowance toward reasonable and customary fees therefor.

7. This Exhibit shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, or to any portion of the original Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term of the Lease, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless expressly so provided in the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease.

 

  B. Additional Alterations Permitted Subject to Landlord Approval.

1. Subject to Landlord’s approval of the plans and specifications therefor pursuant to Paragraph A of this Exhibit C, Tenant shall have the right to include as part of the Initial Alterations: (a) a test house in the First Floor Space, to be used as a display area, (b) provided the same does not exceed the floor load limits for the Building, a radiography fluoroscopy room with an 8’ x 10’ x 7.5’ high enclosure weighing approximately 3,000 pounds ( “RF Room” ), (c) modified core area restrooms on the floors occupied entirely by Tenant, including without limitation, adding bathrooms, showers and locker rooms to the Premises on floors occupied

 

Exhibit C-1


entirely by Tenant, and (d) an internal stairwell connecting any floors on which the Premises is located for which Tenant leases a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the rentable area on such floor (all such alterations described in clauses (a) through (d) are collectively referred to as the “Additional Alterations” ); provided, however, that all such Additional Alterations shall be deemed to be Specialty Alterations (as defined in Section 10 of the Lease) and Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove the same and restore the area comprising the same to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

2. Subject to Landlord’s approval of the plans and specifications therefor pursuant to Paragraph A of this Exhibit C, Tenant shall be permitted to install a hot dog roller in the break room in the Premises; provided, however, that in the event that Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord has received complaints from other tenants, occupants or visitors in the Building concerning objectionable odors emanating from the Premises on account thereof, and Tenant is unable to eliminate such odors within five (5) days following such notice, Tenant shall be required promptly to remove such hot dog roller, and Tenant’s right to the same pursuant hereto shall be void and without force or effect.

 

Exhibit C-1


Schedule 1 to Exhibit C

 

BUILDING SHELL DESCRIPTION - TYSONS METRO CENTER III
NUMBER OF FLOORS    Above-grade 11 Levels
YEAR BUILT    1980 (Source: site drawings)
DEVELOPER    Evans Company (Source: site drawings)
ARCHITECT    Smith, Segreti, Tepper (base building) Gensler (2013 Complete Renovation)
BUILDING RENTABLE AREA    257,824 sf (BOMA)
TYPICAL FLOOR PLATE SIZE   

22,245 rentable square feet (2nd floor)

23,493 rentable square feet (3rd thru 11th floor)

BUILDING CORE FACTOR   

Average Single-Tenant Office Core Factor: 1.12352

Average Multi-Tenant Office Core Factor: 1.18997

(Source: Gensler Architects Re-measurement 3/28/14)

SITE AREA    Approximately 151,358 SF (Source: Fairfax County Website)
LOBBY    The main entrance to the lobby is off of Greensboro Drive surround by 185 surface parking spaces. The entrance consists of one revolving glass door and two single glass door. The lobby doors are anodized aluminum and door panels are full height glass. The rear lobby provides access to the garage structure and joins the main lobby at the elevators. The lobby is filed with white epoxy terrazzo floors. The terrazzo is a mix of quartz and mother of pearl shell flecks showing a bright and classic look. Large wood grained panels stretching from the floor to the 2nd floor ceiling are the focal point of both the main and rear lobbies. The wood grained panels are a matched natural maple that highlights the stunning beauty of the open air lobby design. Lighting is provided by recessed LED cove and down lighting. The second floor elevator lobby overlooks the main and rear lobbies.
Zoning Code    C-4(High Density Office) (Source: Fairfax County Website)
TYPICAL FLOOR BAY SIZE    20’ column spacing
PARKING GARAGE    A shared, detached above ground 6 level garage, located on the south side of the building provides 1,800 spaces shared with John Marshall Two; 3.25 /1,000 RSF parking ratio. 185 spaces of surface parking is available on-grade on the north, and east sides of the building.
CURTAIN WALL    The building exterior façade is comprised of a glass and concrete systems with tinted glass panes and pre-cast concrete panels with glazed vision panels. The retail level is glass panels.
STRUCTURAL SYSTEM    The building is poured in-place reinforced concrete.
FLOOR LOADS    Live Loads for the slabs were designed to support 801b psf. Roof is 30 PSF.

 

Exhibit C-1


ROOF AND PENTHOUSE SYSTEM    During the 2012/2013 renovation project the roof waterproofing system was replaced. The new system incorporates a LEED compliant design. The roof incorporates a modified bitumen granular system with a sloped insulation design for proper drainage. It is compliant with FM-IA-90 standards. The new roof is covered by a 20 year warranty.
ELEVATORS    The elevator system is a fully geared modernized digital elevator system maintained by a local leader in the elevator industry. The building has three (4) passenger and (1) freight elevator. All four elevators stop on floors 1 through 11 and the freight included the basement as well as the tower. The maximum weight capacity is 3,000 lbs for the passenger elevators and 3,500 lbs for the freight elevator. The elevator system was completely modernized with cab refurbishment in 2013.
HEATING & AIR-CONDITIONING    The Building’s HVAC system was renovated in 2013/2014 to a modern energy efficient design. The mechanical system is comprised of a central plant which produces chilled water and hot water to serve two VAV air handling systems on each floor. The air handlers have variable frequency drives controlling the fan speed to further reduce energy consumption. The system utilizes a new Triddium/Distech direct digital control system to control the building. The air distribution system has been replaced during the renovation. There are provisions for 24 fan powered perimeter variable air volume boxes and 10 interior variable air volume boxes on each typical floor (3 through 11). 14 perimeter VAV boxes are in place (7 north/7 south) with an additional 10 boxes provided at no cost to the tenants that are not installed. Similarly the 10 interior boxes (5 north/5 south) are also provided at no cost but are not installed. Tenant is free to use boxes in any location that benefits tenant but cost to install are the responsibility of the tenant. Any boxes not used become property of the landlord. Suite #100 on the first floor has provisions for 6 perimeter and 2 interior VAV boxes. 4 perimeter boxes are existing and installed. Landlord will provide an additional 2 perimeter and 2 interior boxes at no cost for Tenant’s use but the cost to install is the responsibility of Tenant. Suite #150 has provisions for 8 perimeter and 2 interior VAV boxes. 5 perimeter boxes are existing and installed. Landlord will provide an additional 3 perimeter and 2 interior boxes at no cost for Tenant’s use but the cost to install will be the responsibility of Tenant. The perimeter heat is supplied by three boilers located in the main plant. The building outside air system incorporates an energy recovery system with CO2 optimization. The building’s cooling system incorporates McQuay and Carrier equipment. There are two separate Baltimore Aircoil Company, these cooling towers for the base building mechanical system that matches the mechanical

 

Exhibit C-1


   system. The system upgrade included adding a water side economization system to reduce energy consumption on cooler days. Each chiller has its own condenser water system. The main plant consists of 2 chillers and three boilers each with its associated pumps and accessories.
ELECTRICAL POWER    The building has the capacity to provide up to 5 watts per square foot.
ADA CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS    All entrances are ADA code approved and allow easy access to the building. All restrooms and water fountains are compliant to the latest code.
FIRE SENSING AND FIRE ALARM    The fire protection system is a combination standpipe and flooded automatic sprinkler system. Water for the fire suppression system is supplied from the public water main via an electric-powered fire pump on B-level in the Fire pump room. The stand pipes supply water for the hose valves is located in the stairwell of each floor as well as the automatic wet pipe sprinkler system throughout the building. The sprinkler system is a dual feed from both stairwells. The Fire control panel located in the main lobby is manufactured by Notifier model 3030 fully addressable head end system with addressable devices in the field. This system was part of the major renovation and is completely new. The building alarms in accordance to the most current NFPA guidelines and code for high rise office building, the system monitors all of the fire alarm systems devices, flows, and tamper switches. In addition, there is an annunciator panel located in the Fire Control room in the front lobby of the building. There are manual pull stations at the stairwell entrances on each floor and emergency phones in each elevator cab. The fully addressable system includes both visual strobe and voice message alarms.
ACCESS CONTROL    The building is secured remotely by Kastle Systems during all non-business hours and access can be obtained by use of a key fob/access card. The key fob/access card will allow access to the perimeter doors, elevators and garage. The fire alarm monitoring is provided by Kastle Systems as well.
LIGHTING    Existing lighting consists of T-5 florescent cover lights and LED hi hats with metal trimmed lens in the elevator lobbies. The tenant areas have not been built out yet for lighting.
COMMON AREA INTERIOR FINISH ELEMENTS
WALLS AND PARTITIONS    Walls and partitions are typically painted drywall and are in shell condition. Perimeter of space is primed, finished and ready for tenant’s partitions. The core is ready for tenant’s partitions.
FLOORS AND FLOOR COVERING    Common area finishes are in shell condition and ready for tenant finishes. The prototype elevator lobby located on the le floor consist of include painted drywall with vinyl baseboards.

 

Exhibit C-1


   Each elevator lobby has concrete floors covered in carpet. There is light grey stone floor and white ceramic wall tile in the restrooms.
CEILINGS AND SYSTEM ELEMENTS    Floor basement- 10’8”, typical finished ceiling height 8’ Floor 1- 12’8, typical finished ceiling height 9’ Floors 2rd-10th-10’8”, typical finished ceiling height 8’6” Floor 1111)-11’6” typical finished ceiling height 8’10”
TELECOMMUNICATIONS    The building is pre-wired in the main demark for use with COX Communications, Level 3, Zayo, & Verizon. All four provide fiber to fiber conductivity. All four providers have building approved installation available for tenant’s usage.

 

Exhibit C-1


EXHIBIT D

COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT

Reference is made to that certain Deed of Office Lease Agreement by and between Marshall Property LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, ( “Landlord” ) and ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation, ( “Tenant” ), and dated                      (the “Lease” ).

Landlord and Tenant hereby confirm and agree that:

1. The Commencement Date under the Lease is         

2. The Expiration Date under the Lease is         

4. The Rentable Area of the Premises is         

5. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share for Expenses is          and for Taxes is         

6. The Abated Base Rent amount is $        . The Abated Storage Space Rent amount is $        .

This Commencement Date Agreement is executed as of             , 20    .

 

LANDLORD:
MARSHALL PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

TENANT:
ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Hereunto Duly Authorized

 

D-1


EXHIBIT E

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls or other parts of the Building not occupied by any tenant shall not be obstructed or encumbered by any tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises, and if the Premises are situated on the ground floor of the Building, the tenant thereof shall, at said tenant’s own expense, keep the sidewalks and curb directly in front of said Premises clean and free from ice and snow. Landlord shall have the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building, and the facilities furnished for the common use of the tenants, in such a manner as Landlord deems best for the benefit of the tenants generally. No tenant shall permit the visit to its premises of persons in such numbers or under such conditions as to interfere with the use and enjoyment by other tenants of the entrances, corridors, elevators and other public portions or facilities of the Building.

2. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No drapes, blinds, shades, or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed provided the same is not visible from outside the Premises. Such awnings, projections, curtains, blinds, shades, screens or other fixtures must be of a quality, type, design and color, and attached in the manner approved by Landlord. Drapes installed by Tenant for their use must be cleaned by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, any items placed on the windowsills of the Premises that are visible from outside of the Building.

3. No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by tenant on any part of the outside or inside of the Premises or Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by any tenant, Landlord may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to the tenant or tenants violating this rule.

4. No showcases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor placed in the halls, corridors or vestibules without the prior written consent of Landlord.

5. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other substances shall be thrown therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall have caused the same.

6. There shall be no marking, painting, drilling into or in any way defacing any part of the Premises or the Building. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted. Tenant shall not construct, maintain, use or operate within the Premises or elsewhere within or on the outside of the Building, any electrical device, wiring or apparatus in connection with a loud speaker

 

E-1


system or other sound system, except as reasonably required as part of a communication system approved prior to the installation thereof by Landlord, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as sounds are not audible from outside the Premises.

7. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Lease, no bicycles, vehicles or animals, birds or pets of any kind (other than animals providing assistance to persons with disabilities) shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises, and no cooking shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced upon or emanate from the Premises. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing, for the storage of merchandise, or for the sale of merchandise, goods or property of any kind at auction.

8. No tenant shall make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with occupants of this or neighboring buildings or premises of those having business with them whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, talking machine, unusual noise, whistling, singing, or in any other way.

9. No tenant shall throw anything out of the doors or windows or down the corridors or stairs.

10. No inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid, chemical or substance shall be brought or kept upon the Premises.

11. Except to the extent otherwise approved by Landlord, no additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors, or windows by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanism thereof The doors leading to the corridors or main halls shall be kept closed during Business Hours except as they may be used for ingress or egress. Each tenant shall, upon the termination of its tenancy, restore to Landlord all keys to stores, offices, storage, and toilet rooms either furnished to or otherwise procured by such tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys, so furnished, such tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof. Tenant shall have the right to install locks on interior office doors, provided that Landlord is furnished with a key thereto (except as otherwise provided in Section 13).

12. All removals, or the carrying in or out of any safes, freight, furniture or bulky matter of any description must take place during the hours which Landlord or its Agent may reasonably determine from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all freight which violates any of these Rules and Regulations or this Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.

13. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord, tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

14. Any person employed by any tenant to do janitorial work within the Premises must obtain Landlord’s consent and such person shall, while in the Building and outside of said Premises, comply with all instructions issued by the Superintendent of the Building. No tenant shall engage or pay any employees on the Premises, except those actually working for such tenant on said Premises.

 

E-2


15. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building at all times any person who is not known or does not properly identify himself to the building management or watchman on duty. Landlord may at his option require all persons admitted to or leaving the Building between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m., Monday through Saturday, Sundays and legal holidays to register. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it authorizes entry into or exit out of the Building, and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.

16. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purpose.

17. Each tenant, before closing and leaving the premises at any time, shall use reasonable efforts to see that all windows are closed and all lights turned off.

18. The requirements of tenant will be attended to only upon application at the office of the Building. Employees shall not perform any work or do anything outside of the regular duties, unless under special instruction from the management of the Building.

19. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

20. Only hand trucks equipped with rubber tires and side guards may be used in the Building.

21. Access plates to under floor conduits shall be left exposed. Where carpet is installed, carpet shall be cut around access plates. Where tenant elects not to provide removable plates in their carnet for access into the under floor duct system, it shall be the tenant’s responsibility to pay for the removal and replacement of the carpet for any access needed into the duct system at any time in the future.

22. Mats, trash or other objects shall not be placed in the public corridors.

23. Landlord does not maintain or clean suite finishes which are non-standard, such as kitchens, bathrooms, wallpaper, special lights, etc. However, should the need for repairs arise, Landlord will arrange for the work to be done at the tenant’s expense.

24. Landlord will furnish and install light bulbs for the building standard fluorescent or incandescent fixtures only. For special fixtures, the tenant will stock its own bulbs, which will be installed by Landlord when so requested by the tenant.

25. Tenant shall comply with all workplace smoking Laws. There shall be no smoking in bathrooms, elevator lobbies, elevators, and other common areas, or anywhere in the Building or the Garage or within the no smoking zones outside the Building as designated by Landlord, from time to time (Tenant acknowledging that the entire Building is smoke-free).

26. Each tenant shall handle its newspapers and “office paper” in the manner required by applicable law and shall conform with any recycling plan instituted by Landlord.

27. Violation of these rules and regulations, or any amendments thereto, shall be a default under this Lease, entitling Landlord to all remedies therefor.

 

E-3


28. Landlord may upon request by any tenant, waive the compliance by such tenant of any of the foregoing rules and regulations, provided that (i) no waiver shall be effective unless signed by Landlord or Landlord’s authorized Agent, (ii) any such waiver shall not relieve such tenant from the obligation to comply with such rule or regulation in the future unless expressly consented to by Landlord, and (iii) no waiver granted to any tenant shall relieve any other tenant from the obligation of complying with the foregoing rules and regulations unless such other tenant has received a similar waiver in writing from Landlord.

29. In the event of any conflict between any provisions in this Lease and these rules and regulations, the provisions set forth in this Lease shall control.

 

E-4


EXHIBIT F

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Deed of Office Lease Agreement by and between MARSHALL PROPERTY LLC , a Delaware limited liability company ( Landlord ) and ALARM.COM INCORPORATED , a Delaware corporation ( “Tenant” ) for space in the Building located at 8281 Greensboro Drive, Tysons, Virginia 22102.

1. TENANT’S TERMINATION OPTION .

A. On the conditions (which conditions Landlord may waive by written notice to Tenant at any time) that (i) Tenant is not in default of its covenants and obligations under the Lease after notice thereof and expiration of any applicable cure period, and (ii) Tenant has not assigned the Lease, other than to an Affiliated Entity or a Permitted Successor, both at the time that Tenant gives Tenant’s Termination Notice, as hereinafter defined, and as of the Effective Termination Date, as hereinafter defined, then Tenant shall have the one-time right ( “Termination Right” ) to terminate either (x) the Lease Term with respect to the entire Premises, or (y) the Lease Term solely with respect to one (1) or more full floors of the Premises (as applicable, the “Partial Premises” ), effective as of the last day of the ninety-fourth (94th) full calendar month (plus the partial month, if any, in which the Commencement Date occurs) after the Commencement Date ( “Effective Termination Date” ) by giving Landlord written notice ( “Tenant’s Termination Notice” ) on or before the date that is twelve (12) full calendar months prior to the Effective Termination Date, and by paying to Landlord the Termination Fee, as hereinafter defined. Tenant’s Termination Notice shall specify whether the Termination Right is being exercised with respect to the entire Premises or a Partial Premises, and if a Partial Premises, the full floor(s) to which such Termination Right is being exercised; if Tenant’s Termination Notice fails to so specify, Tenant’s Termination Notice shall be deemed to apply to the entire Premises. Fifty percent (50%) of the Termination Fee shall be payable to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of Tenant’s Termination Notice, and the remaining fifty percent (50%) shall be payable to Landlord on or before the date on which Tenant vacates the Premises or Partial Premises, as applicable. Landlord, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor, shall provide Tenant with a reasonably detailed calculation of the Termination Fee.

B. If Tenant timely and properly exercises its Termination Right and timely pays to Landlord the Termination Fee, then the Lease Term with respect to the entire Premises or the Partial Premises, as applicable, shall terminate as of the Effective Termination Date, and Rent and other charges with respect to the entire Premises or Partial Premises, as applicable, shall be apportioned as of said Effective Termination Date.

C. For the purposes hereof, the “Termination Fee” shall be equal to the Unamortized Portion, as hereinafter defined, of Landlord’s Transaction Costs, as hereinafter defined. The “Unamortized Portion” shall be defined as the amount of principal which would remain unpaid as of the Effective Termination Date with respect to a loan in an original principal amount equal to (i) Landlord’s Transaction Costs (and if with respect to a Partial Premises, such amount shall be allocated to the Partial Premises based on the proportion that the rentable area of

 

F-1


the Partial Premises bears to the rentable area of the Premises leased as of the Commencement Date) and which is repaid in equal monthly payments of principal and interest on a direct reduction basis over one hundred twenty (120) months with interest at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, plus (ii) one (1) monthly installment of Base Rent payable for the Premises (or Partial Premises, as applicable) in an amount equal to (but in addition to) the last monthly installment of Base Rent payable for the Premises (or the Partial Premises, as applicable) for the last calendar month prior to the Termination Effective Date. For the purposes hereof, “Landlord’s Transaction Costs” shall be equal to the sum of (a) the Allowance, plus (b) the Abated Base Rent and the Abated Storage Space Rent, plus (c) all reasonable legal fees and brokerage fees paid by Landlord in connection with the Lease. Landlord, upon written request of Tenant, shall provide to Tenant verification of such costs promptly after Landlord’s Transaction Costs have been determined, If Tenant expands the Premises pursuant to Paragraphs 2, 3 and/or 4 below or otherwise, then, the Termination Fee shall be increased to account for costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such additional space as follows: Landlord’s Transaction Costs related to such additional space shall include any allowance, any abated rent and any and all reasonable legal and brokerage fees paid by Landlord in connection with such additional space; and the Unamortized Portion of such additional costs shall be defined as the amount of principal which would remain unpaid as of the Effective Termination Date with respect to a loan in an original principal amount equal to Landlord’s Transaction Costs with respect to such additional space and which is repaid in equal monthly payments of principal and interest on a direct reduction basis over a period equal to the number of full calendar months in the period beginning on the rent commencement date with respect to such additional space and ending on the last day of the Lease Term as in effect on the date such rent commencement date occurs (without regard to the early termination) with interest at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum.

D. In the event that Tenant fails timely to give Tenant’s Termination Notice or to timely pay the Termination Fee, then, at Landlord’s election, Tenant shall have no right to exercise the termination right herein, time being of the essence with respect to Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

2. TENANT’S EXPANSION OPTION .

A. On the conditions, which conditions Landlord may waive, at its election, by written notice to Tenant at any time, that (i) there does not exist a Monetary Default or a material non-monetary Default by Tenant under the Lease, and (ii) Tenant has not assigned the Lease, other than to an Affiliated Entity or a Permitted Successor, both as of the time of option exercise and as of the Expansion Commencement Date, as hereinafter defined, Tenant shall have the following right ( “Expansion Right” ) to lease the Expansion Premises, as hereinafter defined. Tenant shall have the right, upon written notice thereof ( “Tenant’s Expansion Notice” ) to Landlord not later than the last day of the thirty-sixth (36th) month after the Lease Effective Date (except as otherwise provided pursuant to Paragraph 3 below) (the “Expansion Trigger Date” ), to elect to lease the entire rentable area on the eighth (8th) floor of the Building ( “Expansion Premises” ).

B. If Tenant, at its option, elects to exercise its right hereunder to lease such Expansion Premises, Tenant’s Expansion Notice shall constitute Tenant’s binding and

 

F-2


irrevocable election to lease such Expansion Premises. Tenant’s leasing of such Expansion Premises shall be on all the then-current terms and conditions of the initial Premises, including Base Rent (calculated on a per square foot basis) and the 2015 Base Year, except that all concessions, including without limitation the Abated Rent and the Allowance, shall be reduced on a pro rata basis to reflect the shorter term of the Lease with respect to such Expansion Premises. Promptly after Tenant timely provides to Landlord Tenant’s Expansion Notice, the parties shall execute an amendment to this Lease (reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant) adding to the Premises the Expansion Premises and confirming that any numbers or calculations based upon the rentable area included in the Premises shall be modified to correspond to such modified rentable area leased by Tenant hereunder. In the event Tenant does not timely provide to Landlord Tenant’s Expansion Notice, then Tenant’s rights with respect to the Expansion Premises under this Paragraph shall be void and without force or effect.

C. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if (i) Tenant has not provided to Landlord Tenant’s Expansion Notice during the first twelve (12) months after the Lease Effective Date, and (ii) during the period commencing on the first (1st) day of the thirteenth (13) month after the Lease Execution Date and continuing through and including the last day of the thirty-sixth (36th) month after the Lease Execution Date, Landlord receives a qualified and acceptable offer by a third party to lease more than seventy-five percent (75%) of the rentable area of the eighth (8th) floor, then Tenant’s Expansion Right hereunder shall become instead a right of first refusal and shall be exercised subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of Paragraph 3 below.

3. TENANT’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

A. On the conditions, which conditions Landlord may waive, at its election, by written notice to Tenant at any time, that (i) there does not exist a Monetary Default or a material non-monetary Default by Tenant under the Lease, and (ii) Tenant has not assigned the Lease, other than to an Affiliated Entity or a Permitted Successor, both as of the time of option exercise and as of the Refusal Premises Commencement Date, as hereinafter defined, Tenant shall have the following right ( “Right of First Refusal” ) to lease the Refusal Premises, as hereinafter defined. Tenant shall have a right of first refusal ( “ROFR” ) with respect to the leasing of all or any portion of the eighth (8th) floor of the Building (the “ROFR Premises” ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to exercise its Right of First Refusal other than during the first seventy (70) full calendar months of the Lease Term (i.e., during the first five Lease Years, and during the first 10 months of the sixth Lease Year). In any case where Tenant has no right to exercise its Right of First Refusal, Landlord shall not be obligated to deliver Landlord’s ROFR Notice to Tenant. Tenant’s ROFR shall be exercisable only upon and subject to the following conditions:

(i) Upon receipt by Landlord of a fully executed proposal and/or letter of intent ( “Bona Fide Offer” ) from a prospective third party tenant that is acceptable to Landlord for the leasing of all or any portion of the ROFR Premises, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the existence of such Bona Fide Offer ( “Landlord’s ROFR Notice” ) and the terms thereof for the applicable ROFR Premises. Tenant shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice given to Landlord within seven (7) business days after the receipt of Landlord’s ROFR Notice, to either: (a) lease the ROFR Premises at the Fair Market Rental Value set forth in

 

F-3


Landlord’s ROFR Notice ( “Tenant’s ROFR Exercise Notice” ), or (ii) lease the RFO Premises but provide Landlord with a counteroffer of Landlord’s designation of Fair Market Rental Value ( “Tenant’s ROFR Objection Notice” ). If Tenant timely and properly provides Tenant’s ROFR Exercise Notice, Tenant shall lease the ROFR Premises and the Fair Market Rental Value shall be as set forth in Landlord’s ROFR Notice. If Tenant timely and properly provides Tenant’s ROFR Objection Notice, then Tenant shall lease the ROFR Premises, and the Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined as follows: The parties shall negotiate in good faith for thirty (30) days ( “ROFR Negotiation Period” ). If the parties cannot reach an agreement as to the designation of Fair Market Rental Value within the ROFR Negotiation Period, then Fair Market Rental Value shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Subparagraph E of Paragraph 5 below. If Tenant timely and properly gives Landlord Tenant’s ROFR Exercise Notice or Tenant’s ROFR Objection Notice, then Landlord shall lease to Tenant and Tenant shall hire and take from Landlord, such ROFR Premises, upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease except as hereinafter set forth with the Fair Market Rental Value determined as set forth above. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event Landlord’s ROFR Notice is delivered to Tenant on or before August 31, 2017, then the leasing of the ROFR Premises shall be on all the then-current terms and conditions as the initial Premises, including Base Rent (calculated on a per square foot basis) and the 2015 Base Year, except that all concessions, including without limitation the Abated Rent and the Allowance, shall be reduced on a pro rata basis to reflect the shorter term of the Lease with respect to such ROFR Premises.

(ii) Tenant’s rights with respect to the ROFR Premises are ongoing rights as any ROFR Premises becomes available, subject to the limitations set forth herein. If Tenant does not timely and properly provide either Tenant’s ROFR Exercise Notice or Tenant’s ROFR Objection Notice with respect to any ROFR Premises, then Landlord shall have the right to lease such ROFR Premises that was the subject of Landlord’s ROFR Notice to a third party and Tenant’s right hereunder with respect to such ROFR Premises shall not apply.

B. Lease Provisions Applying to ROFR Premises

(i) The leasing to Tenant of such ROFR Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except as follows:

 

  (a) ROFR Premises Commencement Date

If a prior tenant of ROFR Premises holds over past the expiration of such tenant’s lease term, and Landlord is delayed in delivering the ROFR Premises by the date set forth in Landlord’s ROFR Notice, then Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such holdover tenant to vacate the ROFR Premises within a reasonable period.

 

  (b) Expiration Date

The Expiration Date in respect of such ROFR Premises shall be the Expiration Date of the then current Term of this Lease as such Term may be extended by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 5 below.

 

F-4


  (c) Base Rent

The Base Rent rental rate in respect of such ROFR Premises shall be as determined in Subparagraph 3.A(ii) above.

 

  (d) Condition of ROFR Premises

Tenant shall take such ROFR Premises “as-is” in its then (i.e. as of the date of delivery) state of construction, finish, and decoration, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to construct or prepare any ROFR Premises for Tenant’s occupancy; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not diminish Landlord’s obligation to keep the Base Building Systems serving the Premises (including the ROFR Premises) in good working order, nor Landlord’s obligation to keep the common areas of the Building (including the core restrooms on any multi-tenanted floor on which the ROFR Premises are located) in compliance with applicable Law.

C. Execution of Lease Amendments

Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant’s exercise of the above-described option to lease ROFR Premises shall be self-executing, as aforesaid, the parties hereby agree promptly to execute a lease amendment reflecting the addition of an ROFR Premises. The execution of such lease amendment shall not be deemed to waive any of the conditions to Tenant’s exercise of the herein option to lease the ROFR Premises, unless otherwise specifically provided in such lease amendment.

4. TENANT’S RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

A. On the conditions, which conditions Landlord may waive, at its election, by written notice to Tenant at any time, that (i) there does not exist a Monetary Default or a material non-monetary Default by Tenant under the Lease, and (ii) Tenant has not assigned the Lease, other than to an Affiliated Entity or a Permitted Successor, both as of the time of option exercise and as of the RFO Premises Commencement Date, as hereinafter defined, Tenant shall have the following rights ( “Right of First Offer” ) to lease the RFO Premises, as hereinafter defined, when the RFO Premises become available for lease to Tenant, as hereinafter defined. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to exercise its Right of First Offer other than during the first ninety-four (94) full calendar months of the Lease Term (i.e., during the first seven Lease Years, and during the first 10 months of the eighth Lease Year). In any case where Tenant has no right to exercise its RFO Right, Landlord shall not be obligated to deliver Landlord’s RFO Notice to Tenant.

(i) Definition of RFO Premises

“RFO Premises” shall be defined as any of the “Urban Spec Suites” located on the second (2nd) and third (3rd) floors of the Building, when such area becomes available for lease to Tenant, as hereinafter defined, during the Term of this Lease. For the purposes of this Paragraph, a RFO Premises shall be deemed to be “available for lease to Tenant” if, during the Term of this Lease, Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, determines that such area will become available for leasing to Tenant (i.e. when Landlord determines that the then current occupant of such RFO Premises will vacate such RFO Premises, and when Landlord intends to offer such area for lease). Some or all of the RFO Premises may currently be vacant. In no event shall any such currently vacant RFO Premises be deemed to be “available for lease to Tenant” until such

 

F-5


RFO Premises have been leased to a third party, and thereafter such third party tenant of such RFO Premises will vacate such RFO Premises (following the exercise of any renewal or expansion rights to which such third party is entitled under its lease), and when Landlord intends to offer such area for lease.

(ii) Exercise of Right to Lease RFO Premises

Landlord shall give Tenant written notice ( “Landlord’s RFO Notice” ) after Landlord determines, as aforesaid, that a RFO Premises will become available for lease to Tenant. Landlord’s Notice shall set forth the exact location of the RFO Premises, Landlord’s designation of the Fair Market Rental Value (as defined in Subparagraph E of Paragraph 5 below) applicable to the RFO Premises and the RFO Premises Commencement Date. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to designate Fair Market Rental Value more than eleven (11) months prior to the anticipated RFO Premises Commencement Date. Tenant shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice given to Landlord within seven (7) business days after the receipt of Landlord’s RFO Notice, to either: (i) lease the RFO Premises at the Fair Market Rental Value set forth in Landlord’s RFO Notice ( “Tenant’s RFO Exercise Notice” ), or (ii) lease the RFO Premises but provide Landlord with a counteroffer of Landlord’s designation of Fair Market Rental Value ( “Tenant’s RFO Objection Notice” ). If Tenant timely and properly provides Tenant’s RFO Exercise Notice, Tenant shall lease the RFO Premises and the Fair Market Rental Value shall be as set forth in Landlord’s RFO Notice. If Tenant timely and properly provides Tenant’s RFO Objection Notice, then Tenant shall lease the RFO Premises, and the Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined as follows: The parties shall negotiate in good faith for thirty (30) days ( “RFO Negotiation Period” ). If the parties cannot reach an agreement as to the designation of Fair Market Rental Value within the RFO Negotiation Period, then Fair Market Rental Value shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Subparagraph E of Paragraph 5 below. If Tenant timely and properly gives Landlord Tenant’s RFO Exercise Notice or Tenant’s RFO Objection Notice, then Landlord shall lease to Tenant and Tenant shall hire and take from Landlord, such RFO Premises, upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease except as hereinafter set forth with the Fair Market Rental Value determined as set forth above.

(iii) Tenant’s rights with respect to the RFO Premises are ongoing rights as any RFO Premises becomes available, subject to the limitations set forth herein. If Tenant does not timely and properly provide either Tenant’s RFO Exercise Notice or Tenant’s RFO Objection Notice with respect to any RHO Premises, then Landlord shall have the right to lease such RFO Premises that was the subject of Landlord’s RFO Notice to a third party and Tenant’s right hereunder with respect to such RFO Premises shall not apply unless such RFO Premises shall thereafter become available for lease to Tenant, but if any other RFO Premises thereafter becomes available during the time period provided herein, Tenant’s rights under this Paragraph shall apply with respect to such space.

B. Lease Provisions Applying to RFO Premises

(iv) The leasing to Tenant of such RFO Premises shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except as follows:

 

  (a) RFO Premises Commencement Date

If a prior tenant of RFO Premises holds over past the expiration of such tenant’s lease term, and Landlord is delayed in delivering the RFO Premises by the date set forth in Landlord’s Notice, then Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such holdover tenant to vacate the RFO Premises within a reasonable period.

 

F-6


  (b) Expiration Date

The Expiration Date in respect of such RFO Premises shall be the Expiration Date of the then current Term of this Lease as such Term may be extended by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 5 below.

 

  (c) Base Rent

The Base Rent rental rate in respect of such RFO Premises shall be based upon the Fair Market Rental Value determined as set forth above.

 

  (d) Condition of RFO Premises

Tenant shall take such RFO Premises “as-is” in its then (i.e. as of the date of delivery) state of construction, finish, and decoration, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to construct or prepare any RFO Premises for Tenant’s occupancy; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not diminish Landlord’s obligation to keep the Base Building Systems serving the Premises (including the RFO Premises) in good working order, nor Landlord’s obligation to keep the common areas of the Building (including the core restrooms on any multi-tenanted floor on which the RFO Premises are located) in compliance with applicable Law.

C. Execution of Lease Amendments

Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant’s exercise of the above-described option to lease RFO Premises shall be self-executing, as aforesaid, the parties hereby agree promptly to execute a lease amendment reflecting the addition of an RFO Premises. The execution of such lease amendment shall not be deemed to waive any of the conditions to Tenant’s exercise of the herein option to lease the RFO Premises, unless otherwise specifically provided in such lease amendment.

5. TENANT’S OPTION TO EXTEND THE TERM OF THE LEASE.

A. On the conditions, which conditions Landlord may waive, at its election, by written notice to Tenant at any time, that (i) there does not exist a Monetary Default or a material non-monetary Default by Tenant under the Lease, and (ii) Tenant has not assigned the Lease, other than to an Affiliated Entity or a Permitted Successor, both as of the time of option exercise and as of the commencement of the hereinafter described additional Term, Tenant shall have the option ( “Extension Option” ) to extend the Term of this Lease with respect to either the entire Premises or a Partial Premises (as defined below) for one (1) additional five (5) year period ( “Extension Term” ), the additional term commencing as of the expiration of the initial Term of the Lease. Tenant may exercise its Extension Option by giving Landlord written notice ( “Extension Option Notice” ) not earlier than fifteen (15) months and not later than twelve (12) months prior to the Expiration Date of the initial Term of the Lease. Tenant’s Extension Option

 

F-7


notice shall specify whether Tenant’s exercise of its Extension Option is with respect to the entire Premises or the Partial Premises and, if for the Partial Premises, the location thereof (subject to subsection F below); in the event Tenant timely provides the Extension Option Notice, but fails therein to specify the location of the Premises to which the renewal exercise relates, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected to renew the Lease Term with respect to the entire Premises. Upon the timely giving of such Extension Option Notice, the Term of this Lease shall be deemed extended upon all of the terms and conditions of this Lease. If Tenant fails to give timely notice, as aforesaid, Tenant shall have no further right to extend the Term of this Lease, time being of the essence for this Paragraph.

B. The Base Rent during the Extension Term shall be based upon the Fair Market Rental Value, as defined in and determined pursuant to Subparagraph E of this Paragraph, as of the commencement of the Extension Term, of the Premises then demised to Tenant, and the Base Year for Expenses and Taxes shall be adjusted to reflect the then-current Base Year being offered to prospective tenants of the Building.

C. Tenant shall have no further option to extend the Term of the Lease past the First Extension Term.

D. Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option shall be self-executing, as aforesaid, the parties shall promptly execute a lease amendment reflecting the Extension Term after Tenant exercises the Extension Option, except that, if it has not yet been determined, the Base Rent payable in respect of the Extension Term may not be able to be set forth in said amendment. In such event, after such Base Rent is determined, the parties shall execute a written agreement confirming the same. The execution of such lease amendment shall not be deemed to waive any of the conditions to Tenant’s exercise of its rights under this Paragraph, unless otherwise specifically provided in such lease amendment.

E. (i) “Fair Market Rental Value” shall be computed as of the date in question at the then current annual rental charge (i.e., the sum of Base Rent plus escalation and other charges), including provisions for subsequent increases and other adjustments for leases then currently being negotiated, or executed for comparable space in comparable buildings located in the Tysons, Virginia submarket that are located in close proximity to a metro station. In determining Fair Market Rental Value, the following factors, among others, shall be taken into account and given effect: size and location of premises, lease term, leasing inducements and all other market concessions then being offered on comparable leases, condition of building, and services provided by the Landlord.

(ii) Dispute as to Fair Market Rental Value

Landlord shall initially designate Fair Market Rental Value, and Landlord shall furnish to Tenant data in support of such designation. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to designate Fair Market Rental Value more than eleven (11) months prior to the expiration of the original Term hereof. If Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s designation of a Fair Market Rental Value, and the parties cannot amicably resolve the disagreement within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s designation, Tenant shall have the right, by written notice ( “Broker Determination Notice” ) given within thirty (30) days after Tenant has been notified of Landlord’s designation, to submit

 

F-8


such Fair Market Rental Value to arbitration. If Tenant timely submits a Broker Determination Notice, Fair Market Rental Value shall be submitted to arbitration as follows: Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by impartial office leasing real estate brokers, one to be chosen by the Landlord, one to be chosen by Tenant, and a third to be selected, if necessary, as below provided. The unanimous written decision of the two first chosen, without selection and participation of a third arbitrator, or otherwise, the written decision of a majority of three arbitrators chosen and selected as aforesaid, shall be conclusive and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall each notify the other of its chosen arbitrator within ten (10) days following the call for arbitration and, unless such two arbitrators shall have reached a unanimous decision within thirty (30) days after their designation, they shall so notify the Virginia Bar Association (or such organization as may succeed to said Virginia Bar Association) and request him/her to select an impartial third arbitrator, who shall be a real estate broker dealing with like types of properties, with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience in office leasing in the Tysons, Virginia submarket, to determine Fair Market Rental Value as herein defined. Such third arbitrator and the first two chosen shall, subject to commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, hear the parties and their evidence and render their decision within thirty (30) days following the conclusion of such hearing and notify Landlord and Tenant thereof. Landlord and Tenant shall bear the expense of the third arbitrator (if any) equally. The decision of the arbitrators shall be binding and conclusive, and judgment upon the award or decision of the arbitrators may be entered in the appropriate court of law; and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of such court and further agree that any process or notice of motion or other application to the Court or a Judge thereof may be served outside the Commonwealth of Virginia by registered mail or by personal service, provided a reasonable time for appearance is allowed. If the dispute between the parties as to a Fair Market Rental Value has not been resolved before the commencement of Tenant’s obligation to pay rent based upon such Fair Market Rental Value, then Tenant shall pay Base Rent and other charges under the Lease in respect of the Premises in question based upon the Fair Market Rental Value designated by Landlord until either the agreement of the parties as to the Fair Market Rental Value, or the decision of the arbitrators, as the case may be, at which time Tenant shall pay any underpayment of rent and other charges to Landlord, or Landlord shall refund any overpayment of rent and other charges to Tenant. If Tenant does not timely submit a Broker Determination Notice, then Fair Market Rent shall be as designated by Landlord.

F. Tenant may exercise its right of renewal hereunder with respect to the entire Premises leased by Tenant at the time of Tenant’s Extension Option Notice, or with respect to the Partial Premises only, and not with respect to any other portion of the Premises. For purposes hereof, the term “Partial Premises” shall mean a portion of the Premises comprised of one or more contiguous full floors of the Premises. If Tenant timely exercises its Extension Option hereunder with respect to a Partial Premises, Tenant shall be responsible, not later than the last day of the Lease Term (prior to any renewal hereunder), at its sole cost and expense, for separating the Partial Premises from the balance of the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (including, without limitation, closing off, removing or restoring any internal staircase and separating common systems) in a manner acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable judgment.

6. ROOFTOP ANTENNA . Subject to the satisfaction, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, of all applicable provisions of the Lease and the conditions set forth in this Paragraph, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (but without any obligation to pay Landlord a license

 

F-9


fee therefor), shall have the right to install, maintain, operate, repair, replace and remove one (1) or more satellite dishes and/or microwave antennae (collectively, “Antennae” ) and/or supplemental HVAC units (collectively, “Supplemental HVAC” ) that are approved in writing by Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Section (all such Antennae and Supplemental HVAC are collectively referred to as the “Rooftop Equipment” ) on a portion of the roof of the Building mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant, not to exceed Tenant’s pro rata share of roof space available for tenants’ equipment, for use in connection with Tenant’s business in the Premises.

A. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Tenant shall not be permitted to install the Rooftop Equipment unless (i) intentionally omitted; (ii) such Rooftop Antenna conforms to the specifications and requirements set forth in the drawings and specifications prepared by a licensed professional (the “Rooftop Equipment Drawings” ), which Rooftop Equipment Drawings shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; (iii) Landlord approves, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, the size, capacity, power, location and proposed placement of such Rooftop Equipment (it being agreed that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to consider, among other things, the sight lines of the buildings adjacent to the Building); and (iv) Tenant obtains, at its sole cost and expense, and provides copies to Landlord of all necessary governmental permits and approvals, including, without limitation, special exception permits, if applicable, for the installation of the Rooftop Equipment upon the Building. Tenant shall have reasonable access during normal business hours to the Building’s conduits and risers as may be necessary for Tenant to connect the Rooftop Equipment to Tenant’s equipment in the Premises. Tenant, at Landlord’s discretion, shall cause the Rooftop Equipment to be painted in a nonmetallic paint. In addition, if the installation of the Rooftop Equipment on the roof of the Building would penetrate the roof of the Building, then Tenant shall not be permitted to install the Rooftop Equipment unless Tenant warrants and guaranties the roof to the extent that Landlord will lose its existing roof warranty or guaranty and unless Landlord approves, in writing, any such effect on the Building’s structure or service systems or any such structural alteration, which approval may be granted or withheld by Landlord in its sole discretion. The Rooftop Equipment shall be installed by a contractor reasonably acceptable to both Landlord and Tenant and thereafter shall be properly maintained by Tenant, all at Tenant’s sole expense. At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, the Rooftop Equipment shall be removed from the roof of the Building at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and that portion of the roof of the Building that has been affected by the Rooftop Equipment shall be repaired to the condition it was in prior to the installation of the Rooftop Equipment. Tenant shall pay all subscription fees, usage charges and hookup and disconnection fees associated with Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Equipment and Landlord shall have no liability therefor. Tenant shall not be required to pay to Landlord any rental for the installation and use of the Rooftop Equipment during the initial Lease Term. All of the provisions of the Lease, including, without limitation, the insurance, maintenance, repair, release and indemnification provisions shall apply and be applicable to Tenant’s installation, operation, maintenance and removal of the Rooftop Equipment.

B. Except as shown on the Rooftop Equipment Drawings, as reasonably approved by Landlord, Tenant shall not make any modification to the design, structure or systems of the Building, required in connection with the installation of the Rooftop Equipment without

 

F-10


Landlord’s prior written approval of such modification and the plans therefor, which approval may be granted, conditioned or withheld by Landlord in its sole but reasonable discretion. Tenant agrees that, in addition to any indemnification provided Landlord in the Lease, Tenant shall, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Related Parties, indemnify and shall hold Landlord and the Landlord Related Parties, harmless from and against all costs, damages, claims, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and any costs of litigation) suffered by or claimed against Landlord, directly or indirectly, based on, arising out of or resulting from Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Equipment and/or the conduits to connect the Premises to the Rooftop Equipment. In addition, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any actual damages suffered by Landlord or any other tenant or occupant of the Building for any cessation or shortages of electrical power or any other systems failure arising from Tenant’s use of the conduits to connect the Premises to the Rooftop Equipment.

C. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall secure all necessary permits and approvals from all. applicable governmental and quasi-governmental agencies with respect to the size, placement and installation of the Rooftop Equipment. In the event Tenant is unable to obtain the necessary approvals and permits from any applicable federal, state, county or other local governing authorities for the Rooftop Equipment, Tenant shall have no remedy, claim, cause of action or recourse against Landlord, nor shall such failure or inability to obtain any necessary permits or approvals provide Tenant the opportunity to terminate the Lease.

D. Landlord makes no representations or warranties concerning the suitability of the roof of the Building for the installation, operation, maintenance and repair of the Rooftop Equipment, Tenant having satisfied itself concerning such matters.

E. Except in the event of emergency (in which case Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof as soon as possible), Tenant shall not have access to the Rooftop Equipment without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall be granted to the extent necessary for Tenant to perform its maintenance obligations hereunder during normal business hours and if Tenant is accompanied by Landlord’s representative (if Landlord so requests). Any such access by Tenant shall be subject to reasonable rules and regulations relating thereto established from time to time by Landlord, including without limitation rules and regulations prohibiting such access unless Tenant is accompanied by Landlord’s representative and Tenant’s agreement to reimburse Landlord for costs incurred by Landlord to make Landlord’s representative available to accompany Tenant if after normal business hours.

F. Upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to relocate the Rooftop Equipment, if in Landlord’s opinion such relocation is necessary or desirable. Any such relocation shall be performed by Tenant at Landlord’s expense, and in accordance with all of the requirements of this Section. Nothing in this Section shall be construed as granting Tenant any line of sight easement with respect to such Antennae.

G. It is expressly understood that by granting Tenant the right hereunder, Landlord makes no representation as to the legality of such Rooftop Equipment or its installation. In the event that any federal, state, county, regulatory or other authority requires the removal or

 

F-11


relocation of such Rooftop Equipment, Tenant shall remove or relocate such Rooftop Equipment at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Landlord shall under no circumstances be liable to Tenant therefor.

H. The Rooftop Equipment may be used by Tenant only in the conduct of Tenant’s customary business in the Premises. No assignee or subtenant (other than an Affiliated Entity or a Permitted Successor) shall have any rights pursuant to this Section, unless such entity (and such entity’s right to exercise Tenant’s rights under this Paragraph) is approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed with respect to approved or permitted subtenants or assignees with whom Tenant is engaged in commercial activity as part of its core business and for which the Rooftop Equipment is utilized. Landlord shall have the right to receive any and all compensation or other consideration payable to Tenant from any other entity (other than an Affiliated Entity or a Permitted Successor but including any other entity approved by Landlord) on account of Tenant’s rights set forth in this Section.

I. Tenant shall maintain such insurance as is appropriate with respect to the installation, operation and maintenance of the Rooftop Equipment. Landlord shall have no liability on account of any damage to or interference with the operation of the Rooftop Equipment and Landlord expressly makes no representations or warranties with respect to the capacity for an antenna or satellite dish placed on the roof of the Building to receive or transmit signals. The operation of the Rooftop Equipment shall be at Tenant’s sole and absolute risk. Tenant shall in no event interfere with the use of any other communications antenna located on the roof of the Building prior to the installation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment, or any such equipment thereafter installed by Landlord in connection with operation of the Building.

J. Intentionally omitted.

K. So long as Tenant has installed and is using the Rooftop Equipment and no Event of Default exists under the Lease, Landlord shall not grant to non-Building tenants (other than communication providers servicing the Building) rights to use the rooftop in such a manner so as to diminish or dilute the use or utility of Tenant’s rights hereunder for Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment.

7. GENERATOR .

A. As part of the Initial Alterations and subject to the conditions and requirements of this Section and Exhibit C above, Tenant shall be permitted to install, at its sole cost and expense, a back-up power generator and all necessary fuel tanks (if any), batteries (if any), and feeders and conduits extending from such generator to the Premises (collectively, the “Generator” ).

B. The Generator shall be placed in one of the locations depicted on Exhibit H attached hereto (said area, which shall be selected by Landlord, is hereinafter referred to as the “Generator Support Area” ). The area in which the Generator will be located shall be subject to all of the provisions of the Lease as if it were located within the Premises including Tenant’s obligation, if required, to obtain all governmental and other approvals; provided however, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent or Expenses or Taxes associated with such area if such

 

F-12


area is located outside of the Premises and so long as such area could not otherwise be reasonably rented by Landlord to another Tenant. If the Generator Support Area is located in the parking garage under the Building, then the number of parking spaces, if any, comprising the Generator Support Area shall be deducted from the number of parking spaces in the parking garage under the Building or the parking structure, as the case may be, available for Tenant’s use pursuant to the Lease.

C. The Generator shall be used only for backup operations during the pendency of any power outages. The Generator shall not be used (i) for the benefit of any other tenant of the Building without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole but reasonable discretion or (ii) for peak use sharing or operating during business hours.

D. Tenant’s right to install or modify the Generator is conditioned upon Landlord’s prior written approval of all equipment to be installed in accordance with the terms and conditions of Exhibit C , which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In addition to the requirements set forth in Exhibit C , Tenant shall provide Landlord mechanical and electrical drawings and specifications by a licensed professional engineer, which drawings and specifications shall include a written description of the Generator, including make, model, size, capacity, noise specifications, fuel types, location of the exhaust pipe termination points(s), specifications for exercising the Generator, the proposed routing of cables, and location of peripheral equipment.

E. Construction of the Generator Support Area and installation of (i) the Generator and (ii) any protective enclosure around the Generator Support Area or any screening materials, required by Landlord in its sole discretion, and (iii) any conduits, feeders, equipment areas connecting the Generator and/or the Generator Support Area to the Premises (collectively, the “Generator Alterations” ), shall be performed pursuant to and in accordance with the plans and specifications prepared by licensed engineers and reviewed and reasonably approved by Landlord and, if required, Landlord’s engineers, in writing, and the other provisions of the Lease (including Exhibit C ). Tenant shall repair all damage caused to the Building by the Generator Alterations and upon removal of the Generator or termination of this Lease, restore all such areas as reasonably required by Landlord. Tenant shall pay for, at its cost, all required enclosures, structural modifications to provide any necessary additional load bearing capability, and all other reasonable requirements of Landlord and any applicable laws in connection with the Generator or the Generator Alterations. Tenant will allow Landlord’s designee to be present during the installation of the Generator and the Generator Alterations. During the Lease Term, Tenant will not make any material repairs or alterations to the Generator or Generator Alterations without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

F. All testing and exercising of the Generator shall occur during other than the Building normal business hours unless Landlord determines that such testing and exercising during the Building normal business hours shall not disturb the other tenants of the Building.

G. Tenant at its sole expense shall comply with all laws and the requirements of Landlord’s insurer with respect to the installation, repair, maintenance or operation of the Generator and the Generator Alterations (including all ancillary equipment). Tenant shall at its expense obtain all permits, variances and licenses required by applicable laws relating to the Generator and the Generator Alterations and shall deliver copies to Landlord.

 

F-13


H. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Generator Support Area upon reasonable advance notice at all reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the Generator and the Generator Alterations or exhibiting the Building, and only upon such notice as is practicable under the circumstances in the event of an emergency, to make repairs.

I. Landlord may from time to time require Tenant to relocate the Generator or the Generator Alterations to another site to be determined by Landlord in its sole discretion at Landlord’s sole expense. In such event, Tenant’s means of access to the Generator and the Generator Alterations will be relocated at Landlord’s sole expense in a manner so as not to unreasonably impair the availability of the Generator as a backup power source. If Landlord elects to relocate the Generator or the Generator Alterations, the costs shall be borne by Landlord unless such relocation is required by laws. In the event Landlord elects to relocate the Generator or the Generator Alterations, Tenant shall be entitled to at least thirty (30) days written notice, except in an emergency.

J. Tenant shall submeter all electrical usage and pay the costs of all utilities services required for Tenant’s use of the Generator.

K. The installation, repair, maintenance and operation of the Generator and the Generator Alterations will be at Tenant’s sole risk, cost and expense. Landlord or its agents or employees shall not be liable for any costs or expenses caused in any manner by such installation, repair, maintenance and operation.

L. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove the Generator and the Generator Alterations (including any cables, wires, lines, pipes or piping installed in the interior of the Building in connection therewith) at its sole expense and shall repair any damage to the Building or the Premises caused by or resulting from such removal.

M. Landlord makes no warranties or representations concerning the suitability of the Generator Support Area for the installation of the Generator, Tenant having satisfied itself concerning these matters.

8. STORAGE SPACE .

A. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord approximately one thousand one hundred one (1,101) square feet of storage space on the lower level of the Building, the location and configuration of which are shown on Exhibit M ( “Storage Space” ). The lease of the Storage Space shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section. Commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay annual rent for such Storage Space ( “Storage Space Rent” ) in an amount equal to Ten Dollars ($10.00) multiplied by the total number of square feet of area in such Storage Space; provided however, if no Default then exists, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the Storage Space Rent for the first ten (10) full calendar months following the Commencement Date, and (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the Storage Space Rent for the eleventh (11th) through and

 

F-14


including the twentieth (20th) full calendar months following the Commencement Date. The total amount of Storage Space Rent abated is referred to as the “Abated Storage Space Rent” . The Storage Space Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month, in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of Section 5.01 applicable to Base Rent. Except as otherwise specified herein, all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease, except any abatement pursuant to Section 1.02, the provisions of Section 5.02, and Exhibit C, shall apply to such Storage Space. Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any alterations or improvements to or for such Storage Space. In addition, Landlord shall not be obligated to furnish any utilities or services to such Storage Space. Tenant shall use any such Storage Space exclusively for storage purposes consistent with a Class A office building and for no other use or purpose and otherwise in accordance with the Lease (and in no event shall employees of Tenant or other persons occupy or work from such Storage Space). Furthermore, in no event shall Tenant store food, food products or other materials that may attract rodents or other pests in the Storage Space.

9. SIGNAGE .

A. Exterior Building Signage . (i) So long as Tenant (a) is one of the four (4) largest tenants in the Building, and (b) leases and occupies a minimum of three (3) full floors of the Building, and (c) is not in default of its covenants and obligations under the Lease after notice thereof and expiration of any applicable cure period, and (d) has not assigned this Lease, other than to an Affiliated Entity and/or Permitted Successor, then Tenant shall be entitled to the Top of Building Signs (as defined below) in accordance with the terms of this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant has installed exterior Building signage pursuant to this Section, and Tenant thereafter subleases a portion of the Premises (or executes any other license or occupancy agreement) other than to an Affiliated Entity and/or Permitted Successor (collectively, a “Third Party Sublease” ) such that the portion of the Premises not subject to a Third Party Sublease is less than a minimum of three (3) full floors of the Building, or if any of the other conditions set forth in clauses (a) through (d) above are not satisfied, then Tenant’s rights to such exterior signage shall be void and without force or effect.

(ii) In addition to the foregoing, so long as Tenant (a) is not in default of its covenants and obligations under the Lease after notice thereof and expiration of any applicable cure period, and (b) has not assigned this Lease, other than to an Affiliated Entity and/or Permitted Successor, then Tenant shall be entitled to the First Floor Sign (as defined below) in accordance with the terms of this Section.

(iii) So long as the conditions contained in clauses (a) through (d) of Paragraph 9.A(i) above are satisfied, then Tenant shall have the nonexclusive right to affix two (2) signs to the top exterior of the Building displaying Tenant’s logo (the “Top of Building Signs” ), and so long as the conditions contained in clauses (a) and (b) of Paragraph 9.A(ii) above are satisfied, then Tenant shall have the right to affix one (1) sign to in a location approved by Landlord near the entrance to the First Floor Space (the “First Floor Sign” ); provided, however, that (a) Tenant shall, at its sole cost (subject to reimbursement from the Allowance if and to the extent permitted pursuant to Exhibit C), fabricate, install, maintain, modify, replace and operate such Top of Building Signs and First Floor Sign in first class condition and repair, (b) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost (subject to reimbursement from the Allowance if and to the extent permitted

 

F-15


pursuant to Exhibit C), obtain all necessary government, community and other permits and approvals and deliver the same to Landlord prior to commencing to install, modify or replace the Top of Building Signs and First Floor Sign; (c) the size, materials, color, design, location, manner of installation and other aspects of such Top of Building Signs and First Floor Sign shall be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion, it being understood and agreed that neither of the Top of Building Signs may exceed sixty (60) square feet, and both Top of Building Signs together shall not exceed one hundred (100) square feet in the aggregate (Landlord hereby approves the logo set forth on Exhibit L attached hereto); (d) all costs related to such Top of Building Signs and First Floor Sign shall be borne by Tenant (subject to reimbursement from the Allowance if and to the extent permitted pursuant to Exhibit C); (e) Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense remove such Top of Building Signs and First Floor Sign (including, at Landlord’s option, any panels, electrical hook ups and other appurtenances thereto) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term (or at such earlier time that Tenant’s signage rights may expire) and repair any damage caused by the Top of Building Signs and/or First Floor Sign, or removal thereof, and restore the affected area to the condition that existed prior to the installation thereof; and (f) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of all electricity consumed by such Top of Building Signs and First Floor Sign at the rates payable by Landlord to the electricity provider to the Building (without markup, overhead or profit) as reasonably determined by Landlord (Landlord hereby reserving the right to require Tenant to submeter such use). The right to place any and all Top of Building Signs and First Floor Sign on the Building is non-exclusive and shall be exercised in accordance with the requirements of all local regulatory authorities, in compliance with all Laws and subject to any and all owner’s association and other covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Building. Tenant’s rights under this Section are personal to the initial Tenant named herein and may not be exercised by any subtenant or assignee of such Tenant (other than an assignee that is an Affiliated Entity or a Permitted Successor). If Tenant has not installed the Top of Building Signs and/or the First Floor Sign permitted hereby by the second anniversary of the date Tenant’s rights hereunder arise, then Tenant’s rights with respect to the applicable signage under this Paragraph shall lapse and expire.

B. Monument Sign . Provided (i) Tenant is not in default of its covenants and obligations under the Lease after notice thereof and expiration of any applicable cure period, and (ii) Tenant has not assigned the Lease, other than to an Affiliated Entity and/or a Permitted Successor, then the provisions of this Section shall apply. Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost (subject to reimbursement from the Allowance if and to the extent permitted pursuant to Exhibit C), to place its name on one (1) line of the existing Building monument sign (or any replacement thereof) in a location designated by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to permit other tenants to place their names on such monument sign. All aspects of Tenant’s listing on the monument sign shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, in its sole discretion (which may include Building standard lettering). If Tenant has not installed the signage permitted hereby by the second anniversary of the Commencement Date, then Tenant’s signage rights under this Paragraph shall lapse and expire.

C. Building Directory and Suite Entry Signage . Landlord will, at its sole cost and expense, list in the Building main lobby directory, Tenant’s name and the names of Tenant’s designated key employees and permitted subtenants; provided, however, that if Tenant requests Landlord to change the names on such directory more than once a month, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord therefor. In addition, if requested in writing by Tenant, Landlord will, at its sole cost and expense, provide Building standard suite entry signage at one entrance to the Premises.

 

F-16


10. CONFERENCE ROOM . Landlord agrees that, so long as Landlord maintains a common conference room in the Building Tenant and its employees shall have the right to use the conference room in the Building on a “first-come, first-served” basis on the same terms and conditions on which the conference room is made available to other office tenants of the Building and their employees. Landlord agrees to maintain the conference room throughout the initial Lease Term. Landlord agrees that the use of the conference room shall not be a direct charge to Tenant or other tenants of the Building (subject to standard cleaning fees), but the cost of operating the conference room, including market rental rates, will be included in Expenses. Any catering, audio visual services required by Tenant shall be provided by Tenant at its sole cost, subject to reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may establish from time to time.

11. WELLNESS CONTRIBUTION . Landlord will provide Tenant a “wellness payment” in the amount of Thirty-Five Thousand Dollars ($35,000.00) per year, prorated for any partial year, provided that Tenant uses such wellness payment to pay for membership dues for the use of a fitness facility for Tenant’s employees. The cost of providing such payment shall be included in Expenses. Tenant shall be required to use such wellness payment for Tenant’s employees’ membership dues for a fitness facility provider and, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonably satisfactory evidence reflecting Tenant’s use of the wellness payment each year for such purposes.

12. RISERS . Landlord agrees that Tenant shall be permitted non-exclusive access to its proportionate share (as determined from time to time based upon the number of rentable square feet Tenant is leasing in the Building) of the available space in the Building risers, plenums and telecommunications closets, except such risers, plenums or closets being utilized exclusively by Landlord or other tenants in the Building (and excluding, in any event, such Building risers, plenums and/or telecommunications closets located in mechanical rooms, basement space or other common and/or public areas of the Building) (collectively, the “Risers” ), at no additional charge therefor, for the sole purpose of installing cabling and telecommunications equipment therein; provided, however, that:

(a) Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s prior written approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) reasonably detailed plans and specifications showing the locations within the Risers where such cabling and equipment will be installed. Tenant shall appropriately mark and/or tag all such cabling and equipment as reasonably required by Landlord to identify the owner and/or user thereof. If any such cabling and/or equipment are installed without Landlord’s prior written approval or without such appropriate identification, and Tenant fails to remove same within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord to do so, then Landlord shall have the right to remove and correct such improvements and restore the Risers to their condition immediately prior thereto, and Tenant shall be liable for all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. Tenant shall not be entitled to use or occupy a disproportionate amount of the available space in the Risers, based upon the proportion of the rentable area then being leased by Tenant to the aggregate rentable office area in the Building. Landlord makes no representation or warranty that the Risers will be adequate to satisfy Tenant’s needs.

 

F-17


(b) Tenant and its contractor shall coordinate any access to the Risers with Landlord’s property manager for the Building.

(c) Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, all actual, out of pocket costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s installation of such cabling and equipment.

(d) Tenant and its contractor shall conduct their work in a manner that shall minimize disruption and inconvenience to other tenants and occupants of the Building. Any contractor performing such work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In performing such work, Tenant and its contractor shall observe Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations regarding the construction, installation, and removal of tenant improvements in the Building, which rules and regulations, together with any modifications thereto, shall be provided to Tenant, in writing, prior to enforcement.

(e) During the installation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and removal of such cabling and equipment, Tenant shall keep all public areas of the Building where such work is being performed neat and clean at all times and Tenant shall remove or cause all debris to be removed from the Building at the end of each work day.

(f) Tenant shall promptly repair, at its sole cost and expense, any damage done to the Building or to the premises of any other tenant in the Building and to any electrical, mechanical, HVAC, sprinkler, life safety and other operating system serving the Building or other common areas appurtenant to the Building that are caused by or arise out of any work performed by Tenant or its contractor pursuant to this Section.

(g) Tenant shall be solely responsible at its sole cost and expense to correct and to repair any work or materials installed by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant whatsoever on account of any work performed or material provided by Tenant or its contractor.

(h) Landlord’s representative shall have the right to inspect any work performed by Tenant or its contractor with respect to the Risers during the normal hours of operation of the Building or such other hours as Landlord may request. All work done and materials furnished by Tenant and/or its contractor shall be of good quality, shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance and compliance with all applicable Laws and the other applicable provisions of this Lease.

13. ROOFTOP TERRACE . Subject to applicable regulatory prohibitions and restrictions and the availability of insurance at commercially reasonable rates, and so long as the building at 8251 Greensboro Drive, Tysons Virginia ( “TMC I” ) is held by ownership affiliated with Landlord and contains a rooftop terrace for use by tenants, then Tenant will have the right to reserve the use of the rooftop terrace on the TMC I building for corporate events, on a first come first served basis, and otherwise, subject to reasonable rules and regulations established by Landlord and the terms and conditions of this paragraph. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time TMCI is not held by an ownership affiliated with Landlord, then Tenant

 

F-18


shall have no right to use the rooftop terrace. Tenant’s use shall be permitted only after Building Hours and only after obtaining prior written authorization from, and subject to scheduling with, Landlord. In no event shall Tenant have the right to use the rooftop terrace in the event of emergency or at times during which another party has been granted exclusive use of the rooftop terrace. Tenant shall, at all times, comply (and cause its guests to comply) with rules and regulations established by Landlord and the owner of TMC I (including executing a waiver and use agreement and reimbursing Landlord as additional rent for all out of pocket costs associated with Tenant’s use of the rooftop terrace, including, but not limited to, clean up and security costs and indemnifying the owner of TMC I for any costs, losses or liabilities suffered or incurred by such owner in connection with Tenant’s use of the rooftop terrace). The rooftop terrace is a nonsmoking area. Tenant shall use the rooftop terrace at its own risk and neither Landlord nor the owner of TMC I shall be liable to Tenant or any of Tenant Related Parties for any damage, injury, loss, expense, compensation or claim whatsoever arising out of the use of the rooftop terrace. Any costs incurred by Landlord for the right to use the rooftop terrace shall be included in Expenses except to the extent specifically excluded therefrom pursuant to Section 5.03(B).

14. SPORT COURT .

A. So long as the parking deck serving TMC I and TMC II (the building located at 8255 Greensboro Drive) is held by an ownership affiliated with Landlord and the sport court exists as a sport court for tenants’ use, then the provisions of this Paragraph shall apply and Tenant’s employees shall have the non-exclusive right to reserve the use of the sport court on the top level of the parking garage that serves TMC I and TMC II on a first come first served basis, and otherwise, subject to reasonable rules and regulations established by Landlord and the terms and conditions of this Paragraph. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the aforesaid parking deck is not held by ownership affiliated with Landlord or the sport court does not exist as a sport court for tenants’ use, then Tenant shall have no further right to use the sport court. In no event shall Tenant have the right to use the sport court in the event of emergency or at times during which another party has been granted exclusive use of the sport court. Tenant shall use the sport court at its own risk and neither Landlord nor any other owner of TMC I or TMC II shall be liable to Tenant or any of Tenant Related Parties for any damage, injury, loss, expense, compensation or claim whatsoever arising out of the use of the sport court except as may otherwise be expressly set forth in Article 14 of the Lease. At Landlord’s request, Tenant and/or any user shall execute Landlord’s standard form of waiver, use and indemnity agreement prior to using the sport court. The costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the right to use the sport court shall be included in Expenses. Subject to the conditions contained herein, Landlord agrees to provide Tenant’s employees access to the sport court throughout the Lease Term.

B. So long as the parking deck serving TMC I and TMC II (the building located at 8255 Greensboro Drive) is held by an ownership affiliated with Landlord and the sport court exists as a sport court for tenants’ use, then the provisions of this Paragraph shall apply and Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Paragraph, to pursue such permits as may be required to enclose or cover (including wind shields) the sport court. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall any of the following be required or permitted in connection with the obtaining of any such permits: (i) any conditions or limitations binding on Landlord or its

 

F-19


affiliates, successors or assigns or the Building or any property in the complex in which the Building is located, adverse or otherwise, (ii) any easements, licenses or other similar rights, or (iii) any matters that Landlord determines in its sole discretion may have an adverse effect on the value of the Building, TMC I or TMC II. Tenant shall provide Landlord with prior written notice of all actions Tenant is planning to take in connection with such permits, and Tenant shall not take any such action proposed to Landlord that Landlord does not approve (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Tenant shall provide to Landlord for its review and approval all submissions, applications and other written materials that Tenant plans to submit in connection with the pursuit of the permits, and Tenant shall make any revisions thereto or substitutions therefor as Landlord reasonably requires. Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, will cooperate reasonably with Tenant in its pursuit of the permits; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall have the right, in its reasonable discretion, to cause Tenant to cease its pursuit of the permits, in which event Tenant shall have no further rights under this Paragraph or otherwise to pursue such permits. In the event Tenant obtains the permits for such enclosure in accordance with the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 11 of the Lease governing Alterations, to construct the enclosure. It Tenant constructs such enclosure, Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to maintain and repair such enclosure to keep the same in first class condition at all times during the Term of the Lease and all renewals and extensions thereof (or such earlier date on which Tenant no longer has the right to use the sport court pursuant to Section 14.A above) and, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of the Lease (or, if earlier, the termination of Tenant’s right to use the sport court), Tenant shall have no rights whatsoever with respect to such enclosure, such enclosure to be deemed to be the property of the owners of TMC I and TMC II, and expressly not the personal property of Tenant.

15. PROMOTIONAL EVENTS . Upon Landlord’s prior written approval thereof following receipt of a detailed written request therefor from Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in collaboration with Landlord, not more than two (2) times in any calendar year and for a duration of not more than two (2) days, to set up a small kiosk (of a type and size reasonably approved by Landlord) at a location within the main lobby of the Building approved by Landlord, with information and exhibits geared toward introducing Tenant’s products and services to the tenants of the Building for information purposes only (and expressly not to sell any such products and services from such kiosk), provided that there is no interference caused thereby to any other Building tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Building. In addition to the foregoing, Landlord will engage in discussions with Tenant regarding the possibility of extending such promotional events to the American Center complex, no such obligation to agree to such extension to be implied hereby.

16. CORPORATE EVENTS . Upon Landlord’s prior written approval thereof following receipt of a detailed written request therefor from Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant will have the right to reserve the land on which the Building is situated (the “Land” ) for corporate events, not more than five (5) times in any calendar year, on a first come first served basis, and otherwise, subject to reasonable rules and regulations established by Landlord therefor.

 

F-20


17. DOG POLICY . Provided that Tenant fully complies with the dog policy guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit K and made a part hereof, then Tenant shall have the right to bring a maximum of three (3) dogs to each full floor of the Premises (e.g., based on the rentable area of the Premises as of the Lease Execution Date, Tenant shall be entitled to a maximum of nine (9) dogs in the Premises at any one time, three on each of the 9th, 10th, and 11th floors (and none in the First Floor Space)). Tenant’s rights under this Section are personal to the initial Tenant named herein and may not be exercised by any subtenant or assignee of such Tenant (other than an assignee that is an Affiliated Entity or a Permitted Successor).

18. METRO ACCESS . Landlord will not block a route of access from the Building to the boundary of the Property in the direction of the Greensboro Metro stop during the Lease Term (as the same may be extended from time to time) without providing a reasonable alternate route therefor. Landlord also will exercise commercially reasonable efforts to work with other building owners in good faith to attempt to create a pedestrian pathway direct to the Metro station, if and to the extent feasible.

19. EMERGENCY TESTING . In an effort to minimize disruption due to the performance of emergency testing for the Building, Landlord will exercise commercially reasonable efforts to schedule any such discretionary testing that is likely to cause disruption to tenants of the Building outside of Building Hours, unless otherwise required by applicable Laws.

 

F-21


EXHIBIT G

HVAC SPECIFICATIONS

Landlord represents to Tenant that the HVAC system for the Building has been designed to

 

  (i) Maintain temperatures in the Building of not more than 78°F dry bulb with relative humidity not in excess of 50% whenever the outdoor dry bulb temperature is 95°F or less and the outdoor wet bulb temperature is 78°F or less,

 

  (ii) Maintain temperatures in the Building of not less than 70°F whenever the outdoor dry bulb temperature is lower than 60°F but not lower than 10°F, with indoor relative humidity at such level as not to permit the formation of condensation on windows, and

 

  (iii) Landlord shall not be responsible if the normal operation of the Building air-conditioning system shall fail to provide conditioned air within comfortable temperature levels

 

  (a) In any portions of the Premises, as determined on a floor-by-floor basis, which can be expected to have an average human occupancy factor in excess of one individual for each 100 square feet of rentable area (the average human occupancy factor for which the Building air-conditioning system is designed),

 

  (b) In any portion of the Premises affected by Alterations unless Landlord actually approves the architectural and mechanical plans and specifications for the Alterations before the Alterations are made (whether or not Landlord’s approval of the plans and specifications is required,

 

  (c) In any portions of the Premises exposed to direct sunlight in which Tenant fails to keep the venetian blinds closed, or

 

  (d) Because of the failure by Tenant or its employees to use the HVAC system in the manner in which it was designed to be used. Tenant agrees to observe and comply with all reasonable rules from time to time prescribed by Landlord for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC systems in the Building.

 

G-1


EXHIBIT H

LOCATIONS FOR GENERATOR

 

H-1


[SEE NEXT PAGE]

 

LOGO

 

H-2


EXHIBIT I

CURRENT MORTGAGEE’S FORM OF SNDA

Recording Requested by

and when Recorded return to:

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Commercial Mortgage Servicing

MAC D1086-140

550 South Tryon Street, 14th Floor

Charlotte, NC 28202

 

Attention:      CMS Lease Reviews
Loan No.:      35-0100006

 

 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 

  Tenant’s Trade Name: Alarm.com

 

  NOTICE: THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT RESULTS IN YOUR LEASEHOLD ESTATE IN THE PROPERTY BECOMING SUBJECT TO AND OF LOWER PRIORITY THAN THE LIEN OF THE SECURITY DOCUMENTS (DEFINED BELOW).

THIS SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of August , 2014 by and among ALARM.COM, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (f/k/a The Bank of New York Trust Company, National Association), as Trustee for Morgan Stanley Capital I Inc., Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-IQ14 (“Lender”), and MARSHALL PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Owner”).

RECITALS

A. Owner is the owner of the land and improvements commonly known as compromising all or a part of the Property located in a certain office building located at 8281 Greensboro Drive, Tysons, Virginia 22102 and more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Property” ).

B. Tenant is the lessee under a lease dated August     , 2014, executed by Owner, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant (as the same may have been amended, the “Lease” ), covering certain premises (the “Premises” ) located at the Property.

C. Lender is the current holder of a mortgage loan (the “Loan” ) previously made to Owner, evidenced by a note (the “Note” ) and secured by, among other things: (a) a first mortgage, deed of trust or deed to secure debt encumbering the Property (the “Mortgage” ); and

 

I-1


(b) a first priority assignment of leases and rents on the Property (the “Assignment of Leases and Rents” ) contained in the Mortgage or in a separate document. The Mortgage and the Assignment of Leases and Rents are collectively referred to as the “Security Documents.” The Note, the Security Documents and all other documents executed in connection with the Loan are collectively referred to as the “Loan Documents.”

D. Tenant has requested Lender’s agreement that if Lender forecloses the Mortgage or otherwise exercises Lender’s remedies under the Security Documents, Lender will not disturb Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Premises under the terms of the Lease.

E. Lender is willing to so agree on the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement, including, without limitation, Tenant’s agreement to subordinate the Lease and attorn to Lender as provided herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for mutual consideration, including the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. SUBORDINATION . The Lease is and shall remain unconditionally subject and subordinate to (a) the liens or charges imposed by the Security Documents, (b) all currently outstanding or future advances secured by the Security Documents, and (c) all renewals, amendments, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of the Security Documents. The subordination described herein is intended by the parties to have the same force and effect as if the Security Documents and such renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of the Security Documents had been executed, acknowledged, delivered and recorded prior to the Lease and any amendments or modifications thereof.

2. NON-DISTURBANCE . If Lender exercises any of its rights under the Security Documents, including any right of entry on the Property pursuant to the Mortgage or upon a foreclosure of or deed in lieu of foreclosure of the Mortgage, Lender shall not disturb Tenant’s right of quiet possession of the Premises under the terms of the Lease, so long as Tenant is not in default under this Agreement or in default beyond any applicable grace period under the Lease. In addition, Lender shall not join Tenant as a party defendant in any foreclosure action of the Mortgage by Lender for the purpose of terminating the Lease so long as Tenant is not in default under this Agreement or in default beyond any applicable grace period under the Lease, unless such joinder is required by law or unless Tenant is an indispensable party or unless Lender determines that such joinder is necessary or appropriate for Lender to proceed with and/or complete such foreclosure action or to protect Lender’s interests under the Mortgage.

3. ATTORNMENT . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, should title to the Premises and the landlord’s interest in the Lease be transferred to Lender or any other person or entity by foreclosure of or deed in-lieu of foreclosure of the Mortgage, then (a) Tenant shall, for the benefit of Lender or such other person or entity, effective immediately and automatically upon the occurrence of any such transfer, attorn to Lender or such other person or entity as landlord under the Lease and shall be bound under all provisions of the Lease including, but not limited to, the obligation to pay all rent required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease, for the remainder of the

 

I-2


Lease term, and (b) Lender or such other person or entity shall, subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the terms and provisions of Section 4 below), be bound by the obligations of the “landlord” under the Lease first accruing during the period of Lender’s or such other person’s or entity’s fee ownership of the Premises (but only during the period of Lender’s or such other person’s or entity’s fee ownership of the Premises and only so long as the Lease is in full force and effect).

4. PROTECTION OF LENDER . If Lender succeeds to the interest of landlord under the Lease, Lender shall not be:

 

    (a) liable for any act or omission of any previous landlord under the Lease;

 

    (b) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant may have against any previous landlord under the Lease;

 

    (c) bound by any payment of rent or additional rent which Tenant might have paid for more than one month in advance of the due date under the Lease to any previous landlord;

 

    (d) obligated to make any payment to Tenant which any previous landlord was required to make before Lender succeeded to the landlord’s interest;

 

    (e) accountable for any monies deposited with any previous landlord (including security deposits), except to the extent such monies are actually received by Lender;

 

    (f) bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease or any waiver of any term of the Lease made without Lender’s written consent, except for any document which simply memorializes and documents the exercise by Tenant of any renewal term, expansion option, right of first offer to lease, or right of first refusal to lease exercised by Tenant pursuant to the Lease (subject, however, in all instances to the provisions of Section 4(h) below);

 

    (g) bound by any surrender or termination of the Lease made without Lender’s written consent (unless effected unilaterally by Tenant pursuant to the express terms of the Lease);

 

   

(h) obligated to complete (or to pay for) any improvement or construction on the Property (and in no event shall Lender be liable for (or obligated or required to honor or pay) any damages (including liquidated damages) or rent credits as a result of (or in connection with) any delay or failure in the completion of any work or the delivery of the Premises), or accountable or liable for, or required to pay or honor or reimburse Tenant for, any tenant improvement allowance, construction allowance (including, without limitation, the Allowance (as defined in the Lease)), payment, reimbursements, or leasing commissions, and in no event shall Tenant have the right to offset or deduct any such allowance (including, without limitation, the Allowance), payment, reimbursement or commission against or from any rent or additional rent due under the Lease or otherwise

 

I-3


 

receive a credit against any rent or additional rent due under the Lease for any such allowance (including, without limitation, the Allowance), payment, reimbursement or commission, nor shall rent or additional rent abate to pay all or any portion of any such allowance (including, without limitation, the Allowance), payment, reimbursement or commission;

 

    (i) liable for any default of any previous landlord under the Lease;

 

    (j) bound by any provision in the Lease granting Tenant a purchase option or first right of refusal or offer with regard to the Property.

 

    Furthermore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or the Lease, upon any such succession, the Lease shall be deemed to have been automatically amended to provide that Lender’s obligations and liabilities under the Lease shall be limited solely to Lender’s interest, if any, in the Property, and the proceeds from any sale or disposition of the Property by Lender (collectively, “Lender’s Interest” ) and, following such succession, Tenant shall look exclusively to Lender’s Interest for the payment or discharge of any obligations of Lender under the Lease.

 

    Nothing contained in Section 4(i) above, however, shall relieve Lender from Lender’s obligation to cure any maintenance or repair default under the Lease by Owner with respect to the Premises which is continuing when Lender succeeds to Owner’s interest under the Lease and acquires title to the Premises, provided that (and on the condition that) (i) Lender had written notice of such default in accordance with Section 5 below prior to succeeding to Owner’s interest under the Lease and acquiring title to the Premises, (ii) Lender had (and is given) the opportunity to cure such default within the time period provided under Section 5 below, (iii) Lender shall only be required and obligated to perform any such maintenance or repair obligation to the extent that the failure to perform such obligation materially interferes with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, and (iv) Lender’s obligation to cure such default shall be limited solely to performing the maintenance or repair obligation as required pursuant to the terms of the Lease (and in no event shall Lender have any other liability or obligation with respect to such default or be liable for any damages in connection therewith).

5. LENDER’S RIGHT TO CURE . Tenant shall deliver to Lender a copy of any notice of any default(s) by landlord under the Lease in the same manner as, and whenever, Tenant shall give any such notice to Owner, and no such notice shall be deemed given to Owner unless and until a copy of such notice shall have been so delivered to Lender. Lender shall have the right to remedy, or cause to be remedied, any default by Owner under the Lease, and, for such purpose Tenant grants Lender such additional period of time (not to exceed ninety (90) additional days) as may be reasonable to enable Lender to remedy, or cause to be remedied, any such default in addition to the period given to Owner for remedying, or causing to be remedied, any such default. Tenant shall accept performance by Lender of any covenant or condition to be performed by Owner under the Lease with the same force and effect as though performed by Owner. No default by

 

I-4


Landlord under the Lease shall exist or shall be deemed to exist (a) so long as Lender, in good faith, shall have commenced to cure such default within the above-referenced time period and shall be prosecuting the same to completion with reasonable diligence, subject to force majeure, or (b) if possession of the Premises is required in order to cure such default, or if such default is not susceptible of being cured by Lender, so long as Lender, in good faith, shall have notified Tenant that Lender intends to institute enforcement proceedings under the Security Documents, and, thereafter, so long as such proceedings shall have been instituted and shall be prosecuted with reasonable diligence. Lender shall have the right, without notice to Tenant or Tenant’s consent, to foreclose the Mortgage or to accept a deed in lieu of foreclosure of the Mortgage or otherwise realize upon the Mortgage or to exercise any other remedies under the Security Documents or state law.

6. ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS . Tenant consents to the Assignment of Leases and Rents and acknowledges Lender shall have no duty, liability or obligation whatsoever under the Lease or any extension or renewal thereof, either by virtue of said assignment or by any subsequent receipt or collection of rents thereunder, unless Lender shall specifically undertake such liability in writing or unless Lender or its designee or nominee becomes, and then only with respect to periods in which Lender or its designee or nominee becomes, the fee owner of the Premises. Upon Tenant’s receipt of a written notice from Lender of a default by Owner under the Loan, Tenant shall thereafter, if requested by Lender, pay rent to Lender in accordance with the terms of the Lease. Lender’s delivery of such notice to Tenant, or Tenant’s compliance therewith, shall not be deemed to (a) cause Lender to succeed to or assume any obligations or responsibilities of Owner under the Lease or (b) relieve Owner of any of its obligations under the Lease. Owner agrees that any payments so made to Lender shall be deemed to have been made in accordance with and in satisfaction of Tenant’s obligation to pay rent under the Lease.

7. INSURANCE PROCEEDS AND CONDEMNATION AWARDS . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or the Lease, the terms of the Loan Documents shall continue to govern with respect to the disposition of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards, and any obligations of Owner to restore the Property following a casualty or condemnation shall, insofar as they apply to Lender, be limited to the amount of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards received by Lender after the deduction of all costs and expenses incurred in obtaining such proceeds or awards. Following the foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure of the Mortgage, the provisions of this section shall remain in full force and effect unless and until fee title to the Premises becomes vested in a person or entity other than (a) the holder of the Loan at the time of such foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure or (b) a parent, subsidiary or affiliate of such holder. Nothing contained in this Section 7 shall, however, limit any of Tenant’s termination rights expressly set forth in Section 17 or Section 18 of the Lease upon a casualty or condemnation.

8. ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE BY TENANT . Tenant shall not assign any right or interest of Tenant under the Lease, (except for an assignment that is permitted under the Lease without Owner’s consent), without Lender’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

I-5


9. MISCELLANEOUS .

10. Heirs, Successors and Assigns . The covenants herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. The term “Lender” as used herein includes any successor or assign of the named Lender herein, including without limitation, any co-lender at the time of making the Loan, any purchaser at a foreclosure sale and any transferee pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure, and their successors and assigns, trustees and agents, as well as any single purpose entity established by Lender to take title to the Property by reason of such foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure. The terms “Tenant” and “Owner” as used herein include any successor or assign of the named Tenant and Owner herein, respectively; provided, however, that such reference to Tenant’s or Owner’s successors and assigns shall not be construed as Lender’s consent to any assignment or other transfer by Tenant or Owner.

11. Addresses; Request for Notice . All notices and other communications that are required or permitted to be given to a party under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent to such party, either by personal delivery, by overnight delivery service, or by certified first class mail, return receipt requested, to the address below. All such notices and communications shall be effective upon receipt of such delivery. The addresses of the parties shall be:

 

   

Tenant:

      

Lender:

    
  Alarm.com      WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.   
  8281 Greensboro Drive      Commercial Mortgage Servicing   
  Tysons, Virginia 22102      MAC D1086-140   
  Attn:  

 

     550 South Tryon Street, 14th Floor   
         Charlotte, NC 28202   

provided , however , any party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder by the giving of written notice thereof to the other party in the manner set forth in this Agreement.

12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Lender and Tenant with regard to the subordination of the Lease to the Security Documents and the rights and obligations of Tenant and Lender as to the subject matter of this Agreement, and shall supersede and cancel, but only insofar as would affect the priority between the Security Documents and the Lease, any prior agreements as to such subordination, including, without limitation, those provisions, if any, contained in the Lease which provide for the subordination of the Lease to a deed or deeds of trust, a mortgage or mortgages, a deed or deeds to secure debt or a trust indenture or trust indentures.

13. Disbursements . Lender, in making disbursements of any funds pursuant to the Loan Documents, is under no obligation to, nor has Lender represented that it will, monitor or control the application of such funds by the recipient and any application of such funds, including, without limitation, any application of such fund for purposes other than those provided for in the Loan Documents, shall not defeat this agreement to subordinate in whole or in part.

 

I-6


14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute and be construed as one and the same instrument.

15. Section Headings . Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be construed as part of this Agreement or in any way limiting or applying the provisions hereof.

16. Attorneys’ Fees . If any legal action, suit or proceeding is commenced between Tenant and Lender regarding their respective rights and obligations under this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover, in addition to damages or other relief, costs and expenses, attorneys’ fees and court costs (including, without limitation, expert witness fees). As used herein, the term “prevailing party” shall mean the party which obtains the principal relief it has sought, whether by compromise settlement or judgment. If the party which commenced or instituted the action, suit or proceeding shall dismiss or discontinue it without the concurrence of the other party, such other party shall be deemed the prevailing party.

17. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to be enforceable, or if such modification is not practicable, such provision shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement, and the other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be liberally construed in favor of Lender.

18. Termination; Amendment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the terms hereof may be terminated, amended, supplemented, waived or modified orally, but only by an instrument in writing executed by the party against which enforcement of the termination, amendment, supplement, waiver or modification is sought.

19. Governing Law . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to or in connection with this Agreement, the relationship of the parties or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties shall be governed by the law of the state where the Property is located, without regard to any conflicts of law principles.

20. Authority . Tenant and all persons executing this Agreement on behalf of Tenant jointly and severally represent and warrant to Lender that such persons are authorized by Tenant to do so and that such execution hereof is the binding act of Tenant enforceable against Tenant.

21. Form of Agreement . Owner and Tenant acknowledge that Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. enters into numerous agreements of this type on a regular basis, both in its own capacity and as a commercial mortgage servicer on behalf of other lenders, and that the specific provisions contained in any agreement of this type entered into by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. will vary depending on numerous transaction-specific factors, including, without limitation, the borrowers, loan documents, tenants, leases, servicers, servicing agreements and property and market conditions involved in the transaction. Accordingly, Owner and Tenant further acknowledge that the specific provisions contained in this Agreement will not necessarily be acceptable to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. in connection with any other transaction.

 

I-7


22. Delivery of SNDA . Upon Tenant’s receipt of this Agreement executed by Owner and Lender, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement unconditionally satisfies Owner’s obligation pursuant to the Lease to deliver to Tenant a SNDA (as defined in the Lease) or other similar agreement from Lender with respect to the Mortgage (but not with respect to any future mortgages).

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

I-8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

LENDER:

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (f/k/a The Bank of New York Trust Company, National Association), as Trustee for Morgan Stanley Capital I Inc., Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-IQ 14
By:        Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, solely in its capacity as Wells Fargo Master Servicer, as authorized under that certain Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2007

 

  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Its:  

 

TENANT:

ALARM.COM, a Delaware corporation

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

OWNER:

 

MARSHALL PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

 

  IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT, PRIOR TO EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES CONSULT WITH THEIR ATTORNEYS WITH RESPECT HERETO.

 

I-9


  ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED.

 

STATE OF  

 

  )
    ) SS.
COUNTY OF  

 

  )

On             , 2014, personally appeared the above named                     , a                      of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, acting in its authorized capacity as Master Servicer for and on behalf of THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (f/k/a The Bank of New York Trust Company, National Association), as Trustee for Morgan Stanley Capital I Inc., Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-IQ14, and acknowledged the foregoing to be the free act and deed of said association, before me.

 

 

Notary Public
My commission expires:  

 

 

STATE OF  

 

  )
    ) SS.
COUNTY OF  

 

  )

On             , 2014, personally appeared the above named                     , the                     , of ALARM.COM, a Delaware corporation and acknowledged the foregoing to be the free act and deed of ALARM.COM, a Delaware corporation, before me.

 

 

Notary Public
My commission expires:  

 

 

STATE OF  

 

  )
    ) SS.
COUNTY OF  

 

  )

On             , 2014, personally appeared the above named                     , the                     , of MARSHALL PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and acknowledged the foregoing to be the free act and deed of MARSHALL PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, before me.

 

I-10


EXHIBIT A

(Description of Property)

EXHIBIT A to SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT dated as of August     , 2014, executed by ALARM.COM, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (f/k/a The Bank of New York Trust Company, National Association), as Trustee for Morgan Stanley Capital I Inc., Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-IQ14 (“Lender”), and MARSHALL PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Owner”).

All that certain land located in the County of Fairfax, State of Virginia, described as follows:

All that certain part or parcel of land, and improvements thereon, lying and being situate in the County of Fairfax, State of Virginia, being more particularly described as follows:

Lot 3A, Leasco Office Park, as the MUM is shown on plat entitled “Resubdivision of Lot 3, Leasco Office Park,” duly dedicated and recorded per Deed of Resubdivision on September 13, 1994 in Deed Book 9238 at Page 1584, among the Land Records of Fairfax County, Virginia.

TOGETHER WITH AND SUBJECT TO casements for the use of parking areas, and common areas, and the parking structures and the general casements, including the terms, provisions, conditions, rights and privileges relating thereto, contained In Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 2.7 and 2.8 of the Declaration of Easements, Covenants and Conditions dated September 26, 1994 and recorded in Deed Book 9250 at Page 1860 as amended by First Amendment to Declaration of Easements, Covenants and Conditions recorded in Deed Book 9431 at Page 1203, among the aforesaid Land Records.

Tax Map Number 029-3-15-0003A

 

I-11


EXHIBIT J

JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS

Tenant Suite Daily Functions

 

  A. BREAKROOM/ RESTAURANT/ CAFETERIA . Dining area including tables and counter tops will be wiped and carpet vacuumed. Table and chair legs will be dusted and walls will be kept clean. Vending machines and exterior of appliances will be wiped as needed.

 

  B. CARPETS . All carpet in tenant space and common area will be vacuumed thoroughly. Care will be taken to avoid damaging furniture, baseboards, and walls. Contractor will not be responsible for the removal of staples in the carpet. Spot clean carpet on an as needed basis.

 

  C. FLAT SURFACE DUSTING . All flat surfaces under six feet will be dusted with a soft, treated dust cloth. These areas will include, but not be limited to, desks, tables and other furniture, file cabinets, ledges, shelves, sills, and any other flat surfaces. Dusting of desktops will be limited to areas free of work papers. Desks that are covered with work papers will not be dusted. Horizontal surfaces of chairs will be dusted and fabric upholstered surfaces will be spot whisked. All chairs will be replaced in their proper position to maintain an orderly appearance.

 

  D. GLASS . AB inner office glass panels are to be spot cleaned to remove any fingerprints and smudges. Building and tenant entrance doors will be cleaned inside and out, around handles, knobs, and panic bars to remove soil smudges and fingerprints up to 72” in height. The glass over the directory will also be cleaned the same frequency as the doors. The remainder of the glass will be spot cleaned as necessary.

 

  E. HARDWARE . Lobby hardware, including metal directory surfaces, elevator hardware, metal door handles, panic bars, metal baseboards, push plates, and kick plates will be wiped with a dry treated cloth to remove fingerprints and smudges. These areas will also be buffed with a dry cloth to achieve a shiny surface. Painted or polished metal railings will be kept free of dust and smudges by wiping with a dry cloth.

 

  F. HARD SURFACE FLOOR CLEANING . All tile, marble, wood, parquet, and other floor surfaces throughout the building, including stock rooms, kitchenettes, and break areas, will be dust mopped and thoroughly damp mopped to maintain a clean and stain-free appearance. Remove any gum, tar, etc., adhering to floor surfaces.

 

  G. RESTROOM/BREAKROOM SINKS . Sinks will be cleaned and sanitized. Bright metal surfaces including faucets, grab bars, dispensers and flushometers, will be cleaned with a non-scratch disinfectant and will be dry shined. Vanity surfaces will be damp wiped and sanitized.

 

  H. TELEPHONES . All telephones, including elevator handsets, will be sanitized and wiped dry.

 

  I.

WASTE RECEPTACLES . All waste receptacles will be emptied, and returned to their original locations. The liner will be replaced when necessary, no less than once per week, with all liners fitting neatly and with a minimum of overhang. If

 

J-1


  applicable, all surfaces will be damp wiped to remove streaks and runs as needed. All trash, including labeled recyclable materials (where applicable), will be removed to a designated area. Recycling containers will be provided for the Contractor’s use.

 

  J. WATER FOUNTAINS . Water fountain dispensing areas and bowls will be washed with a disinfectant solution and dry shined to insure a clean, healthy condition. The sides of the metal housing unit will be wiped with a damp cloth to remove streaks and runs.

Tenant Suite Weekly Functions

 

  A. HARD SURFACE FLOOR PREVENTATIVE . Tile areas of composition floors will be spray buffed. All hard surface floors will be machine scrubbed and refinished as needed to maintain a deep shine and scratch-free appearance.

 

  B. LOW DUSTING . Furniture legs, chain rungs, structural and furniture ledges, door louvers, windowsills, wood paneling, vinyl or wood base molding and other low areas will be dusted with a treated cloth.

 

  C. PLANTERS . Remove debris and polish all interior planters.

 

  D. WALLS . Wall surfaces around light switches, doorknobs, handrails, and other traffic areas are to be spot cleaned.

 

  E. WOOD DOORS . All exterior and interior wood doors, including frames and hinges, will be wiped down.

 

  F. MIRRORS . Wash and polish all mirrors with a non-scratch disinfectant and dry shine.

Tenant Suite Monthly Functions

 

  A. BLINDS . All window and door blinds will be dusted thoroughly with a treated duster or cloth that is able to reach high areas.

 

  B. CARPET EDGING . Detailed edge vacuuming will be performed around all baseboards, furniture edges, and in hard-to-reach places.

 

  C. HIGH DUSTING . Clean vents, heating and air conditioning grills including surrounding wall and ceiling areas, picture frames, wall hangings, and ledges above six feet. Lights are to be thoroughly dusted with a treated duster which is able to reach high areas, or a dust cloth. In service and basement areas, dust exposes pipes, duets, and conduit.

 

  D. UPHOLSTERED FURNITURE . All upholstered furniture will be vacuumed with the proper attachments.

Tenant Suite as Needed Functions

 

  A. HARD SURFACE FLOOR MAINTENANCE . Hard surface floors will be stripped, sealed, and refinished as often as needed to maintain a deep shine and scratch-free appearance. Any necessary repair to floor surfaces due to negligence of cleaning Contractor shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

 

  B. VACANT SPACE . Clean and vacuum spaces one time upon move out of tenant.

 

J-2


  C. SIGNAGE . Clean interior and exterior signage free of dust, debris, fingerprints, etc. on an as needed basis.

 

  D. SUPPLIES . All supplies required for the effective cleaning and maintenance of the building as stated in these specifications will be supplied by the Contractor at its expense. Detailed specifications of all supplies are to be provided to the Owner by the Contractor, and said supplies are to be approved by the Owner prior to purchase by the Contractor. All plastic bags used in the nightly collection of trash from the buildings will be furnished by the Contractor. Landlord reserves the right to manage the procurement of supplies and plastic.

 

J-3


EXHIBIT K

DOG POLICY GUIDELINES

Tysons Metro Center III

DOG RULES & REGULATIONS

Following are the terms and conditions upon which Alarm.com Incorporated ( “Tenant” ) will be permitted to bring non-service dogs into Tenant’s Premises through Tysons Metro Center III (the “Building” ).

 

  1. Tenant must submit its application(s) for each dog via Landlord’s designated tenant work order request system. Landlord requires property management’s in person pre-screening of all dogs prior to application approval.

 

  2. Tenant’s employee must submit to Landlord copies of the dog’s current license and vaccinations upon application.

 

  3. Tenant (a) must maintain company liability insurance reasonably acceptable to Landlord against dog incidents and provide Landlord with evidence of such coverage, and (b) takes full responsibility for the management of its permitted dogs and issues that arise within its premises and the Building related to the dogs it permits. Such incidents may include, but are not limited to co-employee issues, co-tenant complaints, and guest concerns, dog interactions with other dogs, additional maintenance, and dog behavior. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability whatsoever for any loss, damage, or injury whatsoever caused by any such dogs, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, actions, costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other professional fees (if and to the extent permitted by Law), which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against Landlord in connection with any such dogs.

 

  4. Any Tenant desiring to permit dogs will be responsible for all dog related housekeeping and maintenance expenses determined as necessary by Landlord and incurred by Landlord in the maintenance of Tenant’s premises beyond building standard contract services.

 

  5. There is a limit of 3 dogs per each full floor leased with active Building access status, and such 3 dogs per floor shall not be permitted on any other floor of the Premises (i.e., no full floor of the Premises shall contain more than 3 dogs at any time).

 

  6. Access to and egress from the Building and tenant premises shall be as follows:

 

  a. Enter or exit the Building using only the lower level service entrance next to the Building loading dock using an approved access device.

 

K-1


  b. Access or exit the elevator bank using only the lower level service corridor utilizing an approved access device.

 

  c. Access and exit the Tenant’s Premises only via the Service Elevator designated specifically for dog accessibility and access employee’s approved floor only.

 

  d. Immediately access or depart Tenant’s Premises without entering any other areas of the Building such as common area restrooms or stairwells, or other.

 

  7. Dogs are not permitted on passenger elevators, in restrooms, fire stairwells (except in an emergency), bicycle room, the conference facility, the locker rooms, the main lobby, or in any Building public or common space existing currently or designated as such by Landlord in the future.

 

  8. Dogs are not permitted in the landscaped areas adjacent to the property and cannot be in the vicinity of either the main or rear entrances to the building lobby.

 

  9. Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to ban certain breeds of dogs, at its sole discretion, and to modify the Dog Rules & Regulations as it deems necessary.

 

  10. Any violation of these rules shall constitute a default under the Lease, entitling Landlord to all remedies therefor set forth in the Lease, and if two or more such defaults under this Exhibit occur during any twelve (12) month period, Landlord shall have the right to disallow any and all dogs in the Premises thereafter.

Pet Restrictions:

x Dogs in excess of 40 pounds, taller than 24 inches, and not “house broken” are prohibited from the Building.

x Any observed aggressive behavior, such as growling, barking, chasing, nipping or biting will result in the dog being permanently removed from the Building.

x Any dog with excessive odors or perceived to be unhealthy, unclean, infested with fleas/ticks/other, or not adequately groomed, will not be permitted into the Building.

x All dogs must be attended at all times; must always be on a leash when outside Tenant premises as access and exit occurs and while on the property of Landlord.

x Tenants are required to clean up after their dogs whether in any designated dog relief area, or on sidewalks and streets, pursuant to Fairfax County ordinance.

x Any dog “accidents” or failure of Tenant to clean up after its permitted dogs will result in any offending dog being banned permanently from the Building. Additionally, “puppy pads or similar indoor relief treatments and measures are strictly prohibited.

 

K-2


x Tenants shall be responsible for the cost of all cleaning, pest control (e.g. treatment for ticks and fleas), and all other items associated with their dogs, which costs shall be Additional Rent.

 

K-3


EXHIBIT L

Approved Logo for Signage

 

LOGO

 

L-1


EXHIBIT M

LOCATION OF STORAGE SPACE

 

LOGO

 

M-1


EXHIBIT N

FORM OF GUARANTY OF LEASE (LANDLORD’S OBLIGATION TO PAY ALLOWANCE)

GUARANTY OF LEASE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and in consideration for and as an inducement to ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) to lease certain real property from MARSHALL PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company as landlord (“Landlord”), pursuant to a lease dated August 8th, 2014 (the “Lease”) by and between Landlord and Tenant, the undersigned, BCSP V U.S. INVESTMENTS, L.P. (“Guarantor”), does hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee to Tenant Landlord’s obligation to pay the Allowance (as defined in the Lease) (the “Obligations”) in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Lease, for which the undersigned shall be jointly and severally liable with Landlord, Except for Landlord’s obligation to pay the Allowance, Guarantor does not guarantee any of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease and Guarantor shall have no obligations or liabilities under the Lease. If any default on the part of Landlord shall occur with respect to the Obligations, the undersigned does hereby covenant and agree to pay to Tenant in each and every instance such sum or sums of money as Landlord is and shall become liable for or obligated to pay under the Lease. Such payments of the Obligations shall be made at such times as the same shall become payable under the Lease. Upon full satisfaction of Landlord’s obligation to pay the Allowance this Guaranty shall be null and void and of no further force or effect.

The maintenance of any action or proceeding by Tenant to recover any sum or sums that may be or become due under the Obligations shall not preclude Tenant from thereafter instituting and maintaining subsequent actions or proceedings for any subsequent default or defaults of Landlord under the Lease. The undersigned does hereby consent that without affecting the liability of the undersigned under this Guaranty and without notice to the undersigned, time may be given by Tenant to Landlord for payment and performance of the Obligations, or any of them, and such time extended and indulgence granted, from time to time, or Tenant may avail itself of or exercise any or all of the rights and remedies against Landlord provided by law or by the Lease, and may proceed either against Landlord alone or jointly against Landlord and the undersigned or against the undersigned alone without first prosecuting or exhausting any remedy or claim against Landlord. The undersigned does hereby further consent to any subsequent change, modification or amendment of the Lease in any of its terms, covenants or conditions, all of which may be made without notice to or consent of the undersigned and without in any manner releasing or relieving the undersigned from liability under this Guaranty.

The undersigned does hereby agree that the bankruptcy of Landlord shall have no effect on the obligations of the undersigned hereunder. The undersigned does hereby further agree that in respect of any payments made by the undersigned hereunder, the undersigned shall not have any rights based on suretyship, subrogation or otherwise to stand in the place of Tenant so as to compete with Tenant as a creditor of Landlord, unless and until all claims of Tenant under the Obligations shall have been fully paid and satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty by the Tenant, the Guarantor may assert any defense against the Tenant which is available to the Landlord under the Lease, except defenses related to bankruptcy or creditors’ rights, or defenses related to the authority of the parties to enter into the Lease or this Guaranty or to perform their obligations thereunder.

 

N-1


Neither this Guaranty nor any of the provisions hereof can be modified, waived or terminated, except by a written instrument signed by Tenant. The provisions of this Guaranty shall apply to, bind and inure to the benefit of the undersigned and Tenant and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. If Tenant should prevail in any suit against Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty or any covenants or obligations hereunder, then Guarantor shall pay to Tenant, upon demand, all reasonable, out of pocket attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, court costs, filing fees, recording costs, and all other costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (all of which are referred to herein as “Enforcement Costs”), in addition to all other amounts due hereunder. This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. For the purpose solely of litigating any dispute under this Guaranty, the undersigned submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of said commonwealth.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Guaranty as of the date of the Lease.

 

GUARANTOR:
BCSP V -U.S. INVESTMENTS, L.P.
By:   BCSP REIT V, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Matthew T. Golden

  Matthew T. Golden
  General Counsel and Managing Director

 

N-2

Exhibit 10.3

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2009 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Adopted January 30, 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  
1.   PURPOSE     1   
2.   DEFINITIONS     1   
3.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN     4   
  3.1   Board     4   
  3.2   Committee     5   
  3.3   Terms of Awards     5   
  3.4   No Liability     6   
  3.5   Share Issuance/Book Entry     6   
4.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN     6   
  4.1   Number of Shares Available for Awards     6   
  4.2   Adjustments in Authorized Shares     6   
  4.3   Share Usage     6   
5.   EFFECTIVE DATE, DURATION AND AMENDMENTS     7   
  5.1   Effective Date     7   
  5.2   Term     7   
  5.3   Amendment and Termination of the Plan     7   
6.   AWARD ELIGIBILITY     7   
  6.1   Employees and Other Service Providers     7   
  6.2   Limitations on Incentive Stock Options     7   
7.   AWARD AGREEMENT     8   
8.   TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS     8   
  8.1   Option Price     8   
  8.2   Vesting     8   
  8.3   Term     9   
  8.4   Exercise of Options on Termination of Service     9   
  8.5   Limitations on Exercise of Option     9   
  8.6   Exercise Procedure     9   
  8.7   Right of Holders of Options     9   
  8.8   Delivery of Stock Certificates     9   
  8.9   Transferability of Options     10   
  8.10   Family Transfers     10   
  8.11   Notice of Disqualifying Disposition     10   
9.   RESTRICTED STOCK     10   
  9.1   Award of Restricted Stock     10   
  9.2   Restrictions     11   
  9.3   Restricted Stock Certificates     11   
  9.4   Rights of Holders of Restricted Stock     11   
  9.5   Termination of Service     11   
  9.6   Purchase and Delivery of Stock     12   
10.   FORM OF PAYMENT     12   

 

-i-


11.   WITHHOLDING TAXES     12   
12.   RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES OF STOCK     13   
  12.1   Right of First Refusal     13   
  12.2   Repurchase and Other Rights     13   
  12.3   Installment Payments     14   
    12.3.1 General Rule     14   
    12.3.2 Exception in the Case of Stock Repurchase Right     14   
  12.4   Publicly Traded Stock     14   
  12.5   Legend     14   
13.   PARACHUTE LIMITATIONS     14   
14.   REQUIREMENTS OF LAW     15   
  14.1   General     15   
  14.2   Rule 16b-3     16   
  14.3   Financial Reports     16   
15.   EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION     16   
  15.1   Changes in Stock     16   
  15.2   Reorganization in Which the Company Is the Surviving Entity and in Which No Change of Control Occurs     17   
  15.3   Change of Control     17   
  15.4   Adjustments     18   
  15.5   No Limitations on Company     18   
16.   GENERAL PROVISIONS     18   
  16.1   Disclaimer of Rights     18   
  16.2   Nonexclusivity of the Plan     18   
  16.3   Captions     19   
  16.4   Other Award Agreement Provisions     19   
  16.5   Number and Gender     19   
  16.6   Severability     19   
  16.7   Governing Law     19   
  16.8   Code Section 409A     19   
17.   EXECUTION     20   

 

-ii-


ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2009 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Alarm.com Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), sets forth herein the terms of its Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) as follows:

1. PURPOSE

The Plan is intended to enhance the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ (as defined herein) ability to attract and retain highly qualified officers, directors, key employees, and other persons, and to motivate such persons to serve the Company and its Subsidiaries and to expend maximum effort to improve the business results and earnings of the Company, by providing to such persons an opportunity to acquire or increase a direct proprietary interest in the operations and future success of the Company. To this end, the Plan provides for the grant of stock options and restricted stock in accordance with the terms hereof. Stock options granted under the Plan may be nonqualified stock options or incentive stock options, as provided herein.

2. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of interpreting the Plan and related documents (including Award Agreements), the following definitions shall apply:

2.1 “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to the Company, any company or other trade or business that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act, including, without limitation, any Subsidiary, provided that an entity may not be considered an Affiliate if it results in noncompliance with Code Section 409A.

2.2 “ Award ” means a grant of an Option or Restricted Stock under the Plan.

2.2 “ Award Agreement ” means the written agreement between the Company and a Grantee that evidences and sets out the terms and conditions of an Award.

2.3 “ Benefit Arrangement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13 hereof.

2.4 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5 “ Cause ” means, as determined by the Board and unless otherwise provided in an applicable agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, (i) material dereliction of duty, (ii) insubordination, gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of duties; (iii) conviction of a criminal offense (other than minor traffic offenses); (iv) material breach of any term of any employment, consulting or other services, confidentiality, intellectual property or non-competition agreements, if any, between the Service Provider and the Company or an Affiliate; or (v) the material breach of any material provision of an established policy or work rule of the Company or its Subsidiary, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

-1-


2.6 “ Change of Control ” means (i) the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity in which the Company is not the surviving entity, (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to another person or entity, or (iv) any transaction (including without limitation a merger or reorganization in which the Company is the surviving entity) which results in any person or entity (other than stockholders of the Company as of the Effective Date) owning more than 50% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company.

2.7 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

2.8 “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other Committee as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan.

2.9 “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

2.10 Disability means the Grantee is unable to perform each of the essential duties of such Grantee’s position by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is potentially permanent in character or which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; provided , however , that, with respect to rules regarding expiration of an Incentive Stock Option following termination of the Grantee’s Service, Disability shall mean the Grantee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

2.11 “ Effective Date ” means July 1, 2009, the date the Board approved the Plan.

2.12 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

2.13 “ Fair Market Value ” means the value of a share of Stock, determined as follows: if on the Grant Date or other determination date the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, or is publicly traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of the Stock on such exchange or in such market (if there is more than one such exchange or market the Board shall determine the appropriate exchange or market) on the Grant Date or such other determination date (or if there is no such reported closing price, the Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the highest bid and lowest asked prices or between the high and low sale prices on such trading day) or, if no sale of Stock is reported for such trading day, on the next preceding day on which any sale shall have been reported. If the Stock is not listed on such an exchange, quoted on such system or traded on such a market, Fair Market Value shall be the value of the Stock as determined by the Board in good faith in a manner consistent with Code Section 409A. For these purposes, Fair Market Value shall be determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

 

-2-


2.14 “ Family Member ” means a person who is a spouse, former spouse, child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother, sister, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of the Grantee, any person sharing the Grantee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which any one or more of these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which any one or more of these persons (or the Grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which one or more these persons (or the Grantee) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.

2.15 “ Grant Date ” means, as determined by the Committee or Board, the latest to occur of (i) the date as of which the Committee or Board approves an Award, (ii) the date on which the recipient of an Award first becomes eligible to receive an Award under Section 6 hereof, or (iii) such other date as may be specified by the Committee or Board.

2.16 “ Grant Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.3 hereof.

2.17 “ Grantee ” means a person who receives or holds an Award under the Plan.

2.18 “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or the corresponding provision of any subsequently enacted tax statute, as amended from time to time.

2.19 “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.20 “ Option ” means an option to purchase one or more shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan.

2.21 “ Option Price ” means the purchase price for each share of Stock subject to an Option.

2.22 “ Other Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13 hereof.

2.23 “ Parachute Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13 hereof.

2.24 “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code.

2.25 “ Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

2.26 “ Purchase Price ” means the purchase price for each share of Stock pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock.

2.27 “ Reporting Person ” means a person who is required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

-3-


2.28 “ Restricted Stock ” means shares of Stock, awarded to a Grantee pursuant to Section 9 hereof, that are subject to restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

2.29 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

2.30 “ Service ” means the “performance of substantial services” (within the meaning of Section 409A(d) of the Code) as an employee, officer, director or other Service Provider of the Company or an Affiliate. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, a Grantee’s change in position or duties shall not result in interrupted or terminated Service, so long as such Grantee continues to be an employee, officer, director or other Service Provider of the Company or an Affiliate. Subject to the preceding sentence, whether a termination of Service shall have occurred for purposes of the Plan shall be determined by the Board, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

2.31 “ Service Provider ” means an employee, officer or director of the Company or an Affiliate, or a consultant or adviser currently providing services to the Company or an Affiliate.

2.32 “ Stock ” means the Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company.

2.33 “ Stockholders’ Agreement ” means the Company’s Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of March 6, 2009, as may be amended from time to time.

2.34 “ Subsidiary ” means any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.35 “ Ten-Percent Stockholder ” means an individual who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its parent or any of its Subsidiaries. In determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

3. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

3.1 Board.

The Board shall have such powers and authorities related to the administration of the Plan as are consistent with the Company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws and applicable law. The Board shall have full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement, and shall have full power and authority to take all such other actions and make all such other determinations not inconsistent with the specific terms and provisions of the Plan that the Board deems to be necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement. All such actions and determinations shall be by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board present at a meeting or by consent of the Board executed in writing in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws and applicable law. The interpretation and construction by the Board of any provision of the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

-4-


3.2 Committee.

The Board from time to time may delegate to one or more Committees such powers and authorities related to the administration and implementation of the Plan, as set forth in Section 3.1 above and in other applicable provisions, as the Board shall determine, consistent with the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Company and applicable law. In the event that the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement entered into hereunder provides for any action to be taken by or determination to be made by the Board, such action may be taken by or such determination may be made by the applicable Committee if the power and authority to do so has been delegated to the Committee by the Board as provided for in this Section 3.2 and all references herein to the Board shall be deemed to be the Committee. Unless otherwise expressly determined by the Board, any such action or determination by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive.

3.3 Terms of Awards.

Subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan, the Board or Committee shall have full and final authority to:

 

  (i) designate Grantees,

 

  (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be made to a Grantee,

 

  (iii) determine the number of shares of Stock to be subject to an Award,

 

  (iv) establish the terms and conditions of each Award (including, but not limited to, the Option Price of any Option, the nature and duration of any restriction or condition (or provision for lapse thereof) relating to the vesting, exercise, transfer, or forfeiture of an Award or the shares of Stock subject thereto, and any terms or conditions that may be necessary to qualify Options as Incentive Stock Options),

 

  (v) prescribe the form of each Award Agreement evidencing an Award, and

 

  (vi) amend, modify, or supplement the terms of any outstanding Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement of any Award shall, without the consent of the Grantee, impair the Grantee’s rights under such Award.

Such authority specifically includes the authority, in order to effectuate the purposes of the Plan but without amending the Plan, to modify Awards to eligible individuals who are foreign nationals or are individuals who are employed outside the United States to recognize differences in local law, tax policy, or custom. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement of any Award shall, without the consent of the Grantee, impair the Grantee’s rights under such Award.

 

-5-


The Company may retain the right in an Award Agreement to cause a forfeiture of the gain realized by a Grantee on account of actions taken by the Grantee in violation or breach of or in conflict with any employment agreement, non-competition agreement, any agreement prohibiting solicitation of employees or clients of the Company or any Affiliate thereof or any confidentiality obligation with respect to the Company or any Affiliate thereof or otherwise in competition with the Company or any Affiliate thereof, to the extent specified in such Award Agreement applicable to the Grantee. In addition, the Company may annul an Award if the Grantee is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate thereof and is terminated for Cause as defined in the applicable Award Agreement or the Plan, as applicable.

3.4 No Liability.

No member of the Board or of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement.

3.5 Share Issuance/Book Entry.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the issuance of the Stock under the Plan may be evidenced in such a manner as the Board, in its discretion, deems appropriate, including, without limitation, book-entry registration or issuance of one or more Stock certificates.

4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1 Number of Shares Available for Awards

Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15 hereof, the number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be 7,203,024. All shares of Stock issuable under the Plan may be issued as Incentive Stock Options. Stock issued or to be issued under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued shares or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, issued shares that have been reacquired by the Company.

4.2 Adjustments in Authorized Shares

The Board shall have the right to substitute or assume Awards in connection with mergers, reorganizations, separations, or other transactions to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies. The number of shares of Stock reserved pursuant to Section 4 shall be increased by the corresponding number of Awards assumed and, in the case of a substitution, by the net increase in the number of shares of Stock subject to Awards before and after the substitution.

4.3 Share Usage

Shares covered by an Award shall be counted as used as of the Grant Date. If any shares covered by an Award are not purchased or are forfeited or expire, or if an Award otherwise terminates without delivery of any Stock subject thereto or is settled in cash in lieu of shares, then the number of shares of Stock counted against the aggregate number of shares available under the Plan with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, termination, or expiration again be available for making Awards under the Plan. If the exercise price of any Option granted under the Plan is satisfied by tendering shares of Stock to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), only the number of shares of Stock issued net of the shares of Stock tendered shall be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Stock available for delivery under the Plan.

 

-6-


5. EFFECTIVE DATE, DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

5.1 Effective Date.

The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date, subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders within one year of the Effective Date. Upon approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company as set forth above, all Awards made under the Plan on or after the Effective Date shall be fully effective as if the stockholders of the Company had approved the Plan on the Effective Date. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within one year of the Effective Date, any Awards made hereunder shall be null and void and of no effect.

5.2 Term.

The Plan shall terminate automatically ten (10) years after the Effective Date and may be terminated on any earlier date as provided in Section 5.3 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Awards granted prior to the expiration date shall continue in accordance with their terms.

5.3 Amendment and Termination of the Plan

The Board may, at any time and from time to time, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan as to any shares of Stock as to which Awards have not been made. An amendment to the Plan shall be contingent on approval of the Company’s stockholders only to the extent required by applicable law, regulations or rules. No Awards shall be made after the termination of the Plan. No amendment, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Grantee, impair rights or obligations under any Award theretofore awarded under the Plan.

6. AWARD ELIGIBILITY

6.1 Employees and Other Service Providers.

Awards (including Awards of Incentive Stock Options, subject to Section 6.2 ) may be made under the Plan to any employee , officer or director of, or other Service Provider providing services to, the Company or any Affiliate. To the extent required by applicable state law, Awards within certain states may be limited to employees and officers or employees, officers and directors. An eligible person may receive more than one Award, subject to such restrictions as are provided herein.

6.2 Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.

An Option shall constitute an Incentive Stock Option only (i) if the Grantee of such Option is an employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) if it is specifically designated as such in the related Award Agreement; (iii) to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the Option is granted) of the shares of Stock with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options held by such Grantee become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other plans of the Grantee’s

 

-7-


employer and its Parent and Subsidiaries) does not exceed $100,000, which limitation shall be applied by taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted; (iv) if it is granted within ten (10) years from the date the Plan was adopted, or the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier; and (v) if the requirements under Section 422 of the Code applicable to “incentive stock options” have been fully satisfied with respect to such Option.

7. AWARD AGREEMENT

Each Award pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, in such form or forms as the Board shall from time to time determine, which specifies the number of shares subject to the Award (subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 15 ). Award Agreements granted from time to time or at the same time need not contain similar provisions but shall be consistent with the terms of the Plan. Each Award Agreement evidencing an Award of Options shall specify whether such Options are intended to be Nonqualified Stock Options or Incentive Stock Options, and in the absence of such specification such options shall be deemed Nonqualified Stock Options.

8. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

8.1 Option Price.

The Option Price of each Option shall be fixed by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option. The Option Price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date of a share of Stock; provided , however , that in the event that a Grantee is a Ten-Percent Stockholder, the Option Price of an Incentive Stock Option granted to such Grantee shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date. Only to the extent required by applicable law, in the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the Option Price shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date. In no case shall the Option Price of any Option be less than the par value of a share of Stock.

8.2 Vesting.

Subject to Sections 8.3 and 15.3 hereof, each Option granted under the Plan shall become exercisable at such times and under such conditions as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement. For purposes of this Section 8.2 , fractional numbers of shares of Stock subject to an Option shall be rounded down to the next nearest whole number. The Board shall have the authority to prescribe in any Award Agreement that the Option may be exercised only in accordance with a vesting schedule during the term of the Option. The Board may provide, for example, in the Award Agreement for (i) accelerated exercisability of the Option subject to the Company’s right to repurchase upon termination of Service, (ii) expiration of the Option prior to its term in the event of the termination of the Grantee’s Service, (iii) immediate forfeiture of the Option in the event the Grantee’s Service is terminated for Cause or (iv) unvested Options to be exercised subject to the Company’s right of repurchase upon termination of Service with respect to unvested shares of Stock.

 

-8-


8.3 Term.

Each Option granted under the Plan shall terminate, and all rights to purchase shares of Stock thereunder shall cease, upon the expiration of ten years from the Grant Date, or under such circumstances and on such date prior thereto as is set forth in the Plan or as may be fixed by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement relating to such Option; provided, however, that in the event that the Grantee is a Ten-Percent Stockholder, an Option granted to such Grantee that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five years from its Grant Date.

8.4 Exercise of Options on Termination of Service.

Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Grantee shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Grantee’s Service. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.

8.5 Limitations on Exercise of Option.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in no event may any Option be exercised, in whole or in part, prior to the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company, or after ten years following the Grant Date, or after the occurrence of an event referred to in Section 15 hereof which results in termination of the Option.

8.6 Exercise Procedure.

An Option that is exercisable may be exercised by the Grantee’s delivery to the Company of written notice of exercise on any business day, at the Company’s principal office , on the form specified by the Company. Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price of the shares for which the Option is being exercised. The Option Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 10 .

8.7 Right of Holders of Options.

Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, an individual holding or exercising an Option shall have none of the rights of a stockholder (for example, the right to cash or dividend payments or distributions attributable to the subject shares of Stock or to direct the voting of shares of Stock) until the shares of Stock covered thereby are fully paid and issued to such individual.

8.8 Delivery of Stock Certificates.

Promptly after the exercise of an Option by a Grantee and the payment in full of the Option Price, such Grantee shall be entitled to the issuance of a stock certificate or certificates evidencing such Grantee’s ownership of the shares of Stock purchased upon such exercise of the Option. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company may elect to satisfy any requirement under this Plan for the delivery of stock certificates through the use of book-entry.

 

-9-


8.9 Transferability of Options.

Except as provided in Section 8.10 , during the lifetime of a Grantee, only the Grantee (or, in the event of legal incapacity or incompetency, the Grantee’s guardian or legal representative) may exercise an Option. Except as provided in Section 8.10 , no Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Grantee to whom it is granted, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

8.10 Family Transfers.

If authorized in the applicable Award Agreement, a Grantee may transfer, not for value, all or part of an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option to any Family Member. For the purpose of this Section 8.10 , a “not for value” transfer is a transfer which is (i) a gift, (ii) a transfer under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights; or (iii) unless applicable law does not permit such transfers, a transfer to an entity in which more than fifty percent of the voting interests are owned by Family Members (or the Grantee) in exchange for an interest in that entity. Following a transfer under this Section 8.10 , any such Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer, and shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the Option shall be subject to the same restrictions on transfer of shares as would have applied to the Grantee. Subsequent transfers of transferred Options are prohibited except to Family Members of the original Grantee in accordance with this Section 8.10 or by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The events of termination of Service under an Option shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Grantee, following which the Option shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent, and for the periods specified in the applicable Award Agreement, and the shares may be subject to repurchase by the Company or its assignee.

8.11 Notice of Disqualifying Disposition

If any Grantee shall make any disposition of shares of Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option under the circumstances described in Code Section 421(b) (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions), such Grantee shall notify the Company of such disposition within ten (10) days thereof.

9. RESTRICTED STOCK

9.1 Award of Restricted Stock.

The Board may from time to time grant Restricted Stock to persons eligible to receive Awards under Section 6 hereof, subject to such restrictions, conditions and other terms as the Board may determine.

 

-10-


9.2 Restrictions.

At the time an Award of Restricted Stock is made, the Board shall establish a restriction period applicable to such Restricted Stock. Each Award of Restricted Stock may be subject to a different restriction period. The Board may, in its sole discretion, at the time an Award of Restricted Stock is made, prescribe conditions that must be satisfied prior to the expiration of the restriction period, including the satisfaction of corporate or individual performance objectives or continued Service, in order that all or any portion of the Restricted Stock shall vest. To the extent required by applicable law, the vesting restrictions applicable to an Award of Restricted Stock shall lapse no less rapidly than the rate of twenty percent (20%) per year for each of the first five (5) years from the Grant Date, based on continued Service.

The Board also may, in its sole discretion, shorten or terminate the restriction period or waive any of the conditions applicable to all or a portion of the Restricted Stock. The Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the restriction period or prior to the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Board with respect to such Restricted Stock.

9.3 Restricted Stock Certificates.

The Company shall issue, in the name of each Grantee to whom Restricted Stock has been granted, stock certificates representing the total number of shares of Restricted Stock granted to the Grantee, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Grant Date. The Board may provide in an Award Agreement that either (i) the Secretary of the Company shall hold such certificates for the Grantee’s benefit until such time as the Restricted Stock is forfeited to the Company , or the restrictions lapse, or (ii) such certificates shall be delivered to the Grantee, provided, however, that such certificates shall bear a legend or legends that complies with the applicable securities laws and regulations and makes appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed under the Plan and the Award Agreement.

9.4 Rights of Holders of Restricted Stock.

Unless the Board otherwise provides in an Award Agreement, holders of Restricted Stock shall have the right to vote such Stock and the right to receive any dividends declared or paid with respect to such Stock; provided that an such Award Agreement shall assign such voting rights to the Board with respect to unvested shares of Restricted Stock. The Board may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock must be reinvested in shares of Stock, which may or may not be subject to the same vesting conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock. All distributions, if any, received by a Grantee with respect to Restricted Stock as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, or other similar transaction shall be subject to the restrictions applicable to the original Grant.

9.5 Termination of Service.

Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the applicable Award Agreement, upon the termination of a Grantee’s Service with the Company or an Affiliate, any shares of Restricted Stock held by such Grantee that have not vested, or with respect to which all applicable restrictions and conditions have not lapsed, shall immediately be deemed forfeited. Upon forfeiture of Restricted Stock, the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to such Grant, including but not limited to any right to vote Restricted Stock or any right to receive dividends with respect to shares of Restricted Stock.

 

-11-


9.6 Purchase and Delivery of Stock.

To the extent required in an Award Agreement, the Grantee may be required to purchase the Restricted Stock from the Company at a Purchase Price equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate par value of the shares of Stock represented by such Restricted Stock or (ii) the Purchase Price, if any, specified in the Award Agreement relating to such Restricted Stock. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 10 or, in the discretion of the Board, in consideration for past Services rendered to the Company or an Affiliate. Only to the extent required by applicable law, the Purchase Price of a share of Restricted Stock shall be not less than 85 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date of a share of Stock; provided, however, that, only to the extent required by applicable law, in the event that the Grantee is a Ten-Percent Stockholder, the Purchase Price shall be not less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date of a share of Stock.

Upon the expiration or termination of the restriction period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Board, the restrictions applicable to shares of Restricted Stock shall lapse, and, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, a stock certificate for such shares shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions, to the Grantee or the Grantee’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be.

10. FORM OF PAYMENT

Payment of the Option Price for the shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be made in cash or in cash equivalents acceptable to the Company. In addition, to the extent the Award Agreement so provides, payment of the Option Price for shares purchased pursuant to exercise of an Option may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.

11. WITHHOLDING TAXES

The Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be, shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a Grantee any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the vesting of or other lapse of restrictions applicable to an Award or upon the issuance of any shares of Stock or payment of any kind upon the exercise of an Option. At the time of such vesting, lapse, or exercise, the Grantee shall pay to the Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, any amount that the Company or the Affiliate may reasonably determine to be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligation. Subject to the prior approval of the Board, which may be withheld by the Board, as the case may be, in its sole discretion, the Grantee may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company to withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Grantee or (ii) by delivering to the Company shares of Stock already owned by the Grantee. The shares of Stock so delivered or withheld shall have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such withholding obligations. The Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock used to satisfy such withholding obligation shall be determined by the Company or the Affiliate as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is

 

-12-


to be determined. A Grantee who has made an election pursuant to this Section 11 may satisfy his or her withholding obligation only with shares of Stock that are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting, or other similar requirements. The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be withheld from any Award to satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding requirements upon the exercise, vesting, lapse of restrictions applicable to such Award or payment of shares pursuant to such Award, as applicable, cannot exceed such number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required by the Company to be withheld and paid to any such federal, state or local taxing authority with respect to such exercise, vesting, lapse of restrictions or payment of shares.

12. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES OF STOCK

12.1 Right of First Refusal.

Subject to Section 12.4 below, a Grantee (or such other individual who is entitled to exercise an Option or otherwise acquires shares pursuant to an Award under the terms of this Plan) shall not sell, pledge, assign, gift, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award to any person or entity without first offering such shares to the Company for purchase on the same terms and conditions as those offered the proposed transferee. The Company may assign its right of first refusal under this Section 12.1 in whole or in part, to (1) any holder of stock or other securities of the Company, (2) any Affiliate or (3) any other person or entity that the Board determines has a sufficient relationship with or interest in the Company. The Company shall give reasonable written notice to the Grantee of any such assignment of its rights. The Company or the assignee of such rights, as the case may be, shall be required to exercise such right within ninety (90) days after receiving notice from the Grantee. If neither the Company nor its assignee elects to exercise its right of first refusal, the Grantee may transfer such shares of Stock to such third party. The restrictions of this Section 12.1 apply to any person to whom Stock that was originally acquired pursuant to an Award is sold, pledged, assigned, bequeathed, gifted, transferred or otherwise disposed of, without regard to the number of such subsequent transferees or the manner in which they acquire the Stock, but the restrictions of this Section 12.1 do not apply to a transfer of Stock that occurs as a result of the death of the Grantee or of any subsequent transferee (but shall apply to the executor, the administrator or personal representative, the estate, and the legatees, beneficiaries and assigns thereof).

12.2 Repurchase and Other Rights.

Stock issued upon exercise of an Option or pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock may be subject to such right of repurchase upon termination of Service or other transfer restrictions as the Board may determine, consistent with applicable law and prior to delivery of any such stock the Board may require the Grantee to become party to the Stockholders’ Agreement. Any additional restrictions shall be set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that no such restrictions shall be inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

-13-


12.3 Installment Payments.

12.3.1 General Rule.

In the case of any purchase of Stock under this Section 12 , the Company or its permitted assignee may pay the Grantee, transferee of the Option or other registered owner of the Stock the purchase price in three or fewer annual installments. Interest shall be credited on the installments at the applicable federal rate (as determined for purposes of Section 1274 of the Code) in effect on the date on which the purchase is made. The Company or its permitted assignee shall pay at least one-third of the total purchase price each year, plus interest on the unpaid balance, with the first payment being made on or before the 60th day after the purchase.

12.3.2 Exception in the Case of Stock Repurchase Right.

If an Award Agreement authorizes, upon the Grantee’s termination of Service, the repurchase of shares of Stock acquired by the Grantee pursuant to the exercise of an Option or under an Award of Restricted Stock, to the extent required by applicable law, payment shall be made in cash or by cancellation of indebtedness within the later of 90 days from the date of termination of Service or 90 days from the date of exercise or purchase, as the case may be.

12.4 Publicly Traded Stock.

If the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange or is admitted to quotation on The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc., or is publicly traded on an established securities market, the foregoing transfer restrictions of Sections 12.1 and 12.2 shall terminate as of the first date that the Stock is so listed, quoted or publicly traded.

12.5 Legend.

In order to enforce the restrictions imposed upon shares of Stock under this Plan or as provided in an Award Agreement, the Board may cause a legend or legends to be placed on any certificate representing shares issued pursuant to this Plan that complies with the applicable securities laws and regulations and makes appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed under it, including any obligations imposed under the Stockholders’ Agreement.

13. PARACHUTE LIMITATIONS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or of any other agreement, contract, or understanding heretofore or hereafter entered into by a Grantee with the Company or any Affiliate, except an agreement, contract, or understanding that expressly addresses Section 280G or Section 4999 of the Code (an “ Other Agreement ”), and notwithstanding any formal or informal plan or other arrangement for the direct or indirect provision of compensation to the Grantee (including groups or classes of participants or beneficiaries of which the Grantee is a member), whether or not such compensation is deferred, is in cash, or is in the form of a benefit to or for the Grantee (a “ Benefit Arrangement ”), if the Grantee is a “disqualified individual,” as defined in Section 280G(c) of the Code, any Awards held by that Grantee and any right to receive any payment or other benefit under this Plan shall not become exercisable or vested (i) to the extent that such right to exercise, vesting, payment, or benefit, taking into account all other rights, payments, or benefits to or for the Grantee under this Plan, all Other Agreements, and all Benefit Arrangements, would cause any payment or benefit to the Grantee under this Plan to be considered a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code as then

 

-14-


in effect (a “ Parachute Payment ”) and (ii) if, as a result of receiving a Parachute Payment, the aggregate after-tax amounts received by the Grantee from the Company under this Plan, all Other Agreements, and all Benefit Arrangements would be less than the maximum after-tax amount that could be received by the Grantee without causing any such payment or benefit to be considered a Parachute Payment provided , however , that prior to any such payment or benefit not becoming exercisable or vested, the Company shall, during any period when the Company does not have stock that is readily tradable on an established securities market, have used its reasonable best efforts to obtain shareholder approval of the Parachute Payments in the manner described in Q&A/7 of the regulations issued under Section 280G of the Code. In the event that the receipt of any such right to exercise, vesting, payment, or benefit under this Plan, in conjunction with all other rights, payments, or benefits to or for the Grantee under any Other Agreement or any Benefit Arrangement would cause the Grantee to be considered to have received a Parachute Payment under this Plan that would have the effect of decreasing the after-tax amount received by the Grantee as described in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, then the Grantee shall have the right, in the Grantee’s sole discretion, to designate those rights, payments, or benefits under this Plan, any Other Agreements, and any Benefit Arrangements that should be reduced or eliminated so as to avoid having the payment or benefit to the Grantee under this Plan be deemed to be a Parachute Payment.

14. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

14.1 General.

The Company shall not be required to sell or issue any shares of Stock under any Award if the sale or issuance of such shares would constitute a violation by the Grantee, any other individual exercising a right emanating from such Award, or the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation any federal or state securities laws or regulations. If at any time the Company shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to an Award upon any securities exchange or under any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of shares hereunder, no shares of Stock may be issued or sold to the Grantee or any other individual exercising an Option pursuant to such Award unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company, and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the date of termination of the Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in connection with the Securities Act, upon the exercise of any right emanating from such Award or the delivery of any shares of Restrictive Stock, unless a registration statement under the Securities Act is in effect with respect to the shares of Stock covered by such Award, the Company shall not be required to sell or issue such shares unless the Board has received evidence satisfactory to it that the Grantee or any other individual exercising an Option may acquire such shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Any determination in this connection by the Board shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The Company may, but shall in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered hereby pursuant to the Securities Act. As to any jurisdiction that expressly imposes the requirement that an Option shall not be exercisable until the shares of Stock covered by such Option are registered or are exempt from registration, the exercise of such Option (under circumstances in which the laws of such jurisdiction apply) shall be deemed conditioned upon the effectiveness of such registration or the availability of such an exemption.

 

-15-


14.2 Rule 16b-3.

During any time when the Company has a class of equity security registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, it is the intent of the Company that Awards pursuant to the Plan and the exercise of Options granted hereunder will qualify for the exemption provided by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. To the extent that any provision of the Plan or action by the Board does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, it shall be deemed inoperative to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board, and shall not affect the validity of the Plan. In the event that Rule 16b-3 is revised or replaced, the Board may exercise its discretion to modify this Plan in any respect necessary to satisfy the requirements of, or to take advantage of any features of, the revised exemption or its replacement.

14.3 Financial Reports.

To the extent required by applicable law, not less often than annually, the Company shall furnish to Grantees summary financial information including a balance sheet regarding the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, unless such Grantees have duties with the Company that assure them access to equivalent information. Such financial statements need not be audited.

15. EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

15.1 Changes in Stock.

If the number of outstanding shares of Stock is increased or decreased or the shares of Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company on account of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse split, combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock dividend or other distribution payable in capital stock, or other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company occurring after the Effective Date, the number and kinds of shares for which grants of Options may be made under the Plan shall be adjusted proportionately and accordingly by the Board. In addition, the number and kind of shares for which Awards are outstanding shall be adjusted proportionately and accordingly so that the proportionate interest of the Grantee immediately following such event shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as immediately before such event, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. Any such adjustment in outstanding Options shall be performed by the Board in a manner that complies with the requirements set forth in Section 409A of the Code and the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, to the extent applicable. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as an increase in shares effected without receipt of consideration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (including an extraordinary dividend but excluding a non-extraordinary dividend of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Company shall, in such manner as the Company deems appropriate, adjust (i) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards and/or (ii) the exercise price of outstanding Options to reflect such distribution.

 

-16-


15.2 Reorganization in Which the Company Is the Surviving Entity and in Which No Change of Control Occurs.

Subject to the exception set forth in the last sentence of Section 15.4 , if the Company shall be the surviving entity in any reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Company with one or more other entities and in which no Change of Control occurs, any Award theretofore made pursuant to the Plan shall pertain to and apply solely to the common stock shares to which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Award would have been entitled immediately following such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, and with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of the Option Price per share, all such adjustments to be done by the Board in a manner that complies with the requirements set forth in Section 409A of the Code and the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, to the extent applicable.

15.3 Change of Control.

Subject to the exceptions set forth in the last sentence of this Section 15.3 and the last sentence of Section 15.4 upon the occurrence of a Change of Control either of the following two actions shall be taken, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion:

(i) fifteen days prior to the scheduled consummation of a Change of Control, all Options outstanding hereunder shall become immediately exercisable and shall remain exercisable for a period of fifteen days, or

(B) the Board may elect, in its sole discretion, to cancel any outstanding Awards and pay or deliver, or cause to be paid or delivered, to the holder thereof an amount in cash or securities having a value (as determined by the Board acting in good faith) equal to the product of the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award (the “ Grant Shares ”) multiplied by the amount, if any, by which (I) the formula or fixed price per share paid to holders of shares of Stock pursuant to such transaction exceeds (II) the Option Price applicable to such Grant Shares.

With respect to the Company’s establishment of an exercise window, (i) any exercise of an Option during such period shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the event and shall be effective only immediately before the consummation of the event, and (ii) upon consummation of any Change of Control, the Plan and all outstanding but unexercised Options shall terminate. The Board shall send written notice of an event that will result in such a termination to all individuals who hold Options not later than the time at which the Company gives notice thereof to its stockholders.

This Section 15.3 shall not apply to any Change of Control to the extent that provision is made in writing in connection with such Change of Control for the assumption or continuation of the Options theretofore granted, or for the substitution for such Awards for new common stock options relating to the stock of a successor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number of shares, in each case on substantially the same terms as the Options existing as of the Change of Control, and option prices, in which event the Awards theretofore granted shall continue in the manner and under the terms so provided.

 

-17-


15.4 Adjustments.

Adjustments under Section 15 related to shares of Stock or securities of the Company shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares or other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such adjustment, and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole share. The Board may provide in the Award Agreements at the time of grant, or any time thereafter with the consent of the Grantee, for different provisions to apply to an Award in place of those described in Sections 15.1, 15.2 and 15.3 .

15.5 No Limitations on Company.

The making of Awards pursuant to the Plan shall not affect or limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

16. GENERAL PROVISIONS

16.1 Disclaimer of Rights

No provision in the Plan or in any Award or Award Agreement shall be construed to confer upon any individual the right to remain in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate, or to interfere in any way with any contractual or other right or authority of the Company either to increase or decrease the compensation or other payments to any individual at any time, or to terminate any employment or other relationship between any individual and the Company or any Affiliate. The obligation of the Company to pay any benefits pursuant to this Plan shall be interpreted as a contractual obligation to pay only those amounts described herein, in the manner and under the conditions prescribed herein. The Plan shall in no way be interpreted to require the Company to transfer any amounts to a third party trustee or otherwise hold any amounts in trust or escrow for payment to any participant or beneficiary under the terms of the Plan.

16.2 Nonexclusivity of the Plan

Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations upon the right and authority of the Board to adopt such other incentive compensation arrangements (which arrangements may be applicable either generally to a class or classes of individuals or specifically to a particular individual or particular individuals) as the Board in its discretion determines desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan.

 

-18-


16.3 Captions

The use of captions in this Plan or any Award Agreement is for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of the Plan or such Award Agreement.

16.4 Other Award Agreement Provisions

Each Award under the Plan may contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion.

16.5 Number and Gender

With respect to words used in this Plan, the singular form shall include the plural form, the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, etc., as the context requires.

16.6 Severability

If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

16.7 Governing Law

The validity and construction of this Plan and the instruments evidencing the Awards awarded hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Plan and the instruments evidencing the Awards awarded hereunder to the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

16.8 Code Section 409A

The Board intends to comply with Section 409A of the Code, or an exemption to Section 409A of the Code, with regard to Awards hereunder that constitute nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that the Board determines that a Grantee would be subject to the additional 20% tax imposed on certain nonqualified deferred compensation plans pursuant to Section 409A of the Code as a result of any provision of any Award granted under this Plan, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such additional tax. The nature of any such amendment shall be determined by the Board and shall not materially alter the benefits associated with any outstanding Award. Neither the Company nor any of its respective affiliates or subsidiaries, or any of the agents, employees, officers, directors or other representatives of one or more of the foregoing represents, warrants or guarantees any particular or favorable tax or other result in connection with this Agreement, the Plan, Shares or otherwise. The Grantee shall be solely and exclusively responsible for any and all such results.

 

-19-


17. EXECUTION

To record adoption of the Plan by the Board as of January 30, 2014, and approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company on January 30, 2014, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the Plan.

 

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen Trundle

Name: Stephen Trundle
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

-20-


2009 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Alarm.com Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants an option to purchase shares of its Common Stock, $.01 par value, (the “ Stock ”) to the optionee named below. The terms and conditions of the option are set forth in this cover sheet, in the attachment and in the Company’s 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

Grant Date:

Name of Optionee:                                                                                  

Optionee’s Employee Identification Number:      -                      -                      

Number of Shares Covered by Option:                                 

Option Price per Share: $      .             

Vesting Start Date:                          ,                 

By signing this cover sheet, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described in the attached Agreement and in the Plan, a copy of which has been made available to you. You acknowledge that you have carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this Agreement should appear to be inconsistent.

Optionee:                                         

(Signature)

Company:                                         

(Signature)

Title:                                         

Attachment

This is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument

 

-1-


2009 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Non-Qualified Stock Option    This option is not intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and will be interpreted accordingly.
Vesting   

This option is only exercisable before it expires and then only with respect to the vested portion of the option. Subject to the preceding sentence, you may exercise this option, in whole or in part, to purchase a whole number of vested shares (not less than 100 shares unless the number of shares purchased is the total number available for purchase under the option), by following the procedures set forth in the Plan and below in this Agreement.

 

Your right to purchase shares of Stock under this option vests as to one fifth (1/5) of the total number of shares covered by this option, as shown on the cover sheet (the “ Option Shares ”), on the one-year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date (“ Anniversary Date ”), provided you then continue in Service. Thereafter, for each such vesting date that you remain in Service, the number of shares of Stock which you may purchase under this option shall vest at the rate of one-sixtieth (1/60) of the Option Shares per month as of the first day of each month following the month of the Anniversary Date. The resulting aggregate number of vested shares will be rounded to the nearest whole number, and you cannot vest in more than the number of shares covered by this option.

 

Except as provided below, no additional shares of Stock will vest after your Service has terminated for any reason.

Term    Your option will expire in any event at the close of business at Company headquarters on the day before the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date, as shown on the cover sheet. Your option will expire earlier (but never later) if your Service terminates, as described below.
Regular Termination    If your Service terminates for any reason, other than death, Disability or Cause, then your option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date ninety (90) days after Service terminates.

 

-2-


Termination for Cause    If your Service is terminated for Cause, then you shall immediately forfeit all rights to your option and the option shall immediately expire.
Death    If your Service terminates because of your death, then your option will be vested and exercisable in accordance with the schedule set forth above through the date of your death (and the unvested portion of your option shall immediately terminate), and your option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date twelve (12) months after the date of death. During the option period, your estate or heirs may exercise the vested portion of your option.
Disability    If your Service terminates because of your Disability, then your option will be vested and exercisable in accordance with the schedule set forth above through the date of your termination of Service due to the Disability (and the unvested portion of your option shall immediately terminate), and your option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date twelve (12) months following termination of Service.
Leaves of Absence   

For purposes of this option, your Service does not terminate when you go on a bona fide employee leave of absence that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave provide for continued Service crediting, or when continued Service crediting is required by applicable law. However, your Service will be treated as terminating as of the date you went on employee leave, unless your right to return to active work is guaranteed by law or by a contract. Your Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends unless you immediately return to active employee work.

 

The Company determines, in its sole discretion, which leaves count for this purpose, and when your Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.

Notice of Exercise   

When you wish to exercise this option, you must notify the Company by filing the proper “Notice of Exercise” form at the address given on the form. Your notice must specify how many shares you wish to purchase (in a parcel of at least 100 shares generally). Your notice must also specify how your shares of Stock should be registered (in your name only or in your and your spouse’s names as joint tenants with right of survivorship). The notice will be effective when it is received by the Company.

 

If someone else wants to exercise this option after your death, that person must prove to the Company’s satisfaction that he or she is entitled to do so.

 

-3-


Form of Payment   

When you submit your notice of exercise, you must include, together with a joinder to the Company’s Stockholders’ Agreement, payment of the option price for the shares you are purchasing.

 

Payment may be made in one (or a combination) of the following forms:

 

  

•     Cash, your personal check, a cashier’s check, a money order or another cash equivalent acceptable to the Company.

 

•     Shares of Stock withheld by the Company from the shares of Stock otherwise to be received, with such withheld shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate option price.

 

•     Shares of Stock which have already been owned by you and which are surrendered to the Company. The Fair Market Value of the shares, determined as of the effective date of the option exercise, will be applied to the option price.

 

•     To the extent a public market for the Stock exists as determined by the Company, by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker acceptable to the Company to sell shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate option price.

Withholding Taxes    You will not be allowed to exercise this option unless you make acceptable arrangements to pay any withholding or other taxes that may be due as a result of the option exercise or sale of shares of Stock acquired under this option. Any of the methods described under “Form of Payment” will be considered acceptable arrangements for paying such taxes.
Transfer of Option   

Except as set forth in the paragraph below, during your lifetime, only you (or, in the event of your legal incapacity or incompetency, your guardian or legal representative) may exercise the option, and you cannot transfer or assign this option. For instance, you may not sell this option or use it as security for a loan. If you attempt to do any of these things, this option will immediately become invalid. You may, however, dispose of this option in your will or it may be transferred upon your death by the laws of descent and distribution. Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement, the Company is not obligated to honor a notice of exercise from your spouse, nor is the Company obligated to recognize your spouse’s interest in your option in any other way.

 

Subject to the prior written approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, you shall be permitted to voluntarily transfer the option to a Permitted Transferee in connection with your bona fide estate planning purposes. For these purposes, “ Permitted Transferee ” means (a) solely as a joint owner, your spouse, ancestor or lineal descendant

 

-4-


   (including any child of yours or your descendant who was adopted prior to the age or majority) who is a natural person; (b) a trust for the exclusive benefit of you or any persons enumerated in clause (a) above, the trustee of which is you, or an institutional trustee; (c) an entity that is effectively controlled by you; and (d) if you are deceased, your estate, but only if, by operation of law or the terms of your will, all of your options are distributable to one or more Permitted Transferees enumerated above.
Market Stand-off
Agreement
   In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, you agree not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any shares of Stock without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters, for such period of time after the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters (not to exceed 180 days in length unless requested by the lead underwriter).
Investment Representation    If the sale of Stock under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act, but an exemption is available which requires an investment or other representation, you shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Stock being acquired upon exercise of this option is being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.
The Company’s

Right of First

Refusal

   In accordance with Section 12.1 of the Plan, in the event that you propose to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Stock acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Stock, the Company shall have the “Right of First Refusal” with respect to all (and not less than all) of such shares of Stock. If you desire to transfer Stock acquired under this Agreement, you must give a written “Transfer Notice” to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price and the name and address of the proposed transferee.
   The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by you and by the proposed new transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the shares of Stock on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted in the next paragraph) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within ninety (90) days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

-5-


  

If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within ninety (90) days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, you may, not later than one hundred fifty (150) days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Stock subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by you, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in the paragraph above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Stock on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date when the Company delivered its notice of exercise to you (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Stock was to be made in a form other than lawful money paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Stock with lawful money equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

In the case of any purchase of Stock under this Right of First Refusal, at the option of the Company, the Company may pay you the purchase price in three or fewer annual installments. Interest shall be credited on the installments at the applicable federal rate (as determined for purposes of Section 1274 of the Code) in effect on the date on which the purchase is made. The Company shall pay at least one-third of the total purchase price each year, plus interest on the unpaid balance, with the first payment being made on or before the 60th day after the purchase.

 

The Company’s rights under this subsection shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part, shall inure to the benefit of its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon any transferee of the shares of Stock.

 

The Company’s Right of First Refusal shall terminate in the event that the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, is admitted for quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., or is publicly traded on an established securities market.

 

-6-


Right to Repurchase   

Following termination of your Service for any reason, the Company shall have the right to purchase all of those shares of Stock that you have or will acquire under this option. If the Company exercises its right to purchase the shares, the Company will notify you of its intention to purchase such shares, and will consummate the purchase within one year (or 90 days to the extent required by applicable law) of your termination of Service or, in the case of Stock acquired after your termination of Service, within one year (or 90 days to the extent required by applicable law) of the date of exercise.

 

The purchase price shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares on the date of your termination of Service if the Company exercises its right to purchase such shares within 90 days of your termination of Service or exercises its right within 90 days of the date of your exercise of the option following termination of Service; otherwise the purchase price shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares on the date the Company gives you notice of its intent to exercise its right to purchase the shares.

 

The Company’s rights of repurchase shall terminate in the event that the Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, is admitted for quotation on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., or is publicly traded on an established securities market.

Retention Rights    Neither your option nor this Agreement give you the right to be retained by the Company (or any Parent, Subsidiaries or Affiliates) in any capacity. The Company (and any Parent, Subsidiaries or Affiliates) reserve the right to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason.
Stockholder Rights    You, or your estate or heirs, have no rights as a stockholder of the Company until a certificate for your option’s shares of Stock has been issued (or an appropriate book entry has been made). No adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your stock certificate is issued (or an appropriate book entry has been made), except as described in the Plan.
Forfeiture of Rights    If you should take actions in competition with the Company, the Company shall have the right to cause a forfeiture of your rights, including, but not limited to, the right to cause: (i) a forfeiture of any outstanding option, and (ii) with respect to the period commencing twelve (12) months prior to your termination of Service with the Company and ending twelve (12) months following such termination of Service (A) a forfeiture of any gain recognized by you upon the exercise of an option or (B) a forfeiture of any Stock acquired by you upon the exercise of an option (but the Company will pay you the option price without interest).

 

-7-


   Unless otherwise specified in an employment or other agreement between the Company and you, you take actions in competition with the Company if you directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join or control, or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or are a proprietor, director, officer, stockholder, member, partner or an employee or agent of, or a consultant to any business, firm, corporation, partnership or other entity which competes with any business in which the Company or any of its Affiliates is engaged during your employment or other independent contractor relationship with the Company or its Affiliates or at the time of your termination of Service.
Adjustments    In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in the Stock, the number of shares covered by this option and the option price per share shall be adjusted (and rounded down to the nearest whole number) if required pursuant to the Plan. Your option shall be subject to the terms of the agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
Legends   

All certificates representing the Stock issued upon exercise of this option shall, where applicable, have endorsed thereon the following legends:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR HIS OR HER PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.”

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH APPLICABLE STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION’S SECURITIES LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

-8-


Applicable Law    This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.
The Plan   

The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the Plan, and have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this option are superseded.

Stockholders’ Agreement    You agree, as a condition of this grant, that, upon request by the Company for any reason, you will promptly execute such document(s) as necessary to become a party to the Stockholders’ Agreement.
Data Privacy   

In order to administer the Plan, the Company may process personal data about you. Such data includes but is not limited to the information provided in this Agreement and any changes thereto, other appropriate personal and financial data about you such as home address and business addresses and other contact information, payroll information and any other information that might be deemed appropriate by the Company to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

 

By accepting this grant, you give explicit consent to the Company to process any such personal data. You also give explicit consent to the Company to transfer any such personal data outside the country in which you work or are employed, including, with respect to non-U.S. resident Grantees, to the United States, to transferees who shall include the Company and other persons who are designated by the Company to administer the Plan.

Consent to Electronic
Delivery
   The Company may choose to deliver certain statutory materials relating to the Plan in electronic form. By accepting this grant you agree that the Company may deliver the Plan prospectus and the Company’s annual report (to the extent required) to you in an electronic format. If at any time you would prefer to receive paper copies of these documents, as you are entitled to, the Company would be pleased to provide copies. Please contact the Secretary of the Company to request paper copies of these documents.

 

-9-


Certain Dispositions    If you sell or otherwise dispose of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of this option following termination of the Company’s Right of First Refusal and sooner than the one year anniversary of the date you acquired the Stock, then you agree to notify the Company in writing of the date of sale or disposition, the number of shares of Stock sold or disposed of and the sale price per share within 30 days of such sale or disposition.

BY SIGNING THE COVER SHEET OF THIS AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE.

 

-10-


ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2009 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

EARLY EXERCISE NOTICE AND

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of              , by and between ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and              (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, as currently in effect and as may be hereinafter amended from to time (the “ Plan ”).

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise Purchaser’s option to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated              (the “ Option Agreement ”). Of these Shares, Purchaser has elected to purchase              of those Shares which have become vested as of the date hereof under the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (the “ Vested Shares ”) and              Shares which are unvested as of the date hereof under the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (the “ Unvested Shares ”). The Shares shall be subject to the Right to Repurchase under the Option Agreement and the Plan; provided, further that the Unvested Shares shall also be subject to the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 3(b) below.

The purchase price for the Shares shall be $              per Share for a total purchase price of $              . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement; provided, however, that payment shall be provided in the form provided herein. Following such date, the Company will issue to Purchaser the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the purchase price therefor by Purchaser by cash, personal check, cashier’s check, money order or another cash equivalent acceptable to the Company, or (b) to the extent a public market for the stock of the Company exists as determined by the Company, by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker acceptable to the Company to sell shares of stock of the Company and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate option price.

 

-1-


3. Limitations on Transfer .

(a) Transfer Restrictions . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws or any stockholders’ agreement to which Purchaser is a party, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares while the Shares are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as defined below), except as provided below. After any Shares have been released from such Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in such Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(b) Repurchase Option .

(i) In the event of the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s Service for any or no reason, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of one year (or 90 days to the extent required by applicable law) from the later of such date or the date upon which the Shares are purchased to repurchase all or any portion of the Unvested Shares held by Purchaser as of the Termination Date which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option at the original purchase price per Share specified in Section 1 (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like).

(ii) The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by the Company by written notice to Purchaser or Purchaser’s executor and, at the Company’s option, (A) by delivery to Purchaser or Purchaser’s executor with such notice of a check in the amount of the purchase price for the Shares being purchased, or (B) in the event Purchaser is indebted to the Company, by cancellation by the Company of an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (C) by a combination of (A) and (B) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such purchase price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the purchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being repurchased and all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser.

(iii) One hundred percent (100%) of the Unvested Shares shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. The Unvested Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Option Agreement, including any provisions regarding acceleration of vesting, as if such Unvested Shares were still subject to the Option Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, once the Unvested Shares are released from the Repurchase Option, all Shares shall continue to be subject to the Right to Repurchase set forth in the Option Agreement. Fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.

(iv) In the event of a Change of Control, the Board, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive (in part or in whole) its Repurchase Option, which waiver will be effective as of the date of the Change of Control (or as of some other date prior to the Change of Control, but contingent upon the consummation of the Change of Control).

 

-2-


4. Escrow of Unvested Shares . For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the provisions of Section 3 above, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s), if certificated, for the Shares subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option described in Section 3(b), to deliver such certificate(s), together with an Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment A-1 executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, to hold such certificate(s) and Assignment Separate from Certificate in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. Purchaser agrees that said escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party). The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Purchaser agrees that if the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, resigns as escrow holder for any or no reason, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as escrow holder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

5. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the securities. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(b) Purchaser understands that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale. Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

 

-3-


(d) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor any of its respective affiliates or subsidiaries, or any of the agents, employees, officers, directors or other representatives of one or more of the foregoing represents, warrants or guarantees any particular or favorable tax or other result in connection with this Agreement, the Plan, Shares or otherwise. Purchaser shall be solely and exclusively responsible for any and all such results. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE, DISTRIBUTION OR OTHER DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

7. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

-4-


8. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), taxes as ordinary income for a Nonstatutory Stock Option and as alternative minimum taxable income for an Incentive Stock Option the difference between the amount paid for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “restriction” means the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “ 83(b) Election ”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the date of purchase. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Shares, the election must be made to avoid income and alternative minimum tax treatment under Section 83(a) in the future. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of such election form should be filed with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Shares hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death.

Purchaser agrees that he or she will execute and deliver to the Company with this executed Agreement a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Section 83(b) Election (the “ Acknowledgment ”) attached hereto as Attachment A-2 . Purchaser further agrees that he or she will execute and submit with the Acknowledgment a copy of the 83(b) Election attached hereto as Attachment A-3 (for income tax purposes in connection with the early exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option) if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.

9. Market Stand-off Agreement . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters, for such period of time after the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters (not to exceed 180 days in length unless requested by the lead underwriter).

10. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

-5-


(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement, its attachments and the related Option Agreement and Plan set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

-6-


The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:                                                                                                   
Name (print):                                                                                
Title:                                                                                               
PURCHASER:

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)

Address:                                                                                         

I,                                                                                                                    , spouse of Purchaser, have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or similar interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

 

Spouse of Purchaser (if applicable)

 

-7-


ATTACHMENT A-1

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Early Exercised Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the undersigned (“ Purchaser ”) and ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC. (the “ Company ”) dated              ,              (the “ Agreement ”), Purchaser hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Company              (              ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company, standing in Purchaser’s name on the books of the Company and represented by Certificate No.              , and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint              to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE ATTACHMENTS THERETO.

 

Dated:                                                                                             

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)

 

Spouse of Purchaser (if applicable)

Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser.

 

-8-


ATTACHMENT A-2

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION

REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of                  shares of Common Stock of ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) by exercise of an option (the “ Option ”) granted pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby states as follows:

1. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan relating to the offering of such shares. The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the option agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted.

2. The undersigned either [check and complete as applicable]:

 

  (a)             has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Plan, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law; or

 

  (b)             has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

3. The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

  (a)             to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, an executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986”; or

 

  (b)             not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

4. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

Dated:                                                                                             

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)

 

Spouse of Purchaser (if applicable)

 

-9-


ATTACHMENT A-3

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year, the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME OF TAXPAYER:                                                  
NAME OF SPOUSE:                                                         
ADDRESS:                                                                            
IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:                
IDENTIFICATION NO. OF SPOUSE:                       
TAXABLE YEAR:                                                             

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:

             shares of the Common Stock $0.01 par value, of ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                                         

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

Repurchase option at cost in favor of the Company upon termination of taxpayer’s employment or consulting relationship.

5. The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $                                 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property: $                                 

7. The amount to include in gross income is $                                 

 

-10-


The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property. Additionally, the undersigned will include a copy of the election with the undersigned’s income tax return for the taxable year in which the property is transferred.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:            
        Taxpayer
Dated:  

 

 

     

 

Spouse of Taxpayer

 

-11-

Exhibit 10.10

EXECUTION VERSION

$50,000,000 SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of May 8, 2014,

among

ALARM.COM INCORPORATED and

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.,

jointly and severally, as the Borrower,

THE SEVERAL LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

and

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

as Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

as Joint Bookrunner and Co-Lead Arranger

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Joint Bookrunner and Co-Lead Arranger


Table of Contents

 

             Page  

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

     1   
 

1.1

  Defined Terms      1   
 

1.2

  Other Definitional Provisions      29   

SECTION 2 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

     30   
 

2.1

  [Reserved]      30   
 

2.2

  [Reserved]      30   
 

2.3

  [Reserved]      30   
 

2.4

  Revolving Commitments      30   
 

2.5

  Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing      30   
 

2.6

  Swingline Commitment      31   
 

2.7

  Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans      31   
 

2.8

  Incremental Facility      33   
 

2.9

  Fees      35   
 

2.10

  Termination or Reduction of Total Revolving Commitments; Total L/C   
    Commitments      35   
 

2.11

  Optional Loan Prepayments      36   
 

2.12

  [Reserved]      36   
 

2.13

  Conversion and Continuation Options      36   
 

2.14

  Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches      37   
 

2.15

  Interest Rates and Payment Dates      37   
 

2.16

  Computation of Interest and Fees      37   
 

2.17

  Inability to Determine Interest Rate      38   
 

2.18

  Pro Rata Treatment and Payments      38   
 

2.19

  Illegality; Requirements of Law      41   
 

2.20

  Taxes      42   
 

2.21

  Indemnity      46   
 

2.22

  Change of Lending Office      46   
 

2.23

  Substitution of Lenders      46   
 

2.24

  Defaulting Lenders      48   
 

2.25

  Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers      50   
 

2.26

  Notes      53   
 

2.27

  Alarm as Administrative Borrower      53   

SECTION 3 LETTERS OF CREDIT

     53   
  3.1   L/C Commitment      53   
  3.2   Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit      54   
  3.3   Fees and Other Charges      55   
  3.4   L/C Participations; Existing Letters of Credit      56   
  3.5   Reimbursement      56   
  3.6   Obligations Absolute      57   
  3.7   Letter of Credit Payments      57   
  3.8   Applications      58   
  3.9   Interim Interest      58   
  3.10   Cash Collateral      58   
  3.11   [Reserved]      59   
  3.12   Resignation of the Issuing Lender      59   

 

-i-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

             Page  
  3.13   Applicability of ISP      59   
SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      59   
  4.1   Financial Condition      60   
  4.2   No Change      60   
  4.3   Existence; Compliance with Law      60   
  4.4   Power, Authorization; Enforceable Obligations      60   
  4.5   No Legal Bar      61   
  4.6   Litigation      61   
  4.7   No Default      61   
  4.8   Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments      61   
  4.9   Intellectual Property      61   
  4.10   Taxes      62   
  4.11   Federal Regulations      62   
  4.12   Labor Matters      62   
  4.13   ERISA      62   
  4.14   Investment Company Act; Other Regulations      63   
  4.15   Subsidiaries; Ownership      63   
  4.16   Use of Proceeds      63   
  4.17   Environmental Matters      63   
  4.18   Accuracy of Information, Etc.      64   
  4.19   Security Documents      65   
  4.20   Solvency      65   
  4.21   Regulation H      65   
  4.22   Designated Senior Indebtedness      65   
  4.23   [Reserved]      65   
  4.24   Insurance      66   
  4.25   No Casualty      66   
  4.26   [Reserved]      66   
  4.27   Capitalization      66   
  4.28   Patriot Act      66   
  4.29   OFAC      66   
SECTION 5 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      66   
  5.1   Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit      66   
  5.2   Conditions to Each Extension of Credit      70   
SECTION 6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      71   
  6.1   Financial Statements      71   
  6.2   Certificates; Reports; Other Information      71   
  6.3   [Reserved]      73   
  6.4   Payment of Obligations      73   
  6.5   Maintenance of Existence; Compliance      73   
  6.6   Maintenance of Property; Insurance      73   
  6.7   Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions      73   
  6.8   Notices      74   
  6.9   Environmental Laws      75   
  6.10   Operating Accounts      75   

 

-ii-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

             Page  
  6.11   Audits      75   
  6.12   Additional Collateral, Etc.      76   
  6.13   [Reserved]      77   
  6.14   Insider Subordinated Indebtedness      77   
  6.15   Use of Proceeds      77   
  6.16   Designated Senior Indebtedness      77   
  6.17   Further Assurances      78   
SECTION 7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS      78   
  7.1   Financial Condition Covenants      78   
  7.2   Indebtedness      78   
  7.3   Liens      79   
  7.4   Fundamental Changes      81   
  7.5   Disposition of Property      81   
  7.6   Restricted Payments      83   
  7.7   [RESERVED]      83   
  7.8   Investments      83   
  7.9   ERISA      86   
  7.10   Modifications of Certain Preferred Stock and Debt Instruments      86   
  7.11   Transactions with Affiliates      86   
  7.12   Sale Leaseback Transactions      87   
  7.13   Swap Agreements      87   
  7.14   Accounting Changes      87   
  7.15   Negative Pledge Clauses      87   
  7.16   Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions      87   
  7.17   Lines of Business      88   
  7.18   Designation of other Indebtedness      88   
  7.19   Certification of Certain Equity Interests      88   
  7.20   Amendments to Organizational Agreements and Material Contracts      88   
  7.21   Use of Proceeds      88   
  7.22   Subordinated Debt      88   
  7.23   Anti-Terrorism Laws      88   
  7.24   Certain Deposit Accounts      88   
SECTION 8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT      89   
  8.1   Events of Default      89   
  8.2   Remedies upon Event of Default      91   
  8.3   Application of Funds      92   
SECTION 9 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT      93   
  9.1   Appointment and Authority      93   
  9.2   Delegation of Duties      94   
  9.3   Exculpatory Provisions      94   
  9.4   Reliance by Administrative Agent      95   
  9.5   Notice of Default      96   
  9.6   Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders      96   
  9.7   Indemnification      96   
  9.8   Agent in Its Individual Capacity      97   

 

-iii-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

             Page  
  9.9   Successor Administrative Agent      97   
  9.10   Collateral and Guaranty Matters      98   
  9.11   Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim      99   
  9.12   No Other Duties, Etc.      100   
  9.13   Survival      100   
SECTION 10 MISCELLANEOUS      100   
  10.1   Amendments and Waivers      100   
  10.2   Notices      102   
  10.3   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      103   
  10.4   Survival of Representations and Warranties      104   
  10.5   Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver      104   
  10.6   Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments      105   
  10.7   Adjustments; Set-off      109   
  10.8   Payments Set Aside      110   
  10.9   Interest Rate Limitation      110   
  10.10   Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments      111   
  10.11   Severability      111   
  10.12   Integration      111   
  10.13   GOVERNING LAW      111   
  10.14   Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers      111   
  10.15   Acknowledgements      112   
  10.16   Releases of Guarantees and Liens      112   
  10.17   Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality      113   
  10.18   Automatic Debits      113   
  10.19   Judgment Currency      114   
  10.20   Patriot Act      114   
  10.21   Non-Public Information      114   

 

-iv-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.1A:

   Commitments

Schedule 1.1B:

   Existing Letters of Credit

Schedule 4.4:

   Governmental Approvals, Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices

Schedule 4.5:

   Requirements of Law

Schedule 4.9:

   Intellectual Property

Schedule 4.15:

   Subsidiaries

Schedule 4.17:

   Environmental Matters

Schedule 4.19(a):

   Financing Statements and Other Filings

Schedule 4.27:

   Capitalization

Schedule 7.6(d):

   Restricted Payments

Schedule 7.8(l):

   Permitted Investments

Schedule 7.2(d):

   Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 7.3(f):

   Existing Liens
EXHIBITS

Exhibit A:

   Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

Exhibit B:

   Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit C:

   Form of Secretary’s/Managing Member’s Certificate

Exhibit D:

   Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit E:

   Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibits F-1 – F-4:

   Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

Exhibit G:

   [Reserved]

Exhibit H-1:

   Form of Revolving Loan Note

Exhibit H-2:

   Form of Swingline Loan Note

Exhibit I:

   [Reserved]

Exhibit J:

   Form of Collateral Information Certificate

Exhibit K:

   Form of Notice of Borrowing

Exhibit L:

   Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation

 

-v-


CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of May 8, 2014, is entered into by and among ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement, including SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”) (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), SVB, as the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and SVB, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to obtain financing to refinance the Existing Indebtedness (as defined herein), as well as for working capital financing and letter of credit facilities;

WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to extend certain credit facilities to the Borrower upon the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000, consisting of a revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $50,000,000, a letter of credit sub-facility in the aggregate availability amount of $10,000,000 (as a sublimit of the revolving loan facility), and a swingline sub-facility in the aggregate availability amount of $5,000,000 (as a sublimit of the revolving loan facility);

WHEREAS, each Loan Party has agreed to secure all of its respective Obligations by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority lien (subject to Liens permitted by the Loan Documents) in substantially all of its respective personal property assets pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the other Security Documents.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1 .

“ABR”: for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the higher of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect for such day plus 0.50%. Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

“ABR Loans”: Loans, the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.

“Account Debtor”: any Person who may become obligated to any Person under, with respect to, or on account of, an Account, chattel paper or general intangible (including a payment intangible). Unless otherwise stated, the term “Account Debtor,” when used herein, shall mean an Account Debtor in respect of an Account of the Borrower.

“Accounts”: all “accounts” (as defined in the UCC) of a Person, including, without limitation, accounts, accounts receivable, monies due or to become due and obligations in any form (whether arising


in connection with contracts, contract rights, instruments, general intangibles, or chattel paper), in each case whether arising out of goods sold or services rendered or from any other transaction and whether or not earned by performance, now or hereafter in existence, and all documents of title or other documents representing any of the foregoing, and all collateral security and guaranties of any kind, now or hereafter in existence, given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing. Unless otherwise stated, the term “Account,” when used herein, shall mean an Account of the Borrower.

“Administrative Agent”: SVB, as the administrative agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors in such capacity.

“Administrative Borrower”: as defined in Section 2.27 .

“Affected Lender”: as defined in Section 2.23 .

“Affiliate”: with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

“Agent Parties”: as defined in Section 10.2(d)(ii) .

“Aggregate Exposure”: with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding, and (b) without duplication of clause (a), the L/C Commitment of such Lender then in effect (as a sublimit of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender).

“Aggregate Exposure Percentage”: with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

“Agreement”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Agreement Currency”: as defined in Section 10.19 .

“Applicable Margin”: commencing on the date on which the Administrative Agent receives copies of the consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in respect of the fiscal quarter of Holdings ending March 31, 2014, together with a Compliance Certificate in respect thereof as contemplated by Section 6.2(b) , the rate per annum set forth under the relevant column heading below:

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio

  

Eurodollar

Loans/Letter of Credit

Fees

 

ABR Loans

³ 2.00:1.00

   2.75%   1.75%

³ 1.00:1.00 but < 2.00:1.00

   2.50%   1.50%

< 1.00:1.00

   2.25%   1.25%

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) until the delivery of the first Compliance Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(b) in connection with the delivery by the Borrower of the consolidated financial statements required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Sections 6.1 in respect of the fiscal quarter of Holdings ending March 31, 2014, the Applicable Margin

 

2


shall be the rates in the foregoing tables corresponding to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio determined as of the Closing Date, (b) if the Borrower fails to deliver the financial statements required by Section 6.1 and the related Compliance Certificate required by Section 6.2(b) , by the respective date required thereunder after the end of any related fiscal quarter of Holdings, the Applicable Margin shall be the rates corresponding to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of > 2.00:1.00 in the foregoing table until such financial statements and Compliance Certificate are delivered, and (c) no reduction to the Applicable Margin shall become effective at any time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Loan Parties or for any other reason, the Administrative Agent determines that (x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (y) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have resulted in different pricing for any period, then (i) if the proper calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Borrower shall automatically and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent, an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period; and (ii) if the proper calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have resulted in lower pricing for such period, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to repay any interest or fees to the Borrower.

“Application”: an application, in such form as the Issuing Lender may specify from time to time, requesting the Issuing Lender to issue a Letter of Credit.

“Approved Fund”: any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

“Asset Sale”: any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property (excluding any such Disposition of property permitted by clauses (a) through (k) and (m) of Section 7.5 ) that yields gross proceeds to any Group Member (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non- cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of $500,000.

“Assignment and Assumption”: an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.6 ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit E or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by an electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Available Revolving Commitment”: at any time, an amount equal to the Total Revolving Commitments in effect at such time, minus (b) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, minus (c) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time, minus (d) the aggregate principal balance of any Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans outstanding at such time; provided that for purposes of calculating any Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit for the purpose of determining such Lender’s Available Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 2.9(b) , the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding shall be deemed to be zero.

“Available Revolving Increase Amount”: as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the result of (a) $25,000,000 minus (b) the aggregate principal amount of Revolver Increases previously made.

 

3


“Bankruptcy Code”: Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy.”

“Bank Services”: any products, credit services and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to any Group Member by any Bank Services Provider, including any letters of credit (other than any Letters of Credit provided for the account of the Borrower hereunder), cash management services, interest rate swap arrangements (other than to the extent constituting Specified Swap Agreements), and foreign exchange services, as any such products or services may be identified in such Bank Services Providers’ various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

“Bank Services Agreement”: as defined in the definition of “Bank Services.”

“Bank Services Provider”, the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any Affiliate of the foregoing who provides Bank Services to any Group Member.

“Benefitted Lender”: as defined in Section 10.7(a) .

“Board”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

“Borrower”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Borrowing Date”: any Business Day specified by the Borrower in a Notice of Borrowing as a date on which the Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

“Business”: as defined in Section 4.17(b) .

“Business Day”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the State of California or the State of New York are authorized or required by law to close; provided that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

“Capital Lease Obligations”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Capital Stock”: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

“Cash Collateralize”: to pledge and deposit with or deliver to (a) with respect to Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Lender and one or more of the Lenders, as applicable, as collateral for L/C Exposure or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect thereof, cash or Deposit Account balances having an aggregate value of at least 103% of the L/C Exposure or, if the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender; (b) with respect to Obligations arising under any Bank Services Agreement in connection with Bank Services, the applicable Bank Services Provider’s

 

4


own or any of its applicable Affiliate’s benefit, as provider of such Bank Services, cash or Deposit Account balances having an aggregate value of at least 103% of the aggregate amount of the Obligations of the Group Members arising under all such Bank Services Agreements evidencing such Bank Services; or (c) with respect to Obligations in respect of any Specified Swap Agreements, the applicable Qualified Counterparty, as Collateral for such Obligations, cash or Deposit Account balances or, if such Qualified Counterparty shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to such Qualified Counterparty. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

“Cash Equivalents”: (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within six months from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than thirty (30) days, with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; (f) securities with maturities of six (6) months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; (g) money market mutual or similar funds that invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition; or (h) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000.

“Casualty Event”: any damage to or any destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking by any Governmental Authority of any property of the Loan Parties.

“Certificated Securities”: as defined in Section 4.19(a) .

“Change of Control”: (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the voting Capital Stock of Holdings; (b) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of Holdings cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii), any individual whose initial nomination for, or

 

5


assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors); or (c) at any time, Holdings shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of Alarm and each other Loan Party free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by the Security Documents). A public offering of Capital Stock of the Borrower pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC or any successor or similar authority shall not constitute a “Change of Control”.

“Closing Date”: the date on which all of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.1 are satisfied or waived by the Administrative Agent and, as applicable, the Lenders or the Required Lenders.

“Code”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Collateral”: all property of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

“Collateral Information Certificate”: the Collateral Information Certificate to be executed and delivered by the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 5.1 , substantially in the form of Exhibit J .

“Collateral-Related Expenses”: all costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent paid or incurred in connection with any sale, collection or other realization on the Collateral, including reasonable compensation to the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and reimbursement for all other costs, expenses and liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith (including as described in Section 6.6 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), and all amounts for which the Administrative Agent is entitled to indemnification under the Security Documents and all advances made by the Administrative Agent under the Security Documents for the account of any Loan Party.

“Commitment”: as to any Lender, its Revolving Commitment.

“Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 2.9(c) .

“Commitment Fee Rate”: initially, 0.20% per annum; provided that commencing on the date on which the Administrative Agent receives copies of the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of the fiscal month of the Borrower ending March 31, 2014, together with a Compliance Certificate in respect thereof as contemplated by Section 6.2(b) , “Commitment Fee Rate” shall mean the rate per annum set forth under the relevant column heading below:

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio

  

Commitment Fee Rate

³ 2.00:1.00

   0.25%

³ 1.00:1.00 but < 2.00:1.00

   0.20%

< 1.00:1.00

   0.20%

“Communications”: as defined in Section 10.2(d)(ii) .

“Compliance Certificate”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

“Connection Income Taxes”: Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

6


“Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA”: with respect to Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for any period, (i) Consolidated Net Income, plus (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense, plus (iii) provisions for taxes based on income, plus (iv) total depreciation expense, plus (v) total amortization expense; plus (vi) stock-based compensation expense; plus (vii) transaction fees and expenses associated with the Revolving Facility; plus (viii) investment banking and other transaction fees and expenses associated with any initial public offering or any equity offering in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,500,000 during the term of the agreement; plus (ix) all other non-cash charges; plus (x) such other one-time charges approved by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.

“Consolidated Capital Expenditures”: for any period, with respect to Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other consideration or accrued as a liability and including that portion of Capital Lease Obligations which is capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings) by such Group Members during such period for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that, in conformity with GAAP, are included in “additions to property, plant or equipment” or comparable items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings.

“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: with respect to Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period minus (ii) the portion of taxes based on income actually paid in cash (net of any cash refunds received) during such period, minus (iii) Consolidated Capital Expenditures (excluding the principal amount funded with the Loans) incurred in connection with such expenditures), minus (iv) any EnergyHub Earnout Payments, to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period. The Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated on a consolidated basis for each consecutive four fiscal quarter period, except that during the first year following the Closing Date such calculations shall be made for the period of time since the Closing Date and, where appropriate, annualized.

“Consolidated Fixed Charges”: with respect to Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for any period, the sum of the trailing 12-month scheduled principal and interest payments owed by Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of Consolidated Total Indebtedness, including, but not limited to the Revolving Facility.

“Consolidated Interest Expense”: for any period, total interest expense (including that portion of any Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP) of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Persons (including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Agreements in respect of interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP).

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio”: with respect to Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the last day of any period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness on such day, to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the trailing twelve (12) month period.

“Consolidated Net Income”: for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” (a) the income (or deficit) of any such Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings or is merged into or consolidated with Holdings or one of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or deficit) of any such Person

 

7


(other than a Subsidiary of Holdings) in which Holdings or one of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by Holdings or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions, and (c) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of Holdings to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any Contractual Obligation (other than under any Loan Document) or any Requirement of Law applicable to such Subsidiary or any owner of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary.

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness”: as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries at such date, including Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Contractual Obligation”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

“Control”: the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Control Agreement”: any account control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which a Loan Party maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary at which a Loan Party maintains a Securities Account, such Loan Party, and the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Administrative Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the UCC or any other applicable law) over such Deposit Account or Securities Account.

“Controlled Account”: each Deposit Account and Securities Account that is subject to a Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender.

“Debtor Relief Laws”: the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

“Default”: any of the events specified in Section 8.1 , whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

“Default Rate”: as defined in Section 2.15(c) .

“Defaulting Lender”: subject to Section 2.24(b) , any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two (2) Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans) within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such

 

8


Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s reasonable determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.24(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and each Lender.

“Deferred Payment Obligations”: as defined in Section 7.2 .

“Deposit Account”: any “deposit account” as defined in the UCC with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Deposit Account Control Agreement”: any Control Agreement entered into by the Administrative Agent, a Loan Party and a financial institution holding a Deposit Account of such Loan Party pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is granted “control” (for purposes of the UCC) over such Deposit Account.

“Determination Date”: as defined in the definition of “Pro Forma Basis”.

“Discharge of Obligations”: subject to Section 10.8 , the satisfaction of the Obligations (including all such Obligations relating to Bank Services) by the payment in full, in cash (or, as applicable, Cash Collateralization in accordance with the terms hereof) of the principal of and interest on or other liabilities relating to each Loan and any previously provided Bank Services, all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document (other than inchoate indemnification obligations and any other obligations which pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document specifically survive repayment of the Loans for which no claim has been made), and other Obligations under or in respect of Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services, to the extent(a) no default or termination event shall have occurred and be continuing thereunder, (b) any such Obligations in respect of Specified Swap Agreements have, if required by any applicable Qualified Counterparties, been Cash Collateralized), (c) no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding (or, as applicable, each outstanding and undrawn Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), (d) no Obligations in respect of any Bank Services are outstanding (or, as applicable, all such outstanding Obligations in respect of Bank Services have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), and (e) the aggregate Commitments of the Lenders are terminated.

 

9


“Disposition”: with respect to any property (including, without limitation, Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), any sale, lease, Sale Leaseback Transaction, assignment, conveyance, transfer, encumbrance or other disposition thereof and any issuance of Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries. The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.

“Disqualified Stock”: any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the date on which the Loans mature. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that Holdings and its Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock or portion thereof, plus accrued dividends.

“Dollars” and “$”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

“Domestic Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of any Loan Party organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia.

“Eligible Assignee”: (a) any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses and (b) during the continuation of an Event of Default, any entity approved by the Administrative Agent, in each case, that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.6(b)(iii) , (v)  and (vi)  (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.6(b)(iii) ).

“EnergyHub”: EnergyHub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and Subsidiary of Holdings.

“EnergyHub Earnout Payments”: as of any date of determination, any earnout payments made pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 3, 2013, by and among Holdings, EnergyHub Holdings, Inc., EnergyHub and Shareholder Representative Services, LLC.

“Engagement Letter”: the Engagement Letter, dated as of February 12, 2014, between the Borrower and SVB.

“Environmental Laws”: any and all foreign, Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

“Environmental Liability”: any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) a violation of an Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern, (c) exposure to any Materials of Environmental Concern, (d) the release or threatened release of any Materials of Environmental Concern into the environment, or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

10


“Equipment”: all “equipment” as defined in the UCC with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

“Equity Interests”: with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

“ERISA”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including (unless the context otherwise requires) any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

“ERISA Affiliate”: each business or entity which is, or within the last six years was, a member of a “controlled group of corporations,” under “common control” or an “affiliated service group” with any Loan Party within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Code, required to be aggregated with any Loan Party under Section 414(o) of the Code, or is, or within the last six years was, under “common control” with any Loan Party, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.

“ERISA Event”: any of (a) a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Pension Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; (b) the applicability of the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, to any Pension Plan where an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such plan within the following 30 days; (c) a withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Pension Plan or the termination of any Pension Plan resulting in liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (d) the withdrawal of any Loan Party or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any ERISA Affiliate thereof in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefore, or the receipt by any Loan Party or, to the knowledge of an Loan Party, any ERISA Affiliate thereof of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the imposition of liability on any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof pursuant to Sections 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (g) the failure by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to make any required contribution to a Pension Plan, or the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (h) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered to critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (i) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (j) the imposition of any liability under Title I or Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under

 

11


Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof; (k) an application for a funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan; (l) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA for which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (m) the occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the Code or under Sections 409, 502(c), (i) or (1) or 4071 of ERISA; (n) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Pension Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with any such Pension Plan; (o) receipt from the IRS of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to fail to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code; or (p) the imposition of any lien (or the fulfillment of the conditions for the imposition of any lien) on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV, including Section 302(f) or 303(k) of ERISA or to Section 401(a)(29) or 430(k) of the Code.

“ERISA Funding Rules”: the rules regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans, as set forth in Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, with respect to Plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and thereafter, as set forth in Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

“Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements”: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves) under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

“Eurodollar Base Rate”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a London Interbank Offered Rate available) LIBOR Rate or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR rate available (“LIBOR”) for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period in Dollars, determined as of approximately 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period (as set forth by Bloomberg Information Service or any successor thereto or any other commercially available service selected by the Administrative Agent which provides quotations of LIBOR. In the event that the Administrative Agent determines that LIBOR is not available, the “Eurodollar Base Rate” shall be determined by reference to the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation rate to first class banks in the London interbank market by SVB for deposits (for delivery on the first day of the relevant Interest Period) in Dollars of amounts in same day funds comparable to the principal amount of the applicable Loan of the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, for which the Eurodollar Base Rate is then being determined with maturities comparable to such period, as of approximately 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

“Eurodollar Loans”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

 

12


“Eurodollar Rate”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following formula:

 

 

Eurodollar Base Rate

 
  1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements  

The Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements which affect Eurodollar Loans to be made as of, and ABR Loans to be converted into Eurodollar Loans, in any such case, at the beginning of the next applicable Interest Period.

“Eurodollar Tranche”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans under a particular Facility (other than the L/C Facility), the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

“Event of Default”: any of the events specified in Section 8.1 ; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

“Exchange Act”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.

“Excluded Foreign Subsidiary”: in respect of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of such Loan Party, at any date of determination, that is a “controlled foreign corporation” as defined in Section 957 of the Code, or (b) that is a Subsidiary of a “controlled foreign corporation” as defined in Section 957 of the Code.

“Excluded Taxes”: any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in any such case (i) to the extent imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof), or (ii) to the extent constituting Other Connection Taxes; (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.23 ) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.20 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office; (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.20(f) ; and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

“Existing Indebtedness”: Indebtedness arising under that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2011 (as amended and in effect as of the date hereof), by and between Alarm and SVB.

“Existing Letters of Credit”: the letters of credit described on Schedule 1.1B .

“Facility”: each of (a) the Revolving Facility and (b) the L/C Facility (which is a sub-facility of the Revolving Facility).

 

13


“FASB ASC”: the Accounting Standards certification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

“FATCA”: (a) Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, (b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and any other jurisdiction with the purpose (in either case) of facilitating the implementation of (a) above, or (c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the United States Internal Revenue Service, the United States government or any governmental or taxation authority in the United States.

“Federal Funds Effective Rate”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by SVB from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

“Fee Letter”: collectively, (i) the letter agreement dated February 12, 2014 between the Borrower and SVB and (ii) the letter agreement dated February 12, 2014 between the Borrower and Bank of America, N.A.

“Foreclosed Borrowers”: as defined in Section 2.25 .

“Foreign Currency”: lawful money of a country other than the United States.

“Foreign Lender”: (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.

“Foreign Subsidiary”: in respect of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of such Loan Party that is not a Domestic Subsidiary of such Loan Party.

“Fronting Exposure”: at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, as applicable, (a) with respect to the Issuing Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Percentage of the outstanding L/C Exposure other than L/C Exposure as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Percentage of outstanding Swingline Loans made by the Swingline Lender other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders.

“Fund”: any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

“Funding Office”: the Revolving Loan Funding Office.

“GAAP”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, except that for purposes of Section 7.1 , GAAP shall be determined on the basis of such principles in effect on the date hereof and consistent with those used in the preparation of the most recent audited

 

14


financial statements referred to in Section 4.1(b) . In the event that any “Accounting Change” (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then each party to this Agreement agrees to enter into negotiations to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Borrower’s financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred. “Accounting Changes” refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the SEC.

“Governmental Approval”: any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

“Governmental Authority”: the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“Group Members”: the collective reference to Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

“Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”: the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be executed and delivered by the Borrower and each Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

“Guarantee Obligation”: as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

 

15


“Guarantors”: a collective reference to each Subsidiary of the Borrower which has become a Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

“Increase Joinder”: as defined in Section 2.8 .

“Incurred”: as defined in the definition of “Pro Forma Basis”.

“Indebtedness”: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business which are not more than 90 days past due and operating leases incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations and all Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Capital Stock in such Person or any other Person (including, without limitation, Disqualified Stock), or any warrant, right or option to acquire such Capital Stock, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, and (j) the net obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Agreement on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.

“Indemnified Taxes”: (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any Obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

“Indemnitee”: as defined in Section 10.5(b) .

“Insider Indebtedness”: any Indebtedness owing by any Loan Party to any Group Member or officer, director, shareholder or employee of any Group Member.

“Insider Subordinated Indebtedness”: any Insider Indebtedness which is also Subordinated Indebtedness.

“Insolvency Proceeding”: (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person’s creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including any Debtor Relief Law.

 

16


“Intangible Assets”: assets that are considered to be intangible assets under GAAP, including customer lists, goodwill, computer software, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, patents, franchises, licenses, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.

“Intellectual Property”: the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

“Intellectual Property Security Agreement”: an intellectual property security agreement entered into between a Loan Party and the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with each other intellectual property security agreement and supplement thereto, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Interest Payment Date”: (a) as to any ABR Loan (including any Swingline Loan), the first Business Day of each calendar month to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three (3) months or less, the last Business Day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, each day that is three (3) months (or, if such date is not a Business Day, the Business Day next succeeding such date) after the first day of such Interest Period and the last Business Day of such Interest Period, and (d) as to any Loan (other than any Revolving Loan that is an ABR Loan and any Swingline Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof.

“Interest Period”: as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation not later than 10:00 A.M., Eastern time, on the date that is three (3) Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii) the Borrower may not select an Interest Period under a particular Facility that would extend beyond the Revolving Termination Date;

(iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

 

17


(iv) the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Loan.

“Interest Rate Agreement”: with respect to any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, each of which is (a) for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with such Person’s operations, (b) approved by Administrative Agent, and (c) not for speculative purposes.

“Inventory”: all “inventory,” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party, wherever located, and in any event including inventory, merchandise, goods and other personal property that are held by or on behalf of any Loan Party for sale or lease or are furnished or are to be furnished under a contract of service, or that constitutes raw materials, work in process, finished goods, returned goods, or materials or supplies of any kind used or consumed or to be used or consumed in such Loan Party’s business or in the processing, production, packaging, promotion, delivery or shipping of the same, including all supplies and embedded software.

“Investments”: as defined in Section 7.8 .

“IRS”: the Internal Revenue Service, or any successor thereto.

“ISP”: with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

“Issuing Lender”: as the context may require, SVB or any Affiliate thereof, in its capacity as issuer of any Letter of Credit (including, without limitation, each Existing Letter of Credit), including any other Lender that may become a successor Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.12 , with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Lender. SVB is the sole Issuing Lender as of the Closing Date. The Issuing Lender may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Lender or other financial institutions, in which case the term “Issuing Lender” shall include any such Affiliate or other financial institution with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or other financial institution.

“Issuing Lender Fees”: as defined in Section 3.3(a) .

“Judgment Currency”: as defined in Section 10.19 .

“L/C Advance”: each L/C Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Disbursement in accordance with its L/C Percentage of the L/C Commitment.

“L/C Commitment”: as to any L/C Lender, the obligation of such L/C Lender, if any, to purchase an undivided interest in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit (including to make payments with respect to draws made under any Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.5(b) ) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “L/C Commitment” opposite such L/C Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption or the Increase Joinder pursuant to which such L/C Lender becomes a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The L/C Commitment is a sublimit of the Revolving Commitment and the aggregate amount of the L/C Commitments shall not exceed the amount of the Total L/C Commitments at any time.

 

18


“L/C Disbursements”: a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Lender pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

“L/C Exposure”: at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, and (b) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time. The L/C Exposure of any L/C Lender at any time shall equal its L/C Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.

“L/C Facility”: the L/C Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.

“L/C Fee Payment Date”: as defined in Section 3.3(a) .

“L/C Lender”: a Lender with an L/C Commitment.

“L/C Percentage”: as to any L/C Lender at any time, the percentage of the Total L/C Commitments represented by such L/C Lender’s L/C Commitment, as such percentage may be adjusted as provided in Section 2.23 .

“L/C-Related Documents”: collectively, each Letter of Credit (including any Existing Letter of Credit), all applications for any Letter of Credit (and applications for the amendment of any Letter of Credit) submitted by the Borrower to the Issuing Lender and any other document, agreement and instrument relating to any Letter of Credit, including any of the Issuing Lender’s standard form documents for letter of credit issuances.

“Lenders”: as defined in the preamble hereto; provided that unless the context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Lenders shall be deemed to include the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender. The Lenders as of the Closing Date are identified on Schedule 1.1A.

“Letter of Credit”: as defined in Section 3.1(a) ; provided that such term shall include each Existing Letter of Credit.

“Letter of Credit Availability Period”: the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Letter of Credit Maturity Date.

“Letter of Credit Fees”: as defined in Section 3.3(a) .

“Letter of Credit Fronting Fees”: as defined in Section 3.3(a) .

“Letter of Credit Maturity Date”: the date occurring 15 days prior to the Revolving Termination Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

“LIBOR”: as defined in the definition of “Eurodollar Base Rate.”

“Lien”: any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

“Loan”: any loan made or maintained by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

“Loan Documents”: this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes, the Fee Letter, the

 

19


Solvency Certificate, the Collateral Information Certificate, each L/C-Related Document, each Compliance Certificate, each Notice of Borrowing, each Notice of Conversion/Continuation, each Bank Services Agreement, each Specified Swap Agreement and any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.10 , and any amendment, waiver, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing.

“Loan Parties”: each Group Member that is a party to a Loan Document.

“Material Adverse Effect”: a material adverse effect on (a) the operations, business, assets, properties or financial condition of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any loan documentation, or of the ability of the Borrower or any Guarantor to perform its material obligations under any loan documentation to which it is a party, or (c) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Borrower or any Guarantor of any material loan documentation to which it is a party.

“Materials of Environmental Concern”: any substance, material or waste that is defined, regulated, governed or otherwise characterized under any Environmental Law as hazardous or toxic or as a pollutant or contaminant (or by words of similar meaning and regulatory effect), any petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, molds or fungus, and radioactivity, radiofrequency radiation at levels known to be hazardous to human health and safety.

“Minority Lender”: as defined in Section 10.1(b) .

“MNPI”: material information concerning the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their securities that has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

“Moody’s”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Mortgaged Properties”: the real properties as to which, pursuant to Section 6.12(b) or otherwise, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages.

“Mortgages”: each of the mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt or such equivalent documents hereafter entered into and executed and delivered by one or more of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, in each case, as such documents may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

“Multiemployer Plan”: a “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof makes, is making, or is obligated or has in the past six years been obligated to make, contributions.

“Non-Consenting Lender”: any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.1 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

“Non-Defaulting Lender” at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

“Note”: a Revolving Loan Note or a Swingline Loan Note.

 

20


“Notice of Borrowing”: a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit K .

“Notice of Conversion/Continuation”: a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit L .

“Obligations”: the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to any Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed or allowable in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, any other Lender, SVB, or any Bank Services Provider (in its or their capacity as provider of Bank Services), and any Qualified Counterparty party to a Specified Swap Agreement, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Bank Services Agreement), the Letters of Credit, any Specified Swap Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, payment obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, any other Lender, or any Bank Services Provider, to the extent that any applicable Bank Services Agreement requires the reimbursement by any applicable Group Member of any such expenses, and any Qualified Counterparty party to a Specified Swap Agreement, in each case that are required to be paid by any Loan Party pursuant any Loan Document) or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, the Obligations shall not include any obligations arising under any warrants or other equity instruments issued by any Loan Party to any Lender.

“Operating Documents”: for any Person as of any date, such Person’s constitutional documents, formation documents and/or certificate of incorporation (or equivalent thereof), as certified (if applicable) by such Person’s jurisdiction of formation as of a recent date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws or memorandum and articles of association (or equivalent thereof) in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

“OFAC”: The Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

“Other Connection Taxes”: with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

“Other Taxes”: all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes (but excluding Excluded Taxes) that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.23 ).

“Participant”: as defined in Section 10.6(d) .

“Participant Register”: as defined in Section 10.6(d) .

 

21


“Patriot Act”: the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001.

“Payoff Letter”: one or more letters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, dated as of a date prior to the Closing Date and executed by SVB and the Borrower to the effect that upon receipt by SVB of the “payoff amount” (however designated) referenced therein, (a) the Existing Indebtedness shall be satisfied in full, (b) the Liens held by SVB in respect thereof shall terminate without any further action, and (c) the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (and their respective counsel and such counsels’ agents) shall be entitled to file UCC-3 amendment statements, USPTO releases, USCRO releases and any other releases reasonably necessary to further evidence the termination of such Liens.

“PBGC”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.

“Pension Plan”: an employee pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Sections 412 and 430 of the Code or Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA and in respect of which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof is (or if such plan were terminated would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) a “contributing sponsor” as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA.

“Permitted Acquisition”: as defined in Section 7.8 .

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of any Person (“Refinancing Indebtedness”) issued or incurred by such Person (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace existing Indebtedness of such Person (“Refinanced Indebtedness”); provided that (a) the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness is not greater than the principal amount of such Refinanced Indebtedness plus the amount of any premiums or penalties and accrued and unpaid interest paid thereon and reasonable fees and expenses, in each case associated with such Refinancing Indebtedness, (b) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity that is no sooner than, and a weighted average life to maturity that is no shorter than, such Refinanced Indebtedness, (c) if such Refinanced Indebtedness or any Guarantee Obligation thereof or any security therefor are subordinated to the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness and any Guarantee Obligations thereof and any security therefor remain so subordinated on terms no less favorable to the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, (d) the obligors in respect of such Refinanced Indebtedness immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding extension, renewal or replacement are the only obligors on such Refinancing Indebtedness and (e) any Guarantee Obligations which constitute all or a portion of such Refinancing Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of such Person to be no less favorable to such Person and the Lenders and the other Secured Parties in any material respect than the covenants and events of default or Guarantee Obligations, if any, applicable to such Refinanced Indebtedness.

“Person”: any natural Person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

“Platform”: as defined in Section 10.2(d)(i) .

“Preferred Stock”: the preferred Capital Stock of any Loan Party.

“Prime Rate”: the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of the Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect;

 

22


provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of the Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by the Administrative Agent, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by SVB as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such SVB announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by SVB in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

“Private Side Lender Representatives”: with respect to any Lender, representatives of such Lender that are not Public Side Lender Representatives.

“Pro Forma Basis”: with respect to any calculation or determination for a Loan Party for any period, in making such calculation or determination on the specified date of determination (the “Determination Date”) means:

(a) pro forma effect will be given to any Indebtedness incurred (“Incurred”) by such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (including by assumption of then outstanding Indebtedness or by a Person becoming a Subsidiary after the beginning of the applicable period and on or before the Determination Date to the extent the Indebtedness is outstanding or is to be Incurred on the Determination Date, as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period;

(b) pro forma calculations of interest on Indebtedness bearing a floating interest rate will be made as if the rate in effect on the Determination Date (taking into account any Swap Agreement applicable to the Indebtedness) had a weighted average of the interest rates applicable to the outstanding Loans incurred during such reference period;

(c) Consolidated Fixed Charges related to any Indebtedness no longer outstanding or to be repaid or redeemed on the Determination Date, except for Consolidated Interest Expense accrued during the reference period under a revolving credit to the extent of the commitment thereunder (or under any successor revolving credit) in effect on the Determination Date, will be excluded as if such Indebtedness was no longer outstanding or was repaid or redeemed on the first day of such period; and

(d) pro forma effect will be given to: (A) the acquisition or disposition of companies, divisions or lines of businesses by such Loan Party and its Subsidiaries, including any acquisition or disposition of a company, division or line of business since the beginning of the reference period by a Person that became a Subsidiary after the beginning of the applicable period; and (B) the discontinuation of any discontinued operations but, in the case of Consolidated Fixed Charges, only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to Consolidated Fixed Charges will not be obligations of such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries following the Determination Date; in each case of clauses (A) and (B), that have occurred since the beginning of the applicable period and before the Determination Date as if such events had occurred, and, in the case of any disposition, the proceeds thereof applied, on the first day of such period. To the extent that pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or disposition of a company, division or line of business, the pro forma calculation will be calculated in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of such Loan Party in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, based upon the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which the relevant financial information is available.

“Pro Forma Financial Statements”: balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements prepared by Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries that give effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (a) the Loans to be made on the Closing Date and the use of proceeds thereof and (b) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing, in each case prepared for (i) the most recently ended fiscal quarter as if such transactions had occurred on such date and (ii) on a quarterly basis through the first full fiscal year after the Closing Date, and on an annual basis for each fiscal year thereafter through the Revolving Termination Date, in each case demonstrating pro forma compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.1 .

 

23


“Projections”: as defined in Section 6.2(c) .

“Properties”: as defined in Section 4.17(a) .

“Public Side Lender Representatives”: with respect to any Lender, representatives of such Lender that do not wish to receive MNPI.

“Qualified Counterparty”: with respect to any Specified Swap Agreement, any counterparty thereto that, at the time such Specified Swap Agreement was entered into or as of the Closing Date, was the Administrative Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender.

“Recipient”: the Administrative Agent or a Lender, as applicable.

“Refunded Swingline Loans”: as defined in Section 2.7(b) .

“Register”: as defined in Section 10.6(c) .

“Regulation U”: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

“Related Parties”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

“Replacement Lender”: as defined in Section 2.23 .

“Required Lenders”: at any time, Revolving Lenders holding more than 50% of the Total Revolving Commitments (including, without duplication, the L/C Commitments) or, at any time after the termination of the Revolving Commitments Revolving Lenders holding more than 50% of the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding (including, without duplication, any L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time; provided that the Revolving Commitments of, and the portion of the Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Exposure and Swingline Loans held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

“Requirement of Law”: as to any Person, the Operating Documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

“Responsible Officer”: the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer, controller or comptroller of an applicable Loan Party, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, treasurer, controller or comptroller of such Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

“Restricted Payments”: as defined in Section 7.6 .

 

24


“Revolver Increase”: as defined in Section 2.8 .

“Revolving Commitment”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Loans and participate in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Revolving Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption or the Increase Joinder pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof (including in connection with assignments and Revolver Increases permitted hereunder).

“Revolving Commitment Period”: the period from and including the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date.

“Revolving Extensions of Credit”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, plus (b) such Lender’s L/C Percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including any Existing Letters of Credit) at such time, plus (c) such Lender’s L/C Percentage of the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time, plus (d) such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding.

“Revolving Facility”: the Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.

“Revolving Lender”: each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds Revolving Loans.

“Revolving Loan Conversion”: as defined in Section 3.5(b) .

“Revolving Loan Funding Office”: the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

“Revolving Loan Note”: a promissory note in the form of Exhibit H-1 , as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Revolving Loans”: as defined in Section 2.4(a) .

“Revolving Percentage”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the Total Revolving Commitments or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans then outstanding; provided that in the event that the Revolving Loans are paid in full prior to the reduction to zero of the Total Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Percentages shall be determined in a manner designed to ensure that the other outstanding Revolving Extensions of Credit shall be held by the Revolving Lenders on a comparable basis.

“Revolving Termination Date”: May 8, 2017.

“S&P”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

“Sale Leaseback Transaction”: any arrangement with any Person or Persons, whereby in contemporaneous or substantially contemporaneous transactions a Loan Party sells substantially all of its right, title and interest in any property and, in connection therewith, acquires, leases or licenses back the right to use all or a material portion of such property.

 

25


“Sanctioned Entity”: (a) a country or a government of a country, (b) an agency of the government of a country, (c) an organization directly or indirectly controlled by a country or its government, (d) a Person resident in or determined to be resident in a country, in each case, that is subject to a country sanctions program administered and enforced by OFAC.

“Sanctioned Person”: a Person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals maintained by OFAC.

“SEC”: the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

“Secured Obligations”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

“Secured Parties”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders (including any Issuing Lender in its capacity as Issuing Lender and any Swingline Lender in its capacity as Swingline Lender), each Bank Services Provider (in its or their respective capacity as provider of Bank Services), and any Qualified Counterparties.

“Securities Account”: any “securities account” as defined in the UCC with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Securities Account Control Agreement”: any Control Agreement entered into by the Administrative Agent, a Loan Party and a securities intermediary holding a Securities Account of such Loan Party pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is granted “control” (for purposes of the UCC) over such Securities Account.

“Securities Act”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.

“Security Documents”: the collective reference to (a) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (b) the Mortgages, (c) the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, (d) each Securities Account Control Agreement, (e) each Deposit Account Control Agreement, (f) all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the Obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document, (g) all other security documents hereafter delivered to any Bank Services Provider granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the Obligations of any Group Member arising under any Bank Services Agreement, and (h) all financing statements, fixture filings, patent, trademark and copyright filings, assignments, acknowledgments and other filings, documents and agreements made or delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing.

“Solvency Certificate”: the Solvency Certificate, dated the Closing Date, delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1(s) , which Solvency Certificate shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit D .

“Solvent”: when used with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, (a) the amount of the “fair value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all “liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise,” as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the “present fair saleable value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the

 

26


amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured in the ordinary course, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business, and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature. For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim,” and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.

“Specified Swap Agreement”: any Swap Agreement entered into by the Borrower and any Qualified Counterparty (or any Person who was a Qualified Counterparty as of the Closing Date or as of the date such Swap Agreement was entered into) in respect of interest rates to the extent permitted under Section 7.13 .

“Subordinated Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of a Loan Party subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to subordination terms (including payment, lien and remedies subordination terms, as applicable) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

“Subsidiary”: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

“Surety Indebtedness”: as of any date of determination, indebtedness (contingent or otherwise) owing to sureties arising from bid, performance or surety bonds or letters of credit supporting such bid, performance or surety bonds issued on behalf of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries as support for, among other things, their contracts with customers, whether such indebtedness is owing directly or indirectly by such Loan Party or any such Subsidiary.

“SVB”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Swap Agreement”: any agreement with respect to any swap, hedge, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement (including without limitation, any Interest Rate Agreement) involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be a “Swap Agreement.”

“Swap Termination Value”: in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date

 

27


referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Agreements (which may include a Qualified Counterparty).

“Swingline Commitment”: the obligation of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.6 in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000.

“Swingline Lender”: SVB, in its capacity as the lender of Swingline Loans.

“Swingline Loan Note”: a promissory note in the form of Exhibit H-2 , as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Swingline Loans”: as defined in Section 2.6 .

“Swingline Participation Amount”: as defined in Section 2.7(c) .

“Synthetic Lease Obligation”: the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease or (b) an agreement for the use of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

“Taxes”: all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Total Credit Exposure”: is, as to any Lender at any time, the unused Commitments and Revolving Extensions of Credit of such Lender at such time.

“Total L/C Commitments”: at any time, the sum of all L/C Commitments at such time, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.10 or 3.5(b) . The initial amount of the Total L/C Commitments on the Closing Date is $10,000,000.

“Total Revolving Commitments”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect. The original amount of the Total Revolving Commitments is $50,000,000. The L/C Commitment and the Swingline Commitment are each sublimits of the Total Revolving Commitments.

“Total Revolving Extensions of Credit”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit outstanding at such time.

“Trade Date”: as defined in Section 10.6(b)(i)(B) .

“Transferee”: any Eligible Assignee or Participant.

“Type”: as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

“Unfriendly Acquisition”: any acquisition that has not, at the time of the first public announcement of an offer relating thereto, been approved by the board of directors (or other legally

 

28


recognized governing body) of the Person to be acquired; except that with respect to any acquisition of a non-U.S. Person, an otherwise friendly acquisition shall not be deemed to be unfriendly if it is not customary in such jurisdiction to obtain such approval prior to the first public announcement of an offer relating to a friendly acquisition.

“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect from time to time in the State of New York, or as the context may require, any other applicable jurisdiction.

“United States” and “U.S.”: the United States of America.

“USCRO”: the U.S. Copyright Office.

“U.S. Person”: any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“USPTO”: the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.

“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 2.20(f) .

“Withholding Agent”: as applicable, any of any applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, as the context may require.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions.

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1 , to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, and (v) references to agreements (including this Agreement) or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

(c) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (ii) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (iii) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

29


(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.

SECTION 2

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

2.1 [Reserved].

2.2 [Reserved].

2.3 [Reserved].

2.4 Revolving Commitments.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (each, a “Revolving Loan” and, collectively, the “Revolving Loans”) to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount with respect to all such Revolving Loans at any one time outstanding which, when added to the aggregate outstanding amount of any Revolving Loans, any Swingline Loans, the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, and the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans, incurred on behalf of the Borrower and owing to such Lender, does not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. In addition, the amount of the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit outstanding at such time shall not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments in effect at such time. During the Revolving Commitment Period the Borrower may use the Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. The Revolving Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.5 and 2.13 . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the existence of a Default or an Event of Default, no Revolving Loan may be borrowed as, converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Loan.

(b) The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.

2.5 Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing. The Borrower may borrow up to the Available Revolving Commitment under the Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Commitment Period on any Business Day; provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent an irrevocable Notice of Borrowing (which must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 1:00 P.M., Eastern time, (a) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (b) one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of ABR Loans (in each case, with originals to follow within three (3) Business Days)) ( provided that any such Notice of Borrowing of ABR Loans under the Revolving Facility to finance payments under Section 3.5(a) may be given not later than 1:00 P.M., Eastern time, on the date of the proposed borrowing), in each such case specifying (i) the amount and Type of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date, (iii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor, and (iv) instructions for remittance of the proceeds of the applicable Loans to be borrowed. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent

 

30


in its sole discretion, no Revolving Loan may be made as, converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period in excess of one month prior to the date that is 30 days after the Closing Date. Each borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of a Eurodollar Loan shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than $1,000,000, such lesser amount). Except as provided in Sections 3.5(b) and 2.7(b) , each borrowing of or conversion to ABR Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than $1,000,000, such lesser amount). Upon receipt of any such Notice of Borrowing from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof. Each Revolving Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower at the Revolving Loan Funding Office prior to 1:00 P.M., Eastern time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent crediting such account as is designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Revolving Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent. No Revolving Loan which constitutes a Eurodollar Loan will be made on the Closing Date.

2.6 Swingline Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender agrees to make available a portion of the credit accommodations otherwise available to the Borrower under the Revolving Commitments from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period by making swing line loans (each a “Swingline Loan” and, collectively, the “Swingline Loans”) to the Borrower; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Swingline Commitment then in effect, (b) the Borrower shall not request, and the Swingline Lender shall not make, any Swingline Loan if, after giving effect to the making of such Swingline Loan, the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Commitments would be less than zero, and (c) the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swingline Loan to refinance any then outstanding Swingline Loan. During the Revolving Commitment Period, the Borrower may use the Swingline Commitment by borrowing, repaying and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Swingline Loans shall be ABR Loans only and shall be made only in Dollars. To the extent not otherwise required by the terms hereof to be repaid prior thereto, the Borrower shall repay to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the Revolving Termination Date.

2.7 Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans.

(a) Whenever the Borrower desires that the Swingline Lender make Swingline Loans the Borrower shall give the Swingline Lender irrevocable telephonic or electronic notice (which notice must be received by the Swingline Lender not later than 1:00 P.M., Eastern time, on the proposed Borrowing Date) confirmed promptly in writing by a Notice of Borrowing, specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period), and (iii) instructions for the remittance of the proceeds of such Loan. Each borrowing under the Swingline Commitment shall be in an amount equal to $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Promptly thereafter, on the Borrowing Date specified in a notice in respect of Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender shall make available to the Borrower an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of the Swingline Loan to be made by depositing such amount in the account designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower. Unless a Swingline Loan is sooner refinanced by the advance of a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.7(b) , such Swingline Loan shall be repaid by the Borrower no later than five (5) Business Days after the advance of such Swingline Loan.

 

31


(b) The Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion, may, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs the Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), on one (1) Business Day’s telephonic notice given by the Swingline Lender no later than 1:00 P.M., Eastern time, and promptly confirmed in writing, request each Revolving Lender to make, and each Revolving Lender hereby agrees to make, a Revolving Loan, in an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the aggregate amount of such Swingline Loan (each a “Refunded Swingline Loan”) outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the Swingline Lender. Each Revolving Lender shall make the amount of such Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent at the Revolving Loan Funding Office in immediately available funds, not later than 10:00 A.M., Eastern time, one (1) Business Day after the date of such notice. The proceeds of such Revolving Loan shall immediately be made available by the Administrative Agent to the Swingline Lender for application by the Swingline Lender to the repayment of the Refunded Swingline Loan. The Borrower irrevocably authorizes the Swingline Lender to charge the Borrower’s accounts with the Administrative Agent (up to the amount available in each such account) immediately to pay the amount of any Refunded Swingline Loan to the extent amounts received from the Revolving Lenders are not sufficient to repay in full such Refunded Swingline Loan.

(c) If prior to the time that the Borrower has repaid the Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.7(a) or a Revolving Loan has been made pursuant to Section 2.7(b) , one of the events described in Section 8.1(f) shall have occurred or if for any other reason, as determined by the Swingline Lender in its sole discretion, Revolving Loans may not be made as contemplated by Section 2.7(b) , each Revolving Lender shall, on the date such Revolving Loan was to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 2.7(b) or on the date requested by the Swingline Lender (with at least one (1) Business Days’ notice to the Revolving Lenders), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then outstanding Swingline Loans by paying to the Swingline Lender an amount (the “Swingline Participation Amount”) equal to (i) such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Percentage times (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Swingline Loans that were to have been repaid with such Revolving Loans.

(d) Whenever, at any time after the Swingline Lender has received from any Revolving Lender such Lender’s Swingline Participation Amount, the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of the Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender its Swingline Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Lender’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans then due); provided that in the event that such payment received by the Swingline Lender is required to be returned, such Revolving Lender will return to the Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by the Swingline Lender.

(e) Each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make the Loans referred to in Section 2.7(b) and to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 2.7(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Revolving Lender or the Borrower may have against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5 , (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Revolving Lender, or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

 

32


(f) The Swingline Lender may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower. After the resignation of the Swingline Lender hereunder, the retiring Swingline Lender shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of the Swingline Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Swingline Loans made by it prior to such resignation, but shall not be required to make any additional Swingline Loans.

2.8 Incremental Facility.

(a) At any time from the Closing Date until the Revolving Termination Date, the Borrower may request (but subject to the conditions set forth below) the Revolving Commitment be increased by an amount not to exceed the Available Revolving Increase Amount (each such increase of the Revolving Commitment, a “Revolver Increase”. No Lender shall be obligated to participate in any Revolver Increase, and each Lender’s determination to participate in any such Revolver Increase shall be in such Lender’s sole and absolute discretion. The Administrative Agent shall invite each Lender to provide a Revolver Increase (it being understood that no Lender shall be obligated to provide a Revolver Increase) in connection with any proposed Revolver Increase and to the extent, ten (10) Business Days after receipt of invitation, sufficient Lenders do not agree to provide a Revolver Increase in connection with such proposed Revolver Increase on terms acceptable to the Borrower, then the Administrative Agent may invite any prospective lender that satisfies the criteria of being an “Eligible Assignee” and is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower (it being agreed that any prospective lender that is (x) a Lender or Affiliate of a Lender or (y) an Approved Fund shall be reasonably satisfactory) to become a Lender in connection with the proposed Revolver Increase. Any Revolver Increase shall be in the amount of at least $5,000,000 (or such lower amount that represents all remaining availability pursuant to this Section 2.8 ) and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or such lower amount that represents all remaining availability pursuant to this Section 2.8 ). Additionally, for the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that in no event shall the aggregate amount of the Revolver Increases exceed $25,000,000 during the term of the Agreement.

(b) Each of the following shall be conditions precedent to the effectiveness of any Revolver Increase:

(i) any Revolver Increase shall be on the same terms (including the pricing, and maturity date), as applicable, as, and pursuant to documentation applicable to, the original Revolving Facility;

(ii) the Borrower shall have delivered an irrevocable written request for such Revolver Increase at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the requested funding date of such Revolver Increase;

(iii) the Administrative Agent shall have obtained the commitment of one or more Lenders (or other prospective Lenders that satisfy the criteria of being an “Eligible Assignee”; provided that no such Lender shall be a Loan Party or any of a Loan Party’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (unless such prospective Lender is (x) a Lender or Affiliate of a Lender or (y) an Approved Fund) to provide the applicable Revolver Increase and any prospective Lender(s), the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent have signed a joinder agreement to this Agreement (an “Increase Joinder”), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which such prospective Lender(s), the Loan Parties, and the Administrative Agent are party (any Increase Joinder may, with the consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders or prospective Lender(s) agreeing to the proposed Revolver Increase, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary

 

33


or appropriate to effectuate the provisions of this Section 2.8 (including, if applicable, any amendment necessary to ensure and demonstrate that the Liens and security interests granted by the Loan Documents are perfected under the UCC to secure the Obligations in respect of the Revolver Increase). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, an Increase Joinder reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and the amendments to this Agreement effected thereby, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Lender(s) agreeing to fund such Revolver Increase;

(iv) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the Revolver Increase, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required.

(v) the Borrower shall have executed any Notes requested by any Lender in connection with the making of the Revolver Increase;

(vi) each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied;

(vii) the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent an updated pro forma Compliance Certificate (after giving effect to the Increase) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries evidencing compliance on a pro forma basis with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.1 hereof (regardless of whether such financial covenants are being tested or are projected to be required to tested) as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter together with all reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating such compliance;

(viii) in connection with such Revolver Increase, the Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent all fees required to be paid pursuant to the terms of the Fee Letter;

(ix) after giving pro-forma effect to the Revolver Increase, the consolidated leverage multiple shall not exceed the maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio then permitted under Section 7.1 hereof less 0.25x;

(x) upon the effectiveness of any Revolver Increase, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, as applicable, (i) all references in this Agreement and any other Loan Document to the Revolving Loans shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include such Revolver Increase advanced pursuant to this Section 2.8 and (ii) all references in this Agreement and any other Loan Document to the Revolving Commitment shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include the commitment to advance an amount equal to such Revolver Increase pursuant to this Section 2.8 ; and

(xi) The Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments established pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall constitute Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from any guarantees and the security interests created by the Loan Documents. The Borrower shall take any actions reasonably required by Administrative Agent to ensure and demonstrate that the Liens and security interests granted by the Loan Documents continue to be perfected under the Code or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any Revolver Increase.

 

34


2.9 Fees.

(a) Upfront Fees . On or prior to the Closing Date, the Borrower agrees to pay all fees specified in the each of the Fee Letters that are due and payable on the Closing Date.

(b) Commitment Fee . As additional compensation for the Total Revolving Commitments, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, a fee for the Borrower’s non-use of available funds under the Revolving Facility (the “Commitment Fee”), payable quarterly in arrears on the first day of each calendar quarter occurring prior to the Revolving Termination Date, and on the Revolving Termination Date, in an amount equal to the Commitment Fee Rate multiplied by the average unused portion of the Total Revolving Commitments, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent. The unused portion of the Total Revolving Commitments, for purposes of this calculation, shall equal the difference between (i) the Total Revolving Commitments (as reduced from time to time), and (ii) the sum of (A) the average for the period of the daily closing balance of the Revolving Loans outstanding, (B) the aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, and (C) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time. For the avoidance of doubt, the outstanding amount of any Swingline Loans shall not be counted towards or considered usage of the Total Revolving Commitments for purposes of determining the Commitment Fee.

(c) Agency Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees in the amounts and on the dates as set forth in the Fee Letter and to perform any other obligations contained therein.

(d) Fees Nonrefundable . All fees payable under this Section 2.9 shall be fully earned on the date paid and nonrefundable.

2.10 Termination or Reduction of Total Revolving Commitments; Total L/C Commitments.

(a) Termination or Reduction of Total Revolving Commitments . The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Total Revolving Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Total Revolving Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans to be made on the effective date thereof the amount of the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding would exceed the Total Revolving Commitments then in effect. Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $1,000,000, or a whole multiple in excess thereof (or, if the then Total Revolving Commitments are less than $1,000,000, such lesser amount), and shall reduce permanently the Total Revolving Commitments then in effect; provided that, if in connection with any such reduction or termination of the Total Revolving Commitments a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21 . Any reduction of the Total Revolving Commitments shall be applied to the Revolving Commitments of each Lender according to its respective Revolving Percentage. All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Total Revolving Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

(b) Termination or Reduction of Total L/C Commitments . The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Total L/C Commitments available to the Borrower or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Total L/C Commitments available to the Borrower; provided that, in any such case, no

 

35


such termination or reduction of the Total L/C Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto, the Total L/C Commitments shall be reduced to an amount that would result in the aggregate L/C Exposure exceeding the Total L/C Commitments (as so reduced). Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $1,000,000, or a whole multiple in excess thereof (or, if the then Total L/C Commitments are less than $1,000,000, such lesser amount), and shall reduce permanently the Total L/C Commitments then in effect. Any reduction of the Total L/C Commitments shall be applied to the L/C Commitments of each Lender according to its respective L/C Percentage. All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Total L/C Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

2.11 Optional Loan Prepayments.

The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 10:00 A.M., Eastern time, three (3) Business Days prior thereto, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, and no later than 10:00 A.M., Eastern time, one (1) Business Day prior thereto, in the case of ABR Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of the proposed prepayment; provided that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21 ; provided further that if such notice of prepayment indicates that such prepayment is to be funded with the proceeds of a refinancing, such notice of prepayment may be revoked if the financing is not consummated. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans and Swingline Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments Revolving Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof. Partial prepayments of Swingline Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof.

2.12 [Reserved].

2.13 Conversion and Continuation Options.

(a) The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation of such election no later than 10:00 A.M., Eastern time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date; provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Subject to Section 2.17 , the Borrower may elect from time to time to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation of such election no later than 10:00 A.M., Eastern time, on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor); provided that no ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

(b) Subject to Section 2.17 , any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to the Administrative Agent by no later than 12:00 P.M., Eastern time, on the date occurring three Business Days preceding the proposed continuation date and otherwise in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1 , of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans; provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided further that (i) if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this

 

36


paragraph, such Loans shall automatically be continued as Eurodollar Loans with a one month Interest Period on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period, and (ii) if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso, such Loans shall automatically be converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

2.14 Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurodollar Loans and all selections of Interest Periods shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, and (b) no more than ten (10) Eurodollar Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.

2.15 Interest Rates and Payment Dates.

(a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to (i) the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus (ii) the Applicable Margin.

(b) Each ABR Loan (including any Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) the ABR plus (ii) the Applicable Margin.

(c) During the continuance of an Event of Default, at the request of the Required Lenders, all outstanding Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2.00% (the “Default Rate”); provided that the Default Rate shall apply to all outstanding Loans automatically and without any Required Lender consent therefor upon the occurrence of any Event of Default arising under Sections 8.1(a) or (f) .

(d) Interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.15(c) shall be payable from time to time on demand.

2.16 Computation of Interest and Fees.

(a) Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to ABR Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the ABR or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.16(a) .

 

37


2.17 Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Loan or a conversion to or a continuation thereof that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such requested Loan or conversion or continuation, as applicable, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or (c) the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period, then, in any such case (a), (b) or (c), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof as soon as practicable thereafter. Any such determination shall specify the basis for such determination and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Thereafter, (x) any Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans, (y) any Loans under the relevant Facility that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as ABR Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to ABR Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert Loans under the relevant Facility to Eurodollar Loans.

2.18 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.

(a) Each borrowing by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments shall be made pro rata according to the respective L/C Percentages or Revolving Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders.

(d) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff and shall be made prior to 1:00 P.M., Eastern time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. Any payment received by the Administrative Agent after 1:00 P.M. Eastern time shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

 

38


(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to the date of any borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date in accordance with Section 2 , and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date on which such amount is made available to the Borrower but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, a rate equal to the greater of (A) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (B) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans under the relevant Facility. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(f) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Lender hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower is making such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Lender, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of Administrative Agent or any Lender against any Loan Party.

(g) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable extension of credit set forth in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(h) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to (i) make Revolving Loans, (ii) to fund its participations in L/C Disbursements in accordance with its respective L/C Percentage, (iii) to fund its respective Swingline Participation Amount of any Swingline Loan, and (iv) to make payments pursuant to Section 9.7 , as applicable, are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any such Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any such payment under Section 9.7 on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 9.7 .

 

39


(i) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(j) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first , toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii)  second , toward payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

(k) If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the principal of or interest on any Loan made by it, its participation in the L/C Exposure or other obligations hereunder, as applicable (other than pursuant to a provision hereof providing for non-pro rata treatment), in excess of its Revolving Percentage or L/C Percentage, as applicable, of such payment on account of the Loans or participations obtained by all of the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith advise the Administrative Agent of the receipt of such payment, and within five (5) Business Days of such receipt purchase (for cash at face value) from the other Revolving Lenders or L/C Lenders, as applicable (through the Administrative Agent), without recourse, such participations in the Revolving Loans made by them and/or participations in the L/C Exposure held by them, as applicable, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of the other Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Percentages or L/C Percentages, as applicable; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered by or on behalf of the Borrower from such purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.18(k) may exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. No documentation other than notices and the like referred to in this Section 2.18(k) shall be required to implement the terms of this Section 2.18(k) . The Administrative Agent shall keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased pursuant to this Section 2.18(k) and shall in each case notify the Revolving Lenders or the L/C Lenders, as applicable, following any such purchase. The provisions of this Section 2.18(k) shall not be construed to apply to (i) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (ii) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 3.10 , or (iii) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or sub-participations in any L/C Exposure to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply). The Borrower consents on behalf of itself and each other Loan Party to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of each Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

(l) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion at any time or from time to time, without the Borrower’s request and even if the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 would not be satisfied, make a Revolving Loan in an amount equal to the portion of the Obligations constituting overdue interest and fees and Swingline Loans from time to time due and payable to itself, any Revolving Lender, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Lender, and apply the proceeds of any such Revolving Loan to those Obligations; provided that after giving effect to any such Revolving Loan, the aggregate outstanding Revolving Loans will not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments then in effect.

 

40


2.19 Illegality; Requirements of Law.

(a) Illegality . If any Lender determines that any Requirement of Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Loans or to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Loans of such Lender to ABR Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

(b) Requirements of Law . If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or the compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

(i) shall subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its Loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

(ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Eurodollar Rate); or

(iii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining Loans determined with reference to the Eurodollar Rate or of maintaining its obligation to make such Loans, or to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount receivable or received by such Lender or other Recipient hereunder in respect thereof (whether in respect of principal, interest or any other amount), then, in any such case, upon the request of such Lender or other Recipient, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

 

41


(c) If any Lender determines that any change in any Requirement of Law affecting such Lender or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such change in such Requirement of Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Lender or such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(d) For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, or directives in connection therewith are deemed to have gone into effect and been adopted after the date of this Agreement, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change in any Requirement of Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

(e) A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this Section submitted by any Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.19 , the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.1 9 for any amounts incurred more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of the Borrower arising pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

2.20 Taxes.

For purposes of this Section 2.20 , the term ‘Lender” includes the Issuing Lender and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party, to comply with the requirements set forth in this Section 2.20 . If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.20 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

42


(b) Payment of Other Taxes . The Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes applicable to such Loan Party.

(c) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.20 , the Borrower shall, or shall cause such other Loan Party to, deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) Indemnification by Loan Parties . The Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.20 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto (including any recording and filing fees with respect thereto or resulting therefrom and any liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, any delay in paying such Indemnified Taxes), whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided , that the Loan Parties shall not be required to indemnify a Recipient pursuant to this Section 2.20 to the extent that such Recipient fails to notify the Loan Parties of its intent to make a claim for indemnification under this section 2.20 within 270 days after a claim is asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. If any Loan Party fails to pay any Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, such Loan Party shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure.

(e) Indemnification by Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.6 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e). Any amounts set off by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the preceding sentence shall, to the extent such amounts relate to any Loan Document be treated as having been paid in accordance with, and for purposes of, such Loan Document.

 

43


(f) Status of Lenders .

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 2.20(f)(ii)(A) , (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if the Lender is not legally entitled to complete, execute or deliver such documentation or, in the Lender’s reasonable judgment, such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding Tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-

 

44


8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 or Exhibit F-3 , IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-4 on behalf of each such direct or indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(iii) Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall promptly update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. Each Foreign Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose). Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, a Foreign Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this paragraph that such Foreign Lender is not legally able to deliver.

(iv) To the extent legally permissible, the Administrative Agent, in the event that the Administrative Agent is a U.S. Person, shall deliver an IRS Form W-9 to the Borrower and if the Administrative Agent is not a U.S. Person, the applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying its exemption from U.S. withholding Taxes with respect to amounts payable hereunder, on or prior to the date the Administrative Agent becomes a party to this Agreement.

(g) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.20 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.20 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.20 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified

 

45


party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(h) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the Discharge of Obligations.

2.21 Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender for, and to hold each Lender harmless from, any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) a default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) a default by the Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, or (c) for any reason, the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Such losses and expenses shall be equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, reduced, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest or other return for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any), over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to the Borrower by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.

2.22 Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.19(b) , Section 2.19(c) , Section 2.20(a) or Section 2.20(d) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans affected by such event or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, in each case, with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal, or regulatory disadvantage; provided further that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.19(b) , Section 2.19(c) , Section 2.20(a) or Section 2.20(d) . The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment made at the request of the Borrower.

2.23 Substitution of Lenders. Upon the receipt by the Borrower of any of the following (or in the case of clause (a) below, if the Borrower is required to pay any such amount), with respect to any Lender (any such Lender described in clauses (a) through (c) below being referred to as an “Affected Lender” hereunder):

 

46


(a) a request from a Lender for payment of Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts under Section 2.20 or of increased costs pursuant to Section 2.19 (and, in any such case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 2.22 or is a Non- Consenting Lender);

(b) a notice from the Administrative Agent under Section 10.1(b) that one or more Minority Lenders are unwilling to agree to an amendment or other modification approved by the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent; or

(c) notice from the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender;

then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to the Administrative Agent and such Affected Lender: (i) request that one or more of the other Lenders acquire and assume all or part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitments; or (ii) designate a replacement lending institution (which shall be an Eligible Assignee) to acquire and assume all or a ratable part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitments (the replacing Lender or lender in (i) or (ii) being a “Replacement Lender”); provided , however , that the Borrower shall be liable for the payment upon demand of all costs and other amounts arising under Section 2.21 (subject to Section 2.25 ) that result from the acquisition of any Affected Lender’s Loan and/or Commitments (or any portion thereof) by a Lender or Replacement Lender, as the case may be, on a date other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loans then outstanding; and provided further , however , that if the Borrower elects to exercise such right with respect to any Affected Lender under clause (a) or (b) of this Section 2.23 , then the Borrower shall be obligated to replace all Affected Lenders under such clauses. The Affected Lender replaced pursuant to this Section 2.23 shall be required to assign and delegate, without recourse, all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to one or more Replacement Lenders that so agree to acquire and assume all or a ratable part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitments upon payment to such Affected Lender of an amount (in the aggregate for all Replacement Lenders) equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of the Affected Lender’s Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents from such Replacement Lenders (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts, including amounts under Section 2.21 hereof). Any such designation of a Replacement Lender shall be effected in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the assignment provisions contained in Section 10.6 (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrower in such instance), and, if such Replacement Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any assignment pursuant to this Section 2.23 , (a) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.19 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.20 , such assignment shall result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; (b) such assignment shall not conflict with applicable law and (c) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender being a Minority Lender referred to in clause (b) of this Section 2.23 , the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Affected Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Affected Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

47


2.24 Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments . Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 10.1 and in the definition of Required Lenders.

(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 8 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.7 ), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Lender or to the Swingline Lender hereunder; third , to be held as Cash Collateral for the funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender of any participation in any Letter of Credit; fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement, and (y) be held as Cash Collateral for the future funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender of any participation in any future Letter of Credit; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to any L/C Lender, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any L/C Lender, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (A) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Advances in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (B) such Loans or L/C Advances were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Advances owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Advances owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Advances and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility without giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv) . Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.24(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees .

(A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Section 2.9(b) for any period during which such Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender).

 

48


(B) Each Defaulting Lender shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit Fees as provided in Section 3.3(d) .

(C) With respect to any Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non- Defaulting Lender that portion of any such Letter of Credit Fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to the Issuing Lender and to the Swingline Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee or Letter of Credit Fee, as applicable, otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to the Issuing Lender’s or the Swingline Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee or Letter of Credit Fee, as applicable.

(iv) Reallocation of Pro Rata Share to Reduce Fronting Exposure . During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.4 or in Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.7(c) , the L/C Percentage of each non-Defaulting Lender of any such Letter of Credit and the Revolving Percentage of each non-Defaulting Lender of any such Swingline Loan, as the case may be, shall be computed without giving effect to the Revolving Commitment of such Defaulting Lender; provided that, (A) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (B) the aggregate obligations of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Revolving Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate outstanding amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender plus the aggregate amount of that Lender’s L/C Percentage of then outstanding Letters of Credit and (C) the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time). No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(v) Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swingline Loans . If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law and subject to Section 2.25 , (x) first, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Lender’s Fronting Exposure, and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.10 .

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Lender agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Percentages and L/C Percentages, as applicable (without giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv) ), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments

 

49


made by or on behalf of the Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.

(c) New Swingline Loans/Letters of Credit . So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swingline Loan and (ii) the Issuing Lender shall not be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure in respect of Letters of Credit after giving effect thereto.

(d) Termination of Defaulting Lender . The Borrower may terminate the unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of any Revolving Lender that is a Defaulting Lender upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of Section 2.24(a)(ii) will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts); provided that (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (ii) such termination shall not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Bank or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

2.25 Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers.

(a) Each Borrower is accepting joint and several liability hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in consideration of the financial accommodations to be provided by the Lenders under this Agreement, for the mutual benefit, directly and indirectly, of each Borrower and in consideration of the undertakings of the other the Borrowers to accept joint and several liability for the Obligations.

(b) Each Borrower, jointly and severally, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as a co-debtor, joint and several liability with the other the Borrowers, with respect to the payment and performance of all of the Obligations (including any Obligations arising under this Section 2.25 ), it being the intention of the parties hereto that all the Obligations shall be the joint and several obligations of each Borrower without preferences or distinction among them.

(c) If and to the extent that any Borrower shall fail to make any payment with respect to any of the Obligations as and when due or to perform any of the Obligations in accordance with the terms thereof, then in each such event the other Borrowers will make such payment with respect to, or perform, such Obligations.

(d) The Obligations of each Borrower under the provisions of this Section 2.25 constitute the absolute and unconditional, full recourse Obligations of each Borrower enforceable against each Borrower to the full extent of its properties and assets, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other circumstances whatsoever.

(e) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each Borrower hereby waives notice of acceptance of its joint and several liability, notice of any Loans made or Letters of Credit issued under or pursuant to this Agreement, notice of the occurrence of any Default, Event of Default, or of any demand for any payment under this Agreement, notice of any action at any time taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent or Lenders under or in respect of any of the Obligations, any requirement of

 

50


diligence or to mitigate damages and, generally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all demands, notices and other formalities of every kind in connection with this Agreement (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement). Each Borrower hereby assents to, and waives notice of, any extension or postponement of the time for the payment of any of the Obligations, the acceptance of any payment of any of the Obligations, the acceptance of any partial payment thereon, any waiver, consent or other action or acquiescence by the Administrative Agent or Lenders at any time or times in respect of any default by any Borrower in the performance or satisfaction of any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Agreement, any and all other indulgences whatsoever by the Administrative Agent or Lenders in respect of any of the Obligations, and the taking, addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, at any time or times, of any security for any of the Obligations or the addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, of any Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Borrower assents to any other action or delay in acting or failure to act on the part of the Administrative Agent or Lender with respect to the failure by any Borrower to comply with any of its respective Obligations, including, without limitation, any failure strictly or diligently to assert any right or to pursue any remedy or to comply fully with applicable laws or regulations thereunder, which might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.25 afford grounds for terminating, discharging or relieving any Borrower, in whole or in part, from any of its Obligations under this Section 2.25 , it being the intention of each Borrower that, so long as any of the Obligations hereunder remain unsatisfied, the Obligations of each Borrower under this Section 2.25 shall not be discharged except by performance and then only to the extent of such performance. The Obligations of each Borrower under this Section 2.25 shall not be diminished or rendered unenforceable by any winding up, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, reconstruction or similar proceeding with respect to any Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

(f) Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and Lenders that such Borrower is currently informed of the financial condition of the Borrowers and of all other circumstances which a diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations. Each Borrower further represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and Lenders that such Borrower has read and understands the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents. Each Borrower hereby covenants that such Borrower will continue to keep informed of the Borrowers’ financial condition, the financial condition of other guarantors, if any, and of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Obligations.

(g) Each Borrower waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against such Borrower by the operation of Section 580(d) of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise:

(h) Each Borrower waives all rights and defenses that such Borrower may have because the Obligations are secured by real property at any time. This means, among other things:

(i) The Administrative Agent and Lenders may collect from such Borrower without first foreclosing on any real or personal property Collateral pledged by the Borrowers.

(ii) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender forecloses on any Collateral consisting of real property pledged by the Borrowers:

(A) The amount of the Obligations may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price.

 

51


(B) The Administrative Agent and Lenders may collect from such Borrower even if the Administrative Agent or Lenders, by foreclosing on real property, has destroyed any right such Borrower may have to collect from the other Borrowers.

This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses such Borrower may have because the Obligations are secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

(i) The provisions of this Section 2.25 are made for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, and may be enforced by it or them from time to time against any or all the Borrowers as often as occasion therefor may arise and without requirement on the part of the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any successor or any assign first to marshal any of its or their claims or to exercise any of its or their rights against any Borrower or to exhaust any remedies available to it or them against any Borrower or to resort to any other source or means of obtaining payment of any of the Obligations hereunder or to elect any other remedy. The provisions of this Section 2.25 shall remain in effect until all of the Obligations shall have been paid in full or otherwise fully satisfied. If at any time, any payment, or any part thereof, made in respect of any of the Obligations, is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, or otherwise, the provisions of this Section 2.25 will forthwith be reinstated in effect, as though such payment had not been made.

(j) Each Borrower hereby agrees that it will not enforce any of its rights of contribution or subrogation against any other Borrower with respect to any liability incurred by it hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, any payments made by it to the Administrative Agent or Lenders with respect to any of the Obligations or any collateral security therefor until such time as all of the Obligations have been paid in full in cash. Any claim which any Borrower may have against any other Borrower with respect to any payments to the Administrative Agent or Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Documents are hereby expressly made subordinate and junior in right of payment, without limitation as to any increases in the Obligations arising hereunder or thereunder, to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations and, in the event of any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar proceeding under the laws of any jurisdiction relating to any Borrower, its debts or its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, all such Obligations shall be paid in full in cash before any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to any other Borrower therefor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.25 , no Borrower shall exercise any rights of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or other similar rights against, and shall not proceed or seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of, any other Borrower (the “Foreclosed Borrower”), including after payment in full of the Obligations, if all or any portion of the Obligations have been satisfied in connection with an exercise of remedies in respect of the Capital Stock of such Foreclosed Borrower whether pursuant to the Security Documents or otherwise.

(k) Each Borrower hereby agrees that, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default, the payment of any amounts due with respect to the indebtedness owing by any Borrower to any other Borrower is hereby subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations. Each Borrower hereby agrees that after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default, such Borrower will not demand, sue for or otherwise attempt to collect any indebtedness of any other Borrower owing to such Borrower until the Obligations shall have been paid in full in cash. If, notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, such Borrower shall collect, enforce or receive any amounts in respect of such indebtedness, such amounts shall be collected, enforced and received by such Borrower as trustee for the Administrative Agent, and such Borrower shall deliver any such amounts to the Administrative Agent for application to the Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

52


(l) Subject to the foregoing, to the extent that any Borrower shall, under this Agreement as a joint and several obligor, repay any of the Obligations made to another Borrower hereunder or other Obligations incurred directly and primarily by any other Borrower (an “Accommodation Payment”), then the Borrower making such Accommodation Payment shall be entitled to contribution and indemnification from, and be reimbursed by, each other Borrower in an amount, for each of such other Borrower, equal to a fraction of such Accommodation Payment, the numerator of which fraction is such other Borrower’s Allocable Amount and the denominator of which is the sum of the Allocable Amounts of all of the Borrowers. As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of each Borrower shall be equal to the maximum amount of liability for Accommodation Payments which could be asserted against such Borrower hereunder without (a) rendering such Borrower “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act (“UFTA”) or Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act (“UFCA”), (b) leaving such Borrower with unreasonably small capital or assets, within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA, or (c) leaving such Borrower unable to pay its debts as they become due within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA.

2.26 Notes. If so requested by any Lender by written notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 10.6 ) (promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence such Lender’s Loans.

2.27 Alarm as Administrative Borrower. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Alarm as the borrowing agent and attorney-in-fact for all Persons composing the Borrower (the “Administrative Borrower”) which appointment shall remain in full force and effect unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received prior written notice signed by each Borrower that such appointment has been revoked and that another Borrower has been appointed Administrative Borrower. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Borrower (a) to provide the Administrative Agent with all notices and to receive all notices on behalf of each other Borrower with respect to Loans and Letters of Credit obtained for the benefit of any Borrower and all other notices and instructions under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (b) to take such action as the Administrative Borrower deems appropriate on its behalf to obtain Loans and Letters of Credit and to exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 3

LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.1 L/C Commitment.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender agrees to issue letters of credit (“Letters of Credit”) for the account of the Borrower on any Business Day during the Letter of Credit Availability Period in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, the L/C Exposure would exceed either the Total L/C Commitments or the Available Revolving Commitment at such time. Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars and (ii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the Letter

 

53


of Credit Maturity Date, provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above). For the avoidance of doubt, no commercial letters of credit shall be issued by the Issuing Lender to any Person under this Agreement.

(b) The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(i) such issuance would conflict with, or cause the Issuing Lender or any L/C Lender to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law;

(ii) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Lender from issuing, amending or reinstating such Letter of Credit, or any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Issuing Lender or any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Lender shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Lender refrain from, the issuance, amendment, renewal or reinstatement of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Lender is not otherwise compensated) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Issuing Lender in good faith deems material to it;

(iii) the Issuing Lender has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, at least one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or reinstatement of such Letter of Credit, that one or more of the applicable conditions contained in Section 5.2 shall not then be satisfied (which notice shall contain a description of any such condition asserted not to be satisfied);

(iv) any requested Letter of Credit is not in form and substance acceptable to the Issuing Lender, or the issuance, amendment or renewal of a Letter of Credit shall violate any applicable laws or regulations or any applicable policies of the Issuing Lender;

(v) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions providing for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder;

(vi) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender, such Letter of Credit is in an initial face amount less than $100,000; or

(vii) any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the Issuing Lender has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 3.10 , satisfactory to the Issuing Lender (in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such Defaulting Lender to eliminate the Issuing Lender’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv) ) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or such Letter of Credit and all other L/C Exposure as to which the Issuing Lender has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion.

3.2 Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit. The Borrower may from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower by delivering to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein an Application therefor, completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Lender, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and

 

54


information as the Issuing Lender may request. Upon receipt of any Application, the Issuing Lender will process such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall the Issuing Lender be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than three (3) Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by the Issuing Lender and the Borrower. The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to the Borrower promptly following the issuance thereof. The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).

3.3 Fees and Other Charges.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay, with respect to each Existing Letter of Credit and each outstanding Letter of Credit issued for the account of (or at the request of) the Borrower, (i) a fronting fee of 0.125% per annum on the daily amount available to be drawn under each such Letter of Credit to the Issuing Lender for its own account (a “Letter of Credit Fronting Fee”), (ii) a letter of credit fee equal to the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Loans multiplied by the daily amount available to be drawn under each such Letter of Credit on the drawable amount of such Letter of Credit to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the L/C Lenders (determined in accordance with their respective L/C Percentages) (a “Letter of Credit Fee”), and (iii) the Issuing Lender’s standard and reasonable fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit issued for the account of (or at the request of) the Borrower or processing of drawings thereunder (the fees in this clause (iii), collectively, the “Issuing Lender Fees”). The Issuing Lender Fees shall be paid when required by the Issuing Lender, and the Letter of Credit Fronting Fee and the Letter of Credit Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the Letter of Credit Maturity Date (each, an “L/C Fee Payment Date”) after the issuance date of such Letter of Credit. All Letter of Credit Fronting Fees and Letter of Credit Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

(b) In addition to the foregoing fees, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit.

(c) The Borrower shall furnish to the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to any requested Letter of Credit issuance, amendment or renewal, including any L/C-Related Documents, as the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent may require. This Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with any L/C-Related Document (other than any Letter of Credit).

(d) Any Letter of Credit Fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided Cash Collateral satisfactory to the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.10 shall be payable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, to the other L/C Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective L/C Percentages allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.24(a)(iv) , with the balance of such Letter of Credit Fees, if any, payable to the Issuing Lender for its own account.

(e) All fees payable pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall be fully-earned on the date paid and shall not be refundable for any reason.

 

55


3.4 L/C Participations; Existing Letters of Credit.

(a) L/C Participations. The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Lender, and, to induce the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit, each L/C Lender irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such L/C Lender’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Lender’s L/C Percentage in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit and the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder. Each L/C Lender agrees with the Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.5(a) , such L/C Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon demand at the Issuing Lender’s address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such L/C Lender’s L/C Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed. Each L/C Lender’s obligation to pay such amount shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such L/C Lender may have against the Issuing Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5.2 , (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other L/C Lender, or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(b) Existing Letters of Credit. On and after the Closing Date, each Existing Letter of Credit shall be deemed for all purposes, including for purposes of the fees to be collected pursuant to Sections 3.3(a) and (b) , reimbursement of costs and expenses to the extent provided herein and for purposes of being secured by the Collateral, a Letter of Credit outstanding under this Agreement and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall be governed by the applications and agreements pertaining thereto and by this Agreement (which shall control in the event of a conflict).

3.5 Reimbursement.

(a) If the Issuing Lender shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof and the Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid to the Issuing Lender an amount equal to the entire amount of such L/C Disbursement not later than (i) the immediately following Business Day if the Issuing Lender issues such notice before 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on the date of such L/C Disbursement, or (ii) on the second following Business Day if the Issuing Lender issues such notice at or after 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on the date of such L/C Disbursement. Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices referred to herein in Dollars and in immediately available funds.

(b) If the Issuing Lender shall not have received from the Borrower the payment that it is required to make pursuant to Section 3.5(a) with respect to a Letter of Credit within the time specified in such Section, the Issuing Lender will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the L/C Disbursement and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each L/C Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its L/C Percentage thereof, and each L/C Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon demand at the Issuing Lender’s address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such L/C Lender’s L/C Percentage of such L/C Disbursement (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) and upon such payment pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Lender for any L/C Disbursement, the Borrower shall be required to reimburse the L/C Lenders for such payments (including interest accrued thereon from the date of such payment until the date of such

 

56


reimbursement at the rate applicable to Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans plus 2% per annum) on demand; provided that if at the time of and after giving effect to such payment by the L/C Lenders, the conditions to borrowings and Revolving Loan Conversions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied, the Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent certifying that such conditions are satisfied and that all interest owing under this paragraph has been paid, request that such payments by the L/C Lenders be converted into Revolving Loans (a “Revolving Loan Conversion”), in which case, if such conditions are in fact satisfied, the L/C Lenders shall be deemed to have extended, and the Borrower shall be deemed to have accepted, a Revolving Loan in the aggregate principal amount of such payment without further action on the part of any party, and the Total L/C Commitments shall be permanently reduced by such amount; any amount so paid pursuant to this paragraph shall, on and after the payment date thereof, be deemed to be Revolving Loans for all purposes hereunder; provided that the Issuing Lender, at its option, may effectuate a Revolving Loan Conversion regardless of whether the conditions to borrowings and Revolving Loan Conversions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied.

3.6 Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligations under this Section 3 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person. The Borrower also agrees with the Issuing Lender that the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower’s obligations hereunder shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender. The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower.

In addition to amounts payable as elsewhere provided in the Agreement, the Borrower hereby agrees to pay and to protect, indemnify, and save Issuing Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and allocated costs of internal counsel) that the Issuing Lender may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (A) the issuance of any Letter of Credit, or (B) the failure of Issuing Lender or of any L/C Lender to honor a demand for payment under any Letter of Credit thereof as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority, in each case other than to the extent solely as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Lender or such L/C Lender (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction).

3.7 Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit.

 

57


3.8 Applications. To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3 , the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.

3.9 Interim Interest. If the Issuing Lender shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, then, unless either the Borrower shall have reimbursed such L/C Disbursement in full within the time period specified in Section 3.5(a) or the L/C Lenders shall have reimbursed such L/C Disbursement in full on such date as provided in Section 3.5(b) , in each case the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest for the account of the Issuing Lender, for each day from and including the date of such L/C Disbursement to but excluding the date of payment by the Borrower, at the rate per annum that would apply to such amount if such amount were a Revolving Loan that is an ABR Loan; provided that the provisions of Section 2.15(c) shall be applicable to any such amounts not paid when due.

3.10 Cash Collateral.

(a) Certain Credit Support Events . Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender (i) if the Issuing Lender has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Advance by all the L/C Lenders that is not reimbursed by the Borrower or converted into a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 3.5(b) , or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Maturity Date, any L/C Exposure for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then effective L/C Exposure in an amount equal to 103% of such L/C Exposure.

At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one (1) Business Day following the request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover 103% of the Fronting Exposure relating to the Letters of Credit (after giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender).

(b) Grant of Security Interest . All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts with the Administrative Agent. The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Lender or Defaulting Lender, such Lender or Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the L/C Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest and Lien in all such Cash Collateral and in all proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 3.10(c) . If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Lender as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than 103% of the applicable L/C Exposure, Fronting Exposure and other Obligations secured thereby, the Borrower or the relevant Lender or Defaulting Lender, as applicable, will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender).

(c) Application . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 3.10 , Section 2.24 or otherwise in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Exposure, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

 

58


(d) Termination of Requirement . Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure in respect of Letters of Credit or other Obligations shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 3.10 following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure and other Obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of the Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender), or (ii) a determination by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided , however , (A) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party shall not be released during the continuance of an Event of Default, and (B) that, subject to Section 2.24 , the Person providing such Cash Collateral and the Issuing Lender may agree that such Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations, and provided further , that to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to any security interest and Lien granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.

3.11 [Reserved].

3.12 Resignation of the Issuing Lender. The Issuing Lender may resign at any time by giving at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower. Subject to the next succeeding paragraph, upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Lender hereunder by a Lender that shall agree to serve as successor Issuing Lender, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring Issuing Lender and the retiring Issuing Lender shall be discharged from its obligations to issue additional Letters of Credit hereunder without affecting its rights and obligations with respect to Letters of Credit previously issued by it. At the time such resignation shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Section 3.3 . The acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Lender hereunder by a successor Lender shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of the previous Issuing Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than with respect to the rights of the retiring Issuing Lender with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such retiring Issuing Lender) and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term “Issuing Lender” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Lender, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Lenders, as the context shall require. After the resignation of the Issuing Lender hereunder, the retiring Issuing Lender shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit or to extend, renew or increase any existing Letter of Credit.

3.13 Applicability of ISP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Lender and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including pursuant to any such agreement applicable to any Existing Letter of Credit) and subject to applicable laws, the Letters of Credit shall be governed by and subject to the rules of the ISP.

SECTION 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, to make the initial Loans on the Closing Date and to make Loans and to issue the Letters of Credit thereafter, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to itself, each of its respective Subsidiaries and each other Loan Party, as applicable, that:

 

59


4.1 Financial Condition.

(a) The Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (i) the Loans to be made on the Closing Date and the use of proceeds thereof, and (ii) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing. The Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared based on the assumptions deemed reasonable at the time of the preparation thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date, subject to year-end audit adjustments and lack of footnotes.

(b) The audited consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010, December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates, reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report from PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the respective fiscal years then ended. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein). During the period from January 1, 2013 to and including the date hereof, there has been no Disposition by any Group Member of any material part of its business or property.

4.2 No Change. Since December 31, 2012, there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.3 Existence; Compliance with Law. Each Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its material property, to lease the material property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in material compliance with all Requirements of Law except in such instances in which (i) such Requirement of Law is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and the prosecution of such contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.4 Power, Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. Each Loan Party has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, obtaining the consents set forth on Schedule 4.4 . No material Governmental Approval or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, except (i) Governmental Approvals, which have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) the filings referred to in Section 4.19 and (iii) Governmental Approvals described in Schedule 4.4 . Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution

 

60


will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

4.5 No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any material Requirement of Law (except as set forth in Schedule 4.5 but including any Operating Document of any Group Member) or any material Contractual Obligation of any Group Member and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any material Requirement of Law or any such material Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents). No Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The absence of obtaining the Governmental Approvals described in Schedule 4.4 and the violations of Requirements of Law referenced in Schedule 4.5 shall not have an adverse effect on any rights of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents.

4.6 Litigation. No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.7 No Default. No Group Member is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, nor shall either result from the making of a requested credit extension.

4.8 Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments. Each Group Member has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its other property, and none of such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 7.3 . No Loan Party owns any Investment except as permitted by Section 7.8 . Section 10 of the Collateral Information Certificate sets forth a complete and accurate list of all real property owned by each Loan Party as of the Closing Date, if any. Section 11 of the Collateral Information Certificate sets forth a complete and accurate list of all leases of real property under which any Loan Party is the lessee as of the Closing Date.

4.9 Intellectual Property. To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, each Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted. Other that those matters set forth on Schedule 4.9 , no claim has been asserted in writing and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning any Group Member’s use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such Group Member’s Intellectual Property (other than routine inquiries made in the ordinary course of prosecution of applications to register Intellectual Property), nor does the Borrower know of any valid basis for any such claim, unless such claim could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The use of Intellectual Property by each Group Member, and the conduct of such Group Member’s business, as currently conducted, does not infringe on or otherwise violate the rights of any Person, unless such infringement could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there are no claims pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing to such effect other than those matters set forth on Schedule 4.9 .

 

61


4.10 Taxes. Each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, all income and all other material state and other tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all material taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other material taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member); no tax Lien has been filed; and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, no material claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge that is not being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

4.11 Federal Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used (a) for “buying” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board or (b) for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board. If requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1, as applicable, referred to in Regulation U.

4.12 Labor Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Group Member have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Group Member on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant Group Member.

4.13 ERISA.

(a) Each Loan Party and each of its respective ERISA Affiliates are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA with respect to each Pension Plan, and have performed in all material respects all their material obligations under each Pension Plan;

(b) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur;

(c) each Loan Party and each of its respective ERISA Affiliates has met all applicable requirements under the ERISA Funding Rules with respect to each Pension Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the ERISA Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained;

(d) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and no Loan Party nor any of its respective ERISA Affiliates knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage to fall below 60% as of the most recent valuation date;

(e) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the amount of outstanding benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities), does not exceed $100,000;

 

62


(f) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which taxes could be imposed pursuant to Section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code;

(g) all liabilities under each Pension Plan are (i) funded to at least the minimum level required by law, (ii) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto or (iii) estimated in the formal notes to the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto; and

(h) (i) no Loan Party is nor will any such Loan Party be a “plan” within the meaning of Section 4975(e) of the Code; (ii) the respective assets of the Loan Parties do not and will not constitute “plan assets” within the meaning of the United States Department of Labor Regulations set forth in 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101; (iii) no Loan Party is nor will any such Loan Party be a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA; and (iv) transactions by or with any Loan Party are not and will not be subject to state statutes applicable to such Loan Party regulating investments of fiduciaries with respect to governmental plans.

4.14 Investment Company Act; Other Regulations. No Loan Party is an “investment company,” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.5 , no such Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the Board), including the Federal Power Act, that may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or that may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable.

4.15 Subsidiaries; Ownership. Except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower in writing from time to time after the Closing Date, (a)  Schedule 4.15 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of organization of Holdings and each Subsidiary of Holdings and, as to each such Subsidiary and Holdings, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party, and (b) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees or directors and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof, except as are disclosed on Schedule 4.15 .

4.16 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit shall be used to repay the Existing Indebtedness and for general corporate and working capital purposes.

4.17 Environmental Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.17 , to the knowledge of the Borrower, the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “Properties”) do not contain, and have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute or have constituted a violation of, or could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;

(b) no Group Member has received or is aware of any notice of written violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with or arising under Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the business operated by any Group Member (the “Business”), nor does the Borrower have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened;

 

63


(c) no Group Member has transported or disposed of Materials of Environmental Concern from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that could give rise to material liability under, any Environmental Law, nor has any Group Member generated, treated, stored or disposed of Materials of Environmental Concern at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to material liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;

(d) no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business;

(e) there has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties, or arising from or related to the operations of any Group Member in connection with the Properties or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability of any Group Member under Environmental Laws;

(f) the Properties and all operations of the Group Members at the Properties are in compliance, and have in the last five years been in compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws, and except as disclosed on Schedule 4.17 , to the knowledge of the Borrower, there is no contamination at, under or about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business, in each case, that could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability of any Group Member under Environmental Laws; and

(g) no Group Member has assumed any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws.

4.18 Accuracy of Information, Etc. No statement or information prepared by or on behalf of any Loan Party contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document, certificate or statement furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount. There is no fact known to any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.

 

64


4.19 Security Documents.

(a) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and the proceeds thereof. In the case of the Pledged Stock, if any, described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement that are securities represented by stock certificates or otherwise constituting certificated securities within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(15) of the UCC or the corresponding code or statute of any other applicable jurisdiction (“Certificated Securities”), when certificates representing such Pledged Stock together with applicable endorsements are delivered to the Administrative Agent, and in the case of the other Collateral constituting personal property described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and with respect to which a security interest can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 4.19(a) in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.19(a) and the other actions, if any, set forth on Schedule 3 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement have been taken, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent such Lien can be perfected by such actions and such filings under U.S. law (except, in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Stock, Liens expressly permitted to have priority by Section 7.3 ). As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party that is a limited liability company or partnership has any Capital Stock that is a Certificated Security. As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party that is a limited liability company or partnership has any Capital Stock that is a Certificated Security.

(b) Any Mortgages delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.12 will be, upon execution, effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein and proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices for the applicable jurisdictions in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, each such Mortgage shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (subject to the Liens permitted by Section 7.3(a) , (e), (f), (g), (h) or (r).

4.20 Solvency; Fraudulent Transfer. The Loan Parties are, when taken as a whole, and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of all Indebtedness, Obligations and obligations being incurred in connection herewith, will be and will continue to be, Solvent. No transfer of property is being made by any Loan Party and no obligation is being incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of such Loan Party.

4.21 Regulation H. No Mortgage in excess of $2,500,000 encumbers improved real property that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has not been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968.

4.22 Designated Senior Indebtedness. The Loan Documents and all of the Obligations have been deemed “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereof, if applicable, for purposes of any other Indebtedness of the Loan Parties that is contractually subordinated to the Obligations.

4.23 [Reserved].

 

65


4.24 Insurance. All insurance maintained by the Loan Parties is in full force and effect, all premiums have been duly paid, no Loan Party has received notice of violation or cancellation thereof, and there exists no default under any requirement of such insurance. Each Loan Party maintains, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability, product liability and business interruption) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business.

4.25 No Casualty. No Loan Party has received any notice of, nor does any Loan Party have any knowledge of, the occurrence or pendency or contemplation of any Casualty Event affecting all or any material portion of its property which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.26 [Reserved].

4.27 Capitalization. Schedule 4.27 sets forth the beneficial owners of all Capital Stock of Alarm and its consolidated Subsidiaries, and the amount of Capital Stock held by each such owner, as of the Closing Date.

4.28 Patriot Act. Each Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) the Patriot Act or the Bribery Act 2012. No part of the proceeds of the loans made hereunder will be used by any Loan Party or any of their Affiliates, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

4.29 OFAC. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any of the country or list based economic and trade sanctions administered and enforced by OFAC. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity, (b) has its assets located in Sanctioned Entities, or (c) derives revenues from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned Entities. No proceeds of any Loan made hereunder will be used to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity.

SECTION 5

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

5.1 Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. The effectiveness of this Agreement and the obligation of each Lender to make its initial extension of credit hereunder shall be subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the making of each such extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Loan Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each Lender listed on Schedule 1.1A ;

 

66


(ii) the Collateral Information Certificate, executed by a Responsible Officer of the Loan Parties;

(iii) [Reserved];

(iv) if required by any Revolving Lender, a Revolving Loan Note executed by the Borrower in favor of such Revolving Lender;

(v) if required by the Swingline Lender, the Swingline Loan Note executed by the Borrower in favor of such Swingline Lender;

(vi) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed and delivered by the Borrower and each other Grantor named therein;

(vii) each Intellectual Property Security Agreement, executed by the applicable Grantor related thereto;

(viii) each Deposit Account Control Agreement, executed by the parties thereto;

(ix) each Securities Account Control Agreement, executed the parties thereto;

(x) each other Security Document, executed and delivered by the applicable Loan Party party thereto; and

(xi) a completed Compliance Certificate as of the last day of the fiscal month of the Borrower ended on December 31, 2013.

(b) Pro Forma Financial Statements; Financial Statements; Projections. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) the Pro Forma Financial Statements, (ii) the audited consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010, December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2012 and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates and (iii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of February 28, 2014 and the related consolidated statement of income and of cash flow for the fiscal month ended on such date.

(c) Approvals. Except for the Governmental Approvals described in Schedule 4.4 , all Governmental Approvals and consents and approvals of, or notices to, any other Person (including the holders of any Capital Stock issued by any Loan Party) required in connection with the execution and performance of the Loan Documents, the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby, shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect. The absence of obtaining the Governmental Approvals described in Schedule 4.5 shall not have an adverse effect on any rights of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents or an adverse effect on the Group Members with regard to their continuing operations.

(d) Secretary’s or Managing Member’s Certificates; Certified Operating Documents; Good Standing Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date and executed by the Secretary, Managing Member or equivalent officer of such Loan Party, substantially in the form of Exhibit C , with appropriate insertions and attachments, including (i) the Operating Documents of such Loan Party, (ii) the relevant board resolutions or written consents of such Loan Party adopted by such Loan Party for the purposes of authorizing such Loan Party

 

67


to enter into and perform the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is party and (iii) the names, titles, incumbency and signature specimens of those representatives of such Loan Party who have been authorized by such resolutions and/or written consents to execute Loan Documents on behalf of such Loan Party, (iv) a long-form good standing certificate for each Loan Party certified as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority of its respective jurisdiction of organization, and (v) certificates of qualification as a foreign corporation issued by each jurisdiction in which the failure of the applicable Loan Party to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Responsible Officer’s Certificates.

(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party and the validity against such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required.

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 5.2(a) and (c)  have been satisfied, and (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since December 31, 2012, that has had or that could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Patriot Act . The Administrative Agent shall have received, prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

(g) Due Diligence Investigation . The Administrative Agent shall have completed a due diligence investigation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in scope, and with results, satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall have been given such access to the management, records, books of account, contracts and properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and shall have received such financial, business and other information regarding each of the foregoing Persons and businesses as it shall have requested. No changes or developments shall have occurred, and no new or additional information, shall have been received or discovered by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or the transactions contemplated hereby after the date such due diligence investigation has been completed that (A) either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (B) purports to adversely affect the Facilities, and nothing shall have come to the attention of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to lead them to believe that (x) the Information Materials (as defined in the Engagement Letter) were or have become misleading, incorrect or incomplete in any material respect, or (y) the transactions contemplated hereby will have a Material Adverse Effect.

(h) Reports. The Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to it, all asset appraisals, field audits, and such other reports and certifications, as it has reasonably requested.

(i) Existing Credit Facility, Etc. The Borrower shall have provided notice to SVB (in accordance with the terms of the Existing Indebtedness) of its intent to pay all obligations of the Group Members outstanding under the Existing Indebtedness on the Closing Date, (B) the Administrative Agent shall have received the Payoff Letter executed by SVB and the Borrower, (C) all obligations of the Group Members in respect of the Existing Indebtedness shall, substantially

 

68


contemporaneously with the funding of certain Loan proceeds on the Closing Date directly to SVB, have been paid in full, (D) the Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that all actions necessary to terminate the agreements evidencing the obligations of the Group Members in respect of the Existing Indebtedness and the Liens of SVB in the assets of the Group Members securing obligations under the Existing Credit Facility shall have been, or substantially contemporaneously with the Closing Date, shall be, taken, and (E) the Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents and information related to the Existing Credit Facility and the refinancing thereof as it may request.

(j) Collateral Matters.

(i) Lien Searches . The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of recent lien searches in each of the jurisdictions where any of the Loan Parties is formed or organized, and such searches shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for Liens permitted by Section 7.3 , Liens to be discharged on or prior to the Closing Date, or Liens securing obligations of the Group Members under the Existing Indebtedness, which Liens shall be discharged substantially contemporaneously with the Closing Date pursuant to the Payoff Letter.

(ii) Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes . The Administrative Agent shall have received original versions of (A) the certificates representing the shares of Capital Stock pledged to the Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof, and (B) each promissory note (if any) pledged to the Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, endorsed (without recourse) in blank (or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank) by the pledgor thereof.

(iii) Filings, Registrations, Recordings, Agreements, Etc. Each document (including any UCC financing statements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements, Deposit Account Control Agreements, Securities Account Control Agreements, and landlord access agreements and/or bailee waivers) required by the Loan Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, executed, registered or recorded to create in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties), a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right and priority to any Lien in the Collateral held by any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 7.3 ), shall have been executed (if applicable) and delivered to the Administrative Agent in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

(k) Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received insurance certificates satisfying the requirements of Section 6.6 hereof and Section 5.2(b) of the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the insurance policies of each Loan Party have been endorsed for the purpose of naming the Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) as an “additional insured” or “lender loss payee”, as applicable, with respect to such insurance policies, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(l) Fees . The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date (including pursuant to the Fee Letter), and all reasonable and documented fees and expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of legal counsel to the Administrative Agent) for payment on or before the Closing Date. All such amounts will be paid with proceeds of Loans made on the Closing Date.

 

69


(m) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Such legal opinion shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

(n) Borrowing Notices . The Administrative Agent shall have received in respect of any Revolving Loans to be made on the Closing Date, a completed Notice of Borrowing executed by the Borrower and otherwise complying with the requirements of Section 2.5 .

(o) Solvency Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate from the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower.

(p) No Material Adverse Effect . There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2012, any event or condition that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(q) No Litigation . No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, threatened, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(r) Consistency . The final terms and conditions of each aspect of the Transaction (as defined in the Engagement Letter), including, without limitation, all tax aspects thereof, shall be (i) as described in the Engagement Letter, and otherwise consistent with the description thereof provided to Administrative Agent in writing or (ii) otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 5.1 , each Lender that has executed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter either sent (or made available) by the Administrative Agent to such Lender for consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Lender, unless an officer of the Administrative Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the Closing Date specifying such Lender’s objection thereto and either such objection shall not have been withdrawn by notice to the Administrative Agent to that effect on or prior to the Closing Date or, if any extension of credit on the Closing Date has been requested, such Lender shall not have made available to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of such requested extension of credit.

5.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it hereunder on any date (including its initial Loans disbursed on the Closing Date but excluding any Revolving Loan Conversion, any conversion of Loans pursuant to Section 2.13(a) and any continuation of Loans pursuant to Section 2.13(b) )) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by each Loan Party in or pursuant to any Loan Document (i) that is qualified by materiality shall be true and correct, and (ii) that is not qualified by materiality, shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

 

70


(b) Notices of Borrowing. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing in connection with any such request for extension of credit which complies with the requirements hereof.

(c) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of or on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of the Borrower hereunder and each Revolving Loan Conversion (excluding any Revolving Loan Conversion, any conversion of Loans pursuant to Section 2.13(a) and any continuation of Loans pursuant to Section 2.13(b) )) shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit or Revolving Loan Conversion, as applicable, that the conditions contained in this Section 5.2 have been satisfied.

SECTION 6

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby agrees that, at all times prior to the Discharge of Obligations, the Borrower shall, and, where applicable, shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

6.1 Financial Statements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, with sufficient copies for distribution to each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days (150 days with respect to fiscal year 2013 and 90 days with respect to each fiscal year in the event the Loan Parties are subject to the reporting requirements of the SEC) after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, together with an unqualified opinion of certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(b) [Reserved].

(c) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the end of each quarter occurring during each fiscal year of the Borrower, the unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated and consolidating statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).

All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein) consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods.

6.2 Certificates; Reports; Other Information. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Lender:

(a) [Reserved];

 

71


(b) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1 , (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that, to such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, no Default or Event of Default exists except as specified in such certificate and (ii) in the case of all quarterly or annual financial statements, (x) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by each Group Member with the provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the quarter or fiscal year of the Borrower, as the case may be, and (y) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party and together with the Compliance Certificate accompanying delivery of the annual and quarterly financial statements, a list of any Intellectual Property issued to or acquired by any Loan Party since the date of the most recent report delivered pursuant to this clause (y) (or, in the case of the first such report so delivered, since the Closing Date);

(c) (i) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a detailed consolidated budget in the form provided to the board of directors of Holdings for the following fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of each fiscal quarter of such fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget and projections with respect to such fiscal year (collectively, the “Projections”) and (ii) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(c) , copies of all financial and other information delivered to the Board of Directors of the Borrower for such month, excluding any material determined by the Borrower in good faith to be highly sensitive or confidential (including, without limitation, as to compensation);

(d) promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (other than routine comment letters from the staff of the SEC relating to the Borrower’s filings with the SEC);

(e) within five days after the same are sent, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other material report that the Borrower sends to the holders of any class of the Borrower’s debt securities or public equity securities and, within five days after the same are filed, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or with any national securities exchange, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(f) upon request by the Administrative Agent, within five days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of the Group Members;

(g) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(a) , a report of a reputable insurance broker with respect to the insurance coverage required to be maintained pursuant to Section 6.6 and the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, together with any supplemental reports with respect thereto which the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and

 

72


(h) promptly, such additional financial and other information as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

6.3 [Reserved].

6.4 Payment of Obligations; Taxes.

(a) Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its material obligations (including all Taxes and Other Taxes imposed by law on an applicable Loan Party) of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member.

(b) File or cause to be filed all Federal, all income and all other material state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed.

6.5 Maintenance of Existence; Compliance. (a)(i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain or obtain all Governmental Approvals and all other rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business or necessary for the performance by such Person of its Obligations under any Loan Document, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 and except, in the case of clause (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) comply with all Contractual Obligations (including with respect to leasehold interests of the Borrower) and Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) comply with all Governmental Approvals, and any term, condition, rule, filing or fee obligation, or other requirement related thereto, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to: (1) maintain each Pension Plan in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or other Federal or state law; (2) cause each Pension Plan to maintain its qualified status under Section 401(a) of the Code; (3) make all required contributions to any Pension Plan; (4) not become a party to any Multiemployer Plan; (5) ensure that all liabilities under each Pension Plan are either (x) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing such Pension Plan; (y) insured with a reputable insurance company; or (z) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto; and (6) ensure that the contributions or premium payments to or in respect of each Pension Plan are and continue to be promptly paid at no less than the rates required under the rules of such Pension Plan and in accordance with the most recent actuarial advice received in relation to such Pension Plan and applicable law.

6.6 Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) To the extent commercially reasonable, keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability, product liability and business interruption) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business, such insurance policies to be in form and amounts and having such coverage as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

6.7 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and

 

73


(b) except subject to the following sentence, permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and any Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time and as often as may reasonably be desired and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with officers, directors and employees of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants. Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (in which case such visits and inspections shall occur at the Borrower’s expense as often as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine is necessary), such visits and inspections at the Borrower’s expense shall not be undertaken more frequently than once per year and such other visits which are not at the Borrower’s expense shall not be undertaken more frequently than twice per year without the Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).

6.8 Notices. Promptly after a senior officer of a Loan Party has knowledge or becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, give written notice to the Administrative Agent of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member that, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between any Group Member and any Governmental Authority that, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any litigation or proceeding affecting any Group Member (i) in which the amount involved is $500,000 or more and not covered by insurance, (ii) in which injunctive or similar relief is sought against any Group Member, or (iii) which relates to any Loan Document;

(d) (i) promptly after the Borrower has knowledge or becomes aware of the occurrence of any of the following events affecting any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates (but in no event more than ten days after such event), the occurrence of any of the following events, and shall provide the Administrative Agent with a copy of any notice with respect to such event that may be required to be filed with a Governmental Authority and any notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates with respect to such event, if such event could reasonably be expected to result in liability in excess of $100,000 of any Loan Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates: (A) an ERISA Event, (B) the adoption of any new Pension Plan by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (C) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan, if such amendment will result in a material increase in benefits or unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), or (D) the commencement of contributions by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to any Pension Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code; and

(ii) upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent after the giving, sending or filing thereof, or the receipt thereof, copies of each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates with the IRS with respect to each Pension Plan; and

(iii) promptly after the receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates, all notices from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event that could reasonably be expected to result in a liability in excess of $250,000 of any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates;

 

74


(e) (i) any Asset Sale undertaken by any Group Member, (ii) any issuance by any Group Member of any Capital Stock (other than stock options or Capital Stock granted to employees or directors and directors’ qualifying shares, in each case, in the ordinary course of business), (iii) any incurrence by any Group Member of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness constituting Loans) in a principal amount equaling or exceeding $500,000, and (iv) with respect to any such Asset Sale, issuance of Capital Stock or incurrence of Indebtedness, the amount of any cash proceeds received by such Group Member in connection therewith;

(f) any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party; and

(g) any development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.8 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.

6.9 Environmental Laws.

(a) Materially comply with, and take commercially reasonable steps to ensure material compliance in all material respects by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, and ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws.

(b) Materially conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly materially comply with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws.

6.10 Operating Accounts. Continue to maintain Holdings and its domestic Subsidiaries’ primary depository and operating accounts and securities accounts with SVB or with SVB’s Affiliates.

6.11 Audits. The Administrative Agent and its agents will be permitted, at reasonable times, on three (3) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy the Borrower’s books and records. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as the Administrative Agent shall determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at the Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be $850 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent the Administrative Agent’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and the Administrative Agent schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and the Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than five (5) days written notice to the Administrative Agent, then (without limiting any of the Administrative Agent’s rights or remedies), the Borrower shall pay the Administrative Agent a fee of $1,000 plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent to compensate the Administrative Agent for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

 

75


6.12 Additional Collateral, Etc.

(a) With respect to any property (to the extent included in the definition of Collateral) acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than (x) any property described in paragraph (b), (c) or (d) below, and (y) any property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g) ) as to which the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien, promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days or such longer period of time agreed to by the Administrative Agent) (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or advisable to evidence that such Loan Party is a Guarantor and to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Administrative Agent to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority (except as expressly permitted by Section 7.3 ) security interest and Lien in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent.

(b) With respect to any fee interest in any real property having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $500,000 acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g) ), promptly, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, (i) execute and deliver a first priority Mortgage (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.3 ), in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property, (ii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, provide the Lenders with (x) title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent) as well as a current ALTA survey thereof, together with a surveyor’s certificate, and (y) any consents or estoppels reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent in connection with such Mortgage creating a valid first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.3 ), each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (iii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) With respect to any new Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition), promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest and Lien in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned directly or indirectly by such Loan Party, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents and instruments as may be reasonably required to grant, perfect, protect and ensure the priority of such security interest, including but not limited to, the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, (iii) cause such Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (B) to take such actions as are necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Administrative Agent to grant to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected first priority security interest and Lien in the Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, with respect to such Subsidiary, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent and (C) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of such Subsidiary, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with appropriate insertions and attachments,

 

76


and (iv) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) With respect to any new Excluded Foreign Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest and Lien in the Capital Stock of such new Excluded Foreign Subsidiary that is owned by any such Loan Party ( provided that in no event shall more than 66% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock of any such new Excluded Foreign Subsidiary be required to be so pledged), (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, and take such other action (including, as applicable, the delivery of any security documents governed by foreign law reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent) as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein, and (iii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Each Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts (which shall not require any Loan Party to agree to any modification to any existing lease or to payment of any fees other than the landlord’s legal or out-of-pocket costs in connection with negotiating the landlord’s agreement or bailee letter) to obtain a landlord’s agreement or bailee letter, as applicable, from the lessor of its headquarters location, and unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, from the lessor of or the bailee related to any other location where Collateral in excess of $250,000 in book value is stored or located in the United States, which agreement or letter, in any such case, shall contain a waiver or subordination of all Liens or claims that the landlord or bailee may assert against the Collateral at that location, and shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent. After the Closing Date, in the case of real property or warehouse space where in excess of $250,000 of Collateral is stored or located shall be leased by any Loan Party and no Inventory (in excess of $250,000) Borrower shall use commercially reasonable steps to obtain a landlord agreement or bailee letter, as appropriate, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with respect to such location. Each Loan Party shall pay and perform its material obligations under all leases and other agreements with respect to each leased location or public warehouse where any Collateral is or may be located.

6.13 [Reserved].

6.14 Insider Subordinated Indebtedness. Cause any Insider Indebtedness owing by any Loan Party to become Insider Subordinated Indebtedness (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, in respect of any such Insider Indebtedness in existence as of the Closing Date or (b) contemporaneously with the incurrence thereof, in respect of any such Insider Indebtedness incurred at any time after the Closing Date.

6.15 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of each credit extension only for the purposes specified in Section 4.16 .

6.16 Designated Senior Indebtedness. Cause the Loan Documents and all of the Obligations to be deemed “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereto, if applicable, for purposes of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Loan Parties.

 

77


6.17 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take such further action as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary to perfect, protect, ensure the priority of or continue the Administrative Agent’s Lien on the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 7

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby agrees that, at all times prior to the Discharge of Obligations, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

7.1 Financial Condition Covenants.

(a) Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings, measured on the last day of each quarter of Holdings, to be less than 1.25:1.00.

(a) Consolidated Leverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings, measured on the last day of each quarter of Holdings, to exceed 2.50:1.00.

7.2 Indebtedness. Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Indebtedness of (i) any Loan Party owing to any other Loan Party, (ii) any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) to any other Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party); (iii) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any Loan Party to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by and subject to the limitations of Section 7.8(e)(iii); and (iv) any Loan Party to Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties; provided that such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(c) Guarantee Obligations (i) of any Loan Party of the Indebtedness of any other Loan Party; (ii) of any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) of the Indebtedness of any Loan Party, or (iii) by any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) of the Indebtedness of any other Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party), provided that, in any case (i), (ii) or (iii), the Indebtedness so guaranteed is otherwise permitted by the terms hereof;

(d) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.2(d) and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(e) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.3(g) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000, and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(f) Surety Indebtedness and any other Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, banker’s acceptances or similar arrangements, provided that the aggregate amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding at any time shall not exceed $500,000;

 

78


(g) unsecured Indebtedness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount, for all such Indebtedness taken together, not to exceed $500,000 at any one time outstanding;

(h) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries existing or arising under any Specified Swap Agreement, provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in accordance with Section 7.13 and not for purposes of speculation;

(i) Indebtedness of a Person (other than a Loan Party or one of their respective Subsidiaries which constituted a Subsidiary prior to the consummation of the applicable merger referenced below) existing at the time such Person is merged with or into a Loan Party or a Subsidiary or becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Indebtedness was not, in any case, incurred by such other Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such merger or acquisition, (ii) such merger or acquisition constitutes a Permitted Acquisition, and (iii) with respect to any such Person who becomes a Subsidiary, (A) such Subsidiary is the only obligor in respect of such Indebtedness, and (B) to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to be secured hereunder, only the assets of such Subsidiary secure such Indebtedness;

(j) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with health or other types of social security benefits, unemployment or other insurance obligations, reclamation and statutory obligations, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Indebtedness in the form of purchase price adjustments, earn-outs, deferred compensation, or other arrangements representing acquisition consideration or deferred payments of a similar nature incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted by Section 7.8 (collectively, “Deferred Payment Obligations”);

(m) Unsecured Indebtedness of the Loan Parties owing to employees, former employees, officers, former officers, directors, former directors (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing) in connection with the repurchase of Capital Stock of any Loan Party issued to any of the aforementioned employees, former employees, officers, former officers, directors, former directors (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing) not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding; and

(n) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations underlying Restricted Payments to the extent such obligations are permitted to be paid under Section 7.6 .

7.3 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

(a) Liens for Taxes, assessment or governmental charges, or levies not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Group Member in conformity with GAAP;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, workmen’s repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

79


(c) Liens imposed by Requirements of Law, pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar charges or encumbrances or minor title deficiencies on or with respect to any real property, in each case, whether now or hereafter in existence, incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and that do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Group Member;

(f) Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 7.3(f) and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute for a Lien securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(e) ; provided that (i) no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property after the Closing Date, (ii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased, (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured thereby is permitted by Section 7.2(d) ;

(g) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(e) to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets; provided that (i) such Liens shall be created substantially simultaneously or within three (3) months after the acquisition of such fixed or capital assets, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and proceeds from the disposition of such property, (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased; and (iv) the amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed $2,500,000;

(h) Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;

(i) any interest or title of a lessor or licensor under any lease or license entered into by a Group Member in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased or licensed;

(j) judgment Liens that do not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 8.1(h) of this Agreement;

(k) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability for premiums to insurance carriers;

(l) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash, Cash Equivalents, securities, commodities and other funds on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by a Group Member, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks, other depositary institutions, securities or commodities intermediaries or brokerages with which such accounts are maintained securing amounts owing to such banks or financial institutions with respect to cash management and operating account management or are arising under Section 4-208 or 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection;

(m) (i) cash deposits and liens on cash and Cash Equivalents pledged to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2(f) , (ii) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit permitted by Section 7.2(f) that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit, and (iii) Liens securing Obligations under any Specified Swap Agreements permitted by Section 7.2(i) ;

 

80


(n) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of such Group Member

(o) Liens of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, covering only the items being collected upon;

(p) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by, merged into or consolidated with a Loan Party or becomes a Subsidiary of a Loan Party or acquired by a Loan Party; provided that (i) such Liens were not created in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or Investment, (ii) such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those of such Person, and (iii) the applicable Indebtedness secured by such Lien is permitted under Section 7.2 ;

(q) the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clause (m) above upon or in the same property theretofore subject thereto or the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or change in any direct or contingent obligor) of the Indebtedness secured thereby; and

(r) Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.3 securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2 so long as neither (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured thereby nor (ii) the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the date such Lien is incurred) of the assets subject thereto exceeds (as to all Group Members) $500,000 at any one time.

7.4 Fundamental Changes. Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business, except that:

(a) any Loan Party or Subsidiary of a Loan Party may be merged or consolidated with or into a Loan Party ( provided that such Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person);

(b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets (i) pursuant to any liquidation or other transaction that results in the assets of such Subsidiary being transferred to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or (ii) pursuant to a Disposition permitted by Section 7.5 ; and

(c) any Investment expressly permitted by Section 7.8 may be structured as a merger, consolidation or amalgamation.

7.5 Disposition of Property. Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary of Holdings, issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any Person, except:

(a) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property in the ordinary course of business and the abandonment or Disposition of Intellectual Property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower, not material to the operation of the applicable Loan Party’s business;

(b) Dispositions of Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

81


(c) Dispositions permitted by clause (i) of Section 7.4(b) ;

(d) the sale or issuance of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Holdings to any Loan Party;

(e) the use or transfer of money, cash or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(f) (i) the non-exclusive licensing or sub-licensing of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business;

(g) the Disposition of property (i) by any Loan Party to any other Loan Party, (ii) by any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) to any other Group Member, and (iii) by any Loan Party to any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) pursuant to an Investment permitted under Section 7.8(e)(iii) ;

(h) Dispositions of property subject to a Casualty Event;

(i) leases or subleases of Real Property and security deposits required pursuant thereto;

(j) the sale or discount without recourse of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof;

(k) any abandonment, cancellation, non-renewal or discontinuance of use or maintenance of Intellectual Property (or rights relating thereto) of any Group Member that the Borrower determines in good faith is desirable in the conduct of its business and not materially disadvantageous to the interests of the Lenders;

(l) Dispositions of other property having a fair market value not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate for any fiscal year of the Borrower, provided that at the time of any such Disposition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Disposition; and

(m) payments permitted under Section 7.6 , Investments permitted under Section 7.8 , and Liens permitted under Section 7.3 ;

(n) (x) discounts of or forgiveness of accounts receivable or in connection with the collection or compromise thereof, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, and (y) sales, transfers and other Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with collection thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Dispositions resulting from any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding, of any property or asset of a Group Member in an amount not to exceed, together with Dispositions permitted pursuant to clause (l) above, $1,000,000 in the aggregate for any fiscal year of the Borrower; and

(p) Disposition of assets acquired by a Loan Party pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition of a Loan Party disposed of within twelve (12) months after the date of the Permitted Acquisition so long as the consideration received for the assets to be so disposed is at least equal to the fair market value thereof and, at the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent, applied in reduction of the Obligations.

 

82


provided , however , that any Disposition made pursuant to this Section 7.5 shall be made in good faith on an arm’s length basis for fair value.

7.6 Restricted Payments. Make any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness, declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock of the Person making such dividend) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Group Member, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of any Group Member (collectively, “Restricted Payments”), except that, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:

(a) any Group Member may (i) make Restricted Payments to any Borrower and (ii) declare and make dividends which are payable solely in the common Capital Stock of such Group Member;

(b) each Loan Party may, purchase common Capital Stock or common Capital Stock options from present or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of any Group Member upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such director, officer, employee or consultant; provided that the aggregate amount of payments made under this clause (b) shall not exceed $250,000 during any fiscal year of the Borrower;

(c) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make payments in respect of purchase price adjustments in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; and

(d) other Restricted Payments disclosed on Schedule 7.6(d).

7.7 [RESERVED].

7.8 Investments. Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guarantee or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “Investments”), except, without duplication:

(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(c) Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 7.2 ;

(d) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of any Group Member in the ordinary course of business (including for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) in an aggregate amount for all Group Members not to exceed $250,000 at any one time outstanding;

(e) intercompany Investments by (i) any Group Member in a Loan Party, (ii) any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) in any other Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) and any Group Member, or (iii) any Loan Party to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, provided that (A) the aggregate amount of all such Investments (including, without limitation, transactions contemplated by Section 7.2(b)(iii) and Section 7.5(g)(iii) ) made pursuant to this clause (iii) shall not exceed $5,000,000 in

 

83


any fiscal year of the Borrower or $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any time during the term of this Agreement and (B) immediately before and immediately after making such Investment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(f) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection or deposit;

(g) Investments received in settlement of amounts due to any Group Member effected in the ordinary course of business or owing to such Group Member as a result of Insolvency Proceedings involving an Account Debtor or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of such Group Member;

(h) (i) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions, and (ii) Investments held by any Person as of the date such Person is acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, provided that (A) such Investments were not made, in any case, by such Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition, and (B) with respect to any such Person which becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such Permitted Acquisition, such Subsidiary remains the only holder of such Investment;

(i) deposits made to secure the performance of leases, licenses or contracts in the ordinary course of business, and other deposits made in connection with the incurrence of Liens permitted under Section 7.3 ;

(j) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.5 , to the extent not exceeding the limits specified therein with respect to the receipt of non-cash consideration in connection with such Dispositions; customers;

(k) Investments consisting of loans to customers to finance purchases by such

(l) Investments listed on Schedule 7.8(l); and

(m) purchases or other acquisitions by any Group Member of the Capital Stock in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation) or all or substantially all of the assets of, or assets constituting one or more business units of, any Person (each, a “Permitted Acquisition”); provided that, with respect to each such purchase or other acquisition:

(i) the newly-created or acquired Subsidiary (or assets acquired in connection with an asset sale) shall be (x) in the same or a related line of business as that conducted by the Borrower on the date hereof, or (y) in a business that is ancillary to and in furtherance of the line of business as that conducted by the Borrower on the date hereof;

(ii) all transactions related to such purchase or acquisition shall be consummated in all material respects in accordance with all Requirements of Law;

(iii) no Loan Party shall, as a result of or in connection with any such purchase or acquisition, assume or incur any direct or contingent liabilities (whether relating to environmental, tax, litigation or other matters) that, as of the date of such purchase or acquisition, could reasonably be expected to result in the existence or incurrence of a Material Adverse Effect;

 

84


(iv) the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at least fifteen (15) Business Days’ prior written notice of any such purchase or acquisition;

(v) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent all material acquisition documents and to the extent required in the acquisition documents, the Borrower shall have received all required regulatory and third party approvals;

(vi) if requested by the Administrative Agent delivery by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of copies of environmental assessments, if any, performed or delivered in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, in each case satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,

(vii) except with respect to an acquisition in which the acquisition consideration is less than $5,000,000, delivery by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of a description of the proposed acquisition, and (ii) to the extent available, a due diligence package, in each case, prior to closing of the acquisition;

(viii) any such newly-created or acquired Subsidiary, or the Loan Party that is the acquirer of assets in connection with an asset acquisition, shall comply with the requirements of Section 6.12 , except to the extent compliance with Section 6.12 is prohibited by pre-existing Contractual Obligations or Requirements of Law binding on such Subsidiary or its properties;

(ix) (x) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (y) immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with each of the covenants set forth in Section 7.1 , based upon financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent, at least five Business Days prior to such acquisition which give effect, on a Pro Forma Basis, to such acquisition or other purchase and (z) immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio covenant set forth in Section 7.1 less 0.50x;

(x) no Indebtedness is assumed or incurred in connection with any such purchase or acquisition other than Indebtedness permitted by the terms of Section 7.2(i) ;

(xi) such purchase or acquisition shall not constitute an Unfriendly Acquisition;

(xii) the aggregate amount of the cash consideration (including costs and expenses, Deferred Payment Obligations and indebtedness assumed and/or incurred in connection therewith) paid by such Group Member in connection with all Permitted Acquisitions shall not exceed $25,000,000 during the term of this Agreement;

(xiii) the person or assets being acquired are organized or located within the United States (other than acquisitions the aggregate amount of cash consideration (including costs and expenses, Deferred Payment Obligations and indebtedness assumed and/or incurred in connection therewith) which does not exceed $10,000,000 (which acquisitions shall be subject to such conditions as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent on a case by case basis);

(xiv) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent historical financial information in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent demonstrating that the person being acquired did not have negative EBITDA in excess of $5,000,000 for the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the proposed acquisition; and

 

85


(xv) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, at least five Business Days prior to the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is to be consummated (or such later date as is agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this definition have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition.

7.9 ERISA. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to: (a) terminate any Pension Plan so as to result in any material liability to such Person or any of such Person’s ERISA Affiliates, (b) permit to exist any ERISA Event, or any other event or condition, which presents the risk of a material liability to any of their respective ERISA Affiliates, (c) make a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of ERISA Section 4201) from any Multiemployer Plan so as to result in any material liability to such Person or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates, (d) enter into any new Pension Plan or modify any existing Pension Plan so as to increase its obligations thereunder which could result in any material liability to any such Person or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates, (e) permit the present value of all nonforfeitable accrued benefits under any Pension Plan (using the actuarial assumptions utilized by the PBGC upon termination of a Pension Plan) materially to exceed the fair market value of Pension Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all determined as of the most recent valuation date for each such Pension Plan, or (f) engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation, or action taken or to be taken, hereunder (or the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any of its rights under this Agreement, any Note or the other Loan Documents) to be a non- exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

7.10 Modifications of Certain Preferred Stock and Debt Instruments. (a) Amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of the Preferred Stock, if any (i) that would move to an earlier date the scheduled redemption date or increase the amount of any scheduled redemption payment or increase the rate or move to an earlier date any date for payment of dividends thereon if such earlier date would be less than three (3) months after the Maturity Date or (ii) that would be otherwise materially adverse to any Lender or any other Secured Party; or (b) other than pursuant to any refinancing or replacement of Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2 , amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2 (other than Indebtedness pursuant to any Loan Document) that would shorten the maturity (but only to the extent such shortening would result in the maturity of such Indebtedness to be prior to three (3) months after the Maturity Date) or increase the amount of any payment of principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or shorten any date for payment of interest thereon or that would be otherwise materially adverse to any Lender or any other Secured Party.

7.11 Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than any other Loan Party) unless such transaction is (a) otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (b) in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Group Member, and (c) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Group Member than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, except that the following shall be permitted:

(a) reasonable and customary director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans) and indemnification arrangements;

 

86


(b) any issuance or sale that is otherwise permitted by this Agreement by Holdings after the Closing Date of any Capital Stock of Holdings to Affiliates, directors, officers or employees of the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

(c) subject to Section 7.2(b)(iii) and Section 7.8(e)(iii), transactions with other direct and indirect Subsidiaries of Holdings consisting of the cross-selling of products, the payment and receipt of sales commissions and customary transfer pricing among Affiliates, provided in each case, such transactions are in the ordinary course of business on an arm’s length basis and for fair consideration; and

(d) transactions exclusively among or between non-Loan Parties.

7.12 Sale Leaseback Transactions. Enter into any Sale Leaseback Transaction unless (a) the Disposition of the applicable property subject to such Sale Leaseback Transaction is permitted under Section 7.5 (including with respect to the application of the cash proceeds received in connection therewith), and (b) any Liens in the property of any Loan Party incurred in connection with any such Sale Leaseback Transaction are permitted under Section 7.3 .

7.13 Swap Agreements. Enter into any Swap Agreement, except Specified Swap Agreements which are entered into by a Group Member to (a) hedge or mitigate risks to which such Group Member has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Capital Stock), or (b) effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of such Group Member.

7.14 Accounting Changes. Make any change in its (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or (b) fiscal year.

7.15 Negative Pledge Clauses. Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its Obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby), (c) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and other agreements, (d) any agreement evidencing an asset sale, as to the assets being sold, and (e) agreements that are customary provisions restricting assignment or transfer of any contract entered into in the ordinary course of business.

7.16 Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions. Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Loan Party and any of their respective Subsidiaries to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or to pay any Indebtedness owed to, any other Group Member, (b) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, any other Group Member, or (c) transfer any of its assets to any other Group Member, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing under the Loan Documents, (ii) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with a Disposition permitted hereby of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (iii) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and other agreements, (iv) restrictions of the nature referred to in clause (c) above under agreements governing purchase money liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby which restrictions are only effective against the assets financed thereby, (v) agreements binding on a Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary first becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such agreements were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower, or (vi) the transfer of any property subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.3 .

 

87


7.17 Lines of Business. Enter into any business, either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement or that are reasonably related, ancillary or incidental thereto.

7.18 Designation of other Indebtedness. Designate any Indebtedness or indebtedness other than the Obligations as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereto, if applicable.

7.19 Certification of Certain Equity Interests. Take any action to certificate any Equity Interests having been pledged to the Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) which were uncertificated at the time so pledged, in any such case, without first obtaining the Administrative Agent’s prior written consent to do so and undertaking to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent all such actions as may reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent to continue the perfection of its Liens (held for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) in any such newly certificated Equity Interests.

7.20 Amendments to Organizational Agreements and Material Contracts. (a) Amend or permit any amendments to any Loan Party’s organizational documents; or (b) amend or permit any amendments to, or terminate or waive any provision of, any material Contractual Obligation, in each case under (a) or (b) if such amendment, termination, or waiver would be adverse to Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any material respect.

7.21 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, in each case in violation of, or for a purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with, Regulation T, U or X of the Board.

7.22 Subordinated Debt. Make any voluntary or optional payment, prepayment or repayment on, redemption, exchange or acquisition for value of, or any sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Debt, except as permitted by the subordination provisions in the applicable loan documents with respect thereto and any subordination agreement with respect thereto in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

7.23 Anti-Terrorism Laws. Conduct, deal in or engage in or permit any Affiliate or agent of any Loan Party within its control to conduct, deal in or engage in any of the following activities: (a) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any person blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 (“Blocked Person”), including the making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person; (b) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; or (c) engage in on conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or the Patriot Act. The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders any certification or other evidence reasonably requested from time to time by the Administrative Agent or any Lender confirming the Borrower’s compliance with this Section 7.23 .

7.24 Certain Deposit Accounts. Maintain cash, Cash Equivalents, or other amounts, in each case, that are credited to foreign deposit accounts or foreign securities accounts (or, as to any Subsidiary

 

88


that is not a Loan Party, maintain cash or Cash Equivalents or any amounts credited to any deposit accounts or securities accounts), taken as a whole, in an aggregate amount in excess of $100,000 at any time.

SECTION 8

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

8.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any amount of principal of any Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof (including Section 2.8 ); or the Borrower shall fail to pay any amount of interest on any Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within three (3) Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document (i) if qualified by materiality, shall be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made, or (ii) if not qualified by materiality, shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(c) (i) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 5.3 , Section 6.1 , clause (i) or (ii) of Section 6.5(a) , Section 6.6(b) , Section 6.8(a) , Section 6.10 , Section 6.15 or Section 7 of this Agreement or (ii) an “Event of Default” under and as defined in any Security Document shall have occurred and be continuing; or

(d) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is party (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days thereafter; or

(e) (1) any Group Member shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation, but excluding the Loans) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest, fees, costs or expenses on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; (iii) default in making any payment or delivery under any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in such Swap Agreement; or (iv) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to (x) cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of, or, in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement, counterparty under, such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder, beneficiary, or counterparty) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement) to be terminated, or (y) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, any Group Member to purchase or redeem or make an offer to purchase or redeem such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity; provided that, unless such Indebtedness constitutes a Specified Swap Agreement, a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this paragraph

 

89


(e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount (and, in the case of Swap Agreements, other than Specified Swap Agreements, the Swap Termination Value) of which, individually or in the aggregate of all such Indebtedness, exceeds in the aggregate $1,000,000; or (2) any material default or event of default (however designated) shall occur with respect to any Subordinated Indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000 of any Group Member; or

(f) (i) any Group Member shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (a) under any Debtor Relief Law seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (b) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, judicial manager or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Group Member shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (a) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment, or (b) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 45 days ( provided that, during such 45 day period, no Loans shall be advanced or Letters of Credit issued hereunder); or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 45 days from the entry thereof ( provided that, during such 45 day period, no Loans shall be advanced or Letters of Credit issued hereunder); or (iv) any Group Member shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) any Group Member shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) There shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or otherwise is associated with liability of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in excess of $750,000 during the term of this Agreement; or there exists an amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities) which exceeds $750,000; or

(h) There is entered against any Group Member (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money or fines or penalties issued by any Governmental Authority involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of $1,000,000 or more, or (ii) one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case (i) or (ii), (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor or any such Governmental Authority, as applicable, upon such judgment, order, penalty or fine, as applicable, or (B) such judgment, order, penalty or fine, as applicable, shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded, as applicable, pending appeal within 20 Business Days from the entry or issuance thereof; or

(i) (i) any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect (other than pursuant to the terms thereof), or any Loan Party shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby; or

 

90


(ii) there shall be commenced against any Loan Party any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 10 days from the entry thereof; or

(iii) any court order enjoins, restrains or prevents a Loan Party from conducting all or any material part of its business; or

(j) the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party shall so assert; or

(k) a Change of Control shall occur; or

(l) any of the Governmental Approvals necessary for any Group Member to operate in the ordinary course shall have been (i) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (ii) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of the Governmental Approvals or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (i) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or nonrenewal (A) has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, or (B) materially adversely affects the legal qualifications of any Group Member to hold any material Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or nonrenewal could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the status of or legal qualifications of any Group Member to hold any material Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction; or

(m) Any Loan Document not otherwise referenced in Section 8.1(i) or (j) , at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or the Discharge of Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or any further liability or obligation under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any such Loan Document.

8.2 Remedies upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) of Section 8.1 with respect to the Borrower, the Commitments shall immediately terminate automatically and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall automatically immediately become due and payable, and

(b) if such event is any other Event of Default, any of the following actions may be taken: (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower declare the Revolving Commitments, the Swingline Commitments and the L/C Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Commitments, the Swingline Commitments and the L/C Commitments shall immediately terminate; (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and

 

91


the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable; (iii) SVB and any of its Affiliates, as applicable, may terminate any foreign exchange service agreements or other Bank Services Agreement then outstanding; and (iv) exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender under the Loan Documents. With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit. Amounts so Cash Collateralized shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other Obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in accordance with Section 8.3. In addition, (x) the Borrower shall also Cash Collateralize the full amount of any Swingline Loans then outstanding, and (y) to the extent elected by SVB or any of its applicable Affiliates, the Borrower shall also Cash Collateralize the amount of any Obligations in respect of Bank Services then outstanding. After all such Letters of Credit and Bank Services Agreements shall have been terminated, expired or fully drawn upon, as applicable, and all amounts drawn under any such Letters of Credit shall have been reimbursed in full and all other Obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties (including any such Obligations arising in connection with Bank Services) shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, of the funds having been so Cash Collateralized shall be returned to the Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto). Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

8.3 Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.2 , any amounts received by the Administrative Agent on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First , to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest but including any Collateral-Related Expenses, fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Sections 2.19 , 2.20 and 2.21 ) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such (including interest thereon);

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender (including any Letter of Credit Fronting Fees, Issuing Lender Fees and the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the Issuing Lender and amounts payable under Sections 2.19 , 2.20 and 2.21 ), any Qualified Counterparties, and SVB and any of its applicable Affiliates (as provider(s) of Bank Services), in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest in respect of any Bank Services and on the Loans and L/C Disbursements which have not yet been converted into Revolving Loans, and to payment of premiums and other fees (including any interest thereon) under any Specified Swap Agreements and any Bank Services Agreements, in each case, ratably among the Lenders, the Issuing Lender, SVB and any of its applicable Affiliates (as provider(s) of Bank Services), and any Qualified Counterparties, in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the

 

92


Loans, L/C Disbursements which have not yet been converted into Revolving Loans, and settlement amounts, payment amounts and other termination payment obligations under any Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services Agreements, in each case, ratably among the Lenders, the Issuing Lender, SVB and any of its applicable Affiliates (as provider(s) of Bank Services, and any applicable Qualified Counterparties, in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender, to Cash Collateralize that portion of the L/C Exposure comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.10 ;

Sixth , if so elected by the applicable Bank Services Provider, to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank Services Provider, to Cash Collateralize then-outstanding Obligations arising in connection with Bank Services;

Seventh , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are then due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date;

Eighth , for the account of any applicable Qualified Counterparty, to Cash Collateralize Obligations arising under any then outstanding Specified Swap Agreements, in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Eighth payable to them; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full (excluding, for this purpose, any Obligations which have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Sections 2.24(a) , 3.4 , 3.5 and 3.10 , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral for Letters of Credit after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

SECTION 9

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

9.1 Appointment and Authority.

(a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints SVB to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(b) The provisions of Section 9 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities to any Lender or any other Person, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties,

 

93


obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the collateral agent under the Loan Documents, and the Issuing Lender and each of the other Lenders (in their respective capacities as a Lender and, as applicable, Qualified Counterparty or provider of Bank Services) hereby irrevocably (i) authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into all other Loan Documents, as applicable, including the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any subordination agreements and any other Security Documents, and (ii) appoint and authorize the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of the Secured Parties for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent, as collateral agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 9 and Section 10 (including Section 9.7 , as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the collateral agent under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent is further authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action, or permit the any co- agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent to take any action, with respect to any Collateral or the Loan Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Liens upon any Collateral granted pursuant to any Loan Document.

9.2 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub- agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facilities provided for herein as well as activities as the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub agents.

9.3 Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder and thereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not:

(a) be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether any Default or any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required

 

94


Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), as applicable; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and

(c) except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by any Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 8.2 and 10.1 ), or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 5.1 , Section 5.2 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

9.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for any of the Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason

 

95


of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.

9.5 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice in writing from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action or refrain from taking such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

9.6 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Group Member or any affiliate of a Group Member, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Group Members and their affiliates and made its own credit analysis and decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Group Members and their affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Group Member or any Affiliate of a Group Member that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or affiliates.

9.7 Indemnification. Each of the Lenders agrees to indemnify each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender and each of its Related Parties in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to do so) according to its Aggregate Exposure Percentage in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 9.7 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, in accordance with its Aggregate Exposure Percentage immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or

 

96


asserted against the Administrative Agent or such other Person in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent or such other Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing and any other amounts not reimbursed by the Borrower or such other Loan Party; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the Administrative Agent’s or such other Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and that with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender solely in its capacity as such, only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such payment to be made severally among them based on such Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought). The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

9.8 Agent in Its Individual Capacity. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

9.9 Successor Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

(b) If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

(c) With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed and such collateral security is assigned

 

97


to such successor Administrative Agent) and (ii) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as the Administrative Agent.

9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters. The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

(a) to release any Lien on any Collateral or other property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon the Discharge of Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements (other than Letters of Credit, Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements the Obligations in respect of which have been Cash Collateralized in an amount equal to 103% thereof in accordance with the terms hereof or as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, provider of Bank Services or any applicable Qualified Counterparty, as applicable, shall have been made), (ii) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) subject to Section 10.1 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;

(b) to subordinate any Lien on any Collateral or other property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Sections 7.3(g) and (i) ; and

(c) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents.

(d) Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10 .

(e) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

 

98


(f) No Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any Guarantee of the Secured Obligations, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall a Secured Party be restricted hereunder from filing a proof of claim in an Insolvency Proceeding. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Party (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition. Each Secured Party, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and of the Guarantees of the Secured Obligations provided under the Loan Documents, to have agreed to the foregoing provisions. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation thereof, no Swap Agreement the obligations under which constitute Secured Obligations will create (or be deemed to create) in favor of any Secured Party that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Loan Party under any Loan Document except as expressly provided in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. By accepting the benefits of the Collateral, each Secured Party that is a party to any such Hedging Agreement shall be deemed to have appointed the Administrative Agent to serve as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents and agreed to be bound by the Loan Documents as a Secured Party thereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in this paragraph.

9.11 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or Obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated), by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, Obligations in respect of any Letter of Credit and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.9 and 10.5 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.9 and 10.5 .

 

99


Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

9.12 No Other Duties, Etc.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the “Bookrunners” or “Co-Lead Arrangers” listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender hereunder.

9.13 Survival.

This Section 9 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.

SECTION 10

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Neither this Agreement, nor any other Loan Document (other than any L/C Related Document and other than any Bank Services Agreement), nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.1 . The Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (i) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (A) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (A)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Revolving Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (B) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 10.1 without the written consent of such Lender; (C) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; (D) (i) amend, modify or waive the pro rata requirements of Section 2.18 in a manner that adversely affects Revolving Lenders without the written consent of each Revolving Lender or (ii) amend, modify or waive the pro rata requirements of Section 2.18 in a manner that adversely affects the L/C Lenders without the written consent of each L/C Lender; (E) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders without the written consent of all Revolving Lenders; (F) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 9 without the written consent of the Administrative Agent; (G) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.6 or 2.7 without the written consent of the Swingline Lender;

 

100


(H) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 without the written consent of the Issuing Lender; or (I)(i) amend or modify the application of prepayments set forth in Section 2.12(e) or the application of payments set forth in Section 8.3 in a manner that adversely affects Revolving Lenders without the written consent of the Required Lenders, (ii) amend or modify the application of prepayments set forth in Section 2.12(e) or the application of payments set forth in Section 8.3 in a manner that adversely affects the L/C Lenders without the written consent of the L/C Lenders, or (iii) amend or modify the application of payments provisions set forth in Section 8.3 in a manner that adversely affects the Issuing Lender, provider of Bank Services or any Qualified Counterparty, as applicable, without the written consent of the Issuing Lender, provider of Bank Services or each such Qualified Counterparty, as applicable. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, provider of Bank Services, each Qualified Counterparty, and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured during the period such waiver is effective; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuing Lender may amend any of the L/C Documents without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 10.1(a) above, in the event that the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as applicable, requests that this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, as applicable, be amended or otherwise modified in a manner which would require the consent of all of the Lenders and such amendment or other modification is agreed to by the Borrower and/or such other Loan Party, as applicable, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent, then, with the consent of the Borrower and/or such other Loan Party, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as applicable, may be amended without the consent of the Lender or Lenders who are unwilling to agree to such amendment or other modification (each, a “Minority Lender”), to provide for:

(i) the termination of the Commitments of each such Minority Lender;

(ii) the assumption of the Loans and Commitments of each such Minority Lender by one or more Replacement Lenders pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.23 ; and

(iii) the payment of all interest, fees and other obligations payable or accrued in favor of each Minority Lender and such other modifications to this Agreement or to such Loan Documents as the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders may determine to be appropriate in connection therewith.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary but subject to the proviso in Section 10.1(a) , this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, and the Borrower, (i) to add one or more additional credit or term loan facilities to this Agreement and to permit all such additional extensions of credit and all related obligations and liabilities arising in connection therewith and from time to time outstanding thereunder to share ratably (or on a basis subordinated to the existing facilities hereunder) in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the obligations and liabilities from time to time outstanding in respect of the existing facilities hereunder, and (ii) in connection with the foregoing, to permit, as deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Required Lenders, the Lenders providing such additional credit facilities to participate in any required vote or action required to be approved by the Required Lenders.

 

101


(d) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Bank Services Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified by the parties thereto in accordance with the terms thereof without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

10.2 Notices.

(a) All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile or electronic mail), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of facsimile or electronic mail notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

 

Borrower:    Alarm.com Incorporated
   8150 Leesburg Pike, Suite 1400
   Vienna, Virginia 22182
   Attn: Ms. Jennifer Moyer
   Facsimile No.: (703) 342-4352
   E-Mail: jmoyer@alarm.com
   with a copy to:
   Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP
   Atlantic Station
   201 17 th Street NW, Suite 1700
   Atlanta, Georgia 30363
   Attention: William R. Gaines, Jr., Esq.
   Facsimile No.: (404) 322-6050
   E-Mail:
Administrative Agent:    Silicon Valley Bank
   275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200
   Newton, Massachusetts 02466
   Attention: Mr. Philip Silvia
   Facsimile No.: (617) 969-5478
   E-Mail: psilvia@svb.com
   with a copy to:
   Riemer & Braunstein, LLP
   3 Center Plaza
   Boston, Massachusetts 02108
   Attention: Charles W. Stavros, Esq.
   Facsimile No.: (617) 692-3441
   E-Mail: cstavros@riemerlaw.com

 

102


provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications (including email and Internet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (a) notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgment); and (b) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (a) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (a) and (b), if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

(d) (i) Each Loan Party agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “Platform”).

(ii) the Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the Borrower or the other Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform. “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through the Platform.

10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

103


10.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.

10.5 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the Facilities, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued or participated in hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender (including the Issuing Lender), and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related reasonable expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including the Borrower or any other Loan Party) other than such Indemnitee and its Related Parties arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Lender to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Materials of Environmental Concern on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. This Section 10.5(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

 

104


(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to any other Loan Document for any reason fails indefeasibly to pay any amount required under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Total Credit Exposure at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender); provided that with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender solely in its capacity as such, only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such payment to be made severally among them based on such Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) and provided further , that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph (c) are subject to the provisions of Sections 2.1 , 2.4 and 2.20(e) .

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit, or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in paragraph (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(e) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after demand therefor.

(f) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Loan Documents, the termination of the Commitments and the Discharge of Obligations.

10.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (which for purposes of this Section 10.6 shall include any Bank Service Provider (as provider of Bank Services)), except that neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of

 

105


this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that (in each case with respect to any Facility) any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts .

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments and/or the Loans at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Facility) or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds that equal at least the amount specified in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in paragraph (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitments (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $5,000,000, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans and/or the Commitments assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.

(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment by a Lender except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Borrower shall be required; provided that (1) no such consent shall be required during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default and (2) the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five Business Days after having received notice thereof;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of the Revolving Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of such Facility, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and

 

106


(C) the consent of the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Facility.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (payable by the parties to such assignment, not the Borrower); provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any such administrative questionnaire as the Administrative Agent may request.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made to (A) a Loan Party or any of a Loan Party’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B).

(vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons . No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person.

(vii) Certain Additional Payments . In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swingline Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in accordance with its Revolving Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19 , 2.20 , 2.21 and 10.5 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section.

 

107


(c) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in California a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than (x) a natural Person, (y) any Loan Party or any of any Loan Party’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (z) any Person that appears on the list of competitors of the Borrower as agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and as modified from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnities under Sections 2.20(e) and 9.7 with respect to any payments made by such Lender to its Participant(s).

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver which affects such Participant and for which the consent of such Lender is required (as described in Section 10.1 ). The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19 , 2.20 and 2.21 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.20(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.20(f) shall be delivered to such Participant)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.23 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.19 or 2.20 , with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in any Requirement of Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.23 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.7 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(k) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in

 

108


registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(e) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(f) Notes . The Borrower, upon receipt by the Borrower of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in Section 10.6 .

(g) Representations and Warranties of Lenders . Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon succeeding to an interest in the Commitments or Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Closing Date or as of the effective date of the applicable Assignment and Assumption that (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments, loans or investments such as the Commitments and Loans; and (iii) it will make or invest in its Commitments and Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of its business and without a view to distribution of such Commitments and Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.6 , the disposition of such Commitments and Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).

10.7 Adjustments; Set-off.

(a) Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender or to the Lenders under a particular Facility, if any Lender (a “Benefitted Lender”) shall, at any time after the Loans and other amounts payable hereunder shall immediately become due and payable pursuant to Section 8.2 , receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 8.1(f) , or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(b) Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower and each Loan Party, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, at any time held or owing, and any other credits,

 

109


indebtedness, claims or obligations, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender, its Affiliates or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or such other Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or its Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or such other Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided , that in the event that any Defaulting Lender or any of its Affiliates shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.23 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender or Affiliate thereof from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender or Affiliate thereof as to which it exercised such right of setoff. Each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application made by such Lender or any of its Affiliates; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender and its Affiliates under this Section 10.7 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Lender or its Affiliates may have.

10.8 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment or transfer by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or transfer or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. This Section 10.8 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.

10.9 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

110


10.10 Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments.

(a) This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic mail transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(b) The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

10.11 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.11 , if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited under or in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

10.12 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of the Borrower, the other Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

10.13 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. This Section 10.13 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.

10.14 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in the Southern District of the State of New York; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude the Administrative Agent or any Lender from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Administrative Agent or such Lender. The Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and the Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. The Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of

 

111


such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to the Borrower at the addresses set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of the Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid;

(b) WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL; and

(c) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

This Section 10.14 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.

10.15 Acknowledgements. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) none of the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

10.16 Releases of Guarantees and Liens.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by Section 10.1 ) to take any action requested by the Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or Guarantee Obligations (1) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 10.1 or (2) under the circumstances described in Section 10.16(b) below.

(b) At such time as the Loans and the other Obligations under the Loan Documents including, without limitation, obligations under Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services Agreements (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations under or in respect of Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services, to the extent no default or termination event shall have occurred thereunder) unless the obligations under such agreements have been Cash Collateralized or otherwise secured to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent and any Qualified Counterparty or provider of such Bank Services, as applicable, shall have been paid in full, the Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by

 

112


the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Security Documents shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.

10.17 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent required or requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners); (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law or if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding; (d) to any other party hereto; (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder; (g) on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Facilities or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Facilities; (h) with the consent of the Borrower; or (i) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any party to this Agreement (and any employee, representative, or other agent of any party to this Agreement) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to it relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. However, any such information relating to the tax treatment or tax structure is required to be kept confidential to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable federal or state securities laws.

For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

10.18 Automatic Debits. With respect to any principal, interest, fee, or any other cost or expense (including attorney costs of the Administrative Agent or any Lender payable by the Borrower hereunder) due and payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents, the

 

113


Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to debit any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in an amount such that the aggregate amount debited from all such deposit accounts does not exceed such principal, interest, fee or other cost or expense. If there are insufficient funds in such deposit accounts to cover the amount then due, such debits will be reversed (in whole or in part, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion) and such amount not debited shall be deemed to be unpaid. No such debit under this Section 10.18 shall be deemed a set-off.

10.19 Judgment Currency. If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of each Borrower and each other Loan Party in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender from any Borrower or any other Loan Party in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower and each other Loan Party agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in such currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower or other Loan Party, as applicable (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

10.20 Patriot Act. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other party) hereby notifies the Borrower that, pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the names and addresses and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, provide, to the extent commercially reasonable or required by any Requirement of Law, such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to assist the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in maintaining compliance with the Patriot Act.

10.21 Non-Public Information.

(a) Each Lender acknowledges that all information, including requests for waivers and amendments, furnished by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to or in connection with, or in the course of administering, this Agreement will be lender-level information, which may contain MNPI. Each Lender acknowledges that (a) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (b) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with Applicable Law.

(b) The Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that, in the event that any Lender has Public Side Lender Representatives, if information furnished by the Borrower pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement is being distributed by the Administrative Agent through the Platform, (i) the Administrative Agent may post any information that the Borrower has indicated as containing MNPI

 

114


solely on that portion of the Platform as is designated for Private Side Lender Representatives and (ii) if the Borrower has not indicated whether any information furnished by it pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement contains MNPI, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such information solely on that portion of the Platform as is designated for Private Side Lender Representatives. The Borrower agrees to clearly designate all information provided to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf the Borrower that is suitable to be made available to Public Side Lender Representatives, and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely on any such designation by the Borrower without liability or responsibility for the independent verification thereof.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

 

115


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
ALARM.COM INCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Jennifer Moyer

Name:   Jennifer Moyer
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jennifer Moyer

Name:   Jennifer Moyer
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page 1 to Credit Agreement


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

as the Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ Alicia Fuller

Name:   Alicia Fuller
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page 2 to Credit Agreement


LENDERS:
SILICON VALLEY BANK,
as Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender and as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Alicia Fuller

Name:   Alicia Fuller
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page 3 to Credit Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mary K. Giermek

Name:   Mary K. Giermek
Title:   Senior Vice President

Signature Page 4 to Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 1.1A

COMMITMENTS

AND AGGREGATE EXPOSURE PERCENTAGES

REVOLVING COMMITMENTS

 

Lender    Revolving Commitment    Revolving Percentage

Silicon Valley Bank

   $25,000,000    50.0000000000%

Bank of America , N.A.

   $25,000,000    50.0000000000%

Total

   $50,000,000    100.000000000%

L/C COMMITMENTS

(which is a sublimit of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Commitments)

 

Lender    L/C Commitments    L/C Percentage

Silicon Valley Bank

   $5,000,000    50.0000000000%

Bank of America , N.A.

   $5,000,000    50.0000000000%

Total

   $10,000,000    100.000000000%

SWINGLINE COMMITMENT

(which is a sublimit of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Commitments)

 

Lender    Swingline Commitment    Exposure Percentage

Silicon Valley Bank

   $5,000,000    100.000000000%

Total

   $5,000,000    100.000000000%

 

Schedule 1.1A


SCHEDULE 1.1B

EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

L/C Number

   Issuance Date    Expiration Date    Beneficiary    Stated Amount

N/A

           

 

Schedule 1.1B


SCHEDULE 4.4

GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS, CONSENTS,

AUTHORIZATIONS, FILINGS AND NOTICES

The incurrence of debt under the Credit Agreement requires the consent of the holders of the majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of Holdings voting as separate classes.

 

Schedule 4.4


SCHEDULE 4.5

REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

None.

 

Schedule 4.5


SCHEDULE 4.9

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

  1. Alarm initiated litigation in March 2013 against a patent holding company, Joao Control & Monitoring Systems (“Joao”), seeking a declaratory judgment that the patents held by Joao are invalid and alleging that Alarm is not infringing on Joao’s patents. The case was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. The potential exposure to Alarm, if any, is not known at this time.

 

  2. Alarm has been contacted by a patent holding company, SIPCO, regarding certain mesh networking patents. Alarm is reviewing this matter with counsel and has made no determination about the scope of Alarm’s potential liability, if any.

 

Schedule 4.9


SCHEDULE 4.15

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Alarm.com Holdings, Inc,

and Subsidiaries

  

Jurisdiction

of Formation

  

Owner

   Percentage
Ownership
 

Class of

Stock/Units

  

Put/Call

Rights

Alarm.com Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware    NA    N/A   N/A   

Alarm.com Incorporated

   Delaware   

Alarm.com

Holdings, Inc.

   100%   Common   

EnergyHub, Inc.

   Delaware   

Alarm.com

Holdings, Inc.

   100%   Common   

WH Interactive, LLC

   Delaware   

Alarm.com

Incorporated

   100%   Units   

Onabridge Technologies, LLC

   Delaware   

Alarm.com

Incorporated

   100%   Units   

Alarm.com Poland sp Z.o.o

   Poland   

Alarm.com

Incorporated

   100%     

JTT Investment Partners, LLC

   Georgia   

Alarm.com

Incorporated

   100%   Units   

Building 36 Technologies, LLC

   Delaware   

Alarm.com

Incorporated

   86%  

Class A

Units

   See Note A

PointCentral, LLC

   Delaware   

Alarm.com

Incorporated

   80%   Units    See Note B

Five Interactive, LLC

   Delaware   

Alarm.com

Incorporated

   100%   Units   

Alarm.com International

Holdings, LLC

   Delaware   

Alarm.com

Incorporated

   100%   Units   

 

Note A: Pursuant to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Building 36 Technologies, LLC, Alarm is committed to acquire a 100% of the outstanding Class B Units and 100% of the outstanding Class C Units of Building 36 Technologies, LLC between the fourth and sixth anniversary of the date that Building 36 Technologies, LLC products and services first become commercially available for sale (the “Building 36 Put”).

Note B: Pursuant to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of PointCentral, LLC, Alarm is committed to acquire a 20% ownership interest in PointCentral, LLC on either the third or fourth anniversary of the date PointCentral, LLC first makes its products and services commercially available for sale (the “PointCentral Put”).

-Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated as of January 4, 2010, issued to Elizabeth Manson by Alarm.com Holdings, Inc.

-Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated as of November 13, 2012, issued to Daniel Goodman by Alarm.com Holdings, Inc.

-EnergyHub Inc. has entered into Management Incentive Agreements with certain members of its management pursuant to the EnergyHub, Inc. 2013 Management Incentive Plan (the “EnergyHub Management Incentive Agreements”)

 

Schedule 4.15


-Five Interactive, LLC intends to enter into Management Incentive Agreements with certain members of its management pursuant to a Management Incentive Plan (the “Five Interactive Management Incentive Agreements” and together with the EnergyHub Management Incentive Agreements, the “Management Incentive Agreements”)


SCHEDULE 4.17

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

None.

 

Schedule 4.17


SCHEDULE 4.19(a)

FINANCING STATEMENTS AND OTHER FILINGS

 

1. UCC Financing Statement naming Alarm.com Incorporated as “debtor” and the Administrative Agent as “secured party” to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

2. UCC Financing Statement naming Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. as “debtor” and the Administrative Agent as “secured party” to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

3. UCC Financing Statement naming WH Interactive, LLC as “debtor” and the Administrative Agent as “secured party” to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

4. UCC Financing Statement naming PointCentral, LLC as “debtor” and the Administrative Agent as “secured party” to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

5. UCC Financing Statement naming EnergyHub, Inc. as “debtor” and the Administrative Agent as “secured party” to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

6. UCC Financing Statement naming Alarm.com International Holdings, LLC as “debtor” and the Administrative Agent as “secured party” to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

7. UCC Financing Statement naming Building 36 Technologies, LLC as “debtor” and the Administrative Agent as “secured party” to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

8. UCC Financing Statement naming Five Interactive, LLC as “debtor” and the Administrative Agent as “secured party” to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

9. UCC Financing Statement naming Onabridge Technologies, LLC as “debtor” and the Administrative Agent as “secured party” to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

10. UCC Financing Statement naming JTT Investment Partners, LLC as “debtor” and the Administrative Agent as “secured party” to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Georgia.

 

11. Trademark Security Agreement by Alarm.com Incorporated and EnergyHub, Inc. in favor of the Administrative Agent filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

 

12. Patent Security Agreement by Alarm.com Incorporated and EnergyHub, Inc. in favor of the Administrative Agent filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

 

Schedule 4.19(a)


SCHEDULE 4.27

CAPITALIZATION

 

Entity Name

   Owner    Ownership

Alarm.com Incorporated

   Alarm.com

Holdings, Inc.

   100%

WH Interactive, LLC

   Alarm.com

Incorporated

   100%

Onabridge Technologies, LLC

   Alarm.com

Incorporated

   100%

Alarm.com Poland sp Z.o.o

   Alarm.com

Incorporated

   100%

JTT Investment Partners, LLC

   Alarm.com

Incorporated

   100%

Building 36 Technologies, LLC

   Alarm.com

Incorporated

   840 Class A
Units

Building 36 Technologies, LLC

   Daniel

Goodman

   160 Class B
Units and 80

Class C Units

Building 36 Technologies, LLC

   Craig

Heffernan

   80 Class C
Units

PointCentral, LLC

   Alarm.com

Incorporated

   80%

PointCentral, LLC

   Greg Burge    20%

Five Interactive, LLC

   Alarm.com

Incorporated

   100%

Alarm.com International

Holdings, LLC

   Alarm.com

Incorporated

   100%

See attached capitalization table for Alarm.com Holdings, LLC.

 

Schedule 4.27


SCHEDULE 7.2(d)

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

 

  1. The Earnout Payments as defined in that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 3, 2013, by and among Alarm.com Holdings, Inc., EnergyHub Holdings, Inc., EnergyHub, Inc. and Shareholder Representative Services, LLC.

 

  2. The Building 36 Put.

 

  3. The PointCentral Put.

 

  4. Holdings allows employees to exercise options granted under the Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Incentive Plan prior to vesting. The unvested shares are subject to Holdings’ repurchase right at the original purchase price. The proceeds initially are recorded as an accrued liability from the early exercise of stock options and reclassified to common stock as Holdings’ repurchase right lapses.

 

Schedule 7.2(d)


SCHEDULE 7.3(f)

EXISTING LIENS

None.

 

Schedule 7.3(f)


SCHEDULE 7.6(d)

RESTRICTED PAYMENTS

 

  1. Payments in connection with the Building 36 Put.

 

  2. Payments in connection with the PointCentral Put.

 

  3. Payments in connection with the Management Incentive Plans.

 

Schedule 7.6(d)


SCHEDULE 7.8(l)

PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

 

  1. That certain Promissory Note, dated as of July 25, 2013, issued by Titan Alarm, Inc. in favor of Alarm.com Incorporated.

 

  2. Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of July 24, 2013, issued by Qolsys, Inc. in favor of Alarm.com Incorporated.

 

  3. Amended and Restated Revolving Secured Promissory Note, dated as of the date hereof, by PointCentral, LLC in favor of Alarm.com Incorporated.

4.

 

Loan Party

  

Issuer of Interests

  

Number of Units

Owned

  

Percentage

Ownership

Interest

Alarm.com Holdings, Inc.

   Argus Systems Holdings, LLC    22,667    14%

JTT Investment Partners, LLC

   TFN Investments, LLC    48,190    48.19%

5.

 

Loan Party

  

Issuer of Stock/Shares

  

Number of

Shares

Owned

  

Percentage

Ownership

Interest

 

Class of

Stock/Shares

Owned

JTT Investment Partners, LLC

   Qolsys, Inc.    3,548,820    18.7%   Series A

Preferred Stock

 

Schedule 7.8(l)


EXHIBIT A

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

This GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of                 , 20     is made by each of the signatories hereto (together with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, each a “Grantor” and, collectively, the “Grantors”), in favor of SILICON VALLEY BANK, as administrative agent (together with its successors, in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the banks and other financial institutions or entities (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”) from time to time parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

INTRODUCTORY STATEMENTS

WHEREAS, the Borrower is a member of an affiliated group of companies that includes each other Grantor;

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement will be used in part to enable the Borrower to make valuable transfers to one or more of the other Grantors (if any) in connection with the operation of their respective business;

WHEREAS, certain of the Qualified Counterparties may enter into Specified Swap Agreements with the Borrower;

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the other Grantors (if any) are engaged in related businesses, and each Grantor derives substantial direct and indirect benefit from the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and from the Specified Swap Agreements; and

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the Closing Date that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms.

1.1 Definitions .

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement, and the following terms are used herein as defined in the UCC: Account, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claim, Commodity Account, Document, Equipment, Farm Products, Fixtures, General Intangible, Goods, Instrument, Inventory, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Money, Securities Account and Supporting Obligation.

 

Exhibit A


(b) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Agreement”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Books”: all books, records and other written, electronic or other documentation in whatever form maintained now or hereafter by or for any Grantor in connection with the ownership of its assets or the conduct of its business or evidencing or containing information relating to the Collateral, including: (a) ledgers; (b) records indicating, summarizing, or evidencing such Grantor’s assets (including Inventory and Rights to Payment), business operations or financial condition; (c) computer programs and software; (d) computer discs, tapes, files, manuals, spreadsheets; (e) computer printouts and output of whatever kind; (f) any other computer prepared or electronically stored, collected or reported information and equipment of any kind; and (g) any and all other rights now or hereafter arising out of any contract or agreement between such Grantor and any service bureau, computer or data processing company or other Person charged with preparing or maintaining any of such Grantor’s books or records or with credit reporting, including with regard to any of such Grantor’s Accounts.

“Borrower”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Collateral”: as defined in Section 3.1 .

“Collateral Account”: any collateral account established by the Administrative Agent as provided in Section 6.1 or 6.4 .

“Commodity Exchange Act”: the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Copyright License”: any written agreement which (a) names a Grantor as licensor or licensee (including those listed on Schedule 6 ), or (b) grants any right under any Copyright to a Grantor, including any rights to manufacture, distribute, exploit and sell materials derived from any Copyright, other than shrink-wrap, click-wrap, click-through or other similar licenses with respect to off-the-shelf products or personal computer software.

“Copyrights”: (a) all copyrights arising under the laws of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, together with the underlying works of authorship (including titles), whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished (including those listed on Schedule 6 ), all computer programs, computer databases, computer program flow diagrams, source codes, object codes and all tangible property embodying or incorporating any copyrights, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, all registrations, recordings and applications in the U.S. Copyright Office, and (b) the right to obtain any renewals thereof.

“Deposit Account”: as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and, in any event, including any demand, time, savings, passbook or like account maintained with a depositary institution.

“Discharge of Obligations”: as defined in the Credit Agreement.

“Excluded Assets”: collectively,

(a) margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board) to the extent the creation of a security interest therein in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) will result in a violation of Regulation U issued by the Board;

(b) motor vehicles and other equipment covered by certificates of title; and

 

Exhibit A


(c) capital stock of any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary (other than Capital Stock representing up to 66% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock of any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary; and

(d) any United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law, provided that upon submission and acceptance by the United States Patent and Trademark Office of any amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1060(a) (or any successor provision), such intent-to-use trademark application shall not be considered an Excluded Asset;

provided , however , that any Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Assets shall not be Excluded Assets (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements are otherwise, in and of themselves, Excluded Assets).

“Excluded Swap Obligation”: with respect to any Grantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any Specified Swap Agreement, if and to the extent that all or a portion of the guarantee of such Grantor of, or the grant by such Grantor of a security interest to secure, such obligations under a Specified Swap Agreement (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Grantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the guarantee of such Grantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such obligations under a Specified Swap Agreement or such guarantee. If any obligation to pay or perform under any Specified Swap Agreement arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such obligations under a Specified Swap Agreement that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

“Exempt Accounts” means (a) payroll accounts, tax escrow accounts and employee benefits accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business and (b) other accounts in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200,000.

“Grantor”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Guarantor”: as defined in Section 2.1(a) .

“Investment Account”: any of a Securities Account, a Commodity Account or a Deposit Account.

“Investment Property”: the collective reference to (a) all “investment property” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the UCC (other than any voting Capital Stock or other ownership interests of an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary excluded from the definition of “Pledged Stock”), and (b) whether or not constituting “investment property” as so defined, all Pledged Notes and all Pledged Collateral.

“Issuer”: with respect to any Investment Property, the issuer of such Investment Property.

“Material Intellectual Property” shall mean any Intellectual Property that is material to the business, results of operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of any Grantor.

“Patent License”: any written agreement which (a) names a Grantor as licensor or licensee and (b) grants to such Grantor any right under a Patent, including the right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered in whole or in part by such Patent, including any such agreements referred to on Schedule 6 .

 

Exhibit A


“Patents”: (a) all letters patent of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, all reissues and extensions thereof and all goodwill associated therewith, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to on Schedule 6 , (b) all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country and all divisions, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to on Schedule 6 , and (c) all rights to obtain any reissues or extensions of the foregoing.

“Pledged Collateral”: (a) any and all Pledged Stock; (b) all other Investment Property of any Grantor; (c) all warrants, options or other rights entitling any Grantor to acquire any interest in Capital Stock or other securities of the direct or indirect Subsidiaries of such Grantor or of any other Person; (d) all Instruments; (e) all securities, property, interest, dividends and other payments and distributions issued as an addition to, in redemption of, in renewal or exchange for, in substitution or upon conversion of, or otherwise on account of, any of the foregoing; (f) all certificates and instruments now or hereafter representing or evidencing any of the foregoing; (g) all rights, interests and claims with respect to the foregoing, including under any and all related agreements, instruments and other documents; and (h) all cash and non-cash proceeds of any of the foregoing, in each case whether presently existing or owned or hereafter arising or acquired and wherever located, and as from time to time received or receivable by, or otherwise paid or distributed to or acquired by, any Grantor.

“Pledged Collateral Agreements”: as defined in Section 5.22 .

“Pledged Notes”: all promissory notes listed on Schedule 2 and all other promissory notes issued to or held by any Grantor.

“Pledged Stock”: all of the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock, whether certificated or uncertificated, of any Grantor’s direct Subsidiaries now or hereafter owned by any such Grantor and including the Capital Stock listed on Schedule 2 hereof (as amended or supplemented from time to time); provided that in no event shall Pledged Stock include any Excluded Assets.

“Proceeds”: all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the UCC and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all dividends or other income from any Investment Property constituting Collateral and all collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.

“Qualified ECP Guarantor”: at any time, each Loan Party with total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or that qualifies at such time as an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another Person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

“Receivable”: any right to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered, whether or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper and whether or not it has been earned by performance (including any Account).

“Rights to Payment”: any and all of any Grantor’s Accounts and any and all of any Grantor’s rights and claims to the payment or receipt of money or other forms of consideration of any kind in, to and under or with respect to its Chattel Paper, Documents, General Intangibles, Instruments, Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Proceeds and Supporting Obligations.

 

Exhibit A


“Secured Obligations”: collectively, the “Obligations”, as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement; provided , however , that “Secured Obligations” shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligation.

“Secured Parties” the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders (including any Issuing Lender in its capacity as Issuing Lender and any Swingline Lender in its capacity as Swingline Lender), SVB or any of its applicable Affiliates (in its or their respective capacity as provider of Bank Services) and any Qualified Counterparties.

“Specified Loan Party”: any Loan Party that is not then an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act (determined prior to giving effect to Section 8.17).

“Trademark License”: any written agreement which (a) names a Grantor as licensor or licensee and (b) grants to such Grantor any right to use any Trademark (excluding shrink wrap, click wrap, click through or other similar licenses with respect to off-the-shelf products or personal computer software), any such agreement referred to on Schedule 6 .

“Trademarks”: (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, Internet domain names and other source or business identifiers, and all goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise, and all common-law rights related thereto, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to on Schedule 6 , and (b) the right to obtain all renewals thereof.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions . The rules of interpretation set forth in Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement are by this reference incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis, as if set forth herein in full.

SECTION 2. Guarantee.

2.1 Guarantee .

(a) The Borrower, together with each Subsidiary of the Borrower who accedes to this Agreement as a Grantor after the date hereof pursuant to Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement (each a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and their respective successors, permitted indorsees, permitted transferees and permitted assigns, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower and the other Loan Parties when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations. In furtherance of the foregoing, and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

(i) each Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall be the immediate, direct, and primary obligation of such Guarantor and shall not be contingent upon the Administrative Agent’s or any Secured Party’s exercise or enforcement of any remedy it or they may have against the Borrower, any other Guarantor, any other Person, or all or any portion of the Collateral; and

(ii) the Administrative Agent may enforce this guaranty notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between any of the Secured Parties and the Borrower or any other Guarantor with respect to the existence of any Event of Default.

 

Exhibit A


(b) Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to the insolvency of debtors (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 2.2 ).

(c) Each Guarantor agrees that the Secured Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or affecting the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party hereunder.

(d) The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of Obligations, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement the outstanding amount of the Secured Obligations may be zero.

(e) No payment made by the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party from the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any setoff or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Secured Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than any payment made by such Guarantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or any payment received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the Secured Obligations), remain liable for the Secured Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder in accordance with Section 2.1(b) above until the Discharge of Obligations.

(f) Any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount for which any Guarantor shall be liable hereunder shall not exceed the maximum amount for which such Guarantor can be liable without rendering this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as it relates to such Guarantor, subject to avoidance under applicable Requirements of Law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer (including the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act and Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any applicable provisions of comparable Requirements of Law) (collectively, “Fraudulent Transfer Laws”). Any analysis of the provisions of this Agreement for purposes of Fraudulent Transfer Laws shall take into account the right of contribution established in Section 2.2, and, for purposes of such analysis, give effect to any discharge of intercompany debt as a result of any payment made under the Agreement.

2.2 Right of Contribution . If in connection with any payment made by any Guarantor hereunder any rights of contribution arise in favor of such Guarantor against one or more other Guarantors, such rights of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2.3 . The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

2.3 No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment made by any Guarantor hereunder or any setoff or application of funds of any Guarantor by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party against the Borrower or any other Guarantor or any Collateral or guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Secured Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from

 

Exhibit A


the Borrower or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, in each case, until the Discharge of Obligations. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time prior to the Discharge of Obligations, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, if required), to be applied in such order as set forth in Section 6.5 hereof irrespective of the occurrence or the continuance of any Event of Default.

2.4 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Secured Obligations . Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Secured Obligations made by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party and any of the Secured Obligations continued, and the Secured Obligations, or the liability of any other Person upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, and the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Specified Swap Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as the case may be) may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Secured Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Secured Obligations or for the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or any property subject thereto.

2.5 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional; Guarantor Waivers; Guarantor Consents . Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Secured Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or acceptance of the guarantee contained in this Section 2 ; the Secured Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 ; and all dealings between the Borrower and any of the Guarantors on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 . Each Guarantor further waives:

(a) diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Borrower or any of the other Guarantors with respect to the Secured Obligations;

(b) any rights to set-offs and counterclaims;

(c) any defense based upon an election of remedies (including, if available, an election to proceed by nonjudicial foreclosure) which destroys or impairs the subrogation rights of such Guarantor or the right of such Guarantor to proceed against the Borrower or any other obligor of the Secured Obligations for reimbursement; and

 

Exhibit A


(d) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by applicable law that limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of this Agreement.

Each Guarantor understands and agrees that the guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (i) the validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, any of the Secured Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, (ii) any defense, setoff or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Borrower or any other Person against the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, (iii) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower or such Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower and the Guarantors for the Secured Obligations, or of such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2 , in bankruptcy or in any other instance, (iv) any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person, (v) any merger, acquisition, consolidation or change in structure of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person, or any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any or all of the assets or Voting Stock of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person, (vi) any assignment or other transfer, in whole or in part, of any Secured Party’s interests in and rights under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, including any Secured Party’s right to receive payment of the Secured Obligations, or any assignment or other transfer, in whole or in part, of any Secured Party’s interests in and to any of the Collateral, (vii) any Secured Party’s vote, claim, distribution, election, acceptance, action or inaction in any Insolvency Proceeding related to any of the Secured Obligations, and (viii) any other guaranty, whether by such Guarantor or any other Person, of all or any part of the Secured Obligations or any other indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of any Guarantor to any Secured Party.

When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Secured Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto. Any failure by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve any Guarantor of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party against any Guarantor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

Each Guarantor further unconditionally consents and agrees that, without notice to or further assent from any Guarantor: (a) the principal amount of the Secured Obligations may be increased or decreased and additional indebtedness or obligations of the Borrower or any other Persons under the Loan Documents may be incurred, by one or more amendments, modifications, renewals or extensions of any Loan Document or otherwise; (b) the time, manner, place or terms of any payment under any Loan Document may be extended or changed, including by an increase or decrease in the interest rate on any Secured Obligation or any fee or other amount payable under such Loan Document, by an amendment, modification or renewal of any Loan Document or otherwise; (c) the time for the Borrower’s (or any other Loan Party’s) performance of or compliance with any term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed under any Loan Document may be extended, or such performance or compliance

 

Exhibit A


waived, or failure in or departure from such performance or compliance consented to, all in such manner and upon such terms as the Administrative Agent may deem proper; (d) in addition to the Collateral, the Secured Parties may take and hold other security (legal or equitable) of any kind, at any time, as collateral for the Secured Obligations, and may, from time to time, in whole or in part, exchange, sell, surrender, release, subordinate, modify, waive, rescind, compromise or extend such security and may permit or consent to any such action or the result of any such action, and may apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof; (e) any Secured Party may discharge or release, in whole or in part, any other Guarantor or any other Loan Party or other Person liable for the payment and performance of all or any part of the Secured Obligations, and may permit or consent to any such action or any result of such action, and shall not be obligated to demand or enforce payment upon any of the Collateral, nor shall any Secured Party be liable to any Guarantor for any failure to collect or enforce payment or performance of the Secured Obligations from any Person or to realize upon the Collateral, and (f) the Secured Parties may request and accept other guaranties of the Secured Obligations and any other indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to any Secured Party and may, from time to time, in whole or in part, surrender, release, subordinate, modify, waive, rescind, compromise or extend any such guaranty and may permit or consent to any such action or the result of any such action; in each case (a) through (f), as the Secured Parties may deem advisable, and without impairing, abridging, releasing or affecting this Agreement.

2.6 Reinstatement . The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any such Guarantor or any substantial part of its respective property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

2.7 Payments . Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Administrative Agent without setoff or counterclaim in Dollars at the Funding Office.

SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

3.1 Grant of Security Interests . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest and wherever located (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations:

(a) all Accounts;

(b) all Chattel Paper;

(c) all Commercial Tort Claims;

(d) all Deposit Accounts;

(e) all Documents;

(f) all Equipment;

(g) all Fixtures;

 

Exhibit A


(h) all General Intangibles;

(i) all Goods;

(j) all Instruments;

(k) all Intellectual Property;

(l) all Inventory;

(m) all Investment Property (including all Pledged Collateral);

(n) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(o) all Money;

(p) all Books and records pertaining to the Collateral;

(q) all other property not otherwise described above; and

(r) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds, Supporting Obligations and products of any and all of the foregoing; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clauses (a) through (q) above, the security interests created by this Agreement shall not extend to, and the term “Collateral” (including all of the individual items comprising Collateral) shall not include, any Excluded Assets.

Notwithstanding any of the other provisions set forth in this Section 3 , this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any property to the extent that such grant of a security interest is prohibited by any Requirement of Law of a Governmental Authority or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of or requires any consent not obtained under, any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing or giving rise to such property, except (i) to the extent that the terms in such contract, license, instrument or other document providing for such prohibition, breach, default or termination, or requiring such consent are not permitted under the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement or (ii) to the extent that such Requirement of Law or the term in such contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document providing for such prohibition, breach, default or termination or requiring such consent is ineffective under Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity; provided , however , that such security interest shall attach immediately at such time as such Requirement of Law is not effective or applicable, or such prohibition, breach, default or termination is no longer applicable or is waived, and to the extent severable, shall attach immediately to any portion of the Collateral that does not result in such consequences; and provided , further , that no United States intent-to-use trademark or service mark application shall be included in the Collateral to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark or service mark application under Federal law. After such period, each Grantor acknowledges that such interest in such trademark or service mark application shall be subject to a security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent and shall be included in the Collateral.

3.2 Grantors Remains Liable . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each Grantor shall remain liable under any contracts, agreements and other documents included in the Collateral, to the extent set forth therein, to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Administrative Agent of

 

Exhibit A


any of the rights granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under any such contracts, agreements and other documents included in the Collateral, and (c) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any such contracts, agreements and other documents included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any such contract, agreement or other document included in the Collateral hereunder.

3.3 Perfection and Priority .

(a) Financing Statements . Pursuant to any applicable law, each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent (and its counsel and its agents) to file or record at any time and from time to time any financing statements and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral and each Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent (and its counsel and its agents) to file (with or without the signature of such Grantor) at any time and from time to time, all amendments to financing statements, continuation financing statements, termination statements, security agreements relating to the Intellectual Property, assignments, fixture filings, affidavits, reports notices and all other documents and instruments, in such form and in such offices as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders determine appropriate to perfect and continue perfected, maintain the priority of or provide notice of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral under and to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement. Each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent to use the collateral description “all personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired” or any other similar collateral description in any such financing statements. Each Grantor hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing by the Administrative Agent (and its counsel and its agents) of any financing statement with respect to the Collateral made prior to the date hereof.

(b) Filing of Financing Statements . Each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, from time to time, such completed UCC-1 financing statements for filing or recording in the appropriate filing offices as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

(c) Transfer of Security Interest Other Than by Delivery . If for any reason Pledged Collateral cannot be delivered to or for the account of the Administrative Agent as provided in Section 5.6(b) , each applicable Grantor shall promptly take such other steps as may be necessary or as shall be reasonably requested from time to time by the Administrative Agent to effect a transfer of a perfected first priority security interest in and pledge of the Pledged Collateral to the Administrative Agent for itself and on behalf of and for the ratable benefit of the other Secured Parties pursuant to the UCC. To the extent practicable, each such Grantor shall thereafter deliver the Pledged Collateral to or for the account of the Administrative Agent as provided in Section 5.6(b) .

(d) Intellectual Property . (i) Each Grantor shall, in addition to executing and delivering this Agreement, take such other action as may be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Intellectual Property. (ii) Promptly following the creation or other acquisition of any Intellectual Property by any Grantor after the date hereof which is registered or becomes registered or the subject of an application for registration with the U.S. Copyright Office or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, and as applicable, such Grantor shall modify this Agreement by amending Schedule 6 to include any Intellectual Property which becomes part of the Collateral and which was not included on Schedule 6 as of the date hereof and record an amendment to this Agreement with the U.S. Copyright Office or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable, and take such other action as may be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Intellectual Property.

 

Exhibit A


(e) Bailees . Any Person (other than the Administrative Agent) at any time and from time to time holding all or any portion of the Collateral shall be deemed to, and shall, hold the Collateral as the agent of, and as pledge holder for, the Administrative Agent. At any time and from time to time, the Administrative Agent may give notice to any Person holding Collateral in excess of $250,000 in fair market value that such Person is holding the Collateral as the agent and bailee of, and as pledge holder for, the Administrative Agent, and obtain such Person’s written acknowledgment thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor will join with the Administrative Agent in notifying any Person who has possession of any Collateral of the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein and shall use commercially reasonable efforts (which shall not require any Grantor to agree to any modification to any agreement with such bailee or to payment of any fees other than such bailee’s legal out-of-pocket costs in connection with negotiating the bailee letter) to obtain an acknowledgment from such Person that it is holding the Collateral for the benefit of the Administrative Agent.

(f) Control. Each Grantor will cooperate with the Administrative Agent in obtaining control (as defined in the UCC) of Collateral consisting of any Deposit Accounts, Electronic Chattel Paper, Investment Property or Letter-of-Credit Rights, including delivery of control agreements, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to perfect and continue perfected, maintain the priority of or provide notice of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Collateral.

(g) Additional Subsidiaries . In the event that any Grantor acquires rights in any Subsidiary after the date hereof, it shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed pledge supplement, substantially in the form of Annex 2 (the “Pledge Supplement”), together with all schedules thereto, reflecting the pledge of the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary (except to the extent such Capital Stock consists of Excluded Collateral). Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the security interest of the Administrative Agent shall attach to the Pledged Collateral related to such Subsidiary immediately upon any Grantor’s acquisition of rights therein and shall not be affected by the failure of any Grantor to deliver a Pledge Supplement.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In addition to the representations and warranties of the Grantors set forth in the Credit Agreement, which are incorporated herein by this reference, and to induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder, each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party that:

4.1 Title; No Other Liens . Except for the Liens permitted to exist on the Collateral by Section 7.3 of the Credit Agreement, such Grantor owns each item of the Collateral in which a Lien is granted by it free and clear of any and all Liens and other claims of others. No financing statement, fixture filing or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record or will be filed in any public office, except such as have been filed as permitted by the Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that each Grantor may, as part of its business, grant licenses to third parties to use Intellectual Property owned or developed by such Grantor. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such licensing activity shall not constitute a “Lien” on such Intellectual Property. The Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party understands that any such licenses may be exclusive to the applicable licensees, and such exclusivity provisions may limit the ability of the Administrative Agent to utilize, sell, lease or transfer the related Intellectual Property or otherwise realize value from such Intellectual Property pursuant hereto.

4.2 Perfected Liens . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement (a) upon completion of the filings and other actions specified on Schedule 3 (which, in the case of all filings and other documents referred to on said Schedule, have been delivered to the

 

Exhibit A


Administrative Agent in completed and duly (if applicable) executed form) will constitute valid perfected security interests in all of the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent [to the extent a security interest can be perfected by such filings and other actions]1, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Secured Obligations, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof against any creditors of any Grantor and any Persons purporting to purchase any Collateral from any Grantor, and (ii) are prior to all other Liens on the Collateral in existence on the date hereof except for Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement which have priority over the Liens of the Administrative Agent on the Collateral (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) by operation of law, and in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Collateral, Liens permitted by Section 7.3 of the Credit Agreement. Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Grantor has the right to remove the Fixtures in which such Grantor has an interest within the meaning of Section 9-334(f)(2) of the UCC.

4.3 Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office and Locations of Books . On the date hereof, such Grantor’s jurisdiction of organization, identification number from the jurisdiction of organization (if any), and the location of such Grantor’s chief executive office or sole place of business, as the case may be, are specified on Schedule 4 . All locations where Books pertaining to the Rights to Payment of such Grantor are kept, including all equipment necessary for accessing such Books and the names and addresses of all service bureaus, computer or data processing companies and other Persons keeping any Books or collecting Rights to Payment for such Grantor, are set forth in Schedule 4 .

4.4 Inventory and Equipment . On the date hereof (a) the Inventory and (b) the Equipment (other than mobile goods) are kept at the locations listed on Schedule 5 and at other locations where the fair market value of the Equipment and Inventory located at all such locations not listed on Schedule 5 is not in excess of $250,000.

4.5 Farm Products . None of the Collateral constitutes, or is the Proceeds of, Farm Products.

4.6 Pledged Collateral . (a) All of the Pledged Stock held by such Grantor has been duly and validly issued, and is fully paid and non-assessable, subject in the case of Pledged Stock constituting partnership interests or limited liability company membership interests to future assessments required under applicable law and any applicable partnership or operating agreement, (b) such Grantor is or, in the case of any such additional Pledged Collateral will be, the legal record and beneficial owner thereof, (c) in the case of Pledged Stock of a Subsidiary of such Grantor or Pledged Collateral of such Grantor constituting Instruments issued by a Subsidiary of such Grantor, there are no restrictions on the transferability of such Pledged Collateral or such additional Pledged Collateral to the Administrative Agent or with respect to the foreclosure, transfer or disposition thereof by the Administrative Agent, except as provided under applicable securities or “Blue Sky” laws, (d) the Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of each Issuer owned by such Grantor (except for Excluded Collateral), and such Grantor owns no securities convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of Capital Stock of any such Issuer that do not constitute Pledged Stock hereunder, (e) any and all Pledged Collateral Agreements which affect or relate to the voting or giving of written consents with respect to any of the Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor have been disclosed to the Administrative Agent, and (f) as to each such Pledged Collateral Agreement relating to the Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor, (i) to the best knowledge of such Grantor, such Pledged Collateral Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties thereto with respect to the subject matter thereof and is in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, (ii) to the best knowledge of such Grantor party thereto, there exists no material violation or material default under any such Pledged

 

1 Subject to review of Schedule 3

 

Exhibit A


Collateral Agreement by such Grantor or the other parties thereto, and (iii) such Grantor has not knowingly waived or released any of its material rights under or otherwise consented to a material departure from the terms and provisions of any such Pledged Collateral Agreement.

4.7 Investment Accounts . Schedule 2 sets forth under the headings “Securities Accounts” and “Commodity Accounts”, respectively, all of the Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts in which such Grantor has an interest. Except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent, such Grantor is the sole entitlement holder of each such Securities Account and Commodity Account, and such Grantor has not consented to, and is not otherwise aware of, any Person (other than the Administrative Agent) having “control” (within the meanings of Sections 8-106 and 9-106 of the UCC) over, or any other interest in, any such Securities Account or Commodity Account or any securities or other property credited thereto, except for, subject to the relevant Control Agreement, the account bank party to such Control Agreement;

(a) Schedule 2 sets forth under the heading “Deposit Accounts” all of the Deposit Accounts in which such Grantor has an interest and, except as otherwise disclosed to the Administrative Agent, such Grantor is the sole account holder of each such Deposit Account and such Grantor has not consented to, and is not otherwise aware of, any Person (other than the Administrative Agent) having either sole dominion and control (within the meaning of common law) or “control” (within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC) over, or any other interest in, any such Deposit Account or any money or other property deposited therein, except for, subject to the relevant Control Agreement, the account bank party to such Control Agreement; and

(b) Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.6 and Section 5.7 , such Grantor has taken all actions necessary or desirable to: (i) establish the Administrative Agent’s “control” (within the meanings of Sections 8-106 and 9-106 of the UCC) over any Certificated Securities (as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC); (ii) establish the Administrative Agent’s “control” (within the meanings of Sections 8-106 and 9-106 of the UCC) over any portion of the Investment Accounts constituting Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts, Securities Entitlements or Uncertificated Securities (each as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC); (iii) establish the Administrative Agent’s “control” (within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC) over all Deposit Accounts other than Exempt Accounts; and (iv) deliver all Instruments (as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC) to the Administrative Agent to the extent required hereunder, provided, that the Administrative Agent shall not send a notice of sole control or similar notice unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

4.8 Receivables . No amount payable to such Grantor under or in connection with any Receivable or other Right to Payment is evidenced by any Instrument (other than checks, drafts or other Instruments that will be promptly deposited in an Investment Account) or Chattel Paper which has not been delivered to the Administrative Agent. None of the account debtors or other obligors in respect of any Receivable in excess of $200,000 in the aggregate is the government of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

4.9 Intellectual Property . Schedule 6 lists all registrations and applications for Intellectual Property (including registered Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and all applications therefor) as well as all Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses and Trademark Licenses, in each case owned by such Grantor in its own name on the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 6 , on the date hereof, none of the Intellectual Property is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement pursuant to which such Grantor is the licensor or franchisor.

4.10 Instruments . (i) Such Grantor has not previously assigned any interest in any Instruments (including but not limited to the Pledged Notes) held by such Grantor (other than such interests as will be released on or before the date hereof), and (ii) no Person other than such Grantor owns an interest in such Instruments (whether as joint holders, participants or otherwise).

 

Exhibit A


4.11 Letter of Credit Rights . Such Grantor does not have any Letter-of-Credit Rights having a potential value in excess of $200,000 except as set forth in Schedule 7 or as have been notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 5.21 .

4.12 Commercial Tort Claims . Such Grantor does not have any Commercial Tort Claims having a potential value in excess of $200,000 except as set forth in Schedule 8 or as have been notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 5.20 .

SECTION 5. COVENANTS

In addition to the covenants of the Grantors set forth in the Credit Agreement, which are incorporated herein by this reference, each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Discharge of Obligations:

5.1 Delivery of Instruments, Certificated Securities and Chattel Paper . If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any Instrument (other than checks, drafts or other Instruments that will be promptly deposited in an Investment Account), Certificated Security or Chattel Paper evidencing an amount in excess of $200,000, such Instrument, Certificated Security or Chattel Paper shall be promptly delivered to the Administrative Agent, duly indorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

5.2 Maintenance of Insurance .

(a) The Grantors shall maintain insurance as required pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) All such insurance shall (i) provide that no cancellation shall be effective until at least 30 days after receipt by the Administrative Agent of written notice thereof, (ii) name the Administrative Agent as an additional insured party or loss payee, (iii) to the extent available on commercially reasonable terms, and if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, include a breach of warranty clause and (iv) be reasonably satisfactory in all other respects to the Administrative Agent.

(c) The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a report of a reputable insurance broker with respect to such insurance substantially concurrently with each delivery of the Borrower’s audited annual financial statements and such supplemental reports with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

5.3 Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation .

(a) Such Grantor shall maintain the security interests of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) created by this Agreement as perfected security interests having at least the priority described in Section 4.2 and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to defend such security interests against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever, subject to the rights of such Grantor under the Loan Documents to dispose of the Collateral.

(b) Such Grantor will furnish to the Administrative Agent from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of such Grantor and such other reports in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

 

Exhibit A


(c) At any time and from time to time, upon the reasonable written request of the Administrative Agent, and at the sole expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly and duly execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (i) filing any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interests created hereby and (ii) in the case of Investment Property, Investment Accounts, Letter-of-Credit Rights and any other relevant Collateral, taking any actions necessary to enable the Administrative Agent to obtain “control” (within the meaning of the UCC) with respect thereto to the extent required hereunder.

5.4 Changes in Locations, Name, Etc . Such Grantor will not, except upon 15 days’ (or such shorter period as may be reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and delivery to the Administrative Agent of (a) all additional executed financing statements and other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests provided for herein, and (b) if applicable, a written supplement to Schedule 4 showing the relevant new jurisdiction of organization, location of chief executive office or sole place of business, as appropriate:

(i) change its jurisdiction of organization, identification number from the jurisdiction of organization (if any) or the location of its chief executive office or sole place of business, as appropriate, from that referred to in Section 4.3 ; or

(ii) change its name.

5.5 Notices . Such Grantor will advise the Administrative Agent promptly following such Grantor’s knowledge thereof, in reasonable detail, of:

(a) any Lien (other than Liens permitted under Section 7.3 of the Credit Agreement) on any of the Collateral; and

(b) the occurrence of any other event which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Collateral or on the security interests created hereby.

5.6 Instruments; Investment Property .

(a) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor will (i) promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent, or an agent designated by it, appropriately endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer or assignment, all Instruments, Documents, Chattel Paper and certificated securities with respect to any Investment Property held by such Grantor, all letters of credit of such Grantor, and all other Rights to Payment held by such Grantor at any time evidenced by promissory notes, trade acceptances or other instruments in aggregate amounts in excess of $200,000, and (ii) provide such notice, obtain such acknowledgments and take all such other action, with respect to any Chattel Paper, Documents and Letter-of-Credit Rights in aggregate amounts in excess of $200,000 held by such Grantor, as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify.

(b) If such Grantor shall become entitled to receive or shall receive any certificate (including any certificate representing a dividend or a distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital or any certificate issued in connection with any reorganization), option or rights in respect of the Capital Stock of any Issuer, whether in addition to, in substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for, any Pledged Collateral, or otherwise in respect thereof, such Grantor shall accept the same as the agent of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, hold the

 

Exhibit A


same in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and deliver the same forthwith to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if required, together with an undated stock power covering such certificate duly executed in blank by such Grantor, to be held by the Administrative Agent, subject to the terms hereof, as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations; provided that in no event shall this Section 5.6(b) apply to any Excluded Assets. Any sums paid upon or in respect of the Investment Property upon the liquidation or dissolution of any Issuer shall, unless otherwise subject to a perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, be paid over to the Administrative Agent to be held by it hereunder as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations, and in case any distribution of capital shall be made on or in respect of the Investment Property or any property shall be distributed upon or with respect to the Investment Property pursuant to the recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of any Issuer or pursuant to the reorganization thereof, the property so distributed shall, unless otherwise subject to a perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, be delivered to the Administrative Agent to be held by it hereunder as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations. If any sums of money or property so paid or distributed in respect of such Investment Property shall be received by such Grantor, during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, such Grantor shall, until such money or property is paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent, unless otherwise subject to a perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, hold such money or property in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations.

(c) In the case of any Grantor which is an Issuer, such Issuer agrees that (i) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Capital Stock issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it, (ii) it will notify the Administrative Agent promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 5.6(a) and (b)  with respect to the Pledged Collateral issued by it and (iii) the terms of Sections 6.3(c) and 6.7 shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis, with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Section 6.3(c) or 6.7 with respect to the Capital Stock issued by it.

5.7 Securities Accounts; Deposit Accounts .

(a) With respect to any Securities Account other than Exempt Accounts maintained by any Grantor, such Grantor shall cause any applicable securities intermediary maintaining such Securities Account to show on its books that the Administrative Agent is the entitlement holder with respect to such Securities Account, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, cause such securities intermediary to enter into an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Securities Account pursuant to which such securities intermediary shall agree to comply with the Administrative Agent’s “entitlement orders” without further consent by such Grantor, as requested by the Administrative Agent; and

(b) with respect to any Deposit Account other than Exempt Accounts maintained by any Grantor, such Grantor shall enter into and shall cause the depositary institution maintaining such account to enter into an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Administrative Agent shall be granted “control” (within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC) over such Deposit Account.

(c) The Administrative Agent agrees that it will only communicate “entitlement orders” with respect to the Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts of the Grantors after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

Exhibit A


(d) Such Grantor shall give the Administrative Agent immediate notice of the establishment of any new Deposit Account and of any new Securities Account established by such Grantor with respect to any Investment Property held by such Grantor.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grantors shall not be required to enter into an account control or similar agreement for Exempt Accounts.

5.8 Intellectual Property .

(a) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will (i) continue to use each material Trademark necessary to the operation of its business in order to maintain such material Trademark necessary to the operation of its business in full force free from any claim of abandonment for non-use, (ii) maintain as in the past the quality of products and services offered under each such material Trademark necessary to the operation of its business, (iii) use each such material Trademark necessary to the operation of its business with the appropriate notice of registration and all other notices and legends required by applicable Requirements of Law, (iv) not adopt or use any mark which is confusingly similar or a colorable imitation of any such material Trademark necessary to the operation of its business unless the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, shall obtain, to the extent available, a perfected security interest in such mark pursuant to this Agreement, and (v) not (and not knowingly permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any such material Trademark necessary to the operation of its business may become invalidated or impaired in any way.

(b) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will not do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any material Patent owned by such Grantor necessary to the operation of its business may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public.

(c) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will not (and will not permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any such material Copyrights of such Grantor necessary to the operation of its business may become invalidated or otherwise impaired. Such Grantor will not (either itself or through licensees) do any act whereby any material portion of such Copyrights necessary to the operation of its business may fall into the public domain.

(d) Such Grantor will not do any act that knowingly uses any Material Intellectual Property to infringe the intellectual property rights of any other Person.

(e) Such Grantor will notify the Administrative Agent promptly if it knows, or has reason to know, that any application or registration relating to any Material Intellectual Property of such Grantor may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any material adverse determination (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any such determination in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office but excluding any routine office actions in the course of prosecution or any applications to register Intellectual Property) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of, or the validity of, any Material Intellectual Property or such Grantor’s right to register the same or to own and maintain the same.

(f) Whenever such Grantor, either by itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, shall file an application for the registration of any Patent or Trademark with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or political subdivision thereof, such Grantor shall report (i) the initial application to and (ii) the corresponding grant, if any, of the Patent or Trademark from the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office to the Administrative Agent, each as provided pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(ii)(y) of the Credit Agreement. Whenever such Grantor, either by

 

Exhibit A


itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, shall file an application for the registration of any Copyright with the U.S. Copyright Office, such Grantor shall report the filing of the initial application to the Administrative Agent as provided pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(ii)(y) of the Credit Agreement. Upon request of the Administrative Agent, other than in respect of intent-to-use trademark or service mark applications, such Grantor shall execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ security interest in any Copyright, Patent or Trademark and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby.

(g) Subject to such Grantor’s sole discretion in the application of its reasonable business judgment in the ordinary course of business, such Grantor will use commercially reasonable efforts to take all reasonable and necessary steps, including, without limitation, in any proceeding before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, the U.S. Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, to maintain and pursue each material application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of the Material U.S. Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor, including filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use and affidavits of incontestability.

(h) In the event that any Material Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor is infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Grantor shall take such actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property.

5.9 Receivables . Other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice, such Grantor will not (a) grant any extension of the time of payment of any Receivable, (b) compromise or settle any Receivable for less than the full amount thereof, (c) release, wholly or partially, any Person liable for the payment of any Receivable, (d) allow any credit or discount whatsoever on any Receivable or (e) amend, supplement or modify any Receivable in any manner that could adversely affect the value thereof.

5.10 Defense of Collateral . Grantors will appear in and use commercially reasonable efforts to defend any action, suit or proceeding which may affect to a material extent its title to, or right or interest in, any material portion of the Collateral.

5.11 Preservation of Collateral . Grantors will do and perform all reasonable acts that may be necessary and appropriate to maintain, preserve and protect the Collateral; provided that Grantors may dispose of Collateral as permitted by Section 7.5 of the Credit Agreement.

5.12 Compliance with Laws, Etc. Such Grantor will comply in all material respects with all laws, regulations and ordinances, and all policies of insurance, relating in a material way to the possession, operation, maintenance and control of the Collateral.

5.13 Location of Books and Chief Executive Office . Such Grantor will: (a) keep all Books pertaining to the Rights to Payment of such Grantor at the locations set forth in Schedule 4 ; and (b) give at least 15 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent of any changes in any location where Books pertaining to the Rights to Payment of such Grantor are kept.

5.14 Location of Collateral . Such Grantor will: (a) keep the Collateral held by such Grantor at the locations set forth in Schedule 5 or at such other locations as may be disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (b) and will not remove any such Collateral from such locations (other than in connection with sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of such Grantor’s business, the movement of Collateral as part of such Grantor’s supply chain and in the ordinary course of such

 

Exhibit A


Grantor’s business, other dispositions permitted by Section 7.5 of the Credit Agreement and movements of Collateral from one disclosed location to another disclosed location within the United States), except upon at least 15 days’ prior written notice of any removal to the Administrative Agent; and (b) give the Administrative Agent at least 15 days’ prior written notice of any change in the locations set forth in Schedule 5 .

5.15 Reserved .

5.16 Disposition of Collateral . Such Grantor will not surrender or lose possession of (other than to the Administrative Agent), sell, lease, rent, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any of the Collateral held by such Grantor or any right or interest therein, except to the extent permitted by Section 7.5 of the Credit Agreement.

5.17 Liens . Such Grantor will keep the Collateral held by such Grantor free of all Liens except Liens permitted under Section 7.3 of the Credit Agreement.

5.18 Expenses . Such Grantor will pay all expenses of protecting, storing, warehousing, insuring, handling and shipping the Collateral held by such Grantor, to the extent the failure to pay any such expenses could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Collateral.

5.19 Leased Premises; Collateral Held by Warehouseman, Bailee, Etc. To the extent required under Section 6.12(e) of the Credit Agreement, such Grantor will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from each Person from whom such Grantor leases any premises, and from each other Person at whose premises any Collateral held by such Grantor is at any time present (including any bailee, warehouseman or similar Person), any such collateral access, subordination, landlord waiver, bailment, consent and estoppel agreements as the Administrative Agent may require, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

5.20 Chattel Paper . Such Grantor will not create any Chattel Paper without placing a legend on such Chattel Paper acceptable to the Administrative Agent indicating that the Administrative Agent has a security interest in such Chattel Paper. Such Grantor will give the Administrative Agent immediate notice if such Grantor at any time holds or acquires an interest in any Chattel Paper, including any Electronic Chattel Paper and shall comply, in all respects, with the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof.

5.21 Commercial Tort Claims . Such Grantor will give the Administrative Agent prompt notice if such Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Commercial Tort Claim with a potential value in excess of $200,000.

5.22 Letter-of-Credit Rights . Such Grantor will give the Administrative Agent prompt notice if such Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Letter-of-Credit Rights with a potential value in excess of $200,000.

5.23 Shareholder Agreements and Other Agreements .

(a) Such Grantor shall comply with all of its obligations under any shareholders agreement, operating agreement, partnership agreement, voting trust, proxy agreement or other agreement or understanding (collectively, the “Pledged Collateral Agreements”) to which it is a party and shall enforce all of its rights thereunder, except, with respect to any such Pledged Collateral Agreement relating to any Pledged Collateral issued by a Person other than a Subsidiary of a Grantor, to the extent the failure to enforce any such rights could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Pledged Collateral to which any such Pledged Collateral Agreement relates.

 

Exhibit A


(b) Such Grantor agrees that no Pledged Stock (i) shall be dealt in or traded on any securities exchange or in any securities market, (ii) shall constitute an investment company security, or (iii) shall be held by such Grantor in a Securities Account.

(c) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, including Sections 7.3 and 7.5 thereof, such Grantor shall not vote to enable or take any other action to: (i) amend or terminate, or waive compliance with any of the terms of, any such Pledged Collateral Agreement, certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents in any way that materially and adversely affects the validity, perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein.

SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Discharge of Obligations:

6.1 Certain Matters Relating to Receivables .

(a) The Administrative Agent hereby authorizes each Grantor to collect such Grantor’s Receivables, and the Administrative Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. If required by the Administrative Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Receivables, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two Business Days) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent if required, in a Collateral Account over which the Administrative Agent has control, subject to withdrawal by the Administrative Agent for the account of the Secured Parties only as provided in Section 6.5 , and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each such deposit of Proceeds of Receivables shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.

(b) At the Administrative Agent’s request, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Receivables, including, without limitation, all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

6.2 Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable .

(a) The Administrative Agent in its own name or in the name of others may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default communicate with obligors under the Receivables to verify with them to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Receivables.

(b) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall notify obligors on the Receivables that the Receivables have been assigned to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under each of the Receivables to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto.

 

Exhibit A


Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

6.3 Investment Property .

(a) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given written notice to the relevant Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section 6.3(b) , each Grantor shall be permitted to receive all cash dividends paid in respect of the Pledged Collateral and all payments made in respect of the Pledged Notes to the extent not prohibited by the Credit Agreement, and to exercise all voting and corporate or other organizational rights with respect to the Investment Property of such Grantor; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or corporate or other organizational right exercised or other action taken, except for the filing of any petition in bankruptcy which would materially adversely affect the rights of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties, or the value of the Pledged Stock, unless otherwise permitted in the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(b) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall give notice of its intent to exercise such rights to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have the right (A) to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other Proceeds paid in respect of the Investment Property (including the Pledged Collateral) of any or all of the Grantors and make application thereof to the Secured Obligations in the order set forth in Section 6.5 , and (B) to exchange uncertificated Pledged Collateral for certificated Pledged Collateral and to exchange certificated Pledged Collateral for certificates of larger or smaller denominations, for any purpose consistent with this Agreement (in each case to the extent such exchanges are permitted under the applicable Pledged Collateral Agreements or otherwise agreed upon by the Issuer of such Pledged Collateral), and (ii) any and all of such Investment Property shall be registered in the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee, and the Administrative Agent or its nominee may thereafter exercise (x) all voting, corporate and other rights pertaining to such Investment Property at any meeting of shareholders of the relevant Issuer or Issuers or otherwise and (y) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Investment Property as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including, without limitation, the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of any such Investment Property upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate or other organizational structure of any Issuer, or upon the exercise by any Grantor or the Administrative Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to such Investment Property, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of such Investment Property with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Administrative Agent may determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to any Grantor to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

(c) Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Pledged Collateral or Pledged Notes pledged by such Grantor hereunder to (i) comply with any instruction received by it from the Administrative Agent in writing that (x) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without

 

Exhibit A


any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying, and (ii) unless otherwise expressly permitted hereby, pay any dividends or other payments with respect to the Pledged Collateral or, as applicable, the Pledged Notes directly to the Administrative Agent.

(d) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to apply the balance from any Deposit Account or instruct the bank at which any Deposit Account is maintained to pay the balance of any Deposit Account to or for the benefit of the Administrative Agent.

6.4 Proceeds to be Turned Over To Administrative Agent . In addition to the rights of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties specified in Section 6.1 with respect to payments of Receivables, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and as requested by the Administrative Agent, all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks, Cash Equivalents and other near- cash items shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and upon the request of the Administrative Agent, shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if required). All Proceeds received by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account over which it maintains control, within the meaning of the UCC. All Proceeds while held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Secured Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 6.5 .

6.5 Application of Proceeds . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at any time at the Administrative Agent’s election, the Administrative Agent may apply all or any part of Proceeds constituting Collateral, whether or not held in any Collateral Account, in payment of the Secured Obligations in accordance with Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement.

6.6 Code and Other Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, may exercise, upon prior written notice thereof to the Borrower, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to them in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Secured Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. The Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Administrative Agent’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Administrative Agent at places which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere. The Administrative Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 6.6 , in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5 , only after deducting all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in

 

Exhibit A


connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Secured Obligations, in such order as is contemplated by Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement, and only after such application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including Section 9-615(a)(3) of the UCC, but only to the extent of the surplus, if any, owing to any Grantor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party arising out of the exercise by any of them of any rights hereunder, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party or their respective agents. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.

6.7 Registration Rights .

(a) Reserved.

(b) Each Grantor recognizes that the Administrative Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Stock, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. Subject to its compliance with state securities laws applicable to private sales. the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Stock for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so.

(c) Each Grantor agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any portion of the Pledged Stock pursuant to this Section 6.7 valid and binding and in compliance with any applicable Requirement of Law. Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 6.7 will cause irreparable injury to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, that the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 6.7 shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred under the Credit Agreement.

6.8 Intellectual Property License . Solely for the purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Section 6 and at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, an irrevocable (during the term of this Agreement), non-exclusive, worldwide license (exercisable following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Grantor), subject, in the case of Trademarks, to sufficient rights to quality control and inspection in favor of such Grantor to avoid the risk of invalidation of said Trademarks, to use, operate under, license, or sublicense any Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Grantors.

 

Exhibit A


6.9 Deficiency . Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Secured Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to collect such deficiency.

SECTION 7. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that:

7.1 Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc .

(a) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in- fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor (except as required hereunder or by the other Loan Documents), to do any or all of the following upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) in the name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise, take possession of and indorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

(ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Administrative Agent may request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ security interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

(iii) pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of this Agreement and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof;

(iv) execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 6.6 or 6.7 , any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

(v) (A) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct; (B) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (C) sign and indorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (D) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or

 

Exhibit A


proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (E) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (F) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; (G) assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Administrative Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (H) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Administrative Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Administrative Agent deems reasonably necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

Anything in this Section 7.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 7.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Administrative Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.

(c) The reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 7.1 , together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the highest rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on any category of past due ABR Loans under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Administrative Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent on demand.

(d) Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated and the security interests created hereby are released.

7.2 Duty of Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Administrative Agent deals with similar property for its own account. Neither the Administrative Agent, any other Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Exhibit A


7.3 Authority of Administrative Agent . Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Administrative Agent and the Grantors, the Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendments in Writing . None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement.

8.2 Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Administrative Agent or any Grantor hereunder shall be effected in the manner provided for in Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement; provided that any such notice, request or demand to or upon any Guarantor shall be addressed to such Guarantor at its notice address set forth on Schedule 1 .

8.3 No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.1 ), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default, as applicable. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which the Administrative Agent or such other Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

8.4 Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification .

(a) Each Guarantor agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party for all its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in collecting against such Guarantor under the guaranty contained in Section 2 of this Agreement or otherwise enforcing or preserving any rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, including the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and of counsel to each other Secured Party.

(b) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to save the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to save the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,

 

Exhibit A


judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement to the extent the Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

(d) The agreements in this Section 8.4 shall survive repayment of the Secured Obligations and any other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

8.5 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

8.6 Set Off . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party and any Affiliate thereof at any time and from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice to such Grantor or any other Grantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Grantor, to setoff and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of such Grantor, or any part thereof in such amounts as the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party may elect, against and on account of the Secured Obligations and liabilities of such Grantor to the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and claims of every nature and description of the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party against such Grantor, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise, as the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party may elect, whether or not the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has made any demand for payment and although such obligations, liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured. The rights of the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party under this Section 8.6 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which the Administrative Agent or such other Secured Party may have.

8.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including delivery by facsimile and/or electronic mail), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

8.8 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

8.9 Section Headings . The Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

8.10 Integration . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the agreement of the Grantors, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party relative to subject matter hereof and thereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

 

Exhibit A


8.11 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8.12 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party at its address referred to in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 8.12 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

8.13 Acknowledgements . Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among any of the Secured Parties or among the Grantors and any of the Secured Parties.

8.14 Additional Grantors . Each Subsidiary of a Grantor that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex 1 hereto.

8.15 Releases .

 

Exhibit A


(a) Upon the Discharge of Obligations, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties created hereby, this Agreement shall terminate with respect to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of each Grantor to the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party hereunder shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party. At the sole expense of any Grantor following any such termination, the Administrative Agent shall deliver such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

(b) If any of the Collateral shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Grantor in a transaction permitted by Section 7 of the Credit Agreement, then the Liens on such Collateral created hereunder shall be deemed automatically released, the Administrative Agent, at the request and sole expense of such Grantor, shall promptly execute and deliver to such Grantor all releases or other documents reasonably necessary or desirable for the release of the Liens created hereby on such Collateral, as applicable. A Guarantor shall be deemed automatically released from its obligations hereunder in the event that all the Capital Stock of such Guarantor shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to a Person other than a Grantor in a transaction permitted by Section 7 of the Credit Agreement; provided that the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, at least five days, or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree, prior to the date of the proposed release, a written request for release identifying the relevant Guarantor and the terms of the sale or other disposition in reasonable detail, including the price thereof and any expenses in connection therewith, together with a certification by the Borrower stating that such transaction is in compliance with terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

8.16 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH GRANTOR AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

8.17 Keepwell . Each Loan Party that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor at the time this Agreement (or joinder thereto) or the grant of a security interest under the Loan Documents, in each case, by any Specified Loan Party becomes effective with respect to any Swap Obligation, hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support to each Specified Loan Party with respect to such Swap Obligation as may be needed by such Specified Loan Party from time to time to honor all of its obligations under the Loan Documents in respect of such Swap Obligation (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Qualified ECP Guarantor’s obligations and undertakings under the its guaranty voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations and undertakings of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 8.17 shall remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of Obligations. Each Loan Party intends this Section to constitute, and this Section 8.17 shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of, each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit A


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTORS:
ALARM.COM INCORPORATED
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

WH INTERACTIVE, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

POINTCENTRAL, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ENERGYHUB, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Signature Page 1 to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


ALARM.COM INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

BUILDING 36 TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

FIVE INTERACTIVE, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ONABRIDGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

JTT INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Signature Page 2 to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Signature Page 3 to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement


SCHEDULE 1

NOTICE ADDRESSES OF GUARANTORS

 

Guarantor

  

Notice Address

 

Schedule 1


SCHEDULE 2

DESCRIPTION OF INVESTMENT PROPERTY

Pledged Stock:

 

Grantor

  

Issuer

  

Class of Capital Stock

  

Certificate No.

  

No. of Shares / Units

           
           
           
           

Pledged Notes:

 

Grantor

  

Issuer

  

Date of Issuance

  

Payee

  

Principal Amount

           
           
           
           

Securities Accounts:

 

Grantor

  

Securities Intermediary

  

Address

  

Account Number(s)

        
        
        
        

Commodity Accounts:

 

Grantor

  

Commodities Intermediary

  

Address

  

Account Number(s)

        
        
        
        

Deposit Accounts:

 

Grantor

  

Depositary Bank

  

Address

  

Account Number(s)

        
        
        
        

 

Schedule 2


SCHEDULE 3

FILINGS AND OTHER ACTIONS REQUIRED TO

PERFECT SECURITY INTERESTS

Copyright, Patent and Trademark Filings

[                     ]

Other Actions

[                 ]

 

Schedule 3


SCHEDULE 4

LOCATION OF JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION,

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE AND LOCATION OF BOOKS

 

Grantor

  

Jurisdiction of

Organization

  

Organizational

Identification

Number

  

Location of Chief

Executive Office

  

Location of Books

           
           
           
           

 

Schedule 4


SCHEDULE 5

LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND INVENTORY

 

Grantor

  

Address Location

  
  
  
  

 

Schedule 5


SCHEDULE 6

RIGHTS OF THE GRANTORS RELATING TO PATENTS

Issued Patents of [NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

Jurisdiction

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

  

Inventor

  

Title

           

Pending Patent Applications of [NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

Jurisdiction

  

Serial No.

  

Filing Date

  

Inventor

  

Title

           

Issued Patents and Pending Patent Applications Licensed to [NAME OF GRANTOR]

[                                          ]

 

Schedule 6


RIGHTS OF THE GRANTORS RELATING TO TRADEMARKS

Registered Trademarks of [NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

Jurisdiction

  

Registration No.

  

Registration

Date

  

Filing Date

  

Registered Owner

  

Mark

              

Pending Trademark Applications of [NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

Jurisdiction

  

Application No.

  

Filing Date

  

Applicant

  

Mark

           

Registered Trademarks and Pending Trademark Applications Licensed to [NAME OF GRANTOR]

[                                                  ]

 

Schedule 6


RIGHTS OF THE GRANTORS RELATING TO COPYRIGHTS

Registered Copyrights of [NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

Jurisdiction

  

Registration No.

  

Registration Date

  

Work of Authorship

        

Pending Copyright Applications of [NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

Jurisdiction

  

Application No.

  

Application Date

  

Work of Authorship

        

Registered Copyrights and Pending Copyright Applications Licensed to [NAME OF GRANTOR]

[                                              ]

 

Schedule 6


SCHEDULE 7

LETTER OF CREDIT RIGHTS

 

Schedule 7


SCHEDULES

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

 

Schedule 8


ANNEX 1 TO

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

FORM OF ASSUMPTION

AGREEMENT

This ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of [            ], is executed and delivered by [                                             ] (the “Additional Grantor”), in favor of SILICON VALLEY BANK, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the banks and other financial institutions or entities (the “Lenders”) from time to time parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2014 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in such Credit Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Borrower and certain of its Affiliates (other than the Additional Grantor) have entered into that certain Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2014, in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties defined therein (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower is required, pursuant to Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement to cause the Additional Grantor to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to grant in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Lenders) the Liens and security interests therein specified and provide its guarantee of the Obligations as therein contemplated; and

WHEREAS, the Additional Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement . By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, the Additional Grantor, as provided in Section 8.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (a) hereby becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as both a “Grantor” and a “Guarantor” thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and a Guarantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Grantor and a Guarantor thereunder, and (b) hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as security for the Secured Obligations, a security interest in all of the Additional Grantor’s right, title and interest in any and to all Collateral of the Additional Grantor, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired or in which the Additional Grantor now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located, but subject in all respects to the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The information set forth in Schedule 1 hereto is hereby added to the information set forth in the Schedules to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Additional Grantor hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (x) that is qualified by materiality is true and correct, and (y) that is not qualified by materiality, is true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as the date hereof (after giving

 

Annex 1


effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

2. Governing Law . THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

3. Loan Document . This Assumption Agreement shall constitute a Loan Document under the Credit Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

[ADDITIONAL GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Annex 1


Schedule to

Assumption Agreement

Supplement to Schedule 1

Supplement to Schedule 2

Supplement to Schedule 3

Supplement to Schedule 4

Supplement to Schedule 5

Supplement to Schedule 6

Supplement to Schedule 7

Supplement to Schedule 8

 

Annex 1


ANNEX 2 TO

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

FORM OF PLEDGE

SUPPLEMENT

 

To:    Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent
Re:    Alarm.com Incorporated
   Alarm.com Holdings, Inc.
Date:      

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Pledge Supplement (this “Pledge Supplement”) is made and delivered pursuant to Section 3.3(g) of that certain Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2014 (as amended, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”), among each Grantor party thereto (each a “Grantor” and collectively, the “Grantors”), and Silicon Valley Bank (the “Administrative Agent”). All capitalized terms used in this Pledge Supplement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in either the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), as the context may require.

The undersigned,                                                       [insert name of Grantor], a                                      [corporation, partnership, limited liability company, etc.], confirms and agrees that all Pledged Collateral of the undersigned, including the property described on the supplemental schedule attached hereto, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral and shall secure all Secured Obligations.

Schedule 2 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is hereby amended by adding to such Schedule 2 the information set forth in the supplement attached hereto.

This Pledge Supplement shall constitute a Loan Document under the Credit Agreement.

THIS PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Pledge Supplement, as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF APPLICABLE GRANTOR]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Annex 2


SUPPLEMENT TO ANNEX 2

TO THE SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Number of Units/Shares

Owned

  

Certificate(s) Numbers

  

Date Issued

  

Class or Type of

or Shares

          
          
          
          

 

Annex 1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Date:                          , 20        

This Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(ii) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April [            ], 2014, by and among ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), SILICON VALLEY BANK, as the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned, a duly authorized and acting Responsible Officer of the Borrower, hereby certifies, in his/her capacity as an officer of the Borrower, and not in any personal capacity, as follows:

I have reviewed and am familiar with the contents of this Compliance Certificate.

I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and have made, or caused to be made under my supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the financial statements attached hereto as Attachment 1 (the “Financial Statements”). Except as set forth on Attachment 2 , such review did not disclose the existence during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the Financial Statements, and I have no knowledge of the existence as of the date of this Compliance Certificate, of any condition or event which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default.

Attached hereto as Attachment 3 are the computations showing compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.1 of the Credit Agreement.

[To the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party.]

[To the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a list of any material patents, registered trademarks or registered copyrights issued to or acquired by any Loan Party since [the Closing Date][the date of the most recent report delivered].]

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

Exhibit B


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Compliance Certificate as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
ALARM.COM INCORPORATED
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit B


Attachment 1

to Compliance Certificate

[Attach Financial Statements]

 

Attachment 1


Attachment 2

to Compliance Certificate

Except as set forth below, no Default or Event of Default has occurred, [If a Default or Event of Default has occurred, the following describes the nature of the Default or Event of Default in reasonable detail and the steps, if any, being taken or contemplated by the Borrower to be taken on account thereof]

 

Attachment 2


Attachment 3

to Compliance Certificate

Preliminary Note to Compliance Certificate Calculations

The information described herein is as of [                     ], [             ] (the “Statement Date”), and pertains to the Subject Period defined below, as applicable.

 

I.    Section 7.1(a) — Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio with respect to   
   Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for any period:   
   A.    Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period   
        1.    Consolidated Net Income    $            
        2.    Consolidated Interest Expense    $            
        3.    Provision for income taxes    $            
        4.    Depreciation expenses    $            
        5.    Amortization expenses    $            
        6.    Stock-based compensation expense    $            
        7.    Transaction fees and expenses associated with the Revolving Facility    $            
        8.    Investment banking and other transaction fees and expenses associated with any initial public offering or any equity offering in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,500,000 during the term of the Agreement    $            
        9.    All other non-cash charges    $            
      10.    Such other one-time charges approved by the Administrative Agent in its discretion    $            
      11.    Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (Lines I.A.1+I.A.2+I.A.3+I.A.4+I.A.5+I.A.6+I.A.7+I.A.8+I.A.9+I.A.10):    $            
   B.    Portion of taxes based on income actually paid in cash (net of any cash refunds received) during such period    $            
   C.    Consolidated Capital Expenditures (excluding the principal amount funded with the Loans) incurred in connection with such expenditures    $            
   D.    EnergyHub Earnout Payments    $            
   E.    Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period    $            

 

Attachment 3


   F.    Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (ratio of Lines (I.A.11 minus B minus C minus D) to E):                to 1
      Minimum required:    1.25 to 1
      Covenant compliance:            Yes  0                No   0   

 

Attachment 3


II.    Section 7.1(b) — Consolidated Leverage Ratio with respect to Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the last day of any period:   
   A.    Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of the Statement Date:    $            
   B.    Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (Line I.A.11 above)    $            
   C.    Consolidated Leverage Ratio (ratio of Line II.A to II.B):                to 1
      Maximum permitted:    2.50 to 1
      Covenant compliance:             Yes   0                No   0   

 

Attachment 3


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE

[NAME OF APPLICABLE LOAN PARTY]

This Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(d) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April [    ], 2014, by and among ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), SILICON VALLEY BANK, as the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. The undersigned Secretary of [insert the name of the certifying Loan Party, a [            ] corporation, the “Certifying Loan Party”)] hereby certifies, solely in such capacity and not in any individual capacity, as follows:

1. The representations and warranties of the Certifying Loan Party set forth in each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party or which are contained in any certificate furnished by or on behalf of the Certifying Loan Party pursuant to any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party are, (i) to the extent qualified by materiality, true and correct, and (ii) to the extent not qualified by materiality, true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of the date hereof with the same effect as if made on the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

2. I am the duly elected and qualified Secretary of the Certifying Loan Party.

3. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof or immediately after giving effect to the Loans to be made on the date hereof and the use of proceeds thereof.

4. The conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.1 , of the Credit Agreement were satisfied on the part of the Certifying Loan Party or waived, as applicable, as of the Closing Date.

5. There are no liquidation or dissolution proceedings pending or, to my knowledge, threatened against the Certifying Loan Party, nor has any other event occurred which could be reasonably likely to materially adversely affect or threaten the continued corporate existence of the Certifying Loan Party.

6. The Certifying Loan Party is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization.

7. Attached hereto as Annex 1 is a true and complete copy of the resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Certifying Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which the Certifying Loan Party is a party and all other agreements, documents and instruments to be executed, delivered and performed in

 

Exhibit C


connection therewith. Such resolutions have not in any way been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded, and have been in full force and effect since their adoption up to and including the date hereof and are now in full force and effect.

8. Attached hereto as Annex 2 is a true and complete copy of the By-Laws of the Certifying Loan Party as in effect on the date hereof.

9. Attached hereto as Annex 3 is a true and complete copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Certifying Loan Party as in effect on the date hereof, along with a good- standing certificate for the Certifying Loan Party from the jurisdiction of its organization.

10. The following persons are now duly elected and qualified officers of the Certifying Loan Party holding the offices indicated next to their respective names below, and the signatures appearing opposite their respective names below are the true and genuine signatures of such officers, and each of such officers, acting alone, is duly authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Certifying Loan Party each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and any certificate or other document to be delivered by the Certifying Loan Party pursuant to the Loan Documents to which it is a party:

 

Name

  

Office

  

Signature

[                     ]

      [                                         ]

[                     ]

      [                                         ]

[                     ]

   [                    ]   

[                     ]

   [                    ]   

[Signature page follows]

 

Exhibit C


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand as of the date set forth below.

 

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

Secretary

I, [            ], in my capacity as the [            ] of the Certifying Loan Party, do hereby certify in the name and on behalf of the Certifying Loan Party that [            ] is the duly elected and qualified Secretary of the Certifying Loan Party and that the signature appearing above is [her][his] genuine signature.

 

Date: [                     ]    

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

Exhibit C


ANNEX 1

RESOLUTIONS

 

Exhibit C


ANNEX 2

BY-LAWS

 

Exhibit C


ANNEX 3

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

AND

GOOD-STANDING CERTIFICATE

 

Exhibit C


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

Date:                          , 20        

To the Administrative Agent,

and each of the Lenders party

to the Credit Agreement referred to below:

This SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE (this “Certificate”) is delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(o) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April [     ], 2014, by and among ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), SILICON VALLEY BANK, as the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. The undersigned Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower, in such capacity only and not in her/his individual capacity, does hereby certify on behalf of each Loan Party as of the date hereof that the Loan Parties, when taken as a whole and after giving effect to the Loans made by the Lenders on the Closing Date and the consummation of the Transactions, the initial borrowings on the Closing Date and the application of the proceeds thereof, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

(Signature page follows)

 

Exhibit D


I represent the foregoing information to be, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true and correct and execute this Certificate as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
ALARM.COM INCORPORATED
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit D


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the “Assignment Agreement”) is dated as of the Assignment Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between the Assignor identified in item 1 below (the “Assignor”) and the Assignee identified in item 2 below (the “Assignee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment Agreement as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Assignment Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including without limitation any letter of credit deposits, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by the Assignor to the Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “Assigned Interest”). Each such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment Agreement, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.   Assignor:   

 

     
    

 

     
2.   Assignee:   

 

     
  [for Assignee, if applicable, indicate [Affiliate][Approved Fund] of [identify Lender]]
3.   Borrower:   

ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation

4.   Administrative Agent:    SILICON VALLEY BANK
5.   Credit Agreement:   

Credit Agreement, dated as of April [     ], 2014, among Borrower, the

Lenders party thereto, and SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Administrative Agent

 

Exhibit E


6. Assigned Interest[s]:

 

Assignor

  

Assignee

  

Facility

Assigned 1

  

Aggregate

Amount of

Commitment /

Loans for all

Lenders 2

  

Amount of

Commitment /
Loans

Assigned 3

  

Percentage
Assigned of

Commitment /

Loans 4

  

CUSIP

Number

         $                        $                                            %   
         $                        $                                            %   
         $                        $                                            %   

 

[7. Trade Date:                         ] 5

Assignment Effective Date:                     , 20         [TO BE INSERTED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE ASSIGNMENT EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

[Signature pages follow]

 

 

1   Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment Agreement (e.g. “Revolving Facility”, “Term Facility”, etc.)
2   Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Assignment Effective Date.
3   Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Assignment Effective Date.
4   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the applicable Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.
5   To be completed if the Assignor(s) and the Assignee(s) intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.

 

Exhibit E


The terms set forth in this Assignment Agreement are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR 1
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ASSIGNEE 2
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

1   Add additional signature blocks as needed.
2   Add additional signature blocks as needed.

 

Exhibit E


Consented to and Accepted:

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

as Administrative Agent

 

By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[Consented to:] 3
[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

3   To be added only if the consent of the Borrower and/or other parties (e.g. Swingline Lender, Issuing Lender) is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

Exhibit E


ANNEX 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of any Loan Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by any Loan Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an Assignee under Section 10.6(b) of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.6(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Assignment Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement and to purchase the Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement and to purchase the Assigned Interest, and (vii) if it is a Non-U.S. Lender, attached to the Assignment Agreement is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on any of the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Assignment Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Assignment Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Assignment Effective Date.

 

Exhibit E


3. General Provisions . This Assignment Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment Agreement by telecopy (or other electronic method of transmission) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment Agreement. This Assignment Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

4. Conflict . In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions set forth herein and the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement shall control.

 

Exhibit E


EXHIBIT F-1

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

[Date]

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April [    ], 2014, by and among ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), SILICON VALLEY BANK, as the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized signatory as of the day and year first written above.

 

[Name of Lender]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit F-1


EXHIBIT F-2

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

[Date]

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April [    ], 2014, by and among ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), SILICON VALLEY BANK, as the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized signatory as of the day and year first written above.

 

[Name of Participant]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit F-2


EXHIBIT F-3

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

[Date]

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April [    ], 2014, by and among ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), SILICON VALLEY BANK, as the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W- 8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

Exhibit F-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized signatory as of the day and year first written above.

 

[Name of Participant]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit F-4


EXHIBIT F-4

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

[Date]

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April [    ], 2014, by and among ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), SILICON VALLEY BANK, as the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W- 8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

Exhibit F-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized signatory as of the day and year first written above.

 

[Name of Lender]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit F-6


EXIDBIT G

RESERVED

 

Exhibit G


EXHIBIT H-1

FORM OF REVOLVING LOAN NOTE

THIS REVOLVING LOAN NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO BELOW. TRANSFERS OF THIS REVOLVING LOAN NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REVOLVING LOAN REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

$[                ]    Santa Clara, California
   [                 ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to [                    ] (the “Lender”) or its permitted registered assigns at the Revolving Loan Funding Office specified in the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) in Dollars and in immediately available funds, on the Revolving Termination Date the principal amount of (a) [                        ] ($[            ]), or, if less, (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement referred to below. The Borrower further agrees to pay interest in like money at such office on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement.

The holder of this Revolving Loan Note (this “Note”) is authorized to indorse on the schedules annexed hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof the date, Type and amount of each Revolving Loan made pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof, each continuation thereof, each conversion of all or a portion thereof to another Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the length of each Interest Period with respect thereto. Each such indorsement shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information indorsed. The failure to make any such indorsement or any error in any such indorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower in respect of any Revolving Loan.

This Note (a) is one of the Revolving Loan Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, dated as of March [     ], 2014, among the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), (b) is subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and (c) is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment in whole or in part as provided in the Credit Agreement. This Note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Loan Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Loan Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and the guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interests and each guarantee were granted and the rights of the holder of this Note in respect thereof.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any one or more Events of Default, all principal and all accrued interest then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

Exhibit H-1


All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether maker, principal, surety, guarantor, indorser or otherwise, hereby waive presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 10.6 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

BORROWER:
ALARM.COM INCORPORATED
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit H-1


Schedule A

to Revolving Loan Note

LOANS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF ABR LOANS

 

Date

  

Amount of

ABR Loans

  

Amount
Converted to

ABR Loans

  

Amount of
Principal of

ABR Loans

Repaid

  

Amount of
ABR Loans
Converted to
Eurodollar

Loans

  

Unpaid

Principal

Balance of
ABR Loans

  

Notation

Made By

                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 

 

Exhibit H-1


Schedule B

to Revolving Loan Note

LOANS, CONTINUATIONS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF EURODOLLAR LOANS

 

Date

  

Amount of

Eurodollar

Loans

  

Amount

Converted to

Eurodollar

Loans

  

Interest Period
and Eurodollar
Rate with
Respect Thereto

  

Amount of
Principal of
Eurodollar
Loans Repaid

  

Amount of
Eurodollar Loans
Converted to

ABR Loans

  

Unpaid Principal
Balance of
Eurodollar Loans

  

Notation

Made By

                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    

 

Exhibit H-1


EXHIBIT H-2

FORM OF SWINGLINE LOAN NOTE

THIS SWINGLINE LOAN NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO BELOW. TRANSFERS OF THIS SWINGLINE LOAN NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REVOLVING LOAN REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

$[                    ]    Santa Clara, California
   [                         ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to SILICON VALLEY BANK (the “Lender”) or its permitted registered assigns at the Revolving Loan Funding Office specified in the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) in Dollars and in immediately available funds, on the Revolving Termination Date, the principal amount of (a) [                    ] ($[            ]), or, if less, (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Swingline Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Credit Agreement referred to below. The Borrower further agrees to pay interest in like money at such office on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement.

The holder of this Swingline Loan Note (this “Note”) is authorized to indorse on the schedules annexed hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof the date and amount of each Swingline Loan made pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof. Each such indorsement shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information indorsed. The failure to make any such indorsement or any error in any such indorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower in respect of any Swingline Loan.

This Note (a) is the Swingline Loan Note referred to in the Credit Agreement, dated as of March [    ], 2014, among the Borrower, The Lenders party thereto, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), (b) is subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and (c) is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment in whole or in part as provided in the Credit Agreement. This Note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Loan Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Loan Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and the guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interests and each guarantee were granted and the rights of the holder of this Note in respect thereof.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any one or more Events of Default, all principal and all accrued interest then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

Exhibit H-2


All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether maker, principal, surety, guarantor, indorser or otherwise, hereby waive presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 10.6 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

BORROWER:
ALARM.COM INCORPORATED
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit H-2


Schedule A

to Swingline Loan Note

LOANS AND REPAYMENTS

 

Date

  

Amount of Loans

  

Amount of

Principal of

ABR Loans

Repaid

  

Unpaid Principal

Balance of ABR

Loans

  

Notation

Made By

           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           

 

Exhibit H-2


EXIDBIT I

[RESERVED]

 

Exhibit I


EXIITBIT J

FORM OF COLLATERAL INFORMATION CERTIFICATE

 

Exhibit J


FORM OF COLLATERAL INFORMATION CERTIFICATE

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.

and

ALARM.COM INCORPORATED

AS THE BORROWER

Dated as of April     , 2014


COLLATERAL INFORMATION CERTIFICATE

To: Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent

THIS COLLATERAL INFORMATION CERTIFICATE is being delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April [    ], 2014 (the “Credit Agreement”), among Alarm.com Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), Alarm.com Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”), and Silicon Valley Bank, as administrative agent for such Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents referenced therein. Other terms which are used but not otherwise defined herein but which are defined in Article 8 or Article 9 of the UCC shall have the respective meanings set forth in such applicable Article of the UCC.

The undersigned, being the duly appointed Responsible Officer of [                 ] (the “Loan Party”), hereby certifies that:

NAMES:

 

1. The exact legal name of each Loan Party as it appears in its respective organizational papers, its respective jurisdiction of formation, its respective organizational identification number and its respective date of formation, is as follows:

 

Name of Loan Party

  

Jurisdiction of Formation

  

Organizational Identification

No.

  

Date of Formation

        

 

2. Set forth below is each other legal name that each Loan Party has had during the last five years, together with the date of the relevant change:

 

Loan Party

  

Prior Legal Name

  

Date of Name Change

     

 

3. Within the past five years, the following Persons have been merged into a Loan Party or such Loan Party has acquired all or a material portion of the assets of such Person (provide names, dates and brief description of transaction):

 

Loan Party

  

Name of Party Merged

with or Acquired

  

Date of Merger or

Asset Acquisition

  

Description of Transaction

        

 

4. The following is a list of all other names (including trade names or similar appellations) used by a Loan Party or any of its divisions or other business units at any time during the past five years:

 

Loan Party

  

Other Names Used Within Last Five Years

  

 

2


5. The following is a list of all the share or membership certificates evidencing equity interests (other than publicly traded equity interests) of each Loan Party, including the record owners, the certificate numbers, the certificate dates and the number of shares or percentage of membership interests represented by such certificates:

 

Loan Party

  

Certificate Number

  

Certificate Date

  

No. Shares or

Ownership Percentage

  

Record Owner

           

 

6. No stock, debt instruments, cash collateral or other property of any Loan Party has been pledged to any Person, except as follows:

 

Loan Party

  

Description of Liens

  

LOCATIONS:

 

7. The chief executive office of each Loan Party is located at the addresses specified below:

 

Loan Party

  

Address of Chief Executive Office

  

 

8. The following is a list of all locations not identified in Item 5, above, where each Loan Party maintains its books and records relating to the Collateral:

 

Loan Party

  

Address where Books and Records are Maintained

  

 

9. The following is a list of all locations where any of the Collateral comprising Goods, including Inventory, Equipment or Fixtures (other than motor vehicles and other mobile goods to the extent in transit from time to time), is located:

 

Loan Party

  

Locations

  

 

10. The following is a list of all real property owned of record and beneficially by each Loan Party:

 

Loan Party

  

Description of Real Property

  

 

3


11. The following is a list of all real property leased or subleased by or to each Loan Party, whether by way of a ground lease, a master lease, a standard site lease, license or otherwise (each a “Lease”) (include the name of each of the parties to each Lease as it appears on the Lease, and the address of the relevant premises under such Lease).

 

Loan Party

  

Parties to Lease

  

Address of Leased Premises

  

Description of Lease

        

 

12. Each of the following firms provides insurance services for the Loan Parties.

 

Loan Party

  

Name of Insurance Provider

  

 

13. Each Loan Party maintains the following insurance with respect to itself and its properties:

 

Loan Party

  

Insurance Provider

  

Policy Type and Number

  

Description of Coverage Amounts

        

INFORMATION ABOUT COLLATERAL:

Material Contracts:

 

14. The following is a list of all material licenses or sublicenses pursuant to which any third party licenses or sublicenses to a Loan Party the right to use any intellectual property rights, including any right to use any software or any patent, trademark or copyright exclusive or any mass market, non-customized licenses or sublicenses (collectively, the “Inbound Licenses”):

 

Loan Party

  

Licensor

  

Name and Date of

License Agreement

  

Description of Licensed Intellectual

Property Rights

        

 

15. The following is a list of all material licenses or sublicenses pursuant to which each Loan Party licenses or sublicenses to any third party the right to use any intellectual property rights, including any right to use any software or any Patent, Trademark or Copyright (collectively, the “Outbound Licenses”):

 

Loan Party

  

Licensee

  

Name and Date of

License Agreement

  

Description of Licensed Intellectual

Property Rights

        

 

16. The following is a list of (and the location of) all material equipment and other personal property leased or subleased by each Loan Party from any third party, whether leased individually or jointly with others (include the name of the lessor or sublessor as it appears on the lease or sublease, the title of the applicable lease or sublease as amended to date, including all schedules thereto, and a general description of leased equipment and other property, the address at which such equipment and other property is located (collectively, the “Personal Property Leases”)):

 

Name of Loan

Party

  

Lessor/Sublessor

  

Title of Lease/Sublease

  

Description of

Leased/Subleased

Equipment

  

Address where

Leased/Subleased

Equipment is Located

           

 

4


17. The following is a list of all material contracts and agreements, including collective bargaining agreements, and employment agreements, to which each Loan Party is a party or in which it has an interest relating to material employees (collectively, the “Employee Contracts”):

 

Loan Party

  

Description of “Employee Contract”

  

 

18. The following is a list of all other material contracts and agreements of any kind or nature (to the extent not otherwise previously listed in this Collateral Information Certificate) to which any Loan Party is a party or in which it has an interest (collectively, the “Other Material Contracts”):

 

Loan Party

  

Description of “Other Material Contract”

  

Government Licenses:

 

19. The following is a list of all material federal, state and other governmental licenses or authorizations required or reasonably necessary to operate the each Loan Party’s business as currently conducted or as contemplated by such Loan Party to be operated immediately after the Closing Date (collectively, the “Governmental Licenses”):

 

Loan Party

  

Description of Governmental License/Authorization

  

Intellectual Property:

 

20. The following is a list of domestic and foreign registered patents and patent applications owned, licensed or otherwise used by each Loan Party, whether individually or jointly with others:

Issued Patents

 

Loan Party

  

Jurisdiction

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

  

Inventor

  

Title

              

Pending Patent Applications

 

Loan Party

  

Jurisdiction

  

Serial No.

  

Filing Date

  

Inventor

  

Title

              

 

5


Issued Patents and Pending Patent Applications Licensed to Loan Parties

[                                                      ]

 

21. The following is a list of domestic and foreign registered trademarks, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, tradenames or applications therefor, owned, licensed or otherwise used by each Loan Party, whether individually or jointly with others:

Registered Trademarks

 

Loan Party

  

Jurisdiction

  

Registration

No.

  

Registration

Date

  

Filing

Date

  

Registered Owner

  

Mark

                 

Pending Trademark Applications

 

Loan Party

  

Jurisdiction

  

Application No.

  

Filing Date

  

Applicant

  

Mark

              

Registered Trademarks and Pending Trademark Applications Licensed to Loan Parties

[                                                          ]

 

22. The following is a list of domestic and foreign copyrights, copyright works, copyright registrations and applications therefor, owned. licensed or used by each Loan Party, whether individually or jointly with others:

Registered Copyrights

 

Loan Party

  

Jurisdiction

  

Registration No.

  

Registration Date

  

Work of Authorship

           

Pending Copyright Applications

 

Loan Party

  

Jurisdiction

  

Application No.

  

Application Date

  

Work of Authorship

           

Registered Copyrights and Pending Copyright Applications Licensed to Loan Parties

[                                                          ]

 

6


Investment Property and Deposits:

 

23. The Loan Parties hold notes payable from the following Persons:

 

Loan Party

  

Date of Note

  

Maturity Date

of Note

  

Principal Amount

of Note

  

Name of Note Obligor

  

Are Note

Obligations

Secured (Y or N)

              

 

24. The Loan Parties maintain the following deposit accounts (including demand, time, savings, passbook or similar accounts) with depositary banks:

 

Loan Party

  

Type of Account (i.e. Payroll,
Operations, Cash Management,

etc.)

  

Name of Depository

Bank

  

Account No.

  

Is Account

Currently

Blocked or

Restricted

(Y/N)

           

 

25. The Loan Parties beneficially own “investment property” in the following securities accounts held with securities intermediaries:

 

Loan Party

  

Name of Securities Intermediary

  

Account No.

  

Description of

Investment

Property

  

Is Account

Currently

Blocked or

Restricted

(Y/N)

           

 

26. The Loan Parties beneficially own the following stocks, bonds, investment securities, partnership and joint venture investments and other investments:

Limited Liability Company Interests

 

Loan Party

  

Issuer of Interests

  

Number of Units

Owned

  

Dates Units

Issued

  

Percentage

Ownership

Interest

           

Partnership Interests

 

Loan Party

  

Issuer of Interests

  

Number of

Units Owned

  

Date Units

Issued

  

Percentage

Ownership

Interest

  

Type of

Partnership

Interest

(GP/LP)

              

Corporate Stock/Shares

 

Loan Party

  

Issuer of Stock/Shares

  

Number of

Shares

Owned

  

Certificate

Dates

  

Percentage

Ownership

Interest

  

Class of

Stock/Shares

Owned

              

 

7


Other Assets

 

27. The Loan Parties own the following types of assets:

 

Loan Party

  

Aircraft

(Y/N)

  

Motor Vehicles

(Y/N)

  

Vessels, Boats, Ships

(Y/N)

  

Franchise

Agreements (Y/N)

  

Commercial Tort

Claims (Y/N)

              

 

28. The Loan Parties’ assets are encumbered by liens of third parties as follows:

 

Loan Party

  

Name of

Lienholder

  

Method of Lien
Perfection (i.e.
UCC Filing,
Control,
Possession, etc.)

  

UCC Filing
Jurisdiction

  

UCC Filing

Date and No.

  

Description of
Collateral

Covered by

Lien

  

Description of
Obligations Secured
by

Lien

                 

 

29. The following is a list of all letters of credit as to which any Loan Party is the beneficiary or otherwise has any right to payment or performance:

 

Loan Party Beneficiary

  

Name of Issuer

  

Name of Account

Party

  

Letter of Credit No.

and Amount

  

Standby or Commercial

Letter of Credit?

           

INFORMATION ABOUT THE LOAN PARTIES:

 

30. Each Loan Party is qualified to do business in the following jurisdictions as of the Closing Date:

 

Loan Party

  

Jurisdictions in which Qualified to do Business

  

 

31. Each Loan Party has the following subsidiaries:

 

Loan Party

  

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

or Formation

  

Organizational

Identification Number

  

Percentage of

Equity Interests

Owned

           

 

32.

List all formation documents and material equity holders agreements pertaining to each Loan Party or to any Loan Party is a party, including operating agreements, partnership agreements, bylaws, certificates of formation, certificates or articles of organization, certificates or articles of incorporation, shareholder or other equityholders agreements, trust or voting rights agreements, registration rights agreements, warrants and warrant purchase agreements, convertible debt

 

8


  documents and options and other equity incentive plans. The undersigned certifies that each such agreement is in full force and effect, and has not been modified, amended, supplemented or restated except as listed.

 

Loan Party

  

Description of Document/Agreement

  

 

33. The following is a complete list of pending and threatened litigation or claims involving amounts claimed against any Loan Party in an indefinite amount or in an amount in excess of $50,000:

 

Loan Party

  

Description of Pending or Threatened Litigation

  

 

34. Each Loan Party has directly or indirectly guaranteed the following obligations of third parties:

 

Loan Party

  

Name of Principal

Obligor

  

Description of Guaranteed

Obligations

  

Maximum Amount of

Guaranteed

Obligations

  

Term of Guaranty

           

Holdings and the Borrower each undertake to notify the Administrative Agent of any change or modification to any of the foregoing information occurring prior to the Closing Date.

 

9


The undersigned hereby certify the foregoing information to be true and correct in all material respects and executes this Collateral Information Certificate as of the date first written above on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower and each other Loan Party.

 

ALARM.COM INCORPORATED
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO COLLATERAL INFORMATION CERTIFICATE]


SCHEDULES TO THE COLLATERAL INFORMATION CERTIFICATE

(Please see attached schedules)


EXHIBIT K

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

Date:                         

 

T O : S ILICON V ALLEY B ANK
   3003 Tasman Drive
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
   Attention: Corporate Services Department

 

R E : Credit Agreement, dated as of April [    ], 2014, by and among ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), SILICON VALLEY BANK, as the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned refers to the Credit Agreement and hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section [2.2] [2.5] [2.7(a)] of the Credit Agreement, of the borrowing of a [Revolving Loan][Swingline Loan].

1. The requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day, is                             .

2. The aggregate amount of the requested Loan is $                             .

3. The requested Loan shall consist of $                      of ABR Loans and $                     of Eurodollar Loans

4. The duration of the Interest Period for the Eurodollar Loans included in the requested Loan shall be                     [one][two][three][six] months.

5. The undersigned hereby directs the Administrative Agent to disburse the proceeds from the Loans [to be made on the Closing Date, and any other funds described and as set forth in the Funds Flow attached hereto as Exhibit A ] 12 [Insert instructions for remittance of the proceeds of the applicable Loans to be borrowed] 13

6. The undersigned, in his/her capacity as a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and not in his/her individual capacity, hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed Loan before and immediately after giving effect thereto:

 

12   To be used for Notice of Borrowing on the Closing Date
13   To be used for any Notice of Borrowing after the Closing Date.

 

Exhibit K


(a) each representation and warranty of each Loan Party contained in or pursuant to any Loan Document (i) to the extent qualified by materiality, is true and correct, and (ii) to the extent not qualified by materiality, is true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of the date hereof as if made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; [and]

(b) no Default or Event of Default exists or will occur after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested herein [; and]

[(c) after giving effect to such Revolving Extension of Credit, the availability and borrowing limitations specified in Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement will be satisfied.]

[Signature page follows]

 

Exhibit K


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this notice to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

BORROWER:
ALARM.COM INCORPORATED
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

For internal Bank use only

 

Eurodollar Pricing

Date

  

Eurodollar Rate

  

Eurodollar Variance

  

Maturity Date

              %   

 

Exhibit K


EXHIBIT L

FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION

Date:                 

 

T O : S ILICON V ALLEY B ANK

3003 Tasman Drive

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attention: Corporate Services Department

 

R E : Credit Agreement, dated as of April [    ], 2014, by and among ALARM.COM INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Alarm”), ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”, and together with Alarm, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), SILICON VALLEY BANK, as the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, and SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, in his/her capacity as a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and not in his/her individual capacity, refers to the Credit Agreement and hereby gives you irrevocable notice pursuant to Section [2.13(a)] [2.13(b)] of the Credit Agreement, of the [conversion] [continuation] of the Loans specified herein, that:

1. The date of the [conversion] [continuation] is                                     .

2. The aggregate amount of the proposed Loans to be [converted] [continued] is $                            

3. The Loans are to be [converted into] [continued as] [Eurodollar] [ABR] Loans.

4. The duration of the Interest Period for the Eurodollar Loans included in the [conversion] [continuation] shall be [one][two][three][six] months.

[Signature page follows]

 

Exhibit L


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this notice to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

BORROWER:
ALARM.COM INCORPORATED
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ALARM.COM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

For internal Bank use only

 

Eurodollar Pricing

Date

  

Eurodollar Rate

  

Eurodollar Variance

  

Maturity Date

                  %   

 

Exhibit L

Exhibit 10.11

***Text Omitted and Filed Separately

with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Confidential Treatment Requested

17 C.F.R. Section 200.80(b)(4) and Rule 406 of the

Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Execution Copy

A LARM . COM D EALER P ROGRAM A GREEMENT

This Dealer Program Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between ALARM.COM INCORPORATED (“ Alarm.com ”), a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 1861 International Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, and MONITRONICS FUNDING LP (“ Monitronics ”), a Delaware limited partnership with its principal place of business at 2350 Valley View, Suite 100, Dallas, Texas 75234-5736, (“ Monitronics ” which definition shall include its permitted assignees), effective as of the date on which Alarm.com signs the Agreement (“ Effective Date ”).

INTRODUCTION

Alarm.com has entered into agreements with independently owned and operated security services dealers who market, sell, install and service residential and/or commercial security, monitoring, automation and structured wiring products (each an “ ADC Dealer ”). Pursuant to these agreements (each an “ ADC Dealer Agreement ”), Alarm.com has authorized the ADC Dealers to market and sell Alarm.com Services (as defined below) to the ADC Dealers’ existing or prospective end-user customers (each, a “ Customer ”) for use with products that enable the Alarm.com Services (such products being referred to as “ Alarm.com-Ready Products ”). The assignment by an ADC Dealer of any rights or obligations under an ADC Dealer Agreement requires the advance written consent of Alarm.com.

Monitronics operates a program for independently owned and operated security services dealers (“ Monitronics Dealer Program ”), by acquiring such accounts after they are created by a dealer. Monitronics desires to acquire the customer accounts of certain Customers who make use of Alarm.com Services from certain ADC Dealers, and Alarm.com desires to grant its consent to such acquisition of customer accounts, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which each party acknowledges, the parties acknowledge and agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In addition to the definitions contained herein throughout this Agreement, the following terms shall be defined as follows:

“Acquired Customer” means a Customer whose ADC Account is Assigned by the ADC Dealer to Monitronics and whose Subscription Agreement is acquired by Monitronics.

“ADC Account” means an account with a Customer that has executed a Subscription Agreement to purchase one or more Alarm.com Services.

 

- 1 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


“Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, one of the parties hereto.

“Alarm.com Services” means the services that Alarm.com uses commercially reasonable efforts to provide to Subscribers, during the Term, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Subscription Agreement. Depending on then-current service offerings and the subscription purchased, and subject to availability, such Alarm.com Services may include one or more of the following service offerings: (a) the enabling of wireless transmission of data from a security system at a Subscriber’s premise(s) to the Alarm.com Network Operations Center (“NOC”), (b) hosting of such data in the NOC, (c) remote access to such data via a User Interface, (d) remote control of the security system and any associated home automation services via a User Interface, (e) personalized event-driven phone and e-mail notifications managed by Subscribers via a User Interface, and (f) forwarding of alarm notifications to a central station. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Alarm.com shall have the right to add, delete, change, or terminate service offerings at any time.

“Alarm.com Terms” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

“Assignment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

“Bad Contract” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

“Bad Contract Transfer Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

“Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

“Customer” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Customer Acquisition Website” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

“Customer Transfer Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

“Monitronics Purchase Agreement” means, with respect to an ADC Dealer, the Alarm Monitoring Purchase Agreement between such ADC Dealer and Monitronics, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

“Original Dealer Agreement” means the ADC Dealer Agreement governing the account for an Acquired Customer immediately prior to Assignment.

“Originating Dealers” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

“Person” means any natural or legal person or association of natural or legal persons, whether or not having a separate legal identity, including any individual, corporation, limited liability company, or partnership.

“Subscriber” means a Customer with one or more properly-installed Alarm.com-Ready Products who has entered into the Subscription Agreement.

“Subscription Agreement” means the agreement between the ADC Dealer and a Customer (or, with respect to an Acquired Customer, between Monitronics and the Customer) that incorporates Alarm.com’s standard end user terms and pursuant to which Alarm.com uses commercially reasonable efforts to provide services to such Customer.

“Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

“Transfer Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

- 2 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


2. CONSENT TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

2.1 Customer Acquisition Procedures .

(a) Monitronics has developed an account transfer system for the Dealer Program that allows an ADC Dealer to transfer ADC Accounts to Monitronics. As part of the account transfer process, Monitronics will issue a notice or system call to Alarm.com’s account management system that informs Alarm.com of the transfer of one or more ADC Accounts and instructs Alarm.com to transfer the billing for such ADC Accounts from the ADC Dealer to Monitronics (each such notice or system call being referred to herein as a “ Transfer Notice ”).

(b) Each Transfer Notice shall be deemed to be (i) an offer by the ADC Dealer to assign to Monitronics all of the ADC Dealer’s right, title, benefit, privileges and interest in and to the Alarm.com Services related to the listed ADC Account to Monitronics on the condition that Monitronics assumes (A) all the ADC Dealer’s duties and obligations to Alarm.com for such listed ADC Account to be performed from and after the Customer Transfer Date, and (B) all of the liabilities resulting from any breach of the duties and obligations undertaken by Monitronics pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(i)(A) above for such listed ADC Account that accrue from and after the Customer Transfer Date, and (ii) an acceptance by Monitronics of the ADC Dealer’s offer. Alarm.com automatically consents to transfers by pre-approved ADC Dealers. The transfer and assignment for an ADC Account shall become effective immediately upon Alarm.com’s receipt of the Transfer Notice (“ Customer Transfer Date ”).

(c) As an alternative to the account transfer system described in Section 2.1(a)-(b) above, Alarm.com shall maintain a web-based application (“ Customer Acquisition Website ”) that will allow (i) an ADC Dealer to manually list the ADC Accounts that it offers to assign and transfer to Monitronics, and (ii) Monitronics to manually accept or reject the offer to assign and transfer the listed ADC Accounts. The proposed transfer and assignment for an ADC Account shall in this case become effective immediately upon Monitronics’ acceptance of the ADC Dealer’s offer and such date shall become the Customer Transfer Date.

(d) Effective as of each Customer Transfer Date, the parties acknowledge and agree that: (i) the ADC Dealer has assigned to Monitronics all of the ADC Dealer’s right, title, benefit, privileges and interest in and to the Acquired Customer under the Original Dealer Agreement, and (ii) Monitronics has assumed (A) all the ADC Dealer’s duties and obligations for such listed ADC Account to be performed from and after the Customer Transfer Date, and (B) all of the liabilities resulting from any breach of the duties and obligations undertaken by Monitronics pursuant to Section 2.1(d) (ii)(A) above for such listed ADC Account that accrue from and after the Customer Transfer Date. Each assignment and assumption set forth in this Section 2.1 is referred to herein collectively as an “ Assignment.

2.2 Third Party Consents . Effective as of each Customer Transfer Date, Monitronics represents and warrants to Alarm.com as follows: (a) that Monitronics has previously entered into the Monitronics Purchase Agreement with each ADC Dealer, (b) that under the terms of the Monitronics Purchase Agreement, the Subscription Agreements of the ADC Dealer are freely assignable by the ADC Dealer to Monitronics, and (c) accordingly, neither the consent of the ADC Dealer nor the Customer is necessary prior to the Assignment of a Subscription Agreement by the ADC Dealer to Monitronics.

 

- 3 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


2.3 Repurchase of Bad Contracts by the Originating Dealer . Monitronics represents and warrants to Alarm.com that Monitronics has the right under Monitronics’ own agreements with ADC Dealers to cause ADC Dealers who initially create ADC Accounts (“ Originating Dealers ”) to accept reconveyance of certain ADC Accounts (each, a “ Bad Contract ”) in accordance with the Alarm Monitoring Purchase Agreement executed between Monitronics and its dealers. If Monitronics exercises its right to return the Bad Contract to the Originating Dealer within the first twelve (12) months after the ADC Account is created by the Originating Dealer, Alarm.com hereby consents to the assignment and transfer of the Bad Contract back to the Originating Dealer, provided that Monitronics gives notice to Alarm.com of such assignment and transfer in writing or via the Customer Acquisition Website. The date that such notice is received by Alarm.com shall be the effective date for the reconveyance of the Bad Contract by the Originating Dealer (“ Bad Contract Transfer Date ”). Monitronics shall remain liable for all duties, obligations and liabilities (including fees, rates, and charges) as set forth in sections 2.1(b) and 2.1(d) pertaining to the Bad Contract that accrue prior to the Bad Contract Transfer Date. If any Bad Contract Customer cancels its service agreement with Monitronics, Monitronics shall promptly notify the Originating Dealer and Alarm.com.

2.4 Customer Moves and Transfers . Alarm.com expressly acknowledges and agrees that Monitronics shall be entitled to use dealers authorized by Monitronics to perform service and installation of Monitronics’ customer who have either moved their personal or business residence or desire to transfer their monitoring services to another location, so long as Monitronics confirms that a copy of the Alarm.com Terms has been executed by the customer.

2.5 Monitronics Purchase Agreement . Monitronics agrees that the rights, duties, obligations, and liabilities assigned by the ADC Dealer to Monitronics shall be as set forth in the Monitronics Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A, or as such agreement may be modified by Monitronics. In the event Monitronics revises any of the material rights, duties, obligations, and liabilities assigned by the ADC Dealer to Monitronics in the Monitronics Purchase Agreement, Alarm.com shall be provided thirty (30) days written notice of such modifications, and thereafter Alarm.com can elect not to provide the Alarm.com Services to Acquired Customers subject to such revised material rights, duties, obligations and liabilities as set forth in the modified Monitronics Purchase Agreement; provided however, that Alarm.com shall continue to provide Alarm.com Services pursuant to this Agreement to all Acquired Customers then existing whose accounts are subject to the rights, duties, obligations and liabilities as assigned by the ADC Dealer to Monitronics as set forth in the form of the Monitronics Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

3. OBLIGATIONS FOLLOWING THE CUSTOMER TRANSFER DATE

3.1 Obligations of the Parties .

(a) The parties acknowledge that Monitronics may acquire ADC Accounts from several different ADC Dealers, each of which has a different ADC Dealer Agreement with Alarm.com. It is the intention of the parties that the relationship between Alarm.com and Monitronics with respect to all of Monitronics’ Acquired Customers be governed by a single set of terms and conditions rather than by the multiple ADC Dealer Agreements. To that end, from and after the Customer Transfer Date, the rights, duties, obligations and liabilities of Monitronics and Alarm.com with respect to an Acquired Customer shall be governed exclusively by this Agreement.

 

- 4 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


Nothing in this Agreement shall release or waive any Claim of Alarm.com against the assigning ADC Dealer or its successors (excluding Monitronics or its parent, subsidiaries or affiliates) for any payment, liability, cost, loss or expense that accrued prior to the Customer Transfer Date.

(b) Alarm.com agrees to look solely to the assigning ADC Dealer or its successors (excluding Monitronics or its parent, subsidiaries or affiliates) for any payment, liability, cost, loss or expense that accrued prior to the Customer Transfer Date with respect to any Acquired Customer.

(c) In the event any payment, liability, cost, loss or expense accrues after the Customer Transfer Date with respect to any Acquired Customer, if Monitronics: (i) has a valid Subscription Agreement with an Acquired Customer that includes the Alarm.com Terms, Alarm.com agrees to solely look to either the assigning ADC dealer and/or the Monitronics’ authorized dealer for any sales, installation or service related Claim, and to Monitronics only as such Claim relates to the provision of monitoring services for any Acquired Customer; and (ii) does not have a valid Subscription Agreement with an Acquired Customer that includes the Alarm.com Terms, Alarm.com may look to Monitronics, the Monitronics authorized dealer and/or the assigning ADC Dealer, for any such payment, liability, cost, loss or expense.

(d) The parties acknowledge that nothing in this Agreement shall modify or amend any agreement between Monitronics and any ADC Dealer, including the Monitronics Purchase Agreement, and Monitronics may exercise its rights pursuant to such agreement as it relates to any such Acquired Customer.

3.2 Obligations of Monitronics

(a) For any Acquired Customer, Monitronics shall cooperate with Alarm.com in the performance of quality assurance and testing procedures as reasonably requested by Alarm.com. Each party shall bear its own costs and expenses in connection with such cooperation.

(b) For any Acquired Customer, after the Customer Transfer Date, Monitronics shall be responsible for all billing and collecting amounts due from the Subscriber, as well as servicing and maintaining of the Alarm.com-Ready Products through its authorized dealer program.

(c) In all activities required or permitted by this Agreement, Monitronics shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and orders, including both statutory and common law.

(d) Monitronics represents and warrants that it has and will maintain throughout the Term all necessary licenses or permits as may be necessary from any local, state, or federal government agency or other public or private authority, to perform any activity required or permitted by this Agreement; except as where the failure to maintain such licenses or permits would not have a material adverse effect on Alarm.com.

3.3 Obligations of Alarm.com

(a) For all Acquired Customers, Alarm.com shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Alarm.com Services to such accounts for as long as Monitronics continues to abide by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the payment terms.

 

- 5 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


(b) Alarm.com shall use commercially reasonable efforts, during the Term, to permit Monitronics to access a website for Alarm.com dealers (“Dealer Website”), subject to availability and in accordance with Alarm.com’s terms of use and this Agreement.

(c) As between the parties to this Agreement, Alarm.com shall, at all times, have sole and exclusive control over the design, development, management, operation, and maintenance of Alarm.com Services.

(d) Alarm.com privacy policies and procedures are viewable, during the Term, at the customer website (currently at www.Alarm.com) and are subject to change in accordance with their terms.

(e) In all activities required or permitted by this Agreement, Alarm.com shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and orders, including both statutory and common law.

(f) The availability of Alarm.com Services is limited to areas of available wireless telemetry coverage. Alarm.com Services are also subject to transmission limitations caused by atmospheric or topographical conditions or other causes.

(g) Alarm.com represents and warrants that it has and will maintain throughout the Term all necessary licenses or permits as may be necessary from any local, state, or federal government agency or other public or private authority, to perform any activity required or permitted by this Agreement, except as where the failure to maintain such licenses or permits would not have a material adverse effect on Monitronics.

(h) Alarm.com shall notify Monitronics of any material service interruptions via email, to an address (or multiple addresses) as designated by Monitronics from time to time.

3.4 Alarm.com Terms .

(a) From and after the Customer Transfer Date, Monitronics shall ensure that a valid and binding Subscription Agreement exists with the Acquired Customer and that such agreement contains the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit D hereto (“ Alarm.com Terms ”) and not terms or conditions inconsistent with the Alarm.com Terms. The Subscription Agreement will include a checkbox above the signature line which states “ By signing below, customer acknowledges that customer has read and accepted the Alarm.com terms attached hereto ” or words to that effect.

(b) Alarm.com shall have the right to modify the Alarm.com Terms, as follows:

 

  (i) If reasonably required by applicable law, regulation, court authority or legal precedent, Alarm.com shall have the right to modify the Alarm.com Terms for Acquired Customers and Alarm.com shall be solely responsible for all administrative expenses (including printing and mailing costs) incurred by Monitronics in providing the affected and necessary Acquired Customers with such modified Alarm.com Terms; or,

 

- 6 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


  (ii) Upon sixty (60) days advanced written notice to Monitronics, Alarm.com shall also have the right to modify the Alarm.com Terms for use with prospective customers of Monitronics and ADC Dealers in the Monitronics Dealer Program. Upon such modification of the Alarm.com Terms by Alarm.com, Alarm.com shall immediately provide same to Monitronics, and thereafter Monitronics shall ensure that such revised or modified Alarm.com Terms exist with all prospective customers.

(c) Upon the reasonable request of Alarm.com, and at Alarm.com’s expense, Monitronics will cooperate with Alarm.com in enforcing the Alarm.com Terms on behalf of Alarm.com.

3.5 Customer Service and Technical Support .

(a) Alarm.com or one or more of its providers shall provide Technical Support (as defined below) to Monitronics during the term of this Agreement, at no additional cost to Monitronics, for Alarm.com Services that are provided to Customers, between the hours of 9:00 A.M. and 7:00P.M. EST/EDT, Monday through Friday (excluding holidays recognized by Alarm.com), subject to scheduled or unscheduled interruptions because of outages in Alarm.com’s support systems or otherwise. “ Technical Support ” means Alarm.com’s commercially reasonable efforts, in accordance with Alarm.com’s then-current technical support policies, to provide Monitronics a status resolution recommendation for reported technical problems within four (4) business hours following the initial report.

(b) From and after the Customer Transfer Date, and subject to the provisions of section 3.5(a) above, Monitronics shall provide all customer service and technical support for Alarm.com Services to such Customer, including all customer service and technical support required by such Customer as a Subscriber to Alarm.com Services or in using Alarm.com-Ready Products. Depending on then-current Alarm.com service offerings and procedures, and subject to availability, Monitronics employees designated in writing by Monitronics for access to the Dealer Website will receive secure logins and will be able to create and view accounts for Customers entitled to use Alarm.com Services and access troubleshooting information made available by Alarm.com relating to end-user customer issues, provided that Alarm.com shall have the right to suspend or terminate access to the Dealer Website by Monitronics or a Monitronics employee in the event of a violation by Monitronics or such Monitronics employee of Alarm.com’s terms of use or this Agreement. Monitronics may designate a reasonable number, to be specified by Alarm.com, of Monitronics’ employees who will have such access.

3.6 IP Receivers . If Monitronics assumes responsibility for providing central station monitoring services to an Acquired Customer, then Monitronics will ensure that IP based alarm signal receivers, supported by Alarm.com, are operational and maintained, and will provide Alarm.com notice of any changes to its alarm signal IP Receiver infrastructure which might reasonably be expected to impact Alarm.com’s ability to forward an alarm signal to the central station. As of the Effective Date, Alarm.com supports the Osborne Hoffman 2000 Network IP receivers. Monitronics shall also maintain until February 18, 2009 traditional analog receivers which may be used by Alarm.com as a backup signal communication path for alarm signal forwarding to the central station.

 

- 7 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


3.7 Monitronics Dealer Program . The parties desire to make the benefits of the Monitronics Dealer Program available to certain qualifying ADC Dealers, who: (a) have entered into the appropriate contracts with Monitronics, as required by Monitronics to allow such ADC Dealers to participate in the Monitronics Dealer Program; (b) have received consent from Alarm.com and Monitronics to the assignment of Subscription Agreements; and, (c) are in good standing with Alarm.com under the terms of their ADC Dealer Agreements (including with respect to the payment of amounts due under such agreements).

3.8 Non-solicitation . Alarm.com shall not, without first obtaining the express written consent of Monitronics, use any Monitronics Confidential Information to solicit Acquired Customers to terminate or modify their relationship with Monitronics. Monitronics acknowledges that Alarm.com has several independent security dealers who operate in the same territory as Monitronics dealers and with respect thereto, the independent dealers are free to compete with Monitronics dealers and to market the Alarm.com-Ready Products and Alarm.com Services in their communities which may include Acquired Customers. Monitronics further acknowledges that Alarm.com sometimes participates in national marketing alliances with VoIP providers, cable companies, retailers, cellular carriers and others, and that Alarm.com will continue to promote and educate the consumer market about the Alarm.com products and services through such public relations and marketing initiatives, therefore the non-solicitation provision above would not apply to these activities so long as Monitronics Confidential Information is not used in such public relations and marketing initiatives.

 

4. FEES, BILLING, PAYMENT, AND TAXES

4.1 Fees . Monitronics shall pay Alarm.com all fees set forth in Exhibit B for Alarm.com Services and any other amounts payable to Alarm.com pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. With ninety (90) days advance written notice to Monitronics, Alarm.com shall be entitled to modify or change all fees, rates, and charges, as follows: (a) by passing through once per year all increases in third party telecommunication costs and expenses to Monitronics so long as the data justifying or evidencing such increases is provided to Monitronics prior to any such increase; (b) increase all fees, rates and charges once per year by a CPI adjustment for all other costs incurred by Alarm.com; and/or (c) if Alarm.com can justify the need to increase the fees, rate and charges in relation to other costs on a per subscriber basis, Monitronics agrees to such increases once per year as measured on a per subscriber basis up to but not exceeding […***…] per year. If Monitronics objects to any such proposed price increase by Alarm.com, Monitronics shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to Alarm.com prior to the effective start date of the proposed price increase. For the avoidance of doubt, Monitronics shall pay Alarm.com all fees for Alarm.com Services and any other amounts due Alarm.com without regard to whether Monitronics collects fees for such Alarm.com Services or other amounts from Acquired Customers. As used herein, (i) the term “ CPI adjustment ” means the Alarm.com fees, rates and charges may be adjusted on an annual basis in an amount equal to the year-to-year increase in the CPI, and (ii) “ CPI ” means the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, U.S. City Average, for All Items as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor.

4.2 Monthly Service Charges . Monitronics shall pay Alarm.com, in advance, a monthly service charge set forth in Exhibit B for each Acquired Customer using or having access to Alarm.com Services, beginning on the Customer Transfer Date. If the Customer Transfer Date is not the first day of a calendar month, the monthly service charge for the first partial month in which Alarm.com Services are provided will be pro-rated and billed, and shall be paid, in the first billing

 

- 8 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


cycle. The final month in which Alarm.com Services are provided shall be paid in full, in advance by Monitronics, and no refunds will be issued should the account be terminated mid-month. Service plan changes that result in a higher monthly service charge will be billed, and shall be paid, in arrears during the next billing cycle. Service plan changes that result in a lower monthly service charge will become effective in the subsequent month and will not be pro-rated during the month in which the change is made.

4.3 Invoicing . At or after the end of each calendar month, Alarm.com will send a printed summary invoice to Monitronics reflecting Monitronics ADC Accounts for Alarm.com Services as of the last day of such month, along with a statement of the fees and other amounts due Alarm.com. Alarm.com will also make available a digital file, in a format that is convenient for both Monitronics and Alarm.com (Excel, tab-delimited text, etc.) which will contain Monitronics customer details such as the ADC Account, the service plan name, the service plan cost, applicable activation fees and prorated charges for new accounts and other data that the parties may agree upon being useful from time to time. Alarm.com hereby acknowledges and agrees that at no time shall Monitronics be responsible for the payment of activation fees which have either already been charged, or which should have already been charged, to the Acquired Customer, the ADC Dealer or any other responsible third party. Monitronics will be responsible for all re-activation fees, per the prices set forth in Exhibit B, for any customer account which is deactivated and then reactivated at a later date.

4.4 Payment . Monitronics shall remit payment to Alarm.com for the total amount, including all monthly fees, set forth in an invoice, in full, within thirty (30) days after the date of the invoice. Payment shall be deemed overdue if any amount remains unpaid thereafter. Any amount payable by Monitronics hereunder which remains unpaid after the due date shall be subject to a late charge equal to one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month or the highest legally-allowable rate, whichever is lower, from the due date until Alarm.com receives full payment. In the event of any good faith dispute with regard to a portion of an invoice, the undisputed portion shall be paid as provided herein. Upon resolution of the disputed portion, any amounts owed to Alarm.com shall be paid with interest at the rate set forth above accruing from the date such amounts were originally due.

4.5 Taxes . As between Alarm.com and Monitronics, Monitronics shall be solely responsible for collection and payment of all sales, use, and other taxes or fees associated with the Assignment of Acquired Customers and the use by the Acquired Customers of Alarm.com Services or any Alarm.com-Ready Product.

 

5. TERM AND TERMINATION

5.1 Term . The term of this Agreement begins on the Effective Date and ends on the date of expiration or termination of the Agreement, whichever occurs first. Subject to termination in accordance with this Section, this Agreement shall remain in effect for an initial term of one (1) year (“ Initial Term ”) and for subsequent renewal terms of one (1) year (each a “ Renewal Term ”), unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal at least thirty (30) days before a Renewal Term would otherwise begin. If a party gives timely written notice of non-renewal, the Agreement shall expire at the end of the then-current Initial Term or Renewal Term. The Initial Term and any Renewal Term(s) are referred to collectively herein as the “ Term ”.

5.2 Termination by Monitronics . Monitronics shall have the right to terminate this Agreement (a) without cause upon thirty (30) days written notice to Alarm.com; (b) effective

 

- 9 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


immediately on written notice to Alarm.com if any of the following occurs or is reasonably determined by Monitronics to be substantially at risk of occurring or of being found to have occurred: (i) Alarm.com’s performance of any other activity required or permitted by this Agreement violates any applicable law or a legal right of any Person, including any intellectual property right, (ii) Alarm.com does not have any permission, permit, or license necessary to perform any activity required or permitted by this Agreement, including any permission, permit, or license from any local, state, or federal government agency or other public or private authority, or any such permission, permit, or license is suspended, withdrawn, or revoked, or (iii) any Alarm.com Services or Alarm.com’s provision of such Alarm.com Services violates any applicable law or a legal right of any Person, including any intellectual property right; (c) effective immediately on written notice to Alarm.com if Alarm.com commits any breach of Section 3.3(e), Section 3.3(g), Section 8.2, or Section 8.6, (d) effective immediately on written notice to Alarm.com if Alarm.com terminates its existence, discontinues business, has a receiver appointed for any of its property, makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or has any proceedings under any bankruptcy, reorganization, or similar laws commenced by or against it.

5.3 Termination by Alarm.com . Alarm.com shall have the right to terminate this Agreement (a) effective immediately on written notice to Monitronics if any of the following occurs or is reasonably determined by Alarm.com to be substantially at risk of occurring or of being found to have occurred: (i) Monitronics’ performance of any other activity required or permitted by this Agreement violates any applicable law or a legal right of any Person, including any intellectual property right, (ii) Monitronics does not have any permission, permit, or license necessary to perform any activity required or permitted by this Agreement, including any permission, permit, or license from any local, state, or federal government agency or other public or private authority, or any such permission, permit, or license is suspended, withdrawn, or revoked, or (iii) any Alarm.com Services or Alarm.com’s provision of such Alarm.com Services violates any applicable law or a legal right of any Person, including any intellectual property right, (b) effective immediately on written notice to Monitronics if Monitronics commits any breach of Section 3.2(c), Section 3.2(d), Section 8.1, Section 8.3, Section 8.4, Section 8.5, or Section 8.6, (c) effective immediately on written notice to Monitronics if Monitronics terminates its existence, discontinues business, has a receiver appointed for any of its property, makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or has any proceedings under any bankruptcy, reorganization, or similar laws commenced by or against it, (d) effective immediately on written notice to Monitronics if Monitronics commits any failure to provide payment as required by Section 4 and fails to cure the breach within ten (10) days following written notice of the breach, or (e) effective immediately on written notice to Monitronics if Monitronics commits any breach of this Agreement other than a failure to provide payment as described in Section 4 and fails to cure the breach within thirty (30) days following written notice of the breach.

5.4 Effect of Expiration or Termination . Expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not relieve Monitronics’ obligation to pay all fees and other amounts that are owed by Monitronics as of the date of expiration or termination, nor shall such expiration or termination prevent Alarm.com from pursuing other remedies available to it at law or in equity, including injunctive relief. In particular, and without limiting the foregoing, the following provisions shall survive expiration or termination: Sections 4.4, 4.5, 5.6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 7.1 through 9.7.

5.5 Resumption of Service . If Alarm.com Services to Monitronics or any Acquired Customer are suspended or terminated for any reason, and if Monitronics thereafter desires to have Alarm.com Services resumed and Alarm.com elects to resume Alarm.com Services, Monitronics shall pay in advance to Alarm.com the regular account activation fee. The terms of this section shall survive during any period of Transition Services, as provided in section 5.6.

 

- 10 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


5.6 Transition Services .

(a) Upon expiration of this Agreement or termination of this Agreement for any reason (other than termination by Alarm.com pursuant to Sections 5.3(a), 5.3(b), 5.3(c), 5.3(d), or 5.3(e) of this Agreement), Alarm.com shall continue to provide the Alarm.com Services to all Activated Acquired Customers (“ Transition Services ”) for a transition period of […***…] following the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement; provided, that (i) Monitronics continues to pay the fees, rates and charges applicable to such Alarm.com Services during the transition period, and (ii) Monitronics continues to abide by the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) The provisions of this Section shall renew automatically for subsequent transition terms of […***…] each, unless Alarm.com provides written notice of termination of the Transition Services of at least thirty (30) days before a renewal would otherwise begin. Monitronics may terminate the Transition Services at any time (for some or all of the Activated Acquired Customers) by providing at least thirty (30) days written notice to Alarm.com.

(c) As used in this Section, the term “ Activated Acquired Customer ” means an Acquired Customer who was assigned to Monitronics before the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) Alarm.com’s consent to the Assignment of new Customers to Monitronics as set forth in Section 2.1 shall not be extended during the transition period and Monitronics shall have no right to acquire new Customer accounts which require Alarm.com Services following the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

6. INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

6.1 Indemnity by Monitronics . Monitronics shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Alarm.com, its Affiliates, its providers, and all employees, officers, directors, agents, and representatives of Alarm.com, its Affiliates, and its providers from and against any and all liability, damage, cost, loss, and expense, including reasonable counsel fees, arising from any third party claim, suit, action, proceeding, or demand (each a “ Claim ”) by an Acquired Customer or any other Person based on or relating to any breach of this Agreement attributable to Monitronics, Monitronics Security LP, or their respective employees, or to dealers authorized by Monitronics to perform service and installation pursuant to Section 2.4.

6.2 Indemnity by Alarm.com . Alarm.com shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Monitronics, its Affiliates, its providers and all employees, officers, directors, agents, and representatives of Monitronics, its Affiliates, and its providers from and against any and all liability, damage, cost, loss, and expense, including reasonable counsel fees, arising from any Claim by an Acquired Customer or any other Person based on or relating to any breach of this Agreement attributable to Alarm.com or its employees.

6.3 Insurance . Monitronics and Alarm.com shall keep in full force and effect a policy of public liability, personal injury, property damage, and contractual liability insurance with respect to the business operated by Monitronics and Alarm.com, which insurance shall cover each occurrence in an amount not less than [...***...] and shall cover property damage in an amount not less than [...***...]. Such policy or policies shall be procured from a reputable insurance carrier. Upon request, a party shall furnish the other party with a certificate evidencing such insurance.

 

- 11 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


7. WARRANTY, DISCLAIMERS, EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

7.1 DISCLAIMERS . ALL ALARM.COM-READY PRODUCTS AND ALARM.COM SERVICES THAT ARE OR MAY BE PROVIDED BY ALARM.COM ARE PROVIDED “AS IS,” WITH ALL FAULTS. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ALARM.COM DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES DISCLAIMED HEREIN, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, INCLUDE ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, SYSTEMS INTEGRATION, QUIET ENJOYMENT, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. WITHOUT LIMITATION OF THE FOREGOING, ALARM.COM MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY TO MONITRONICS, ANY ACQUIRED CUSTOMER OR ANY OTHER PERSON THAT ANY ALARM.COM SERVICES OR ALARM.COM-READY PRODUCT WILL AVERT OR PREVENT OCCURRENCES, OR THE CONSEQUENCES THEREFROM, WHICH OCCURRENCES ANY SUCH ALARM.COM SERVICES OR ALARM.COM-READY PRODUCT MAY BE DESIGNED TO DETECT OR AID IN DETECTING.

7.2 Limitation of Liability . The maximum cumulative liability of each party relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, and each party’s maximum remedy for any and all causes relating to it, whether based on contract, tort, or otherwise, shall be limited to direct damages not to exceed […***…] in the aggregate.

7.3 Consequential Damages . In no event shall either party or any of its Affiliates or providers be liable for indirect, special, incidental, consequential, exemplary, or punitive damages of any kind, regardless of the form of action whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, even if such party has been advised of the possibility of such damages and even if a limited remedy fails of its essential purpose or is deemed unconscionable. The exclusion of damages in this Section 7.3 is independent of any agreed remedy.

 

8. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND CONFIDENTIALITY

8.1 License from Alarm.com . Alarm.com hereby grants Monitronics a limited, non-exclusive, royalty-free license during the Term to use Alarm.com trademarks and service marks (collectively “Marks”) specified in writing by Alarm.com solely for the purpose of marketing and selling Alarm.com Services to Acquired Customers in accordance with this Agreement. All right, title, and interest in and to all Alarm.com Marks is and shall remain solely owned by Alarm.com. Monitronics shall use the Alarm.com marks exactly in the form provided and in conformance with any trademark usage policies of Alarm.com, as provided from time to time. Monitronics shall not take any action inconsistent with Alarm.com’s ownership of the Marks.

8.2 License from Monitronics . Monitronics hereby grants Alarm.com a limited, non-exclusive, royalty-free license during the Term to use Monitronics’ trademarks and service marks solely for the purposes of marketing and promoting Alarm.com Services and the Customer Website and delivering Alarm.com Services. All right, title, and interest in and to all Monitronics’ trademarks

 

- 12 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


and service marks is and shall remain solely owned by Monitronics. Alarm.com shall use Monitronics’ trademarks and service marks exactly in the form provided and in conformance with any trademark usage policies of Monitronics, as provided from time to time. Alarm.com shall not take any action inconsistent with Monitronics’ ownership of Monitronics’ trademarks and service marks.

8.3 Embedded Software . Monitronics acknowledges and agrees that Alarm.com Ready Products, whether from GE Security or other manufacturers, do or may contain proprietary software of Alarm.com (“ Embedded Software ”), which is embedded under a license from Alarm.com, and that all right, title, and interest, including all intellectual property rights, in and to the Embedded Software, the Dealer Website, the customer website, any other user interface, any Alarm.com documentation, and all other Alarm.com materials (cumulatively, all the foregoing, “ Alarm.com Materials ”), and in or to Alarm.com Services, is and shall remain solely owned by Alarm.com, and no such right, title, or interest therein shall pass to Monitronics, any Customer, or any other Person. Monitronics shall not use the Alarm.com Materials or Alarm.com Services in any manner or for any purpose other than in accordance with this Agreement.

8.4 Restrictions on Use . Monitronics shall not cause, perform, or permit the copying, decompilation, disassembly, or other reverse engineering of any Alarm.com Materials or Alarm.com Services or the transferring (except for Embedded Software, as embedded in an Alarm.com Ready Product, to an end-user customer to whom such Product is sold) of all or any part of any of the foregoing to any other Person. Monitronics shall not use any Alarm.com Materials or Alarm.com Services or its access to any of the foregoing to design, build, or reverse engineer, market or sell any similar or substitute product or service.

8.5 Export Control . Monitronics shall not remove, deliver, or otherwise provide any Alarm.com Materials or Alarm.com Services to any location outside the Territory (herein defined as the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada) and Monitronics shall fully comply with all relevant export laws and regulations of the United States to ensure that neither the Alarm.com Ready Materials or Alarm.com Services, nor any direct product thereof, is exported, directly or indirectly, in violation of United States law or regulation.

8.6 Confidentiality . Monitronics and Alarm.com shall hold all Confidential Information (as defined below) in confidence. Without limiting the foregoing, Monitronics and Alarm.com shall safeguard all Confidential Information at least to the extent it safeguards its own confidential information and in any event with the utmost care. Monitronics and Alarm.com shall not use or permit the use of any Confidential Information for any purpose other than the performance of Monitronics’ and Alarm.com’s obligations under this Agreement. Monitronics and Alarm.com shall not disclose or permit the disclosure of any Confidential Information to any Person other than a Monitronics or Alarm.com employee who has a need to know the information for Monitronics and Alarm.com’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Monitronics and Alarm.com may disclose Confidential Information if and to the extent required by law, but only if it has given written notice of the impending disclosure to Alarm.com as far in advance of the disclosure as possible or, if advance disclosure is not possible, at the time of disclosure. “Confidential Information” means any information or materials disclosed by either Monitronics or Alarm.com to the other or otherwise learned by Monitronics or Alarm.com from the other, including any information or materials relating to the others’ customers, plans, pricing, strategy, or technology, that are marked confidential, except if and to the extent such information or

 

- 13 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


materials (a) are or become part of the public domain through no act or omission of Monitronics or Alarm.com, (b) were in Monitronics’ or Alarm.com’s lawful possession before being disclosed to or otherwise learned by it from the other and had not been obtained either directly or indirectly from the other, (c) are lawfully disclosed to Monitronics or Alarm.com by a third party without restriction on disclosure, (d) are independently developed by Monitronics or Alarm.com, or (e) compelled by subpoena or request from a governmental or administrative agency, but then only to the extent necessary to comply with such subpoena or request provided that the non-disclosing party has provided written notice to the other party of the existence of the subpoena or request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party has the right to disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement to its attorneys, accountants, tax advisors, bankers, bona fide prospective acquirers and investors, and otherwise as required by law, and each party shall, within seven (7) days of the Effective Date, cooperate in the development and issuance of a joint press release announcing that Monitronics and Alarm.com have entered into this Agreement, describing the general nature of the business relationship, and containing positive and supportive quotations from each party’s respective corporate officer.

 

9. GENERAL TERMS

9.1 Governing Law and Other Terms . The laws of the State of Delaware, excluding its conflict-of-law rules, shall govern this Agreement and all controversies or claims arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof. Subject to the arbitration provision in Section 9.3, Alarm.com and Monitronics agree to submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of, and agree that venue is proper in, the state courts in Wilmington, Delaware or the United States District Court of Delaware in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

9.2 Assignment . Neither party shall have the right to assign its rights and delegate its obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other party; provided , however , that each Party shall have the right to assign its rights and delegate its obligations under this Agreement, without such consent, to: (a) any Person that, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, the assigning party; or (b) in the case of a merger, acquisition, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the assigning party. This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any attempted assignment or delegation in violation of this Section shall be void.

9.3 Dispute Resolution . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 9.3, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The costs of arbitration, including the fees and expenses of the arbitrator(s), shall be shared equally by the parties. Each party shall bear its own costs and attorneys’ fees for preparing and presenting its case. The parties agree that this Section 9.3 and the Arbitrator’s authority to grant relief shall be subject to the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. 1-16 et seq. (“ USAA ”), the provisions of this Agreement, and the ABA-AAA code of Ethics for Arbitrators in Commercial Disputes. The Arbitrator’s decision shall follow the plain meaning of the relevant documents. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, either party shall have the right to seek injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction with respect to any breach by the other party of its obligations under this Agreement, including any breach affecting intellectual property or proprietary rights.

 

- 14 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


9.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Exhibits attached hereto, contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties concerning its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior proposals, representations, agreements, and understandings, written or oral, concerning its subject matter and the terms in any Monitronics purchase order or other Monitronics ordering document. No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the parties. No other act, document, usage, or custom shall be deemed to vary or amend this Agreement. Neither party shall be deemed to have waived a provision of this Agreement except in a signed writing. If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement. Alarm.com and Monitronics intend that all disclaimers of warranties, limitations of liability, and exclusions of damages in the Alarm.com terms as well as those set forth in the alarm monitoring agreements held by Monitronics shall be upheld and applied to the maximum extent permitted by law.

9.5 Construction . All language used herein shall be deemed to be the language jointly chosen by the parties, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against a party based on its role in drafting any portion of this Agreement. Captions are for convenience only and do not affect the meaning of any provision. Each reference in this Agreement to a Section or a Schedule refers to a Section or a Schedule of this Agreement. The words “include” and “including” mean, respectively, “include but are not limited to” and “including but not limited to.”

9.6 Notice . All notices under this Agreement by one party (as “ Sending Party ”) to the other party (as “ Receiving Party ”) shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when mailed by overnight delivery to the Receiving Party at the address given in this Agreement for the Receiving Party and for the attention of the individual signing this Agreement on behalf of the Receiving Party, or at such other address or for the attention of such other individual as the Receiving Party may have identified by written notice to the Sending Party in accordance with this Section 9.6, except that any notice of nonrenewal by Monitronics pursuant to Section 5.1 shall be deemed to have been given when received.

9.7 Force Majeure . Neither party hereto, nor any of its Affiliates or providers, shall have any liability for any nonperformance or deficiency of performance resulting from the negligence or willful act of such party, any Subscribers, or any other Person, any act of God, fire, war, terrorism, riots, government authorities, default of supplier, or any other cause that is beyond the control of such party, its Affiliates or providers.

9.8 Monitronics Security LP . Alarm.com acknowledges and agrees that Monitronics’ affiliated entity, Monitronics Security LP, is authorized by Monitronics to perform any and all of Monitronics’ obligations under this Agreement on behalf of Monitronics, including (without limitation) with respect to Acquired Customers, Subscribers and ADC Dealers.

[End of text, signature page follows]

 

- 15 - ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Dealer Program Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

A LARM . COM I NCORPORATED M ONITRONICS F UNDING LP,
B Y : M ONITRONICS I NTERNATIONAL , I NC ., ITS
A TTORNEY - IN - FACT
By:

/s/ Stephen S. Trundle

By:

/s/ J. Mitchell Clarke

Name: Stephen S. Trundle Name: J. Mitchell Clarke
Title: President and CEO, Alarm.com Title: V.P. Marketing & Market Development
Date:

10/22/2007

Date:

October 18, 2007

Address: 1861 International Drive Address: 2350 Valley View Lane, Ste. 100
McLean, VA 22102 Dallas Texas 75234
Fax Number: 703-940-8990 Fax Number:

 

 

 

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


Exhibit A

Monitronics Purchase Agreement

[See attached]

*        *        *

 

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


[…***…]

 

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


Exhibit B

Fees, Rates, and Charges

 

Table A Standard Unit Pricing.

Alarm.com shall charge, and Monitronics shall pay, each of the applicable fees set forth in Table A below.

[…***…]

*Activation Charges

Alarm.com will charge the originating ADC Dealer the activation charge in their first monthly service invoice. Monitronics shall be responsible for any re-activation fee charged pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Agreement; the charge for such reactivations shall be […***…] per unit.

Pricing to Monitronics is Strictly Confidential

Pursuant to section 8.6 of the Agreement, Alarm.com’s pricing to Monitronics is strictly confidential. Monitronics shall not quote Monitronics pricing to ADC Dealers or potential ADC Dealers, or any third party . For the avoidance of doubt, it is reasonable for Monitronics to provide ADC Dealers with information on the level at which Monitronics will fund a potential Acquired Customer account which includes the Alarm.com services. As an example that is solely hypothetical, it is acceptable for Monitronics to tell an ADC Dealer, “Monitronics will offer a […***…] multiple for an account that includes the Alarm.com Basic Interactive Services”. However, it would be unacceptable for Monitronics to hypothetically state, “Monitronics is charged […***…] for Alarm.com Basic Interactive and we net that out of the RM rate before applying an RM multiple to determine funding.”

[…***…]

Alarm.com Standard Dealer Pricing

Alarm.com’s Standard Dealer Pricing is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit C. Exhibit C provides full descriptions of all of Alarm.com’s standard service plans, standard activation fees and add-on services. This Exhibit B supersedes Exhibit C for the plans which are referenced with discounted Monitronics pricing above. Should Monitronics be Assigned an account that has an add-on service or other service plan not referenced in Exhibit B, then Monitronics shall be responsible for paying Alarm.com its standard rate as indicated in Exhibit C for such add-on services.

*        *        *

 

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


LOGO  

 

Exhibit C

 

 

Alarm.com Dealer Price Schedule (Page 1 of 2)

Effective January 1, 2007

Alarm.com Standard Dealer Pricing

 

Wireless Signal Forwarding Plans

   Monthly
Fee

Wireless Signal Forwarding (Backup Only)

Alarm.com Wireless Module serves as a back up to the phone line connection. If the phone line connection to the Central Station fails, alarms are transmitted via Alarm.com to the Central Station with full SIA/CID codes. Arming and disarming events are not reported.

   […***…]

Wireless Signal Forwarding (Primary or Redundant)

Alarm.com Wireless Module serves as the primary communication path for locations without a phone line connection, or a parallel path in addition to the phone line connection. All alarms are transmitted to the Central Station with full SIA/CID codes. Alarms and certain system trouble events can be reported via the Wireless Module. Arming and disarming events are not reported.

   […***…]

Residential Interactive Plans

   Monthly
Fee

Basic Interactive

Includes wireless signal forwarding (backup or primary). Through a user-friendly, dealer-branded website, customers can view current system arming state, troubles and alarms: remotely arm and disarm the control panel; program user access codes; view 60 days of system event history; and turn on e-mail and text-message notifications for arming, disarming, alarm and system events like power outages and website access. Customers can also log in and control their systems through a special website for PDA and Blackberry devices. Alarms, system trouble events and arming and disarming events are reported to Alarm.com and can be forwarded to the Central Station based on Dealer settings. Website and notifications are branded with dealer company name and logo.

   […***…]

Advanced Interactive

Includes wireless signal forwarding (backup or primary). In addition to the features of Basic Interactive (above), this plan also includes Alarm.com’s patented “Normal Activity Monitoring” and “Custom Threat Alerting” features on up to 5 door/window contacts and 2 motion sensors. (Additional sensors can be added; see add-ons below.) Designated sensors will report all activity, 24 hours a day, even when the system is not armed. Customers can subscribe to e-mail and text-message notifications to be alerted about “Normal Activity” to find out when expected events, like a front door opening or interior motion activation, occur. Normal Activity Monitoring helps customers track the comings and goings of household members, babysitters, domestic service providers and others who may enter the property. Customers can also define “Custom Threats” and be alerted when potential threats are detected in and around the property. Examples of Custom Threats include access to a medicine cabinet, liquor cabinet, gun cabinet or cleaning/chemical storage cabinet at an unexpected time. Custom Threat Alerting enables customers to protect their families from dangers that are more common than intrusion, such as accidental ingestion of medications and poisons by children, alcohol consumption by underage family members and access to firearms in the home. Unlimited Normal Activity Monitoring and Custom Threat Alerting events can be reported by the designated sensors; unlimited e-mail and text-message notifications based on customer settings.

   […***…]

Commercial Interactive Plans

   Monthly
Fee

Commercial Basic Interactive

Includes all the features of Residential Basic Interactive (above) plus Arming Supervision and Arming/Disarming Summary E-Mail reports. With Arming Supervision, Alarm.com can alert designated recipients through e-mail or text-message if the security system is not in the correct arming state at a specified time for each day of the week. For multiple partition systems, Arming Supervision schedules can be set up for each partition. Arming/Disarming Summary E-mail reports are sent to designated recipients daily and/or weekly and include a summary of all arming and disarming activity, including the name of the user whose user codes was entered (if known) to arm or disarm the system.

   […***…]

Commercial Advanced Interactive

Includes all the features of Residential Interactive (above) plus Arming Supervision, Arming/Disarming Summary E-Mail reports and Normal Activity Summary E-Mail reports. With Arming Supervision, Alarm.com can alert designated recipients through e-mail or text-message if the security system is not in the correct arming state at a specified time for each day of the week. For multiple partition systems, Arming Supervision schedules can be set up for each partition. Arming/Disarming Summary E-Mail reports are sent to designated recipients daily and/or weekly and include a summary of all arming and disarming activity, including the name of the user whose user code was entered (if known) to arm or disarm the system. Normal Activity Summary E-Mail reports are sent to designated recipients daily and/or weekly and include a summary of all activity reported by Normal Activity door/window and motion sensors. In commercial applications, Normal Activity monitoring is ideal for tracking access to inventory rooms and storage areas, offices, safes and valuables cabinets, and other limited-access areas.

   […***…]

 

  - 1 -   ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


Note: All Alarrn.com service plans are charged a one-time $24.99 Account Activation Fee.

Service Plan Add-Ons

   Monthly
Fee
Voice Notifications for Alarms . Automated phone notifications to designated recipients in the customer’s online Address Book when an alarm signal is reported. Up to three attempts can be made to each recipient. Can be used in addition to Central Station notifications or in applications where dispatch is not desired. (Interactive Plans Only)    […***…]
Voice Notifications for Normal Activity & Custom Threat Alerting . Automated phone notifications to designated recipients in the customer’s online Address Book when a Normal Activity event or Custom Threat Alert is reported. One phone call per recipient. (Advanced Interactive Plans Only)    […***…]
Additional Normal Activity/Custom Threat Alerting Sensors . Customers can have more comprehensive Normal Activity Monitoring and Custom Threat Alerting by monitoring additional sensors all the time, even when they’re not armed. Add door/window and/or motion sensors in buckets of 5. (Advanced Interactive Plans Only)    […***…]
Light and Thermostat Automation . Customers can program, schedule and control X10 lights through the website. Simon customers with a compatible 2-way RF thermostat can monitor and control the temperature remotely. Temperature alerts can be sent if temperature thresholds are exceeded. (Interactive Plans Only)    […***…]
Automated Arming Schedules . Customers can program their system through the website to automatically arm and disarm at specified times for each day of the week. Ideal for model homes, sales centers, trailers, and small businesses. For specific applications, Alarm.com has a modified version of this feature where the automated arming will only take place after a period of sensor inactivity, ensuring that the property is no longer occupied. When requesting Arming Schedules, specify which version is required. (Interactive Plans Only)    […***…]
Enterprise Security Console . Commercial customers with more than 1 Alarm.com enabled system can log into a single web interface to view systems status and recent activity on all systems. (Commercial Interactive Plans Only)    Contact
Us

Dealer Administrative & Remote Programming Tools

    
Dealer Website . User-friendly web portal for Alarm.com Dealers to create new accounts, support existing accounts, access marketing and training materials, check coverage, set up dealer notifications, manage central station forwarding settings, place equipment orders and more.    Free to
Alarm.com
Dealers
AirFX™ Remote Toolkit . Remotely download control panel settings through the Alarm.com Dealer Website, using Alarm.com’s patented 2-way wireless connection to the control panel. Most control panel settings can be managed: change sensor names and groups, entry and exit delays, beep/voice/chime features, delete sensors, and more. Reduce the need to roll a truck, no phone line required to download. Three (3) AirFX commands are included per active Alarm.com GSM unit in service each month. Additional commands are $0.70 each. The AirFX command allocation is shared across all active, paying units in service under the Dealer account. Example: 100 units in service can use a combined 300 AirFX commands each month. If the combined units use 301 AirFX commands in one month, there is a single charge of $0.70 for that month to the Dealer. (AirFX features available on GSM-Network modules only.)    3 AirFX
commands
included per unit
per month;
additional
commands are
$0.70 each

Alarm.com Wireless Gateway Modules

   Price
Simon Version – GSM Network (Part Number 600-1048)    […***…]
Concord Version – GSM Network (Part Number 600-1053)    […***…]
Networx Version – Skytel Network (Part Number NX-592E-S)    […***…]

Terms: All orders, and an Alarm.com Services provided under the Service Plans described In this pricing schedule or otherwise, require, and are subject to: (a) a signed Alarm.com Dealer Agreement and (b) an Alarm.com Subscription Agreement entered into by the end user.

 

  - 2 -   ***Confidential Treatment Requested***


LOGO

Alarm.com Terms

I MPORTANT – R EAD C AREFULLY : You have recently agreed to purchase residential or commercial security products and services from an independently owned and operated security services dealer (“ Dealer ”). Alarm.com Incorporated (“ Alarm.com ”) has authorized the Dealer to market and sell to you Alarm.com’s services (“ Alarm.com Services ”) for your use with certain hardware and other products (“ Equipment”) that enable the Alarm.com Services. These Alarm.com Terms (Sections A1 through A10) are part of your legal agreement with the Dealer. These Alarm.com Terms appear on the front and back of this page and contain, among other things, important warranty disclaimers (in Section A3) and limitations of liability (in Section A5) applicable to your use of the Alarm.com Services and the Equipment . By signing your agreement with the Dealer, accessing the Alarm.com customer website or using any other part of the Alarm.com Services, you agree to be bound by these Alarm.com Terms. Although these Alarm.com Terms are part of your legal agreement with the Dealer, you acknowledge and agree that they may be enforced by Alarm.com directly.

 

A1. Pursuant to your agreement with the Dealer, you have agreed to purchase Alarm.com Services and/or Equipment from the Dealer. The Dealer is an independent contractor and not an agent of Alarm.com. You acknowledge and agree that (a) you have had the opportunity to read and review these Alarm.com Terms before entering into your agreement with the Dealer, (b) you accept the Alarm.com Terms and agree to be bound by them, and (c) if, for any reason, you don’t remain an Alarm.com subscriber or if the Alarm.com Services become unavailable at your location for any reason, you will have no right of refund, return or deinstallation with respect to any Alarm.com Services or any Equipment, except if and to the extent otherwise required by law. Alarm.com may modify these Alarm.com Terms from time to time as required to comply with applicable law.

A2. The Equipment contains proprietary software of Alarm.com that is embedded in the hardware. Alarm.com solely owns and retains all rights, including all intellectual property rights, in the embedded software and all other Alarm.com materials (together, “ Alarm.com Materials ”) and the Alarm.com Services. You agree that you will not (a) use, or cause or permit any other person or entity to use, any Alarm.com Materials or Alarm.com Services to design, build, market, or sell any similar or substitute product or service, or (b) cause, perform, or permit (i) the copying, decompilation, disassembly, or other reverse engineering of any Alarm.com Materials, (ii) the transferring or purported resale or sublicensing of any Alarm.com Materials, or (iii) the removal, delivery, or exportation of any Alarm.com Materials outside the United States or any other act in violation of any relevant export laws or regulations.

A3. T HE SOLE WARRANTY PROVIDED BY ALARM . COM WITH RESPECT TO THE ALARM . COM SERVICES , A LARM . COM MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT IS A LIMITED WARRANTY TO USE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE EFFORTS TO CORRECT OR BYPASS A MATERIAL DEFECT IN THE ALARM . COM SERVICES , IN

ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THESE ALARM . COM TERMS (“ LIMITED WARRANTY ”). T HE LIMITED WARRANTY IS NOT EXTENDED TO YOU UNLESS YOU HAVE ACCEPTED THESE ALARM . COM TERMS AND REMAIN BOUND BY THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS . T HE LIMITED WARRANTY IS FOR YOUR BENEFIT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE ENFORCED BY ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY . E XCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO A LARM . COM SERVICES , ALL A LARM . COM SERVICES , ALL EQUIPMENT AND ALL ALARM . COM MATERIALS THAT ARE OR MAY BE PROVIDED BY ALARM . COM ARE PROVIDED AS IS ,” WITH ALL FAULTS . T O THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW , A LARM . COM DISCLAIMS ( A ALL EXPRESS WARRANTIES TO YOU , OTHER THAN THE LIMITED WARRANTY , ( B ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES TO YOU OF ANY KIND , AND ( C ALL WARRANTIES TO OR FOR THE BENEFIT OF ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY , WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED . T HE IMPLIED WARRANTIES DISCLAIMED HEREIN , TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW , INCLUDE ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY , FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE , ACCURACY , SYSTEMS INTEGRATION , QUIET ENJOYMENT , OR NON - INFRINGEMENT . E XCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTY , THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY , PERFORMANCE , ACCURACY , AND EFFORT OF ALL ALARM . COM SERVICES , ALL EQUIPMENT AND ALL A LARM . COM MATERIALS SHALL BE WITH YOU . A LARM . COM SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR EQUIPMENT WHICH IS MANUFACTURED BY THIRD PARTIES .

A4. The prices we charge for the Alarm.com Services and Equipment reflect the value of the goods and services Alarm.com provides and not the value of your premises or its contents or any losses associated with personal injury or death. You understand and agree that Alarm.com is not an insurer of your property or the personal safety of persons in or around your premises. If you feel that you need insurance, you should obtain it from a third party. You understand and agree that (a) the Alarrn.com Services and Equipment may not detect or prevent an unauthorized intrusion onto the premises or other

 

 

© 2007 Alarm.com Incorporated v2-28-07

IMPORTANT: SEE THE BACK OF THIS PAGE FOR ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


emergency condition such as fire, smoke, carbon monoxide, medical emergencies or water damage; (b) it is difficult to determine in advance the value of the property that might be lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed if the Alarm.com Services or Equipment fail to operate properly; (c) it is difficult to determine what portion, if any, of any property loss, personal injury or death would be proximately caused by Alarm.com’s: (i) breach of these Alarm.com Terms, (ii) failure to perform, (iii) negligence (including gross negligence), or (iv) any failure of the Alarm.com Services or Equipment.

A5. Y OU AGREE THAT A LARM . COM S LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL HARM , DAMAGES , INJURY OR LOSS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE GREATER OF ONE THOUSAND DOLLARS ($1,000.00) OR THE ANNUAL AMOUNT THAT ALARM . COM RECEIVES FOR YOUR USE OF THE ALARM . COM SERVICES , AND THIS SHALL BE YOUR ONLY REMEDY REGARDLESS OF WHAT LEGAL THEORY IS USED TO DETERMINE THAT ALARM . COM WAS LIABLE FOR THE HARM , DAMAGES , INJURY OR LOSS . Y OU FURTHER AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IN THIS SECTION A5 SHALL APPLY ( A EVEN IF IT IS DETERMINED THAT ALARM . COM CAUSED THE HARM , DAMAGES , INJURY OR LOSS TO YOU OR SOMEONE IN OR AROUND YOUR PREMISES ( INCLUDING EMPLOYEES AND INVITEES ) AND ( B TO ALL HARM , DAMAGES , INJURY OR LOSS INCURRED INCLUDING ACTUAL , DIRECT , INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES , PROPERTY DAMAGE AND LOSSES DUE TO BUSINESS INTERRUPTION , LOSS OF PROFITS , PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH . Y OU MAY OBTAIN FROM ALARM . COM A HIGHER LIMITATION OF LIABILITY BY PAYING AN ADDITIONAL FEE TO ALARM . COM . I F YOU ELECT THIS OPTION , A RIDER WILL BE ATTACHED TO THESE ALARM . COM TERMS WHICH WILL SET FORTH THE AMOUNT OF THE HIGHER LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND THE AMOUNT OF THE FEE . A GREEING TO THE HIGHER LIMITATION OF LIABILITY DOES NOT MEAN THAT ALARM . COM IS AN INSURER . Y OU WAIVE ALL SUBROGATION AND OTHER RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST US THAT ANY INSURER OR OTHER PERSON MAY HAVE AS A RESULT OF PAYING ANY CLAIM FOR HARM , DAMAGES , INJURY OR LOSS TO YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY .

A6. If any of your employees, guests, relatives, invitees, or insurers, or any other person or entity connected to you, or any person or entity who seeks to assert rights they claim are derived from your relationship with Alarm.com, attempts to hold Alarm.com responsible for any harm, damages, injury or loss (including property damage, personal injury or death) connected with or resulting from (a) a failure of the Alarm.com Services or Equipment, (b) Alarm.com’s negligence (including gross negligence), (c) any other improper or careless activity of Alarm.com, or (d) a claim for indemnification or contribution, you will repay to Alarm.com (i) any amount which Alarm.com is required to pay or which Alarm.com reasonably agrees to pay in settlement of the

claim, and (ii) the amount of Alarm.com’s reasonable attorney’s fees and any other losses and costs that Alarm.com may incur in connection with the harm, damages, injury or loss.

A7. You understand and agree that these Alarm.com Terms, and particularly Sections A5 and A6, shall (a) apply to and protect the employees, officers, shareholders, parent companies, directors, agents, licensors, representatives and affiliates of Alarm.com, and (b) be binding on your heirs, administrators, custodians, trustees, agents and successors.

A8. T O THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW , YOU AGREE THAT NO LAWSUIT OR ANY OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDING CONNECTED WITH THE ALARM . COM SERVICES OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT OR FILED BY YOU MORE THAN ONE ( I YEAR AFTER THE INCIDENT GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM OCCURRED . I N ADDITION , ANY SUCH LEGAL PROCEEDING SHALL NOT BE HEARD BEFORE A JURY . EACH PARTY GIVES UP ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL. T O THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW , YOU AGREE THAT YOU WILL NOT BRING ANY CLASS ACTION LAWSUIT AGAINST ALARM . COM OR BE A REPRESENTATIVE PLAINTIFF OR PLAINTIFF CLASS MEMBER IN ANY SUCH LAWSUIT .

A9. These Alarm.com Terms shall be governed by the law of the State of California, without giving effect to its rules of conflict of laws. If you are a resident or business located in the State of California, the following applies to you: If either you or Alarm.com commences a law suit for a dispute arising under or related to these Alarm.com Terms or in any way relating to the Alarm.com Services, such suit shall be submitted to general judicial reference in Los Angeles, California pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure section 638 et seq. and 641 through 645.1 or any successor statutes thereto.

A10. If any provision of these Alarm.com Terms or the application of any such provision to any person, entity or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of these Alarm.com Terms. The parties intend that all disclaimers of warranties, limitations of liability, and exclusions of damages in these Alarm.com Terms shall be upheld and applied to the maximum extent permitted by law. Alarm.com is an intended third-party beneficiary of these Alarm.com Terms and shall have the right to enforce and/or otherwise invoke any and all provisions set forth in any of these Alarm.com Terms directly. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”

*        *        *

 

 

© 2007 Alarm.com Incorporated

- 2 –

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


A MENDMENT N O . 1

TO THE

A LARM . COM D EALER P ROGRAM A GREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 (this “ Amendment No. 1 ”) dated as of this 15 th day of January, 2008 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), to the Alarm.com Dealer Program Agreement dated October 22, 2007 (“ Dealer Program Agreement ”), is made by and between A LARM . COM I NCORPORATED (“ Alarm.com ”), a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 1861 International Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, and M ONITRONICS F UNDING LP (“ Monitronics ”), a Delaware limited partnership with its principal place of business at 2350 Valley View, Suite 100, Dallas, Texas 75234-5736, (“ Monitronics ” which definition shall include its permitted assignees).

R ECITALS :

W HEREAS , Alarm.com and Monitronics have agreed to amend certain provisions of the Dealer Program Agreement in order to (i) extend the term of the Dealer Program Agreement, and (ii) extend the period in which Alarm.com is required to perform Transition Services (as defined in the Dealer Program Agreement), in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which each party acknowledges, Alarm.com and Monitronics hereby agree to amend the Dealer Program Agreement as follows:

1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in the Dealer Program Agreement.

2. Amendment to Section 5.1 (Term) . Section 5.1 of the Dealer Program Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “ an initial term of one (1) year ” and substituting the phrase “ an initial term of two (2) years .”

3. Amendments to Section 5.6 (Transition Services) . Section 5.6(a) of the Dealer Program Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“Upon expiration of this Agreement or termination of this Agreement for any reason (other than termination by Alarm.com pursuant to Sections 5.3(a), 5.3(b), 5.3(c), 5.3(d), or 5.3(e) of this Agreement), Alarm.com shall continue to provide the Alarm.com Services to all Activated Acquired Customers (“ Transition Services ”) for a transition period of […***…] (or, if the conditions set forth in Section 9.9 have been satisfied, for the longer period set forth in

 

© 2007 Alarm.com Incorporated v2-28-07

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


Section 9.9) following the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement; provided, that (i) Monitronics continues to pay the fees, rates and charges applicable to such Alarm.com Services during the transition period, and (ii) Monitronics continues to abide by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.”

4. Amendments to Section 9 […***…]. Section 9 of the Dealer Program Agreement is hereby amended and supplemented by the addition of a new Section 9.9 that reads in its entirety as follows:

[…***…]

(a) In the event of a […***…], then Alarm.com’s obligation to provide Transition Service shall be automatically extended from […***…] to […***…].

[…***…]

5. Construction, Amendment and Waiver . From and after the Amendment Effective Date, all references in the Dealer Program Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereof,” “herein,” and similar words or phrases shall mean and refer to the Dealer Program Agreement as amended, including this Amendment No. 1. This Amendment No. 1 shall not be modified, supplemented, amended, or terminated in any manner whatsoever, except by a written instrument signed by the party against which such modification, supplement, amendment, or termination is sought to be enforced. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Amendment No. 1 and the Dealer Program Agreement, this Amendment No. 1 shall govern.

6. Effect of the Amendment . Except as expressly modified by this Amendment No. 1, all other terms and conditions of the Dealer Program Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

© 2007 Alarm.com Incorporated

- 2 –

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each of Alarm.com and Monitronics has caused this Amendment No. 1 to be executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

A LARM . COM I NCORPORATED M ONITRONICS F UNDING LP,

B Y : M ONITRONICS I NTERNATIONAL , I NC .,

ITS ATTORNEY - IN - FACT

By:

/s/ Stephen S. Trundle

By:

/s/ Mitch Clarke

Name: Stephen S. Trundle Name:

Mitch Clarke

Title: President and CEO, Alarm.com Title:

VP Marketing

Date:

2/11/2008

Date:

1-15-08

Address: 1861 International Drive Address:

2350 Valley View Lane, Ste. 100

McLean, VA 22012 Dallas, Texas 75234
Fax Number: 703-940-8990 Fax Number:

 

 

© 2007 Alarm.com Incorporated v2-28-07

IMPORTANT: SEE THE BACK OF THIS PAGE FOR ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


SECOND AMENDMENT TO

THE ALARM.COM DEALER PROGRAM AGREEMENT

BETWEEN ALARM.COM INCORPORATED

AND MONITRONICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT (the “ Amendment ”), dated as of this 25 th day of February, 2013 (“ Amendment Effective Date ”), by and between Alarm.com Incorporated, a company with its principal place of business at 8150 Leesburg Pike, Suite 1400, Vienna, VA 22182 (“ Alarm.com ”), and Monitronics International, Inc., a Delaware company with its principal place of business at 2350 Valley View, Suite 100, Dallas, TX 75234 (“ Monitronics ”), hereby amends the October 22, 2007 Alarm.com Agreement (“ Agreement ”), as amended, by and between Monitronics and Alarm.com. In the event of a conflict between any provisions of the Agreement, as amended, and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall prevail. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

WHEREAS , Alarm.com and Monitronics are parties to the Agreement, as amended by way of Amendment No. 1 dated January 15, 2008;

WHEREAS , Alarm.com and Monitronics desire to amend and supplement certain provisions of the Agreement, as amended, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, Alarm.com and Monitronics agree as follows:

 

  1. AMENDMENTS RELATING TO THE ALARM.COM SERVICES

1.1 Pricing Effective Date . All price adjustments reflected in this Amendment shall be effective March 1, 2013 for new accounts created on or after March 1, 2013. For the avoidance of doubt, for all accounts created prior to March 1, 2013, whether owned by Monitronics as of the Amendment Effective Date or subsequently purchased by Monitronics from a third party, Monitronics’ existing pricing shall remain in effect, except as allowed by section 1.3.

1.2 […***…]

1.3 2g Transition Rate Reduction . Alarm.com and Monitronics recognize that it is in both parties’ interest to begin transitioning accounts utilizing a 2g radio to a 3g radio. Alarm.com further recognizes that such transition requires substantial investment by both parties and that they may wish to spread such investment over some period of time. Beginning July 1, 2013 and continuing until July 1, 2016, Alarm.com shall invest in this objective by reducing the rates charged to Monitronics on all 2g accounts existing as of March 1, 2013 by […***…], according to when the customer was originally created. For the avoidance of doubt, this 2g Transition Rate Reduction only affects those service plans outlined in Schedule B, and does not affect any other add-ons or service plans. By way of example, if a Monitronics customer created in 2010 utilizing a 2g radio was being billed […***…] to Monitronics every month for

 

© 2007 Alarm.com Incorporated

1

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


Wireless Signal Forwarding, then on July 1, 2013 such rate would be reduced to […***…] per month, on July 1, 2014 to […***…] per month, on July 1, 2015 to […***…] per month, and on July 1, 2016 to […***…] per month. The 2g Transition Rate Reduction will occur as outlined in this section 1.3 so long as the rate being billed to Monitronics by Alarm.com for such customer exceeds […***…]. Also for the avoidance of doubt, accounts created prior to March 1, 2013 and subsequently purchased by Monitronics enter the 2g Transition Rate Reduction pricing schedule at […***…].

1.4 Pricing Changes . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amendment to the contrary, Alarm.com shall have the right to change the pricing on any item of the Alarm.com Services to Monitronics if during any month Monitronics’ volume of accounts created on or After March 1, 2013 […***…].

1.5 Those terms which are not amended and set forth in this Second Amendment are hereby still in full force and effect pursuant to the Agreement, as amended.

 

  2. GENERAL TERMS

2.1 Confidentiality . For the avoidance of doubt, this Amendment forms part of the Agreement and therefore the provision of Section 8.6 of the Agreement shall apply to any disclosure of the existence or terms of this Amendment, including the pricing contemplated hereby.

2.2 Effect of this Amendment . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of Alarm.com and Monitronics and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Agreement, as amended, all of which are ratified or affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle either Alarm.com or Monitronics to consent to, or constitute a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Agreement, as amended, in similar or different circumstances. After the Amendment Effective Date, any reference to the Agreement shall mean the Agreement as amended hereby.

2.3 Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Agreement, as amended, contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties concerning its subject matter. This Amendment supersedes all prior proposals, representations, agreements, and understandings, written or oral, concerning its subject matter. No amendment to this Amendment shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the parties.

2.4 Assent to this Amendment . Monitronics signifies its assent to this Amendment by signing the Amendment in the indicated signature block and faxing or otherwise providing it to Alarm.com. Alarm.com signifies its assent to this Amendment by signing this Amendment and returning it to Monitronics. Alarm.com,

 

© 2007 Alarm.com Incorporated

2

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


at its option, may sign a counterpart of this Agreement other than the counterpart assented to by Monitronics. The parties intend that facsimile signatures shall have the same binding effect as originals. The individual signing on behalf of Monitronics represents and warrants that he or she is a representative of Monitronics duly authorized by to signify assent to this Agreement.

*                                          *                                         *                                         *

 

© 2007 Alarm.com Incorporated - 3 - v2-28-07

IMPORTANT: SEE THE BACK OF THIS PAGE FOR ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , this Second Amendment to the Alarm.com Dealer Program Agreement, as amended, has been executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of the parties hereto on the date first above written.

 

A LARM .C OM I NCORPORATED M ONITRONICS I NTERNATIONAL , INC.
By:

/s/ Daniel Ramos

By:

/s/ David Verant

Name:

Daniel Ramos

Name:

David Verant

Title:

SVP

Title:

VP - Finance

Date:

4/1/13

Date:

4/1/13

 

 

© 2007 Alarm.com Incorporated v2-28-07

IMPORTANT: SEE THE BACK OF THIS PAGE FOR ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


Schedule A

[…***…]

 

© 2007 Alarm.com Incorporated v2-28-07

IMPORTANT: SEE THE BACK OF THIS PAGE FOR ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

***Confidential Treatment Requested***


Schedule B

Alarm.com Service rates for Monitronics accounts activated prior to January 01, 2009:

[…***…]

Alarm.com Service rates for Monitronics accounts activated from January 01, 2009 to June 1, 2011:

[…***…]

Alarm.com Service rates for Monitronics accounts activated from June 1, 2011 to February 12, 2013:

[…***…]

 

© 2007 Alarm.com Incorporated v2-28-07

***Confidential Treatment Requested***

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Alarm.com Holdings, Inc.

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Alarm.com Incorporated    Delaware
EnergyHub, Inc.    Delaware
WH Interactive, LLC    Delaware
PointCentral, LLC    Delaware
Onabridge Technologies, LLC    Delaware
Building 36 Technologies, LLC    Delaware
JTT Investment Partners, LLC    Georgia
Alarm.com International Holdings, LLC    Delaware
Five Interactive, LLC    Delaware
SecurityTrax LLC    Delaware
Alarm.com, S. de R.L. de C.V.    Mexico

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Alarm.com Holdings, Inc. of our report dated April 23, 2015 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

McLean, VA

May 22, 2015